Beruflich Dokumente
Kultur Dokumente
3
->
DICTION A R Y
by the
CHINESE LANGUAGE,
IN T H R E E
PLA R T S.
#########91%:#########z% Eji
it.
the scholar who is well READ, AND A LovER of ANTIQUITY, HAv1NG AUTHENT1c MATERIALs suPPLIED HIM to Refer ro
AND INVEsTigars;-Evrn
->
VOL. I.PART I.
M.A CA O :
P. P. Thomf.S.
1815.
wANG-woo-TAou.
Asia Library
Referenc'
PL
| 45.5
M477
v.
To
THE FOLLOWING WO R K IS PR IN TE D.
THE AUTHOR.
A D V E R T I S E M E N T.
IN laying before the Public the First Number of the following Dictionary, the Author would be glad to have it in his power
tomy with certainty, of how many Numbers the Work will consist, and in what period the whole will be completed.
There
are, however, various reasons which induce him to refrain from using any Language on the subject, that could be construed into a
pledge on his part, or that would raise expect.tions in the mind of the Purchaser, which the Author may not have it in his power to
fulfil.
The preparation of the Manuscript depends on the health and life of an individual; and the regular progress of the
Printing, is ensured by nothing that is more certain than those two circumstances, which every day's experience teaches, are
motto be calculated on. The Work is conducted in a Foreign Country, which affords no facilities for the supply of various articles
which are indispensably necessary to prosecute the Work. The First Number appears under disadvantages, from the whole of
the Italic Types having been stolen before they were landed from the Ship which conveyed them from England.
A long as Divine Providence grants health to the Author, and no unforeseen hindrances arise, the Work will be carried on
with care and
anduity. To those who are likely to purchase such a Work, it is of little consequence whether it extends to
a volume more, or a volume less. A great book is a great evil, if the same materials can be put into a smaller and more convenient
compan; but if the maerials are worth Printing, it is not certainly, very judicious to suppress them merely for the sake of making
a smaller Book.
The Reader may be assured, that if the Work appears diffuse and large, it is for some other reason than from
the Critic should withhold his remarks, nor is it necessary to deprecate his severity.
indulge a propensity to pen something which shall be admired as good writing, whilst his own conscience condemns him for
misrepresenting his Author. Whatever therefore truth and justice require, let it be done;not with unnecessary harshness, but
"ith the kindness and mercy which every man would himself wish to experience from his judge.
*ing forward with proud pretensions to excellence in his plodding task, nor is his language meant to brave Criticism. To say
the worst, Utility is his object, and if his labours prove useful, though in a lower degree than he himself could wish, he will at least :
It it but juitice to the Author to say, that, a part of the time in which these Sheeti were Printing, he has been ninety
miles distant from the Press. And in behalf of the Printer it should also be noticed, that the duties of Compositor, Pressman,
Reader and Corrector, hare all devolved on an individual, aided only by Natives who understood not the Bngi'u > Language.
The Author has elsewhere had occasion to acknowledge his sense of the obligation he is under to Til Ho no aable thi Cooet
of Directors, or the East India Company, for the liberal manner in which they undertook the expense of the Work. It remains
for him in this place, to express his grateful recollection of the countenance given to the undertaking, by the late Chief of the
English Factory, John William Roberts, Esq. ; and to offer his cordial thanks to John Fullarton Elphinitone, Esq. who,
as President of the Select Committee, recommended the undertaking to the Honorable Court ; and also to Sir George Thomas
Staunton, Bart- End the other Gentlemen of the Honorable Company's Establishment in China, who have since contributed, is
any way, to its progress or accuracy.
cantor, china.
December SSd. 1(16.
INTRODUCTION.
IjETTERS and the Press constitute a mighty engine; in itself innocent, but according to its application, productive of good or
evil almost infinite. Some Chinese surmise that Letters are of divine origin; others fable, that " When Letters were invented,
" the Heavens, Earth, and the Gods, were all agitated. The inhabitants of Hades wept at night, and the Heavens, as an expression
" ofjoj, rained down ripe grain. From the invention of Letters," they say, "the machinations of the human heart began to
" operate; stories false and erroneous daily increased; litigations and imprisonments sprung; hence, also, specious and artful
" Language, which causes so much confusion in the world. It was on these accounts the Shades of the departed wept at night. But,
" from the invention of Letters, polite intercourse and music proceeded ; reason and justice were made manifest; the relations of
" social life were illustrated; and, laws became fixed. Governors had a rule to refer to; Scholars had authorities to venerate; and
' hence, the Haavens, delighted, rained down ripe grain. The Classical Scholar, the Historian, the Mathematician, the Astronomer,
" none of them can do without Letters;were there not Letters to afford proof of passing events, the Shades might weep at noon
" day, and the Heavens rain down blood." Tradition might affirm what she pleased. According to this, it is acknowledged, that
Letters have been perverted to bad purposes, but still on the whole, the good which they have done is greater than the evil.
The Chinese receive it as an undoubted fact, that in high antiquity, knotted cords were made use of, to signify the intention
of Rolen ; and to be, to a certain extent, the signs of ideas. It is said, that in the time of
Fuh-he, a Person whom they c ill
on the shell of the tortoise, and the print of a horse's foot, first conceived the idea of forming Letters. During the reign of
~F_ Ching-wang, the second of the Dynasty
Chow, about the year of the world 2900, a Person named
Paou-she, formed a work called
Father of Letters, and his work has been a standard to which all future ages have referred. It is there affirmed, that originally
nine-tenths of the Characters were hieroglyphic; but that being abbreviated for the sake of convenience; or added to, for the sake
of appearance; the true and original form was gradually lost. In proofof Characters being at first a representation of the thing
11.
signified, a few instances are adduced, as 0 JIh, " The un," now written | ^
fj\\ Shan, "A hill," now |J |#
" A boat," now jfy-^
^) Chow,
0\ Urh-
III. Combination of ideas, as in -||= Sin, " Truth, belief," from man and word.
J Ching. ' Right, proper i" reversed ^Jj[ Fa, " Defect"
/^ ^ Hwuy-e.
7^ Heae shing.
jjn| jr Chuen-choo.
The Sixth.
fj^
Kea-tscay.
In tracing the Derivation of the Character, there is more of curiosity than utility. From the causes above mentioned, namely,
abbreviations and additions, for the sake of expedition, or beauty of the Character, the Derivation it much obscured in the pre
sent form. The Compilers of Chinese Dictionaries, cry out much agaiiikt what they call the /J^ jS^ Suh-seay, the vulgar
mode of writing; but notwithstanding all there zealous efforts, the vulgar mode prevails; and a Person would uot ouly appear
pedantic, but would cease to be generally understood, were he to write in any other than the vulgar mode.
About 800 years before the Christian era, in the reign of jlQ
^^^^^p^ Ta-chuen-wan, or Letters having a representation of the object, was formed by a Person named
Chow.
It was the design of these Characters, to carry the hieroglyphic system as far as possible; and, as they say, to represent the straight
lines of the dragon; the crooked windings of the worm; the footsteps of birds; the marks on shell fish; the figures of plants,
and trees, and insects, and swords, and spears ; hence, the Letter appeared as if flying or crawling.
About 500 years later, one
Seaou-chuen-wan.
The Moderns profess that these Characters, in later years, were obtained from the hieroglyphics engraven on ancient metal vases
and hence called ^{fr)j|j ?C Chung-ting-wan, or the Letters of bells and tripods.
When j] ~j~
Che-hwang-te, (about the year of the world 3700,) ordered all books to be burnt, those metal vases
to those vessels, as it cannot be supposed, that the order of the Emperor was carried into full effect.
The Seal Character, as the Chuen-tsze, is now called by Europeans, was, in the Dynasty yj^ Han, found extremely incon
Tenvent ; and according to tome, the Government ordered it to be modified, to what is now called the ij^jj 'Jj- Le-tize, or LeCharacter. a form not very dissimilar from the present Written Character, and 10 called from the ^^y^ Le-jin, or Writers
of Public Courts, hiring framed it.
Otheri again affirm, that it wa formed by a Person named ^^j^i Ching-raB, when con
fined in Prison.
The next modification of the Character was, to what if called
Kae-ahoo. It is considered the most perfect and
beautiful form of the Character, and was first written by T ^^ffo Wang-t'hsie-chung, during the Dynasty -pp Tsiu, (about
A. D. 300.) In this, as well as the Lc-shoo, the original form is nearly lost
Apprehensive of this becoming the case, "^"I^L Heu-shin, an Officer of Government, during the Dynasty yj| Han, (about
A. D. 100.) had formed the well known work, called jH^< ShwB-wan, in which he endeavours to trace and to preserve the
derivation and meaning of the Character.
About the same time, for the convenience of Government, recourse was had to, what is called ^ ijL Tsaou-tsze,
' Grass Character," i. e. > free running hand, now in general use, where saving of time is an object Government does not,
however, permit official documents to be written in any other than the st jf$r Kae-shoo form. The Person who first wrote
the Tsaou-tsze, was JSP
She-yew.
The Chinese Class the forms of the Characters variously. Some affirm there are five classes, others, six ; and others again say,
eight
third, /|\^ Seaou-chuen, used on Seals, the Colours of the Army, 4c. fourth, the
The
like the Lc-shoo, used on Stone Tablets ; fifth, the ^Tijj 3fe Le-shoo ; and the present /j^lfe Kae-shoo, used in Deeds of Pro
perty. Reports to His Majesty, Public and Private documents.
~f^T ^ Koo-wSn t
^ Ke-tsze t
Chuen-wSm
Those who arrange the Characters under six classes, call them
|fc Le-shoo
Jfe Shoo-shoo s eighth, ^L;j^|=: Le-shoo i several of these have fallen into disuse.
Ching-t szc, the proper Character, or plain hand, is used in contradistinction from ^
Tsaou-tsze.
Kae-shoo, the plain written hand, is sometimes used in contradistinction from 5^.$^ Sung-pan,
It derives its name from the Dynasty Sung. There is yet one form, the
^~J~ f- Hiog-lsze, a free hand, holding a middle place between the plain and running hands.
The above remarks, shew briefly, the various changes which the form of the Character has undergone. The changes of the spoken
Language, previous to the second or third century of our era, it is impossible to trace; as prior to that period it was preserved
ooly in the memories of the People, and communicated either vivi voce i or to those partially instructed, by referring to a Character
well known of the same sound as one not known, and saying, p^y^"
Character is Pronounced like that.
The Characters on this page, are in the Sung-pan form. In the body of the Work, the examples are in the same form as these,
but the Character defined, is iu the Kae-shoo form, affording a specimen of the written baud ofthe present day.
1Y.
The Chinese, themselves say, that in high antiquity, they had words without Letter! ; in the middle age, (i. e. about the time of
Confucius) wordi were communicated by Letters, in the way which hai just now been noticed. In later time*, the sounds of
many Characters were forgotten and lot, for the ^^/^ Yun-heB, wai not known. The Yun-he8, ia a mode of classing all the
words of the same termination together, as we do those of the same initial.
Europeans, been termed Tonic Dictionaries.
the -iff ^ Tsie-yun, or
There is a mode of spelling words, now practiced by the Chinese, which they call
Fan-yun, o r otherwise, tne^'^ Fan-yun. The principle of it is, to join the initial of the
first syllable to the final of a second, and from thence to derive a third syllable. Thus from ^jT T-ing and ^ij^ K-e, they
form Tc.
Tsze moo, " Mother Characters i" and the third is called
All the initial sounds, supposed to be contained in the Language, viz. Thirty-six, arranged in series, and combined with the Twelve
finals in proper tables, constitute a system, called ^
Tang-yun, "Classes, or series ofsounds." In some of these tables, the
Pronunciation is varied perpendicularly, as on the page by the J>UJ 7|^ Sze-shing, "Four tones
V.
Ts'blh-yin, "Seven sounds, or notes." The ptj ^ Sze shing, or " Four Tone.," are called 2^ K. ^# \ . Ping, Aang,
k'heu.j iih.* The j-^
Ts'hlh-yiu, or " Seven notes," consist of five tone, and two semi-tones, they are called 'g* p j&j ^ ^ ^
/jjjjjr
4ji
i|i j&j Kung, hang, keti, che, yu, halfche, and half shang. Distinction! itill more minute have been talked
of, as _t^p- shn&-PinR> "Tne nigh PinS-" *nd ~~p ^p- Hea-ping, "The low pings" the ^jjj" Tshing, "Clear,"* and the
Chiih, " Thick sounds."
The whole of this System, and these nice, and in part, imperceptible distinctions, are comparatively modern in China; and
a large proportion of them hare been introduced from foreign countries.
-\^J
-jj^
jfe"
Shing yun fan ts'hee che hco, koo we che yew yay. " The doctrine of Tones, and of the Syllabic Spelling, was not known in ancient
times." t
The Imperial Dictionary, by order of the Emperor Kang-he,+ contains the following quotation, from a work called
hlhtszemoo; Keang tso chejoo shlh sze shing, urh piih shlh ts'hlh yin; ts'hlh yin che chuen.chaou tsze Se yah, esan sMh luh tsze
wei moo, tsung wei sze shing, hang wei ts'hlh yin. " The Literati, in the time of Han, (about A. D. 200) understood Letters, but were
unacquainted with the Mother Characters; the Literati, on the left of the great River, (i. e. the North ofjj^j^-yj^ Yang,
tsze-keang,) knew the Four Tones, but were unacquainted with the seven sounds.
originated in the Western regions; in which system, thirty-six Characters are constituted Mothers; longitudinally are the Four
Tones, and transversely the Seven Sounds." S It is added in the above work, that ^
^
i^jr
-|-
[TQ ^1 "fj^
-tTJ
^ vun PoJo-n""1 1 ho nSnS e h1h e tsze kwan yih ts-he'e yin. " In the Western regions, the books
of the Po-lo-mun, can combine all sounds by fourteen Letters.-'
This system is further spoken of, as being derived from the
Country
Fan, from when sprung the Religion of
Fuh, and which place, is commonly said to be some part of Jjj^ Tsang,
which is Tibet. The introduction of the Thirty-six initial sounds, is attributed to
said, the system was much employed, ^jj^^p
give currency to the books of Fiili in China."** I shall quote one more testimony, which shews the period in which it became
prevalent, as weU as from whence it originated.
che bee tsze Se yiih juh Chuug-kwS. che Tse Leang shing hing. " The Syllabic Spelling entered China from the West, and prevailed extensively under the Dynasties Tse and Leang ;" answering nearly to A. D. 500.
Four tones, and five notes, but also :3L Woo shing, and A.^ P* yin in whichexpressions, Woo shing, refers to the Five
Notes, and Pa yin, to the Eight Substances, Wood, skin, &c. which emit sound.
In addition to all the above distinctions, they
*dd the expression %T% Kew yin, Nine sounds, or tones; viz. _l7^. ""J^. . f, .~F:.A.,T1 A.
"T* A- which are modifications of the JZ^^ Sze >h'1DS> Four Tones.
* For further illustration of these, see a Chinese Grammar, written by the Author of this Dictionary, and, in 1818 sent by
the Honorable Company's Select Committee in China, to Lord Minto,at Calcutta, where it was since Printed by order of Government.
t Vide,
Preface.
+ It is strictly K'hang he.
^ Vide,
A Kang-he's Tsze-teen.
| About A. D.
M, a ^ Ij^P^lfi Po-l0"Inu,l (Brahmun) Priest was at Peking; and by the order of the Emperor
Keen-tlh, S00 ffiffl
Sha-mun (Priests) went to India to procure Books, 4c. (Vide, Ta-ts'hing-y'ih-t'hung-che.)
1 It is otherwise written jjj$3j} Shin-kung.
** Vide,
Luh-shoo-koo, and ^i^J.^ Yin-heB-woo-shoo.
VOl* i.
+
vi.
The Four Tones were first noticed bj * Peron called J|fJ |||| Chow-yung, and first published to the world, bj
A shin-
jS. The last work referred to, says, that ||[] ^^^^.^^^ ^ Sre hinS che fun> Uae te Leang che keen.
"The diitinction of the Four Tones, took place during the Dynasties Tse and Leang;" about the close of the fifth century.
It
is said, that
jfc.^ ^j* Leang Woo-te, His Majesty Woo-te, of the Dynasty Leang, would not believe, that there was really any
such distinction as that of the Four Shing, and often conversed on the subject. He one day asked jjjj
Chow-shay, what the
Four Tones were. The Courtly Scholar replied, ^-f*^^ (7tJ ^^[^;
she sze shing. You, Sire, are, " Heaven's Son, holy, wise ; these four words contain, (illustrate, or are instances of) the Four
Shing." The compliment no doubt, had such weightas to carry with it full conviction to His Majesty s mind, of the existence of
the Four Tones. There is no argument that can stand against flattery.
The "tTJ]^^ Ts'hef-yun, or system of Syllabic Spelling, adapted to Chinese Monosyllables, and which has been fully proved
to have originated in a modification of iome foreign system, (in all probability the Shanscrit) is at this day, very partially and ill
understood in China. The Thirty-six initials of the Series, are redundant more than one-third. A Chinese Writer rejected fifteen
of them ; and said, with the remaining Twenty-one, he could express not only all the words of the Chinese Language, but also the
sounds uttered by birds and beasts. Various endeavours have been used to simplify the system, and recommend it to general ac
ceplance ; to these efforts, the finishing hand has been put by the Compilers of the Imperial Dictionary. Still, what is said in /y>,
woo tseu ts'hing tsze, he tseay she tsae > "Its rules are numerous and embarrassing, and its meaning obscure ( every one is afraid
of the difficulty, and rejects it, saying, ' Of what use will this be to me in the pursuit of literary honors }' "
^fc^C
j in peih yin ; tsae yin pub tsae tsze; Hwa j in pelh tsze, tsae tsze pith tsae yin ; koo Fan yew woo keung che yin, urh Hwa yew woo
keung che tsze. Fan, tsth yin yew meaou e, urh tsze woo win tsae ; Hwa, tslh tsze yew pcen t'hung, urh yin woo tsze choo. Fan
jin ch'bang yu yin, so tlh tsung wan juh; Hwa jin ch'hangyu wan, so Uh tsung keen jiih. " Itappears to me, that the people of
Fan, (from whence, as has been noticed above, the Syllabic Spelling was derived) distinguish sounds ; and with them the stress is laid
vii
a the sounds, not on the Letteri.
Chinese distinguish the Characters, and lay the stress on the Characters, not on the sounds.
Hence in the language of Fan, there is an endless variety of sound ; with the Chinese, there is an endless variety of the Character.
In Fan, the principles of sound excite an admiration, but the letters are destitute of beauty i in Chinese, the Characters are capable
fever varying intelligible modifications, but the sounds are not possessed of nice and minute distinctions. The People of Fan
prefer the sounds, and, what they obtain enters by the ear; the Chinese prefer the beautiful Character, and what they obtain enters
by the eye." The fact is, that an Alphabetic Language is addressed both to the eye and the ear. A page of a book, when viewed,
enables a Person to pronounce sounds which are understood by all who hear; in this perhaps, its chief excellence consists. How
ever, the quotation was intended to prove, that in the opinion of the Chinese themselves, the figure and meaning ofthe Character
are the great points to be attended to. _
The Emperor Kang-he, whose Tartar series of Syllables the -fc7J "j|f| Ts hei-yun resembles, affirms, contrary to the authorities
above quoted, that the system is at once admirable and easy ; and that great stupidity must be the lot of those who cannot under,
stand it The simple use of two Characters, to educe from them the Pronunciation of a third, is very generally adopted, and in
troduced into modern editions of the Classics. But no where, neither in Dictionaries nor Commentaries, do they confine them
selves to determinate sets of Characters for the Initials and Finals, which circumstance deprives the Student of much of the benefit,
which would otherwise result from the plan. Even the Imperial Dictionary does not confine itself in the body of the work to the
seta of Characters given in its own tables.
Some Dictionaries are still published agreeably to the old mode of giving a single
Character, supposed to be better known, of the same Pronunciation, as that less known. But in this case also, they do not confine
themselves to the same Character as the sign of the same sound. They seem always to calculate on the Student having learned
to Pronounce several thousand Characters, from the mouth of a Master.
to the Alphabetic system, wonders at the extreme deficiency of Chinese, otherwise tolerably well acquainted with Letters, when they
try to obtain the Pronunciation of a word, by the Syllabic Spelling; as from T-ing Ke-a, to derive Hea, instead of Ta, is an
example which does not exaggerate their blunders. Many of the Chinese Dictionaries, employ both the " (-7] ^^Ts'hee-yun, and the
~^ Yin, that is, the Syllabic Spelling, and the single Character of the same sound as that to be defined. The latter mode is more
generally understood.
I Works on the Language, in Chinese, have been arranged either according to the import and form of the Character, or aeing to its Pronunciation, by classing together those whose terminations were the same. All the earlier Dictionaries, the / ^
Lfah-sboo; ~pfjfc?Q Shw-wan, ^IljlrJ Yub-p'heen,..and
Luy-p'heen, were arranged according to the form and
meaning of the Character. The first Dictionary, arranged according to the Pronunciation, was called J^L |||| Tang-yun ; it
appeared, about A. D. 600.
K"nfT-Jn.
The same Dynasty, vix. that of ^ Tang, which continued till about A. D. 900, produced J|jjf
j Yue
Dynasty produced ^j^f^ Yun-hwuy, and fl^ Ming Dynasty, which continued till A. D. 1644, produced
Ching-yun.
These Dictionaries were all arranged according to the Pronunciation ; an arrangement, which after a trial of several hundred
jean, was found not to answer well. There was much disagreement amongst these different authorities, and the difficulty
viii.
of finding the Characters was great j hence the writer! of the Dictionaries
fhung, who published their workf during the Dynasty
jjg^ Ching-tsze-
Compilers of the Imperial Dictionary, adhered to it. In forming that Work the above mentioned Dictionaries were all consulted
and the New Work was called
rrrl Tszc-teen, "A standard, or Canon of the Character."
THE
RADICALS.
Or Keys, by the Chinese called ^ "p ^ Tsxe-poo, under which the Characters are at present arranged, amount to Two Hundred
and Fourteen, and follow in order, according to the number of strokes of the Pencil employed in writing each of them, from one
stroke to eighteen. In this arrangement the chief object is, facility of finding the Character wanted ; this is a modern improve
ment on the ancient system, though considered less Philosophical than that of
Yiih-pheen. In those Works, most regard was paid to the meaning of the Character in its arrangement In the present mode,
the meaning is made a secondary consideration to its being easily found. Kang-he, endeavours to unite these objects, and
hence, alters the place of some Characters from that in which Tsze-hwuy and Chiog-tsze-t'hung had arranged them i for instance,
Heung, " The light issuing from fire," was placed, by preceding Dictionaries under ^ Jib, Day ;" be has placed it under
v/^Ho. Fire."
Tae, " Cloudy ; obscure," is put under jy^j Yu, Rain," instead of
Hing, "The blaze of fire;" jjjJJ Ying, " The name of a river i" |j| King, " A certain tree." and fB Ying, "Theapex
of a stalk of grain ;" were, by Ching-tsze-fhung, all placed under ^ HeS, The head." Kang-he has restored them to the
Radicals ^7^./^^. Fire' 'waler' wood- ,nd S""n,
the fratners of the Characters would have placed them.
In
Liih-shoo, the ^'p|5 Txe-poo, are called Jfc g Shoo miih, ' Book s eyes," or Characters which constitute
an Index to the Book ! they amount to 479.
Iu
these, namely, Liih-shoo, a Classification is made, which is still often followed, when Language is not treated of. The first division
of the Character, includes a few derived from a single line. The second division embraces Celestial objects, as the Sky, the
invisible, or aerial influence, the Sun, Moon, and Stars; Clouds, Rain, and Thunder. The third, Terrestial objects, as Earth, to
Grow; Water, Metal, Hills, Rivers, &c. The fourth, Man, including the parts and functions of the human body ; to See; to Sleep;
&c. The fifth, Living Creatures, or as they are expressed "Things that move," including the various species of Animals. Sixth,
Things Straight, as Trees', Grasses, Plants.
Doubtful, including Characters whose formation, or classification, are not clearly ascertained.
tinction made between the principal and subordinate Radicals, thus, Sun and Moon, are principal Characters ; Morning and
Evening, are derived from them, and placed in the second class. Water, is a principal ; River, Streams, die are subordinate.
The principal, are denominated
Moo, " Mothers;" the derivatives, are called
Tsze, " Children." Under these Radical
parts, are arranged their Compounds, formed agreeably to the Six Divisions mentioned above on the second page. In the whole
of this arrangement, no regard is paid to the number oT strokes in each Character; from which, and other circumstances, the
Character wanted, is found with considerable difficulty. The present reduced number of Radicals, and each Character occupying
a place according to its number of strokes, is the latest and most convenient arrangement It appears to have bees first employed
in the Dictionary dtp.'^j^ TsEe-hwuy.
ix.
Paper wis invented m China, by a Person named ^M. -jjjjj" Tsae-lun, about the end of the first century .
wooden thin boards, or bamboos pared thin, were used to write on.
In ancient timet
Their
pencil at first, was the point of a stick, which they dipped in a liquid ink. Hair Pencils were invented so early at 300 years B. C
Their squares of ink, as now used, were known about A. D. 600.
Printing, it is said, was first introduced to the notice of Government, by a Minister of State, called 7^ -} ^ Fung-taou, whs
was
J\_ Woo-tae-jin, a Person who lived during the five latter Dynasties ; he lived to the commencement of the Dynasty
^j? Song, about the middle of the Tenth Century, when the art -of Printing prevailed. The first essay, is said to have been, to
take an impression en paper from a stone tablet, on which Letters had been engraved ; by this process the ground of the Paper was
black, and the Characters white. Impressions on single sheets only were taken in this way, but this led to the invention of wooden
blocks, or wooden Stereotype Printing, which has continued to the present time. Type-Cutters now worship Fung-taou, as their
patron deity, in the same way as the learned worship Confucius.
Thus has been traced from knotted cords and bamboo hooks, the progress, in China, of that mighty engine, the incipient dis
covery of which, Fable says, shook the universe.
to the power of thinking, by which man is far removed from the inferior creatures;Writing, by which man renders his thoughts
visible, and conveys them to those beyond the reach of his voice, to the very ends of the earth, raises him high above his unlettered
fellow men ;and Printing, which in one hour, by a single hand, effects as much as could be written in a whole day, by a thousand
pens, appears to have given the highest possible facility to the interchange of ideas amongst human beings.- Would that those
, were none other than such as are favourable to Truth, Piety, and Virtue.
The Dictionary by order of His Imperial Majesty, gang-he, it a compilation, rather than an original Work.
For the
completion of it, five years were allowed; Twenty-seven Persons were employed in composing it; twoothers in revising, and one
in superintending the Press. *
From its being the Work of many, there it a want of unity, and perspicuity in it The Student
is sometimes referred backwards and forwards without finding satisfaction any where. The quotations are so garbled as to be often
unintelligible, without a reference to the original. The Definitions are not in an easy style. It is crowded with different Pro
nunciations, from their making a point of collecting the Ancient as well as the Modern Pronunciation. Though the Compilers
were instructed by His Majesty, that " No meaning should be left unexplained, as well as no sound omitted," they have almost
entirely overlooked the Colloquial Dialect Hence, a mere translation of Kang-he's Dictionary, would be far from answering the
purposes of the European Student; the Imperial Dictionary was intended for Natives, not for Foreigners. Still, it may justly
be considered, the fullest and best Dictionary, which has appeared in China; and it is in universal use.
Of the following Dictionary, Kang-he's Tsze-teen, forms the ground work ; the arrangement and number of Characters in the
First Part, are according to it. The Definitions and Examples, are derived chiefly from it; from Personal knowledge of the use
ofthe Character; from the Manuscript Dictionaries of the Romish Church ; from Native Scholars ; and from Miscellaneous Works
perused on purpose.
VOL. I.
X.
The Manuscript Dictionaries contain from Ten to Thirteen thounnd Character! ; the late Printed French Co py, contain!, Thir
teen thousand, three hundred and sixteen. Neither the Manuscript Dictionaries, nor Printed Copies, insert the Chinese Characters in
the Examples, which leaves the Learner at great uncertainty, as to the Characters or Words whitii compose the Examples given.
In this Work, that material defect is supplied.
The Examples are also more numerous, and the illustrations generally fuller
than in the Manuscripts and Printed Copy of the Missionaries' Dictionaries. ' In this. Work, the Seal Character and Running-hand
forms are introduced. The number of Characters, agreeably to Kang-he's Tsze-teen, amounts to about Forty Thousand, amongst
which are many of rare occurrence, but which are necessary to the completeness of the Work.
To the European Student of Chinese, the Writer would recommend particular al (cation lo the Character, as finally the
speediest and most satisfactory method of acquiring the Language. Let the Radicals be committed to memory. The Tones and
Aspirates, are quite- of a secondary nature. Such distinctions do exist, but they are not necessary to write the Language, nor yet
to speak it intelligibly. Even Native Scholars, are sometimes unacquainted with them ; they are essential only in Poetry. The
form o the Character, and the proper collocation of words, are indispensibly necessary parts to be attended to.
sometimes, affect the sense r in such rases, but no other, they are marked by the Chinese.
The Tones
stress upon them, and upon accompanying the Alphabetic Spelling with the appropriate marks of the Tones. The Student should
consider all Alphabetic Spelling and marks, as only imperfect helps to his- recollection of the sound of the Chinese Character.
Any
thing in Chinese, beyond common place topics of colloquial intercourse, is quite unintelligible when expressed in Letters of the
Roman Alphabet. The Character must bt present to the eye, or to the mind; in order to be understood..
What iscallcd the Mandarin Dialect, or 'g* j^jjj- Kwan hwa, is spoken generally in ^JJ. "j^jj Keang-nan^and y'pj |^ Ho-nan.
Provinoes, in both of which, the Court once resided; hence the Dialects. of those placet- gained the ascendancy over the other
Provincial Dialects, on the common principle of the Court Dialect becoming, amongst People of education, the standard Dialect.
A Tartar-Chinese Dialect is now gradually gaining ground, and if the Dynasty continues long, will finally prevail. There is no
occasion to suppose it a " Royal' Dialect, fabricated on purpose to distinguish it from the vulgar."* Difference of Dialects arise
gradually without art or contrivance I
That the Chinese Language has no Compound Words, seems a misapprehension . That the Characters are not actually joined
to each other is a fact ; but to the intelligent Reader, Speaker, and Hearer, the Syllables are often understood in a compound sense.
^ J&. Tsxe-teen, or
-}**
Pun-t'hoo-jin, denotes " Aborigines;" and though the Characters be not linked together, they are in sense, and in the apprehension
nfthe Person who understands Chinese, as really joined as " Ab " is to " origme."
To the Writer of this, it appears unquestionable, that the Chinese Language originated in pictures ofvisible objects, and fromthence by allusion, gradually extended from things visible and capable of being represented, to things immaterial and beyond the
cognizance of the senses. The pictures of the objects of vision are now almost entirely obliterated, and the allusion is, by the
generality of Students, but slightly perceived ; hence the Character presents to such Persons, little more than a collection of
arbitrary signs. Their being composed ofa few Radical parts, to each of which commonly a meaning is affiled, makes them rememI with infinitely more ease, than if they were formed at random. That Chinese Characters are not fitted to convey Sounds as
xi.
well at the Letters of an Alphabet, it quite apparent Though by joining them, they form a kind of Syllabic Spelling ; for London,
they could ny, Lun-tun, which comei lufficiently near to the true sound of the word.
Mang-ya-la, or Pang-k1h4a.
To convey ideas to the mind, by the eye, the Chinese Language answers all the purposes of a written medium, as well as the
Alphabetic system of the Wesl, and perhaps in some respects, better. As sight is quicker than hearing, so idea* reaching the mind
by the eye, are quicker, more striking, and vivid, than those which reach the mind by the slower progress of sound. The Character
forms a picture, which really is, or by early associations, is considered beautiful and impressive.
(when fully understood, by dispensing with all the minute particles, and diffusive expressions, which are absolutely necessary to give
to sounds that variety, which makes tliem intelligible in Spoken Language,) darts upon the mind with a vivid flash; a force and a
beauty, of which Alphabetic Language is incapable. Chinese Writing is also more permanent, than the Alphabetic system, which is
ever varying its spelling with the continually changing pronunciation of the living- voice. Perhaps, the Chinese written Language,
has contributed in some degree to the unity of the Chinese Nation. Were all the Dialect* ofthe Empire expressed in an Alpha
betic Character, they would form, to appearance, Languages, perhaps nearly as different from each other, as those of the several
nations of Europe. Is4t not then an advantage to-have distii.ct, from Spoken Language, a written medium of thought, little sus
ceptible of changer
But at a future day, when the Chinese Language shall be better, and mors generally known, its merits and demerits, will be more
justly appreciated. Hitherto its European admirers and contemners, have commonly both of them, been very ignorant of it) and
consequently, not qualified to form a correct estimate. Some Gentlemen, see at tittle beauty in the Chinese Language, as the
Schoolboy doe* of beauty in the Latin, when' first reading Hie, hsec, hoc; and much for-the same reason.
respecting it, " O Lingua divina P whilst from their present ignorance of the subject, they expectto-find" in the Language,. excellencies'
which never existed.
What should we think, of a Chinese, who, unable to write in a legible hand, the Roman Alphabet; or to.
read a page of a cdmmon Spelling Book, should yet presume to decide on the beauties or defects of the English or French
Ungoage*?
Should we not justly despise his pretensions > Equally worthy of being despised, have been, respecting Chinese,
Their Manuscript Dictionaries, Grammars, and Letters, have furnished the material* of all that has been Printed in
Europe; but those materials have often fallen into the hands of Europeans, who have more or less disfigured them, from
ignorance of the subject. Some have been even so far lost to a tense of propriety, as to caluminate those Guides, from whom, when
they separated for a moment, they fall into error. There are varicus errors in Foarroont's Grammar.
sppears amongst the Verbs, for "^j" Ts'he*. The other errors are of a similar kind, putting one Character for another of a similar
"oond. Probably the Spelling only was found in the Manuscript Missionary Grammars, and he attempted to supply the Character*, m
ask above the degree of his knowledge.
The most useful book, on Chinese, yet Printed in-Europe.it the late Chinese Dictionary, Published at Paris, and Printed from
* Manuscript Dictionaries of the Romish Missionaries. As far as the Editor ha* adhered to his Manuscripts, he will be generally
*>ond correct ; of his own knowledge, he gives no favorable specimen in his Critique on the English Spelling. of tbe Characters
|!^^ j|| 'rj?p T'chieu lung ta whang tee, which occur in the late Sir George Staunton's Account ofLord Macartney't Embatty
ui.
The Missionaries, M. Dm Guignes says, write the above sentence Kien-long-ta-ouang-ty. Now, addi he, ' La lettre k du mot K ien eft
certai ncment aspiree ; mais clle n'a pas le ton du tch Angtais." The fact ii, that jj)^ T'chien, is in tome Chinese Dictionaries aspirated .
and in others not; but the h in Tch ien, ii not intended as an Aspirate, it ii merely the soft sound of Ch. And those who are ac
quainted with Chinese, need not be informed, that words, which in the Southern parts of the Empire, begin with the initial K , are
pronounced, by the People of the North, and particularly at Court, at if written Ch or Tch, according to the power of those
letters in the English Language.
M. De Guignes says again, " La lettre h, dans le mot whang, est inutile, puisque le mot ouang n'est pas aspire." Ifany Mission
ary wrote Ouang, as the pronunciation of the Character -l^i. Whang, it must either have been by mistake, or he must not haveunderstood Chinese. That it should be Whang, or as the Portuguese Manuscript Dictionaries spell it,Hoang,is what, to those in a slight
degree acquainted with the subject, requires no proof.
the body of his Dictionary, Where lie follows his Manuscript, spells the Character J^- Hoang, as it ought to be, and' which
is pronounced precisely like the English Whang, with which lie finds fault Possibly, M. De Guignes thought the Character
should be -f- Wang, which would correspond to " Ouang s" but if so, that only makes bad worse, for ^/^3EL'rjl" ^* wan6te>
is a phrase, which it is likely never occurred to any one but himself; certainly it never was applied to the Emperor
T'chienlung.*
M. De Guignes, has exercised his Critical powers, pretty largely respecting the Chinese account jof the extensive Inundation,
or Deluge, which took place during the reign of '^i Yaou. Though a Deluge of waters, it must be confessed, has little or no
connexion with a Dictionary of words i yet, as in my opinion, his Criticisms are frequently incorrect, and tend to mislead the Public
mind, I shall take a short survey of the subject.
The
&V_ Woo-king, or Pentateuch of Confucius, compiled by 1iim, from materials no longer existing, contains one book
called -p^.A3fC Shoo-king,t or -f^jj ifc Shang-shoo. It is bound up in two thin volumes, and consists of the Annals of
Yaou
* In the following Dictionary, it has been thought proper to preserve the sound of K, to distinguish it from the soft initial Ch.
t There is a common saying, respecting the Shoo-king.
jjpf ijt'fc
[tjffifo Shang -shoo Voo kin wan, kae chub,
pelh chung, "Both the Ancient and Modern Shoo-king were taken from the wall of a house."
The saying is thus explained,
when 'H'i; Loo Kung-wang, i. e. Kung-wang, of the State Loo, (B. C. 100) proceeded to destroy the old house of Confucius,
were found in one of the walls, the records of the Ancient Dynasties,
ffi Jp] Yu, Hea, Shang, Chow, as contained in the
the Ancient Shoo-king. These records, whatever they were, have long since perished, and no writings, prior to those of Confucius,
exist in China.
After jjfcj&M: Tsin-ene-hwang, had burnt all the books that could be seized, the Shoo-king was found hidden in a wall of
the house of {j\ ^ Fish-sang, an .old man, who, to avoid the persecution .carried on against the literati, when many hundreds of
them were destroyed, put out his own eyes, and affected idiotism. By this painful artifice, he saved his life, and the Shoo-king was
preserved. Some accounts say, that the poor old sightless jjt tfc Fiih-s&ng, taught the Shoo-king from memory to Jj^^tl
Ch'haug-sang, and he to a third. When the times grew better, it was committed to writing. This is called ^ Kin-win, *' The
modern copy." Some parts of this are considered spurious, and the p 4^ Koo-wkn, " Ancient copy," which, it was pretended
was discovered, and for some hundred years, was received as genuine, has been suspected of being spurious, by the learned generally,
ever since the Dynasty ^ Sung, (about A. D. 1S00.)
xiii.
Shun, &c. down to the age in which Confucius lived; including i period of about Seventeen Hur.ilred Ycari.* It ii written in
broken ;ntenc2J and debcheJ paragraphs, miny of which are represented as savings of the Ancient Kings, or conversations between
them and their Ministers. Some of the word are nsed in a sense quite different from that in which they have been understood in
later times; and are consequently obscure and doubtful.
It opens with
Te-chlh, is noticed, and then follows #fe Yaou's Deluge; after which the earth is again repre
sented as overspread by wild uncultivated vegetation, and overrun by savage beasts. The fabulous age of 7^
J^f
T'hcen hwang,
Terhwang, and
Jin-bwang, is called ^^"j^f Tae-koo. The Antediluvian period, from ^^^^ Fuh-be, to
Vanu, is called |~ "j^T Sbang-koo. The postdiluvian age, to the period ofConfucius, is denominated
Chung-koo.
The above is a faithful outline of the picture drawn, by Chinese Writers, of the History of the Ancient World, as known to them.
Its similarity to that given by the Jewish Legislator, must be observable to every one ; and the probability, that both accounts
refer to the same remote facta, is not to be overturned by slight anachronisms, or a discordancy in the detail ; much less, by the
verbal, and (as I think may be proved,) inaccurate and absurd Criticisms of M. De Guignes.+
According to the dates affixed by Chinese Historians, the various reigns from-fR^ Fuh-he, to the present year 1815, make
in all 5200 years. From Fuh-be to % Yaon, 1 MO , from Yaou to
Confucius, 1700. From that to thepresent time 2S60.
t The Ancient Copies, instead of 0 Yuc, had -f- Yue\ about the exact meaning of which, Commentators are not agreed.
Some explain it as I have done.
+ In the Encyclopedia. Brit vol 5. page 732, when treating of the Deluge, it is said, (from Mr. Bryant) that the Cuthites
worshipped Cham ; and that in China, Cham signifies any thing Supreme, a Sceptre, a Priest, &c The whole of this apparent ana
logy, arises from mistaking the Portnguese and French Spelling of Chinese Syllables. In the Cham of the Cuthites, Ch is hard,
as if the Syllable were written Kam now the Chinese have no such Syllable. The Portuguese spell Tchang with Cham, and the
French spell Sh with Ch. In the first instance, by the word Supreme, the syllable _t Shang, is probably intended; and by the
Priests,
Ho-shang, must have been referred to. But there is no similarity between Cham or Kam, and Shang. Moreover,
Shang by itself, does not denote priest
In the same Work, vol 14, page 527, it is said, that the Chinese evidently contains a great number of words of the same origin
with those which occur in other Dialects. The examples given to illustrate this assertion, are most of them so erroneous and un
founded, that the whole passage is truly ridiculous. It should be blotted from the book which it disfigures. The Man who derives
from H Xim, i. e. m English, Shing, the Latin Eximius," will soon prove, that the words of all Languages are in fact the same.
Ob 1.
xiv.
^Shoo-kingopensthe.ubje^^
Commentator! acknowledge they do not understand ; they endeavour to give it a sense which they think answers the trope of the
whole, which they explain thu, " His Majesty taid, Alas, Ministers : the deluding waters spread destruction. They surround the
mountains, and overtop the hills; they ^ f~
" onc explains it) rise high and extend wide as the spacious vault of
heaven. Alas, for the common people! Who is able to remove the waters? All the Ministers replied, Behold K wan! there is
none equal to him. The Emperor said, 0, no ! be is not fit; do not order him to undertake it. One of the Ministers said, Let
him be tried.. His Majesty answered, Let him go then, and exercise the utmost care and attention. He undertook the task, and
laboured nine years without success."
undertake the work i he with great modesty declined in favour of some abler Person than himself. But his Majesty insisted on
his requirement, and Yu obeyed.
The third passage, which occurs in the Shoo-king, represents Yu, reporting to His Majesty the result of his labours. He
begins by repeating the extent and ravages of the Deluge, adding, that |n
People, had sunk in the waters.
He said, he had found it necessary to cut his way though t ... forests ( on the water, to employ
boats or ships; on the dry land chariots; on the mud he had used wooden sledges; and in ascending the hills be had -used iron
spikes in his sandals. He had been obliged to feed live People with raw meal; he had cut channels for nine rivers, which divided
the earth into nine regions ; he had extended his travels to the ocean on all sides. And after the waters were subsided, be taught the
People to plough and sow ; but during the growth of this first crop, the People still ate raw meat. He, moreover, urged the People
to go and barter what articles they could spare, forothers which they bad not Thus it was, that the People were supplied with food ;
nd ^ ^\ Wan pang, " Ten thousand," i. e. all the nations after the visitation of the flood, were restored to order.
The fourth and last passage which occurs in the Shoo-king, on this subject is, the Itinerary of
twelve pages of that small work. The names of the various Countries through which be passed in the prosecution of his arduous
enterprise, are duly inserted, with a very few explanatory words.
His success procured for him, the epithet of J|T^ r^g Shing-yu,
flowing contrary to their natural course, was expressed by Keang-shwuy ; that Keang-shwiiy was the same as Hung-shwuy," or the
Deluge. That must have been a great convulsion of nature, which caused rivers to flow in a direction the opposite of their
natural course.
In the History of China, by ^J^Z^. Choo-foo-tize, an objector is introduced as remarking Tery naturally, "Since the im-
XT.
conflux of waters extended high and wide as the heavens, what could Yu do to remove them?" One replies, that he had
heard a third Perton give it a hit opinion, that the -jfft^j^ Deluge was similar to the calamities wiich now take place by cteeaiive rains i and that in the dote of
Yaou's reign, the tame thing had happened for several years. The phrase,
j~
T'baou t'heen, " Reaching high as heaven," must be understood as a local figurative expression. The chief put of the calami'.consisted in the excessive fall of rain; after it had fallen, and Yu had scooped passages for it, it gradually subsided n the Autumn
In a marginal note, this opinion is rejected at the groundless conjecture of a self-conceited mind; Perhaps few W.U think th.A
the supposition quite removes all the difficulties.
The site of the J^
Kew-chow, or nine regioris, into which Yu divided the- earth", puzzle not'a little the Chinese Expo
sitors. Theyhave made Maps ofthem, both otooaes-and new onet, which are limited to the extent ofModern China Proper,* whie.,
is the world in the estimation of the Chinese. Others, more judicioui.confess, that ]^ Jj|"^f
Modern Geography are not the tame. They further say, that:^dt^E 0f]
encompassed by the surrounding ocean, are the Nine Chow i" and that
^pj
=11.1^1
/"
" Inancient time*. Shin-nung measured the land surrounded by the ocean, and found it to
be from Bast to West 900,000 Le, ( 50 Le make a degree) and fi am North to.South 810,000 Le.
M. DeGuigces, however, relieves all parties from their difficulties, by applying to the period' spoken of, a definition- of
the Character ^Jlj^J Chow, which was adopted perhaps, thousands ofyears afterwards; viz. that a ;J>|\| Chow, consisted of 2500 fa
milies; and, having assumed these data, (a iujyy thought that never occurred to any native Chinese, from the days of
Confecius to the present time) he reduces the question, as to the exUni of the peregrinations of Yu, to a matter of simple multi
plication, and glories in his discovery as containing in it, the full cvijut.ee o." mathematical demonstration.^
M. De Guigics also proposes to alter the pointing of the Chinese Classic and Commentary, and to read these words, yjjjjy^ .
| \" j^- T'hacu t'heen, hea min, with the point after Hea, instead of after T'heen, then making the phrase, "The waters
extended over the Empire," instead of " High and wide as the heavens." But this reading is different from the manner in which
the natives have ever read their own Cooks. To say nothing of the modesty of this attempt, it would not answer his purpose;
for the phrase which he would alter, occurs notouly in the passage which he conceives is capable of a different pointing, but also
in other places where no pointing whatever would produce the change he wishes.
R T'heen hea, is more like the European word World, than Empire; it is sometimes used in a
, sometimes in a limited sense. The world, as known to the Chinese, is expressed by it; as world once denoted the Roman
nd now often means only Europe. But in its proper sense, all under heaven is implied by it.
I shall notice only one more Criticism of M. De Guignes. It applies to the usual Chinese expression for Yaou's Deluge, viz.
The reigning Family makes Manchow Tartary one of the Chow ; and that in which the court of Yaou was held,
t Vide, /N ^ Liih-shoo.
+ Vide, Map of China, with Explanatory Remarks.
^ Vide, Dictionaire ChiDoit Preface
Pages 22 and 23.
XVI.
jdt^J^ Hun; thwBy, in whir* connexion
extensive, vast." Howeve', M. De Guignes says, Hung, also meant, " Pierres qui arrfitent le court d un fleuve." Granting
that Hung meant " the rocki which itop the course of a river," what sense would he make of jdt Hung, joined with
Shwdy, " Water," r<ck-water, instead of the Great waten, teems a -very curious conjectural emendation.
Suppose a Chinese
doubted the Ui>ersal Deluge spoken of in the West, and wishing to prove his point, looked into Dr. Johnson's Dictionary,
for a defini*'*Q ot the word Deluge, he would find the first sense given, A general inundation. But that not answering hit
purpose, he would, in the manner of M. De Guignes, seize with avidity, in spite of all Europeans, as quite conclusive in
bit o*n favor, the next tente given, viz. An overflowing of the natural bounds of a river.
oy this mode of proof, it is not likely that any other Person would.
le cours d'un fleuve." This is a mistake of M. De. Guignes, in which he has mistranslated the Latin of his Manuscript. " Pctre
impedientes fluminis fluxum," does not denote what he has rendered it.
isthis,/^*fJ_ypiJy'y^^j^tshIhtsooholew wei Hung, "Stones or rocki, hindering the flowing of a river, make Hung,"
i. e. produced angry breakers, or a rippling effect on the water. The rocks are not denoted by the word Hung, but the effect
produced by rocks obstructing in part the course of the water. In this sense also, it appears to be only a local term, and it
no more applicable to the yjr^rj^ Hung shwby, of Yaou, than the word " Ripple" is to the Universal Deluge.
XVII.
A, as in " Hard."
A as in " HM.'
AE, broad A coalescing with E, forming a sound like
igh, in " High."
AOU, broad A and OU coalescing.
manner.
Firit, Representation of the object, by *
AY, as in "May."
bj +
E, as in " Met."
by
bj |
by I
pronouncing the word " With," the Reader itops short at the I.
G, is hard in Glh
A. V. Ancient Vases.
J, as in French.
6, as in " Hot."
UH, as in Hut"
ZE, a buzzing lound, which cannot be expressed by the
Roman Alphabet
fjn. (Synonymous) is applied to Characters, whose proi and form are different, but meaning the same. In
'My^ T'hung-yung.
rot. i.
NOTE. In a Country io extensive u China, and in which Tartan and Chinete are blended, it U in train to expect a unifor
mity of Pronunciation even amongst well educated People. The Tartan are the Rulen, and hence their Pronunciation ii imitated
by many.
theirs.
The Chinese are the Literary part of the Community, and the systems of Pronunciation found in Books is oftea
Some uniform system must be adopted, otherwise endless confusion will ensue.
rather what the Chinese call the Nanking Dialect, than the Peking. The Peking Dialect differs from it,
I. In changing K before E and I, into Ch, and sometimes into Ts. Thus King becomes Ching, and Kcang becomes Cbeang or
Tseang.
II. H before E and I, is turned into Sh or S. Thus Heang is turned into Shcang, and Hcfl into SheS, or SeS.
III. Chang and Tsang are used for each other; also Cho and Tso, Man and Mwan, Pan and Pwan, We and Wei, are in the
Pronunciation of different Persons confounded.
IV. The Tartars, and some People of the Northern Prorinces, lengthen and softeu the Short Tone; Miih becomes Moo.
The short termination of Th, becomes nearly the open sound of Ei, in the English word " Eight" Thus what, according to the
system would be Plh-king, becomes Pei-ching.
These changes are tolerably regular and uniform, so that it is not difficult in speaking to adopt either the one Pronunciation or
the other. The soft and lengthened sounds are more pleasing to the ear ; and to a Person accustomed to speak English, require
less effort then the Short Tones.
F and P, Nwan and Lwan, Sh and Ch, Ts and Ch, are occasionally used for each other.
The varieties now spoken of, are varieties of what in Europe is called the Mandarin Tongue. The Provincial Dialects are still
more various. Their Orthography is not attempted in this work.
The abbreviations I'll; well j don't, &c. shew that the original is colloquial.
It is well known, that the Chinese read from the top of the Page to the bottom, and from the right hand column to the left.
Horizontal lines also occur, and in that case they read from right to left. In Alphabetic Languages, as the termination of one letter
generally joins on to the letter tliat follows it, the order cannot be altered without throwing the whole into confusion. To read
Hebrew, or Arabic, or Persian, from right to left would be impracticable. In Chinese, however, each Character is so completely
distinct, that it matters not how they arc placed in relation to each other) they would read as well from the bottom of the
page to the top, as from top to bottom. In Works, Tartar and Chinese, they begin at the left side of the book.
tionary it has been judged proper to read the Chinese Characters horizontally, and from left to right
In this Dic
DIALOGUES.
Pray
t.
sit
^0
Pray
^Q sit.
-^f-o tea.
Long time
opposed, i.e.separated
DC
ylh
fa
you
one
heang
while past
Uh
ft
obttin
Kew
wei
-jjlj
ch'ha
tea
he.
fco come-
Pray (lake)
e
tih
ch'ha.
tea?
li!;n.
wish
ft 1Vin a high degrre?*
1ft-
* In Chinese, though it-be a general rule, that each Character and S_ liable, hns a
determinate sense affixed to it; yet, cases are numerous, in which two or mortn
DIALOGUE I.
wo
,Th
one
ft
while part
being
Haou
Well
haou
seldom
hw9,
aid,
<I have) engaged
lae
come
to inquire and
ft
(your) protection,
V
nc
paou
your
via
wait (on you).
how.
ft.
S. How could I expect it My busi
valuable
hong
hang
ng
Itrade t
a
haou
Uh
bin
J5>
good
ft
# ^*7
4Ro
1$to dare W-
Characters are joined in the apprehension of the reader, and form in fact, a com
pound word, similar to the Polysyllabic Languages of the Went Generally the
ieiise of the compound arises naturally from the several component Characters ;
at other times, the sense of each is much obscured, or entirely lost,
fj Tib, " To
obtain," /{{| Han, or ^Jjfc Han, " The noise of dogs fighting, or people wrangling,"
taken together, make the Superlative degree, and affords an instance of an obscure
compound.
* " I have engaged your protection," i.e. by your kind assistance; or by the
prosperous fortunes which ever accompany you, and all those whom you counten
ance, I have been well.
+ 'Je .'J. snnS e> " Living intention ; L e. wh atever is done to obtain a livelihood
in the inferior departments of the community, as trade, mechanical employments, 4c
* EL ^k. K'he ^al1 1 " How dare ! or how presume !" i. e. I presume not to think
DIALOGUE I.
an;
Trade
echay
*J
h*
thai
little
time
too
yew
II
hare
limit,
PJlo
because
miih
yew
shin
PJr Jtherefore
w
7& not
have
ft
* 'ISnny ofconsequence
mo
sang
^ trade.
e.
V. Very true. Why are the European
Uae
the pr?sent
she
been
re
leisure
raontha.
this?
She
hwang
besides
kin
ts'heay JL }
/A.
This
neen
chuen
ships
yang
Jej^
occai
alio
chuen
ji$
.hip.
not
Joo
yet
ho
\how
tsaiig
lae
toon
come
arrived ;
Oh
myself entitled to such civility ; implying, you treat me as a superior. This mode
of expression, is in constant use, as a reply to any civil compliment, or mark of
polite attention. The same is otherwise expressed by
Mh. kan t'hang,
I " presume rot to appropriate to myself, or deem myself worthy" of such polite
treatment The Tartars for K'he kan, use much ^p^ Nale," How! where!" is
Uiere any foundation for your compliment!
DIALOGUE I.
che)
tBo
U"
waug
gone
I! tea
pingi
years
chang
peaceable 4
t
constantly
ft
hare
foreign
yew
m rc
king
tsaou
S-
earlier
e
j'i
A
ta
taou
leaou,
--*
chny
}FI
^.arrived.
fight 1
chhang
This
slie
VX J
shin
^ \come
"
# J
che.
^D late.
V. As the European ships do not arrive.
IDO
yuen
ft* \
koo
She.
kin
I, (or my)
car
wim,
heard
shno,
hue
toy,
sea
nieen
surface
piih
DOt
very
ft
han
year
neen
yang
chuen
pah
taou
cMh
P
yang
This
European ships
TP >
'
^Jn not
o come,
K
only
ft"
^ jforeign commodities
bo
DIALOGUE 1.
(want)
taou
k-he
Again
chay
^j"
buying
price.
I
S. True. If the ships do not now
arrive, all foreign articles will be
mae
idling
sing
i>
B J
do business.
ytt
nan
alo
difficult
tM.
to do.
g r
)g_
|this
^
0f V
i-c i,lme
^ J
jjjjlj- ships
not
taou
^||o comei
T^S
Jan2
Iw
tnu
every
^
y
sort
foreign
J3
"nT
article,
tsaou
ship
taou
he
tsew
then
will be
(sou
kci
tiia
135. J
haou
7
leaou
dear.
}"
DIALOGUE I.
6
yth
alto
Haou
Welt
#
hwo.
seay
ling
wiih
it
chuen
aid.
If
hip
taou
arrive,
wo
odd thing!
ta
fa
ung
Jin,
tan
miih
ban.
km
J
ha
fung
end
^
A a man
(come) go
present
ts'hing
It
\ the price
request
ta
to (you) Sir
kea,
kwei
dear s
ze
o-
tSM
koo,
chnen
tsze
Uou
leaou
koo.
II
II
to confer
regard.
m to confer
II 0 regard.
j&
shwO.
Well
said.
pang.
Joo
jtf]
chin.
S. Iam much obliged to. you. If the
^Thus
k ou
-pj*
announce
Ileave.
J 3J
D I A L O GUE
I.
#
#a
fung
Trac
Again
lew.
thing
pray
tso
4:
it,
ls0.
45 it
shwo.
W. No. I have a little business at home.
Shaou
Ph,
ZS
shay
f }"
No,
pei.
#f
#.
Zy
|#.
Well
said.
Little
home
hea
hwan
yew
%|
have
leay
lit.
little
wei
detention.
still
far.
ph
#3
2K
yuen
far
sung.
#o
accompany.
Shoo
Excuse
not
# trifling
*Clou
/|\
small
**C.
business.
tshing.
#
#.
#.
How
dare 1
Goodbye.
S. Goodbye.
Tshing.
#.
Goodbye.
DIALOGUE
II.
||
-jfc
You
ke
4J
4
\\ Jf
what
ihe
time
Uou
come te
9}
Kwan- rag" "J
jVj VCanton.
tnD* ^o-f
laou
B. 1 arrived
Wo
*
Uou
i'J_
leaou
7
yew
pan
koo
too
yui.
half
11 J
more
moon.
ft-
RADICALS.
Ylh. One.
7.
Kw&n.
To descend-; C.
Choo.
A point.
Pethv
Bent out ;C
10.
YTh.
One.
11.
Keue*.
Hooked; C.
12.
1.
3.
6.
Urh.
Two.
8.
Tow.
(Undefined; ) C.
9.
Jin.
Anmn;Cyf
Jin.
A man ; C.
Jj
Jtti, or Jtih.
yv PS.
To enter.
Eight.
* The form of these Radicals, and of the large Character! throughout the work, is taken from an excellent Dictionary,
lrst Pubiiihed in the Reign of Keen-lung. The latest Edition wai Published in the Eleventh year of the present Emperor,
Kes-king ; and prefaced with nattering recommendations from Persons of the first rank and learning in the State. It was not,
however. Published by Imperial Authority.
two Tolumes, OcUto. The Author's name is.
VOL. I.
Keung.
13.
15
Mee".
28.
Mow.
29.
^j^^ Yew.
Crooked.
derness; C.
n
14.
To cover ; C.
Ping.
An isicle ; C.
16.
J\j Ke
l7-
^ J Rang.
18.
Taou.
Gaping ; C.
30.
^""7
K'how.
31.
^ J Hwuy.
The mouth.
An inclosure.
Alsnife; C |]
32.
19.
Lett.
Strength.
33.
20.
Paou.
To fold ; C.
34.
Too.
The ground.
Sze.
A scholar
^^Che.
To follow.
21.
V*
Pe.
A spoon.
35.
Shiiy-
22.
He.
A receptacle ; C.
36.
23.
~ Fang.
24.
" | * ShTh.
35
|% Puh.
"irt
IJ
A receptacle ; C.
Ten.
^^^^ Ta.
38.
"^/^ Neu.
3g
TsZC"
Large, great.
A woman.
A *n' * ChiW'
To divine.
Han.
81'
To **** sIowly ; c
A shelter; C.
4Q
/-V Meen.
To collect; C.
42.
..]
57.
58.
Kung. A bow.
45.
P
}
She. A corpse.
Che.
59.
A bud.
ill
( ".
Shan.
2.
2.
Hair.
Chih. To pace; C.
A hill.
47
61.
JUV N. Sin.
N ],
C
-
62.
63.
Ko.
A lance.
Hoo.
An inner door.
*>
Kin. A napkin.
64.
5l.
Kan. . A shield.
65.
52.
Yaou. Slender.
66.
55.
+-
3%
3%
X
Yen. To protect; C.
Show.
Che.
68.
>|-
Tow.
Kung.
69.
JT
Kin.
hands; C.
A branch.
Sometimes C
67.
To join
The hand; C
A certain measure.
Chinese pound.
71.
73.
73.
Woo.
jTj
86.
Ho-
87.
To say.
88.
Foo.
Yue*.
The raoon-
89
Heaou.
Muh.
Wood.
90.
To owe.
91.
Jth.
pTj Yue\
7|v
^^Keen.
77.
Che.
To stop
^-j
A father.
To imitate.
Chwang.
Pceo.
92.
JJ* Ya.
/|** Nw.
(Undefined.)
A splinter.
The teeth.
Jt
78.
Tae.
Evil, bad ,C ^
93.
79.
Shoo.
To kill by striking
94.
80.
'j'g* Wo0'
Not' d not
81.
^*e-
82.
Maou.
cmpare-
A cow ; C Jjfi
Keuen.
A dog ; C ^
95.
96
Heuen. . Blackish.
J YOh.
A gem; C J Wang-
Hairs.
A king
83-
She.
A family name.
Kwa.
A melon.
84.
Ke.
85-
Sbwfiy-
Water; c ^ ^
9?
-y-
Wa.
Tiles.
Kan.
Sweet.
101.
4.
#
102.
BE)
100.
Sng. To produce.
115.
Yung. To use.
116.
Ten.
A field.
117.
#
%
3.
Ho.
Grain.
A measure of length.
103.
104.
105.
Nelh.
&
l:
Sickness.
Ph. A mound; C.
119.
PIh.
120.
Af
>k
Chh.
Me.
Bamboo; C
Paddy, rice.
White.
C.4%
Y| |\D
107.
}#.
108.
IIIl Ming
109.
10.
]].
112.
Skin.
12].
Dishes, &c.
122.
124.
She. An arrow.
125.
Shih. A stone.
126
ll.
| |]]
Yang. A sheep.
Yu.
Laou.
vol. 1.
net; C
Y.
Yk) Jow.
Fow. Crockery.
R}} ":
123.
ll3.
+;
Z \\
127.
To creep.
128.
Urh.
Feathers, wings;
The ear.
*:
Yu.
A pencil.
Jow.
To S' t0
t0 do-
Flesh; C
145. ^^(^ E.
Tsze.
Self, himself.
Clothes, garments.
Kew.
A mortar.
148.
She".
The tongue.
To see.
Ke5.
A horn.
Yen.
Words, to express.
Aqueduct, a valley.
Chow.
151.
Tow.
Pulse.
152.
She.
153.
Che.
A reptile.
154.
Pei.
Pearls.
155.
Chth.
A boat.
Kan.
Slh.
Disobedient.
Colour.
Tsaou.
Hoo.
Herbs; C -ff-
A tiger.
Cliung.
Carnation colour.
An insect.
Tsow.
To walk.
Tsiih-
"ft
Heu;
Blood.
B7.
\ft[
M
172.
173.
* + Tsing.
Yu.
Rain.
Azure.
F:
Walking
Ch'h.
Fei.
False, not.
swiftly;
[;
#.
Yih. A city; C
176.
Men.
177.
Kih.
178.
wei
To pluck, or tear
Kew.
Leeks.
180.
Yin.
A sound.
181.
H.
The head.
A. Kin.
Metal, gold.
69
l69.
170.
7
*:
#
182.
183.
Fe.
#.
mile.
l68.
one-fourth of an
179.
English
Untanned leather.
leather.
asunder.
Le. About
l67.
The face.
on the right)
Pen.
(placed
Chhang. Long. C +
Mun. A door.
To fly.
[;
184.
Shih.
To eat.
185.
17]
186.
Heang.
Smell, fragrance.
187.
Ma.
A bone.
High.
191
Peaou.
1 Tow.
To fight.
192.
Wheat.
Hemp.
201.
Hwang.
202. -5f>
Shoo.
Millet.
203.
H Yh.
Black.
Yellow.
To embroider.
205.
Mung.
T
/Yfa Kwei. An evil spirit, a ghost.
206.
Ting.
194.
Long, hair.
Mth.
Ahorse.
190.
199.
A toad.
A tripod.
Si
Characters formed by Eleven Strokes.
207.
208.
Kod.
jjjj^ Shoo.
195.
Yu,
196.
Neaou. A bird.
197. [JS
loo. Insipid.
209.
Pe.
198.
Luh. A stag.
210.
Tse.
A fish.
A drum.
^ mouse.
The nose.
Even.
9
Character formed by Fifteen Strokes.
213.
Che.
211.
Kwei.
A Tortoise.
The teeth.
Characterformed by Seventeen Strokes.
Lung.
214.
A dragon.
either the wrong Radical has been fixed on, or the strokes are
not rightly numbered.
The only source of mistake in numbering the strokes of the
pencil is, in square Characters like
or those which are open at tiie bottom like j J Keung, " A wil
derness." The Chinese reckon that
K'how, is formed by
Dictionaries.
down the stroke on the left, then the top and right side, by
one stroke of the pencil; and last of all, the cross stroke at
the bottom.
| . second, last.
EXAMPLES.
Pcen, " Convenient," is found under the Radical
Jin, which is on the left side.
vol. i_
j First made,
Sin,
TABLE OF RADICALS.
IN THE SUNG-PAN FORM.
1.
Ylh.
32.
To-
64.^-Show."
96. ^ Ynh.'
188. ^Orh.
160 -jjC-Sin.
97. fa Kwa.
1*1.
162.^Ch'hU.'
192. ^ Chang.
193. pj| Lelh.
9. | Kwin.
65.
3. \ Choo.
34. ^Che.
66. ^J^Piih1
67.
Win.'
68. -ij- Tow.
98. ^ Wa.
130.
99.
100.
131. ^3 Chin.
4. J PeTh.
S5..^Shuy.
Che.
Kan.
Sing.
Jow.'
Shin.
190. ^Peaou.
191. pi[ Tow.
138.
Tsxe.
163. ^ YIh.
184. "E Yew.
6. J Keu.
37. ^Ta.
69. Jj Kin.
101. ^ Yung.
133.
Chat
165.^- Peen.
TWO STROKES.
S8.
1S4, | Kew.
7. ZZ. Drh.
lOS.y^Shoo.1
72. Q JIh.
41.
Tun.
73 Q Yu*.
105. y\ Piih.
lS7.-^J-Chow.
74. 0 Yu.
106.
Plh.
1S8.
43.
75.
107.
Pe.
SO.
8. J_ Tow.
9. ^ Jin.'
10 }l Jinn.y^juh.
Selh.
Neu.
Wang.'
Miih.
Kin.
166. g| Le.
194.
Kwei.
KLETER STROKES.
195. ^ Yu.
,96- .%Neou!
167. ^-Kin.
197. 0g Loo.
18. K Pi.
IS. J~J Keung.
44. JP She.
16. ^ Keen.
108. JUMing.
171. ^T.
TWELVE STROKES;
45.
77.
172. ^Chuy.
201.^ Hwang.
14. * Met.
109. g Muh.'
HO.^ Mow.
141. j Hoo.
173. pJ)Yu.
15. y Ping.
79. ^ Shoo.
lll.M^ She
174. ^|-Tfing
02. ^ Shoo.
203. Hg Hlh.
16. JlKe.
IT. (__J Kang.
48. 31 Kung.
118.^5" SMh.
144.^yHing.
175. ^Fei.
14S.^K
49.
Che.
Che-
Ke.
EIRE STROKES.
204.
Che.
THIRTEEN STR.
18. J] Taou,'
8S. ^ She.
115.^ Ho.
206. H Ming.
206. l^j Ting.
116. y^Heu*.
178. ^ Wei.
207. ^ Koo.
148.
KeB.
179. H| Kew.
180. ^ Yin.
208. ^ Shoo.
rODRTEEIC STE.
181,^ He.
809. Jfc P.
19.^ Lelh.
41.
84. ^Ke.
81.
Pe.
Kan.
88. ^He.
54.
83.
Fang.
Ying.
176.
Meen.
56.
Ylh.
88.
Foo.
119.^ Me.
182.
57.
Kung.
89.
Heaou.
180.
MeJh.-
152. ^ She.
183. ^Fe.
210. ^Tse.
PlfTEEH STROKES.
26. J) Te.<
58.=LKe.'
90.
153. ^ Che.
184.
Shlh.
811."^ Che.
27.
59.
91.
Fow.
Chwaog. 1S1.
122. Jj(J Wang.'
Peen.
154. J[ Pei.
185.
Show.
S1XTEER STROKES.
186.
Heatig.
212.^ Lung.
Han.
Shang.
Fung.
28. ^ Mow.
60.^ Chlh.
183. ^ Yang.
1 55.
89. ^ Yew.
TBSII STROKES.
FOUR STROKES.
61.^Sin.i
124.^ Yn.
156.^: Tow.
157. ffi Tatth.'
TEN STROKES.
187. (% Ma.
213.^ Kwei.
30. p K'how.
188. ^ Kiih.
214.^- Y8.
SI. Q Hwuy.
159.^. Chay.
189.j^ Kaou.
Vf
'il
94.
Keuen.' 125. ^jjjr Laou.
FIVE STROKES. 186. jfjj Urh.
95. J/ Heuen. 127.^ Luy.
"ctitopi
Chlh.
^ ^ > "7*
'+t
"p
*m
3l
SETERTEEH STR.
' '*t
*u s^ 4p
'4
'5
DICTION
R Y
OJ> TBS
CHINESE LANGUAGE.
First Radical.
"A man."
Ylh
il
FIRST RADICAL.
5S.C.
**>j||^i
A. V.
She sihszc joo chin tub, ylhjuh k'how tseTh lclh sze. "View
One.
Ylh yang.
IP
""Thesa,
J^L.
HwSylh. "To
is all the
^ib3jj[ |
sin.
Chuen ylh.
yfrYlh
j ^jjtj Ylhtsung.and
4
|
J ^
Ylh kojin.
12
^^
Ching. "Sin
j^J Kenn.
/Xf
jfej
"f^"
J Wan ylh, or ^
Wan
^f-
Tou n6 J,h-
ylh sang urh, urh tang san, san tang wan with.
|
j /j^
" Taou
Chhh ylh.
they reply,
proper name.
Tae ylh, or
~J
yJ\.
*^<fe
JsL
>ff
' "
13
tsing le fun jin yang, urh Uing, k'he, ihin, tung hwa ju heu
woo.
Hi
ated the Yin and the Yang. Essence, influence and spirit,
tressed."
Fn be.
sixteen.
J5j^ |
Ching ting.
twenty-three.
TING.+ <^>
J Jow ting.
A.V. ^R.H.
ning.
j Liihting.
| Kein
ting.
yjj
I ^p^* T'm& ^5
so forth.
the Ting jlh ; shang ting jlh, is the first that occurs. In the
sheep and hogs, are offered up at the temples of Kung foo tsze.
jtlj ^JtL PI
ij-J^ |
chwanS
J Tsoo ting.
To happen to, to be
|
j|| J
KHAOU. f
7
Air, vapour, or the breath, struggling to vent itself, is re
presented by
Min
Ylh.
14
HO. ,
Ho.
Now written
Used as part of a
proper
TS'Hfrl ~y S. C -^T R. H.
CHANG, f
Seven. A Surname.
'^"^^ |
Ts'hlh selh.
|"-^2^t^
" The
sure land."
Epithet applied to old persons ; said to have arisen from
in China, offer sacrifice to, and worship two stars in the Milky
Way.
wei ch'hlh, shlh ch'hih wei chang ; shlh chang wei yin. " Ten
j .
^ S. C. ^R. H.
Chang foo.
| Yo chang-.
11 A huaband."
15
/p^-
SAN. f
A surname.
Yiih ts'hing.
Second,
=\ 01. Scrib.
The first is denominated
Three.
Yth
J^Santaze. "Thrice."
t'heen tsun.
ning."
^jfp
Yuen che
I jSrfii^/f"xsin,zeurhhowhins' "Think
Third,
He ir otherwise
Jj-fjJ' I*ou
e j yih, ts'hlh jin ; urb, y in min ; tan, U'hung the. " Sze wan
ences are much desired ; viz, jjj^jj jjjj^SiJ* Ffih. luh, show.
" Morning
public offices.)
San kang.
Fuh.
Third,
First Jjpj
Second, TrSt
same thing.
Me lib Fuh.
-J-j
Ytti.
16
|
ihing.
Shang koo, or |
|*
SHANG. f
A. V.
I* rff]
"6*
" High antiquity, for.
R. H.
When read Shang, it denotes high, aboTe, eminent, exalted, honorable, on, or upon.
Shang she.
shang yu t'heen.
Snang low-
"To
" To go up atairs."
variable.
-fc
Tae shang.
-j L |
Ere-
P,h ,han' or
to Peking."
J ^/j^J^" T'e
chae.
J
^ijj Shang seun. " The first decade or ten days of every
moon."
Woo shang.
The forenoon."
^
|
J>
"Not
tsiih pe hea yew yu. " Compared with those above, deficient j
compared with those below, have something to spare."
J5^"^j~* J
17
on the table."
Then shang.
In heaven.
kb.
# |
-A
"outh choo, tsun woo urh shang, she min yew keun chin che
Imperial councils.
?" Jay. In heaven there are not two suns; amongst the
JUA)
# E. R # % | R #
|# Shang, to honor. | # | #
| # | + Shang tsin, "hang che, shang hen,
Syn, with
moon.
verb, to
Keu shang
# |
| JH
|4
##
condescend to.
| %
to inferiors.
R#
b
(Le king.)
in the
the
HEA.4
A.f - A. W.
* and
= R. H.
the ranks.
*H: R 2 R # |
Y.
###" |
fH.
* * b. a
E4:#. |
bh b
>
+
*
an
Again,
The
|X
R RK
/k. | Tsaete hea. It is down below.
R. #/\ Te hea teih jin. A low, or vulgar
Perion."
j Showhea. Under one', hand, or power.
Down to the
is below."
say that there are thirty-three heavens; and also that there are
eighteen different degrees of wretchedness, in the abodes of the
### |
Vol. 1.
h
Ylh.
|
III.
First Radical.
Hat shin.
18
or in fault; as,^^/^
embark."
pj^J
lr3
5^2*- |
" To ask of in
good
pj
Puhpelh.
"^j"
^ Pih jll>-
j jj^=
Piih she. " Not time t" not any fixed time.
^5* | f|fc"jil' H"0U P"h hw* hc" " Good 1101 to
rcjoical" i. e. to rejoice exceedingly.
KE.
Piih tlh piih keu. " Cannot but go."
n i m
Piih san piih sze. " Not three, not four ;" neither one thing;
7T
A board or other utensil, on which to present
things. Afterwards changed to
J ^-y^- f~~^.
" Could not bciP
doing it."
Characters formed by Three Strokes.
PtiH. ^ S. C.
|
J
^7 R. H.
Piih kan. " Not dare." Common expression in the language
First Radical.
19
IV.
Ylh *
Syn. with
Fow, an inter
YU.
strokes represent the two feet of the vessel, and the
5
Ancient form of ^ Yu, to give, for which it is now used
>t a contraction.
From
take, or few.
tence, may be rendered, " And, and also ;" as, ZpTj r^yj
KAE.
j J^jT Kaou urh ts'heay kwan. " High and also broad."
5
To beg, to take, to give.
Kae tsze, or
^ J^Kae shTh che jin. '* A beggar, one who begs for
food to eat.' "tt*
" Has
/j^+j^
^ S. C.
[pjj
|
|
/j-^?
| Keuen
Yfli.
^jj
IV.
First Radical.
20
not good."
che tsze.
| Man U'heay, or
'*
,n
Tsze she.
"j^Q j
she.
'gjj" j
Tscen she, or
jH^t
Lae
Tseu.
j i
|] Ts'heay
J v^^.
Also
succeeding age."
/^\- j
express ages that are past and gone ; or, to go from the age ;
>^ P'HEI.
Kwo she,
K'heshe;
Sjn. -with
Tang she. " In that age;" also, in presence of
m
the age."
|
SHE. t ^ S. C. ^ R. H.
^^She shangtelhjin; or^^
An age ; one generation ; the space of thirty years. The
world of persons. Mankind. A surname.
Jl
Jin
Cuiih she.
21
|
M s c
E ,hin ,M ,he-
1 yf
puh wang yay. " This (man) will not be forgotten after
the age
yang hea yufc1 k'hew. " High on the four sides, and low in
the middle, is called K'hew."
The proper name of Confucius; His surname was
j/L|
^p^" |
' Ming
K'hung, his name fy* K'hew ; and what the Chinese call his
/-J^ Tsze. i. e. character or epithet, was /|c|3
Chung ne.
|^
the Four Books, they read it Mow ; and when they have oc
casion to write the word in the senses above given, they add
to the character, and write it thus J^Gtiouary, ^jjp^^!^
ing the word K'hew, a column is left with these words only,
shTh che yew tsze ; ts'hlh shlh urh laou ; laou urh chuen ; U
yii tang she yung sze chay, san shlh neen ; koo e san shlh
Che shing seen sze hwuy king pe. " The name of the most holy
nccn wei ylh she. " Man at thirty arrives at maturity, and
disregarded.
VOL. I.
Ylh.
V.
First Radical.
| San k'hew.
22
^}R H
by the <^|Jj Seen, or men of the hills, who hare r'nen superior
-4*jkyfc
to humanity.
i^jpi1Sf"F0^% I
Shlhkanmingcheylh. -Name
time.
raaou k'hew."
|
Sang mun wei telh sin i pe k'hew wci hinjr kelh. " Sang man
}f"
Ping it used
She ttun.
-j-f^ Ttung ylh juh keung, ylh chay yang, keung chay mun
sacrifice to Heaven.
yay.
Keung.
One it the yang, keung the door of the universe." (ShwS wan.)
J-j
i -t
Characters formed by Five Strokes.
thih luh Uing yay. " Four Using (or portion! of land divided
T HEEN.
like the character Tting) make a ylh, four ylh make a k'hew ;
hence a k'hew it sixteen tting."
|
23
First Radical.
VII.
Yih
Shing seang.
Heen shing.
District"
Shing, To
YEW.
|~
of stars.
They say ^JJ Yew, denotes the gate of Spring, when all
nature goes forth.
TEW.
These charac
hud."
ters should not be confounded.
J^j^ Tew leen. M To throw away countenance i" Le.
to blast one's reputation.
|
Ancient form of
T'he'en.
See
Eg
TSZE.
Ta.
Ancient form of J^f Le.
See Ra
jffi^ PING.
The common form of
jg R.H.
Ping, Two standing together.
Kwan.
II.
Second Radical.
J <^|?
See Radical
Chuh.
ping te.
See
TOW.
3
A vessel to contain wine, used in the ritei of sacrifice.
above.
Characters formed by Fifteen Strokes.
Ancient form of
Ping.
See
Common form of /-j^ Kwan.
Radical j^ Kan.
SECOND
RADICAL.
Kew. " To
entwine about," are all derived from this. Also read Keaou.
Tuy, to retire.
Charactersformed by Two Strokes.
KEW.
S C.
Chow's form of rj^Q Ko. A numeral particle of frequent
Second Radical.
25
III.
Kwan
or one man."
|
nother."
Ko, ii said to be one half of the Character ^^^Chuti, " A
X^f CHUNG, f
S. C.
-p R. H.
keu yew ko. " Le Ch'hun dwelt on the right hand apart
ments."
Syn. with
Nuy chung.
amongst."
YIh ko
y^f^/^T*
/j^j
YA.
Y
^)\^ |
J
of the hand."
|
servant girl. The name arises from little girls having their
hair bound up in two tufts, one on each side of the head.
liih telh ya tow. " On the top of the steps were sitting,
several servant girls, dressed in red and green."
Chung jin, or
fj^,
K'HWA.
| J^. Chul>s jin,or |
y^ChiuigUng
Kwan.
III.
Second Radical.
, at the capital.
26
minuter of itate.
*^ J
Confucius.
jj^L.
^ Chung kwB, or
jut, Chung chay,piih peen piih e,wookwo phh ke< che ching.
" Cboe hwuy gan, (or Choc foe tsze, a famous Commentator
Chung kw8
~pj
| Sze chung.
||||
gj^ j
Name of a star-
fc
'
measures."
D s. c.
^J-' Chung piih flh. " Cannot hit t" cannot attain to eminence
"t^j* |
on bamboo.
^ S. C. ^ R. H.
Luxuriant herbage.
VIII.
Second Radical.
27
Kwn
Clandestinely con
| 7\t
Fu
#"
| ##
2J
ul
j't |
Kwan ch'huen.
% , # |
A high de
are,
Pelh.
incoherent style.
Also read Kwan, Accustomed"
| 5: # #.
Derivatives
(She king.)
| +
Ch'ihuen tsze.
Characters formed
by Four Strokes.
Ancientform of
}*.
-
CHHAN, or TSAN.
An utensil with which to roast meat.
To roast or broil
child from
meat.
E -*
Ancient form of
4'-
J.
*HUEN #, R.H.
To
SHUH.
\ Chdo.
II.
Third Radical.
CH6, or TS6. *
2S
S. C.
V,
Piih,
Tsung.
Sze.
written
y\/^^C jfj]
Alio read I'ii and FS. According to Kang he's Tjze Teen,
the common forms of the upper part >||/ Ujj are erro
neous i they ought to be four upright lines.
~/\ 1
Kwei.
THIRD
RADICAL.
chuen chay kae vug hwan. " Every tiling round, or spherical,
^
CHOO. *
i A.V.
and turning, is called Hwan." A birds egg. A surname. Name
*jj|3
3^ |
Wan tsze, or
J Laou hwan. " A
I- *
Jl^ *
0 7i Fan
*-
Third Radical.
29
of
IV.
Cho \
---
suy haou, chung seu lh ye foo che. Though the Mow tan
great men.
#/N}|1### |
H
g->
EH
J. "
7\
AJ-
l-l
Tan
After nine
E( S. C. R. H.
turns, the Philosopher's stone will be formed;" that is, repeat
Ye
*
HE
CHo $2 s.c. : R. H.
"g the dead. The principal color is carnation, but there are
}}# ####| E. |
the chief
Read
principal or chief.
Pl:k +% +.
7".
Juttan.
tan. To daub
#IA'4' E. |
"A red heart wi
chief.
Hence,
JUA)
& %
Let
#:
#
"d man is
Ju h
black.
## E] # |
Yung mei
Ilame
of a
vol. 1,
L
**urname.
a host.
doo, E'. |
Kwo
doo, H. |
%
/\
Keun choo,
#. |
V Ch6o.
IV.
Third Radical.
religious house.
Gan choo.
30
"
^ | Chaechoo. "Creditor."
$L ffi] |
j
Shwuy
principal or chief."
J T'heen choo. "The
Te
n
| Jf^^Yew
/j\
K/^** j Shans
fj|=.Choo chang.
Choo paou. " To
/fi^. J
Heen choo.
method.
\"
S/^- | T'heen tsze kea neu choo how, piih tsze choo hwan,
sze choo how tung sing chay choo che, koo wei che Kung choo.
Sovereign."
jrij
personal liberty."
|
J
chung, joo tsze chay, kwB jib gan, choo jlh uran ; t'heen hea jib
fuh, tsze wei kefh choo yay. " Many virtuous officers at court,
many faithful attendants on his right and left ; thus, the nation
will daily have more repose ; the Sovereign will be daily more
A double surname.
J^t.
Fourth Radical.
31
Peih J
Syn. with
Ancient form of
Chung.
TSING.
Charactersformed by Seven Strokes.
A well. The dot represents a backet passing down. Com
monly written J | Tsing.
thrown into a well.
A surname.
HWAN TOW,
| > J Ancient form v^^jf '^an' ^ee aDoveForm the name ofone of four eminently bad men ofantiquity.
FOURTH
PEIH.
RADICAL.
(J S.C.
E. 1
S. C.
^ S.C,
KwKn, and
To
characters.
wipe. Others say, that Felhr denotes distorted on the left, and
E. *
Fun, on the right. Also read Leg.
X
Formed from jj Pelb and
E.
f S. C.
ofshears. To cut grass or herbs ; hence, to regulate, to govern.
Also, ^^^J"1"
^^^^
Peih.
II.
Fourth Radical.
32
TSO. *
|^ S. C.
The left hand t the left tide; now^p To. Alto laid to
be the ancient form of <^zj" Yew. " To have." Formerly uted
in i -* ' - 1 >
she kwo yu. " No other than you is in fault"
nae, or
r^f
Tie.
j'
|
Five. See Radical
Urh.
^ S C jrs R. H.
^ ^^"i^i T,2B
|^J-p
Tvi
"*lenot'n5*
A
Said to be derived from cauterizing in order to heal;
represents something approaching to the pegs of a man from
behind. (ShwS nan.)
A long time ; lasting, J^fff
yay. " The opposite of temporary."
kew,
J. Kwan gae.
T***1
| Chang kew,
fn
^p^^ HHoi;
Chang kew, All ex
=j^p J
Heu
Fourth Radical.
33
ago."
j J^|jKewpe,and
III.
Peih J
| ^^Kewwei. "Long
CHE.* Jjj S.C.
^ R.H.
""X* |
*"*
longs to. It may often be translated by, " Of," or the sign of
the Genitive >."
A man's son."
favor of heaven."
J Shwtiy
che yung kcw. " To descend down for ever " to succeeding
j^fa1
Tew been che sze. " An affair which has danger ;"
as, Df .nr. I
s. c.
After a Verb, it may be translated by the Pronouns, " Him,
Al. Scrib.
T8.
Commonly written
These characters
^\ J^/f^ j
" Don't do it" In the same sense it occurs before the Verb, as
jEft
| J^J
I have
Che che, The first of which is translated " Him, her, it,
J Pelh IV.
Fourth Radicaf.
34
Ei
Che; and
Peen.
^ S C.
R.H.
/j^/ffjj* | Hwang
Said to be formed of
anj Ylh, " One." A person who hat run from home,
first time.
" Whenever
' Cha hwuy. " Now met for the first time."
expressed by, |
||rj
I 5&
cha tuy. " Hattily enter, and nattily retire."
ChaUia
^=S.C.
*^R.H.
and extending.
admiration."
Occurs in
35
.^JJZ. Ke boo.
error."
Shoo hoo.
A qualifying expression
Fourth Radical.
IV.
Pelh J
Q ^J^^t I ^
TSE.
Tsze yu haou heO kin hoo che. " Confucius laid, To lore to
To stop.
amongst them."
ing with this."
from this."
Jj^ Tsze, tc
J^^FA. I
IQ S. C.
<^ R. H.
ko. " It does not consist in that; the stress does not lie there."
From the reverse side of |
Jfi^ |
^j^I j
Sze ho"'
jJ^L.
jfcjj^
Pjl
F4 shang.
Woo boo;
J jjjl ^-jtr
'r
Whether, I have
^^ Te. Ol.Scrib.^ SeeRad. ^ Kung.
) PgTh.
IX.
Fourth Radical.
36
\fc S. C.
^S. C.
R. H.
Yung,
^p- Kwa, " Horns," and )J^( PeTh, the ancient form of
commonly written
ordinary.
KIN, or YIN.
" A perverse and bad disposition."
A company or multitude standing up together.
or,
J Jj%~ f^J
Kwae le teHh jin. " A perverse on| jff?-. Kwae e. " Strange, i
To rhyme, read Kwei-
m s. c.
Ancient form of
*ew tMOa-
Ex
See Radical
Muh.
" To
jj^^ Ancient form of
Tsaou.
To turn
same sense.
Kwae keaou.
reasonable man."
Tsung.
See Radical
Sze.
Too.
Kan.
ft
Characters formed by Nine Strokes.
Characters formed by Six Strokes.
SHING.
^ S. C.
R. H.
Jfih, and
Kee\ "To
87
overspread as a canopy."
Fifth Radical.
|
Yfh^
Shing.
A surname.
S. C.
Shing she.
opportunity," as to circumstances.
" To embrace a fair wind."
" To embrace an
Jjp^ Shing fung.
Commonly
Ts'heen
01 Scrib.
FIFTH
RADICAL.
first and which the second place ; which it better, which is worse.
YaH.
~\ S C.
ffi-fH ^jj- 1
t ke
yih ke tnt-
TaeyTh.
YA, or YlH.
^ S. C.
d^b k ^en
^Ylh.
II.
Fifth Radical.
38
YIN.
Characters formed by Two Strokes.
Covered oyer; secret; to conceal.
Representing going in
KHElH. f
K'belh tsze ;
MAY.
K'heTh urhi
-^J k Yen may. " Squinting eyes." In the
dialect of j^fcj
KEW. *
ging priest."
S. C.
R. H.
ercise of
Yang.
(ShwB wan.)
Nine.
Ai
f^S.C.
^R.H.
of many children."
Read Kew, To collect together.
"To unite or
ments."
Common form of
See Radical
Kew.
KwUn.
Wk&H&vniiL - hoo yin ; mB heen hoo we ; koo keun tsze shin ke tub. yay.
To a person's self " There is no place more open than the
most secret retirement; there is nothing more manifest than
Fifth Radical.
39
V. YKh
Also,
read E.
Yay, according to Luh shoo, at first represented a vessel
jay; k'ho le, fe taou jay. " Taou, (or the principle of na
^Ie^P'^zL I
Tl">U
As,
Rolling eyes.
| We che
"A
>
Ancient form of f|J1 Yay. See above-
J Yu che
Characters formed by Five Strokes.
yu yay.
Fan yen yay, tslh k'he chiih k'how hea urh tsin. " WhenCTer Yay is uttered, the breath departs from the mouth and is
To divine ; to resolve doubts by an application to. spiritual'
I So e keung ihang urh cbing wan yay. " It it that which
beings. The- western nations use sheep m divination.
The
2,Ylh.
VII.
Piah Radical.
40
Syn. with
Charactersformed by Seven Strokes.
Ke.
The Chinese appeal to the decision of the gods, and of de
^JOO.
<^S.C.
%R.U.
From
Milk."
3$.tttitfl
?L
Yinghaepoojoo. "An
]p^3E.JZ9 f JUfffl
y| * Wan wang sze joo she wei che jin. ' Wan wang,
having four breasts, denoted his consummate benevolence."
[ Pfjl J I>0'
Pf |
Yang kaou kwei joo. * The Iamb kneels to suck i" is a phrase
J^Z. j
Foo joo.
Poojoa
$Ljfc$fc |
Joo
T'heenjoo.
A certain star.
|J
41
Jg" Jj-j^ ^
Keun tsze chung jlh keen keen. " The virtuous man is firm
and diligent to the last of his days." (YKh king.)
YEN.
To enter ; to advance.
^jj^ |
-^J^.^,
'fill ^ki/^* i
<^jf jj^.^^
Right; correct.
y^-
" He
Kwa, or Diagrams.
^S.C.
|^R. H.
^?f^Z \
^an mfih.
See Rad.
Sin.
YANG.
Panyang. ** Disobedient; perverse."
Kwei.
Ylh. XIX.
Fifth Radical.
42
courage, without a sense of propriety, will cause confusion."
|| S.C. ^R.H.
E.
To desire ; to covet.
surrection or rebellion.
disorderly conduct"
fjj *=5*
To lead.
PL
^j^.
Sameasjg&LS. SeeRad. M Yew.
^tt^ I Same as
ffO^t^w
j^|J "rttf
^jjjljllj J
Sixth Radical.
45
SIXTH
KEUE. *
RADICAL.
Ketfe
-j-
| /J^^
^ S. G.
Shlh fun haou leaou puh Ub, Expresses the same.
| ^J^^Jj: Leaou puh tlh. "Finish not can;" i. c.
KEUE\ I
^ s. e.
bad state of an affair.
Mark, by which to re
jjjf^t /^ Lea Ph
cognise a hook.
;J^*T
Intel
terminated!"
it be ended?"
| jjpf J|j|^
Jj]^ J
reprimand."
. 'fjj^irv
[ Che
^SL-^r^ J
Pa leaou. "Enough!
-- I Kelh
P I
leaou. Name of a certain bird, said to speak and laugh.
keE.
H
^/J Mj l KeiS keuS. " Appearance of motion." Formed
of the two first, under this Radical.
J Keue\
VII.
Sixth Radical.
44
To hang ; suspended.
Alio denotes, great; large.
LING.
:^/p'JChwangling. ' To emit sound by striking against."
YU. *
^ S. C.
J R. H.
Charactersformed by Seven Strokes.
^jffl
Kan teu. A certain fish. According to others,
Used for
" Spawn."
Derived from
R. H.
^j|f
45
,re you thinking about ?"
/fy
Tha
Sze tiing,
Seaou sze.
'fTlS'
Keu& J
Sze Van
'Ml
/^j" YTh teen telh sze kae we yew. With
| >J^"-^-^:^^
VII,
/J \ |
Sixth Radical.
| '^^^^NafzeUingpanpuhlK.
^jjj^ Fan sze tang lew yu te. " In every thing leave a little
^^Jfj^ | ^
$1
pvjp |
jjjj^T
Jj]^
| Ne tso shin
^'"6
^jjj^ j
Hing
J^S JJI^A^ J
jfjj^
y^-v^^*^^ J
kwo piih haou sze. " I have not committed any bad action."
T'ha piih hwiiy pan sze. " He does not know how to manage
itMlfcT
or transact business."
^rift |
/^\^^/f"f"
^ni ~T^"Jtt^ \ Yew *nin mo,ze- " What is the matter ?"
^jsj" j Yew sze. "Have business;" expresses either,
She woo ta yu* ching, seaou yu8 sze. " The great concerns of
the world are called Ching; the less, are called Sze;" to this dis
tinction, however, they do not adhere.
| Ching sze.
I
'
VOL. 1.
\
tilt I
lic business."
'{pj
J
j
Kungsze. "Pub
mun teIn ne
. Urh.
Seventh Radical.
46
Shang
j^j
As a Verb.
| "^^-^"Sre foo
j*
wait on a master |" some write the first word in this sentence
Fflh.
'Jffi JJj^
che le so e sze Shang te How too yay. " The rites of Keaou
Keun she chin e lei chin sze keun e chung. ."A Prince
should treat his minister with politeness ; and a minister should
serve his Prince with fidelity." (Lun yu.)
J ^t^~$j*
^^Q" TING . To debate ; to deliberate on.
SEVENTH
RADICAL.
mother.
URH. *
(I(S. C.
^j^/^"
"I
j^R.H.
have two heavens ;" the sense of this ambiguous sentence is,
42
Two; both. J=ja
Urh tsze. " Twice."
Urh jin, or
|
|
Seventh Radical.
47
yf^ j
** of
CHO.
^ S.C.
JjjJ
Urh
-y S. c.
-J* R. H.
Sin urh.
Represents the air extending itself. - From H Kaou, and
Jp*^^Cp
win ylh e che urh. " Hwuy, hearing one thing, thereby as
the mountains."
j-fj^ff Wang yu
chuh ching. " The king went out to reduce his enemies."
than the lower one, should have both strokes of equal length,
01. Scrib.
Shang.
satisfied; contented."
Ke keB yu yu.
Pjjfe
~Urh.
48
edges.
6? S. C.
R. H.
| ^ Keaou cha hoo king. " To keep up
pjij Yu,
" Rain," was, in after ages added ; and j ^* Yun, taken to expreti, "To lay; to more round."
|J_| ^
/j^ \ J
j Ts'han hoo,
Jin yun ylh yun. " Man lay, also say ;" i. e. what other men
parison of many.
T,un6
Pn hoo. "Kindred
~jj
^un -vl1"'
A surname.
Yun.
^^(S^f
WOO.
X S- C.
^.R. H.
I
Five. i^T ^1 Te w0- " Thc fifth "
occurs as a surname.
Te wo- *1*0
HOO*
s. c.
R. H.
3.
Fitting: into each other, like the indented edges of shell iuh.
ji^J^
Keun chin, foo tire, heung te, foo f6o, ping yew..
49
" Benevo"
^ijl TSING*
^ S. C.
^ R. H.
j^j ^ ^
Tung, nan,
rj-j
Pth ylh,
1I. j
tsing. " People of the same village ; those who have drunk
from the same well."
|fl
yfj^ Kae tsing kelh t'hajin shlh shwtiy. <* To open a well
jafy
centre of a house.
||
denominated
to extort it.
Tsing, also denotes" Arrangement) order." 'jgpj* f~ j^j
|J|. .1^1 Urh woo yen tsze. " Two five eyes;"
||
Tae yuh tsze tsung king show chang fang che tlh nuy wae tsing
tsing, " From the lime that the accounts passed through the
hands of Tae yuh, affairs, both within and without, were ma
naged with great regularity."
Tsing
Urh.
IV.
Seventh Radical.
50
Hi
Formed of
round and
to the
j Tsing tsing, De
The original form of the preceding.
| Wang
"A deep
A southern conitellation.
A iurname.
kAng.
^^pjjjj
JL
The first, or last quarter of the moon. A limit ; the <
point To fill, or extend to every place.
J "i"
Kang koo ylh jin. " The man who fills antiquity
or,
In a literary point of
Sze. "Four."
jJ
See above.
Critics and Dictionaries differ in opinion, respecting these
two forms of the character.
JfJ Yu, " The moon ;" others think it is ffj Chow, " A
boat," situated between two shores. Some are for obliterating
Suy.
"A year."
the one, and retaining the other ; however, Kang he's Tsze
teen, retains both forms, that their respective merits "may be
)J
SEUEN.
|S.C.
J? R. H.
further examined.
JL
^ Lu*
hing t'heen te seuen poo yay. " When the thunders act, (the
With
Woo seuen.
Seventh Radical.
51
IV.
Urh JZ1
In the
=^ S. C.
% R. H.
Savage Tribes in the north, it is read So.
More; further.
rtill further."
Made from
tinguish them. The middle one with two dots by the side, is
commonly used in the sense above given.
Even.
Tse.
name of a hill.
SEAY. *
\M S. C.
^ R. H.
jjji YA. f^ S.C.
-I
have a little ;" i. e. not possessing any.
Seay seu. A
and unimportant"
^R.H.
Yih seay.
Ya shing, Is a
MSng
j ^Pj^l^
a perfect Sage."
T^j^j
Yin ya.
| j
Chay seay.
" These."
J|t- A ko. " Au elder brother."
^Ji [
Naseay. "Those."
A thing that is forked, is called Ya.
Also, read So, " A tone in a song." Read So, occurs in the
Commonly written Y Ya.and^jjji Ya.
Dubious language.
_i_ Tow.
Eighth Radical.
52
Occurs
These characters,
f S. C.
3? R. H.
Formed from man, mouth, hand, and two lines. The two
^ Laou.
" Aged."
the earth ; the mouth should plan, and the hand effect with
| |* g E. The influence ofthe principle
[jfc
Kflh stth.
'fyp'^TJ
Yang.
Hastiness of temper.
| <^pjj.
EIGHTH
RADICAL.
scurity."
_ ' - TOW.
forgotten.
This character did not originally exist; it was introduced
as a Radical for the sake of the arrangement of the ^j'
-j^-
WANG.
\X S. C.
^jjj^ |
Sze wang or
|
MefS wang.
J
Yin, " Ob
Wang koo.
|1 RH.
Pae waBS-
" Dead."
Eighth Radical.
53
Pah nang k'hang shin, yen nSng k'hang tsung. " Cannot
Wang."
(Mang tsze.)
rfn I ^ IH ?ah 18 ,hen
Original form of
laou, urh wang ke two. " Did not delight in the path of
virtue, and loit his country."
|{ |
Characters formed by Four Strokes.
jut, Wang jin woo e wei paou ; jin Uin e wei paou. " Kew ran
>^KEAOU. *
S. C.
R. H.
beep cot, after the sheep is lost;" take care for the time to
friends.
keaou yTh.
Occun ia the
poor
|j| jj
Ho hwan ho wei
Trade ; commerce.
| pj^J j=l*j
she.cbe t'heen hea che min tseu t'heeu hea che ho, keaou yTh
urh tuy, kS tin ke so. " Hold a market in the midst of day,
KANG. *
ff S. C.
R. H.
that all the people of the land may collect together the com
j^.
J|||f K'hang
|
|
together."
narue.
Exce*
kew k'hang lung yew hwuy. " Excess will cause repentance."
sons or things.
Hiking.)
f^J^
VOL. I.
| ^
R
^eaou
^fEj \
P*nS ,ew-
keaou, or
j ^jjpf
Tow.
54
Tseue keaou.
| \"
"To
ffc? jj^j
Mae she, or
at night
_TR
|
chin5 Dae>
She, and
A surname.
jjj f
yjaov. foo.
a person once."
{"{j
To mix
In
" To deliver
f{
-^L Keaou
|^ -IJl^jaij
mentioned.
Also, read Kae.
on a particular day.
To rhyme, read K.
<)S.C.
^R.H.
Keaou- chen.
' To fight."
J
Keaou keae; or j
Keaou keaou.
J|=L 4"")^ 0\ *
or
Ylh k'ho,
^j-jjj^
Tp S. C.
wang, tsze yTh yew piih le yen. " But if Ching were destroyed.
Tsze also would not be benefited." (Tso chuen.)
^ R. H.
yew; Seaug he, ylh he.
^jT^j^p
Z-
Eighth Radical.
55
VI.
Tow _L_
Fang.
Ylh, and
HEANG.
R,H.
73
To re
"^jy f~ ^
"T R. H.
perior is called Heang."
YuiS,
^r'UlJ^i
Tse
Ut kwei heang che. " Offer sacrifice, and the Shades will enjoy
" ^broad r at
^j- ] T^J
piness."
I ^7fL"i"^*29^Heans,howke'"hllh
yew sze suy. " He enjoyed, or attained to the age of ninety four."
Read P'bSng.
Heaou heang.
Syn. with
Wookwanche kungyu
heang. *' The five ranks of nobility, laying before his Majesty
their services during the past year, is called Heang."
Tow.
56
Also, for
name of a God.
^ KING. X
From
^S.C.
^R.H.
| Kw&n,
* Original form of
A granary.
Lin.
^Tiling; or
King too; or
Lin.
King sze.
E.
King ke.
Charactersformed by Seven Strokes.
TING.
^ S. C.
J> R. H.
Plh king.
The
pjig
garden."
"A
Ting, tae,
| _|j^Kingkwo.
Straight; to equalize.
JjjZ. j
57
e fit "A method of levelling (removing) doubts."
Piib ting.
ffn "77 5^ I
Ei Ting
haps, it was used for jt^ Yuen, or for
Ting tlih,
Used in the sen! o< y^E. Ting, " To dam up, or stop water
in its course."
S^fT* LEANG.
f^j" S. C.
^ S. C.
R H.
The name of a place.
Clear i bright
j Theen leang.
yetdaylUht"
R. H.
yJL ^Ej-
_lL
0,
jpj^ Tang ken PO, yu KB wei lin. " The Emperor Tang, of
the Dynasty Shang, lived at PO, and was neighbour to the
country KB." (Hang tsze.)
I J^f"
A surname.
*'1,n^ 'eanS enou.
See below.
Mang tsze yo, Keun tsze puh leang woo hoo chih. " Hang
t*ze said, A prince without confidence, will act with wavering
jj^i
Tow.
XIX.
Seventh Radical.
58
OLScrib.jj^Shing.SeeRad.^/ Leih.
From Fourteen to Nineteen Strokes.
PAOU.
YEW.
To fly.
(Rang he.)
From Eleven to Thirteen Strokes.
01.Scrib.jp | Yung. SeeRad.J~~ Yen.
TAN. "ilg S. C.
H
A surname.
Exertion) unwearied'; indefatigable.
though erroneously,
Used for >|]3 Tan, ' Only." Also for ;j^H_ Tan, and
tan,..properly jS^
J^J
_p
Also used
Ninth Radical.
59
NINTH
JIN.
J\ S. C.
Jin yV.
RADICAL.
^ R. H.
'
"
tuug, she tsae t'heen te chung yang, shlh j8 seang ching choo
ch'han chuh ylh jin. " From the time that the Yin and Yang
combined, and the five elements intermingled, in the centre of
a man.
the universe, where moisture and heat operated on each other,
''"g-
He is,
The same
work adds,
" This man, was by nature intelligent. As he gazed upon the
heavens, he saw, darting forth from a star," and felling to the
Uiij kwei chay jay. " The most excellent production of the
to be an animated being, which he supposed was of the samespecies. The being addressed him saying, ' The wings have
of**.*
| jF^MZMfe
long embraced you ; on the breaking forth of the fructifying
principle, I knew that you had entered into the world.' Then
kwei shin che hwiiy, woo hing che sew k'he yay. " Man, is
from the energies of the heavens and earth; from the con.
%ure and spirit; and from the pure influence of the five
of the heavens and the earth; the Yin and Yang; the separating
the darkness from the light, &c; that all things were produced
J\ juj^fc
Jin, jin yay, jiu sang wlih yay. " Man, i. e. benevolence ;
tenevolence to animated nature."
from an egg, first formed in water ; that there were four other
human beings formed, one at each of the four points of the com
pass. Having said this, the being called Z^*- /|S^
Kin
Jin.
Ninth Radical.
60
Nuyjin. - My wife."
"r^T.-^-
J^j
| Tsun foojin.
j Fanjin, or |
Km moo, " The golden mother," from jjj^ yj^. J_J_J Kvian
|N
ccssarr.
the sun and moon, produced other human beirgs, who again
ffife
Pwan
\ / 'f'Jl
shen.
|
bad man."
j
^"f^
^r-
yjp
Taejin. "A
"^"j"*
jiil.
other human beings; had horns on his bead, and his teeth
All submitted to
sf^.
J Ylh
ke sun jin. *' To benefit one's self, and injure others." yj=J
/j n J
^=jj
j yj^t-
outside."
j^f"
^"ou iw
J
|
Foojin. "A
Seaou jin.
Kea jin.
" Domestics."
I^T
Choo
j Jg^Jinklh. "A
Ninth Radical.
61
Foo kwei jin.
" A rich
Mei
oppoiite of |g j |
Jin
ytp J
_ |
A surname.
Kwa
jin. " The man alone," are expressions used bj His Imperial
. J
taou pelh e mtth tsuh wei chung yay. " He who understands
Beings, the Soul of man, and the Deity, as well as our account-
[ if & VI
: family connexions.
jin, or
|
<jj|^
J
" A merchant."
Jff
Nung
} J
/^^^
l 3u
] Chung jin.
tj^
Fan jin, or
E jin.
spirit"
^TnJ )
hj^
/^f- yA^
^N Jsi
Jin.
Ninth Radical.
62
won, koo pflh ko, wei fei chin yew ylh wiib, ylh piih ko. " As
true, nor could they affirm that it was not true." (Choo foo
Plh.
i^t,"^
Uze.)
life, and hence draw their motives for virtue, from the dignity
nzmm^z^M *
yay, muh che so e ming, urh che so e tsung. " Plh, is that
y^A,
They ap
Jow shin.
The ma
J^glg^YThshincMh
It involves rewards
or to the gods and the good. The first they call ^j^^^
The
/\ S. C.
Tselh,
^jf jjfjjl
J! ^j?
Some say it is
Ninth Radical.
63
Some European? bare supposed, that this character was a
II.
Jin y\.
/^__
producing creatures."
the Deity.
Jin tlh;
J-J
| Haousangyue'
|
. J
T'heen sin jin gae. " The heart of heaven is beneficence and
love."
^J\^
j j^-
Jin ching.
Jin
chay, e che pun yay ; shun che te yay ; tlh che chay, tsun. " Jin,
A"|
Choo tsze yuS, jin chay sin che tib, gae che le. "Choo
tsze said, Jin, is the virtue of the heart, the principle of love."
affair r
]]= S. C.
/p. R. H.
^A.V,
^rOl.Scrib
JIN. I
From " Man and two;" also, from " A thousand and heart"
Benevolence i love to all creatures; charity; virtue in ge
neral. According to one .it denotes patience. The kernel of
I J61fcJLdSA
jin, tsbh e chang jin. " The Prince who realizes, or embodies
benevolence, is adequate to nurture and improve a people."
(Ylh king.)
== S&s. "65 r&jiL
y\ Jin.
II.
Ninth Radical.
64
I an effort
[~*/^v^
mi- 0 '^mvmMz
$~^$L JJOr | ChiDS
^ 'O0
ChUI,E'
Syn. with
LIh.
sing the ting peen the jin. " Ching tsze raid, The heart may
^/^TSlH,orChth * [j\S.C. ^R H.
be compared to the eed of grain ; the -vivifying principle ii
J * Han, " An o
, jnstice, propriety, wisdom, truth."
Of the
which is,
precipice,
Jin, A mat
its falling.
Stooping; inclined; oblique.
new."
thing. " The oblique tones ;" all excepting j|Z. jzjj^l Ping
[=j
.J^-
hlh chung shTh yew sang ke chay, yTh yu)S jin. " In fruiU and
Tslht hlh.
uuU that produce which has the living principle, ii also called
Jin."
(King he.)
^^ |
A surname.
J|^. |
Kwo
hwuy.)
Pelh tslh.
'
latter word
^yjj Yuen, " The original life giving power of heaven and
Tslh.
earth."
f%=r
f *>eI'1
To write the
Syn. with
s. c.
And that
To give to.
From
lying down ;
65
Noo.
||s.C.
Tae kin.
"Till now."
^ R. H.
embrace the present moment." (She-king.)
Yu kin ; or
|^
K'HEW.J
Kew. A surname.
tize tung kew. " Put in order my lance and ipear, that I may
Q Kin
|=J
T'hang kin
^S^S^B
Keagowyuep'hei,
jft
"^"j^
| *>aou 't'new-
" To revenge."
k'ho e cha hing, wang koo k'ho e che kin. " Confucius said,
~& pT W %D
1A PA.
A surname.
chow urh piih tseuS. " The present goes, and the future comes,
CHANG.
ML
^R H.
y R. H.
Some say it is from J^\^ Chaou, " The nails of the
Now; the present moment; the present time in contradisP4, "To separate;" and hence denotes to discriminate.
VOL. I.
66
A surname.
king fiih. " Lore those that are good and upright, the gods
^cj K'hew
^T"~"J~*
king.)
Seaou
K,nE ke*e' or J
trees.
jlj-" J
^
To suc
of valour."
Keae keae, denotes something on the mind
|$ 0 4f-JR U
keae. " Things without a fellow are called Tin, animals with,
out a fellow are called Keae."
Lin keae, Scales of shell fish; armour.
?N; +
It
Keae, or rS^jji j
|
|j
liih shll-, urh kwei wei che ch'hang. " Of the scaly tribe there are
/^JING.
j]Ej S. C. #3 R. H.
ing as ifforcing it into her hand." Seaou -tan , denotes those who
tetS
'
T'ha na ko sing tsing jing jen piih peen. " His disposition
Paou keae.
Ninth Radical.
67
^re."
j
Jing jing.
Jing kew.
as a magistrate.
"As formerly."
Jin A.
III.
^J}^^ 1
jjjjj^ Ch'hoo tang sze pan. " When first enrolled as a public
Peih.
A+ A+ B*-t^ B 'f4'l'4
0I- Scrib- /{$J FKh- See be,owj j tffi jjj^ J'0 *n6 shlh neen vo*1 yew, hefi ) urh shlh yuf
jB, kwan ) san shlh yu chwang, yew shlh ; sze shlh yu keang,
Charactersformed by Three Strokes.
urh sze ; woo shlh y uS gae, fuh kwan ching ; lu'h shlh yuS she, che
TSZE, or Tsze\
S. C. ^Jr. H.
she ; ts'hjh shlhjui laou, urh chuen ; pa shlh kew shlh yue1 maou i
ts'hlh neen jut taou, taou yu maou, suy yew tsuy, pith kea
^ffi)
hingyen) .plh neen yue ke, e. "Persons who have lived ten
years are called Yew, and learn ; those who have lived twenty
she wo heen tih hang. " Assist me to bear the duties incumbent on
are called JS, and pass through the ceremony of receiving a
me, and enable me to manifest a virtuous conduct" (She-king.)
cap; at thirty they are called Chwang, and are married) at
The language of Jj^ p- Ching-wang, of the Dynasty
forty they are called Keang, and may enter into the govern
Chow, to his ministers.
i^PTszese. "Carefully."
ment) at fifty they are called Gae, and may enter on the con-
carefully."
/j^p
( jjfiQ
Lan4sae.
4tfi.Hl.
are called Taou ; (those who have arrived) at Taou and Maou,
y\ Jin.
HI.
Ninth Radical.
68
king.)
T'ha hwan t'ha, wo hwan wo. Denotes, His affairs and mine arc
[ Ftth wan ftth ize. " Not to inquire
JJ^
^ |
'fjji
Che ize.
Iff]
g |
[
"He with
jLf^
ffj] W
Wang koo tso yew urh yen t'ha. " The king looked on
T'ha che ize urh k'heu. " He resigned his office and yent away."
4^1fett0 jt
Fannewraat"ewiih
called Foo-t'ho."
Read T'ho, they also define it by
fi^^^fy] 'jjl Pe che chins yay>
i<^Pif
che p* yy-
^jjj^ T'HA.
j|$> S. C.
^.^CpJ^ ]
JinchekeylhmBcne
^ R. H.
ke t'ho. " People know one thing, (or what is near), but do
T'ha tern.
Q Tha jlh.
"Another year."
J=J^ ^ ^ -jjr
^y j
Ta ch'hang.
" To fight"
" If
JgEa
J*.
69
Read Ch'hang, " To rely on ; to lean upon ; to depend on."
kS foo yih aei, she wei leih shin che pun. "I (the Emperor)
Consider, that heaven which has produced the people, must give
or /Jj^ j
upon."
Yang ch'hang.
"To look up to a
SEEN I
Occurs
'gV S. C.
^ R. H.
^^J'^t'
j*J Ch'hang ch8 shwuy telh she tsze. " On whose influence
the body, and are risen higher in the scale of existence than
Ch'hang,
- A staff."
Chin.
change whatever U touches to gold, raise the dead, and pro
duce various wonderful transmutations.
/^J-FOO.J
PS.C.
^-R.H.
^fffj^f^L 0 ilk Laou urh piih ,ze jujS
/f~'j~ **T
*tk*
^ " T
7t
As Foo shro sin. " To send a letter."
IP
Foo keaou, or reversed, Keaou foo, " To deliver over to."
|
Jjlj^ ffitj
rf)7
jjj^l
Shin seen
"Eight seen;" a
the eastern streams ;" to cast from one, and neglect an affair.
pj^s
/j^- |
Fan foo.
Foo tS. - To
J^^. Nfe
. l'l
Jin.
Ninth Radical.
70
hit Dynasty ; and one of the men, ii Mid to have dressed the
HUNG.
A large belly.
with."
^jflj
A surname.
| Yew tsew hefl seen. " The seen who drink and learn;"
JIN.
S. C.
<fc) R. H.
years.
AL Scrib.
" Heaven, the gods, earth, water, and the human soul."
Bp 1
length of this measure; some make it five cubits, others, six, &c
Al. Scrib.
Seen.
HEEN.
A man on the top of a hill.
TS'HEEN.
The superior of a thousand men. A thousand pieces of
I ).
money. Luxuriant herbage. Used in the sense of _j^.Ts'heen.
y^-^^ Original form of j^. Kan.
/f
Ninth Radical.
71
II.
Jin A
jfj^J^/\^Tae
FAN.
keuen teTh jin. " One who exercises a deputed authority."
j3y T*. A ^
che. " The work of heaven, roan performs in its stead ;" i. e.
PO, or SHO.
the work of government, hence it is said,
ft
/f\j /f^l P8 ,0' " A moy,ns
A fixed period, an agreement
Al* mA Tel11'
Jin keun tae t'heen le wuh, shoo kwan so che, woo fe t'heen
sze. " Human Princes rule instead of heaven ; the affairs re
rtmn.
Under this word, Kang he confute*, at great length, the
errori of pronunciation, in the Dictionaries called Ching taze
id Taze hwny. He ajs, that these errors are very
i, and he deems it expedient to expose the more
[jfts.C.
A certain state of
>^ TAE.
A surname.
^S. C.
*J R.H.
^R.H.
From //\^ Tselh, " To assemble," and "FJ Tsee1, A seal
Tae
or ensign ofauthority."
Tsoo Uung
j^sjj;
lew yuen. " Generations flowing remotely from the source f" i. e.
chuen ylh jin che ming ling. " The Pae seang, (or ministers
San
Tae keuen.
The phrase,
"Hundred officers," denotes all the officers ; the " One man,"
denotes the Emperor.
yV Jin.
II.
Ninth Radical.
Clh ling, or
perial order."
72
T/J
Kung ling.
^^g^ffg|p
Mingseang
p*|
fpj/^ ^'"^
poo tlh ho ling. " Order the minister to diffuie (the Prince's)
teth.
%kH%M i
ling wang yew puh tsang. " To issue warnings and laws inva
riably good." (Shoo king.)
~f
^
Ling
g S. C.
yvj R. H.
and prohibitions."
Heen ling, The principal -officer in a district
|
^ . Ling tsun, or
Your father."
J
*"ing heung.
Ling te.
"
She ling,
^31[
Tse'8
j^fj- |
|
Soe.
pj
| /^V
to command.
X&
ISFj"/^^
K'ho
E, which
j jjjl
| "PfiC.
^r]* j
E taou
'j^tj
78
Ninth Radical.
IV.
Jin A
fang che k'he. " Kwei, is that by which things circular are
formed ; Keu, is that by which things square are formed."
fJ>
jEjjj J jffo
by passion."
CHAOU.
/\ *
Js
" To
Affrighted; agitated.
Read Meaou,
Tseaou
yay; peTh yew e yay. " Why so long? there must be a rea
son." (She king.)
T,
From
sense of dependence.
I Ptth>hetachin
on. A surname.
^JXl^-iSi^^
/\^' |
K ne
Y
whom we have heard, on first meeting them.
wuh.
Kew yang. " Long looked up
VOL. I.
Jin.
IV.
Ninth Radical.
74
A
J 'jj^. Y*"B chang. " To depend on a person ; to be
THSZE.
dependent."
raise the head and look up | to bend the head and look down."
A man's name.
fl^S.C.
SJ^R.H.
fucius, (see page 81, under f-p K'bew,) be was called y|rj]
^ je S" fr
m ^
tslh yang, puh tsuh sze foo moo ; foo, piih tsuh chuh tse tsze.
" If idle, then looking upwards, yon will be deficient in the
I Plh chang.
J
-j^
may i
|
inner."
by
The three
One uses
^ Ketung.
Ninth Radical.
75
IV.
Jin^
HI S. C.
p^t'f^N W ,ew y1h ken "e P" l De'
~^C^C 1^
Yew nen p'he le. " There are wives separated from their
"
TjZjs.
> |
ji^
it
WOO.
An equal; an
AJX-A'P 1Woo
^^./jV^
Great; good.
tuous man." (She king.)
Ling keae. " Your servant"
servant'.'
>j^KEEN.+
H^S.C.
\^R.H.
I, Shaou keae. "Messengers who precede a per
JS
affair.'
great many things."
"A
A Jn.
IV.
Ninth Radical.
76
be exercised."
U^^j^ |
FUNG.
" Difficult to bear the rage of the multitude."
Name of one of the /||Jj Seen. Same as
Radical
r|yj pj
. Fung. See
I Kwan.
J^tj^ ^
^^T^j^ j
(IIS.C.
^R. H.
I by the individual himself:'' there is no being vir
Che
/P
jin tseang kwei. " Arrange the burdens (to be carried) being
about to return." (MKng tare.)
'J^C
j ~f~^~ fjj
" Light burdens together, heavy burdens separated ;" i. e. old and
EgSnseangsinyue'jiu. "With
Asurname.
heavy he shall give the lighter one to the old man. (Le king.)
^lhhing,he.ou,Tew,mdh,
^ Pub kan yu
choo jin che. " Presume not to rank (myself) with all those
yin, jin, stub. ' Six virtues, filial piety, fraternal affection,
Jin, and
Jin ping,
| ^ Jin tsung,
| Ifcfo
% ,g
tsung e
telh e ize. " Do as you please ; you may have it your own
way."
to rank with.
"Occurs in the sense of "}^~ *m' an*'
self."
J~"
|
|
Shangjin,
-fit
To go with haste. The Dictionary called Tsze taruy, erroneously writes it /J-T*! thus. (Kang he.)
77
affection.
2.
(ii
%|
Com. form of
{ft. Te.
i,
ancient form.
A#
Appearing like a
} # Fang
Ajj4:#
Fang fh; ## Fang fh; |R # *r
j% # Fang
fh;
fh;
fh.
of{# Pang, as | f
H. Pang hwang,
See under
jL
Wang. 43 Radical.
See below.
I's. C. W. R. H.
#
; FANG.;
H#
{p *
# *R*.7k Shwuy.
Pei.
YU.5
4:#fff;
Tse&
In the dialect of
yu.
To dilate. Al.
s:#f
Yu.
TEAOU.
Oc
Pang hwang, or
*L*.
4% TN.
{\ CHUNG:
(#4 #
From 1:
public
H
Chung,
4.
Afraid.
K'he
44
WAN.
4% #
As KH!
erect.
%)
Fluttered,
hurried, panting."
To stand
^H& K'he
43 R. H.
wang, or | {{
Wn
4%
Same as
4: Yh.
To serve.
# Shoo,
Jin,
y^Jin.
78
(Kang he.)
He; she; it ; they ; that person or thing, referring to some
fljj) S. C.
antecedent Noun.
j '^J^'fJlL
J^Jj""gji|
^rj-" E neen.
"That year."
" Timorous and fearful, the shame and acorn of the people and
officers of Government"
^/(^ E shwhy yun tsung. " From whom does be come?" (She
|~C
|
S. C.
yf^ R. H.
sense it is otherwise written
To op
E.
E wei.
Also called
Shlh sang.
E ke, The epithet of an ancient king. Also used
urname.
Ylh heae k'hang le peen the plh tow seang (how. " Once matched
^fajfclt | ^fPa-nangpe
A man's name.
ke k'hang le. " Could not preserve his onion with his wife,''
(Liih shoo.)
Chung yung.
yew puhatth k'hang le. " Even birds and beasts do not vio
appearance."
J^J
YAE.
IE
Weary ; fatigued. " The right band part should be
"Gih." (Kang he.)
79
iwoo,
|XS. c. 4% R. H.
/\
A file of five
4%
/2 -
Al. Scrib.
Af
thus.
woo. A surname. 4T | #
* all
#######
###
XZ
As
, E. E.' | Xz
Yung ping chefitsuen keun wei shang, p'ho keun tsze che;
Foo fh.
To fall prostrate; to
the face.
kneel with the body bent forward, and resting on the ground.
and
jf Ke,
%. Keih, To beg, to pray, to entreat, before #
Wei and.
, Sze,
To
consider "before
M.
2S. Tshan,
* are called
4:
4+ Shih ;
and
Pih
R.
# #. |
every road.
# |
|# S. c. 4: R. H.
Kks
"at ability.
-
N0 other
Read Ke,
44
#".
44
Easy: leisurely.
Shw wan, defines it by
To
give.
->
middle.
# |
H |
San fh,
%)
) Pih.
A Jin.
VI.
FA.}
Ninth Radical.
f| S. C.
80
^ R. H.
^^HEW.f H^S. C.
^R.H.
To strike; to destroy.
To reduce
expressed by ^[f
| Ching fa
kill."
"| [J * 'jfy-
Wa
p^^J
JEj
Meritorious
T,B tTn> ,in j1b H" hewi 1,8 we,> ,in laou jTh cnu'-
Ts'heay tsin keun ft. " And exhibit (my) Prince's meritorious
^ [=J
jfi
j ^JEjjT
|||| Hew
Puh tsze fa koo yew kung. " He who does not boast of his
merits, is on that account meritorious."
EI
^ j^-
jfj
| Pihkungkeae
Teaou min ft
their rulers)."
Fa tsuy. "To
tsuy. " To compassionate the people and punish the crimes (of
sitti rig,
JtjT jjj^
81
Ninth Radical.
IV.
Jin A
HEUEN, or Heen.f
J]$S.C.
diforce."
inquiry."
Reciprocal; mutual.
iff
/pj^
YING. Hastily ; urgently.
Ne hew to keang.
^ |
j|j)J ^\
Pfihhew.
J
Unceasing."
^g^^lj
"Mutual
PEL
"^P^ti
Kea sze fang hew. " Make (you) wear the collar
Syn. with
Pei.and ^^P*'-
j jj^
^ man s name.
J
|
Hew, or
Te hew,
SHING.
-^J* |
Tan heW-
" A certain
To be distin
aa
Ho.
A Jin.
V.
Ninth Radical.
Woo plh. " A general, or leader of armies."
-ff
Woo
pa. " Fire tyrants " famous in ancient story. Posterity was
^NOO.
A short appearance.
To rhyme, read PS, Pelh, and Poo.
PIH.
f|^s. c.
^R. H.
to reckon.
Plh foo.
/j'jij
Koo kea.
~r% MflM $
I Kaou yen kea, tseen pih koo. " To raise the price of
alt, and lower that of silk."
J^T ^
j Kea
Plh moo.
ch'han peen koo. " To turn houses and landed property into
Plh ahull.
of the government.
called
Kew foo.
//t
^gT |
To nile t!le
ch'hang yuf plh; tsze yu* chung; yew tsze yuii shiih; yew
yue ke. " Those related as brothers, the eldest is called PTh;
" T
the next Chung; the next again Shuh; and the youngest is
called Ke." (Luh shoo.)
| /fpj] ^
Plh chung
jj^
Ninth Radical.
83
V.
Jin
an associate ; a colleague."
^"f^ ^Wa
| pj
1 '"'1UI1S '00
J pj
[^p~ |
|^ Ne telh.
Ne mun teJh jin wei ibis* mo chay yang piih baou. " Why do
HE.
you people behave so ill J,"
/^fjjj y^f"N
|
LING.$
this yours?"
S. C.
seang too. " Let you and I not regard each other;" each
surname.
-^^^^ NE.
^ R H.
Ne wo Jgiih
^'nS
" A master of
11$ S. C.
'f^^j ^'"^
|
>f R. H.
ling le telh jin. " He is a clever man."
To serve.
J ^fj" Ling
84
or extend their efforts for the benefit of the
In
ppS.C.
ff>R. H.
TSEU.
j| 5] S. c
H-
J r^rj J
"To introduce (more lines) and extend them ;" viz. the number
of the diagrams. (YTh king.)
sze how. " (We) can do no other than remain here and wait."
jjjpj
who is oppressed."
/^ Jj^i
^ew keah Mn
justice."
lae sze how. " Call the Son's wives to make haste and
JJ[?
|
|
jjjij Shin
J
and wait.'
nil flQ
Keen
>jp. pAng.
" The person of every eminently good man, can fill (with equal
SZE, or SEe,
J]g S. C
HR.H.
85
s; to offer. A surname.
Ninth Radical.
^ ^j^l,
Mo- kea,
V.
An extraordinary animal.
Jin A.
jHjj^
l^jl yj^. JpJ Seang lae urh piih t'hnng. " Like each other,
| Pin. kea, A
Sang kea,
jj'jj
J
t3 Sze
of a country.
^jT
An
Sing kea
J ^ppKeapei, Name
Ii
Used in common with.^jp Keay, A certaia
vegetable.-
PEL
^liS
a brute."
Strongf many.
JI^X ^
Al. Scrib.
Pel
"Surpassing, when
E.
/j^
Fnh.
Kea no.
No kea, denotes a
ab
Jin.
V.
Ninth Radical.
86
MAE.
the
A certain
^^j* V"p
ijEL TAN* or Tin* H s' c' & R H'
j^j
Y,h f<M> ylh foo ieen tSen p,h mow' "0ne mui
/fS- IjjM
T>n Juea
you well."
y^l Ts8 kce thing urh wei wang koo e teen e ju. " Knot
$SL ^
Wo
t^JJ >y] Woo teen foo teen wei yew keaou keaou ;
woo ize yuen jin boo sin taou taou. " Do not plow a large
selh tseTh hing t'hung che. " Whenever there is any news, you
Teen ting;
Teen hoo
Teen.
^j.
D^S.C.
^R.H.
sion to a carriage.
^Jtfrjt Wilt
^fy
HAN
wang fun
I
y.n
87
and hoping for a favorable
Ninth Radical.
Mud. Now written
V.
Jin
Shaou. Readasj^^ S
reply."
S.C.
<^R.H.
/jjJ^TSZE.
^R.H.
| ^J^_
'(^'f^^,
HiLS.C.
<^R.H.
Man
woo che sin sing. " The disposition of neglect and disrespect
was produced."
A surname.
|^|
Kea kea.
JJjjfEj
fe. | |
PEI, or Pe.
Irregular; depraved.
life-' The great value (of the instructions) of the Sages, is
expressed by ' The throne,' (regular government) That by
SHAOU.
Hgs. C.
which the throne is preserved is called ' Benevolence ;' that by
\jin.
V. Ninth Radical.
88
of
The people
I
j^fr
[
s. c
/fjjj
^jjjf
From
Mean.
or important situation."
R. H.
| j[|r
Lei
opposite of high."
\^tj ^p~\
^"ou' te
j j^Tet'how. "To
gentlemen.
sin. " To droop the head and lower the heart;" to feel and
'
jj;fs|F JjUL
j ~g
| Tal*
|\ Qfj
I Tso wei. " The place on which one sits ; to sit on the
To reign.
te; mlh shub t'how gang. " The grain Shoo, when ripe, hangs
Ig^
^7
IS
its head ; Wheat when ripe, raises erect its head."
; cho shing tseo keaou jin teib e sze. " The father of
yjj^
price of a thing.
tseen, ping. All express- the same, viz. the price being low.
-j|;|=
^ J^^Z-Te,te,keen,
(Kang-be.)
^jjj"
/ B jI
s^^.
Tlh wei.
lJs.c.
|iR. H.
~W
/j'/Ej.
Ninth Radical.
89
j
4? ff \
~J P
V. Jin/^
.j!!.
J T'heen che woo tso. " Heaven's five assistants," are said
i.e. ceased to (peak.
to be the five planets, Venus, Jupiter, Mercury, Mars, Saturn.
^r?" f
stand an enemy."
_Jz.^^.~^~/|^3 F
to endure."
'j^T-^E^ffl^j! J Ne tsae na le choo. "Where
do you live ?" or which expresses the same,
| 7f.
^^Nechoot-enale.
miih chaou min yun chlh. " Heaven above faithfully pro
^jiic^Pl
and the trees look gay ; the myriads of men enjoying confi
S. C.
it R- H.
amongst themselves, in their interpretations of some parts of
ft
From Hand and Work. To assist on the left. Man was
added in later times. (Shw8-win.)
To assist; a second to ;
the sentence.
Syn. with JJj^J Yew, " Divine assistance."
|
JJi^J JJ^
j|"J|
jUj"
~j~T y^j' J
Pr^-
yA^Jin.
V. Ninth Radical.
90
wo. " If the Lord of heaven protect me, (or us) who can hurt
"p]"-^p
YANG.
how," are the language of defiance ; as " Let him do as he
According to Kang-he, others read it Yang and Tang.
The body unextended.
Mow che tsze urh piih ching, king yew ho mow. " Having
planned thus far and not succeeded, what further plan is there ?"
PUN. orTe.
| -^Hokoo, g
Yinho, ^ |
Wei
fa
Used erroneously for ^js^Pun, and still more erroneously
for
Te. (B-wan-pe-lan.)
I Woonae
^^
M.^-
TEEN, or Chen.
4E.^^j-^^:
pupils. (Le-king.)
Chen.
"^f*
j^L>
j
,^qj~ ho.
]]J s. c.
\^ R. H.
^^MiuZ.
I ML E T
piih yuB, joo che ho, joo che ho chay, woo mS joo che bo yay ;
manner?"
Ho wiih.
I
j
Ho choo.
"Which thing."
Ninth Radical.
91
The name of a country in the west. A hat or cap is, in the
west, called ^ J
Tiih ho.
King ho.
This is said to hare been its original sense, bat after being
Jin
tjj'j!?
V.
To f* " To adjust or
borrowed to denote " Who," &c. its form jvas altered to J^pJ
Ho, denoting " To bear," &c.
che to e. " Disregard those who are in fault, and blame me."
(She-king.)
PEfH.
$2
^
plant..
J^,
j-^ Yn.jue".
Oc
Ta.
])$S.C.
^R.H.
jl^S.C.
name ; a surname. According to ShwC-wan, it denotes " the peo
10
3^
' Repose,
Jin.
V.
Ninth Radical.
92
? called Fo, or Fo{, now worshipped as a
god. In this last application of the word, it is said to denote
" Awakening and enlightening mankind."
rf^Jj
^/jj"
yuf, K'how che yu wei yay ; miih che yu shTh yy i urh che yu
shingyay ; pe che yu chow yay; sze che che yu gan yTh yay;
sing yay; yew ming yen i keun tize piih wei ling yay. " M&ng-
tze uid, The mouth delights in tastes ; the eye in colors ; the
ear in sounds; the nose in fragrance. AH the members of the
Ke she che yay pei ; ke kew che yay fuh. " The in
the good man does not cry ont ' It is natural,' and so give
king.)
" Left to
Filn-
Mfh show. "The hand of (the god) Ffih ;" i.e. the Chinese
(Mang-tszc.)
>\fc=fA ft |
Wei
| -^j^
to> or
yu yTh yin yew yTh fa. " Only I (the Emperor) hare neglected
to punish."
Fuh-
y^K.
m*n
Fuh keaou, or
ligion of Ffih."
ranks."
Teg, and of
S.C.
fl}>R.H.
are unlimited."
^Pj^j^
seang boo ho hing joo che. " Unable to drive back the enemy
93
but for the assistance for which we hate now troubled Fuh.
Wh.tbpPi.*eqiltooor.r
HSenUie
Fiih. ' The present Ftihi " i.e. he who now presides over the
world.
jQrfE |
7^"^ |
TmnS ]t*
A. ^ "l&'fj* fc
fang che jin yew shing chay. " There are Sages amongst the
piih pae kwo k'hea Fuh. " The god Fhh now present, does not
worship him whose reign is part." This saying, is remembered
" Fllh
to make ; to do.
A. D. 60.
To
""f^
the Emperor
To act;
Han, about
(YTh-king.)
j^/jfcy
| j^ijj
Tsin.
stimulate a people to a complete renovation of their conduct."
rp: che
In the time of
ciples of propriety and harmony, are able to discover or frame
JE^ ^ Wo
the rules; those who frame them, are called Siung-jin, or Sages."
ou I.
od
,\jin.
V.
Ninth Radical.
94
fun ; puh tsB fei wei. " Do not desire what ii improper for
your station i do not do that which it improper to be done."
TsB wei, " Actions i conduct"
jijij^jr.
" One
Ta
^ ^
yuf puh ning. " Formerly to tay one had no talents, wa*
He was
Le
brother to the Emperor jj^ ^> and lived about 1100 years
iScEJjjl {fL-fcrffM^
B.C.
^|j
CheUB.ex-
I Hwoyue,Yung
~J j.j "j^^f
n I MA&, P *n\i*ftA
ning, yu jin e k'how kelh, lay tsSng yu jin, puh che k'he jin,
" A cer
yen yung ning. " Confucius said, What occasion for smartness
Foo US tszc
^j^l |
Tseang tsB.
J -X-
Foo tare puh ch'hlb k'he fe, urh tlh woo k'ke ning.
" Confucius did not expose his erroneous reasoning, but only
Ninth Radical.
95
| Chen
VI.
Jin \
j|=
16
Keen
**pxe i#a'i mm
Nung foo pei lae net kung tseang pei foo; foo jin pei chin
leu. " The husbandman attaches to himself the (instruments
TUNG.
^yjy 01 Scrib-
Fah-
J J^^
s E^T Kan
(Shwo-wan.)
~lft
Jin.
VI.
Ninth Radical.
96
A
1^ 1k. Y*Dg kwan6
o| HWUY.
avoid the world."
|rj j Pae hwuy. " A state of indetermination i irretolution."
/j^
Shenweicb*
[^J ^ ^
% \ |ft ^
pTj jy=^ Nny puh jen, urb wae shlh wei, yu yang. "A
J ^/j;
~^r^3
Hwuy hwuy.
4^ |
yj|JpfH.t
A hundred men, or the leader of a hundred men; like
Ts'heen, " A thousand men." These two characters occur,
X^Vho.
A surname.
as denoting a thousand, or a hundred pieces of copper coin.
It occurs also, in the sense of R5 Mlh, which, with
LEAOU.
Ti'heen, is applied to the four quarters of the empire. The
| Leaou leaou. " large, great
first character, viz. Plh, denoting the East and the West;
Ts'heen, denoting the North and South.
HEANG.
the reverse of this is correct, that Ts'heen, denotes the East
j'-^" ^ "S heang. " Unsubmissive,
SHOW.
Yew.
^it^B PebwuJ- "A"E'J
KO, or K'h8.
To take.
P
MING.
Very druiik.
False ; unreal ; pretended. To feign.
Yang wei puh che. " Affected not to know."
/^f\
j
Ming.
Ming,
97
JjH y\
f^S.C.
^R.-H.
when the ChKh mlh is slow and interrupted, the aboTe phrase
Beautiful.
yj
is used.
"j^-
A certain disease.
|
-|cf=-/j' ffi]^^
A
Tiae tan kea jub " A genius and a beauty."
Kea chang.
NE, or Urh.
piece of fine writing."
,
g Kea yin.
a place.
In this sense,
Foo urh.
The name of
ri keih:
i
])g s. c.
^ r. h.
kelb, ke keth ts'heay heen, " Four stillions both strong and
jjjjj^
Kae
Hoc
Han, An
ylh. They feel the pulse with three fingers laid upon the
KWUH.
wrist at the same time; that part nearest the patients hand,
and pressed by the third finger of the operator, is called ~j
J^JjS^ Tsun roth ; the next part felt by the middle finger, is
H S. C. ^ R. H.
To unite all the parts ; to take the whole number j to indude the whole.
98
wan.)
Yu chfih
kung;
keaou he, keaou jin leaou he. " When the pale i
place. To itoop ; to bend servilely.
Al-
forth, how fine the appearance of a beautiful woman!" (Sheking.) In this quotation, some write the word
In some parts of the country,
^j^j KWEI.
Keaou.
~p j=f
'.
^ R. H.
Fan haou wei che keaou. "Whatever is good is called ]
t^Hli I
Jt2A<fiii]A I MS
~sg Shang she che Jin t'hung ch'hang, keaou haou, keen
keang, laou show. " The men of the higher ages were erect,
|Jj^[ J
lived."
y^^J SE.
Little, mean.
Occurs in the sense of
TSUEN.
Keen, and of
T'HSZE* jj^ g c
R H-
^ R H
TEAOU.
Keaou.
ffeR-H.
times, " An expert swordsman, or archer." In the time of Han,
Read
te, boo piih t'hsze yen. " A man without brothers, why not
Teaou jin,
| j^j]
KEAOU.
S. C.
S. C.
ffi R. H,
A kind of band of musicians arranged in squares, used when
99
|
consisted of eight persons, the Emperor
group
/\
chose
is used, expense.
#: Yih sng,
two,
emploved i
tic.
use.
ful parts are, Eight and Flesh, referring to the Eight persons,
Or
messenger.
+E,
- 5
she, a
X:k
4#
Che
Greatexpense.
###fff; ### E. |
'#'
She kwan, or
/\sein, or #
or ambassador.
4: %
# |
#]
# |###
A mes
-:
she.
#):
uth she che tih sungyung, Do not annoy him with trifling
affair
He /\# X #1
mun, a
chung shing,
#, Shing jinchay
Puhtih.
tuously,
#)
| 4:
/
R |
rather presump
- -
jE.
Jl.
To act, or operate.
R}}# | #k).
**
when
way.
teh Jin. .
| I'. #/\
She
/\}/{#| # 9). If |
}}
## J.J. // Theen e she she; tee tsae she,
She
Jung. To
employ, or use, that which
jin e tih she; kwei shin etseang she; kin show eleih she.
A J'"-
VI.
Ninth Radical.
100
of an
Kae sxe.
Syn. with
part ought to be written ^PF Keen, " Even," and the cha
relation or connexion.
^ S. C.
^ R. H.
SIN.
ft
Trying to be foremost in walking; a multitude; a group,
i with
Sin.
fjjj^
jj* j^J
Jr^J ^Jf
Tsxe
i^SL ^j^'tl^ I
jj^J
i ins
101
^j". | ^5?^
wing lae, wang urh pfih lae, fe le yaj, lae urh piih wang, ylh fe
Heang lae.
and the other not to come, ii rude; when the other comes and
cansneceed."
do
ta
persuade to."
T,e,n6
/^s. j/J^ |
j
or
Kin
Lae
Laou
che lae cbe. " Commend their labours and induce them to
come, or to turn to." (Mang-tsze.) To rhyme read Le and
jj^" |
" Heretofore."
j^jj
Lelh.
pie of
Jf1 Yew lae leaou. " Again come s" a cant phrase,
Hke "You are thereabouts, are you?" used when a person
CHE.
\f> S. C.
& R. H.
of a thing."
Jr|T
| Yuen lae, or
Jt^
^(P jl^ Yuen lae joo tize. " Originally thus; the matter
lands thus, does it r
J y^-^^Hw8che
^ j
jnjjj^'
J ^= r=|h Lae
office not expecting that they should be large."
Ohkelh, or ]
yh. i.
rf
y\ Jin.
102
J^^
Sin che,
t'he Ue. " The heart expanded, and the bod; at caie." Alio
flf S.C.
'"ftff. |
</^R.H.
^Ffig^"
| ^"Sf^WoolepuhVho
Kwa. Also
jHy, J
'^j"* ^>
KWANG.
this be a perpetual observance ; an everlasting regulation."
ft
LE.
gS.C.
^R.H.
(E-wan-pe-lan.)
Laws ; regulations.
compose, to adjust."
^(/>i^] pe le.
S. C.
$R. H.
" To
in which
Chinese books
with the hands hanging close to the side ;" the posture of re
To act or ma
j~ She keang
of the princes."
sense.
court.
103
# |
Dynasty
To
Han.
attend on
* { Ef'E: H2 +
# Yw,
43, R.H.
{{#.
already taken
4: Yew shih. To
attend upon guests who are honored." JL | 4:
|#########
#|#############"
to Ju seen sng, seen sng win yen, chung tsih tuy:
tshing
#
* AT# Fan yew shih, pub
h
-
tsi shih. .
tsin
All
All who
wh do
excess.
:- "
+
p
ended, and
drinking;
paou.
#" khe.
serie if Yew.
Syn. with
Yew, A companion.
Advice.
|E. NA.
GAN.
ME.
Tol
#k Me, and #
Me.
Tsze-hwuy.)
CHOO.
# Choo joo.
Also the
{# # Leuh kwei.
A large appearance.
LEUH.
###
Choo
4# Mow.
||#S. C. 4# R.H.
Equal to; of the same rank or
j/
class; even-
A Jin-
VI.
Ninth Radical.
104
j^J
j- Ching-wang, de
^j^f-"
t'he'en wei, tsze show Wan Woo taheun, woo kan hw&n yu. " I,
jjp|
the majesty of heaven has conferred i that is, (in other words)
Mow, and
Mow, Names
URH.
Numerous appearance.
Ufa
$(S. c.
To think. (ShwS-wan.)
'f'fZ'^r'
Kwan lun.
/^^jjj SEUN. Usedfor^aJSeun. SeeRad.^ Tae.
{$}R. H.
knowledge."
S. C.
ft R. H.
ching k*he yufc t'hung. " A man who is good for nothing is
105
to declare ; to give in
Rung yangfoo moo- "To serve, or supply respect
fully one's parents."
'^"J^
| ^ Yin ,h,hkunS
according to.
the gods."
window.
A surname.
,^/^P^*>'nK *
uPon"
y^-J^i |
j Yang lewe
jfe. y^f E
accessary wants."
jin tsb hwuh. *' To depend on other people for a livelihood."
^
jeI1 k"
Plih lt'ien'
tsih shlh foo che leih puh tsiih kung ylh foo che yung. " But
Piih shing chen e che che. " The highest possible degree of
1 1 | 7^^. *f }^f\
J^J
K'how kung.
E taou.
J^lj*
S ~W~
Trf So kung she shlh. " That which is declared,
-^J
duties of a situation."
| ^ ^j?
xf^j^jj/ir
-^j*- | Foo e.
Imperial apartments.
E, also denotes the wrapping of a bow. Comparison,
.-nuilitude, imagery.
||| | ^f^^"
"g^p rtih he8 pti e, puh nfing gan she. " Those who have
A surname.
Al. Scrib-Y^
Chow
/jjfj^
106
yj^JJ joo.
Characters formed by Seven Strokes.
To equalize i to tranquillize.
~j=f 'g*
^ WOO.
]]|| S. C.
R, H.
^^k^^.
>f^
Tlh shing piih heS woo. " The eminently virtuous do not be
01. Scrib. J^Yu.
//y\. "^'om
$L /V |
ijj ^
by the character.
^ "pj*
An erroneous form of
Choo.
-MjB yA^
See abovewoo, shing jin che yen. " Confucius said, The virtuous man
has three objects of awe i he stands in awe of (hose right prin
,^^.01. Scrib.
z^lj^J E.
Humble deportment.
bad man is ignorant of celestial principles ; he pours con
tempt on great and good men, and turns into ridicule.the say-
^pj^/^jbj 3J-|E Woo k'he chung nil woo j woo che kwo tsS fc.
107
Ninth Radical.
VII.
Jin \
" Do not shew familiar regard (to dependants) and bring upon
" To make a nobleman of the How rank, and give him his
seal to suspend."
(Shoo-king.)
3Z ^
yay. " My not meeting with the Prince of Loo, is (the will
man urn wei iun jang the fang. " By contempt and insolence,
oppose humble and yielding manners."
Yu woo.
Tsin, and
of) heaven."
Also a surname.
Ke.
See above.
LAOU.
^ CHING.
To serve.
Large. ^|^/J^^.Keaou laou. " Coarse, large." (Kanghe.) Other Dictionaries use Jj^ Keaou for the first cha
racter.
/-^^^ Same as jfi* Keae.
HOW.*
S. C.
See above.
^ R. H.
' 01. Scrib. _ Fmg; See Rai J\ Pa
Chin, de
|
g^j Chin
^ | ^|f-
yV Jin.
VII.
Ninth Radical.
108
TAN.
Large, great.
| \fl] Ts'hin chen.
country."
| Seang ts'hin.
/j^TS'HIN.t
])fS. C.
4R. H.
/fjz*
LEU.
^ R. H.
surname.
^ g /f y ffi
^{pj^jj^ | j /|/^ Shing tsuy che taou yul! ft; tscen sze
ing down."
^^f Chen
Low tow. " Hang
Shoo.
* "
yug keen ; urh kuh puh shing yu ke; san kuh piih shing yui!
kin; sze kuh puh shing yufc hwang; woo kuh puh shing yuS
Another defines it by
Tae,
Ninth Radical.
109
VII.
Jin y\
^/j^ j
Peen tang.
PEl
|^
^TCH.
Keen peen. " Less troublesome; more convenient and plea
To unite) to join together i easy ; light. Artful.
(E-wSn-
sant"
convenient opportunity."
Occurs in the Books of /^flp Fiin> DDt >n*hat sense the Dietionaries do not say.
-^gj*
""EE-
e tsew peen gan yay. " All the expressions, Peen palace, peen
hall ; peen seat, denote that which is calculated for convenience
/^fp^ Same as
HwGh.
See above.
and repose."
Suy
j
HEAOU.
Ne suy peen. "Follow your own convenience; do as you
|
PEEN.
pS. C.
)^R. H.
f^J~L I
in at pleasure."
pedient."
^^"J
j
j
Convc
Tieut; expedient; advantageous; giving repose to. Actained whit i) advantageous."
T01-
hh
| jgQ Mae
110
tsuy leaou, hwS she shwB raung hwa, peen ta kea si kae leaou.
/jpj4^1
J J^j Ho
| ShwB Hh peen. " Buy utterance! or said to the (will dismiss the subject, aid there will be no more about it*"
point."
^Jj
|
|
C3
H Jft jit ^
A ^ w pien ,eih ,u
^"J" ~jj
Hing fang
(Le-king Commentary.)
Read Peen, It alto denotes To accord with the people's desires.
woo e keaou yen ling slh, peen peTh, tslh mei, k'he wei kelh
nature by stool."
~^\.
seun joo yay, sze puh nang yen chay; k'he tsae tsung meaou
tung che Uucn, piih -twan twan ching ching telb, chay tsew she
chaou ting peen peen yen, wei kin urh. " Confucius, when in
scf man Icaou foo moo telli e te, peen wei puh hcaou leaou.
body which he has derived from his Parents, and is the same as
run.-
rules of ceremony and the affairs of the state): Still his manner
was respectful."
Ill
y^jfjj TS'HUH.
HJS. C.
'I/J^jj^lff/^
the heart ;" said of friends nawly met after a long absence.
/^/H
^ ^ /TL^
j^jjji^ |^
T,iib<
" Killed the fathers and elder brothers, and bound the children
-Jjfj' j
She he.
t'hung, pBh t'hung che wei yay. " To discern so much sameness
He shiih. "Connected
The circumstance
Heuen he.
appear to have fallen into the same error, which has in many in
/J ^ Kwan he
" 11 mT0'Te*
[ j/^Yuwohokwanhe
GO.
s. a
4ft
Hasty; momentary; appearing to Tail.
king. " An instant of time."
R H.
tp[ ^
|^ j|j^5yj\ -^Pp
puh che V he e ; tsi h peen cbe go, luy woo so so. " When drunk
be knows not his excess ; off goes the cap, whilst unweariedly
he capers about." (She-king.)
A Jin.
VII.
Ninth Radical.
112
WOO.
i
To meet with ; to see against one's inclination.
^ MANG, orMang.
/j^^TSEUN.
H^S. C
^R. H.
P& C
$R. H.
^j^""^""
l|^1^f"'j^. |
"Cap
SEU.
luy yay. " (Tseun denotes one by) talents and knowledge raised
Easy manner; leisurely; the mind not hurried; not fluttered.
Same as
Sen. (Kang-he.)
Sen. The
^\ ^?
y 'f^5
chay. " Tseun kef, denotes one who is by talents and virtue
KWANG.
distinguished from the multitude."
Hi
Remote; distant. To go a distance. Read Kwang, ffif*
|
(Mang-Uze Commen
tary.)
|
rerf Gae.
Tseun, and ^ ^
Hj
SUH.
^ Tseun, tseun, tseun, tseun, tseun, ts'heun, are found oc
/fl
ugly appearance."
Y1H.
HUH.
Strong; robust appearance; ploughman-like trudging along.
i
ti f
L l
Tek'huh,
A man's name. Al- Scrib.
K'huh
46 I ^lt^ffi^/iIy,hbooU,*ur,,
piih koo. " Trudges along and heedless ploughs the ground."
Ninth Radical.
113
the cook's place."
Written thus
VII.
Jin \
erroneously.
YIH.
Chdo. To rhyme, read Chuy.
Yih ylh. " The appearance f a crowd fpeople."
TS HEAOU, or Seaou.
FOO. To assist. Syn. with ]j|f| Foo.
Like; appearing like; as if.
Seaou ts'hoo. " Handsome, pretty."
Seau> or
J^p.
LEANG.
Sang tlh po seaou. " Formed very pretty."
To do good.; a good work.
~|~
/f^>
^jj^ Common form of ^ Pe. See below,
A :# 'rt <^ A n
h0
orh long heo j in chay, wei tsuen j in n5ng che. *' To do the
y^lj LE.
work of heaven, and be good to men, ii that for which only
/^P^^lJ Ling le, A common phrase To denote being
Le.
^ sc* ^-rh'
(Kang-he.) It is, however, in constant use.
From the half of the Character J^j Jow, " Flesh," and
YUNG.
p| TVheay, " A vessel."
person as possible.
In high antiquity, straw was tied up and made to represent
She-chub. pe'Ib piih yoS to urh tae che. " Though the Paou-
jin, who dresses vistims, should not attend to his duty, the
She-chub, who has the care of the vessels, may not pass over
that is, about the time of Confucius, the /^rjjj Yung, or more
fucius spoke against them, forseeing that they would lead to the
j "^"^
J&J^ Yuf Uoo tae paou. "' To neglect the vessels and take
vol- i.
ii
jj^
On the death of
y^Jin.
VII.
Ninth Radical.
114
the enemy. In i
=np: Te.
Se ts8.
Sin sin I
ntday.by ^{J/j^
Occurs in
|
Che
parties) both those who required the practice, and those who
TiH'
submitted to it. (She-king and Mftng-tsze.)
Jl^ Tan tjh. " Silly, foolish."
szc wei che t*8 yung. "To invent any thing bad is called Tsfiyung."
^/A./f/f^ |
Shwfl-wan, writes
Tlh, without Man by the side, and hence, in the Kaeshoo hand, that is considered the proper form.
A surname.
hwAn.
PE.
Finished; doted. Also used for tSj Hwfin, * Sorry dis/$-^Mi Pe kbe" " To eItend * ,trotch mt ^ fec*
in walking.
KING.
/^^^ SAN.
Straight; firm;
Same as
King.
'jjff LUNG.
KEEN.
HL
Like; to be compared to.
t'heen che mei. " Like a celestial i
virtues.
V^j^YINGJ
(She-king.)
Also read Heen.
|^
115
Han and Fire, preparatory to an entertainment. The third
and lower part of the character, viz. -J-J- Rung, " To join
Page II.
jjZl* [pfj
"^T>^3^P^^
suh jin yen. "It may be told to the well informed, but it is
orld
Fung suh.
af the world."
'j^ ^TJ
-ffiC^ |
''ffjj* j
Hwan
SSmj,un" To leave,
-^J^ftl^J^l
_ #jvf Q
"]? fifi
saying; a proverb."
=$/f=f$5" ^ 7"
j-Jjf- j
She
ff0 fp^
"an suh ; jUh mun urh wan hwuy. " Entering a territory,
"hat are its laws; entering a nation, enquire what are
Sob,"
Wo yew seay seu suh sic. " I have a little trifling com
116
jjiS. C.
^%R. H.
^f^^f
To trust to; depend upon. Rustic; vulgar.
YTh heang yew ylh heang che suh ; ylh kw8, yew ylh kw8 che
stih.
ftri-^f^
not vulgar."
customs."
4Hf-/f^L
KEIH.
J
Weary i fatigued.
5. Q
=r Siih yu
]]^ s- c
rustic is called Le."
#
To take; to take in warj a prisoner.
/^l
) J
place.
SXng hwis yue" foo. " He who is taken alive -if called
POO.
Eoo."
Jj^E
yj^jHE.
H^S.C.
^R.H.
down the head and peck."
^ y^V^ ^
|/p ^ j^j
Tsae foo yang che keen. "Withina look down and a look up ;"
L. c. within the compass of one's view. A redundant character,
the same as^J^J-Foo, and
sense of
otnePING.
wise expressed by
"f^C
/^jfj} FanE
1
To possess a generous confidence in. To employ; to send.
lifts- c-
{JR-h-
He.
Foo, " To
Ninth Radical.
117
VII.
I JJpf] P*u
Prince. (She-king.)
p-
" To Protect
Jin \
^S>J~^~
f^f
^-"^p -j^f
Paou min joo chTh tsze. " To nurse the people like in
fants."
False, insincere.
j ^^^^
I*
SZE.
S. C. Jfi R. H.
Ik
To wait; to stay. Great (ShwB-wan.) A surname. Re
peated,
^"/^'S^F I ^^T^Keunrainschaou
puh sze kea hing c. " When the Prince called (for Confucius),
he did not wait for his carriage to go in," but went immediately
to protect."
Paou kea, or 3j I
Choo paou.
||I
onfoot(Lun-,n.)
J\Jg ^
^ |
Fan keun chaou, tsae kwan puh sze keu. " Whenever
the Prince calls, those in the palace do not wait for their shoes,"
but run instantly,
Wc$& I
PaMpaoune
tnde to China.
Jj^l
Vtou ch'hang.
sze tang yuS E-ke-chay. " Officers of the fourth rank in Corea,
are called E-ke-chay."
To rhyme, read E.
#S.C.
? ^ R.H.
Jin.
VII.
118
Ninth Radical.
Man and Word make Truth, that which is not true, is not
right.
/|=|^
Kea foo lelh k'he e jin Uze haou yay. "To stir
diUrict^-g-^^^f^^-g--^ |
/^f-
~^C4 [ 1
" Some say, that Hef expresses exerting authority and influence
^'fj
| ^"J"
conduct."
ne*-
"
fucius said, a man without truth;1 know not bow he can pro-
^jf^ Tsze yue, jin urh woo sin, puh che k'he k'ho yay. " Con
ceed." (Lun-yu.)
J*J AL^A^r
fci wei her. " Mutual trust makes Jin ; espousing each others
flff. |
jin ja woo sin, Ulh yen hing kae wang. " Truth is a funda
g ^ ^y^|>[ J?
^7 ^JX^ /^^"^-[f^Soweikeuenhingchow
le, leih chf kunghow chay, she yay. "What is called, Authority
felt through all the country, and efforts which make the nobles
stoop, is the sense" conveyed by Jin hee. (Woo-chay-yun-foo.)
Used for <j^^ Kea, " To take under the arm."
Kea, in the sense of
Also read
Commonly,
_ Jfr |
@|J ^ % g ^
j-j^j jj'-j':, Shang haou sin, tsTh min miih kan piih yung tsing.
g SIN. t
[)gs-c-
0 RH
" Let superiors delight in sincerity, and the people will not
Notwithstanding the ex
Ninth Radical.
119
VIII.
Jin. ^
Meen.
'QIJ^J
;^E]^j|-
/(^/ff^
| J^jj^^NemuntaKsepeen
X^SEW.J
|0S.C.
1^R.H.
tin kwei thin fow ? " Do you, who live in the West, believe in
Keen tin. " To con-
firm faith ;"' or, Keen being an AdjeetiTe, " Firm belief." 'j^j
E sin. " Cre-
J3=k
| Shin sin.
A surname.
[
JUL [eJ Pjfg ^gT Sew 'e tne min6 chung. " To
J j^j* Sew
lljp
Sew keaou
regulate a clock."
habits."
or faith" Also read Shin, in the sense of }-|~) Shin, " To extend
straight." (Ylh-king.)
Sew
taou, or
Hfeg>
used by the Chinese priests and moralists.
y\ Jin.
VIII.
Ninth Radical.
120
be done,
to refine your nature (as gold is refined), and to study the -true
to a
(way.)"
to invisible
"pjtj [
rj|j '^jf^^'V
'
shwuy
of one's conduct."
I Sew han, and
g- Sew shoo,
koo che yew ming che koo 1 yuen cbe (an chung, koo che sze
T,
sang che shws. Tsing k he wei wtihi yew hwan wei peen, she
koo che kwei shin che tsing chwang. " To look up and observe
Sew
kin, or
master, or tutor."
jlpS.C.
|^R.H.
king.) This is the range, which the famous Fuh-he is said to
jjfj~
Foo fun
Syn. with
Foo, and
To agree ; to harmonize
Shwuy show she hea yu S foo-; keu show wang shang yuf yang.
" To droop the head and look down is called Foo ; to raise the
^E.KEU.
IJflS.C.
/^R.H.
Ninth Radical.
121
VIII.
Jin/^
yj~
I
4|L peaou
^ ^^iMl ^
jj^jl
Jj~^
IIs- c-
To be distinguished
II /lis.
^j^.
To begin; to move; to act; to do; to repair. Good; ex
ceDent
below.
fl^ S. C.
$ R. H.
To injure ; to ruin. To turn away from, and oppose what
Shallow ; thin ; thin metal, /j^ &jJJ[j Tseen sze. " Horses
of war carriages with thin metal armour." (She-king.)
yj \
woo fe tlh. " Be not resentful, do not turn away from virtue."
Obscure; dull.
Jjjjpr Fung luh, expresses the same.
Si ^jf* fl^f "f^l Hwans hwan ,he how- " The du,lt
f the evening." Read Hwa'n, The forgetfulness ofold age.
oi- i.
fc I
or
J ySjL Fung p,
come."
122
PE. $
Fung p8, y8 k'he woo tfin yu plh ting nan e.
m
When their
f S.C.
<^ R. H.
^sfl.
emoluments."
j
FS fung.
punishment."
-Sjj
^ Fafungsanyue-. "To
Che fung, or
Muh,
by the side.
CHE.
-ft
A wheel. Also the same as /jffig Che, " Uoeten.-
GAN.
Jl^S.C.
^ R.H.
CHANG.
J|S.C.
^R.H.
Q ^ P*
jin ch'hing wo, jut gan. " Northern people expressing I or Me,
Chang kwang.
Q jM ^ ^ ^
" Confucius
123
Prince who bat affairs, mart bare rule by which to direct
Wind man without a guide, who doet not tee dearly whither
Ping keu.
To stand <
he is going." (Le-king.)
I^Hfc I 4
kwei. " The spirit of a rain who hat been devoured by a tiger."
Tbii pint it taid to keep near the tiger ever after, and to lead
Vu "* pinc ko -
him on to devour othert ; hence, a person who covertly intVigrtft man, already rapacious, to annoy and distress others,
Mangchltng.
KEW.
/^p. CHE.
In Collo
To walk ; to go.
quial books, read Tsi.
" I, or Me.-
See Radical
IffS.e.
Selh.
flj- R.H.
iffic
| ^ Woojin
k'ho ping Ke nrh cboo. " No man can equally, and at the
Also
Tsiih.
A Jin.
VIII.
Ninth Radical.
i8= jlT J^F J^F
$ R- H
chung. " The granaries crammed, and the treasury full;"
jjpj
ts'hang chin tse. " To open (the public) granaries and sup
ply the wants" of the people.
Occurs used
and sang.
,^p^ TSEU.
^ R. H.
_Z1
|R.H.
Ts'hang fang, or
/j^i-
| Shin ts'hang.
KWAN.
Kwan jii
NlntH JUdifcal.
165
TUH.
VtH.
Jl'n ' \
Tomove; to strike.
tflR.H.
Isze k'bc sze yuen pe pei e. " Let th words which you utter be
Wo raun, or
Pel wan.
yfjp
Keaylbpei. "To
Ne mun.
7?P' ~Jl
^i^H J
J
I
Pei
Tartars, jjg
^ /^?J j
|
Gan
Ye, or you."
TjjjJ
-/jp."
TEEN
jin ke chfi ma wang chay mun lae leaou. " A group of men
*
Teen, and BmT'heen.
( plenty.
j^SHCH.
ll^S.C.
/f|f[J
Jjjjlt ifi.
y,j|R. H.
pa leenwangua mun ylh new,wang cbS t'heen kwok'beu leaou.
9t
Shuh hwfih, " Hastily,rapidly ; a dog running fast
" He gave his face a twist away (in contempt), and stared up
at the heavens,"
fll^S.C.
^R.H.
is also
after all.
/jj^
"^jjp Jj ^E-T* ^3
Sh?"
****
hem yu6 taou. " The head inverted and placed below, is called
Ttou." (Lfih-shoo.)
I^^^^C |
L hwK *
126
# R +%:###
#.}: | #
Fang th taout: The house fell down. /\ |
# T. ### HE:# 7R Urhjintaouahin
hea pae seay shin shing che she. They both fell prostrate and
trouble.
4:
TAN.
be sure,
"e
holy gods."
# |
# ##. # |
}H. F. T.
viction of
F###/\##}}{%#
money.
tsun peche teen taou. The feet uppermost, and the head
Again,
#f R. H.
KEUH.
push over.
#. |
by money.
verse; refractory.
*
(# |
4:#
CHUY, or Shwuy.
.*
in ruins; to disorder.
/UYS 4#
Sin heung
bed.
| i:H
tun. Trowsers, or pantaloons.
:# | #1
taou ta. Knocked, or threw him down.
}# |
%R-Taou cha. To pour out tea."
Taou
HiNG
|#sc 3: R. H.
Tsew
.*, *
Laou taou.
The
--
4th 7H ########| #.
orf gain
gain.
Al. Scrib.
Crn
{#
#
# |
Keacu hing.
hing
+: # |
4 U">\
-Hing, was
127
-
## # |
PANG.
we hwang tsae how. Not leisure to cut and aski have not
From
4: |
to.
Y .
#%
H# |
*4#
435 R. H.
Same
A#, CHHANG
w
Sze how, or
E. #
#. |
# }# # |
what time, when r" jk | #||
She how.
Y.
along time
ime."
4# |
Time.
# J, or BX
A## IE Ch'hangjen
| ## TS #
... +.H.
- 15-
Joined with
#. |
Khe how,
fi'i |
Z; U.
the
If
l
thi cha
ch
last
sense,* this
r's
4% now
|# s.c. (# R.H.
### |
$ | ift
(rou
Jour) recent **** common phrase
-
)# | H
Sh
4#
# |
# |
*Si
.."
Ching how. Sickness
-
Z.<
J#
|
/\########## * *
taou loo ying sung pin kih chekwan. How jin, is an officer
- divided:
* : *-*.
equal."
|# S-C.
-
i.
%# R. H.
A#(k
|#
C,
E keaou;
k#
E she ;
H# |
Al.
so
on the
Leaning against
4# THEih
s.c. : R. H.
unrestrained.
si
* ,, ,
##LH)2S
...
"
{#%
restrained.
lay a plan, but not depend on it; to fill the cup, but not
KAN.
(rudely and hastily) drink of it;" i.e. to be always vigilant
* XS:
# # E #4% +
#N |
# s.c.
light of day."
KING, or Keang.
HILITZG |
J. Y.
| J: E loo.
A coarse shed
E]
# Ke, and of #
TsAY
|| 3 s. c. 3% RH.
Ke.
explains
many
To borrow.
| # Tseay k'heu.
-
cases, merely gives a word which has nearly the import of the
word to be defined.
(Lh-shoo-koo.)
To lend."
K'HE.
A \,
{# # Tseay
;
:
129
| JJ.#
#
laughter.
conduct.
A# |
which
Keatseay. Falsely
Al. Scrib.
4# Ch'hang.
Irregular, vicious
Syn.
via"He":
| # Ch'hang taou.
| #E Ch'hang kwang.
Lchhang lwan.
| #d T- ".
############RT
| #1-,
phorical sense.
| # Treay win.
| #
To enquire civilly.
R|
Treay ming.
| ##C#%
>
Tseay yew
## 14:2:3:###
# thus.
...--Ak
written
Al. Scrib.
# Tseay.
Syn with
Kea.
#2+$#7R}##4+}:#
Nooph, ch'hang yev, keih tsng chung kwotsaoule, kin yh
che tsze sun, keun pth chun chh sze ying she, Slaves,
4#
pimps, play actors, and the children and grand children of those
HWUY.
HE& Pehwuy,
Ugly.
who have served as runners of the police, or prison keeper",
ow,
Eloi,
E classo. '#'s. C. 49 R. H.
E.
musi
sic by players.
sedu
{#
}%#
tla
Chhan
Ki:
|# S. C.
Al. Scrib.
Tse.
vol. 1.
N in
})3] |
130
KHUNG.
( R. H.
To imitate; to copy.
#H###|
#######|
chay wih she wo fang whateihyang tsze to teth, I
made
KEGEN. 's C. # R. H.
this in imitation of his pattern.
A CHE
ME. s. c. 4%. R. H.
situde.
j\/#
as a signal. (She-king.)
|x|#
A# |
# j# ER Ating
#/\ XN |
Hwuy jin
4: |
gable in a
pursuit."
To remain indefati
# ## |
J# |
L shen woo
XS4L
#########| ||
R | |4}#[f]XS #yu yew p5 heurh puh
keung; tuh hing urh pub keuen, yew keu urh puh yin. The
5:# J#
###
his moke
the price
tr.
JEl
Q) \, she shin
mokea use".
tseen. "whiti,
What is the
price of
of it?
does
| #+ |
cost, ten dollars.
R |
Ph chih tseen.
As |
* It
Al. Scrib.
% Keuen,
/*
TSUNG,
7F
# _E.Hj /\ Tsung,
Tsung, a demi-god of high antiquity.
#:
r:
*r.
i|
131
4%. E, Ne
KEU.5 || S.C. A. R. H.
#s c. 4? R. H.
A##X. 13.R.
# Keu gaou piih
Proud, haughty, unhumbled.
##%
H. At
A surname.
JX |Hj#4%
Fan k he maou ne: Send back their old men and children.
mn
I' |
+|| R
I'll
4##"
H|| || 4%
#
proud.
I' |
closure. ..
liquely.
## II-#########
XS:
4# |
Pene.
To peep; to look ob
ZE | Z |
4# ws
|#S. c. 4; R. H.
#
Good:
Woo lun.
|#S. c. 3% R.H.
TSHEEN.
-
raise
*
and commendation. Pretty formation of the mouth
-
Read Tahi
Ts hing,
of
HL'
** and- %
J.H #4#
% =###########|
}|| K-4 HJEAH2X #4E * *
yew tsin, keun chin yew e, foo foo yew pihi ch'hang yew
Peen he.
* How
handsome her mouth when she artfully
yew seu; png yew yew sin. Between a father and son, kindness.
miles! H
4\. |
Tae
" each
taking
A Jin.
VIII.
132
Ninth Radical.
Wo jin.
" A Japanese."
,X. ifflx^l 0
kw8j tsae Hwuy-ke che tung, yew wei che JIh-pun kwB. ' {n
duties."
-{-{jf y^lj^iZL. |
p'p"
lun. '* In comparing men, you must rank them with their own
class." (Le-king.)
31^-
/j^
In a Geographical
| 'f^C^l^
jjEt
Wo
^E^^j^f|^^|a
Read Ko.
Hae ko.
Cho pe yun han. " Clear and extensive as the Milky Way."
^$> SUNG
(She-king.)
| j
Kwang.
See above.
/j^p LING.
S. C. \^ R. H.
To insult; to exceed or pass. over.
/^F
133
Ninth Radical.
IX.
Jin A
TUNG.
/^Pjjj* TSEEN. To advance, to go forward,
Utijjl lung tung. Weak, feeble.'
Lung tang. " Simple, stupid."
^jjc YEN.
S. C.
R. H.
TSZE.
To cease ; to cause to cease. To lie down ; to sleep ; pros
4
To stick any thing in the ground ; to erect, or establish.
A local word used in the Eastern part of the country.
fll^y^C ^en
woo sew win. " Put a stop to military operations, and culti
/^H HAN.
vate literary pursuits." (Shoo-king.)
To extend the head and look towards. A good looking
^Mj^'T* jpT
Fung hing tsaou yen. " The wind blows, the grass reclines."
J^lll* 1 ./jJlTj^Hwo selh yen Uae chwar
at rest lying sleeping on their beds." (She-king.)
See above.
desist, to cease."
t
lute ; proud."
/^t^. PUN.
-^jlA
WOO.
A man's name.
N WAN, or No.
fa
Weak ; toft ; to stop.
^jjfr PING.
Al. Scrib.
Ping.
/\ Jin.
IX.
Ninth Radical.
violent effort" Urgent; with haste. A martial appearance.
See below.
A bamboo rod. Also read Ke, under which some Dictionaries
place the last sense.
>^j^KEA.
]]f|S.C.
To cease ; to stop.
j /pjj Ke keu.
i&>R. H.
Certain verses, or enigmatical sentences of the Sect Fuh.
L. r~
"TfP J,^
"^
" C'le
know whether the words be true or false."
iM.
-j^r ~\0t_
1 "^JJ] Keajoo.
WEI.
|f S. C.
4% R. H.
y|_ /j^fe
|
we'
traordinary character."
lte'
Keang
enigmas of Ftth.
H ~=~
y
1
" ^ DOt
P^li^ I
/^JH^lI \
Repeated,
cbe yew e, pnh kwang kea mei. " The mind distressed, not
y^j^j^ Same as /jjj^: Ping.
See below.
pin kea, or
A surname.
J -jjj^
A surname.
J^j Klh yew meaou. " To repair to the temple." (YThWEI. To approximate ; to attach to ; to love.
king.)
Repeated, ^J^J |
K8
fl$$ S. C.
Ninth Radical.
135
SHOO.
IX. Jin \
To erect ; to establish.
" Inconsiderately bent on a thing ; determined to have it at all
events."
^{^.feL^f | 3&^A
/|^JJ KElHj0rKe8.
^jy'jlpj" ^gg* Yu ke woo so p'heen sze; yu jin woo
Weary; fatigued.
P'HEEN.
liraS.C.
49k
By the side; lateral ; inclined ; partial to; bent upon having,
or doings retired; selfish; depraved; one half; belonging to.
Fifty men ; twenty-five chariots ofwar. A surname.
^7
f^R.H.
Zj Q
cja
K'HEEN". The thoughts disturbed {.disquieted.
Jjpf
Tung p'heen.
YEN.
A counterfeit article,
y^^^ FUNG.
T'HANG.
ching tso, wiih p'heen e. " When sitting, sit straight, do not
A long appearance.
i
lounge on one side."
one side."
|
j
Jj^'[^
||S.C.
/[jlfR.H.
A surnames
j ^^p^nh p'heen
Singularity of opinion."
^jiL Y&.
Many; much.
136
to be.
/j/^/jj^jT-^t.
you doing?"
if-
jfa^ffij^ | ^M"'
k'heu na choo tso shin mo. "What did you go there to do i"
t'hung t>6, t'hung che, pun tlh tsze joo yay. " Pelh kae,
^t| 1
expresses that he must act with hit comrades, and ttop with
"ffc I
I W NC U tlh' Ph ^
|
Chay. To
| ^\
'fit'T y/!f ^ ^
^j]-^.;^
rend asunder.
openly."
^jgf^
grf J|.-^-Wo
yaou ne tso y ih chang chfl tsze. " I want you to make a table."
SANG.
j
4*
Straight, direct appearance ; long appearance.
K =j^p ^ ji^?
*g*
'f^Nj^ P1]-
TE.
Sow.
See below.
%
To raise up. Read T'he, Feeble, weak . The two characters
written
'^jjll Tc hwuy, but no where are they denned. The MS. Dic
/j^TING.
fl^S.C.
^R.H.
TSO.
I? S. C.
\& R. H.
to stop."
j
i^t^K
137
Ninth Radical.
IX.
Jin
jj^
Tsze sze kan kin pan kelh, puh k'ho ting lew jlh kew. " Hasten
PEL
-ft
To reject ; to turn away from.
"jlj'^^jLL. W
pei lelh. " Do not stand with the face tamed away." (Le-krag.)
til
^k^^J^C
Wourh.Uiekeen tan
YE. Light;
tsS, puh k'ho kew ting. " My child, there is a great and mixed
.oncourse in this place, we must not remain long."
i.
^/^j
HWANG.
At leisure,
cerned; distressed
I j|l ;J^
J^t
Jjijl ^f?* ^
=^
settled fully."
It sometimes seems to denote, A part.
jj^-^jj^
j=T
How.
See above.
Sa ting Are ^ w ^ ^
YEN.
Originally written JEi. Ting.
To rhyme,'read Tang.
Clean. Some make it the same as "ffp" Gaa,
E. I.
p
A female
\Jin.
IX.
138
Ninth Radical.
S. C.
1$ R.H.
CHA.
To extend.
^\~y^^L
/J^fffiy
I ^,'n^
TO.
A surname.
J^T.
^jjL Same asJ^ Yins- See Rad- ~j Neu-
'f|f|j^t
body atill strong and vigorous ;" i. e. You, Sir, are atill rery
/j^ FOW
hale and stout.
/jjlf/j^: Tangthb. "Want of humility,; abrupt" Properly written without Man by the side.
SOO.
A surname.
jjjj
" Propriety and music accord with the nature of the heavens
and the earth-"
j=J
S, peSh.
To oppress; to ill use; to compress; to fill; to distend.
139
Ninth Radical.
IX.
Jin j\
Is'bin shang. piih pelh hea. " A good man does not encroach
SEtH.
on superiors, nor oppress inferior*." (Le-king.)
| Seay pelh, and ff]^
tied round the leg, from the knee to the foot, used in ancient
1600.
^JJ^ Ching-tang.
Selh. A surname.
ting. ReadFuh,
SEUN.
CHE.
TSUNG, or Tsung.
'fJS I
]|jgs. C.
Sze "e-
Tsung,
[SR. H.
| | "t/J "tjj j
S. C. ^ R. H.
the tombs of their parents) weep, but do not moan and htment
concubine."
afterwards.." (ie-king.)
Woo fan woo tsih, wang taou ching chit. " Without contrariety,
\ Jin,
IX.
Ninth Radical.
140
" By the
arecalled Ke."
jTC
j5^ |
**e'
Tslh go.
gow, and
pj2^
Tilh urh
j |J|]^
yin she e hS gow nan neu. " The Sages accorded with the
Fan Ulb.
seasons in uniting persons in marriage;" they appointed that
yin yuen leang hea heu ching keagow. " You and I agree upon
the marriage, and both promise to become a happy pair."
j
rfrj ^
accidentally.-
y|j=^ CH HING.
Yew ch'hing;
Loch'hing;
A spy is other
Keen te.
Ching kwS che che gow urh, fe Uze che kung yay. " The order
introduced into the country, Ching, was by chance, and not Tsze,
from any merit of yours." To rhyme, read Yu.
gjs.c.
i&RH.
~f"
/^|\. |
[E]
^ J % ^ l$r ft ^
]
'',ze
keang; gan sze jlh t'how. " Confucius said, a good man, by a
' ''Pair (or even) numbers are called Gow ; tingle (or odd) numbers
Ninth Radical.
141
X.
Jin
s^pj
^$p[ ^frj)
^R.H.
IS S C.
Thow heen.
l] jfjj jfj
-js^
^ ,T* kwei e
" Great Dd
Read K'hwdi,
/H K'hwei luv,
I IBB3
Certain ludicrous, but ingenious moving figures, made of
wood, first invented about A . M. 3000 ; at present, called
jSj
tlh IS urh. bow yew yew day, thing jin pun wei yay.
^J^jj
future sorrow, are things which the wise man will not do."
definition, Kwei, is made from Koo and Wei, which are the
Ttee".
Sin.
Kang-he's Tsze-teen, charges the Dictionaries Tsze.hwuy, and
Ching-tsze-lung, with mistaking the Mother and Son. The
y^^01.Scrib.|((|:T'heIh.SeeRad.g Mfih.
first of the above Dictionaries, gives Koo hwuy, as the Tsef,
and Kwei as .the Yin, but the finals, Wuy and Wei- do not
OI. Scrib.
See above.
and Son, as it gives for the Tse<, K'hoo hwuy, and for the
Yin, it gives ffi^j" Kwei, which Kang-he, ia this place, says
is not aspirated.
1.
A Jin.
X.
142
Ninth Radical.
Kwei, Kang-he gives, as its TscS, the very same syllables, viz.
K'hoo hwuj.
Id the Imperial Dictionary, this disagreement between the
/ff^Maha.
Fearless.
See belovr.
who dash at once into the intricate and less tangible parts of
KE.
Than.
and there are also many cases, in which it is not so. When
FOO.
J|j(s. C.
^R. H.
Sow.
Pe che pull tsun, maou Ueang gan foo. "As the skin does
TSEW.
"j^Q
"Face as if painted."
Same as 7M. Ts'hin.
yp(| Foo shing yew. " To apply the sacred oil." (MS.
Dictionary.)
See above.
Shaou foo, Were anciently Tutors to the Princes.
^jjEp Foo yu, A certain office about court
^j^j
Ninth Radical.
143
X.
Jin
4
Also read, Heang.
together.'
of what is said."
/jj^
| ""P^^ Ylh fo
theo-
/fSL MA
A person's name. To rail, or scold. The same as HS Ma.
ad unprincipled.
against"
j-^j-j
Pang hwa urh tso. "To go near to flowers and sit down."
LElEH.
The tablet, dedicated to the deceased, in the temple of
pang, san neen phh ching. " To erect a shed by the side of the
^ >g-
| X^M^k
Piih kwan pang jin shwiS twan ch'hang. " To disregard whether
^|~^ YIN.
Superabundance.
by-standers say it is short or long ;" i. e. ill or well.
-ft
Leen keen. ' Coming up to in walking ; over-
HE.
taking."
fe
Anger.
s. c.
144
talents fill public offices; then the learned and good through
Ali
4#
t
Same as
out the Empire will be pleased; from other States they will
-> *
T'HAE. Same as
j'
Which see.
# |
Ying k,
': | -H Hosks:
THANG.
che sze. A person eminent for virtue and talents," a hero.
4#4
A#
-R
4th/73; H # | ####A
Thanae yih neu chung haou k8; che yung chwang tseun.
This character is
4%
KEE. '#'s. c.
R. H.
f: #
"...#A:#####
A:#####7\#####
CH'HOW.
A person of a tall
appearance.
wei
Knowledge su
Persons, is expressed by
4%
ten, by
* :######E4%
Tsaetih che eyu chung chay, yu Tseun-k.
HE.
Ying, to one
KEUNG.
Ta
4%
Same as
See above.
rest of mankind, is ex
21 SHEN.
pressed by Tseun-k8.
) Seun.
##-HI ##4
A P.
Mng-tsze yu,
Tsun hen, she nang; tseun kee tsae wei, tsiht'hen hea che
yu ke chaou e.
Mng-tsze said,
4:
KE.
Attendants."
surname; a name.
Ninth Radical.
# TSANG, or Sng.
Jin
X.
/\
kung san; seaou jin tsuen ch'hang ta jin chay. Five men
with one umbrella; little men's sole dependance is on the
read, Tshang.
Laou
% 4#
# Tsing footsuychwang.
character
/\ Jin,
ones within.
{# P
|# s. c. 4:5R.H.
#.
#4#
Kaou pe.
'# |
Chun
CH'HUH.
pe. To prepare.
Fan sze
of
2^* SAN.
JL # # | T
# |
arrangements."
R. H.
R.:# J%%:# |
Fan sze
from
4/r
+.
it :
| Z#
1H. #
Lo
#
of the officers of government, carried
" "hire panel of
" attendants:
# H H.7% H
#: it->
f 4'-|
|
'
-
JLEff
#+2 ,
S, #C-E-2
#-Z1x |
%+2\}HR
#+2.
; #X
* poor Chinese.
scholar,
*- : |
Kae
san, To 9pen, or sp
*d out an umbrella.
Hi/\
(Shing-yu.)
vol. 1.
r
HI # | #| ###"r"
|
##R
4% YUNG
# XR | %
Han.
denotes, Elegant.
A:#######
#EAR}#########4s
-
t | %
official situation,
Every
# |
|#S. C.
YAOU
+4% M yaotl,
A certain
pih yay yin nng show jin: pth keang k'he so pth nng,
depraved. A surname.
not a duty forced upon them for which they are not capable.
Not to serve.
4:
T*HAN.
SAOU.
Proud.
}: VL Th jung;
|# S. C.
Thjung, commonly
% HEAOU.
so.
(#
|t. 4%) 4%
| #
4# UNG.
#
N
Jji |
#'s. C.
H: #4% | * * * * * *
| H|4||#####".
wish of others.
Th
###thejung. | 4
}: #
# R. H.
Tsih headu.
and
Distorted, perverse.
147
A# Samea, H. Pelh.
FUH.
-a
See Rad.
JETsh.
## ,
###########
## -H- #
4# TSHUY.
'#'s. C. ( R. H.
# Tseu,
4#
Not
4%
Fi
4th j lik
/ # Properly written 4%
Urge him
| # Ts'huy taou.
To
## Ts'huyts'hen leang.
EE.
Ol.Scrib.
WNY
4 # Same as #Te.
See Rad.
Chih.
YUNG | #S. C. # R. H.
V2.
Ol. Scrib.
Paou.
See above.
Read
#.
KEIH.
->
(# /\ Yung jin.
{#" |# S.C.
leang yin yih nen. Went and hired himself to labour, and
settled for four tales a year.
*,
#
Fl
# |
-
Mae tsac
4#
EE
Same as
{$ Luy.
See below.
+j\ AN | |''':####|
Haou theen
/\
Jin.
XI.
Ninth Radical.
148
are not equal, in sending (on us) this great confusion. (She
sung, che piih k'ho mwan; 18 ptih kho keih. Pride should
4 b:
4%
MA.
% ## | ##
Same as # Shh.
SHUH.
Al. Scrib.
4Wil
4#
Same as
Tsung
#% Gaou,
and
A#
Gaou.
Gaou.
*\ZN
{# Le.
Same as
Which see,
PANG.
A'. LEO.
A}},
SUNG.
Rapidity of motion:
Name of a deity.
KEA,
. . pn 1
It is defined by
or pretended master.
CHAY.
NYWY
# CHUEN.
A false,
'#'s. c. 4: R. H.
GAOU. '#'s. C. W. R. H.
cate information; to deliver an order, to promulge, to record;
TH
#### Sing
haughty disposition.
# |
Proud,
Chhang khe
> "Myja
{#
-, }
.#chuen
show.
X
J# Gaou yo.
To deliver to.
| ATI clues
| # Chuen
# Chuen taou.
149
or principles."
Chuen te win
4: case.
|# S. c. 4:# R. H.
/\
Chae jin, or
Foo chae.
A debtor.
-*
another.
~\ Chuen shw. To
+ % #### * is
, #3.
jin, chae choo yuen kea, tsung tsze tsin. Endurance, endu
# Ne puhrungshang
-1
{{: R |H _E. %
| +. Chae choo.
report
## X # FH #
\
# |
Ne chae, Some
life.
worthy
|### E} ++ }: |
Kwei wo we chow
H
t
H: { *
shoo she chae. I am ashamed that I have not paid the debt
through suc
cessive
# |
ian-"
generations.
Pe chuen, To transmit
secretly,
mmunicated by others.
ceived
from one's
J. H.
-
ancestors.
Tsoo chuen. Re
##
Chun tsew
chu
l H
j# % | +:#T" koo taou, foochae, tsze hwan.
From ancient times it has been said, the son should pay the
father's debts.
%2f HH | #| + Yae.
Five King.
Hunch-backed.
be arranged.
4#
Vol. 1.
s s
H.
Same as
(# Tang.
/\Jin.
XI.
Ninth Radical.
| /\ 4 Shangjin
TSUH.
A surname.
4, Jl #
# YAOU.
A####
11 | NZ ####
| Han heu punjin, seen woo tsze
'# S.C.
k'how; shang
Wie
# # (#
######| ####
CHEN.
WP
Same as
# Keu.
reputation," is the language of a profligate man
2.
W]
# U.N.: |
SHANG; 3 s. c. 45 R. H.
-
# #1. # #
Apprehensive,
% #%
T (###/\####/|\#HXSW,
|#
/UN Tang hea she neu ke jin, keuen kae seaou teay,
+ +ASH | Kean
% chs shang
.#T# |
che sze.
Mortally wounded.
4#
Com.form
J##Z %+2\}###
shin te, a
I would not
CH'HANG.
presume to injure that body, with its various parts, which (1)
Same as
have received from (my) parents.
of #Neaou. SeeRad:#E.
###
Bad, vicious.
[k] | #Ns,
J# *
King.
151
Ninth Radical.
XI.
Jiny\
^sJ*
ell'ne'
u Undetermined ; irresolute."
binds round his neck, nor lower than his girdle ; they must fix
their eye* upon his heart, and -with profound reverence, wait for
Light ; giddy i sprightly ; light-headed i crazed.
,ne y,n k
Sha seaou , or
lay sideways."
HAN.
tsze ize telh. " Paou-y ilh, was not as usual, but appeared like
a light-headed person."
|^
A surname.
| j|J j//^ pj||K'hinE rUn lew le' "Affairs being over
turned or ruined, (he) becomes a wandering fugitive."
jfc^^j<ft
CHANG.
|
A husband's parent; same as jjjj=[ Chang.
||S.C.
"jlj" 7^ ~
"
^R.H.
Koo Jin ylh keu tattb. puh kan wang foo moo, kung pa k'hing
gaou ; hea ju tae tslh yew ; k'hing Islh keen. . " In all cases of
looking at a person , to look higher than the face, indicates pride ;
to look lower than the girdle, indicates sorrow ; to look ;
'g* ^ ^ ^ J|lJ
j Thang che, k'he mwan tslh k'hing. You " should know,
152
#. |
23b.
F:
overturn. To rhyme, read Kwang.
# YN.
A crooked back.
Pei low.
I#
R
's c.
l |
tained.
Same as
{# Pe.
See above.
f{j
wi PHEAOU,
p.
E&B S. C.
or Peacu. |#
. . W.
Ne
Common form of
#.
Chih.
See Rad.
{{#
CHAOU.
denoting Levity; giddiness.
Little; srhall.
4# |
# TE.
#4%
Read .
Cha.
CHIH, or Tsih.
4' |
w",
wVQ
SEE,
|# S. C.
# |
# H (# #% Che yungkin
| RISH)
Kink'hot'hung shun.
or Seih.
Se se.
ease.
A slight
noise; moaning.
{#
LEEN.
#+
# |
\
Barely
Kelen,
YU.
Same as
{#Yu.
See above.
#"
% an |'s
has c. 43. R. H.
4.
whose name is
# Yaou, a Prince,
2.
Lh.
4:
MAN
LX-
# R. H.
##|| JR E. |
#+ , |
Deathless; immortal.
SEEN. : S.C. 1: R. H.
-
Same as
4|||
Seen.
A# |
To
sense of
PING |# s. c. 4%. R. H.
Retired; secluded. Read Ping, To exclude; to reject; to
THAN.
4# k Than kin.
E.
#
A foolish appearance.
|%
Ol.Scri
Scrib.R.R.Chih.
ee Rad.-H-Fow
+. .
See
throw out.
TSHEEN.:
# s.c. : R. H.
Derived from
% KEUNG.
Same as
# Keung
viz.
Ho.
I.
\ Jin.
XII.
Y1NG.
Ninth Radical.
154
To direct; to moderate.
^j^ SEANG.
jig S. C.
^ R. H.
Seang sze.
Jin
^un5
image."
^S\j^
jp|jj
PEE.
Ill
Same as
Pel! wiS.
ments."
Che.
See above.
|S.C.
phrase.
An appearance ; to put on a good appearance.
SEEN, Chuen, or Tsun. ]H?|! S. C.
m
To number ; to arrange ; to adjust. Read Tsun, The person
who presides at a village i
KEAOU.
flifs.C.
i^RU.
Ninth Radical.
155
| #.
4: # Keun k'hoo,
prejudice, or custom.
44 ns
#X |
kind of cow.
Ph luy, A certain
th."
" or Yuy.
THUY, Thy
4Fl
->
# Ph.pe.
# S. C.
but in common use, the words are applied indiscriminately
Accustomed.
Compliant; with
4
#
%X
afflicted.
/\
Hooptih,
Nooptih. A slave.
a.
Distressed;
Jin
J#
|
JL
2+ KEUN.
The name of an animal.
XII.
A-B."
R E]
Kea
4+ + 2\ E]. E4+=F
Sze
Yu kung,
ze yu
kung, yu
yue Chin;
Chin, sae ya kea,
Kea, yu
yu
AN
byy Chin, one who serves the higher officers at their houses,
KHEU.
-A-LN,
### |
him. :
TsN.
|
To
A man's
#
To
# Pah keu. To
al:
4:
|# s. c. 4: R. H.
A. V. 3; R. H.
conceal; to hide.
# HE
name,
PUH.
of; to
dread. A surname.
He.
4.
Jo
Same as
Bnguage of se
self-abasement, to designate One's self. Employed
-
"mean service.
CH'HANG.
W1
Broad; wide.
{# |
E] |
X |
Tae piih,
Re
Jin.
XII.
156
Ninth Radical.
\MS. C.
tsie says, that this is the common interpretation, handed down
\ Chen tsow.
m S. C.
|||
I
Also read
" Abusive
I*
A companion; a comradei a colleague; a fellow officer i
"H^
I
leaou. " Officers of government generally ."
| ^ Leaou yew, or
leaou telh pang yew.
tfj Jjfl
Thung
deceitful; fraudulent.
^fe
==
T,'s
pj
chay. " Language may act a deceitful part but. the eyes
y^K'HE.
j$s. c.
cannot play the rogue."
Used for
with "1(V o.
person intoxicated."
TANG, or Ch'hing.
i
Excellent ; dear; perspicuous ; near.
157
Jin A
KHE.
To open the garment! at the neck.
43^4*' Pe k'he.
yj^TSEW^ortH^S.C
^R.H.
HUEN.
gage; to employ; to procure; to hire.
Flowing in different, or oppoiite d irecHons. Read Ch'huen,
Formerly written
Sleeping with the feet inwardi from the door; the custom of the
barbarians of Cochinchina. When a man if about to die, his feet
Which see.
SSL FOO. Properly written /MffiWoo.
/tit
Tlffi S. C.
R. H.
particular way.
Priests of the Sect of'j^j} Fuh, who are otherwise called
THEft
^j^
:/ffc The* tfih. "Slippery; artful." Sometimes
erroneously used for
Shang-jin.
Tseen,
^ ^
noo. " I was born in a wrong hour ; I have met with the
Dictionaries, written
Fan,
form the word applied to the priests* but in common usage, the
first syllable is taken as their name. They receive the ~~h _
^Wookae, "Five precepU."
KEAOU.
|^ S. C. ^ R. H.
Ptih sha sang, puh t'how taou, puh seay yin.pdh wang yu, puh
yin tsew. " Not to kill living creatures ; not to steal, or rob ; not
wine."
vol i,
ou
A Jin.
XII.
Ninth Radical.
158
-p
tsze-t'hung.)
^ Sing siih.
Ht*~
Lao"
ta 1,0
laws, and to the priesthood, the good man venerates the decree
selves,
k'han Fiih meen. " Do not look at the face of the priests, look
of the Sect Fiih. It appeared upon his trial, that several officers
MeTh
Chen
s. c.
#| R. H.
kea sang e ts'hung plh. "The priests who sit in silent medita
tion, wear coarse hair garments; those who recite prayers, wear
^jrj*
./"j"*
tselh, fun. yu tun shang, k'be wei pub sze. " A cow, though
Ninth Radical.
159
XII. Jin,\
Jj^,~^f"
^ Shoo show
tsze, rauh muh ; choo how, hwang hwangi ta foo, tse tse; sze,
,^ ^ Common form of
K'he'en.
Princes, with dignity; great statesmen, with a settled decorum ;
scholars, with leisure and ease ; the mass of the people, should
YANG.
S. C.
HEEN.
-fg R. H.
3lit SH*H-
i
A martial, formidable, commanding appearance.
^ TSEEN. J|gs. C /(Jr. H.
ft
Dubious; erroneous ; to overpass one's duty or sphere; to
KEUE.
i
Wildly ; hasty and irregular. Hazy appearance by the side
usurp ; to assume.
of the tun.
wei, urh wei. "To do what is not proper for one to do."
^ 'gf^J ffjj ^ **
See below.
yuS tseen. "All overstepping the observances proper for one's
station, or exceeding one's particular duties is called Tseen."
Hence, jj^jj"" j
for one."
honor."
"A usurpation of
/J^L
*
#ljfc^t$^6t- 1 IS
-^v^ }* Hing ping kiing to Keaou-che, tseen ching
j^,^
rheen miog
160
XN | XR H # R$ H. " ".
4#
PH.
# S. C.
4#
discord,
said of sounds.
Same as
$ Pih.
To expel; to
West.
in the time of
#.
Keen
||
Vulgar form
of # Chung.
A.
%:}-
..
R CHA.
\-r
4:#
k
w
THUNG.
|# S. C. 4% R. H.
4#):
h
.
Ch chih
offence.
4% olScrib%Keung. SeeRad.y(He
silly; doltish; wild. A general term for slave girls and concubines.
Respectful; reverently. A surname; the name of a district.
4-ol
H Hea. SeeRad%Shuy.
XE- Scrib, H
---->
confined to,
oscrib.&# Chow.
V:
--
Characters formed
S5
4#
by Thirteen Strokes.
|
-
KEANG.
S. C.
H XE Hij XN (# Pih
TH XE.Z
are in the public hall (of sacrifice) moving slowly, and without
Puh keang The insect with a hundred feet, in death does
161
"achitefont."
BRIT | Khoekhuy
F)
Ninth Radical.
The
#s. c. 4% R. H.
value of an article; the price. XS#4#
shih kea, or
Af. #
J#
jj Jiff (#/U".
#######2 #2 H4:
To exert; to use effort.
H# |
a house.
EH
| Keayin; and |
| 4
| #Mia meen.
Min."
Ten kea.
Ph
".
/\
Jin
{# KEA,
XIII.
time.
Kea
Keatseen, all an
J#4% | ##
article ""
by the side.
price?"
YE.
Keatseen to shaou.
| # * *
> -t. A N.
S. C.
**untenance, a handsome
some
use
2:
w
Yih.
# Sh y.
Rumpled; not
**
}% |
%.
0k
L
kea,* or
Keen
| ##.
extended.
#:
4H.
E.
KIN.
| #4ft ke
# Tsen. A low price; cheap.
tseen te; or
4% Ets.
H
"a distance.
or
Keatseen kwei,
t or
-
H Chung, or Hi
g
Kaou,
%
han *.
4#r
Inattentive,
unobservant; disre
*pectful." Someti
- +HE ##+%:#
MRI):##########
E|3:#2: Hz:#####
16 9
tsang choo, k'hew shen kea urh koo choo. Tsze yu, Koo
Tsze
+1. Tsze-kung
ZE |
Confucius
same sense as
#: }# Fei p'helh,
Profligate, abandoned."
SIH.
Sih.
cius himself; the gem's being sold, denoted his being employed
th
&#.
CHOW, or Tsw.
waiting till his services were required, in opposition to the idea
|\\\
4wV1
W.
R. H.
#
S. C.
# GAE #
y4,
|
#
| # Gries. Like as if appearing
| UE, Gaey, or reversed, Y
TS HEAOU.
Gae, or
4|\
pa
4.# Yaoutsheaou.
as if.
A long appearance.
Gae, or
y P'HEIH.
|#S. C.
$33. R. H.
/# (#
P"heen
# | 2
Yew pheih.
| 4%
4:
GAE.
SZE, or She.
|ZS
Small; trifling; petty; captious; over minute; insincere.
H
X4###}}}#,
ww.
% | *
#4 |
163
Ninth Radical.
heavens and the earth.''
E.
flU S. C.
'
XIII.
Jin A
[I R. H.
and man." A local term denoting, To come. To rhyme read Go
CH&.
A surname.
Puh
-^j^^^/^G^^*
TSEUN.
k'he keu, Uin tuy, tung tsu, yew tslh che wei E. " The dress, the
rising and resting, advancing and retiring, moving and acting,
being regulated by rule, is called E." (Lab-shoo.)
J
| ^tjfcfj^
J ^TJ"
Wei e. "A
7$* /| J-J||
in the dialect of
Woo, Nung,
Let the boys of ten years of age " Go out and receive the
people in
instructions of a master ;" the girls at the same age, " Enter and
|f|S.C.
%3lT\&Z I
"Mm. .
the observances of propriety and decorum."
| ^fjj Ewuh.
"External ornament"
figure of the heavens."
'fp
"A present."
E wan.
Commonly written
Tan,
Read Shen. Occuts id the sense of TljlS. Shen, " To transfer to."
" Imitate
YiH.
M S. C.
a % R- H.
(the virtues) of Wan-wang, and every state will exercise confiW (She-king.)
^ |
Leange. "The
^ ^ <jg ^
164
#Chht.
| s' JJ, + # 4: +
# F# 1 + 1 ####" ".
shih wei tng, shih wan wei yih, shih yih wei chaou yay.
Common form
of # P'headu.
RR
4#
l
KEUNG.
# ##,
+1
THUH.
Yih, also denotes, Repose, quiet.
t |
Kung yih.
A >
1U,
4: Ken.
See below.
#: |14t/##
}:
H||
by
Yih.
KING |#S. C. #, R. H.
5% King kae.
# II
}#}} }/4'2' T | # H. K
kea cheleihfa, so e ching pth shen, urh king wooleang. The
law is that which is enacted by the government for the punish
4:
T'HA.
UE
A fat appearance.
Guard against
T'HANG.
To cease, to stop.
Also read K'hing.
Same as
4% Kwei.
#"
'# S. C.
See above.
Expert; clever, sharp; swift; nimble.
The name of a
Ninth Radical.
165
country. Originally written
-ijjp
Laudable economy.
is a alight abbreviation.
XIII.
Jin \
^j.jfk^. EL
fung ncen puh cbay, hcimg neen puh keen. " With regard to
sacrifices or offerings, in abundant years, be not prodigal'; and .
in bad years, be not parsimonious."
**, y y June wi,h che wei keni 1,0 yu '""s1"1 y*"? t1n
YUNG.
yy; Js
Handsome ; excellent.
&>t
|p TAN.
| S. C.
f R. H.
p'elh shTh yew she tfb, puh yung haou fa che wei, jen how k'ho
jay. '* He, who wishes to be correct and temperate, must
really possess those virtues, and not allow, the least possible
In which senses,
A surname;
ko rain fung kae kwei hoo kin keen. " From ancient times,
of a place.
w the manners of the people, diligence and economy have m
n cue, been valued."
~^ |
^ %
KEAOU.
j A/
To do; to act
Keen shaou ;
VOL. I.
fj |
Tse keen,
| ^ Keen jS,
yV xJin.
XIV.
Ninth Radical.
Erroneously written
166
arrange the Peen and Tow," certain vessels placed on the table.
Written without Man by the side as an abbreviation ; occurs
written
?m> 'n
MEEN.
fe YUfe.
Yuk'hea. " A foolish appearance." The Utter
character is not found in the body of Kang-hes Dictionarv.
Shen gS,
<g
PIN.
|jj S. C.
1% R. H.
See below
To advance.
%u
ffi
kwei shin ylh jen. " To receive a guest with the (usual) cere
i
Denomination of persons who, in China, devote themselves
the same,
^ J 1 1 #f # | ftjfofa
(Le-king.)
learned."
jgjgj*
i^Zy^
167
SB joo. " A scholar, himself a conilelUtion."
Ninth Radical.
XIV.
Jin \
J
p
Kung-tsze, how jin k'heu ho choo taou fun heaou. " From the
Fe
9
Heu joo. "A vague
Foo joo.
A rotten scholar;"
Shoo joo-
literature."
had not been born, whither should succeeding ages have gone
A scholar
5|^V
shwS le, p'heen chlh she shwB mung. " All the literati, who
"He who
3tfLj\- 0
1 T'nnnSt'hen tejinyuf
wang che taou, joo chay sze jay. " To understand the doc
remarks.
a pillar."
Al. Scrib.
Joo chay puh ke to tselh f to wan e wei foo. " The scholar
does not seek for great wealth ; he esteems much learning tobe
riches."
j ^|
CHANG, or Tsang.
keaou. " The literati, the religion of Fuh, and the religion of
wicked, violent appearance."
Taou, constitute three forms of doctrine, or sects."
YIN, or Wan.
Tae-tsung haou wan, kae k'ho tseu sze. About A.D. 600, " Taetiung, of the Dynasty Tang, being a lover of learning, com
\^ R. H.
f=| jfe
of the groat ; an assistant in the houses of statesmen."
| #".
ance.
--!>
silly appearance.
#
If
# Tae.
Originally written
|: S.
CHOW.
C.
($
R. H.
11,
TUY. : : s.c.
From Man and Tuy, Opposite to. Mutual traffic; to buy
and sell. From the sameness of sound,
Tuy, is sometimes
sons.
Syn. with
Chow.
# Same as {# Keen.
See below.
4
> *E. Same as
A \,
##. Phing.
W1
#aar
|#ts c. 45 R.H.
ofrionoun." H. |
Chae, is used
to form the plural
Woo chae.
We.
+ |
A.
R. |#S. C. #4 R. H.
4: E.
of #E.
Luxuriant; abundant.
{# Thaegae.
# TSIN.
: R. H.
#
Tsin.
K'HEEN. To open
SR
P
TSUNG.
MNG.
* LAN.
-*
hwuy. Con
169
# woo.
answer for it with his life. These two sentences, are used
(# R. H.
to express the certainty of the consequences arising from a
R*
J # HER TT
(##
Tsang nng, The sound
"r "r
4.
'#'s. C.
| +1.
(#. LEE.
# NANG.
Weak; wearied.
given action.
s.
L8
TAE.
###
PEEN.
M tae kae.
Keuen,
by the side.
Appear
M8 thee.
A:
he kind
A-.
#
|}\ | ra ang; or
up,
received, to revenge.
To pay in
Manchow tribcs.
Then chang;
NRH 2.
#
Chang hwan. To make
4: LUY.
'#'s. C.
##
To injure; to destroy; to injure mutually.
| M.
##
Hi]
Hwan tseen yew we chang tseen
kheen. The "J (now) paid, still does not clear off the
},{#
{#
J.
* debt must pay
|#
Sh ii
+.
# |
man must
z Z
###,"
Vol. 1.
Tuy luy, or
A#
VL. Sze.
Mae, is
Various other
TSEE.
meanings are, by some writers, given to this word; they are
4:
{# |
Repeated,
Shoo.
PEAoU, #s. c.
Leu leu. Unwilling to do not using
* \la"
J b\
a herd.
Same as
# Tseun.
See above,
}X7k ##4T/\{#
wi.
shwily taou taoui hing jin peacupeaou. The river Taou flows
I"]
4#
#.
LEU.
* \@"
SHOO.
J.
is no where given.
4:
'A "e
TSAN.
Wneven.
PAoU.
Aff
#
Paou.
|4S.
(Kang-he.)
Che.
4%
SZE.
Ching-tsze
CHIH
In former times
4% YEw.5
|# s. c. 42 R. H.
.*
written with
A.
%: Yew,
I#
thus J
/UYS Sin,
The heart;
YUH.
: Yew.
*
X
To rove
2.
publish them for sale.
presiding;
Formed from
+ Sze,
A person
Pei, A pearl."
Ninth Radical.
171
A surname.
A luxurious ease
| |
about.
Indulgent liberal.
with wantonly.
XVI.
Jin
/\
CHANG.
Chng kwa.
Malevolent; immoral.
Yew yew.
NEA.oU.
Zy j
{# # | # # #
to denote To bend.
chhang seang, yew, yew seang pang. When young, they were
familiar with each other; when grown up, they trifled wan
tonly, and then slandered each other. (Tso-chuen.)
, #: |
who perform feats of agility, bend the body like a ring. One
says, Yaou neaou, denote, A. slender waist.
4: Hwan.
Pin
#. Wan.
UANSin.
learning."
4\"\\ Same as
ciency.
CH'HIN, or Tshin.
($".
}:
#. PE, or Pei.
\
To cease; to stop.
4#
SH.
#h /E. ...
#.
4:-
aS
KWEY.
(#.
Kwei.
THANG.
#.
# 0. Scrib.
crib. '
- *s-,
Mwan.
See Rad.
7', Shwy.
, ... A5''...
six
*1%."
Ling thng.
1%. 1: "..."
a
earance.
Longr *PP
44
Sarne at
172
HAE.
Characters formed by Seventeen Strokes.
4% |#
Heae ko.
->
..
KEEN.
Bold, daring.
Same as :
4:#-- a
Yih.
See above.
Ken.
wkI.
Disquieted; discomposed.
4#
Ybb
|:
LIN.
LNG.
4#
KWEI.
To send; to cause.
-1
Same as
{#. Kwei.
A.
PX.
4:#
Same as
j,
Also used for
|#
4# CHoo.
| }# Tsan gan.
battle array.
4# |
gular.
#'s. C. \{}. R. H.
4# H. Tsan hoo.
A surname.
countenance, or aspect.
Uneven, irre
A malevolent
t A# Tseih cho.
contempts contemptuous language, or to speak lightly of Also
->
}# |
%+ E.
# chockeun,
ap
discourse.
JANG.
sistance.
4//K ######"."
W-R
4:
W-R
Ol. Scrib.4%f
Ken. See Rad. l'N Sin.
JUL,
173
Ninth Radical.
# SHUH
###7.
#|s. C.
original form of
XIX. Jin /\
k #fft
#S
-7
NUY.
beautiful foliage.
To lie down. (Tsze-hwuy.) Same as
Neaou.
CHHE |#s. C.
Jj#1 Sinfhyay.
Submissive.
The heart
wn
submitting.
Possessing superior ability in the management of affairs.
{# |#
HWUY.
Low lo.
4' |
amongst banditti.
will
hay
Chay
lo.
Strong
ng and
Tehwuy.
4 t|$
#** *
F'HUNG.
5.
TswN, or Tsan. |: S.
To collect together.
U-
4:#
Original form of
A# P'headu.
C.
- -
TEEN.
To fall; to upset.
>
4# No.
w2
#S. C.
(#.
R. H.
* : S. c. 4: R. H.
To drive away, by certain rites, malignant, or pestilential
A pai
na;
*...
-1 -
pair;
a couple
Vol. 1.
a 1
now discontinued, but various rites of the present day, are per
formed with the same intention. Abundant; copious.
/UA
H. # Che.
4: YEN.
's c. 4%. R. H.
no, chaou fuh urh le.h yu tsoo kae. The villagers perform
ing the rites of ejecting demons, (Confucius) put on his
(##
di
t.
commanding respec
tators say, that this was a mark of the respect and decorum
wei.
4#
(Lun-yu.)
0 no.
HH
IX Yen jen k'ho
-
WTU->
HEAOU.
Proud.
F]
WE)
LY
|#s. c.
Also read N.
* \
5/5
4#
NUY.
{#
LO.
Bare; naked.
NANG.
*A*-
-1 &
3: THANG. 's c. 4: R. H.
www"
(Lh-shoo.)
#|
% TSHEEN.
Slow; tardy.
Ol. Scrib.
#
*
Tseen.
175
TENTH
RADICAL.
Thii
YUN.
^ S. C.
^R. H.
; j and
)"|"7
s. c.
7^ R. H.
Yun no;
J ^ Yun yu,
/ ^\ '{^^7^
J\_^^
chay. " Those who have had their feet cut off."
^llj^ J
pj~l Jin sin wei wei; taou sin wei wei; wei ts'hing, wci ylh,
Wuh wuh.
Wuh ne, or
|
J
215
| #ysen".
| J#.
A military commander-in-chief.
A cap or bonnet.
#ifiTH E. | ##1.5%
# # % }#. Sze-koo yu, yuen, show yay,
Yuen fh.
olScrib%#Tsan. SeeRad.*
7Lyves
#: E. |
Chh.
(& s. c. x. R. H.
| ##
The
5K
% # f J.J. AH AH # #1
| #*
(MS. Dictionary.)
constitution.
originated.
And by,
* |
# | Keae
# /\Kevin. # | Chwang
literati, called
7t Yuen; affirmed of
#+
Tsin-sze.
###
yuen,
Han-lin.
--
Yih
+ Yuen tsze,
7U.
Ol. Scrib.
Woo.
or head. (Kang-he.)
|
| H
--
E.
Ol. Scrib.
# Chhang.
Yuen
| H
| X Yuen
H.
XL HEUNG.;
Formed from
D1
W. S. C. R. H.
W_*
177
A roan,- becauie the tenior has a right to instruct. The
Tenth Radical.
IV.
y^.
JinJ\_^
j
bow. " The senior brother takes precedence, the junior fol
lows."
Teheungmun. "Brothers."
jjj^
j Laou
Y Heung tae.
Laou
I
Ch'hung
]||[
Ch'hung
fan kin che jin mS joo heung te. "As the flowers of the
vice, and cultivate to its full extent his natural (or original)
goodness." <Chung-yung.)
(She-king.)
"j^.
#^aiA||^ I IS*
^ '
J^I^jr- [
Vpj|"Jfc
Shen k'he ying jin, ts'hin yu heung te. "A kind friend is
che leang. " Must carry to the utmost extent, the original
H-wang, and
CH'HUNG.
S. C. ^ R. H.
sWe service (required by government) and heavy taxes. '
Formed from
(Tso-chuen.)
ofi to fulfil the duties of; to act in the capacity of. To stuff
Prince." <Le-king.)
Jj^^P
, }
JL Jin.
178
found to laugh
- "E-
of a duti
/\ Chhungjin.
# |
round a tomb.
of the Cycle.
Also
". j# # % # # #
Shin chelae, kwang king chaou,
######
Common, but erroneous form of the preceding.
#E. Koo.
2's s. c.
The phenomena of nature manifest the presence of a Deity.
%. HEUNG.
# s. c. # R. H.
# Heung g.
| #.
| # Heungshi. To
| #Heung ". l J#Heart
|###. 4T
Cruel, barbarous."
A million.
98.
Chaou, or
| H
murder.
or
She she
y.
2.
Chaou thow, or
hing heung.
nostic.
prognostic of evil.
PQ |
Heung chaou.
#. # # % ### Z
heung mung penan tsze che chaou i mung hwuy mung shay
R H | #1 ff)
of
armies. (Tso-chuen.)
Occurs used for
From which,
Also read
SEEN; # s. c. #_R. H.
Che. To go, placed on JL
formed from
Jin.
b *
y
| R. Chaou min.
-
l-
XT,
179
Jin
^yU^Ti0W
^ j -^T
| ^5 ^'"^
^Fv /^p |
"H",
jfcsf}^?^'
'* Do not disgrace your ancestorsj and in the next place, do not
disgrace yourself."
an harbinger."
and^^-fjfjgchuhle.
theu.
Otherwise expressed by
jgjpq
7Y
lien tse k he kea. "He who would govern well his country;
-f^S.C:
Q Sceniahheaaanjlh. "Three
^N J
Puh seen foo shlh. ' Not eat before his father."
(T.chuen.)
jfcfr |
J^|| #
Tsefh hing teen ch'hang chay wei che phh te. " To
moon."
-j-
i.e. the tun; This phrase is. alto applicable to the light, or
glory of Deity; as in the following sentence,
taken place.
kwang shing bo. " To give light te the eye* of an idol ;" i. e.
front"
' tj|* |
j
seen fo* or
R'hae
' used with the wordt, Father, mother, &c. to denote their
being no longer in life.
Hwuy kwang;
Kwang yaou;
^ Kwang ming;
ffi^T
j
Kwang tsae.
sen keun'
All express what is light, splendid, and gay.
j^j
JL Jin.
IV.
| #
illumine.
180
Tenth Radical.
J#
*\\\
%.
THAE, or Thy.
Kwang chaou. To
Kwang heen.
To manifest.
To be pleased. Same as
Ty.
See below.
*/
->4-J/N
To shed lustre
Same as
# Then, Heaven.
JEwe."
|i
5E
4% #
I#
About A. D. 700.
H
HR Kwang king. State, or appearance of things.
Ol. Scrib.
+:Chhang,
Ol. Scrib.
A --
Long.
Kwang keb.
| #
| # Kwang thow.
Naked feet.
jL
14
| 3# Kwang kwn.
Baldhead.
A naked stick,
| # Kwang t.
The
JHwa. Flowered or
D1
#5 | T
decorated.
#|
thang.
-a
## Y
# | EE ++.
|-| # Tha peen leadu
#: ".
"hinor
Tshing-kwang
demi-god Tshing-kwang.
as I wish.
I am unable to do
Seaou jin fh khih.
| BH #
# Khih
/
illus
*U-N
above given to it, and being also the name of a certain demi
god.
# E.2% #2% |
wei chek'hih
-1
4%
Yay kwang, or
# |
Choo kwang, A
E".
Ke khih.
*\Y.N.
F# |
Ling kwang.
XS.E.A
A certain
palace, or temple.
over bearing. (Tso-chuen.)
| E.}++%
Tenth Radical.
181
V.
put off; to free from. To put off the cap, and bind up the hair
keun tizc che sin yay, ke k'hlh eaou jin che sin yay. '* To
mourning cap. Also read, Win, To bear a son ; any thing sew.
-t^t- |f|J
pensed with."
|^ |
g ^ ^ J^L Jjjjj*
teaou jin.
what is distant ^
jE.^ ^ ^ | fft
" To overcome
foo moo che hwae. ".A child three years after its birth, may
y.)
Twin yu Yen. " The noble, who ruled the state Ching, over
came his brother Tsran, at Yen."
|
Pow k'hlh.
(Tso-chuen.)
^p"
j
|
to forgive."'
j
Meen kwan.
| Jj4j^ Mien
"^T S. C.
to. "To put away."
j ^jfj^-^- TuT
01. Scrib; -j^ Ch'hang.
MEl^N.
From
pi S. C;
^ R. H.
0*
J[ Jin.
VI.
Tenth Radical.
182
THOO.
S. C.
R. H.
p S. C.
/^7 R. H.
ears, short fore feet, and no upper lip. (E-wan-pe-Ian.) The
J) '
EJ
| j^f
]Jj^
the fur of the male, and that its young proceed from its mouth ;
it being destitute, they say, of the female organ.
The Im
/J-\ j
*S\
Seaou urh, or / j "\ j ~^ Seaou urh Uze. " A little boy i"
Keaou t'hoo san kcue". " The crafty hare has three burrows,
quite colloquial.
| ffi ^ \ jfe
/j\y^J
^/]^pj|^ | TuDS
Cb'nlh t'hoo,
AV5t
TSIN.
183
# # Ftsew, Drinking
An elder brother.
# {#.
KWAN.
#s. C.
TOW.
2L
Vulgarly, to stir up; to excite.
wine as a forfeit.
E3
Tow mow.
A kind of helmet.
Clamour;
noise.
A7&"
%.
Tow ta.
To provoke, or incite to
# | *.
WUH,
Yaou.
#.
l E. Wh.,
the ground.
Ol. Scrib.
}. Sze.
See above.
*
Ol. Scrib.
j Urh.
See above.
From
*:
#.
%.
SIN.
# |
to proceed forward.
Original form
To advance;
A.
#. KING.
YEN.
-1
||| $ Shau-tung.
H. S. C. #R.H.
$. King, or | |
district in
A surname.
anxious;
uneasy, watchful;
alarm.
YU.
H H
Formed from
Shun, and
%# # ser
7_Yih.
| ##
-*
yu. A
W1 Ol. Scrib.
# Che.
See
Rad:#. Neu.
## |
| ##########"
w|A
R.
THANG.
A surname.
A Jiih.
Eleventh Radical.
184_^ ^
^
Same as ^ Pe. See Rad.
Jin.
Distant ; remote.
place."
01 Scrib. jj^King.
See above.
5t
FOO.
ELEVENTH
RADICAL.
quest) ; he does not first enter (to the pretence of his Sovereign,)
JiH, orJQh.
If^^P
' Disease
pp'
j ^t|3
J
|g
=^ f^t
JB I 7fc I
S Srokeun ^ ^
rfn
jg^ fffl
nrh how jiih; piih juh urh bow leang. "He who serves his
written
Show.
jr
185
########| | ##
I #F### * * * *
chay, yih peiurhjuh; hopei urhjah chay, yih pciurh chhh.
hence,
F.
| f- Nuy tsze,
My wife.
FA
| /\ Nuy jin, or
46-)- | .
K fun nuy wae. All (i.e. the males and females) separated,
- language;
#|| ARA E] X. #H |
ho, Ju puh seang juh.
perial palace.
Petsze pth
i.e.
| {th
#
called 2): | Shaou
Chih
nuy.
persons or
}+ |
##
3.
=f-
+
Nuy
y k hesze, Officers of sate, in
Sp] |
Ho nuy, The
name of a place.
2N
An erroneous form
*/\tel. seeRad/\Jin.
+H.
l/\"
Woo nuy;
H }# Woo
L Wang. See Rad.
form of
- Thow.
+H wo)
| AR RE 7RR4/\
Nuy pith shih ke; wae puh shih jin. Neither injure one's
P' S. C. v.) R. H.
NUY :
one's duty,
From
void
internal; in the
W %| Nuy, wae.
ternal.
included."
Zij' |
2\\ LEANG.
4: # | J%j% #
The character
}| Yew choo nuy, pih hing choo wac. The feelings which
*ist within
will appear externally.
}## E.
Vol. i.
D2
4-
Two entering.
4- Orig. form of As
See Rad.
/\
FR
F#
Ol. Scrib.
Jin.
A- SHWUY.
2-ol Scrib. 2
>
C-
A Tsues
#-
* A v. 5 R. H.
KWUH, To go forth.
####A
Suitable; proper.
E]
%k # + | #
# # #H#
A Viceroy rules
Ff) LEANG.
T. s. c. 5 R.H.
kae haou. Both ways all good;" i.e. either way will do; each
+ #! | I'
Show shoo
# j\ Ik
## 4: ++. |
A \
7t
#//
Hwan
hy | #. H Ching
| ) Tsuen pe.
# Tsuen
mng.
Also
*1:-
# Aft
+%5%+4## + >'' | #,
read Tshuen.
(or tael), sixteen leang make a kin (or catty.) The weight of
|
2-0 saw # she,
JT
In ancient
JU |
| 4: &
Read Lang,
A carriage.
+ -F# El
187
" When children can eat food, teach them to use the right
hand ; when they can speak, let the boys answer (smartly) by
tiro e," denote the heavens and earth ; or the two principles
j J-^
I.eang ta, "The two great powers j" i. e. the heavens and earth.
|
(Le-king.)
|
J
J
Yu yu.
tsze. " One tael of silver." fisfc j Yin leang. " Money."
in I
:jr | Kea leang. " A certain cover ofsilk for the breast."
Irregular; uneven.
LEANG.
The common form of the preceding, in the sense of Two.
J 1
LEANG.
LIN. Flame extending itself.
The common form of the preceding in the sense of the
weight or measure, by Europeans called a Tael. These two
^^01. Scrib.^Yu. SeeRad.^Ch'hS.
forms, are not sanctioned by the Dictionaries.
01. Scrib. ^p- Tsuen. See above.
From Seven to Fifteen Strokes.
YU.
From
^S. C.
PEiH.
j^R. H.
yu*CHE.
boat;*' and
Fire.
Light; splendour.
|j L'Jc^'J^
CHING.
ntng shlh sze, keaou e yew show ; nSng yen nan wei, neu yu.
A carriage.
188
T W E L FT H
A N. PA: ) ( or )( s. c. . . R.H.
R A DIC A. L.
7\
The
Leform
See
Show.
*}Yr- Ra:#
2- KUNG. :
(5.
S. C.
"2 R. H.
VL) |f||
# J\ Te p.
Eight.
The eighth,"
From
/\ P, To
-A
Sze,
4+
jj =
+ |
-- P shih.
teen.
Eighty.
| |
Pp.
and
Wang p.
# EE |
EE
Wang p t'how,
EE |
| 3% Kung woo.
| $: Kung fei.
Public expenditure,
Kung kwan,
J#7%
# Wang p tan, or EE
.#Kur chung
kung tan,
Public
company.
temple.
#t. #
kan, or
affairs.
| #]
EE.
# Kerr
Shih p. Eigh
% ## Kung
# Kung taou.
Just,
Twelfth Radical.
189
equitable."
*|| g ^E/V
^^^^0
Pa
|^ |
II.
Left che kelh chung yue1 kung, "To intend the public good
htU.
is called Kung."
|
"By
/% R. H.
selfish.
Cp S. C.
-f-
luh, "Sixteen."
|
-[-
| - *
Kung tsze,
^ =|
tjlj^
a shop."
tions.
^ |^J
Kung."
San leang wei liih, laou yin soo yay, " Three twos make six, an
old Yin number."
J Tsoojinmelhlub.
Jj^- |
Kung kung.
yS. C.
<^R. H.
J
From ' H K'haou, and
Kung shwangj moo tuy, " A husband whose wife still lives, and
issuing forth, after the principal words of the sentence are
a wife whose husband is alive." At marriages the Bridegroom
enunciated. . A tone of interrogation, examination, or admir
is dressed by a Kung-ahwang, and the Bride by a Moo-tuy.
] ^^KungtSng, " You, Gentlemen." /^J
K'heu kung, Hii Imperial'Mfjesty."
VOL. I.
>|j|* ]
Luy
b8
190
# |E| K'hung
thung. Together with."
| #: [f] 4: K'hung laou
urh shih. To eat in the same fold." A's | #5R
5% #H##|1%. AS.4% #H
###|1}##1%#H#/#|E|2
######2% ###|| ##1'i
Le
.############. He
joo taou he?-kw che tsingleang, she che tapaou ; joo kaoujoo
#+ Khungke,
| #
The whole number reckoned up, sum total
|
tsaou he? kng chay tsng hen, tsoo chay fan naou. He who
Ta k'hung, or
ng
4%|
niju."
A\| | H k'hung,
## fiff}{j\TS | til
learns is like the good grains Ho and Taou; he who does not
All united.
production in the world. What are the tares and the weeds?
j# |
* +E #Ek}/{###||
:#F#F###ffffj%H | Z"
yu wei ching e tih, pejoo pih shin, keu k'he so,
|E|.
# H. H. |
(She-king.)
Syn. with
E.
Sometimes
urh chung
He.
^*
in its
(Lun-yu.)
+ Kuusa. # S. C. " R. H.
A Ne
Derived from
4'
Same as
#.
Ol.
th Chung.SeeRad. |
Kwn.
++.
> \,
PING,
3G S. C. -k
#|S
}
R. H.
191
Hiros keu,
yew woo,
kung, shoo, maou, ko, kelh. The weapons are of five kinds,
Armour.
A war chariot.
| H Ping ke,
the bow; the single pointed spear; the hooked lance; the
-R: |
Ch'hang
#.
| #
ro
From
Kung,
character form.
(Shw-wn.)
++ or serie E clans
| .#T4
#* *
battle.
% |
j\ |
"j\ |
4's
KE.
4:R |
ment troops.
Same as
ambush.
> *
Jh | #z
Wicto
}#4
Ol. Scrib.
E.
KHE. I
Z\ Kung.
See above.
+ s.c. 4. R. H.
soldiler,"
* *
is the
language
#|
the arm."
rmy.
Vulga
g
Sometimes may be
/\ Pa.
VI.
192
Twelfth Radical.
of a hill.
|j
"p^[ J 'f^'f^^
superior. -^J^i^^j^^ J
J^iL 1
Ning, " Better ;" or ^j^0 >,|.ah jo, " How so good
trifling present.
Keu win, An
TEEN.
lS.C.
3k R. H
j /^\^
or it is certainly so."
To confer benefits.
che ch'huh ho king teen, " Do not know from what classic or
I --itsacred book it is derived."
j |^ Teenchang, "Clas
They say.
K'he
Uz* ylh yew shlh, yew heu, "The character K'he has both
(a solid) a definite, and (an empty) an indefinite sense." By the
sical works."
^ Ko ,Een' or |
ancient books."
Originally,
"ffijyffij Teen show chay, piih Hh tsxe k'he kwo, " The per
son entrusted with the controul Or keeping, cannot exense him
abbreviated.
self."
l=f^ KHEU, or Ke\i.
Gan fheen;
Shing t'heens
^S. C. R.H.
J Ta fheen, All express great favour ; much kindness
^|J J
and bounty."
^gJJ
| o^^Wo^L
^|-]=jr/^j^ HwiS she teen, hwB she mae, yay yew tlh ne,
you."
193
gages his property.''
gagee."
~f~l
Pa Jf^
" To connect together and possess them ;" as in the cue ofjoin
^>(^ Another form of
K'he.
ing together sereral states and ruling orer them.
j ~^\~
together."
Commonly written j3g Suy, but they ihould be coniidered
diitinct character!. (E-wan-pe-lan.)
one."
Same as
id
S> 01 Scrib-
LUN.
To consider.
Same as
KEEN.+
Keu
S s'c'
OI.Scrib.^K'he.SeeRad.^Chilh.
g |r. H.
Ping
is formed from a hand grasping one (talk. There are few things
j "pp
rl
Thirteenth Radical.
PAN.
194
K'HE.
Pan. (E-wan-pe-lan )
01. Scrib. Z^j Ke. See Rad.
Rffl
Same as
Yue\
KE.
R. H.
Common form of the following;.
Shing-king, the
JpL TEEN.
To desire i to
THIRTEENTH
RADICAL.
J^3JL -ffi" "uL Ylh ** wei ette keaou i k**ou wac wei
che yay ; yay wac wei chelin i linwae weichekeung rseang juen
keae yay , " The parts without side a city are called Keaou ;
beyond the Keaou (or suburbs) the space is called Yuy (or wild
|j
MAOU.
Maoi<, which is
195
Thirteenth Radical.
V. Kcung |~]
J^S.C.
$)R.H.
^ S. C.
In this form the commands of His Majesty, were in. ancient
Z^Z j
Jm
JpHT j
|~
^pf
Ts'hih.
P^j
f=l^ J
|
Mun U'hlh,
See below.
Rails placed in a door way to stop the passage, in appearance
fi9
Ought to be written thus -flfl- Also read Kung,An orifice.
J5J 01.Scrib^[p[Keung.SeeRad. -f" T'hoo
s. C.
R. H
j/LJ
^fjfy
NEE.
Q
or hangiag down. From the character
Bfc inverted.
yesterday."
Chin yen phk tsae, " I shall not repeat what I have said." (Shoo
196
king.)
th
F]
CHOW.
A helmet.
KWA.
H # Pei chow,
with gems.
#|
Kwa.
See Rad.
7|
Taou.
R. H.
A helmet adorned
->
# A. V. #
'b: Z\ IBH
H | ########
** *
e chow ts
shin, piih nng tsuen le, Armour and a helmet are now
|a
upon
W.]
Jow.
T# Kwan.SeeRad.*Men.
These two are often confounded in classical books. (Kang-he)
R; |
KEUNG.
|#
Same as
# kerien." splendid.
E}
From
MAOU.
[E]s C. # R. H.
E] Maou, To cover,
and
E.
Mh, The
Ol. Scrib.
#Tan.
U!
deceived.
Ek]
Ol. Scrib.
WE)
CHAOU.
Read Mi.
>R.
|
# Kaou, Bright,from the Rad.
This character is from F. Maou. See above.
To be distinguished from
E.
Jih.
|E}
F]
Common form of
E. Maou. Seebelow.
ignorantly.
Same as
|||
Maou ming,
M \, \
Ol. Scrib.
Ri
Yu, Rain.
| TH+ "
"g ting te, To assume another's name and act in his stead."
197
| ^J^Maou ize, "To rush rashly on death, to brave
death."
J |^J jjj-j
Thirteenth Radical.
X.
Keung |~J
Peen ; during Yin, it was called Heu ; during Hea, it was called
Show."
Maou
MAOU.
To
Read Mlh, To advance abruptly.
Maou.
MEEN.
S.C.
J^R.H.
Rad./-^Meen.
A kind ofcrown worn by the Emperor and inferior Princes
in ancient times. The top part appears like a flat board laid ok
KOW.
^ S. C.
^ R. H.
the head, with pearls or gems strung on silk, and suspended in
\ j I jj| j Chung
kow^ " The most retired and secret apartments of the interior
Lew; hence Meen lew, " A crown.-1 These crowns were first
pjl)
made by
pfih k*ho taou yay, " What is said in the secret apartments of
names, as ^
Pee- meen,
Chny meen,
by the Poet, that the language used in the palace was too bad
He mi-en ; and
for utterance.
The sides of the crown covered the ears i the gems hanging
Jjjjjjrj j jJf||F
-jpj* J '
" Under the dynasty Chow, the cap referred to,was called
VOL. I.
cJ
Al. Scrib.
Meen.
[] Keung.
198
# sH.
CHING, or Shing.
-&# Yu
* she,
*
E.
i.
% *%YuK'HEUEN.
*~ | \e
www.
'*'
Pronunciation and meaning not known.
- -
A child's cap.
seeRadi"Men.
YUEN.
Same as
# Heu.
See above.
%.
Ol. Scrib.
LE.
T'hoo.
#!
TEAOU.
fj
199
FOURTEENTH
RADICAL.
it
meIr
7C
T'HUNG.
A round cover.
A.
Originally
written J^^I He, with " a net" at the top ; hence implying,
YIN.
^ S.C.
enclosing all around.
To be distinguished from
Sin.
(f| S. C.
To enter.
soft, so as not to mix well ; which prerents its being lifted
easily with the sticks, employed by theChinese in eating. Tuh-
** Meth.
200
language of courtesy. Chinese politeness requires the 1
tf- KWAN.J
p 8.C.
^R.H.
to be covered, which, in very warm weather, is unpleasant ;
the- cap with its knob is a badge of rank, and it sounds harsh
" The head ;" and "^j- Ts'hun, " An inch f denoting, that a
to desire a person to put off that badge ; hence they say, " Raise
or promote" the cap, imply ing a wish, that so far from desiring
of hair, and the covering for the head of ikin. In after agct,
the Saga observing that birds had creiti and crop*, and that
animals had horns and beards, hence took the idea of forming
caps and crowns, with ribbands to bind them, and hang down
riors and tear off their caps, as a mark of confession and con
tj^l
Kwan
TCli
/fc* |
finetbings."
^wan'
MUNG.
S.C.
pig."
with
Kwan, also denotes, the person who overtops all others, The
CHUNGS
S. C.
head ; the chief. Kwan and Kwan, are both used as surnames.
To rhyme, read K'heuen, Keuen, and Keuen.
j ^ Knu meen, "A cap."
kwan, "To put off a cap." This is plain language.
I
From / "J Paou, " To enclose around ;" the other part
J
Meen
jjj^f*
Shing kwan, " Raise the cap ;" i. e. put it off, in the
201
presented by the Seal Character.
grave itself.
Fourteenth Radical.
I
* fee'inC of
So Juen'
Cbung-tsze.
tsuh pSng, " The rocks rush down from the summit of the
tain justice in the regular way, may strike it and arouse the
mountains.'' (She-king.)
^tj? J
^y^T^C/ff^ \
straighten that which is bowed down," to grant a person justice ;
to right a person.
TSEU, or Seu.
pj5j| S. C.
tained full satisfaction
The present..
a district.
[H| S. C.
^ R. H.
To use
Luh, and i
Derived from
YUEN
,R. H
Ten to be added
Obscure ;
ment '
j
j
|
ligent.'"
Read Ming.
J/
Ming ming, or
Ming
^^*"
I
H!
god of water."
vol.. i.
|ij
j ^^^^
ffijij
Meth. XIX.
Fourteenth Radical.
202
read Mang.
CHIN.
Same as
HfflL
SZE.
A surname.
MElH.
01. Scrib.
TEEN.
203
FIFTEENTH
PING*
RADICAL.
T'HAE.
^Orig.^A.V. ^S.C
j** Kac-
Great.
Shwfiy.
ifts.C.
%R.H.
v^C^f pingP,neen. or
p'ng tung,
ice."
^ S. C.
^ R. H.
manners, superior to the influence of ambition, avarice, or
their theory.
otherwise expressed by
Such is a specimen of
~\f
Lelh
"^Tung
j^j pj'_pl.
Heajlh k'ho wei, tung jlh k'ho gae, "A summers day is
to be feared ; a Winter's day is lovely."
y Ping. W.
204
Fifteenth Radical.
Y -
El:# | }+H #| | #.
E. #ff
formed is
Common form of
}jek". Radzksh".
%.
Common form of
Whn's seeRadyk's".
See
P'hwan. (Tsze-hwuy.)
animals.
The
Ping.
WH
XHT |
dered an error.
Pu1 CITHUNG.
# S.C. : R. H.
YAY.
#'s. C. W. R. H.
A workman
Shw-wn does
under}}
Chung. The sense to fly, is also expressed by 4|| Chung.
F. }H /\ # }%#|| Yuch'hungjin fh keth che,
not contain this character, but gives the same sense
R#1%j\##4%
->
# |
\R,
transmutation, are (like) a great fusion.(Chwang-tsze.)
Formed from
2S Ping,
Fifteenth Radical.
205
VI.
Ping V
and the breaking up of the ice in the first moon. Also read
P'heen.
LANG.
C.
i^jR. H.
FUH, or FS.
i$ S. C.
A surname.
yip Ling
/2p ///^ e
|
JJpJ KEUNG.
Cold; frigid.
^f-|. Jf3^ |
Kea,
J
HWUH.
Ice.
yp^ Ypjp- Lang lang, tshing U'hing, " Cold, still, dul', quiet."
^ H^^^ |
THUNG.
Cold.
SHING.
R. H.
" \ ~*
Cold appearance.
it
Freezing ; congealing.
%
%| L,
Same as
% E,
see below.
V; R. H.
cold." Read Tshin, Cold air or vapour.
ZH #|#L:
Yew le
%
% NEEN.
kwei tsuen, There is a cold air issuing from the side well."
(She-king.) Also read L.
Win. HEIH.
Bad
field.
i. Then nen,
#1 Heih, A ditch in a
(Kang-he.) This
Lh-shoo requires three dots by the side, and that this form is
erroneous.
Still, quiet.
%HE.
\-1
# TSEEN.
*
4%
Hence:#
To advance; to enter.
*
T'HAOU.
#####1
*\LN
KHING.
ment for the end of a cow's halter.
-
KHEW.
Y.
#.
KING. Cold.
Y.
Gtsew
207
}**
Scrib.
# Chwang.
See Rad.
#1-2,
#2,
# # Woo sung,
SUNG.
Frozen
'B' TSEIH.
See the work
f: # Phen-yun.
#
(Kang-he.)
LEANG.
: R. H.
4- |\
#
E y:
CR
WithEEN
Leang shwae,
"A N.
See above.
Pleasantly cool.
# |
N leang, or
# |
all
a *
# TSHE
4: R. II.
enjoying the cool air.
Intense cold.
Al. Scrib.
#".
44%+%# & R
>
#H#
#2k # |# # | Hen".
". In common use, but not sanctioned by the Dictionaries.
See
| 4:1-r
#]
)
HING.
# TSHING.
> *r
4.
).
# CHUN.
W. R. H.
**
***re.
}: TEAoU,
#S. C. \}. R. H.
Near--
Chun.
Ye
-->
}:
enervated.
of
/ Ping.
208
Fifteenth Radical.
IX.
LING, or Ling.
wk #+ E| |
*}, R. H.
* AS}#ZS###2 | #ra
nwan pub paou weiche tung nuy, Not warmed nor filled is
A surname.
An ice-house.
care of ice.
called Tung-nuy.
To insult a person.
T. Cold.
Ol. Scrib.
}# Tshing.
See Radical
7K. Shwy.
a lower place."
#k |
HHING.
...
\e
%
)
A.
wo
\
'A'! R.
KEEN.
H.
#
\
from.
tyrannically.
To lessen.
#. PHING.
Keen.
Noise of flying.
:
'#' PHING. Proof same as #Ping
V
TS'HOW.
>
ing. It is said, that the flesh shall be first cut, by inches, from
#T".
that the abdomen shall be then ripped open, and finally, the
'H'
Ol.Scrib
>
TUNG.
#S. c. : R.H.
j\ H## #
THEE.
209
#
#
NAN.
Ice
LH.
#
0ccurs in
tly
'#
*/
Cold.
#.
%
E.
HEUEN.
* *Rad. Echin.
%#
P
w-l
- -
- PEIH. Cold
ld wind. See above under
} l,
Fh.
-
wa.
7|
Tsuy e, Appearance
TSUY.
*
|
LEIH. Cold.
of sleet or hoar frost and snow accumulated.
v7. I
#"so
3.
LEW.
#usa
Same as
%
SIN, or Tshan.
_2
#
#ff
# S. C.
HAN.
Intense cold.
>N
#
# TANG,
# S. C.
called
Sze.
Cold appearance.
Vol. 1.
SZE, or Se.
# MNING.
Ol. Scrib.
X Ping
#.
KHIN.
210
Fifteenth Radical.
XVI.
Intense cold.
SHIN, or Sin.
#
#
Same as
}: H.
# YING, or Ning.
See below.
K. R. H.
W#
KEANG.
Bl
(Lh-shoo.)
NUNG.
#%:
#
Y5J
They define it
-*
/ ) " Y.
rou
w
ying The whole
Shoots
Oo Lscch k'he ying,
T'H, or Chih.
| conduct, said of Princes. (Yih-king.)
Isicles. (Ching-tsze-thung.)
}):E HE.
KiiiN.
WWWW
P -1-
/\'
A
J.
LIN
-*
"# R. H.
# S. C.
Repeated
: |
-*
Ol. Scrib.
Lin lin,
}:
YEN.
$#
#)# | %|
Lin
# Linjen, Stern;
* , M.Y.
& LE. 1
Ce.
scwere manner.
#
w
Sixteenth Radical.
311
/ffjlw. HO.
Same as
Ke J\j
X3X*
TEAOU.
YEN.
SIXTEENTH
II
KE.
f~\s.C.
RADICAL.
$S I
Repeated JJ^ J
ubie
(TLR. H.
j
studies."
Koo jin tso yu te ; ke tso to ping yay, " The ancient* sat upon
the ground, the Ke was that which they retted upon when
place tea."
Also written
^J^SHOO*
Ke.
>2 s.c.
y^j-^jr- Ke, Uun cbay to p'hing, e wei gan, " Ke, thatwhich
the more honorable pertoni leaned, to rest or repose them
broad, and about one cubit in height Five different sorts are
mentioned.
^^ZMWfcZ- I
HwB sze che yen, hwo show che ke, " For tome arrange mats
by
Jjijlj
yjj^
Shoo, having
[^S.C.
ft>R.H.
All ; CTery i the greater part \ generally ; for the most part ;
212
surname.
|
| Z #T. Z
(H. |
j\ |
% |
% R.
Tate.
Tsy fan, or
| +
Now written
surname.
J#
4%lt CH'Hoo.;
From
Keu.
Now written
bench.
l:
Ke, A
Ch'hoo.
JUL
Ol. Scrib.
YEW.
j\
Ta.
Wind.
w2.
Same as
Seth.
Y Ol. Scrib,
Formed from
J%
- aszk
Yung See
Radkshwa,
Nae and -
Fe fan, or
| HF
| #
body, obtaining
F She, The
# Fan foo,
not vulgar.
From
K Fan yaou,
[F. S. C.
vidually.
UU KEU.!
Tan fan,
# |
22*
(Chung-yung.)
# Fan yew theen hea che kw8, All the countries of the
| fiff # Fan so yew, All which are, or exist,
world.
thing.
}%
very com
mon.
-
}}|
#.
KEUH. Wind.
Ol. Scrib.
RMin.
See Rad.
}\. She.
W.
# Shang,seeRad
Li Khow.
Sixteenth Radical.
213
}L
J.
|# S. C. #. R. H.
PHING!
P.
5 P'hing.
JL
Ol. Scrib.
%Yay,
Ol. Scrib.
See
}%
HWANG
Rad Seth.
J)#
i
f# P'hing e, and | #
R. H
, R. H.
EE
Ke
A.
erroneous. (Sha-mh.)
X.
KEIH.
Weary:
lassitude.
y; fatigued:
g
*
-1
XL"
ten
Scrib.
It is
Yay,
See
Radzy Seth.
Occurs writ
# Hwang.
||
w
}:
}#" #Tse'seeRad/\chaou.
}:
n
SUH.
A surname.
E, see Rad.
anne as
Jin.
#L'k
-Q--
torious army.
-
'. R. H.
>&rs
anne as
#L Keih,
and vic
i.
Khae seuen,
see above.
A returning victorious army."
#9
JU,
*:
wo l, n,
Yih.
I-
l.2
|||
K'han.
214
Shun.
j}x |
# |
Hifi DJ #####
#4%f EIA4:### |
Same as
4-ols." 3#
#9":
K'heu,see Rad.
} Tsaou.
2:5
PHING.
Same as
> U.
>{#- TANG.
>U
Ol. Scrib.
XU
** A-/\#4 # E #1:
SEVENTEENTH RADICAL.
l |
lx) HEUNG.'
X s.c. 39 H."
K'HEU.
Ol. Scrib.
''}: Heung,
To fear.
Also
write it!
215
Heung. These two ire used for each other.
Sixteenth Radical.
(Tsze-hwuy.)
01 Scrib. [x] Sin, seeRad. P Hwiiy.
_L" jXj Kelh, heung, are opposite*, " Good, evil ; prosperous, adverse i felicity, infelicity.
-L
Kelh chaou,
|m| 01. Scrib.
Kan, Sweet."
| /pj^
dating joy.
Jj|^ KeIh
^ | ffc
Yew heung, paou heung ; yew kelh, paou kelh, " If evil is to
jjj /jj^ |
U'bin shen chin k'hwae, " At the interment of the father and
The dis
wards separated,
k'heu taou chay, shin wang. " He who cherishes virtue, will
sign their duties for three years, on the death of their parents.
shall perish."
J*
GOW.
ill
The name of a hill in the Province ofKeang-nan
Ju*
lew, " Protuberant flesh is called Lew. Also read The'*, High
|_J KHAN.
III.
Sixteenth Radical.
216
exercises filial piety; without, he perform! the duties of m
YAOU. *
CD
Hollow i indented; a pit; concave. Alio read Kwa and WS.
and
^p"-
^^Na ch'huh
Ch'hbh chung, or
(tf^S.C.
jlR. H.
that of her husband.
To go
j A^/jj^JT
spring from?"
service.
Active Verb.
Jj[j /^
Ch'hiih juh, " To go out and in,"' these two are opposites.
j yA^ |=j
f^j=f
ffe~Hr I
JW-
^1^'^ P
***
khW chhtih'
| -jjl.
Ch'huh lae, " Out comes," are words often joined with other
~P >A jl'J ^ I
Jf'j
fj^
Tet'zeJi,hiihhe''ou>
ch'hiih tslh te, " He who is a brother and son, within doors
Vcrb. a jjilj |
J
217
Loo ch'biih
Seventeenth Radical.
VI.
K han |_J
m
be, " To expose; to discover."
00
-fc ^ | ~ ^
ch'htih ma keB, ' To discover the horse's hoof; ' and jg^L j
Tae-kelh han san wei yTh, " The Tae-keih, (the First Cause or
^jl jjjlj' f^[^ Loo ch'hfih meaou chaon, " To expoie the- cat's
Woo-how.
HAN.
From man in a Mortar. The ancients' made holes in the
Armour.
A surname.
EL ^Bfkm T*~WXfe&
Mang-lsze yu8, Shcjin k'he puh jin yu ban jin tsae? Shejin
wei kung piih shang jin; han jin wei king shangjin ; woo tseang
wilh-
ylh jen s koo shiili piih k'ho piih shin yay. " Mencius said, Is
h*' r 3$Ef
jjjjjj
|tji| | Bwa
[^6
j]
7]
Taou.
218
Eighteenth Radical.
CHA.
To decorticate.
From
the oc
B:]
Ol. Scrib.
*:
l)
T'HAOU, Ancient vessels or utensils.
--
lift
same as # Thoo, seeRad LIHwuy.
Same as
#
)
EIGHTEENTH
J] TAOU.
Chow's mode of
Pelh.
R A DIC A.L.
4%
t]# |
called Keen.
/l
Z]
spear.
cutting vegetables.
scissars.
| 4+
a sword.
*>
# |
Paou taou, A
-*
J# |
Yaou taou, A
H. D E] | DJ
219
son to accomplish one'i own malicioui purposes.
|
Eighteenth Radical.
Taou ~JJ
^^-^^^
tseen yay ; e k'he hing joo taou, " Taou, a certain kind of
money, so called from being in the form of a knife."
^^^L j
7}
7J
Teaou tow,
injury of others.
Ho taou bin puh le;Taou le shang jin che, " He who rubs
Teaou teaou, " The wind ceasing, or dying away; slightly mov
ing."
Teaou gS.
to, " If you send one to cut who cannot handle a knife, he
'j^^ Teaou tswan koo kwae, "A strange mixture of art, ob.
~j^F|]
i|<^r |
ji-tj jtLW
j^j"
fowl, why use a knife (large enough) to kill a cow I" i. e. why
"st
yuen kew keu, " There are a great many perverse and crafty
people in this place, I do not wish to remain long."
taou yay ; e tsan fa taou k'he so yay, " Taou denotes to go to,
~p^t.
increase."
^
taou ; shwuy wei Sung yueu, tsang puh tsung chaou, " Who
tails the river wide which has not capacity enough to contain
a small boat? Who calls the state Sung distant, which may
character.
Le-shoo
JJ
220
| #
#) S. c. 3) R. H.
JIN.
durable
| 43 # Fun peaou, or |
# Fun san, To disperse; to distribute. #
Fun le, To recede from.
# W] Ping
jin, Military weapons.
### + + I'll 7 l
K
Keae shootsheen new, urh
| #####-F#|
edge or point of a weapon or instrument.
**
##| | |fi/% ##
Shh shih chay, fun urh how kan shih, In the army,
the com
ten thus
| +
Fun
7].
CH'HWANG.t
| A.
# = |%
Yih
chih fun wei urh yuen, A house divided into two parts."
weapon. Afterwards written
monly
# Ch'hwang.
+ | %
Fua is
often
J\ P, To separate, and JJ
From
Taou, A knife.
of a thing.
+: /\
# XS #| || # F5]
E.
tenths.
Wo piih kwo che tsaou leang san fun, I merely know two or
A part; the part which any one has to act; the situation he fills.
three tenths.
). # Fun k"hae, or | %|
3E fi] ###.
# |
l
clearly
distinguished.
-
per. (Le-king.)
| -#- XR #.
### | # * * * *
# |
}} |
Shin fun, The real part, or place, which one holds in society,
221
! or ignoble, rich or poor.
] *m 'ull,
Eighteenth Radical.
II.
Taou J]
j ^10w
J^- ^T jfei ^
cbe sing, ch6 urh ts'hee1 che wei kwae, " The flesh of cows, sheep,
S^T.
Jf\^
candareens."
Fun.
-l^t
Fun f-
j /^JJ Ts'he8
KEW.
A. large knife.
kept secret, 4c.
| ^ ^ fa g
Ts'hee
wiih e t'ha wei neen, " Yon must not on any account think about
TS'HEE.
-hjj S. C.
R. H.
him.;" said when advising people to forget deceased friends.
gently required.
Read
a thing."
-{j/J
i^ffl
VOL. I.:
HJil I
j
Lank'heU'hei.-Xook
j Ts'heC ts'he, Ex
Ts'he*
JH !
Ts'hee
222
|E}- | '#y" ya
of Chaou-seen, or
Corea.
|-1
hae
bj
P.
the people, so that the whole empire gnashed their teeth with
J)
indignation.
Read Ts'he. -
Same as
#|
P.
See below.
Chih,
# Ts'h yun, or JK |
=f-#
#| P.
(Tsze-hwuy.)
) Ke,
see below.
above.
A duplicate form of
%l
3:)
+.
Same as
#####2 |
#ff
tion of
The term
X- Fan,
to fell.
Defined by
cut away.
or
ing out.
X]
From
c!" R. H.
E.
X. E, A pair of shears,
and
/J
Taou, A
XIJ
E, as
*}{
Hw8.
3% E, occurs
X # # jff
| R
K'han is to
# |||
Ph k'han,
E Chaou-seen
nounced Kn.
223
Eighteenth Radical.
IV.
Taou J]
Kan and
mpjj
note To cut into minute parts, like "t^J Ts'hee'. See above.
^JlJ TElH.
YtH.
CH'HE.
To cut things.
^ S. C.
^^]{l^'^>
sze jung sang maou chay ju? k'he; yu chay yuC ne, " In the
K'hlh.
sharpen a knife or weapon.
J^jJ
|| WAN.
^S.C. f)R.H.
M
To cut) to cut the neck or throat i to cut crosswise.
|j
cut.
SHAN.
SHA.
|] HING.
|^j ^Jlj Tsie win, " To cut one's own throat"
To pierce ; to stab.
ff^S.C.
"3ft R.H.
-j^From
'fl^C [eJ
To mow, or shear.
che paou keen juh tfze wan, She said, " I had better die than
a constant law or rule; that which is perfect | a perfect mle.
JJTaou
224
che pth hing, k'he tsze che yew yay, Want of success in
| ### Hingjinkeang
minal cases.
EH.
to be
yielding."
#| Hing, A kind
# #|| #| # ##
Mih.
e, fei, kung, tapeth, To brand with ink; to cut off the nose ;
to cut off the knee-pan; to castrate; to put to death. They
are now,
causes. (Le-king.)
TAN.
%ji
TEAOU.
To cut.
sze, To beat with the small bamboo, to beat with the great
bamboo to transport to another district, and subject to hard
bamboo of the present day, round sticks and cudgels, were for
merly used.
#) |
instruments of torture.
#+!' |
#) KHA, or khes
45s c.
Keuen tsze
#7 K'he, A contract,
laws.
# #2% f$45+ H # | * *
woo, seay shh, pang yew chang hing, For sorcerys and witch
craft, the nation has permanent punishments.
# |
^N
l]
PIN.
To separate; to divide.
\e
with poles.
%2XS #|EzH+1 re
225
Eighteenth Radical.
is called Fe."
IV.
Taou J~J
WAN.
7ih S. C
cut the tendons ofthe heel ai a punishincnt.of habitual thieves.
J] |
-f* ^p Jf$ 3L M
leang yug tsuh, " Peen-ho presented a precious stone (to- the
King of Tsoo, who, through ignorance, received the compli
ment as an insult) for which both (Peen-ho's) feet,were cut off."'
By allusion, the phrase is now applied to ignorant persons
who do not know the value of things.
Si * a
5>R. H.
j^jlj
J K'hae
Same as
Ch'han.
j
'J
^^"|| KEUE.
lows."
range in ranks"
*fjjfe |
and
y^jj CHUNG.
p nae
JJJ"^ ^E.
^ surname.
ner ofthe rich.
Wit.
^JC. | ^\
" Disgrace the series by taking the last seat;" is the language
ofaffectation, meaning, I am a disgrace to your party.
^fj S. C.
-j!pj? Leg tsuy, ' The 6rst ofthe series ;" i. e. the best compo
To separate entirely.
Jjl]
Q ^|| Yug tsuh yug fe, " To cut off the feet
ot. I.
oI
JJ
Taou. W.
226
Eighteenth Radical.
R# T. EX |
beat the drum, (but advance whilst the enemy) has not yet
}.
}}]
Same as
#]
%|
she hea mh, tsew ch'hoo, That time was just the close of
| 2k =
#|| Ch'hoo lae chataou, Just now come for the first time."
j#E | K'he ch'hoo, or # | Thangch'hoo, In the
| % Ch'hoot'hsze, or |
beginning.
-
J. Jin,
To wound.
|
|
E.
Ingenious carving.
of the month. From the tenth to the twentieth, or second de
cade, is called
Ol. Scrib.
X|
E, see above.
from the twentieth to the thirtieth, is called
H | J\ E.
scucin.
R 4]
Hea
*# E. |
Characters Jormed
| #] | + Kech'hoo
KOW.
FH.
#j S. C.
many days are there to the tenth?"
by Five Strokes.
6||
Yow.
4% (# 7 | $#
decade is to-day?"
# S. C.
#4% |
To strike; to chop, to hew; to cut asunder.
4\ E. H:# E.
->
yaou tso ch"hoo urh leadu, Do you do the first, and I'll do
%)] CH'Hoo!
My conduct will
#s. c. 3% R.H.
be regulated by yours, as you behave to me, I'll behave to you.
To begin ; to
beginning: at first.
com
%D T1 che
(San-tsze-king.)
HH
JL # # |
rienced. Also read Thoo.
###IE}# I jk |
Bl,
Na she ching
TS'HEU.
An instrument of husbandry
227
"
P"HE.
# Phe,
..
(E-wn-pe-lin.)
KWA. To cut. Common form
&
T]
of:
K'hoo.
| Ol. Scrib;
# Che.
# We,
$.
P"HWAN.
as "
#% S. C. 4; R. H.
again unite.
To judges to decide.
of '4'
any work.
| |#
Shan choo,
| EX Shan kae, To ex
separate bodies.
cide.
P"he
rejected.
MiN.
To pare off.
E!
# EE
| #########|MT | #
Yen-wang phwan ming tth she how, ph che joo hop'hwan
#l
destinies
of nortals) decides the fates of men: (1) know not by what rule
LING.
he decides. This is the language of surprize
mingled with
JJ
'# # R.2%
228
# | }} }{XS: F# E * * * *
trary.
j\ #1
>
%) PEE.
####
T. s. c. 3, R. H.
to their respective daties;" one in the family, the other abroad.
senses.
# | X # %). |
A=
|HF | 4E %
don't be angry.
---
(#
Z}- |
#|
K'HEE.
p seen how, To
distinguish
things."
to rob.
plunder.
4#) #%
|
5:
***
| Z)), 6%
**hingyu sze phe, The truth is, that separations in life are
Khe chee sze yew, To restrain by a tutor and a friend.
worse than parting at death.
l'
ZG%ufti)
Al.
*#h
Khe.
#! (EI HQ:RS
yun yup*
#
E (f ||
{ll
preceding.
6]] #|
229
Eighteenth Radical.
V.
Taou J)
Chin tang tsin sin c paou kwS, fe too gin le yay, "A public ser
vant ought to spend his heart's (blood) to ssrre his country, and
LEW.
To cut.
not be intriguing to obtain favour and emolument."
|~
m
"f^^c^-iE |
TEEN.
rfn S ^1
Sh">s hcakeaou
LE.
j^S.C.
/J \
J/J^ ^jp
Seaou jin
^R.H.
e shin seun le, u A bad man hazards the ruin of his person for
T^F/^
Jj
Taou
animate
J]
k'how puli le, " The edge of the knife is not sharp."
P Le k'how,
^l^fjj,]^
\ *-
ts'hae urh how le, tslh min le, When the Prince " is more
intent on wealth and gain, than on the exercise of moral pro
priety, the people will covet what is gainful" to the disregard
Le k'how
i DM
peen tize, " Loquacious and expert at sophistical arguraenta-
tion."
Le ts'heen, or
Le selb, "Pro-
j^jjj
Yin pun wan It,. May you gain " ten thousand per cent," is a
new year's compliment amongst trading people.
| f|j Ta *te,n 'e *ne'
^j^f
CH'HE.
KWAE.
i)^.
Wei
7^
^*|J CH'HUEN.
1 ^J^^Pf
jj^J
JJTaou
230
LE.
KEW.
To cut.
J. Ye
38.
#
JUY.
To touch, to rub.
98.
THEAOU.
SE. To cut.
To pare or scrape off. Read Teaou, To cut asunder.
&]
Ol. Scrib.
#| K, see under
10 str.
#)
KWA.
#.
S. C.
Kw mo;
}) |
Teih kw;
#||
| 1#|| Kw set,
#2% | #
| 3#
TO.
%)
E. |
TAUs Wis c. 3) R. H.
Defined by
#fff) f. |
| }: Taou ch'hoo, or I
Woo so plihtaou, Ex
Every place.
J# |
advising persons to put away from them what is low and base.
To pare off
K}
Same as
Fi]
the ground.
4% Taoute,
| j:
Taou t, Down to
P, see above.
4ff.
r" 11, 11 :
CH'HA.
##| | j#
4||
231
fj^jp |
Eighteenth Radical.
/j|f/
HOO.
^^j* J
to hollow out.
*s.c.
but yesterday."
0^
VI. Taou J]
| P'ban puh
^jjjj^:
chTh chung leang ; k'hoo telh yin foo, hwang t'heen chin noo,
" Burnt men faithful and virtuous ; and ripped open women
with child, hence the Majesty of .Heaven was filled with awful
indignation," &C (Shoo-king.)
j
f6w.%
K'hoo sin yew yen se sin, " K'hoo-sin expresses .the same
Hing.
J ~/^\ "pj* y^^>
^s.c.
I
|fJ- S. C.
-J | Ts'hing
1 1 TSEUEN.
To pare; to scrape.
was the original pattern for the division ofland ; in -this sense
Syn. with ^flj Ch'hwang, and occurs also in the sense of
LO.
n
to stab Applied to killing victims.
|| E,orUrh.
f=$S.C.
|j Jjj"|J
7T
account) punish people by cutting off their noses and ears."
(Shoo-king.)
JJ
ll CHE.
#s. C.
#, R. H.
army; the inferior officer dies to fulfil the orders of his su
perior. (Le-king.)
pipi
to make; to invent.
# #|### Z] \%.2%
rank.
x. Che tse,
J *
# fL}:2 ##
# EHF# j' # Tin heat sing
about to be sacrificed.
che she, keun twan che sng kan, tse shin yu shih, When the
to Deity." (Lexing)
.*.*.*
regulations.
# |
|
#EEEZ
By
AS h:# |
Ji
$% }:
away from.
Se shw8, or
| }% Shw8 se,
% | ###
Seshwk
Led \
j\-f-2. E.
| ###| | }. 2 ##if:
t"ze che Jen yu Che-shoo, wei wei Che-too
cheming
"e
yay,
WEiE'5'5-WE #E%
i |
Saou shw,
brush."
IH
| #" Shwe
:#
Heae
##
Kw8
keun sze shay tseih, ta foo sze chung, sze sze che, The
| }|\l'.
Eighteenth Radical.
jR |
#s. C. # R. H.
CH'H.
Kn shw8, To
2#.
J/
Taou
VI.
Orig. form of
#|
P, see above.
K'HEUEN.5
# S. C. #.R. H.
#.
.# | |f|| 3: Taos
ill): H&
T.
Lt:
priests of Fh.
H. |
| THsz.:
#5 s.c. #7 R. H.
k'heuen
amongst.
.#########
##El Biff
K'he k'heuen, or
#2 TH+. If]
keuen yu, Chin his k'heuen, fun che, she e urh fan. "Fung
*en went to receive a debt from the state See; when he re
to embroider; to
mark the face with ink and a pointed instrument. To spy out:
an oblique hint.
Also
thus.
I######| H%/0%
thrust with his arm as he raised it, and stabbed to the heart
ch'hoo, thsze
of creditors.
To be
distinguished form A.
K'heuen, sce
his horse.
direct
| #:
style,
2%N.
which was the practice before the invention of pencils and ink.
234
:# |
}#3% |
4.
K'hihtsze, To engrave characters. 4.EH! Z
ASE:2
=H
SE: | ##
###2+/J %
###
#FEE' -> #AE # % }#raria.
wood.
needle.
A >
jRAE] }).
+] |
carve; to engrave.
Teaou k'hih, Te
Han k'hih, or
Why does heaven afflict (the king)? Why does Deity not bless
| Flit.
# Fung thsze, T
+
+I\.
p/
(She-king-)
Shw
w
SH:
-*-
ridicule."
H] |
/+*
Ke l'hsze, To
##
quiries.
injure Tsze.
/\ |
ple.
| EK
.# Thsze than,
#|
#| #
#s. C. #) R. H.
Kir
Zy |
K'hih jih,
A fixed
J
xed day.
day
To think.on
+
K'HiH.S
|H#}KZH
}#####
3]
(Shoo-king.)
4-Khih
Z.
Khih neen,
neen
# #E
W
#H#H#| | #####4ff.; we
tsaekea, she she k'hih k'hih tookwanen chne, At home my
To use harshly
to engrave; to
and avariciously.
|#
'4% |
l THE.
water, a clepsydra."
+%
2
Zls
$1.
mily.
* -
Kl K'hing.
AJN
%)
#|
Same as
Same as
| }#
R]
It expresses
AN
#!
stead.
Ol. Scrib.
FUN.
XR
77
#| K, see below.
*#
The,
The.
KING, or King.
To cut the throat with a knife or sword; to cut off the head.
#!
#. Tow, or #
Tow.
->
ll to To strike, to attack.
|| TsIH.
From
H.
#5 s. c.
8, R.H.
_>
rally, and
Taou, A knife.
To draw an outline; to
7/ Taou.
VII.
Eighteenth Radical.
236
ifjlJixPP
Vae jug Ulh, " Every rule or pattern for the forming or di
pattern ; or law."
Ming
ch'hfc shTh U8 Ulh, " The virtuous sages endued with fore
knowledge, are real examples to the world." (Shoo-king and
Commenury.)
^l|M ^{"Px^
j^fj
-y^- J
sfcft ^
1
ty) ^
shun te che Ulh, " The Majesty (of heaven) said to Wan-wang,
Again,
yjfe |
. j^ffi
Ulh, ncen king, urh tslh, Laou-yny puh heu, son Ulh, yun yun,
tsic.)
" In the first place, she is yet young ; in the next place, your
Again,
^J?}
W ^^ilingj^julclh.hlhe
heu wan, "If after having fulfilled (the relative domestic duties,)
j J;-^TsIhte,
'f-3
Kwo, Ulh wiili ton kae, " If wrong, be not afraid to reYUEN.
form." Lun-yu.)
S. C
j>ftffls#tf^T^
To Uke or cut out from the midst of ; to .hollow out. Also
Klh, ft.yucn, yS> pub hirig yen, k'ho e, wei nan e ; jin, Ulb woo
read Kcu.
237
Eighteenth Radical.
VII.
Taou 77
haou che ch'hoo, fan weikae seB, kae se8, " If this composition
IJ TUY.
l) TSHO.
jg^ S. C.
2^ >ln)^EJ* ^ " We' rfng' " T ,h*Te *" h<*d <Uld
become a prieat."
away from.V
^7
show
leaou to shaou ts'ho chi! " How many are the wounds and
due to persons."
^jl^
" Scrape off the skin and you will see the bone.'.'
^S.C
leIh.
%R.H.
Same asu .J^!|j Left. See below.
j 01. Scrib.
tool used before the invention of paper and pencils, for engra
ving characters ; now applied to the -gj^. JJ Shoo taou, or
knife employed to erase characters. Read Seaou, A sheath
j * x 1 Kea shaou, Aceror scabbard. Read Shaou, or ^jj^
tain official situation ; > kind of overseer of a certain portion
of land.
Read Tsheaou,
TSA, or CM.
mincing into very small parts. Same as ^jlj Tsa, see below.
LEO\ or Leufe".
a written composition.'
*|^J TS'HIN.
To overcome ; to subdue
JJ
Taou.
VII.
Eighteenth Radical.
238
Cycle, and which are applied to years, months, days, and hours;
parts of the material world have a certain relation to, and pro
examines.
and the moral world, depending for its effects on the same prin
upon.
JR.
fiji
-L--
opens a wide field for theory and quackery, Hence it is said, that
H #| AS #H.4 IAE | *.
Woo
v -f
E}{ ##
# J),
UA: E4H.
depth of discernment.
five elements.
4- AEzkyk Zk:\ *E
phylactery, or hanging ends of the silken girdle, on which was
| #*
ZN | ++ | 7kyk
4> | ZR
shwiiy;
LA,
Shw-wn contains
K'hih.
#5 S. C.
man.
44
#. ##|| 2/U.
-
No perversity of disposition.
| }% Lshe, Tola"
~
239
Eighteenth Radical.
VII.
Taou J]
Em
^jl
\X
in the world."
^h^f ^ [
\ jjjj^
koo how, " To regard what is before, and neglect what is behind ;
|
|
To
^S.C.
|
*pj Ts'heen
^R.H.
U'heen, " Ten years ago."
In front ofi before; whether locally, or in respect of time. || k'he shlh jih, " Ten days before the time appointed."
To advance ; to lead forward.
-fitP |
j-S^
Tae
Jj^
Tso
|fj " -fjj ( Tso urh che chay chow yay, " It is in a boat
you sit and reach the goal." The original Character had not
Ts'heen
knife by the side, that was added to denote cutting with shears or
son offering the sacrifice " after the rites are finished.
JJ^-
'f^r
|j]p^ j
Ts'heen she, or ^
. 1*
paou kea yin, " Before the eaves a propitious bird announces
goodtidings."
| "^#^^5:^^
j^fj J-j Ts'heen meen k'han keen telh she shin mo te fang,
" What place is that which wr see before us !"
240
see above.
Ol. Scrib. ll
H Yuen,
H||
Same as
LANG, or Lan.
-
#|
Ol. Scrib.
#|| Hing,
#||
Lo.
--
see above.
&
KAN.
TS'H.
b|
&]
Common form
of jj Tsze.
|| KEUEN.
Or,
P"he.
#|
P"he.
#.
#7
LF.
Le.
DT
tsze-thung.)
#l
#.
A#
l-
#)
Ol. Scrib.
#||
}}|
}] THEIH.
Ol. Scrib.
% s.c.
T. Kung.
To cut up; to separate the flesh from the bones; to "P"
7) E
H# W.] th.
pronunci
flesh of ani
241
To separate the
-
.# | XF
phow, I will now take and lay open my heart to you most
fully.
| J### P"how fh
tshang choo,
denotes sacrificing every thing, even life itself, for the sake of
thing e leang kheen hing le, theih peteih sze tsing, Let
us all consult about two undertakings; the one to promote
expressed by
improper.
the same as
}|
The.
gain.
| #| P"how
See above.
p'hwan, or
KO.
To cut.
#al caul
#|
F.
CH'HEN, or Ch'hn.
To pare off, to
U!
| PHow.5
Read Ch'hn, To
fill
Uh'han
) s.c. #|R. H.
se, To pare off.
H %). #| Chung
Mbb
l'
}# # }).#
| ##
woo
a meritorious officer.
The higher
#||
KHE.
to overcome.
"retained at court.
Com. form of
open.
and "plit
spli up the galli
* *
i.e. to tell
mind;
to open one'
-1-1-
sh
eart to a person.
#.U.
*
}:####
11 TSZE, or Che.
To insert a knife or an in
Vol. 1.
s 2
Tsze.
A.
71
Taou. VIII.
Eighteenth Radical.
242
of artifice and
/*
WUlj\ ^ |
intrigue.
KWA.
ple at Canton.
|*
#S. C. , R. H.
dity; violence.
now.
Defined thus,
JJ # # # th.
|
ts hae, or
(#
Fh.
Kang, or
| |
| # Kang
# |
Kangkang, or
occurring very recently before: the two first refer the event
#1 #
shoo.)
T*.
-*
Ifjj{ | ######AS|[i]."
hoo, kang khen chung ching, How great are the heavens'
min han woo chang che sing, urh k'he kang, jow, hwan, keih, yin
4.
sitions: some are firm, others yielding ; some are slow, others
hasty. (Shing-yu.)
ching;
]] K'Hoo.
% wAN.
# Kang g;
' S. C.
Kang
of evil
or suffering.
# Kang kheang,
riolent; headstrong.
violent;
| E#
Obstinate and
troubles.
* B.
| #
Y HE
/i/ "Y
# #j/UN
Puh nng wan chhh wo th sin lae, You cannot pick out
243
Eighteenth Radical.
VIII. Taou J]
KEUH.
^jjj KEA.
To enter.
PO.
-^jj
Leg
H^S.C.
CH'H A.
KB.
JjR.H.
S. C.
ty) R. H.
*
2jj-|J J^|J Ke keu, " A crooked graving tool" used in
phe hea
chay sze, " He who dares to engrave the law shall die."
'^j/
W TaU 96 M m
JJ
y| \
JE3
/^j Jj^jf
7|
Filh y"h he' kan u hii* p6> Ad-
yay yu ; tsejow yay yu, " In funeral rites the oblations arc not
uncovered when there is with them the flesh of the sacrifice."
CI 1 1
(Le-king.)
/V
W ju p Uon, In .the
style; a Chinese punishment. AL Scrib. Sj^K'l"ng, or E^P|J
JJ Taou.
IX.
244
Eighteenth Radical.
Khing.
TUH.
#]
#
Ol. Scrib. #|| Che, see above.
Same as
Synonymous with
l
#| YEN5
#]
#||
Che.
# s.c. #1R. H.
Sharp pointed; to sharpen the point of To cut off. %|
son.
2%
>k |
>k.
|
Ch.
Mh.
# Yuen.
Ol.. Scrib.
Scrl
S
LE.
To cut.
(Lh-shoo.)
| ### * *
+ Plfj/L /\
TEAOU.
To polish composition.
first sense,
CHE.
Originally written
}#c".
Jiji
# Twan.
khew jin che heung, Point the hand to thrust against the
Ol. Scrib.
#|
SHING
(She-king.)
To work or
Shw-wn take
operate on stones.
Teaou in the
*):
Teaou, or } || Teaou, in the last sense.
DJ-
3. R. H.
#]
%)
*}# Ying.
/
Sha-mh, it is
Shing, he denominates
##
shing, That which remains over and above.
|
Yu
Eighteenth Radical.
245
SD
XI. Taou
J]
JH.
JJ
jj ] }# is # 4 R.
%:#######ET),
#% 2}: #|{3}: Chay seay ho wh, choo
ne" On these few goods, when the duties are deducted, how
# |
Tsen jow shaou heang paou negn, I'll cut off my flesh (as
THOW.
two halves.
Or
The addition of
JJ
# Tseen, or
that
%|
|
TS'HEAOU.
##
commonly used is
}:
pole. A
Ts'headu.
Z Yen.
#|
improperly written
H'
Shw-wn writes it
j]
#|
Yen.
l
}]
Original form of Hj
TSEEN.
#2 | \ th
Yen.
}#s. C. 3; R. H.
J}} 7)
Tseen taou,
#f '% 3:
Ts'hen.
T'H, or T.
To divide or separate.
4t
Sha-mh says,
#1
TWAN.
#) S. C.
if)
JJ
#|| # Twan e,
246
To de
platted hair for the head, worn by aneient Queens when per
IEl
|| UH.
}:\] #
| #F
tseang, A kind of Adjutant-General in the army. }). |
\
}#####2-##
of
destroying life.
.#
the people.
K'HWEI.
See above.
AiAT - L
S}}| Foo ke liih kea, Six
#F-
'] Kwa.
JR +f | %
s. c.
#. ### |
To separate the flesh from, to cut off the flesh and place
parts. (Le-king.)
#41 % #
up,
Al. Scrib.
Hil,
Ol. Scrib.
Kwa.
Il G.
of #| G.
p
erroneous form
#]
#]
}]
# ol. Scrib% Luh, see Rad. j]
KEE. To carve or
H%##%
engrave.
Leih.
A.
4#
$] Foo,
or Fow.
CHE.
#A. W. 30 R. H.
\
an
#!
247
77
Eighteenth Radical.
X. Taou
TSUY, or Chuy.
A slight wound.
}]
Characters formed by Ten Strokes.
same":
%)
'N
TA.
A sickle or hook.
#)
ANN
SO.
*
#|
}:
K0.
#S. C.
.# R. H.
#]
#|
}:
}]
#|#|| JJ #||
To rhyme, read K.
Lejoo taou
ARE:#H. HX9-####H.
| | ###" sanlaou wookngyu tae heb, Then-tsze,
than urh k sng, When feeding the ancient Sages,
Tae-heo, the *"Peror, himself, makes
the victim."
(Le-king.)
!)
in the hall
TSIH. Same as
# Taih.
) |
% #
#####
H#
AE.
+H-
SE.
#|
########, J-f-%
# S. C.
#7k};
7
#) +]
Kae
Le N.
(Shoo-king)
#]
WOO.
king)
|
Chh.
un',
The Character
thus.
248
A.
| PHE
WVY \
|
To cut, hew, or chop.
Same
$|| Phe,
See above.
to cut asunder.
TA.
CH'HA.
A small spear.
Ol. Scrib.
JR Ch'hwang. }} 3%+. +
| Ol. Scrib.
He received seventy
#}
kl
wang de
che, To commence any
| #D chiva's
ckh"r
work.
MWM)
| # Ch'hwang tsaou,
To make at first,
| #
a family, by the acquisition of property.
Same as
- -
#H
It is said,
->
|
CH'HUEN. To lop off the branches of trees.
easy;
to preserve it,
difficult. The first is
otherwise said,
| ###### WRXS);
--
To acquire family
not easy.
#f
#####H#1.
tsze ch'hwang n shwuy thung wei kho ke
by virtuous
virt
(by
deeds)lays the foundation of future prosperity, and
-
#
$
Same as
ME.
#| Ch'hang,
Same as
J#
see above.
Me.
249
#)
CH'HE, or Tsheh
#]
#|
#|
#]
S. C.
To wound.
Eighteenth Radical.
#
TR.
Taou JJ
TSUNG.
Ol. Scrib.
Same as
XI.
3%| Khih,
see above.
# Tsih.
KwAN. To cut or pare off.
LOW.
A- j## Z#
A *
%# H|#-F# /\,...}{#|##
#|| ##| ZR #j'f') /\ Kunguhuhkhe
SE.
Wounded skin.
Jew Zetsuy, tsih king yu tenjin, k'he hing tsuy, tsih tseen
l
** announced to the Ten officers.
H.
(Le-king.)
SAN, or Shan.
Read
S.
# #ke.
Read
Read Kew,
too rob;
to plunder. Also Swift;; light;
urgent.
rob; top
Ing
rg
P'headu tseih, or
Ol. Scrib.
# |
#
#
#
#|| %
JX
#|
| # P'headu tseang,
-1
Vol.
0L.
HAOU.
I.
#|
#|
SE. To
pare; to cut.
~J] Taou.
\\
XII.
Eighteenth Radical.
250
SUH.
KOW, or Gow.
|j
exterminate,
jJ^JJ
exterminate completely."
B|, /(dti
t> 7?a^
/I xFi~
> '"U
'-Lm T*en
pinB ma' wang
) i i ^^iE I
To cut.
TSEAOU, or Tseaou.
To cut.
To take a little.
AM
lj KIN.
To cut.
TS'HANG.
f!|
i|fe|J TSAN.
Ti*hang,or
Wely."
LEANG.
TANG.
To take ; to seize.
^iJ^TSngkow.Akindofhook.
jl LIN.
1 1 P'hO tsze,
TSUE.
Same as
251
Eighteenth Radical.
XII.
Taou J~J
P'HEfi.
TSUN.
^jj KEUE.
p|s.C.
J^KeuS, or
^R-H.
j|s.C.
jN]R.H.
Same as si I Helh, see above.
j||J
HEIH.
=\ I
7U4
,J j
YAOU.
To cut.
FOO.
SIH.
CHHUNG.
To pierce or stab.
To pierce or stab.
m
Properly written
|P|jGd.
f^S.C.
Ch.
^A.V.
I CHEN. To cut or pare off. A vulgar character.
LING.
To cut.
JJ
252
written
that Kang-he gives this sense of Phelh leih. The other Dic
#
|
We
the first
word uttered.
| W# F# #
}.
K'HEIH.
#) S. C. #|R.H.
####" 3 k
# # # #|
Le fan che
me.
tsing tth jin, A man who splits open your face without any
Af
k'heih, A
arrangement
H|| |
f: |
amusement.
Ping
Aff
KWEI's #5 s.c.
|
&
*|| + Kweitsze, or |
off.
Ye
-*-
El
CHEN, or Shen.
LEW.
#s. C. 3|R H.
to fight. Read
*-i
of Chen.
(Sha-mh.)
famous surname.
J.L.--|->|IH k #
A%
fill
PHEIH.
# s.c. # R. H.
# |
"helew, A tree with few branches and open foilage.
|
}#Flem
253
.~y Lew tize, or J ^>~^ Lew yTh, A certain fruit from
jjjjj ' Keaou-che, Cochinchina.
Eighteenth Radical.
XIV.
Taou Jj
J]
J^rj
J]J^
^jj S. C.
words drop as the honey-comb, but whose heart meditates in
juries fatal as the stab of a two-edged sword.
S.C.
%K.H.
Che-jew (B. C. 8600) obtained it, and worked it up into swords
and armour. This was the commencement of swords." As a
kwei, e yay, " A good man though sharp, or severe, (like the
|) 01. Scrib. jjl] TsKh, see above.
corners ofa gem) injures none ;he isjust." (Le-king.)
KEEN.
/4gJl. H.
$jj s. C
KEE\
JJ ^^j^'J
^jj>jJ Same as JLlj Tseaou, see below.
'i^fe
KEU. To pour out wine; to take out
Jj^ |
Shoo keen, A
1-~
^jpj*
jp
leather; soft; smooth. Sym. with ^jj' Joe, Read Juen, To
San-kwS-che.
| Hiou che ma, she keen, Fond
11
pierce or stab.
7.
254
Hk#]
KEEN.
##
and
K'heuen shoo;
- [E] H thung.
sin, urh che sung, By a written bond ensure belief, and put
3#
H, Hw, or Hw.
a stop to litigations.
_X \
To split or rend asunder. To cut or reap grain.
TSOW, or Tsu.
HWAN.
4:1
Same as
''':
#!
KWA.
#| Keen,
see above.
CIIHA, or Chhw.
The grating noise of cutting or mincing. Read Ch'huy, or
U.
&
Kw.
$]
Tseaou.
ll TSEAOU.
\e
Ol. Scrib.
#|| Tsih,
see above.
To cut off; to exterminate.
%) TszE.;
Ch'h.
$ S. C. 39 R. H.
}#
Same as
{{&
) |
#| E.
or Ne.
#5 S. C.
E.
wV_l."
sons shave their heads and cut off their noses. (Yih-king.)
(Peking Gazette.)
Urh.
-*
A:4
#|
LE.
#|
Le
255
||
HEEN.
|J
TSEEN.
Eighteenth Radical.
XIX. Taou JJ
If S. C.
J?
CHAOU.
To cut.
To pierce or stab.
"boTe-
To cut.
JlJcHtJH.
1
LEIH.
To cut.
Ms. C.
LE.
J 0W.
To cut.
Fe.
Lefli.
256
Nineteenth Radical.
ttfpsSt
WAN.
77
the head. A local term. Read Tseen, To cut
^
^=^J
" People who cut short their hair and paint their bodies."
1 1 Same as J^JfChuh, " To h ew."
LE. To open out; to cut open. A local word.
|| T HEE.
To pierce or stab.
To lay open.
NINETEENTH.
RADICAL.
fluence."
LEiH.
fij S. C.
^) R. H.
deficiency of strength, talents, or power."
K'ne
port, strength."
"\ '
J% *j&j}C%% |
to dress."
/^J
(ShwB-win.)
leTh leaqg,
Ta yew lelh
/^jj
4H. J
257
but want the strength i" i. e. I possess willing mind, but am
r the performance ofwhat it referred to.
Man lelh " The power of vision."
|E|
"T^". j
Nineteenth Radical.
II.
Leth J]
"g" YTh lelh tan tang, " To undertake with all one's mights
to engage or promise fully to carry into effect."
Urh
leTh, " The power of hearing." Then are example* of thi* de-
Jin ping Shin lelh ; Tsaou wang ch'hoo stag, " Man depends
finition. /L^^^f^
Pan
Uing shin to kelh ch'hoo , keae lelh, " All the parti to which the
Spring to grow."
animal spirit extends its influence, are said to hare Lelh ;" i. e.
J^l
^^
/^J
T* Jlb
jjjjjj
Jft g fl j | .0 A
t\^>> Loo yaou che ma lelh; Jlh kew keen jin sin,
hing yay, " None but the robust and strong are capable ofdoing
" By the length of the road is known the strength ofthe hone ;
Chung lelh, or
Meen lelh, or
mi
strength; weak." ^
lelh)
f^j
| Ch'huh
jj^J
Fa"
| jjk
^^"J^r "t=T I
^\J^f\ fijj
J||
Fe lelh, " To
~J* =j^p^
Ee
Laou tin chay che jin i Laou lelh chaj che yu jin, " Those
leaou heu to sin lelh, " Expended a great deal of mental ef-
fort-
^^iMiTyK I Yn,he8
p'heen hwuy, Uung ptih fe lelh, " To learn at once without any
effort"
JjL^iP j
jzzj
che lelh, piih ntag paou wan jlh, " Though I should serve you
.J^j^^f^" JP^
j
Tt
in menial efforts, like a dog or a horse, 1 could never recorapence one of ten thousand of jour favors."
j 'ff^
j/
Leth.
II.
Nineteenth Radical.
Jiff']]
258
| 4T
L Y.
strenuously.
Ol. Scrib.
differs from
. |
f$1.
j\##1.4:
2
]]:
7|
| ####1
# +H. |
JJ KUNG, Tjis c. 3% R. H.
}):## E: E|3}, E laou ting
kw8 yu
PI ######
4:#AS
XI. J) fif | ## Pinchay puhe hotsae wei
j |
Kin.
months.
five months.
> t!"
#| | Hji
well.
/J. |
A.
service.
| EH Leih teen, To la
4.#
labour or
-
259
Nineteenth Radical.
IV.
Lelh ~fl
or merit"
Kung foo.
jjjyS.C.
#~R.H.
/J? ^ | ^
j/\
YX P
k'how, kea chee yay, " To exert one's strength, and to assist
those efforts by the mouth speaking, gives the sense of Kea."
Ne yay kae heS seay jin kung taou le, pet! ylh we teTh
and Ke.
to diminish from."
1/
| Lelh kung,
to.
1^
seay kea ts'heen, t'ha tsae kang mae, " There must be a little
effected."
"^ffF. j
sell it."
is already oppressed.
^ffj]
^*
1*116
Kunb P"n n&"g P kw. " Merit cannot make up
f-
Yu kea pun
J ^flf
^fc-
Kea kwan tsin tseO, " Hay an addition be made to your official
case alluded to, the merit was insufficient to make amends for
former faults.
jjj^j
j/
Leih.
IV.
Nineteenth Radical.
260
e, Force down your rice, and put on more clothes;" i.e. take
KEEN.
good care of your self, said to a friend who goes from home.
che; woo, tsih kea mcen, If it be, then reform; if not, then
l!ANG.
Truth ; belief.
stre
# S. C.
LEU#:
% R. H.
+H E ###% AH | #
E|{#2E ###% AEI #
E. # Z Yen-yew yu, ke shoo e, yew ho kea yen :
Yu, Fooche. Yu, ke fooe, yew ho kea yen
Yu, Keaon
che, Yen-yew, said (to Confucius) as the people (of Wei) are
#% Noo leu,
& M.
1\
j]
}}| | WS$
Wan
Confucius
said, Enrich them. The other said, Being enriched what more
thing.
# |
CHIN.
": "...###/\%
jih KIN,
E3%til #7 Rk # | #/\ wo
ph yjin che kea choowo yay; woo yih y woe kea choojin,
What I wish not that others should do to me; I also wish not
to do it to others.
IrN.
(Lun-vu.
(Lun-yu.)
#%
#/$ 3. if E
****
is given to him in the guest's place, and each of the three cap
(Ching-tsze-thung)
-1-
jih
same as
%h Khh, seeabove.
KHANG.
Strong; robust.
261
Nineteenth Radical.
V.
Lcth
it
cbay, ihunyay ; jin che to tsoo chay, sin yay, "Heaven assists
Si s c
those who are obedient to the principles ofreason and virtue ;
-Sfe-. -xst
rain assists the sincere and faithful." (Yin-king.)
-gg
=J|
bung. he* che e yay, " Three strengths united, which gives the
1^ |
^ R. i..
weak people."
^^^~^J
^1^7^.
~f]
Rung.
Ml
tso
4$ S. C
| ijj^
Ig
" To plunder."
~f~ /^j^
^J* ]
T* kiii!'
pih yuen, Such a one. "Is pleased to gire one hundred dollars to
assist in defraying the charges of the workmen," in repairing
yx^k-khfLm * 0s & m$i
such a temple.
^ ffi |
^Jff fa
Z UfcMZ M&.fL K%
t-j^
Yo> Jew we> cne e no tlae > Jen cne e 1* hou,
10Ii.Ii
xt
j,
Leth. VI.
Nineteenth Radical.
262
keen sze pth kng k'he show. The scholar, though wealth
seih yu kin kheu , m tan foo yih lit, Better habituate one's
#h shou,
/\ + | |
4# 4# .# XN |
portunate.
Ts'hung
YH. Licentious.
**
%#2
4 #4%#2.
#2}#4###
####
* :
CHIH
An imperial document.
CHOO
Strong; violent.
Sect Taou by Chhin ; all denote not having put off thesulgar
state of mortality. (Yew-hed.) She, is further said to denote,
##| #| K, k, k8.
M. Diligent; assiduous.
KHEU.
# S. C.
K'HEUEN.
9%) R. H.
fji'.
Original form
*A'
Keuen.
3% #
* N.
-f--F (IE
with
jj
Leih.
263
K'HOW.
Jjjjj K'HWANG.
" In haste , urgent." Al. Scrib.
Nineteenth Radical.
V.
^f0)] K'hwangjang,
K'hwang, and /jj^Wang
K'HEA, or K'heKh.
To advise; to persuade.
gjj S. C.
LeKh
y^f ^pji]
To urge ; to press.
Jfx Jfv^ & Yu k heS
Strong; indefatigable.
Heaou laou.
J Faou heaou.
J
HAE,orHih.$
T^jjjS. C. 3#R. H.
having been handed down erroneously, and used for a long time,
m
effort, endeavour.
"= pj
^t^b^^^B^T^
wei che mowk " Beyond the state PJh-yen, mutual effort and
exertion is expressed by Mow."
PANG, or P'Wng. Great; greatstrength.
to the Emperor."
g ijg^ |
Tsze t'how k'he hlh chwang urh k'heu, " Himself threw in his
accusation and went off"
Than hlh, or
Leth.
VI.
Nineteenth Radical.
264
Effort; endeavour.
he was placed. (Lun-yu.)
EE
| ###. 6.
wang, phs jen pen hoo sih, The king suddenly changed
{{
Yi H. To move; to shake.
X)
$h
countenance. (Mng-tsze.)
#h
A:
K'HiH.
1: S. C.
Ol. Scrib.
CH'HiH.
cepts.
#h KNGs
"is c. 30 R.H.
H}
#H#H | #.tiff'L# R Hi
#
chhih-hoo, "A written in.
El
vilege.
* + | .-R. H. Eff:#f
#th. Yh ch'hih i Yh-hwang-shang-te fung kaou yay,
Tshelh fung che king tsaou, shih Iwan shih chung chin, In
#|
and
HAOU.
j%
#S.C. #, R.H.
# $##! P'h
Chhib.
Ch'hih.
'h PHs
Al. Scrib.
#h
#h
#
%;
TSHAN.
YUNG.
H' S. C. 2:
see below.
E.
R. H.
265
Nineteenth Radical.
petuousl y ; courage.
Jj9
j Jj^"
Taou -jfj
Tayung," A rational
VII.
j ^Af-
j^p^JjOJ |
It
^tjf^ Same as
E, see below..
*"
wan foo pub tang che yung. " Strength and bravery which ten
LANG.
thousand men cannot resist."
^ff" J
Strong.
j
MEEN.
|||S. C.
^R. H.
[]jJ2.^^ |
Ts'heen
ffil// jjj
j^j-J /^^r Meen k'heang orh tao, " To force one's- self to do,'"
either from dislike to, or from the difficulty of that which is tobe done.
~^J' ^yj
Meen reih.
woo i heu ke che yung piih k'ho yew, " Courage is distin
Fun meen, " Prompt, ardent effort; or to excite and stir up to-
exertion."
S*
j,
Nineteenth Radical.
VIII.
Leth.
266
-B
POW, or Fow.
52:
possessing a mediocrity of talents and virtue; thus the good will
#)
KEUEN.
+2####|
KHWAE.
}:
&## AfY |
N-Me. --
tue unweariedly.
4#)
#l
MNG.
#h
#S. c.
LAk.
#h
# #h El ###
l
-*
enemy.
IE
LH.
proper.
#1jj
# # 2. k # |
o
*ou chay, laou che, lae chay, lae che, Those who labour re
Ward them; those who come encourage them." (Mng-tsze)
LEANG.
The word
2. H#H#| | }k st
#EEE
ZL-L- J.
Pa
# Ping.
TSZE.
j\-###E | *
267
Nineteenth Radical.
IX.
Lelli ~J~j
TWAN.
Ch'hlh, ch'hlh.
To decide ; determined.
^^M^P* I ft
T^J^ "e king na shing tsze lae 1th sze wo, " You will finally
take a cord and strangle me."
u
HEA.
ft ^Heaheayunglelhihing/'HeS
Diligent exertion.
engrave or cut letters on a stone."
<&/} 1
JJ
^l-f
^jlj J
fjjjS.C
f#RH.
gj^ MEEN.
7f^R.H.
ban yu Kh; woo,yni! ke, " A horse's bridle with a bit is called
Lib ; without a bit, it is called Ke,"
^j^f
excite."
J Ma lib, A
1 1 TSUNG. T o encourage; to rouse ; to'stirctilate
horse's bridle."
^
T'HUNG.
IfflS.C.
3&R.H
Lin yae lib ma, " When you come to the precipice stop the
horse." Used metaphorically for desisting when an affair be
naturally or morally,
^TJ |
J^tffyj |||
j K'hang
Ylh lib,
fjj^
Leth.
#/ |
IX.
Nineteenth Radical.
268
#p:# | 2% f:
ZS:##1EIEfj4:#### 7
his heart be virtuous or vicious.
4th # ME
}# # |
a restless disposition.
| ########
i|K
+E
+## |
present manner of
E.
$ ''
} ||
7 M M \,
|S
to cause sound.
The words
# |
E. F|
#12. H.H. H.
# |
in their orbits.
JEk
# It ##.H. W. H. Wi
#
XH## |
######
*\ln\
tation
}} | #2-###| #%
#:# {{1. In nature, there are only the two states of
as is also,
ZH #
|
|
called
jk
4T
first moving cause is the Deity, an
But
Chin thung,
thunder.
incomprehensibly great,
Hing thung,
ATH!'
HAAz####.
she hing thungjoo ho, tsih che
# Principle
Jiff
269
by Deity. They say,
If***
Nineteenth Radical.
IX.
Leih Jj
more absurd than some others which the Western World has
/fffi f
It is perhaps impossible,
tion and rest blend or operate, and so produce Fire, water, wood,
|jjj S. C.
jfc R. H.
jjjl ^j^jj " From water is wood, from wood fire, from fire
earth, from earth metal , and from metal again comes water, thus
J^^f
fifa ^l^
himself.
being constituted the female energy, and Heaven the male, all
-gjjj S. C.
^fxi.^
To investigate strictly, in order to arrive at absolute cer
A#X#jfe^#- rfn
^j
>^S-^~ Only the Sages obtain (or are formed
of) the most refined and pure materials in nature ; and are,
quate to.
and sages, are from the purest matter ; earth, brutes, demons,
fact.
ffi^lTi: I ^^^fcochhuh
loo, cha k'han sze keen, "I, the Che-foo, am going out of town,
~j) Lelh.
X.
Nineteenth Radical.
WOO.
f|S.C.
270
JJR.H.
f
01 Scrib. iLPing, see Rad. J\ PS.
Woo.
J*J
jj=l
j ^^J^T Woo
HEA. To employ strength; exertion; effort.
J^.
of great strength.
tse tsze i tslh keae tang Uze gae, " The people possess bodies
HAN.
Diligent.
hence, all should love themselves," and not carelessly throw away
their lives. (Shing-yn.)
to one's dsity.
strong or violent."
itself.
|S.C.
^Rft
3^jfgjjj|| j
fa le
jj}/^
jj^ Woo
Qj Woo
271
|
Hwa Aing, or
j Tae shing,
||
^ /tf* N&ng
I MinkinfanE
Nineteenth Radical.
X.
Leih
shing leaou t'ha, shepuhwei jin, " IfI don't conquer him today,
I swear that I'll no longer be a man ;" i. e. I will destroy myself.
JIT | #-tt^S
j 'fi^I.'Jj^ Shing
?|C* | j^lj
t'hae, she T'hoen mung mung, ke k'hlh yew ting, me jin fuh
and pliable overcome the stiff and unbending; the weak over
shing, " The people are now under the pressure of calamity ;
|
^jf- Shing,
foo che tuy, " Shing is the opposite of too ;" i. e. of being sub
dued, or defeated,
j -^=^
jfj 'JBfc ||
| Plhchen.plb shing,
chy;afahUUandofa weapon.
labour."
K'hinlaou,"Diligent
fj^. J
K'he fun shing foo, " See who can win or lose at Chess."
urh puh tsze, " To bear labour and. distress without expressing
*tT"f^ J
reluctance."
3 7
pan haou shing che jin, " To group or associate with a set of
JjB^JI^ {
" Wind, dust, labour and subm'iMion," are commonly the lot
ofthose who have, to leave home in search of a livelihood."
pj ^JjT
y nng.'e k'hin fuh laou, " Be attentive to your person and econo
mical, that you may diligently serve" yourparents,
Leih. X.
27
Nineteenth Radical.
-H} {\ lit. |
#}). ERR. G. H. |
Yu e sen min;
jj
Laou sin laou leih, To labour and toil with mind and body.
| US
j,
|
|
meritorious.
#1ji E.
who labour with the mind, govern others; those who labour
% | If] 4#
| 4
labour.
| EF
performed.
fatigued.
% |
# ## | #we" seekleiosks,
Insufficient to dissipate his grief.
| # Laou ping,
or
###FT
Woo
#### | E. Z |
4: |
+1=
#####Z
}}}# E1%| |
* 2 ##| | 44:###E}}
States, visiting each other, meet the person coming with pre
laou."
(# |
+%
KEU.
Moo.
#s.c. : R. H.
% |
-1-1
further trouble.
273
Nineteenth Radical.
XI.
Lelh
GOW.
SHE.*
tgJjs.C.
*J^jp
%R.H.
then urh wang she, " The virtuous kings of antiquity loved
Koo-moo.''
Moo yuen, or
Moo-hwa,
" Begging appealt made to the public by the priests of Ftih and
(Mang-ttze.)
Taou."
J ^ IpT
j^jfj YlH.
Labour ; fatigue.
| Ts'hae the, "Wealth and power." ^-4^^^
^ I tfo%L!&tfll$C Chay^ayUheu,
L oh.
j ^lJ^p|^J She le ho
J^jjr
'J^^
J Wei
||j S. C.
jetty."
jMsjpy^.
PHEAOU*
I Fun6tnownohe." Aftate
J^-
gjj) S. C.
authority ; holding an official tituation."
j*- ^j^|J j
g ^j^J
j, Leth.
XI.
274
Nineteenth Radical.
in es
state of.
| +%
#%
|2
palace.
EE ##
virtue of diligence"
## #
#. Juv
H #ff
Y2Y
-
Hh
(She-king.
(She-king.)
# % # || El |
Laon
# S. C. #, R. H.
KHIN.5
is called K'hin.
%h 7] XR #, E. #h Men leihptih
read K'heen.
K'hin. (Lh-shoo.)
| #
|
=# |
E] | EE wei kw8
%#
called Diligence
K.HEANG, or
K'heang.
# S.C.
|
Khin
Khin kung, To
|
| #khin k'hoo, or
Khin
**
Light active.
The cha
mical man.
#.
%
F
#
5
#
+%
r"
khin yu pang; k'hih keen Ju kea, Able to be diligent
There i
| #
AE |
# '#'
'# chiing tseaou pwan thang,To reduce and destro
dest";
*******
\ \ \
A.
275
Nineteenth Radical.
XIII.
Leth J)
MEEN.
Same as
Meen.
TElH.
Same as
Tefh
FAN.
Strong; firm.
4#TVHUNG, orT'hung.
From Twelve to Twenty-one Strokes.
To arrive at manhood. To act i to do.
LEIH.
CHA.
To desire; to wish.
Diligent exertion.
01 Scrib. B Shing, see above.
Yew new, Soft; pliable.
YEW.
YANG.
Effort ; endeavour.
K'HEU.
S. C.
WJ
T'HEEN.
Weak; weakly.
YANG, or Seang.
R. H.
KEUE.
||| S C.
Harmony or union of thought.
Expressed by
|g| S. C.
P'HE.
-fj Lelh.
XIV.
TAN.
Nineteenth Radical.
276
1
tsoo, e sin tsoo jut leu, " To assist, not with physical strength .
Strength exhausted; failure of strength.
but, with the heart and mind, is called Leo."
To assist ; to aid.
MS-C"
feR-H.
Wang kung yu* heun, " Royal merit (i. e. merit acquired
in the service of the king) is called Heun."
|
Haek'heae, "Weariness
-| J^J Ij
; debility." One says. Vi(
J|j^ j|^J
-jf^fTh.,uk,3ke.
heaou lelh luy choo kung heun, " Havinc exerted himself in
i^'^fl
jj ~j||J
Itih-
fff)tL
/^r*
g| S. C.
jj^h j
Kea gSn e she koo le, " To confer benefits in order to drum
up tfnd arouse to exertion ;" is a phrase which is generally used
when rewards are given by the Sovereign to civil or military
LEU.
officers, or to the army,
To assist by advice or encouragement. To stimulate to.
^ M /; sfi kk'^ ijfi s jftft e i*
tsing
king che, " Slimulute their exertions ; let them reform and
begin again." (Ts'heen-han-ke.)
2? I
Nineteenth Radical.
XXXII.
LeYh "J]
To advise, to admonish.
Ne ching haou she she k'heu k'heuen k'heuen t ha, " You do very
chue.
c
righttogoeonstantljandadvisehim.''
Com
J "jjj^
K'heuen
she wan, "A writing for the admonition ofthe age ; a moral essay."
Ch'h. (frwan-pe-ian.)
k'heuenjin, ping fe gBe, " To advise a man to take wine, by no
- "
K'HEUEN.
LEU.
j
J
To assist ; to help.
vise and reform" a vicious man.
" To advise or admonish a superior;"
|9ljf^ Same as
K'heuen keen,
J^Sl ijjjc.
k'heuen, " Promote the good, and teach the defective, Uen
(the people) will cordially acquiesce." (Lun-yu.)
LOO, or Leu.
To assist ; to aid
CHHAN.
To take.
Leuen.
^ R. H.
WAN.
A certain surname.
^fjjj S C. fyftR. H.
Same as the preceding.
sn
278
TWENTIETH
RADICAL.
^t^L
.ii-j^^C
tare k'hetih, paou yay, " This character ii derived from the
letter
chay keaou t'hung tsze c woo, jow k'be t he yay : shTh san woo
ft
chS, shTh woo e slung woo seang, " In ancient times, boys were
k'hetih, hing jew to paou ko, " Paou resembles the appearance
CHO.
!=) S. C.
^ R. H.
was the exercise of those designed for arms.
out wine.
/zx tJ^C
^jjjj j
Shan-tung.
wooden bowl, or large spoon with holes, to lift the solids and
admit the liquids to flow out" j^f ^Jp"J( l] J Jo woo
tsTh chS, " If the; fence, or make postures, then play the tunc
YUN.ft
ChS."
(=)S.C.
^)R.H.
llfl
Twentieth Radical.
279
One lays, Equal ; even ; equally blended.
II.
Paou
educe to."
j Jj g
jjj"^
MIhshv,ujpuh
m
t beaou yun, " Ink and water not equally blended i" ha-ring
said ofaccounts.
J ^unS
how keaou yun, " Take the hand and stir them together."
rant.
cit intercourse.
/^j" ^jpj
" What business have you ? or, what are you engaged about?"
KEW*
tfj) S. C.
This character is vulgarly used for
adequate to."
to."
WAN, or Paou.
(fp S. C.
I in Spring."
give the definition under /pj Kow, for which they say, this
(Kang-he.)
yfaj
Kow
(Shwo-wkn.)
jjj^^Jj
heang che yaj, " How ardently desirous is he, (the dutiful son)
AT
Paou. III.
Twentieth Radical.
280
-1.
Z.
#E I' | }. | # |
A-
**
C.
Wang, a fugitive.
| #ffff:
K'helh kae
t!
-
look at it, do not listen to it, do not utter it, do not move to
yutaou kae she phin min, To provide meat and grain upon
-><-
+|
->
| =EH
' =
E2
A. H.
Kae.
# 4% Z #% k H.
%l
(#) s c.
PAOU."
3. R. H.
|##4%/\}||1+}}}|< * *
che wtih, pun chihtsze tsze, how jin kea new ep che, The
J .#4lg %
| }}| H j#
E,
|"
|
|
****
%N. Paou yung, or
| # Paou
#+
24%.
"E:
281
good, and engage to exchange it, should it prove bad."
| ^*jifefP^itf
-j^ *
Twentieth Radical.
VI.
Paou S~]
CjJ^
" HeuBB-no
M la 'Ck* ^JlMj I
| ^| Paonfung,"A
|
j
CO Heung
tjl ^'y^
^jfc
| Wei fan mun ying heung, " Sorrow alone fills his breast"
A kit-
01. Scrib.
43
^^J^ YAOU. The appearance of deep sunk eyes.
01. Scrib. ^/jYew,8eeRad.^/LeIh.
PAOU.
^\Y^
K6.
Clothes, garments.
To solicit.
PHANG.
(&QS.C.
Heung,
01. Scrib/j] Seuen, see Rad. J Jih.
or
Heung.
TOU I.
^^jj
AjPaou.
VIII.
Twentieth Radical.
282
to go to ; to ftrire to attain."
CHOW.
"iffi/py
(g)S.C.
| '^j Show tsiih ping hing yu* poo-plh, " To go on
jjldf:
gsjfJS.C.
K'H6, orH8.
(^)S .C.
To hold in the
y^F-^E||^ Ttaeshowyu*
p[Jjj
J^J
^jj^j
T,eo,",e'o,l 1,16 ** **
01. Scrib. "^j Seun.
yen ying keub, " The fruit of the Tseaou-leaou spreads enough
to fill both hands." (She-king.) Al.Scrib^^ Keuh.
From Eight to Eighteen Strokes.
s. c.
T'HAOU.
yjSi NGO, or 6.
An earthen tcmcI. Now also read Yaou, in the ene of
V*i
SEUN.
POO.
S. C.
I) R H.
YO.
Anexpiiiouofalarm. J^S.C
To bind.
A bond.
ft
To gn or creep on the hands, like a child ; to crawl.
j
Same as
Ch'noo.
283
Twentieh Radical.
XIX.
Paoa >^J
Paou
ye", " The leaves of the Paou," when young, make soup ; in the
01. Scrib. jg E.
j^^^^J^ Paou kan che yaou, e too shwiiy, "The
paou is dried and attached to the loins, to enable a person to
Original form of
Chung.
aoatacro-sastream."
~* ^ ffl,
I YX M
Koo chay pei paou, e too, " in ancient times they girded on the
A crooked spine.
the necks oftheir children, as a charm. Thevulgar name ofthe
Calabash is ^j^j jlj^ Hot' /0-
K'HWAE.
PfH.
(] S. C.
$ R. If.
'pjfj
^Sj Poo pVh, " To fall Down on the hands and knees ; to go
on the hands and knees like a child." To press towards v. "Ah
PAOU*
S. C.
R. a
celerity ; to do one's utmost to hasten to relieve.
^TJ
I JfcZ
Fan min yew sang, poo plh kew che, " Whoever, of the people,
(Lc-king,
l^jj-
Paou, kwa yay, k'ho wei yin k"he, k'ho tsiS sSng yu, " Paou is a
A man's name.
284
#!
%)
KEUNG, or K'heung. A respectful man. #
)
KWAE. A deep long sigh.
PAOU.
A certain wood.
Same as
# S. C.
FOO, or Fh.
GO.
Iteration, or repetition of , again; to add another.
Ne
TA.
4|
*]
Ol. Scrib.
4:
written
4#
Now
Fh.
#%
%#
KEW. Same as
4% Yu,
see above.
LOO.
YU, or Kew.
Full; satiated.
# Kew, or Yay,
G's c.
Same
as#
Ol.Scrib.
G, see above.
J#FungseeRad. # Neaou.
#. Tsu.
$ K'HEUH, or Keth.
Crooked spine; to bend the back.
(#) s. C.
285
Twenty-first Radical.
TWENTY-FIRST
PE.
Pe \*L
RADICAL.
rrsc-
HWA.
JJtrJ S. C.
R. H
The Seal form is ~J1 Jin, " Man," reversed. A ladle or ipoon ;
a wooden ladle, with which flesh ii lifted from the pot when
J^J["
^S'J
to handle, and the head being formed like the handle ofa spoon.
and Go.
Keaou hwa, " Instruction, and the effects of example; alto the
Go.
/^^-|^
keaou $ Wong hing yu thang, fung tung yu hea yuf hwa, " To
mouth.
286
}) # | R. E; |
tions of superiors.
Etih
}\; |
-----|3:
#
keae tsaou hwa so weiyay, The heavens and the earth, the
FT".
# # , If]
cold and the heat, the day and the night, are all caused by
Tsaou-hwa.
| BW hy
4' Hwa min, ching stih, To civilize the people and form
EE
their manners.
AS 7\ EE
virtuous princes.
Phjhwanghwa,
#f #
#54i/\#4); ###
#"
jin she sng ching haou tsaou hwa tih, That person is na
turally fortunate.
#:
Ar
Fij |
=[
No
Wn-wang.
*:::::
## j######4% AE
#. | #, |
urh woo, tszewoo urh yew, wan with sng seihtsih wei hwa,
"The heavens and the earth, the Yin and the Yang, moving as
in a circle, causing that which exists
#. |
ji
#%
A.
|
J||
jff7+H"
ff H #|j#2.
%#
[W.
Tacha
dying, by
Hwa.
SPH
hwa wei seaou, seaou chay hwa wei woo yew, The great
J.E.
Twenty-first Radical.
287
fi^
to a quail."
III.
Pe
of China.
from JJ^J*] t^p. Lwan sang, " Produced from an egg ;" and
^{fj J
kaou, yu, she jin hwuy sin, yufi hwa, "A proclamation, admo
nition, or edict, causing people to repent, is called Hwa."
| -^j^ Hwa yuen, " To beg that property may. be trans
ferred to the temple of.Fuh."
hwa yay, tsing shin peen hwa, puh ju keB she tung, " The
pjj-
^^"^ I ^ SJ
bare me leave home and change my state ;" become anun in the
Jpj*
JJ
ytfi*
" A- deadly fate ; or it* being one's fate to die " prematurely.
| J^i **ow ^'heen yew woo hwa keu, " Urged them to
jEm paou.j
s. c.
exchange what they had not, and to barter away the goods
which were collected." (Sboo-king.)
cjL fyfyj Fl
From an abbreTiation of
tyUung-man.
H ** fe >J
"f^g,
kea wei paou, kin yung paou, " Ten families make a Paou or.
tything :
thls 1
Ofthe
I
JJfS.C:
-\-.R.H!
it
From Two men with their, backs turned on each other.
Perverse ; to turn away from ; . to oppose. To retreatt or run
way, Tlie north.
^fiE
w <
288
#|| ji #23's |
# I' ~ |
b.
Feeling of chearfulness; a chearful satisfaction.
Pth
Ol. Scrib.
Ol. Scrib.
se, man,
#1
| H', Pih-king, The
| Al
| *::
As | [1]
manifest.
(& { NAOU.:
Pih
W.
A^ #j f] |
"Tso
nan
(& Chuen,
From
Pe, To
l Sin,
arrange and
fH woo, H# t:
J#
Naou.
* **
% |
Fun
Ol. Scrib.
+: Ch'hang.
W.
E. Undecided; uncertain.
4
#2
Ol. Scrib.
#. She.
J# '###
E.
| #
(MS. Dictionary.)
# S. C.
Same as
.# E,
E ..Doubtful, uncertain. (Sha-mh.)
#
-
Same
la
*#
Ol. Scrib.
289
SHE.*
fffs.c.
Fang
Twenty-second Radical.
^j^. |
Y8ihe,"Lock'iipoon,,1Le.akey.
Ylh
TWENTY-SECOND
RADICAL.
^J^/J^Ejf [-|
FANG. *
Q S. C.
g A. V.
k'hew, A corpse " laid on the bed, is called She ; laid in the coffin,
Ling k'hew
[Z^^^^jjl
"Jf^, Vang show wtth che k'he teang hing " Fang, a vessel to
receive things, it resembles the form" of the ressel denoted by
it. (Shw5-wan.)
E.
S.C.
^ R.H.
^tfl.
^jf^g/3
3p
JpJ
(Le-king.)
L Fang.
as a Particle,
-->
|AS
zk Mh.
U TSEANG.
E. s.c. \%. R. H.
or basin.
Uf
TSX.
\#, R.H.
A surname.
of.
If]
Kin.
->
ZRT.41)/\ D}\JT
TSEANG:
JET-ant
me
From
Kung, A work
| (##III:#
####/\#E ' | #
K'HANG.
Kung tseang, or
######1
# |
smith.
ZH |
# |
# |
Selh
Shihtseang, A mason.
# zk
penter, a cabinet-maker.
tseang, A Plumber.
TSUNG.
|
R
I.
| /\ Tseangjin, A workman.
couch, to receive tea and so on, whilst two persons sit one on
2N.
r"
layer.
X #AS$?! ## E | U.
291
Twenty-second Radical.
|f[]
IV.
Fang \ZL
Fan ti'bae shlh kung win, tree ptih selb kew fa cbay, yog
"iry^ ]
" The tears filled the socket of the eye, and flowed obliquely."
they do not follow the- old rules, are denominated Tseang-sin ;"
i R.H.
An ancient vessel. Same as gf HwHh, see below.
Foo.
g R. H.
11
Ke
wood or pasteboard.
trunk."
jj^j
Seang hea,
A chest or
|!pj
j "^iMl
;j"J' ^jEj
/" "rtfr. | " jT" Ta k'hae eang tsze ping hea tsze,
(Shoe-king.)
^ | J^^^^ "k1K
chung puh k'hwang ken,. " Although there was great dearth
that year, the multitude was not alarmed." (Le-king.) ^j^j
ft}
^j^-- |
Occurs in the sense of I|*j[E K'hwang, and J^jjX. K'hwang.
/fej^. J
HfK' |
L Fang
SEUEN.
292
KHEK.
Ol. Scrib.
P"HEEN.
(#
PEI. A cup.
Original form of
Chow's form of
j#
Pei,
P"heen,
Khwang.
K H E fH
5 siso HREE::ff
# }{\k her,
= re." |HE S.C.
Same as
|# Thang Woo,
& R.H.
l
be:
YAOU.
associations
A kind of drum.
which it deems of a seditious tendency, and wishes to discredit.
TSUEN.
4# Ke.
Af:#ji E]
W#
T'HEAOU.
use
| #):
BH Fe e so me,
U \
A#
| #####
fe
le's
marriage. (Yih-king.)
R. H# | # Leang yu fe
293
heaven!.
~/$\. V'f|'
^^FelTl or
An instrument of husbandry.
J
YU.
r^jj
Tow.
taze i who, for many ages, have lived as a people distinct from
the Chinese.
^ *P^j j
Hwuy, or Wei.
J^j
K'WEI.
fe, yTb yIh, " How elegant and stately the appearance of the
put into a box. /^jj ^jjjj,
carriages and horses." (Lc-king.)
Fun pwan,
" Bind up the Tsing-maou, and put it into a box." The Tsing-
PE.
TS'HANG.
hwDh.
flfS.C.
K'he, see Ra
dical p| Know.
KE.
An instrument ot husbandry i a
/jvjj^ P^f
E chang
ho teaou, " With a pole (laid across the shoulder) carrying the
is .transported from place to place, A granary or store,
tou l
so
294
hausted ; terminated ; to fail. A surname.
J/j ^jsj^
of husbandry."
Kwei; the next in size is Hell; and small ones, are T'hiih."
(Liih-shoo.)
HWUY, orHwuy.
IS. G.
m.
j j^.j
wei pang le, " The streams return eastward, and form the marsh
Pang-le." (Shoo-king?)
, Ne mun na ko kwei
m
tsze, pe wo mun chay keen fans; Uze hwan ta, hwan kaou, "That
press of yours, is larger and higher than our room."
"J* y^,
TE.
5R
A certain utensil.
TAN.
S. C.
A case to contain a mirror,
j*s
Same as
LEEN.
-|- Tse szc tslh kung tan choo, " When about to sacrifice,
then supply the platter containing tablets."
j '^jjj*
romatics. Same i
Leen.
[J.S.C.
)J R.H.
or Ng8.
pip.^^
295
JJ =jjj J/^
He
GOW.
Twenty-third Radical.
sc.
tOh.
An earthen vessel.
|Jr.h.
A vessel or an utensil.
jjl
WOO.
Name of a tripod.
A kind of carriage.
s. c.
KAN.
m S. C.
Tseo
TWENTY-THIRD RADICAL,
hing kin ize, urh seang fan, * Fang (the preceding Radical)
HE.
S. C.
denotes a Teasel to receive things i He, the secreting, or drop
[
|
Ylh, Forming a
^ S. C.
vA. R. H.
JJUJ
296
said to be thus used in allusion to the first sense, from the length
HH
#H
row morning, get ready two horses, and wait withoutside the
A nume
gate.
}# #+ #E+ #. |
LOW.
Wei keun
* *ng haou khephh, Only the good man can love his
| ###### Zx Phah
Ol. Scrib.
LOW.
S. C.
#E.
To avoid; to abscond. Same as the preceding.
P"hei p'helh, or
Kj Bing.
# Nuy,
It is surmised, that th
l ji
H W lH.
+ .
-- **
A pair.
woman; a
######, El Vim
ck'hb
poor.
we shin ming yay yuhwh, The sun going forth, not yet
-
rustic;
on (c.
H3 *h
# =>
2 #
| jL#.
-
&
GAN.
#16-E xe
Twenty-third Radical.
297
IX.
Read OS.
or cover for the head.
He
Same as ^ Yue.
or a sentence appropriate to the situation, or useJf the cham
This Character it taken from a stone monument
S. C.
YEN, or Yen.
placed perpendicularly.
To conceal) to hide ; to put into a itate of privacy or re
Jj^l J
ward the civil officers ; and lay aside the military.". (Ts'heenhan-shoo.)
" Above the lodge over fl>Sate, there was inserted a slone
tablet with an inscription *
pj^- J||
m
Kae yuen tswyu^n, kae peen tsew peeu,
s. c.
thinss."
(gj S.C.tgjl.H.
j T'haou helh.or
^| |
To nelh, or
| jffij^NcA p.e.
PEEN.
R. H.
ty^l tl<^1 m'n^
Sat
tion."
j^Ijj: j
298
**
[i] #
}:
A:### # ZR
then resel with a narrow mouth, wide middle, and square bot
Red Tih,
tom.
4|| |
and attainments.
K'heu
seen in thceast."
TE"
#, Kieu.
# S. C. \3, R. H.
making a present, and denotes, I present this as a small ex
He,
To conceal.
+|
| |
pey."
K'heu k'heu,
EH
WU Hij',
| ##
E|3:####, |
#E
Shwang yh yu k, woo
*-*-
E. +
*-
THE.
j\ |
U THE.
}i
aff:// | }. Ph chetst; ho
kheu chloo,
E.
Same as
# Gow.
TWENTY-FOURTH
| A. V.
shIh.
Ten.
R. H.
Ch'hoo pa sang, ch'boo kcw sze, puh keen shlh i
~-fj
" Born
on the eighth, died oa the ninth, never saw the face of ten f
'
RADICAL.
-J- ^1 jjjf
/^v Shlh fun, " Ten parti, or ten tenths," the whole, complete,
chung sin, " In a town with only ten houses, there must be some
Shlh neen hing pae ke to jin, " How many are raised and ruined
"ffc^ ^D'D
s^f~\
|
are incomplete."
n"0D>
| ^^ffc^jfc^
lines, the two middle strokes were- taken and crossed to form
J ^jf*' ^
.3& Woo, " Five." Further, at two fives make ten, the
middle cross lines were taken and turned, the one lying horU
zontally, and the other perpendicularly, denoting its extend
i
sstt. i &
^Jj\^ Shlh ihlh wei plh, hlh plh wei U'heen, shlh; ts heen wei
ing to the two fives, and uniting, them, so making ten.. (LI
wan ; ihlh wan wei ylh, shlh ylh wei chaou, " Ten ten* make a
kew, te shlh, " Heaven nine, earth ten," are the closing words
"jRj^j)?^ J
T'n5en
K'ba
300
shoo, Odd numbers, one, three, five, seven, nine, are called
ever.
#
are called ##
The
jff=# #
of your health.
| 4. #, #Tr"
most importance.
By the
wan
good or bad.
better.
Ne pih tsze is'hen sun, May you have a hundred sons and
a thousand grandsons, is a form of congratulation to newly
SIN.
4%; H + | #
S. C.
married persons.
+}. R. H.
TSHEEN.
E.
scrib.-H. I. +
FE s.c. # R. H.
read Nen.
A thousand. A surname.
+ }: Ts'hen suy, A
Y.
h;
Wan suy, Ten thousand years, is a title of the Emperor of
| #)
+h
}}.
l,
his bi
# S. C.
LIN.
- -
ten persons.
Highly meritorious.
--
S.A.
account what.
the same as -
301
SMh -J-
fiwttn thing yu t'heen, " The spirit (of the deceased) ascends
An erroneous form of 2$jS. Tiiih, see bejov.
to heaven "
J^j",/f\ Pj
pQh k'ho shing yay, " The barriers ofheaven cannot be ascended
SHING.
S C. ^ R. H.
to." (Ylh-king.)
^^/^ |
ft
A certain measure for grain and liquids. It contain! a hun
kcang, " The affairs of the world rise and tall," i.e. sometimes
J |
Shing p'hinj;.
^ S. C
^- R. H.
'^fl*'^*''^F*
The seventh of the j-|j7
hlh shing wei tow, shlh tow wei hah, "A Y3 contain! one
years.
a HO ; ten HB, make a Shing; ten Shing, make a Tow ; ten Tow,
crosswise.
|
lurea generally."
Ching woo
%jcMffi9)\$L 1 Nanneu
at noon."
atnoo," ^0
|Jj| Vu8
f~
^eao"
T'hing
B^P i^lffil
woo p'hoen, tslh lwan shing, " If the males and females be not
arise." (Le-kii\g.)
j j
Chung
woo, or
Jjli Wi
che gae pang yew ch'hoo, tan tan ylh hwuy, " Daily, at noon
J
3l
-J- SMh.
III.
Twenty-fourth Radical.
303
JbplS.C. ^R.H.
southern gate."
From
)|t
/ffil-ffy WoB chung fun yay, " A thing dmded in the mid
dle ;" the half of any thing. Read Fhwan, A large fragment of.
tselh the tsung hwang k8, " Woo cut, i. e. to cut lengthwise and
/ff|
crosswise." ^frjl J
back upon."
Pang woo,
j^j^^E j
half.
-n Ii Q
h ^ Yew pan jlh heen, Have
halfa day's leisure."
J
rfrj
Pan t'hoo h
fe," To fail half way j" to desist in the middle ofa journey, or
guardian spirit of the year resides in (or when the year happens
ofany pursuit.
"A^year.orhalf a year."
for Woo.
minated.
~^P* i
^Jfj1 J
Neen ke
Pas tsze, * A
J ^ Pan yay
^ kW
"CooMeni> ob
Tselh.
kung peit puh shenheS chay.aze kin urb kung pan, " With a
clever scholar, the master is at ease, and has double merit;
^HWUY
(Le-king.)
1
TS E.
To stop ; to obstruct.
303
TStfH.
Twenty-fourth Radical
VI.
ShTh-j
Jjj3L PAN.
Haste ; hurry.
PIH,
Same as ^ She.
yj^jv Vulgar form of ^ Shuh, see Bad. ^ Yew.
Jf^^ Same as
Pan.
PEiH.
jj^j' SElH.
Threeteo*unitsd<thirt7-
|||,Y11a
^R.H.
Hwoy.
J I | /^J
^ S. C. ^ R. H.
(She-king.}
*g* pEJ
lfi nuy, yewkehwa ehwny, "In the area before the palace gate,
fp) Kea, " The head or fint i" hence placed below Kea, make*
fpf ^z^-"
Yew chung Uo
pei, " The right is important (superior), the left inferior." (SeuSame as J^-Neen, "A year."
kbeae.) ^
jfe j
Kaon
Tow.
pei, "High and low.!'
g| ^
Jj^ Tsze tsun, tsze kwei ; ttze pei, tize ts'been, " He
who respects himself, makes himself honorable ; be who de-
H Shih.
304
| |||Kirile."
| |
low.
vulgar,
vile,
Mean,
| # Peipe,
| #F #)H$
of being mentioned.
Pei
| J#
# #)#2S
Peikelih,
Hi. /\ % {##Ali # # WU
people.
Wit/
###
E ######Z E #.jj WE
E. |
low office; that is, he who fills one; used by inferior officers,
# |
Confucius. (Lan-yu.)
Occurs
##
Vulgarly written
: Tshth
#.
* 1 M \,
Pe
jen; or
-*
A^
TSUH.
3.
R. H.
* \ 1 \
*.*.
+H"- a
-.
Ts'huh
H'.
| |
# Tsh, with k
#)# IA- |
Hing fe ho
"
ry and bustle.
Properly written
yu
* Nila -
To
(E
#,
min che
tsuh woo urh yung che, Assemble and employ the troops
CH.
# S.C.
R. H.
305
and IjL Tou, - Early, fir.L-
Twenty-fourth Radical.
VI.
Shth -j-
jj^j^Mjtfl
y'j
jjffi jp.'
nent"
|^
j^j
He*
jf[P{
JpJ J|j|! J ^i?- T nung J'n nS* kung, " Same reverence
djfc- ^ |^
jjj^ | Hea min ke heJ , " The people respectful and cordially
submissive,"
^flfe^^ | M
| ^j^.-J^
fe^Kwae.woO.t'ha.
^H^^gE
Hcg chin,
]i
iftt
Forty together. Also the ancient form of
Shoo.
Shih.
l
|
306
X. Twenty-fourth Radical.
#. |
ern hemisphere.
#EE
From
XR
2% s. C. %) R. H.
NAN.
Jin,
ern hills.
F# %
4# |
Shwang
nan, Gold.
Same as
TSUH, or Chhh. 5: # S. C.
south pole.
This
# |
*** +E1%#1 FJ (#
Hl
4 t
is worthy of a throne.
[[I] |
+ Shih, Ten.
3:
# S. C.
nan, Sitting north and towards the south, i.e. fronting the
Haste, hastily ; precipitantly.
--1
-1--
JR
Nan-king,
-
The
state
Keaou
Che.
Original form of #
Kwae.
# Bo.
#'s. C.
manner of
** a \
#A |
A surname.
From
and
| ##
307
01. Scrib.
Chay.
Ne man pB koo, t'hung kin, tsae che taoa chaj ize, " Youjnust be
extensively acquainted with antiquity, and thoroughly compre
.J?^ Ol Scrib. gp Sze,seeRad. ffj Kiahend the preaent, and then yon will understand this affair."
f^!| |EEJ |
To wlt,,
is called PB."
To turn round.
Ne shaou neen kwan t'hung kin koo, pB she" keun shoo, " When
CHOO. The name of a country place.
yon were young, yon were wellacquainted with modern and an
cient literature, and wadcilextensively through vast collection!
01. Scrib. J Tun, see Rad. ^jT PS.
of book*."
jfpf
Save as the preceding.
tsze pub pB, wei keen hing gS taou koo yay, " The good man
|jjp| OL Scrib^SeiSh, see Rad,^THeun.
does not game, because gaming is connected with bad princi
ples," inch as the desire of superiority and victory.
J5S^ Same as
" J*
thing witty.
Yang.
308
TWENTY-FIFTH RADICAL.
N. PUH. *
F s.c. | R. H.
# # E] |
Wn kwei
, hing
# | # HE +
not.
Kaou
J#.
| #f
sin
-*.
=t
+H
of #Kwing
##,
- H /\ Kwangjin, A super
** * *
A-A.
T., A-a-
Hi |
To divine.
-
3.# Pb she,
(# |
Y.
R P"HEEN.
*... **
thc prognostic.
*
is
R. H.
309
bv ~tr 4=%- P'heen kelh. A rule of
hasty i
; a law, ai
Twenty-fifth Radical.
III.
Puh
|>
pushed."
=A I M'ifc AZV
San jin cben, tslh tsung urh jin che yen, " Three persons cast
Hf- S. C.
lowed." If all the three agree in fortelling a propitious event,
CHEN.J
the oracle is decisive: but if one differs from the other two, the
Ke.
,Jj"S.C.
Chen.
^R. H.
J
^\ ~
To ob
k'heu, t'hs chen k'he ching, " Took and carried away by vio
golden seal ; also seized and took firm possession of the city."
phj Ke puh, she chaou urh peen lun k'hc kelh heung yu
DOt*
the raiik of
adh.hoo)
VzkM1p]% | EPiih'he
<flj |
J JTjJ Hl!)')^ T,
chen Pih-gow sha, " To usurp and sit down on the sands of the
Plh-sow."
Jljij: j
j
Yin
Vifc
I y\
tew
| ^ Chen piih,
310
Bh
98
CHAOU.
Chaou.
# S.C. 1. R.H.
#||
|}}
# > KWA.;
#8.
Ta kwa;
H |
Chen kwa;
Ph kwa,
+++-1-#:
J# ###TT.J.' |
hw; lhhwurh
# |f||
thrown out), make alline or mark; six lines (or six casts) make
a Kwa;" hence,
I'i
Tae.
4% Y CHAOU, or Shaou.
#S. C.
### } + T
^% 2#.
#/\#
To enquire by divination.
kwa, Speak to suit the man; cast lots to suit the demon."
CHHIH. A surname.
/\ #|
#*
YEW.
1###, E.
{R
# 3. '# # # # H. J
Keen, tuy ;
le;
chin;
sin,
S.
E.
SE.
cla", the Luy, the inferior, and the Yew, holds a middle place."
NW.
W.
N.
N.S.
SW.
311
une TO
Twenty-fifth Radical.
VII.
Puh
makes, what he
jjjjjj Ol.Scrib.
denominated
^ S. C.
Sze-seang.
Chuen.seeRad.^j-Ts hun
Placing, as before, on
Carried to twenty-four
Same as ^ Yew, see above.
The
^j>fl 01. Scrib. J1] Nae, see Rad. J Peth.
It
LQh-
^b HWUY.
$\ S. C.
those changes.
hwuy , nuy kwa y u ching, In diagrams, containing six strokes,
" the external Kwa (or upper three lines forming a kwa) is
yjfy Kwa che wei yen kwa yay, kwa wan seang yu shang
called Hwuy ; the internal (or lower) is called Ching." In the
yay, " Kwa, expresses to sustain or hang up ; a hanging up, or
Classics
312
PAN
Same as
U.
5.
#.
Yew.
Same as
}: Khen.
Xi. K'hih.
Ol. Scrib.
# Sh.
2
From Eight to Twenty-five Strokes,
j\
O]. Scrib.
YEW.
(#s. C.
''
Me
Ol. Scrib.
H Ching.
S.
Pervades universal nature. According to Shw8-wn, from
7%
Teaou, giving sound. Sha-muh says, Teaou does not give the
sound of the letter, and he derives the character from
Nae, as above defined; and
7%
%
'.
Ol. Scrib.
Ol. Scrib.
Wo, I, me.
p')
S. A close hard stone.
--I'r
A combination of ideas.
&t Hwuy-e,
E! /\\\\
T#
Same
Pth.
$.
%
w;
Same as
jill K'hih.
Ol. Scrib.
Same as
# L.
B;
Yew
313
TWENTY-SIXTH
RADICAL.
S. C.
right side was taken by the person appointed. Others define
v
An instrument by which, in ancient time*, statesmen, or goTernon, were appointed or authorized to act. It was made of
ved upon it, was cut through the middle t one halfwas retained
at court, and the other given to the person appointed. The
NEANG, or Gang,
pj] S. C. yp
"ny
Gang
and jjjjj |
J^j~] |
idea, of making the two parts to correspond, was taken from the
the latter sense. Derived from |^ Pe, The head, and J~J
To be distinguished from
i ^.a^ i
i
Chaouchaouchow tsze; jin shi! gang fow; jin shi gangfow;
crossed, and I would not. I required ray own friend." (SheSame as the preceding. Also writen thus j-Q s"*~|
king.) Intended, by the Poet, to express that the virtuous
f
female, does not listen to the call ofevery one, but waits for her
TSOW. $
p s. c.
|]
314
Ts.
# E|{# |
*/7].
rable and dignified (is the king), pure as the gems Kwei and
# |
7k |
# |
Low che,
Tsew che, A
wine syphon.
syphon.
(She-king.)
united.
TSE, or King:
From
|]
Ts, and
J]
# %) ##### |
3% R. H.
A horary character, the fourth of the #l #
HF
MAOU."
$k S. C.
S. C.
Te-che,
hence
written
#||
J|]
ing;
Maou.
# Seuen,
AF | |'' Ph
LE
morning."
2X
Maou she, 2Q.
d bby
also expresse
pressed
AS:# f
-* *
E.
see Radical
cordance or
He.
abundant; luxuriant.
Ip
An erroneous form
Flourishing ;
Yih.
C.
things issue
#. Shing.
made of stone."
- # =
A syphon; a wine
FE Ri Yh
vessel, con
3, and
che, A cup
\
E+fi'i f{{##2
-
* || #
% |
H',
** * *
Shen
Sze maou,
315
Twenty-sixth Radical.
IV. Tsee p
time to take account of; the period of calling over the names
Kwan yin,
p Foo yin;
/p>* j
Yin sin, "A
| ~^F* ^*'n
| ^j^j
V^^^/'n
^~J~ J
Ta yin, ^
Yung
Ts'hcen
rj*^"
y&.
the seal ;" or recommence public business, after ending the new
^S.C. ^|7R. H.
j 7^ Yin pan,
ij^. J La yin,
Tsee,
"To seal, or sear, with a heated iron," for the purpose of
^ ^x^.ij=l^|77 '{3
Sml I X Min ping shoo ke; kwan ping yin sin, " The
^ViS IIP
people trust in deeds or bonds; the officers of government trust
some are square, and others oblong, which varieties are intended
Jffe Yin-too," India."
to mark the difference of rank.
. T'hoo shoo,
to India.
||
316
From
|l
f* Chen,
tt
J, St. # /\
-4-
PEIH.
J# |
h wei,
S. C.
#
pp.
Lin
l
wei t koo Jin,
iin. Entering
on
Pelh.
WE)
3: S. C.
SEUEN.
[f] AS |
EIE
J|
YH.
From
To choose; to select.
Weiyen, Verbally,
++1.
Le Character, written
#||
Yih.
shAoUs
#s c. 32R. H.
-*
High , eminent.
*A. Wei
Ep
TSEiH.
Properly
+%:
#:
K'HE.
Properly
#|| K'hc,
*2Rf.
It'I 2+:
T] | +Lifi R'Z' FIA's #1, c.
| Ut
| W: weitar,
Wei hoo!
chen
see below.
LwAN. SP GB s.c.
Read Kwil,
317
The (pawn of fishes, more commonly called p
Twenty-sixth Radical.
M The crotnm."J
&
I^S.C.
peTh yew tag lwan, " Every creature that ii produced, u> either
^| J
Tse'g \}
Xr Yu-tsze,
ij^p PEI, or Pe.
VI.
Tae sang,
SHE,\, or Che.
S. C.
ft
-\\]
J "h J'n TU*> 'win J1"1 ' Jen J00 neaou foo lwan
KEUEN.
S. C.
R. H
Jj^^P [
Kt
| Shoo keuen, or
The fragile
^"j -
JeHT
pffr I
! M
Luy lwan cbe wei, " Thedanger ofpiled up eggs."' ' J^f^
up, are called Keuen ; those in leaves are called ChTh." Chines*
coloured," i. e. not bright ; applied to. the sun or the day ; erro
neously changed tOy^|J^5 Lew sTb.
-^j^ ~ |. yj\
J^j
3jX (^^, j Ch'hun, sze pah tseu me lwan, "In spring, the
aoreggs." (Le-king.)
Jen i chen keuen hw5 jen, " Shuts thehook and knows nothing i
VOL. I.
|] Ts.
VI.
3.18
Twenty-sixth Radical.
.#
licate term.
into ruins.
memory.
SEUH.
k'hung, The mat is rolled up and has left a void;" said of him
# S.
C.
#1*
all
| Ifj|#
Pl##|
y : ***,
ZH
-k's
KHE. Same as
%| Khe,see below.
Yih
-*
.#
R. H.
#. sAY.
#s. C
splitinto two; to join these again formed one; hence the allusion
J# |
T seay,
to the bride, when she is desired to leave the house of her
To put off.
two vessels. After pouring out the wine, they exchange the
A-X'.
| J L'. Paou-yish taou lcaou tung fang, kcaou Pei, h kin,
319
Twenty-sixth Radical.
VII.
Tse p
Kin. (Sha-mbh.)
^ KHEO. ^ S. C. % R- H.
S. C. 7g R. H.
T^ff ^yj
Wan wang
wtih k'heB, I cherish " ten thousand hopes (that you will) not
J
n't wishes."
Jfe- J
Tselh ttelh,
LIh tselh;
Q=J: Tselh
^=
|* /
J*
j
Wang
jin yuen we chang le k'hcfl heaou te, " JooJae Fuh, in establishing
"Employed immediately."
thesameas,
j =^ K'hea
J ^ Tselh yung,
J
Jf/(@ | ^ J&
^ \=j
shwO, " They say ; or, it is said truly," or, in some cases, K'heB
is a mere expletive.
that"
^ | Feltelh;
Die jyfcj
t*e5n,
j |j= tyj \ ^
I ffeltM I aKiDtilh,h00tahjinfe swan, tselh foo ; fe tac, tselh heu, " The literati of the preseut
|]
320
day, if they are not sour, they are rotten: if they are not silly,
5 |
# If] RFI |
If
#p
Ol. Scrib.
##|| Lh-poo,
originated.
j,
Le-poo.
j-f- #4#####1B, # Hi
E] IE | . ; H 4% # ZH EZ\
jL | 2:#x. chay, Then-tsze, Choo-how keae
ming chih ching tachin, yu ching k'hing , tsze Chow how che
yew san kung, kew k'hing che haou, In ancient times, the
#I
#||
Same as
2011 ...
YO, or G. The palate.
k'hing. From the time of Chow, and onwards, the terms, three
Kung and nine K'hing existed.
Zy
Shaou k'hing,
# # }}
% # Ilf. E }), |
KHING.
% S.C. -2R. H.
chine khing, From the time of Tsin and Han, the sovereign
w->
| %
ZN | % j
dynasty.
towards which all look. A title conferred, in different periods
| + K'hing
J#| >\}|
->
/N+ Kung-tsze.
|
#: |
of
321
Twenty-seventh Radical.
III.
Han J
| ^~J"
Tun show selh hing, " Bowing down the bead and walking on
title on hii Patent.
the
Original formuf4;Keuen, see above.
k
II^TSUN. Dangerous.
J^P TSElH.
A long time.
LEAOU.
^^^3 SEIH.
Name of a hill.
JJ^ Selh.
TWENTY-SEVENTF
RADICAL.
han.
|~~ s. c.
keiDh. 11
Gg S. C.
pS.C;
r
From Han on the top of a precipice. To look up to j
|j
verse side ofi|E^ Ke, "To take witft the right hand." Ac
cordingto one writer, Anxious disquieting attention to business.
(^S.C.
^R.H.
expressed by ^j^J^ CVhang chlh, and ^
3o.
chlh..
j K'hae
J- Han.
W. Twenty-seventh Radical.
322
->
J+
JK
HAN.
Chow's form of
J- Han.
FE, or Fei.
4
S
JR
PAE.
Same
Ol. Scrib.
)#
Neu, A woman.
CHE.
Shin.
Same as
): CHIH, or Tsih.
ad
wa
}:
Ji-
If
KEA.
Large; great.
se
K'HE.
J#.
Jj YA.
JR #1 Te shih, A whetstone."
che
JF
(Shoo-king.)
CHA.
RF
TOO, or Hoo.
S. C.
323
Twenty-seventh Radical.
8.C.
VII.
Han J
J^jL- T'HUNG.
A bank.
TE. A certain stone.
S.C
MANG.
S. C.
surname.
K'heiS.
j jjfff"
||S.C.
^R. H.
f| Mung yung,
< [" Jf|jr Slung yae, " To attend the bank." To speak in a confuted manner in raized dialects."
E, or Yae,
J0^E
T drink in-
IM s- c-
Jfj^f Same as
HEA.
S. C.
Ne
FOO, or Poo.
# S.
C.
F5] /\ ;H |
Leangjin seang how, Two intimate friends.
# 2%:
-
SHAY.
A certain surname.
# |
*-
}. How,
H. #
} How pt, are opposites,
p
ppo
A surname.
5 < }#}ll
| j
course with.
E.
|# |
veins of rocks.
EE)
public service.
shown to an inferior.
| Uk How we,
Savoury."
he
):
F' |
->
| }#
J%
}% oLScrib%:Ming,seeRadj'
Keuen.
}#}}: |
less, brazen-faced;
| 4#
How tao, or
##E
};
Same as
}#
Fang.
14: /\
) 44 or scrib. J# shing.
He
JH'.
Same
as JH. How,
see above.
| #####
A.
j^4
|
|
#####|
|y.' I };
# Keuen-tsze chang shih yu how, seaou jin chang shih yu
w
C.
325
TSZE, or Shwny.
Twenty-seventh Radical.
g S. C.
VIII Hanj
S. C.
To collect together earth and form a mound or hilloch,
EI
A Urge come stone. The modern copiei of the
jg|
YUEN.
S. C.
4> R. H.
JjjlpC OL Scrib.
|-{-|
v^ct. /fawtj^ftft m
I %
CHlH, or Tslh.
MingYaj-yu ch'huh hing teen
Thrown on one aide tinder a precipice ; meanly housed ; mean.
wei T'heen-tsze laou nung, His Majesty " ordered the Yay.yn.
to go forth to the cultivated lands, and in behalfofthe Emperor,
[lj TSUY.
Name of a country.
encourage the husbandmen." (Le-king.)
^K9^*^^-^lJ
PE, Fei.
Jpi^yJ^j jjj^j
NonR'Ju.han6.koo
ffi S. C.
sze chay, e shlh che yuen, " The husbandman, the fisherman, the
}i}
s. c.
i hcen, " The great source of reason, is derived from Heaven."
Stony bad ground | itone which is difficult to work..
jg'
I-* Han
X.
Twenty-seventh Radical.
326
JgJ
^ fta]
|P3
YUEN.
I
water issues. Now written ^jjjj Tsoen.
jj^^ 01 Sctib-
Sh0W-
SOW.
A creek ; a bay.
)
T'SHZE. To clean ; to put in order.
of fact, thus;' Often said when all disguises are laid aside, or
the side of a stream i a privy. Tbe same is expressed by
the troth clearly psrceiTed.
^ Yuen pohkeae,
J
] ~^"\
Maou t'hsze,
Hwan t'hsze;
2Ten
tbsze, "Ordure."
pub seang, " Originally, or really at bottom, did not m#*tt. &c
I
strartioo. on."
^ ^^
LE
S C
Ming
To split ; to rend open. A rent or crack in the skin of ripe
shea tsne, ml yew ynen, Ordered Use Cook, not to bring the
fruit From
Mi i jft wei j*
side : tbe other part giving sound.
k- Syn. with jjjjjj Yuen.
To rhyme,
Jjjj^ 01 Scrib- jffc Sho0jseeRad.
Yen.
MOh.
J^^OI.Srcib.^T'baou^eeRad.JlK.Min-
Same
3.7
Twenty-seventh Radical
the same as ~^\^ ^j'j'J Kew chow> " Nine regions." A phrase
like
JJ-^J^OI.Scrib
X. Han J
helmet, from
KEUE.
pp|S.C. ^ R. H.
bling one.
"p
| ^
~jg KeaS ke8 ke show, " To bow the forehead to the ground."
(Tsheen-han-she.)
^jp ^
priucipal roof.
^ J3 pang keu
H5 sow.
p^J
Terminable; limited.
mM i ft- 1
J^J^ | ' Yu8, woo hoo, t'heen nan sin, ming me cbang ; chang
Same as
keo tlh, paou keuii wei ; keuS tlh me chang, kew yew e wang.
KO, Or O, xo'njure- A cave by the side ofa hill
/^J-^J" E-yin the minister of^i^ E|J Tae-kea, when
old and leaving court, in order to warn his Master," Said, Alas 1
TS'HO.
A grave.
Tfhsof gaou.
Film.
Twenty-seventh Radical.
HI.
328
J:
Original form of
pice.
Read Gan,
}:
J%
J#
Ol. Scrib.
SE, E, or Yih.
Asharp stone.
|#sc
/> N
Ol. Scrib.
KEw.
)#
J#
# Noo.
Ol. Scrib.
}%
Ol. Scrib.
J# Shoo.
Ol. Scrib.
J# Shoo.
Astable.
KHIN.
KEU
Embarassed.
J#"
#S. c. %#R. H.
): K'H,
J# % Yetsze, The
SEAY.
www.
}#.
YIN.
Read Yih,
Read
J#. YIN.
5IP
: S. c.
chuen.)
| #
disturlance. (Tshen-han-chuen.)
#TE
#
one."
ZS
Phy, Disobedient.
}# # }} |
<
| j. Y kwan, A mourning
329
>, it called Ylh; to invite to, with the band, ii called Ye-."
yew jt k'he kit. The grain" gradually rie out of the ground;
to cast off."
that which is satiated with the vegetable life, grows forth pre
destroy."
eminent" (She-1ung.)
t'heen yen cbe, " May heaven destroy me ! may heaven destroy
^\
-fc J
me I" ifI have done any thing wrong, which you surmise. An
imprecation uttered by Confucius, when one of his pupils ex
pressed disapprobation of the Sage's admitting to his presence,
a boy of bad character. (Lun-yu.)
yj \
^pjj^
" Satisfied, and not desiring to eat more, is called Yen-" (Luh-
shoo.)
yen ien, " When the man of low moral principles sees the really
^ yj^ |
|p j
Haou shoo piih yen ts'he'en hwuy tdh, "Of a good book
feel no dislike to read a thousand sections."
"pij '^/^ j
.Jj^
Jte. ^jjj Yen yen yay yin piih tsuy, woo kwei
T'haou jin yen, " Officiously to bring upon one's selfthe dislike
" Drinking with self enjoyment long at night, and pol return
ofother people.-
pj
J^i
Yen yen leang jin, " My husband how calm and steady."
Tfn > iP^W M 13 3ft Tan kuns jTh || does he remain amidst.the dangers of war, to serve his country,
kew urh sBng yen ; shay kew urh t'hoo sin, " I am only appre
hensive that length of time will create dislike; that you will
SZE . Persons, who with armies procure fuel and'
leave the old, and seek after new."
j /|\ J^jj
forage.
^Jrjj
tseang t'hoo laou urh woo kung yay, Do not, " dislike small
tstih, " Men who procure forage and dress food." A servant.
manner.
vol. L
3e
y Han. XIII.
Twenty-seventh Radical.
330
/J N [
^^^p
LE.
S. C.
tze urh, " D'on'l know whether they are girls or servant boys."
Chung scaou ze mun e king tsae wae mien tie how, " All the
moment"
Ji|r Leaou Ice, " The shrill sound of a song carried over to a
distance by the wind."
TEEN.
^fjjjh
To fix ; to settle.
twan, " To take stones and iron." (She-king.)
Jlj^ j
^jj
ijfa ^ ^
'Same as ^ Tso.
J^y j Mo le, " To grind, to sharpen j to discipline and
reform."
^ WEI, Or E.
jJSHUY.
GAOU.
I Keun-Uze,thingkhe
A granary.
yen yay le, " A good man, when bis words are heard, they will
be found sincere and true." (Lun-yu.)
J [ffj
_^jp~
Jjpl S. C.
Uze chung jib keen keen ( selh fhelh jo, le woo khew, "The
good man is all the day vigilent and unceasing in his efforts ;
331
in the evening be
YAOU.
A seat ; a place.
,he
though he be in the
mity." (Ylh-king.)
Kelhle, "To
01. Scrib. JK Yuen.
excite."
| Jp^yj"
E ,e hira
J*"'
LEIH.
pe k'he le, "There is a fox alone, and seeking its fellow, stand
J^P^f*
To separate ; to divide.
A grave.
J^^^ j
^^j^ LEfH.
To mow or reap.
^6 j^^J Ten thing le sTh teTh, " A solemn voice and grave
manner."
^JJ|]
) ^||j^Shint,lh.e,Uee.
YUEN.
tsth k'he, " When the water is deep, then ford with the clothes
J
hill. Now abbreviated to VIH Yuen. A source ; a fountain
332
TWENTY-EIGHTH RADICAL.
l\
T. THH +
d S. C.
SZE, or Mow.
/\
Z\ Kung,
General; just.
...A
The character
3 s.c.
& Tsze, A
child," inverted.
The
# Yh, To
| #1
Ideas well
| #1#K
child, driven
% Thh.
Now wirtten
of these Mows,
(A
:* #
--
Tseen k'heuen.
####T
From Two to Eight Strokes.
Za
Orig. form
AA
passage
Ol. Scrib.
333
Twenty-eighth Radical.
^^ft^JI j
Ne wang na
IIJ.
Mow
k'heu, or /j^ j
^JjiK'HEW. Sameas^K'hew.
^P^Nek'hcunale.or^
| /fp[
J-J-j
Ne k'heu
|
^g^^^J^^l^
Chaou che puh lae, hwuyche puh k'heu, " When beckoned
JL
yy^^ Original form of the following.
to, he does not come ; when waved to, he does not go away
| Tsin k'heu, "To go in i to enter."
K'HEU.
From
^ S. C. ~ R. H.
|~
leparate; to be distant or distinct from ; to go ; to go away ; to* jj "To leave the world i to depart this life."
go from ; to pais on i n a regular proper course, without impe
j Kwo
^,^^f\ j
Sin kwo puh k'heu, " Heart not pass," away from a sub
Le k heu, or
^ | Le k'hae
j^p^ Seang k'heu pah yuen, " Not very distant from j not very
different from."
pj^^J* | ^eanB
|
" It cannot be said." These expressions apply either to the lan
coming and going ; repeating the same act again and again ;"
the speaker, and denote that he docs, or does not, possess ability
which is expressed also by,
p^^j^.
mark applies to
JA Mow
verbs
334
#M |
One expositor gives it, as his opinion, that the person spoken
As,
{% |
driven away.
teturn.
A\ ##$!!. | A###
years."
| f'
gone, no
# #.
Kin nen
JL
Same as
San
Keu
hwa sze 'heu nen haou, The flowers this year, are better
than last years.
| #/\#|4-4f.:#
AA
K'heu nenjin taou kin nan laou, The man of last year, is
this year old;" is used to express the rapidity with whicu old
# Trim.
<>
| E. #3. XR H 2).
Same as
Rheu jih tseen to, lae jih shaou, The days past are gradually
2->
A.J.
JWL
A.
Ch'h
# Thoo.
Ol. Scrib.
Ol. Scrib.
Kin.
|
|
|
exclude."
# # /\#####U
# S C.
CHUEN.
#. Affi:# 7\ }} | Yu win in to
kweichay, theen so yu, jin so pwan chay, theen so k'heu, I
#. |
Kih
attention.
Same as
Chuen.
olScrib.:#Tsing,seeRad/\Chaou
#
j. #! | I'i # |j4$2. Wh
yay
'
k'heu tsaou shih urh shih che, He dug up the seeds of plants,
#
4
\
stored up by the field-rats, and eat them. (Tsheen-han-chuen.)
Same as
> Lh.
337
Twenty-eighth Radical.
IX. Mow^
Hwa.
Ch'haou ts'han, " To be admitted to the presence of the Sove
reign; inferior spirits admitted to the presence of the majesty
Same as
Yew.
of heaven.'
sovereign.'
Same as ^ Ts'han.
JJjffi Ts'han Ie, " The ceremony of seeing a superior."'
^EjLTsan pae, "To visit an equal."
J^J.
SHEN.
A surname.
f1^
_ Sou.
nourishes them, and the Sages teach them." They are consi
dered as co-workers with the heavens and the earth, and hence
the above expression.
YEW.
To c?'l upon and persuade to to entice ; to seduce.
| -tf^]
|
^j*J^
Seang
to.'
course* with
prive an inferior of his office, and at the same lime, ad vis: the
Sovereign of it."
deliberate."
a medicinal plant
examine."
J
J
| #
/\ |
Same as
#Kea.
Jin-sin; The
A.
Year
3:
Common form of the preceding.
FAN.
# K'hea.
XR
PE, or Pei.
Same as
# Tse.
Same as
# K'heu.
To detain a stranger.
A carriage or chariot.
Common form of
Same as
Same as
# Ch'hh.
$ Fun.
\,
TS'HUN, or Tshin
# S.
C.
#.
/
337
TWENTY-NINTH
RADICAL.
CH'HA, or Ch'hae.
XYEW*
|
D San chha lo k'how, 'A road branching off in
three directions from one point.'
CHAOU.
=sj S.C.
cvv.
II.
29th Radical.
338
ti'huen, Uung tsxe k'helh yay, ' He increased hit vicei and would
not reform, hence involved himself in misery.' (Tso-chuen.)
K'helh, in this sentence, is used in a peculiar sense. To 1
read Meg.
YEW.
8
Ik
From two hands joined. Of the same mind and disposition.
To unite cordially; to blend their influence, said of persons or
things. To love as brothers. An associate ; a companion; a
friend ; friendly ; friendship. To rhyme, read Wei.
^ ^jf T'hung che wei yew, ' To be of the same will or
disposition constitutes the meaning of Yew.'
;|^\ |
J{ Sin yew koojin,' A heart attached to the ancients ;' i. e. fond
of reading the works ofthe ancients.
^Tj^l^rf )
Yu che so yew chay, 'One whom you befriend or associate
with.'
j P'hSng yew, ' A friend ; an acquaintance.'
ffi J
P'hang yew wang lae, 'The intercourse of
friends.'
I Tsaw yew p'hang yew, ' A wine
and flesh friend ;' one who professes friendship for the sak*
of being invito! to one's table.
Yew tscw yewjow to p'hjlng yew; hwan nan che she, ylh ko
woo, ' When a man has wine and flesh to give away, he
has plenty of friends, but in the time of distress and difficulties,
not one.' ^ ] Sun yew, ' An injurious friend.' ^ |
Ylh yew, 'An advantageous friend.'
J Leang yew, 'A
good moral friend.'
| Wang neen yew, 'Forget
year friend ;' i. e. one who pays no regard to the circum
stance of age; in contradistinction from those who form
friendships ffom the circumstance of persons being distinguish
ed by literary rank, or actual office in the government in the
same year. Which is also expressed by jfjjj
j T'hung
neen yew,' A friend ofthe saraeyeor.'
j Leaouyew,'A
fellow officer,' either in the civil or military department ^
J Ch'hwang yew, ' A fellow student.' ^ | Hwuy yew,
'A fellow-member of an association.'
] Seang
haou p'hang yew, ' An acquaintance; one with whom one is on
friendly terms.'
JJj^ JjJ] | Sin fuh p'hang yew, and
2 jjjj J Che ke p'hang yew, express ' An intimate friend,'
in the strongest sense; one to whom one's inmost thoughts
29th Radical.
339
are known. jUjjp^JIJj | B k'he p'hang yew, 'An upright,
tpirited, di.interetted friend.' /Jn A ^ f"J ^ I M
t Seaou jin keaou le, k'he yew woo chang yay, 1 A mean
l is intent on gain, V* friendships are inconstant' | ^JJ
Yew pang, 'A friendly sUte or country.'
II.
Yew ^
|
FUH.
s. c.
PL
^ 21 ^ jjfl
5ft Keaou Tew *eu t'hing k'he yen, kwan
k'he slh,joo kwo pin hing twan fang, tsae lelh thing wo chay,
yu che keaou, urh yew ylh, ' In forming a friendship, it is
necessary to listen to a person's words, and to obserre his
manner; if it be found that his conduct is indeed regular, and
that bis talents are superior to mine, then there will be advan
tage in holding intercourse with him.' ^tJJjj,^ ]
seang yew, wan hwuy e sang, jib jug seang y>.w, keun Iun e
ming ; fung yu seang yew, tt*ou mtth e yung, keun tsze seang
yew taou tth e ching, ' Heaven and earth blending their influencet, all creatures were produced ; the sun and moon blend
ing their influences, the varied groups of animals and men are
enlightened ; the wind and rain blending their influences, plant*
and trees flour, i ; by good men blending their friendly efforts,
reason and virtue are perfected.' j
Yew gae, ' Fraternal
lore ; the affection ot friends.' J
Yew yu beung
te, ' Affection amongst brothers.' (Shoo-kiug.^ >^jj/K
| Puh heaou pub yew, . Without filial piety, without
brotherly affection.'
P'HEEN.
To lead ; to guide.
MUH.
S. C.
31
To take any thing out from amongst water i to dire into
water in order to take out something. From Hand below JpJ
Hwuy, 'Water.' Tbeframers of the Le-cbaractcr changed the
upper part to~J] Taou.
^ Yew.
IV.
29th Radical.
340
^^^KWAE,OrKeuS. TodivuleitoduAinguisiJkto
decide. Original form of ^J- Keuf.
T'HAOU
s. c.
X
Sharp ; slippery. One says, To take. Tbet
tain large headed drum.
J^POO.
in order.
^ S..C.
Name of a certain tree, said to grow spontaneously toward*
the rising tan. According with what it right and reasonable ;
similarity amongst several in this respect ; union of heart and
virtuous sentiment, denoted by the form of the character,
which is made up of three bauds.
^ ^ ^ ~Jj ^
jjr$
w,|nUD' ,nnS ftngtsze jen the shin miih, 'J8miih, a divine tree which grows spontaneously in the east;'
also called
Foo-sang.
341
P HEAOU.
H3i S. C.
^sniht.
SElH.
Same as
Togo; to walk.
TSHEfi.
Le ts'bee', ' To manage ; to regulate ; to cotitroul.'
Ol.Scrib. JfSze,see Radical J Kwan.
Same as j P'he.
9k
01. Scrib.
S. c.
^ S. C.
TSHEU.
01. Scrib. ^jt Fung, see Radical
Ej5j S C.
Ta.
To take j to lay hold on ; to assume ; to seize what is not
Sr.
Yew. VI.
29th Radical.
342
AMMMFJHLiftJKifc
seaou yu, to wei kwei yu t'hecn hea che rze chaj, wei jin pae
hwan, ihTh nan, kae fun lwan, urh woo U 'heu yay, ' Loo-leen,
laughing laid, He it called the moit excellent person in the
world, who dissipates people'i distresses, free, tbem from their
difficulties, arranges their disorder.,and will receive nothing
**.. 1#* IMM^nmA I MM
^ |jj= jjjgj Taou chay, seaou U'heu yen, Ulh seaou tilt fuK
ta U'heu yen, Ulh tatlh fiib, 'Of good principle., be"YfH
Uket little, will have a .mall portion of happiness; he-wrHo
take, largely, will have great happiness.' Read Ts'heu, in tree
same tense as ^ Ts'heu.
|
Ts'heu tse, ' T6 marry
a wife.'
| ^ Ts'heu Ue, ' To Uke a concubine.'
SHOW.
m
From ^ Pbcaou, ' To drop down,' and "- Melh, ' To co
ver.' To receive ; lo accept of; to coutinue the succession of;
to conUin; to endure; to bear. Form, the Passive Tense of
Verbi. ^ ^Show,show, To give, and toreceive.' jjjf j
Tize, .how, ' To refuse and to accept' ]
j|t Show
gan .hin chung, 'To receive great kindness and bounty.'
| Piih kan show, * Dare not accept t' in the lan
guage of courtesy, I preiume not to accept of your present.
J ^ /^J ^ show che vew kwe'. ' 1 blush t0 receive it.'
] Puh ying ihow, It i. not proper to receive.'
koo, pih ihow ylh ch'hang tlh k'he, ' Without any cau.e or
reaton, received a gratuitous fit of anger.' J ^ Show k'he,
* To be subject to a person's anger.' ^ J Ling ihow; or
/fi j Ching ihow, ' To receive.' |=J ] Mae ihow, To
purchase.' jfe. | Teen ihow, ' To receive in pledge ; to
give a tarn of money on a house or other property, left ii
pledge.' ^ ] T|fHL
Ch,ng "how Uoo ye1, ' To receive,
or inherit, the patrimony of one'i anceitor..'
| jg
M I
Yi" show Hea, Cliow how Yin, 'The dynasty Yin
succeeded that of Hea, and Chow succeeded Yin.'
| ^
Z. ft !6 % <& A - $ Show j'n c,,e *. peih uns
chung jin die ize, ' He who accepts a commission from a
man, must be faithful in executing hi. business.'
|
^\
-j^ Show luy puh t'haou haou, ' Became involved, (on
343
account of others ) without peeking (personal ) advantage,'
is the sense the words convey ; but the phrase is used to im
ply, that disinterested exertions in behalf of others, have been
rewarded by. their ill-will. |
Show toaon,' To be made |
created.'
j ^r ffi} Fan show tsaou che wuh,
' Every thing created i every creature.'
J ^ Show nan,
o suffer ; to suffer distress.' Also read Show. To rhyme,
.cad Shoo.
Same as ^ Pun, see Radical
T%.
29th Radical.
Yew
to desert from.'
Fan, is properly To rise in immediate
opposition to the government) and J Pwan, To flee from
under Its controul t they seem, however, to be used in com
mon. ^ | Pei pwan, 'To rebel against.' ]
wan
lwan, * Rebellion and anarchy.'
^ Jj^ | ^ Mow fan
pwan ylh, ' To lay plans of insurrection and rebellion.'
^jfj
chehwan PTh-keTh p'hwan hlh he e hwuy hwang, ' Like all
the stars revolving round the north pole, darting forth their
twinkling splendours with radiant effulgence.'
GtFl s. c.
SOW.
K'H WAE.
VIII.
To desist ; to cease.
;jjjr jj^
Original form of
w&n,' You and I, when we see each other, will converse a little
about the cold and heat ;' i. e. about passing occurrences.
jffi ] Seang sett) | |j Seu hwa ; J gj< Seu tan, ' To
converse together.'
^ J T'heen seu, ' The celestial
orders;' i. e. the five relationships, husband and wife, father
and son, and so on. (See under 'jj^ Lun.)
S. C.
Jjj^^ WEI, Or Ylih.
To borrow ; to transfer and appropriate to something elseRead Ilea, A surname. Erroneously written for
T'hwan.
$L PWAN-
To quiet; to tranquilizc.
To bite ; to gnaw.
SOW.
Yew.
XI.
29th Radical.
344
lb
= V CHUY, Or Shuy.
To divine; to enquire of
A surname.
CHA.
To take ; to seize.
CHUE\
345
A ditcl< a fosse-
PE.H.
A rule; ahw.
CHU E.
$5
29th Radical.
XXII.
Yew^
Ol. Scrib.
TSHUNG.
Collected together;
in crowds j a mixed :
Tse.
346
THIRTIETH
R A DICAL.
E.
UT K How:
W7
* : \\ kit;3| | ###"
utterance, fluency
tsze yen, Mouth's corner character's eye, is a term applied
to the
Ke k'how, To wrangle
with.'
vernal breeze."
is
## #
| # I'll j# # #| Khow
gue.
| # ty Fuh k'how,
: * ". heart.' /\
J.E.
j] # #A # | R&#/\#
4%; | %.3%
D] Wi # }## #
khe, The two bits of skin which form man's mouth, utter
words at random."
#! | # /\ Chhh k'how shang
jin, To utter words which injure others."
Learning
| # # #||
worked into the mind.
|# l # f] suyk'how foolho,
# | Hwa k'how, Indis
| # Khow k'he, The breath of
K'how choo, peih se, To destroy with the mouth, and cut
criminate loquacity.'
the
30th Radical.
347
mode of speaking; the dialect ; dispute; quarrel,
P ijj^
Ttaog k'how k'he, ' To wrangle about words.' ^ | Fung
k'how, To dote up or leal.' *^ | ^| j Fung k'how
shoo han, 'A closed letter.' ^fe ] Hae k'how, An entrance
from the tea.' jpjjj j Hook'how, 'An entrance to a lake.'
^dJ j Ho k'how, ' Entrance of a river.'
ptj j Mun
k'how, ' A door.'
ptj | Ttae tun n k'how , ' At the door.'
~p | Hoo k'how, ' A house ; a separate family.' ^ |
Kea k'how, 'The people of a house.'
| Jin k'how,
' Persons,'
| Sang k'how, ' Living persons.'
|
pj~ ^ Yew sang k'how k'ho tuy, ' There are persons living
who can appear to attest it.' ^ | Sang k'how, ' Domestic
animals.'
| ^ Soo k'how che kea, ' A family con
sisting of several persons.'
| ^ ^ PS k'how'che
kea, 'A family consisting of eight persons.' (Mang-tszc)
/v |p$ "fj; | P wan yu k'how, ' Upwards of eighty thou
sand men.' jj^. j Lop k'how, ' The entrance of a road.'
JJjjjji | Yae k'how, ' An important pass or road.'
J
|^ ^p- Show k'how yuen p'heVn, ' The officers and men who
defend a pass.'
j Kwan k'how, ' A pass where duties
are levied) a custom-house.' Jjjj
^ j Fhh yS san
k'how, ' Three draughts of medicine.' jj^
j ^ Yin
ylh k how thwuy, ' To take a draught of water.' j\\ J] J\
| Seaou taon pi k'how, ' Eight small knives.' ^ j
Ch'hlli k'how, one of six responses obtained from reckoning
on the fingers, the month, the day, and the houri in the hour
on which it falls; -persons are peculiarly liable to litigation
and debate ; bence those who regard the rule, are, during the
given period, careful to keep silence, or to avoid intercourse
with people.
1 jjf Kwanetszekewkhow
thin, 'Observe wVth what a man feeds his mind, and fills his
mouth,' and his happiness or misery may be thence inferred.
(Ylh-kiug.) <jtj | ^{ jp
Wei k'how ch'huhhaou,
lung yung, ' From the mouth proceeds peace or war.' (Sbook'ng0 ~ff] ] Koo k'how, A double surname.
j Hoo
k'how, The name of a hill.
j Kiih k'how, The name
of a country. ^|J j Lei k'how, The name of a district
Occurs read K'hung, A vacant place |.a cave. Read K' hoo.
jjjf Haou yen tsze k'hoo, yew yen tsze k'hoo ) yew sin yu yu,
II.
K'how P
Koi>
Khow.
348
| # 3t #Ko tung,
wan khe, Old natural curiosities; antiques: | # #
Koo tung phoo, A shop, where antiques are sold.' # |
Chung koo, Of long duration; permanent.' | # Koo
kwae, Strange; odd; monstrous.' # # | | # '##
$ HT # Seangmaou kookoo kwae kwae shin she kho e,
His visage looks strange and odd : it is very suspicious. #
R} = | ## E | X + H | }L 3-N
She leth sankoo; Fh-he shang koo, Wn-wng, chung koo,
| #
# Yih keu she, A line of a verse." | H #
# # # VI K Jh Z. | # Ken, koo weithere",
WT
KTEU.
3)
% |
| #Kow-lang,
Name of the Hiti' sha, thin, God of the land; also called
jit 3E Shay-wang. | # Kow mang, Name of an idol
worshipped in Spring; the god of Spring.
|
woo, The name of a place. Read Kw, A surname.
conversation does not take, half a sentence is too much. | AE + + | AE H. Yih keu sng shih shih keu
-
sing yih puh, One sentence, (spoken in the presence ofa tale
bearer) produces ten; and ten (told to another tattler) becomes
- # J\ |
a hundred.
Tsin, Han, elae nae yew keu ching, Sentence, was in former
times expressed by Yen ; the word Keu, came into use, and has
| Keu, or |
continued since the Dynasties Tsin and Han."
Keu ping, A hooked weapon.' }: | Loo keu, Loo
is to deliver a message from the throne to those below; Keu,
is to announce from below up to the throne.
the sense of
# Kow
Alf
4. Kow,
}%
R. H.
# Kow,
% lb. }: E. |
(She-king)
LING.
Kow tang, Business or affair."
other.
ching yih keu hwa, Does not form a sentence; what is said
said,
is unintelligible. X.
ten unintelligibly."
}% # |
f |
| J:
| # Yih keu
| # Ke keu hwa, A few
# #! # | #wo yu ne
# XS | #L Shoo
| # ling
349
met or ] ^ff
Ling waetelb, ' Besides ; exclusive ofi or
over and above.'
|
jf^.
Ling wae yew
yTh keen fie, ' There is another affair besides that.'
KWA.
Kwa.
tifj
"ft
II.
K'how p
30th Radical.
**
-jjj^ ^ J
P K'how
II.
30th Radical.
350
J^* n5 /^/R.
'aT>1 neen
P*'1 leang J cne> ' My
mother is as heaven to me ; still she will not believe me.' (SheW"S) ff $j||f
] Choo-howkweiTsinche
tlh chc,' The governors reverted to Tsin, because of its virtue.'
(Tso-chuen.) ^
| J[ K'he loche ts'heay.'Hii delight
was in this.' (She-king.) | ffl. ChTh tlh, ' Only can ; to
be obliged to; having no alternative.' | ^ Chlh keen,
' Only see ;' i.e. to remark; to observe particularly. j
Chlhe, implies, 'This way alone u proper.' ] 1JJ Chlh k'ho,
' This alone may be done.' jg ] -|| ^ g fi* ^ Jfl
~p
Tan chlh she yen miih chung to, woo tsung Ilea
show, ' There was no other reason to prevent his making the
attempt, than the number of eyes that were upon him.' I
ijg^ 'ffE jfc ^ J|, Chlh tang tea we ts&ng keen,' Just affected
not yet to have observed it' | ^BJ Chlh yew, 'Merely have;
will then assuredly be.' | ^ Chlh kwan, denotes Acting
from the spur of the moment; a temporary essay ; also incon
siderately acting according to one's humour; following one's
own humour. May be translated, Just try ; merely for the
present ; inconsiderately permit themselves ; thoughtlessly ;
indiscreetly ; continually ; on every occasion. | fjj^ Chlh
koo, ' Mind nothing but,' heedless of other things.
KEAOU.
A sound or voice coming from a distance. To call to ; to
call upon i to invoke ; to call ; to name ; to cause.
jjj /j^j>
fy Keaou, yuen shing yay, 1 Keaou, a distant sound.' ^
j | Ta yu keaou keaou, 'The distant sound of loud
conversation.' |
^ ^ Keaou ko jin lae, ' Call a man
here' | -fljj ^ Keaou t'ha lae, ' Tell him to come here.'
J
^ ^ Keaou hwan shin mo I ' What is he calling
about.' | -fljfc ^ JB|R Keaou tto shin mo t ' What is he, or
it,cjied.'
A 1 M^^^^Chay y,n keaou
tso shin mo ming tsze, 'What is this man's name ?' 'fjjj
| |Q
T'ha ming keaou Sze-raow, 'His name is Sze-mow.'
J P^- iffi |^ Keaou hoo woo y ing, ' To call to, or to invoke,
but receive no answer.' ] ijjjj Ylh keaou, ylh taou,
'To come as soon as called.' J
Keaou han, ' To cry
out aloud,' from any violent feeling, either anger or distress.
/jf> ffl j ^ Hwfl pith che keaou haou, ' Perhaps not
30th Radical.
351
YUEN, or Yen.
J& 3 c
<] R. H.
"UT
7^
II.
K'how p
Tsze-kung yuf, p'hin urh woo chen, foo urh woo keaou bo
joo ? Tsze yu*, K'ho yay ; wejo pin urh In , foo urh haou le chay
yay, 'Tsze-kung said, To be poor without flattery; to be rich
without pride ; how are such characters to be esteemed ?
Confucius replied , they may be admitted as good ; but not
equal to those who, though poor, yet cherish a happy chearful
mind; who though rich, yet delight in correct virtuous
conduct' To rhyme read K'ho and K'hoo.
E.
s.c.
R. H.
P K'how.
II.
30th Radical.
352
^#
Pp ! . T'hanE-'>K
k'Mh urh
chung shoo, sclh t'hing chin yen, fei t'hae a.-aou tszekan ching
lwan, yew Hea to tsuy, t'heen ming kelh che, 'KingT'hang,
a i id , 'Come near all of you and listen to my words, it is by
no means the case, that I, who am but as a little child, would
excite rebellion ; Hea, now in possession of the Empire, is
chargeable with manifold crimes ; Heaven has commanded to
destroy him.' (Shon-king.)
CH'HlH.
"b
To drire with noise and shouts i to bid, in a rough angry
toneitohoot.asatadogi to mention.
it%k ttj $
ptj ^JjCh'hTh woo sze tuy ch huh too mun, tsan show,
'Ordered, in an angry tone, the soldiers to push them out at
the City-gate. and cut off their heads.'
fjfc
j "gy
yf\ | fCj T,un k nln cne Is'heen piih ch'hlh kow, 1 In the
presence of a respected guest, do not hoot angrily (even) at
adog,' lest you should annoy the ears of your guest, or ap
pear to wish him gone.' |mJ | Ho ch'hlh, |
Ch'hlh
ch'ha, ' Loud, angry, boisterous utterance." jjjg ^ | J^J
^ jpjj *'*n we' cnnln m'nR cne B0W I'M 'trouble (you ) to
mention (my) name and make (my) compliments.' Read
Ta'hihJNoise i sound i ttrong breathing.
353
30th Radical.
II.
K'how P
Uken.' (Le-kirg.)
M 2. $
\
jr
Ijf; _L~F Tung, tslh tso she thoo
cbei yen, tTh jew the shoo che; Yukookeshing che shang
hea. When his Majesty ' moved, the left historiographer re
corded it | when he (poke, the historiographer on the right re-orded it i the blind Imperial musician attended to the harooj ofthe music' (Le-king.) In ancient timer., there were
YEW.
The right band ; the right side. In former times it was the
place of honor. What is good and honorable i to honor ; to give
the precedence to. Read Yew, To support the arm j to aid j to
assist. A surname. To rhyme, read E and Yu. Kang-he
affirms, that in every sense, the character should be read
Yew.
j ^.j" Yew lto che tuJ' ' Yew ' lnc
opposite of tso,' the left, /tjj^ j
J Tso jew show
ehj jew, 'The right, of right and. left hands.' j j Tso
jew, 'The left and right i those who attend at the left and
right ; attendantj j assistants.'
"ff | She fung tso
jew, To wait upon a person.' rj/V Jjjjj
j Fun foo
tso jew, ' Ordered the attendants.' | ^g' Yew t'hang, 'An
assistant officer,* inferior to the ~}y ^jg* Tso t'hang, who is
also An assistant officer ; j ^g* Ching t'hang, is the Prin
cipal officer.
J ^ Tso jew jlh, 'The- right and left
wing ofan armj.'
j jj^ ^ Tso peen show i
jew peen show, ' The left-hand side j the right-hand side.' ^
it ft i n i tt#*B i
"j^ 9 ] jj^ 'm taou ,na"B TCW e J** m> ban, koo
tsun wan ju8 Yew-wSn, tsun woo julS Yew-woo, ' Amongst
men the right is cjteemed as bjir.g the flace of honor; hence,
VOL. I,
3r
J 1 M*EfeMtt)iH&&&m
H &.
^3
!? "til Yew yug' ,how
** ycw'
e tso wei p heib, koo fan jue Tso-taou, Tso-tseen ; yu tso ke,
keae t'hsxe e jay, ' It is further said, that the right hand and
foot being most convenient, the left is considered inferior,
bad, or vicious; hence when left occurs, in the expressions,
Left doctrine ;. to remove (him) to the left ; a left plan, this idea
isconveyed ;' and the terms are equivalent to Vicious doctrines ;
to vilipend, or to reprimand a public officer t and a bad plan.
|^>4* | jj^E tso jew rain, 'To assist, or to support the
people.' (Ylh-king.) ^
| ^ fqjl Yu ya to yew
yew min, ' I wish (you) to assist the people whom I have.'
(Shoo-king.)
1
ffij
$i /!"tHi fan Ten 1,0 Jew cne cna^' wc' iu ^ ne
tso yew urh foo tsoo che yay, Whenever it is said, Right and
left him, it expresses Supporting him (or them) on the right
and left.' Yew, To assist, has now commonly man added, thus
^ Yew, Quasi dicat, 'Right hand man.' fjj | Sze yew,
A certain officer. It isjoined with several other words, forming
names of official situations. At different periods of Chinese
history, and on different occasions, as whether an afT. ir of.
mourning or ofjoy, the left and the right have been alternately
the place of honor.. In high antiquity, when officers attended
at Court, precedence was denoted by being ranged on the left;
at entertainments, the right was the place of honor. That
the left originally was the higher place, is inferred also, from
the word left being always first, when associated with right.
The Chines; idiom does not admit of Yew-tso, Kight aud left.
P K'how.
U.
30Lh Radical.
354-
KEAOU.
y^? R. H.
30th Radical.
355
terra applied to European Mercantile Companies, as jj
I Yin6"lte"'e kw6 kung-iie, 'The English
Company .' Instead ofKung-sze, the English word ' Company,'
is generally employed and imitated, by
^ Jjjfy Kung.
pan-ya, ' A public court of constituted authorities.' /j^ j
j^Kungszckwan,' A hall or place of public meeting; the ball
of a company.'.
| ||: Drh sze thing, 'The ear rules
die hearing.' [=j j jjjjjl Muh sze she, 'The eye rules the
4swutg;' phraseology used to express, that every member,
aiutterery person, has a peculiar department The Manu
script Dictionaries define this use of the word, by ' Po
tential and apply it to the memory, understanding, and so
on ; as well as to the senses ; hence the phrase |3a jj| "
| Ling hwan san sze, ' Tres potential animae rationalist
This appears an application of the character not sanctioned by
Chinese usage. Occurs in the sense of/jjjjj Sze.
PAE.
4l YEW.
III.
K'how p
r ME.
A surname.
HEU.
From Mouth and Kaou, ' The breath issuing forth freely.'
An interjection express) ve of distrust and disapprobation < a
deep lengthened tone, expressive of concern ; also of -ief.
Pf $L
^eu' e 'twae ,n'n8> ' A tone f *
eating doubt, and surprise.'
gjr pjj ^ ^ ^ ^
^ . J Fan e so fow chay, fa shing to heu, ' In all cases in
which the mind disapproves, the tone o'f voire emitted, is ge
nerally Heu.' j
|| pj*-^- Hen yinsungk'hohoo, ' Ah,
no lis an insincere and disputatious person fit V (Seu-kcae.)
1 # $K i& ^ $ 1$ Heu ch'y th*n k'he pah *en
che tsze, 'Heu, a word by which a person sighs out his disap
proval.' "zj fpj | ^Yun ho hsu e, 'Alas ! what shall I say.'
(Shoo-king.) | J|tJ^f-^ Heu.yew t'hanyay,' Heu.asighof
grief By abbrevi -ion written ^ Heu, ^ JJ^^ ^
Heu tseay hoo, Tsow-ya, ' How admirable, the (miW and inno
cent disposition of the animal) Tsow-ya.' (She-king.) ^
] Lew heu, A tribe of foreigners.
"fa
P K'how.
III.
30th Radical.
356
"|f -jj^Kelh ; k'how puh peen yen jay, ' Kcih denote*, the
mouth not enunciating with cue and convenience.' ^
fj ] Wei jin k'how kelh, ' He if a penon who itammen.'
MAD |^ttf^l#*#M
jin k'how kelh, puh ,nang Uoo shwB, urh ihcn ch'hoo thoo,
Fe, was a penon who ttammered, and was unable to speak ;
but he excelled ai a writer.' (She-lie.) ^ jj P | ^j"
W-f ft*-M#ft&Jt*A
g-^Jg [ Tseaou-suy k how kern, tuy k'hlh pah ch'hiih
ylh yen, tsuj how ch"h!S eh'how ttjoo choo shay,shejin ymh
wei tsew kelh, 1 Tseaou-suy stammered jo. that he rould not
utter a word to a visitor ; but after he wa drunk, he then an
swered fluently, and with the rapidity of an arrow. The
people of the time denominated him, the wine (relieved) stam
merer tT'hang-she.)
j j^Ki.h fan, 'To eat ricej'
i.e. e taic any meal. j j| ^*/^
*Ci1h
f*n
moh yew, Have you breakfasted ; or dined ?' is often a mere
salutation. | ^ KeTh king, ' To be struck with alarm.
3 *g j& li. T 1 IB Chtaaj-J-^cta keen
leaou.tsaou kelh ylli king,'Ching-yuen-che, as soon as he saw it,
was struck with alarm.' }
Kelh kwei, ' To put up wh h n
injury.'
j
^ ^ Kelh sin show k'hoo, ' To eat the
acid, and receive the bitter ;' to suffer distress. Read K'helh,
J ] K'helh k'helh, ' Laughing appearance.'
and not meddle with the hoar frost on the top of another
man's tiles.'
]
| ^ KB pan kfi se, "Every one
transact his own business.' | jsQ Kfl kwS, * Every nation.'
1 & ^ I & (ft
Ks chho *ew ks ch'~
telh rung siih, ** Every place has its peculiar customs.' jttj
$1 I ^\ 3 Wtlh wi>D kS jeW ,e' ' Etci7 th,ng h*"
own peculiar properties.' J|J pfj ^ | ^^^Cfxntn
chung yew k8 yangshoo miih, 'There is every kind of tret
in the garden.*
| ^K0 slh,' Various colours ;varie d;
various kinds.'
] ^
*|^J Kfl slh ho wiih,' Evary vriet, of merchandise. ' /r-$j$l|E$gif$J$
pang; woo tsung fe e ; woo Uelh t'haou yin i kO show urh teen
e ching t'heen hew ; The- Emperor T hing said, ' all you states
which! have formed, follow nothing which is illegal; make no
approaches to indulgence and excess ; but let each retain its
standard principles, that ye may he the recipients of Heaven's
blessing.' (Shoo-king.) ^ | Thoo kO, An ancient
tribe in the north.
HEUEN, or Seuen. To call to t to call out.
OB
To make a clamorous noise. Some affirm these three,
JJ OP Liu, lin, and this character, are different forms of the
same, and denote what is Contiguous ; neighbouring.
YAOU.
A sound ; a noise.
TSZE.
1 Tsnetree,' The chirping ofa bird, the voice of birds.'
A6*flMHf-iAaH"*i
tsie saou mun ts'heen seiih ; mfl kwan t'ha jin wa sliang shwang
* Let every man sweep the snow from before hit own dour ;
357
30th Radical.
III.
K'hoM Q
P K liovr.
III.
358
30th Radical.
T'HOW.
KE.
Kung.
T'HUNG.
359
acquainted with ;' ail assistant officer of the ffi Foo. As ^
1 ^pTng-chow-fooThuog<he,'TberhuDg-che
of Ting-chow-foo.' j
T'hung jin, Name of one of the
^> Kwa. ^ ^ / ^ J Lih leuh Itib t'hung, A union of
reeds and brazen instruments in certain sacred music.
^
| j|| Shang-tsung fung t'hung maou, 'The Shangtsung presented a cup made of the stone maou.' (Shocking.)
jfc | ^J^K hungt hungcbeshang' A void and greatly
extended space.' Al. Scrib.
T'hung.
P'HIN. Even; together ; both together.
HE.
Hj3 S. C.
, pp Teen he.
MING.
From ETening and. Month, because in the dusk, in order to
be known, it is necessary to call out one's name. (ShwS-wan.)
To name ; to designate. A name ; a title ; being named much i
famous; meritorious); fame repute ; reputation; nominal. A
surname. Occurs in the tense of ^ Ttze. To rhyme, read
Meen.Mang, and Pin.
^ Tsze ming, ' To name one's self.'
^
^.E lin ming the, 'Named him Lin.' |
j Ming k he ming, To give it itt name.' ] ^ Ming haou,
< Name ; epithet i title.'
j (Jl^ Ming t'heS, 'A card with
.one'* name on it; a visiting card.'
| Jo ming, ' Milk
name ;' i- e. the name gi Ten to an infant at the breast. A month
being completed after the birth of the child, it is brought Out
by the mother, and after having its head shaved, and being
dressed in clean clothes, the mother worships the goddess ||
Kwan-j in, and tbe fatherpronounces its name before all the
friends who are invited to the entertainment. This ceremony
is called jj^j
Mwan-yue. The entertainment -which accomPonie. it, is called | |j| yj| sblh-ke-tiew. The Joo-ming,
is alto calltar
| Seaou-ming.
j|: | Shoo-ming,
' Book name,' it the name given by the Master when a boy first
enters at school. The master pronounces his name kn'eeling
30th Radical.
III.
K'how P
P K'how.
III.
30th Radical
360
^ ;J;|J Kew ming kew le, ' Seeking tune and gain.'
j
r?9 }li Mingle leang t'hoo, 'The two paths of honor
orgain.' A ?E M / ?E H Jin sxe lew ming;
hoo ize lew p'he, ' Man dying leave a name, ai the dead tiger
leave* his ikin,' to be examined and be either rallied or disp'ned. ^ | ^ ^ yew mmg woo ,hTh, Haying ' a name,
but not real/ nominal.
| |* ^ ffi Ming shlh piih
ching, ' The name and the reality do not balance in the scale*.'
The name exceeds the reality. ^ | Maou ming, ' To **
fume another's name, or reputation; to forge a name,
gfc J T h8 ming, 'To-assuntt the name or credit .of,
openly and- by violence.' ^ | Nelh ming, 'To conceal
a name; anonymous.'
ffc ] Tba ming, ' To throw off
ones name ( give it up, or desert from where it is enrolled.' ^
| Tseay ming, ' To borrow a name i to make a pretence of.'
y) .^jjj ^ ^ | E Cian k h,h wei ming' ' Unier Pretence
] |J_|
J 1 1 Ming shan ta chuen,
of visiting a stranger.'
Taroous hills, and great rivers.' j iffi Ming \en, Famous
tobacco,' characters common on Chinese sign boards. A
| Jin ylh ming, 'One man.* ^ | Ke ming, Several per,
sons j' or interrogatively, How many persons > ^ j K e ming,
To record the names ofi or make a list of persons.' Stiff
Jfc -f- J p Na hwO fe t'hang, U'hlh shth ming k'how,
Seventy banditti have been taken.'
Jfr Jfi ^
Jp. | Puhylh hoo she; puh ching hoo ming, 'Not altered
by the world, not fashioned by fame;' but happy in conscious
integrity, and influenced only by a sense of right. ^ n6
~F" I ''ftiM E I Fo n*en Uze m'n6i ^eun ts'heen
chin ming, ' A son in the presence of his father pronounces his
name ; a minister also in the presence ofhis sovereign mentions
his name. Not their fyi! Tsze. (Seethe distinction madeabove.)
Jr 1 W *L ^t' "{ft t^T [EJ | Shoo ming, shoo che
tsie yav; koo yu ming, ' Shoo-ming, denotes the letters, or
characters in books ; letters were in ancient times denominated
MinEp] _t M I M"h ,ba"B wei min6> 'The space
between the eye and eye-brow is called Ming.'
HOW, or H6w.
fj!j
be j mmast i mm^m^^x
| "fi
1e
I sltanS> e t'heen, keae yue Fei,
Chow che lelh how; ching telh yu Wang-how; Tsin Han,
yu Hwang-how, Han Tsoo-inoo, ching Tae-hwang-tae-how
moo, ching Hwaog-tae-how, ' During, and before the dynasty
Shang, the ladies of the Imperial palace, were all denomi
nated Fei ; the Dynasty Cbow first introduced the Jterm
Wang-how a* a title of his Majesty's principal wife, or the
Queen ; during the dynasties Tsin and Han, she was called
Hwang-how ; during Han, the Emperor's grand-mother was
styled Tae-hwang-tae-how, and his mother was styled Hwangue-how;
|
How, bow yay ; how yu T'heen-tsze, ylh e kwang how
y in,' How, is after, or succeeding ; the (Queen in rank) is after,
or next to toe Emperor ; and is also to extend, his posterity,
through succeeding generations.'
j jj^ ^T'heen
How neang neang, Her ' Ladyship the Queen of heaven,' a
deified female, formerly of
^ Foo-keen Province. Her
title has, by the reigning family, being altered to ^ |
^jj T'heen how yuen keun, ' The queen of heaven, the Im
perial source of good.' Sea-faring people invoke this goddess,
in times of distress, by calling out aloud, jipj ^jlj A-mat A
fleet of boats being about to sail from Fun-keen, a lady ap
peared in one of them, and gave advice to all not to sail then,
for though appearances were favourable, a storm would cer
tainly arise. All the boats, but one, disregarded the advice,
sailed, and perished. After the storm had spent itself, the
boat in which was the lady, safely reached Macao, and she
having landed, immediately disappeared.
| ^sj T'heen
how kung, ' A temple of the Queen of heaven-' At a ro
mantic spot in Macao, where she is said to have landed, is a
famous pile of rocky temples, called g
^ Neang-mako.'
jj| ^ ]
Hwang t'heen how t'hoo, ' Imperial
heaven, and queen earth ;' heaven and earth, nature.
361
1'J lE I $ W
HMflh tsungshing.tslh thing;
How tsnng keen tslh thing, ' Timber must be cut according
to the marking line, and then it raij be squared ikings mutt
listen to reproof, and then they may attain rectitude/
| Keun bow, ' Assembled' princes or governors.'
j
jj|J| How t how, ' Behind.' jjj^ j Shin how, * Spirit be
hind,' are the words cut on two stones placed in tumuli be
hind Chinese gr vfs.
^ "J* | ) Jfc 3
He
yu how ; how lae k'be soo, ' We have long waited fur our
3nncj hereafter he will come and revivify ut." (Shoo-king.)
jf
^ | jjjj I j Tsae pae ke thow, urh how tuy,
' Again bowt to the ground and then replies.' "(Le-king.)
LE.
One commissioned by i superior to rule others. An emperor
or king; a magistrate of any rank; a,recorder or writer of
official papers in public courts ; one employed in the subor
dinate executive departments. The four seasons. A surname.
Read She, To receive and fulfil the duties of an official situ^on. $
$ikiimz%
I ^tfo^JpW 1T I Soshechayyue- Le,
thowmiugyu t'heeii wci che T'heen-le; show mingyu keun
wei che Kwan-le, 'A person tent, or commissioned, is called Le i
those appointed by Heaven (as Emperors and Kings), are callod
T'heen-le, Ministers of heaven ; those appointed hy the Prince
are cal'ed Kwan-le, Statesmen or magistrates.'
j jip}
Le, c|ie jin chny, ' Le denotes, one who rules or governs
mm.' fff l jgj ^
| Foo she cheshuh ylh yu
le, ' fuch as belong to the class of District recorders, are also
called Le.'
9^ | Shoo le, ' A writer in government
otnees.'
j Ch hang le, ' A superior officer-' /J/ j
Shaou le, ' An inferior officer.'
| ^Le-poo, ' The Board
of magistracy,' which superintends all civil appointments; the
filling up of vacancies; and the punishment of official delin
quents throughout the Empire.
j Seun le, ' Ad ac
tive, upright, good magistrate.' ^ *g* JjE | T'ban
kwSn woo le, ' An avaricious corrupt magistrate.'
J
.'J & J
tK T hien lc- jlh al ' m *u mins h.
The messenger of heaven, by a mistaken virtue, consumes ,
like the raging fire,' without distinguishing the good from the I
vol. i.
I*
30th Radical.
III.
K how ft
bad.' (Shoo-king.)
^
] T'heen-tsze che le,
' A messenger of the Son of Heaven;' an imperial delegate or
viceroy. (Le-king.) G9 0f # X | & 0
^
jt
Sze she chay, fheeu che le yay ; jih
yu8 chay, I'heen che sze yay, ' The four seasons, are the dele
gates of Heaven ; the sun and moon are celestial envoys.'
From ^ She; used to express ' A royal servant;' and One,
implying the unity of purpose in the mind of rulers.' (Seuk'heae.)
T'HOO, or T'hoo.
To put outof the mouth ; to spit out ; to eject from the mouth
the contents of the stomach or of the mind ; to vomit ; to reject ;
to avoid ; to express one't thoughts; to issue or bud forth to
blossom. A surname. The name ofa country hi central Asia.
^jCj^Thun t'hoo, 'To swallow down, and to vomit u\i
^f.^f- | Pwan thun, pwan t'hoo, 'Half twallowedand hah*
vomited,' said either of meat, or of words. [ jj jj* T'hoo
ch'huh lae.'To eject from the stomach; to disclose the thoughts:
to cast forth.' J]|| ] Gow t'hoo, ' To vomit.| P
yfc T'hoo k'bow shwuy, ' To spit the water of the mouth.'
Properly $ Tho. $j &g f JJ J
fa %
~\$L ^f* "fib I ft Mwan "ll y80U ,hw0< cn'n1u ,ne Pwau
ko tsze, yay piih n&ng t'hoo ch'huh, ' The heart full and de
sirous to spenk, but unable to enunciate half a word.' ]
T'hoo hwa, ' To express oneVmind." j jj^JLi ^ T'hoo
loo sin fuh,' To vomit out one's heart and bowels;' to disclose
one's mind very fully.' 7jf| ] j}| "=f Tsew how t'hoo
ching yen. People ' after wine reveal the truth.' J^. '^J
iPjtfe^iH^tffT \ U trfT-ouche
ne joo tsze king pS noo kea , tso yu t'hoo loo chin tsing, ' If I
had known sooner that you would have treated me, a poor fe
male, with such contempt and disregard ; I would not have
erred, in revealing the whole truth.' g \ ]
{fishing jin che t'hoo tszeweiking, 'The expressions giveu
forth by the Sages, constitute sacred-books.' gj: ] =fp;l|^
Tsze t'hoo hwa ch'hang, ' elegant and pleasing language.'
M$fe&\%k%1t I Cha,.ameihwa,chlh
taou suy han fang t'hoo,' This yellow Mei flower, continues till
P K'how.
HI.
30th Radical.
362
J
$'J
[b]
ft
From
Meen, ' A cave or hut,' and fj K'how ' A mouth
or opening.' A medium of communication for the air, hence
frommoath. (Seu-k'heae.) A window opening towards the
CH'HA.
S. C.
363
t'ban.' To breathe out anger.' jjH^pfc |
^
^
^^
Tt'hin ttae ch'hlh cb/ha cbe thing, we
chng cbe yu k'buen mm, Id the pretence of my parents I
r uttered an angry sound, eTen to a dog or hone.'
Original form of Wf" Heu.
YING.
A response.
30th Radical.
HI.
K'how p
p^jr cow.
JJjfjp Ho gow, ' To accord.' A disputed character.
/yi
From ^ Yun, ' A hand grasping a line, to preserve rectitade/ and Q K'how,' A mouth,' giving orders. (ShwS-wan.)
One at the bead of a community, to whom all hearts are
P K'how
II.
30th Radical.
364
tsze puh woo kwan kwa, piih wei keang ju, 'The Keun-tize
of ancient times, did nut insult the old man, or widow i nor
did they fear the violent and powerful.'
| ^ ~|C Keun t'heen hea, ' To rule the empire.' '^f
| ^ pi tff- ^f-
KB keun k'he kwo; kB t*ze
k'hc mm, 'Each rule hi. respective state; and earh be a
father to hit own people.' A phrase which originated when
China was composed of separate and contending states.
It is now used to suggest, that every man should confine
himself to his own affairs.
j j J, |[j Keun keun
chin chin, 'To fulfil the duties of a Prince; and to fulfil
theduties of a minister.1 ^ A If 1 ffi'h 1 V\
f$WZifc/&& 1 Fo j,a tu* keun
ching Scaou-keun, e foo tse ylh t he yen che, ylh tlh yu keun,
A. wife (of a prince), before her lord, calls herself Seaoukeun. The expression arises from husband and wife being
ent body ; hence she is also called Keun.' (She-king.) ^*
^f^t -0J; jj ] Tsze ching foo moo, yu keun, 'Chil
dren complimenting t hoi father and mother, call them Keun.'
SjjJ I Kea keun, 'The master or father of a familv.'
H j Te ching foo, yii keun, 'A concubine
addressing her lord calls him Keun.' ^jjj> ^Jfj' -J\^ jjji J_J
| Foo ching foo yTh yui keun, ' A wife addressing her husland also calls him Keun.'
f{$ jfjfj |EJ
] Foo ching
foo ) ue Se-kcun, ' A husband addressing his wife, calls her Sekeun.'
ff? J^TJ 13 I Heung ch'ng te yu keun, 'A
senior brother addressing a junior compliments him by the term
Keun.' _^ fjij "J* /jf* |3 | shang cni"6 hca jl" J'u6
keun, ' Superiors complimenting inferiors also call them Keun.'
^\ ^
| Fung haou > u6 keun, ' Keun is an Imperial
title conferred on deceased persons' who are eunoblcd, or dei
fied ; either men or women.'
"J"
Ht ^ ^ "if
}5J ] Tsz; sun ching seen she, keae yuc keun, Children or
pJ^CH'HOW.
365
PHANG.
Fan shing, ' A reversed sound.' This is the old de
finition, but it is not perspicuous. (Ching-tsze-thung.)
LIN.
ft
Htm ; niggardly ; sparing; sordidly parsimonious; avaricious.
To regret to part with; to be sorry; to be ashamed and disgraced.
& & *L ^ ftt tiL Lia' h" j,n Dub l'ho yay' ' Lm'
la retaining and not giving forth.' (Luh-shoo.)
| ^
Lin iTh, or ^ j Pe lin, ' Mean and niggardly ; unduly
paring.'
| Keen lin ; or
J Han lin, ' Parsi
monious.'
>j | T"nan lin, ' Covetous ; avaricious.'
2^ | Sew tin, ' To feel shame and disgrace.'
I^fjf. |
Hwuy lin, * The appearance of grief and distress.' J^j ^
tyk E PJC Jrl,
I Yun6Jin wei ke kaekwoptih lin,
* To employ an other person who possesses merit, as if he were
one's self: and to reform one's own errors franUy and un.paring.,.' (Shoo-king.) ^
flt ^ A ^ I J&
g Pfih ke n&ng yu jin; puh lin kwo yu ke, ' Not be
envious oftalent in others ; nor be sparing of one's own faults.'
tin, urh woo keae chuy che tth, ' Perhaps *he rich are two
parsimonious, and are destitute of the virtue of liberality.'
-f~ M ^ ifl
I Keuei, t,ie ke! puh jo
hay ; wang, lin, ' The virtuous man, seeing tbe minute causes
offuture events, deems it better to desist, and not proceed to
incur shame and regret.' (Ylh-king.) Jj^| JJ^ j Keaou
ts'heay lin, ' Boastful and avaricious.' (Lun-yu.)
Obsolete form of the preceding.
T'HUN. %i
>
30th Radical.
IV.
K'how H
YIN.
HA
P K'how.
IV.
30th Radical.
366
j
J Yin
FEI.
3*
The voice ofa dog i to bark. P/f Jjfa Fet kow, The name
ofacountry. ft $ ft fl| |$ tft ft ft 1
TsB jay t'hing wan kTh I'm telh kow lwan fei, ' Last night
I heard the neighbour"! dogs making a confused barking noise.'
JH| ^
-Jjj | Woo she raSng jay fei, ' Do not cause
ih'e dog. to bark.' (She-king.) |$i H| #J | Mj^il
JjjJ Ke ming kow fei ; taou ch'hoo keae t'hung, ' The cocks
crow and the dogs bark every where alike.'
FANG.
As if hearing.
v-hing-tsze-t'hung yun, Fang, suh fang tsze ( woo keu pub k'ho
tsung, ' Ching-tsze-t'hung says, that Fang is the vulgar form of
Fang, ' to enquire ;' but of this there is no proof, and the opi
nion deserves not to be followed.'
PEfH.
It^Pifc 1 Ming Ptth pelh, ' The chirping ofa bird.' Read
P he, To slander, to defame. | ^ pjj ^ ^ p.he, k'beso puh wei, * To slander is what he will not do.
T'SHIN.
A dag vomiting.
P'HEI.
Vile ( wicked i bad. Read P'he, To obstruct ; to hinder
from proceeding in a proper course ; in which sense, it i 3 th.e
name of one of the Kwa. Read Fdw, A negative particle ; as.
Not; ought not; it often closes an interrogative sentence.
To rhyme, read Foo. ^ ^ ^ ]| & # ft r#
[ ] P'hei puh k'ho che e, keen yu yen, koo tsung k how,
P*hei is the idea of unfitness rendered visible in words, hence
the character it formed from mouth.' |Sj Jjj
'j^. |
jjj^ |)(] Sze cli'hiih e leuh, p'he tsang, heung. An army go
ing forth agreeably to the laws (ofright, will be successful);
but in a bad cause, they will be unfortunate '
j
Tsang p he. ' Good and evil.' (Ylh-king.) ^ff ^ jff j
Chang k'he che phei, (or fow,) ' Try whether they taste well
rnof (She-king.) fJ |g &t
^ # | Ting
teen che le, tsae yu ch'hiih p'he, 'The advantage of turning
up the feet of a vessel consists in ejecting from the vessel it's
impurities.' (Ylh-king.) #
^ If 1 %
^ K'hlh, tslh ching che, yung che, fow, tsTh wei che,
'If he be penitent and reform, then receive him and employ
him; if not, then intimidate him' (by punishment.) (Shooking ) ^ ] She, fow, 'Is it, or is it not; is it right, or
is it not' Jijj- "== ^ ^cj]
J So yen we che she fow,
I ' don't know whether what I say be the fact or not ; or,
whether the sentiment be right or not' -j^ |
^J" She
fow k'ho hing, ' May it be done or not' pT | K'ho fow,
' Is it proper or not: may it be, or not' ^* | Tsang fow,
Has it occurred ; or is it done yet; or not' yj^ jfy 43 j|
*
P'HOW. To draw in the breath ; to inspire.
Same as
PE
mouthed.'
367
an infant Jg ] Y. p., ' Dumb.' ^
^
|
Pah chhtth thing ya-p, ' A ilent dumb;.' Pjj | p j
lH IJt ^
Y* Pa ke'h DwanS->iient too 1 k'hoo, ' A dumb
person who eats the Hwang-lien, feeb) the bitterness in hit
bellj." used to express, feeling unpleasantly, what one is not
allowed to express.
Same as p Keth, see above.
THUN.
J Than t'hun, ' Obscure unintelligible language.'
Ml
HWO
HW6.
S| s. c.
30th Radical.
IV.
K'how P
P K'how.
IV.
368
30th Radical.
K'HE.
St
YIN, or Yin.
S.C.
FOO-
"j^ R. H.
.tf^CHE.
TS'HEEN, or Shun.
Bp| S. C.
2pji?ft0.1%LMi I Z. T,eans-keuen Wok'he yu sze tsiih Uuy hea chay t hung e shlh ; jju sze tsuh
fun laou k'hoo ; tsiih yew ping ts'heu chay , k' lie wei shun che,
' The General Woo-k'he, clothed himself, and ate in the same
369
to government.
] SP Ch'hingpin, or
|
T he
ch'hing tsze, ' To present a petition.'
j j|p Ch'hing thin,
' To recommend one's self.' Syn. with ji Ch'hing, ' To pui
through ;' or according to one, Alert, cheerful.
30tfi Radical.
IV.
K'how p
S. C.
P^j SHIN.
To smile or laugh without distorting the features.
j.woo.
<f
MEAOU.
NO.
f*| s. c.
P K'hovr.
IV.
30th Radical.
370
s.
s. c.
rJt R H
ft
The voice ofany animal ; the lowing ofcattle ; the roaring of a
tiger ; the voice of anger.
4fc 3$ pj J| j ^ A
sze shin, pe Foo-j in choo sze ; Ho-tung sze how, ke nan tsze
wei tie,' The hen (crowing and) being the ruler ofthe morning,
expresses by allusion, a woman's having the controul ; the
roaring of the lion of Ho-tung, is a phrase to ridicule the man
who is afraid of his wife.' Vj^ | JJfjj ^| Ming how yung
yS, ' To roar and leap about' ]
How ping, A certain
' which causes constant and violent breathing.
ger. [r^^Hopo,
the i
2t
From Cow and Mouth ; hence, To accuse ; to lay open be-
30th Radical.
371
fore ; to announce ; to declare to ; to tell ; to order ; to ask ; to
treat. A surname. Read K8, in the tame tense. To
rhyme, read Keo, Kelh, and Kow
-|r_fc. fEj 1
~f> Q
Kaou shang jug kaou, fS hea yu kaou, ' To an
nounce to a superior is expressed by Kaou ; to deliver down
to inferiors by Kaou.' This distinction is not strictly ad
hered to. |
Kaou she, ' A proclamation ' is from the
magistrates to the people.
| ^ Jfj
Kaou keuS
chin kung, ' Announced his baring finished the work.'
|
Kaou ch'hwang, ' A written accusation laid before a
magistrate.' ^ ^ ] /fjjj
jj^ Wo ynou kaou t ha
ylh ch'hwang, ' I'll lodge an accusation against him.'
|
^ Kaou sung, ' To impeach ; to accuse.'
_ J Shang
kaou,
J K'hung kaou, To lay before a higher tri
bunal.' Jjji | Yuen kaou, ' The accuser; or plaintiff.' ^
| Pe kaou, ' The accused, or defendant.' 1l j Pin kaou,
' To state to a superior.'
| jjjj^ Kaou tsoo, ' To inform one's ancestors,' by prayer.
HI | Taou kaou, 'To pray.'
^ |f $ 1
Wo yew ylh yen seang kaou, ' I hare a word to say to you.'
"^1 1^
fl }lt Nekaou * wo che taou, ' Tell me.'
I ifx "aou keV To request leave to retire from one's duties
for a time,' on account of sickness or any necessary cause.
$ If & 1 7f
P taking, pelh
kaou, chin puh kan'tsze chuen yay, ' Must prefer a request ;
must solicit ; a servant dare not assume the controul ofhimself.'
4kf* n" 0 1 j*J0^Hewkea kelh. yue kaou,
heung, yu ning, 'Soliciting leave of absence, on account of
some felicitous event, is expressed by Kaou ; on account of
some unfortunate occurrence, is expressed by Ning.'
-Ishlb pflh sze chaou ; p& shlh yuS kaou ts'hun ; kew shlh jlh
yew ch'hlh, Old ministers of state ' at seventy cease to attend
at court; at eighty.have a messenger sent monthly *enquire
iftbey still remain in life; at ninety, they have daily supplies
sent them.' (Le-king.)
] J^" Kaou shin, ' A seal con
ferring office.'
| ^ Kaou tsze, ' The words ofa petition ;'
also, used by inferiors, or by equals through courtesy, when
about to quit a room and leave the company of another person,
and denote, 1 shall now take my leave.'
IV.
K'how Q
TSA.
A fish
j Tsa
eating;
ylh to
US,enter
Take
thea mouth;
taste.' to lick; to taste. Jjjp
y
HE\, Ya,orA.
Iff
Wide mouthed ; gaping. Also expressed by Pjlj IJJf Pa ya.
The wrangling of children. (MS. Dictionary.) An interjection
or tone ofalarm : A mere tone ; sometimes used instead ofdis
tinct articulation. To rhyme, read Ho. Ijj^ J Han ya, ' Ap
pearance ofa deep wide Talley.' |^ J Ac-ya, ' Ah ! strange !
Kin jlh k'heu a ? kwan she tang ming ylh Uaou tsaek'heu ne i
' Do you go to-dav ) or stop till to-morrow morning, and then
S ?' | 1 (P^Ya ya,p'hei, Is the language of vulgar con
tention. The two first words are intended to mock the mut
tering enunciation of an opponent; and the last is pronounced
with so much force as to amount very nearly >.o spitting at him.
KEUN. To cast forth ; to eject from the mouth.
To mourn for the living relations of the deceased.
^ Common form of ljff He'en.
LEU,
P K'how.
IV.
30th Radical.
372
PAOU .
A laughing appearance.
Glh.
PWAN, or P'hwan.
? Pwan yen, ' To lose composure and propriety ofcoun
tenance ; vulgar looking ; rude and violent'
K 1H.
01. Scrib.
YEW.
9t
Characters formed by Five Strokes
MEI .
To chirp as a bird.
LIN.
H WO.
Avaricious ; covetous.
Y1H, or Gth.
S. C.
P'HUN.
To spurt ; to sputter.
30th Radical.
373
WAN.
HWANG.
V.
K'how P
NE.
V
A Colloquial Partide, interrogative; also suppositive, If;
"M>M JS. 4^
T**n8 m0 ,be heaou DC'
fe, then, i. filial piety r
ff\ ^ |f| fljj #j r
To apeak against
slander; to vilify.'
ll E
1^ ^ ^"flfiL N mun
hwae paoo left
the how ; go leaou ne, UzC ie piifa hwuy k'belh fan ; Mag
leaou ne, tsie ke ptih hwuy chuen e ftth, ' During the time
that you were hugged in the boiom (of your parent), if hungry,
yon knew not how to feed younelf if cold, you knew not
how to clothe yourself.'
J |$ ^ | ^ -j| ^
jjij p| Ne-nan, ieaon ihing, to yen yay, t'hnng ne, ' Ne-nan,
much talk in a low voice; the same as Ne ' to chatter.
~Y ] Pj|j
Ten ptth leaou ne-nan vy, ' Talking
and chattering eternally.
j
^ab ^
Nc-nan,
yen yn yay, ' Ne-nan , the chattering ofiwallowi.'
Read Ne, To call to, or direct a person. M. Scrib. gjjj Ne.
An erroneous form of )J@ Hwa,
Under which the Reader is again referred to
call out.'
Hwa, ' To
Pjjj^ YEN.
TE.
S. c.
CH'HAOU.
A guttural sound a noise made from the throat.
Tjj^ P'HEIH.
To spit -, which is also expressed by ^ ^ T'ho p'helh.
CHOW.
M
Fr0m M TBnff' "r0,e>' and P K'how, The mouth.'
To provide for fully ; to supply the wants of; a curve ; a
bend. To perform a circle; to extend to every place; to
complete ; faithful. Close together ; to the extreme degree ;
to the end. Enters into the formation of proper names ; a
surname To rhyme, read Shoo.
^ ^t ^ ifc
ff^ Jvl ific^ Cha-1' e
^eanS lt>zet wa nan chow keft,
' These two words, raiment and food, ten thousand difficulties
attend providing fully for them.'
| |jj Chow pe, * Fully
provided with every thing ; all things ready prepared.'
j
^ Chow tse, ' To supply the wants of a person ; to bestow
charity.- | gj" Chow tsae, ' An abundant store of wealth.'
| ]fQ ^ ^ Chow urh fuh che, ' To go round and begin
again.'
J ||j Chow wei, ' To surround ; all around.'
Pfr^ LEIH.
j
D3
Pj K'how.
V.
30th Radical.
374
oaths.'
^ J Too cbow, 'To utter imprecations.' J
]p| Chow ma, 'To rail and curse.'
j Foo chow,
Charm, or spell..'
=f f- ^
fjg & ^
$
"^JJ Che chow hoo wan wSh, ' Knowledge which extends
to every thing.' (Ylh-king.) #,
^ ^ $ ] $J
T'ha tso sze pflh Uh chow taou, He cannot do any thing com
Ts'heen .how yen ta pei .in chow chan fa, 'A penitential form
of heart-felt prayer to the mo.t merciful (Kwan-yin
thousand hands and eye*;' is, the title of a book o.
published by order" of His Imperial Majesty ^ ^| Y
A. D. 1412.
=j| . j SunS cl>ow- <To r*rute prayer, or spell.
f|$ Chow sung, 'Recitative,' |g
jfc I |fc ^j" 0
^ry J)
Tscu tsiug shwar^ow san chO sze fang wei keae,
' Take clean water, and** list uttering a p'ajer, sprinkle it all
around, forming thcreoy a limit," beyond which, every noxious
influence is expclletf. This iioneof many modes of conse
crating ground, on which an idol or any part of the insignia
of the idol is l)e placed.
^ # ^ ^ /j^ |^ ^
1 EJ^P-^ife^f ft^FanHooylh
yin puh yTh e ; enow, taae Yin-fhoo yu, To-lo-ne- ylh Han
yu yu Ming, yu Chow, yufi Chin yen, keae.she yay ; chin yen
kin che. ' The books of Fan (translated into Chinese) render
the sound but not the sense; Chow, in India, is the word Tolo-ne, which is trans'ttad into Chinese by Ming, (clear, bright);
by Chow, (a prayer, an imprecation) ; and by Chin-yen, (tru
sayings) : These are all intended for the same original word ;
True sayings, is nearly its import' Al. Scrib.
Chow,
' Two mouths and a man."
T'HEE, orCh'hS.
^yj^ chow
H.
tqjj s. c
Self-indulgence.
375
K'HEW.
oil
A sound ; a noise.
breath, orbrealhing is thus denominated by Foreignerseast - Road Ling, "Ft* nojse made by many persons.
Q *-** K'HE.
P'HING.
ittl TSZE.
To slander; to revile; weak ; injured.
1^ Tsze and'
P.' Sze, are local terms for ^J] Tazef 'This.' f
Tsze
yo, 'Careless and slothful.'
PfjJ^KOO, orWa,
30th Radical.
V.
K'how p
MO.
An obscure li&ht.
HO.
^ R. H.
K'how.
V.
30th Radical.
376
ftjj? P'HO.
Sound ; noise.
yf^ s. c.
y!h.
3^^ CHA.
Pjj} SHIN.
Ufe|^
>y^>
Hi*
377
M7M 1
1 7.fl)g##"
neen kew shlh ts'hlh jin, chung te'Th, chung leaou ; seuen te'Th,
icuen leaou ; woo hoo teih, woo hoo leaou ; tilh lew Oh wo,
' Of ninety-seven persons (made Sew-tsae) the same year with
me, those who were to obtain (the rank of Keu-jin) have
obtained it; those who were to be chosen (to office) have
been chosen; those who were to breathe their last, have
breathed it ; hence I am left alone.'
A^W^Mi^& 1
fllJ^MM I Wl^U
selhchaou
hoo, UTh Ping-shing, keaou haou urh hoo, talh K'heu-shing,
' Whenever Hoo is used as a sigh or exclamation, it is Pingshing | when it is used to call out or bellow, it is K'heu-shing.'
GAN.
Sound ; noise.
MING. X
/fj^\
4*
From P K'how, ' The mouth,' and
Ling, ' To order.'
Fate t " Fatum est quod dii fantur." ^
g" ^
$
W ifi. rh6en pi,h Jen' *,h e wo
me, chiug tseang, kaou che jay, ' Heaven does not speak, yet
by dreams and extraordinary phenomena, gives intimation
of iti will.'
The fate; the lot; the destiny of individuals in this life.
The life of human beings. An order ; a command ; a decree ;
a precept. ^ ^jj T'heen ming, ' The decree or will of
heaven.'
^ <jijt ^1 fj|
T heen minP cbe wei sing,
' That which Heaven commands (to be inherent in creatures)
is called (their) nature.' (Chung-yung.) ^
ffjl
T'heen chefoo yu wan with chay, yuf t'heen ming ; jin yu wiih
show che yu t'heen chay yuS sing ; ming joo Chaou-ting kaou
ch'hlh, sing joo cMh jin, ' Heaven's conferring (their peculiar
properties) on all creatures, is called the decree of Heaven ;
man and other creatures receiving from Heaven (those pro
perties) is called nature : the decree or fete is like the de
cree or order of the Sovereign, nature is like the office re
ceived ' in virtue of that decree.
] ^jj" j <J Ming
3B
30th Radical.
V.
K'how f]
yew ke'Ih heung, ' There are fates, felicitous and infelicitous.'
ffi ] Haou ming, ' A good destiny.' Ill-fated, is expressed
in various ways: ] ^|
jWj Ming pB joo che, ' Fate
thin i i paper.'
J ^ Ming tuh, ' Poisonous fate.' ^
] ^ Rooming jin, ' A bitter fated man.'
j Szc
ming, ' A deadly fate/
J| | ^ j|| Tsae yu ming
seang leen, ' Wealth and fdte are connected."
| ^
Ch'hang ming foo kwei, ' Long destined to wealth and honor.'
1
] tfft* Jt.9ft4t
Ming le yen lae,chung seu yew ; ming le woo lae, mo keang kew.
* If it be in (your) fate that it is to come, jou will at last
possess it.
' If in the course of your fate it does not come, do not use
violent endeavours to obtain it,'
W | Swan ming, ' To calculate destinies ; to tell fortunes.' IA J Sing ming, or ^ ] Sang ming, Life."
/j^ J Shang ming, ' To wound life ;' i. e. to kill.
J
fjjc Ming gan, Cases of murder.'
^
^ ^>
ffi A 1
Urh wei choo show, puh yaou tach'huh
jin ming lae, ' Do you both cease to strike, and not occasion
a person's death.'
^jjr J Che ming, ' To expose one's life
in a cause; to pursue it till death.'
j Sang ming, or
| Shlh ming, 'To lose one's life.' ^ /g '|4 | Pirn
koo sing ming, ' To disregard life.' J||
] /j^ Hwang
shang ming ling, ' The Imperial order.'
j Ling ming,
I 'receive (your) commaodst' -a civil mode of expression.
7 ^*
1
't''lan wei m>DS> ' 1 *na" not presume
to disobey your commands.' ^ J Flih ming, ' To return an account how orders have been executed.'
jjg | Yin jlh joo ming, ' Every thing has been done accord
ing to order.' Tl| | Pin ming, or |j| j Ts'hing ming,
'To request commands; to ask permission.' =jfe ~p j
Ts'hing wang ming, ' To request the royal order' to inflict im
mediate death, as is the form in certain cases which are not
referred to court previous to capital punishment. The ^j|f
Foo-yuen of a Province, has this power lodged with him.
|
Ming kwei, A tablet about a foot long, and two inches
broad, held in bath hands before the face, by statesmen in
former times, when in the presence of the Emperor, 'pj ]
how. V.
30th Radical.
378
Sze ming. The mm ofa itar. I E Ming fin, Certain garmentt. To rhyme, read Min.
TH'OW. I
To ipit out, to reject with icorn. From
Choo, A
placed on g Fow, 'Not,' denoting one who ha.
to diatinguiih between right and wrong, and to reject the
with icorn. (Ching-Ure-fhung.)
Same as the preceding.
P'HAOU.
Pg[ TSEU.
4|
s. c.
fuh.
YANG, or Yanff.
it
The sound or tone of replying; the found oi
30th Radical.
379
Yang.yTh, ' The interrupted flowing of water.'
water.
j | Yangyang, 'Interrupted breathing or lobbing from grief.'
01. Scrib. $1 Ho, see below.
TS1H, or CMh.
A loud roice.
V.
K'how Q
hands rested.
fj Ho-shang, A priest of the sect Ftth.'
/jU jffj T" ho-<hang, 'The first or chief priest in a temple.'
j Tae ho, ' The general prevalence of truth and peace.'
^ | Keang ho, or ||fj j Keuen ho. ' To persuade to mutual agreement'
|ft -|| ^ | flfc ft J Hwan
hwan he he ho t'ha ch'hiih k'heu leaou, ' Quite pleased and
delighted to go out with him.' /j't/jrQ 1 Seaoa ,ttnS
ae ho, ' A small reed is called Ho.' j|| W =J ] Keunmun ju8 ho, ' The gate of the army (the passage by which.they
advance) is called Ho.' Instead of Ho-mun, ||[ ffl Luy-mun,
is now used. f$ J^. ffl |f |EJ ^ \ LenS fceun seang
tuy yuf keaou ho, ' Two armies opposed to each other is canes'.
Keaou-ho.' ijj^jj j He ho, The names of two Officers, said
to have directed the signs of time, or the astronomical depart
ment
|
Hoe, and ^ j Yun bo,. Names of
places.
] ^ ^ ^|
Yang ho kin kaou pei yay,
' Yang-ho is the modern (support. for the back called) Kaou-pei.'
A surname. Read Ho, To respond ; to modify and cause to
mix or blend together. =jg J T'heaou ho, 'To mix and unite
together.:' J^ ^^ J f1" jatseho', 'A hundred me.
dicinesallmixed together.'
jlfc nj| jjj jfc
Q J
Iszech'hangurhpeyingyue' ho, ' Ho expresses one singing and
another responding,' To rhyme, read Hwuy.
J^jj^ H0,
Uci s. c.
P K'how.
VI.
30th Radical.
380
Tszc tseu kew le, ' To bring a crime upon one's self.' ^ JJ^j
| T'heen keang che kew, ' The calamities sent down
by heaven.
H^RH
A loud voice.
Characters formed by Six Strokes.
Ol. Scrib.
||j
S. C.
4
The side of the face between the mouth and ear ; the tide
of the head.
^ ^ f 1'J ^ Pfl fffj ^ *ew -
yen, Ulh pelh e urh tuy, When questioned, tb(
KWANG.
Ability to speak.
#f O
Desirous to laugh.
Haou
6, G8,orNe8.
S. C.
30th Radical.
381
composed of two mouths, denotes two persons singing alter,
nately in responsive strains. Luh-ihoo alio defines it, ^
M> $0 M ffc "ffi* Le,n6 j',n yinK ho urh k0 W' ' Tw0
person'! singing in alternate responses.'
To strike with alarm. 5jp ] Gfl gi5, 'Language direct
to the point.' Alto defined, The appearance of a high cap.
Tbe aide of a sword.
TOW.
R. H.
CII HA.
K'how Q
TSZE.
as an untranslated sound.
HE, or E.
VI.
ujj^
ME.
A loud laugh,
| f?J{ He bejen, ' Laughing.' Read
Ch'he, in the same sense. Also to stop. Read Thee', ' To
gnaw ; to bite.'
s. c.
CHE.
LUH.
Sound; voice.
3F
U Know.
VI.
30th Radical.
382
Tain, took the rule from the human bod;. The forearm of a
middle-sized women wai eight Twin long, which meaaure wai
called Che.'
In a imall degree. ]
f*|] Che ch'hlh
che keen, ' Between a Che and a Ch'hlh,' i. e. much the rame.
A KEAOU.
tit
SHOW.
The voice of > bird, or to follow the voice of a bird.
I'&S. C.
lo.
The noise of wrangling or disputing. Kead KS,. The
cackling ofa. fowl. Coughing and reaching,
se'uh.
To drink ; the appearance of drinking wine. Vulgarly
used for j^jj] Seun, 'To plan, to deliberate.' The character is.
rejected by Ching-tsze-t'hung, as altogether erroneous.
TSA ;. Ta, or Cha.
l,me.
pg ^ Tsa-mun, 'We; us.'
kear ' 1 1 me i myself.' J
T* lao>'
J ^ Tsa' My father.'
fk B
$ ffi fi Ei ^ 1 Silh Chins U"ke
**' ' A common expression for one's self ia Ts.' ^ ^jfc rj | |=J
keen wac t hew heTh bHh wa wa, ylh keua jin seaou bin tae,
'Heard without side a tillering, and a group of people- con
ing in laughing.'
CHOO.
s. c.
Pfci how.
|f P^Chf choo, or^ j T cboo, 'Loquacioustalkative manner.' Read Choo, The xolce ofa bird. Read
Cbow, The bill of a bird. The name of a star.
Jj^ }
Kung choo, 'The name of an ancient stone on which to rob
iuk.'
t)KT s c
E.
R H.
5J
TOW . Loquacity, levity. The same as^sr Tow.
30th Radical.
383
che seaou cbaj, 4 Hae-)ing ezpren an infant that first knows
howtolaugh.' ^=fZ^^\^^Z
Foo chlh tree che yew show bae-urh ming che, ' The father
took bold of the child's Fight hand, and named it Hae, from
the found of its laugh.' Read K'hae, or K'hlh, To cough.
VI.
K'how Q
state Sjjji Tsoo. Where alio, the same two characters were
pronounced Keaou telb, and denoted a Song.
P^fk
SHWE, or ShwS.
H YVU Y.
Sound, noise;
K'HWA.
Perverse language.
empty boatting.'
O.
HWAE, orHwa.
stop i to desist from issuing sound. To eat. They are all
Breathing through the nostrils. Read Hwa, Words:
speech; language. Read She, 'To taste with. the tongue.'
Pg|| She k'he jt, ' Taite the leaf.'
erroneous, (Ching-tsze-t'buog.)
U^T-HAOU. t y|((
^(j CHOW,,
P^J
K'how.
VI.
30th Radical.
YUE, or Keue.
Anger; angry.
CH'HE.
To laugh, to smile.
V
H^T* LUNG.
HEUEN.
[Jg
A large mouth.
S. G.
ft
A
A distorted mouth. Read Ko, A surname.
K'HWA.
384
YEN.
The throat. Read Yen, ' To swallow.' Read Yih. $g
P[fcj KKng-yth, ' A stoppage of the breath or voice from
grief.' To intercept or obscure, at by clouds. Read
Yin.
| | Yin yin, ' The found of a drum.'
Jj^
] |
^ >f\
Yuen-yuen, yin-yin k'he-bing piiht'hung, ' The sound of Yuen yuenand Yin yin are different;'
the first expresses the distant sound of a dram, and the other
its sound when nearer. tJ" |
San tran yen how,
' Three inches of throat ;' the throat being the passage of the
breath on which life depends, is used to denote that which is
important and essential, of which man has but a mall portion.
1 fffr^
~}j Yen ^0W le ^Jng' ' A ,ery ' mPortan1 part
ofa country.'
|
Yen hea, ' To swallow down.'
TM^Sf^ 1 Uw ,hwttJ min5 ,hiDK *ew T,h.*The
sound of the flowing water intercepted.'
Iji
^J* J
H'J $ 0 f\
H Yun hea chun& Tlh' b1b 10 j"'h Tn*
che ming, 'The clouds and halo intervened and robbed the
sun and moon oftheir splendour.'
LAOU.
P^-E
PJI tfP
laughter.
Sound, noise.
H.
Bh e j ne' "P". forced, or violent
GAE.
Painful feeling; a wounded mind ; compassion i commisera
tion ; pity; grief; lamentation; to lament; lamentable, as the
early death of a parent, brother, or child. To compassionate;
to regret ; to feel a love for, or an interest in. A surname;
the name of a country. To rhyme, read E.
Gae
k'hiih,' To lament and weep.' ^Jji j Pei gae, ' To feel com
passion for.'
| ^JGae-leen, or ] ^ Gae-king, ' To
commiserate; to pity." ^ ffijji J ^ Piih shing gae t'haou,
' The highest feeling of regret and commiseration.'
J
30th Radical.
385
ffil jjp -ft
Gae ,ie urh ,lii'h lt'lie hin^' 1 To feel resret
for the dead, and record their action*.'
|
(jj*
j
Oae tsae, ihun k'ho -gae yay, ' Gae-tiac, expresses
worthy of the deepest regret.' fl|=jj
| ij Woo lioo !
gae Uae ! Alas! now lamentable!' when a person'! death is
narrated or inlended:' ^ ijijj^
| Klie Uing Vho gae,
The affair is lamentable:
||.
J ^^^ ^
f3 "ti f He,noo, gae, 18, gae, woo, y8, yui< ts'hih tsing,
* Feeling-pleased, anger, sorrow, joy, love, hatred,and-desire, are
called se*en passions, gUg^^EH^
Min Vhung che hing yn shing, ya gae thing, ' An actrte feeling
of companion manifested by the-voice, is called Gae-shing.' J
^& Gae haon, ' Loud lamentation.'
| ^ Gae e, Mourn
ing clothes.
] King gae, * Affected commiseration.'
jEj |=j | Puhhea tsze gae, 'Not time to feel .pity for
oae'. self.' ^ ^
^ J| p ^ | Wo tin shang pei,
mB che we gae, ' Mj heart is wounded; none knows my grief.'
(Sbe-king.) |
Gae tsze, A child bereft of its mother.
tt |
Ko Gae .tsze, A child bereft of both parents.
jH ^ ^ Han gae te, ' The Emperor Gae of the Dynasty of
Han,' who lived in the time of our Sariour Jesus Christ.
P'HIN.
pa
Many Mouths or Persons to whom order is dictated by one
presiding | two would wrangle, three gives decision and -order
to deliberation. Hence, A series ; rank ; degree ; class i sort ;
rule t limit; manner; actions; conduct. To arrange; to
classify ; a thing or substance. A surname; the name of a place.
4*^ jjjp Kew p'hin, 'The nine ranks ' into which all persons
possessing any rank are divided in China. They are distin
guished by a small globe of different materials and various co
lours worn on the top of their cap.
] Kwan p'hin, ' The
rank of officers, civil or military.'
j Te yTh p'hin,
The first rank-.' also, 'the best sort.'
|7EJ ] /j!f J|
Sze p'hin kwan yuen, ' An officer of the fourth degree of rank.'
There is a difference in the same degree; a first and a second,
e. g. J
^ Ching urh p'hin, is, ' The first or principal
of the second degree.' ^
j Tiung urh p'hin, is,
' The subordinate of the second degree.'
^ j jj^ Ho
p'hin kclh?' What rank or degree >' ] |f| P'hin luy, ' Sort;
oi. i.
3C
VI.
K'how M
SHIN.
To iraile^ to lawgh at Some say, To laugh aloud. j^J
^ ^ i^C He wei shin tsun, she hing, ' I hope you will'
smile and retain (the present i send), which will be fortunate.'
It is also said, when offering a present, jgl ^ | jjjjjfj
Kan kew shin na, ' Earnestly beg (you) to smile and receive."
j j Shin ching, ' Smile and correct the writing,' or any
other production of one's own, presented to a friend.
UJV
QK'how.
VI.
30th Radical.
386
TE.
JljjJ Yae sae, 'The voice destroyed.' Ching-tszet'hung affirms, that the tiro preceding characters are
altogether wrong.
tfJT HUNG.
yy^ r. h.
tsze pwan yay wa ylh shiog, ta k'huh k'he lae, 1 That child
sobbed and wept half thvjiight, and then burst into a loud cry.'
{ij ffi] ] ^ Cn'n0tl urn wl che* ' Went out ,nd Tom,le<1
it' (MSng-tsze.)
| |$ ||j
*g fjjg Wa, how yen
ke tin maou, ' Wa, the appearance of a stoppage contracted
in the throat'
O, Or G5.
30th Radical.
387
grce of what is affirmed or implied. Admiration ; grief ; sur
prise; commendation; strong conviction, or doubt. ' In the
middle of a sentence, it is a Particle making a pause between
two members of the same sentence; or, a mere expletive;
also the Preposition To, or On. In the dialect of g& /p|>|
Soo-chow, An interrogative Particle, or tone. Occurs in Shooking, denoting To commence; to begin. Read Tsae. gS
PjEJ Tsae sang ming, ' The third moon beginning to shine.'
^ f ^ %, | $
Ta tsae, Yaou che wei keun
jaw Creat- indeed !' or, '01 how great was the Prince Yaou 1'
/|pj ^
^jj" ] Hoylh che jew Uae, ' What n the ad
vantage which it possesses.' ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ A
j IWei jin jew ke, urh yew jin hoo tsae ?' Is the practice
of virtue from one's self, or is it from others J'
J^ J
Yew she tsae, Is it so J
\ Ke Puh *eln lsae' Is it not most lamentable r ^ li
J 3jf ?fc /jj
XS^ YUH
To vomit. Noise made in reaching or vomiting.
E, or Urh.
Pjjj^ KElH.
Sound; noise.
fc|fnJSflfcffij"#;i 1 Tzerilngmin
e lae, we jew k'hcu jin urh hing; tselh jin urh wang chay,
shin tsae ! ' Since men were created, it has never been^that a
nation which put awaj virtue, arose to eminence; nor one that
abounded in virtuous deeds, perished.How important a
truth !' (Urh-shlh-yth-she.)
&B1&m } W BPftf iTrteenjucju
Kwan tsae; Te jut1 heu-fiih tsae, ' Thej all said, behold Kwan ;
the Emperor said, 0 noJ he is not fit.' (Shoo-king.)
'fjf [Jf|j ^ ] Jj!j] Shang-te chin selh tsae Chow, The Su
preme Ruler conferred (the Empire) on Chow.' ^ ^fj ^
| T'hafuhlae tsae? 'Has he not come?' J^" j |e| f
Chin tsae tsze, Po, ' 1, the Emperor, began at P8." (Shoo-king.)
In classical use, occurs in the sense of
Tsae.
YUEN.
A form of $ Keun,
OL Scrib. ^ Qiung, see Rad. Mfih.
GO, or Ts5.
Framed bj ^5 jJjQ
the Dynasty Tang.'
how.
NA.
Vll.
30th Radical.
388
NUN.
To -speak ; words.
^ P|| jfe jj| Gamluug fei taow,' Chirped sod iflew ftvyaj
4
* .mg-tsze-t'hung affirms, it il in erroneous form of
Kau; but Kang-he condemai the asjertion of Ching-tszei'hung.
a THOW.
To -spit out in rude rejection of anf *hing.
DO
NEE.
YUEN.
A numeral of things of nine; hence from
Pei, ' Pearl
shell.' Numeral of officers of the Government, whether civil
or militiry. Round ; to circulate, or to extend to even part.
The name of a place. Read Yun, Beneficial to ; advantageous.
Read Yuo. ^
Woo yun, A man'* name. A surname.
| FOh yuen, A cerUin kind ofcap.
jl If Jt
Wan woo kwan yuen, ' Civil and military officers.' |
$fg* YTh yuen haou kwan, ' A good officer.'
7^
ZZ. ~T | Yew kwan urh shTh yuen, There are twenty
officers.'
-fc /j> 'g" | Ta seaou kwan yuen,
' Officers great and small."
] J^. Yuen p'heen, ' Civil
officers and military.'
^ | Sangyuen, A person possess
ing the literary rank called ^ ^ Scw-tsae.
J ^
WEI.
Calling to ducks.
MANG.
guage or dialect.
"j="
diversity of dialect is called Mang.'
KG.
7a,
30lh Radical.
389
the sons of the Emperor by this term.
^ jjpf -j^ Orh o
ko, it, in the language of the court, the Emperor'i second ton.
3 1? j 0 $ 18
Laou k0 kin JIh n& fth y' Venerable brother have you been well and happy of late.'
Persona intimately acquainted, of the higher ranks, adopt this
instead of their proper titles, and precede it by the order which
a person holds amongst his own brother*. Suppose the persons
family name
Ch'hang, and that he was the third brother,
an intimate acquaintance would address him fj^ jgj-'
Ch'hang tan ko, ' Third brother Ch'hang.'
K'how p
HEAE.
ma j Gae heae, ' Indistinct or stifled articulation.'
Same as Pj| Te, To cry out.
%
P^j^ LEj Or La.
NO.
VII.
ryJ?
Tsuh-tsze, ' To
compliment; to flatter; to seek to obtain by the arts ofadulation.'
| K'hee k*he, ' Sound, noise."
V^jj K'HEE
TEE.
(}J][
%
\X^9 MEEN.
P K'how.
VII.
f^jj" HO.
SOth Radical.
390
LAOU.
Verbosity.
instrument.
Fan ch'huy puh-lo, she yaou chung ping k'he shin, chlh k'hc,
chen le'Ih, ' In all cases when the Puh-lo is sounded, it ii re
quired that all the troops rise up, grasp their weapons, and
stand erect.'
*5^YxH. ngp^
|YIh y ih. The voices of marry persons.
E.
CHE.
HEAOU.
s. c.
Calling out ; a loud cry i the roar of wild animals i the voice
of anger or rage.
fjQ ^ P'haou heaou, ' The cry of en
raged tigers or leopards.' The cry of an alarmed swine. (ShwSwan.) p| Pjj* Heaou ch'huen, Asthma.' Ching-tsze-t'huiig
condemns these two last definitions.
The same as pj Nan, Muttering sound, chattering.
^R.H.
HEEN.
Chaoa
To eat.
LEANG, or Lang.
Excessive weeping
391
NEE.
SOth Radical.
VII.
K'how Q
HUNG.
Sound i noise ; a loud noise. Syn. with JT Hung.
$| PA
P!=? HANG.
The voice of a bird, which if alio expressed by 0)j|] |]|SJ|J Pa pa.
Vfe Pj[ TsSng hang, Foolish frightened appearance.
MAY, or Me. The bleating of a sheep.
KANG.
ffi |^ Teu may, the name of a cily
LEUE.
SUY.
To contract the mouth ; a contraction or distortion of the mouth.
MjJ, PEW, or Fow.
FUH.
tm
poo.
Bgj
^ Yun-nan.
To oppose, perverse.
T'HUN.
A foolish appearance.
To induce; to seduce.
P K'how.
VII.
30th Radical.
392
KO.
^ S. C.
Tuj.
i to imbibe.
CHIN.
P==
YEN.
rjvgj
Tfi moan or grieve for the disasters of the living i or for the
loss of one's country. Also read Neeo. Sjn. with Pj Yen,
Md W Yen- it E f -di # e ^ X Yeehay chlhyu jay ; sang yen pun wan, ' Yen denotes straight
forward speech; the language of mourning it not embellished.'
pjjj^ YUNG.
To reach ; to vomit.
Reciting or praising.
i lo each other.1
393
rj^ S. C.
SEEN.
To vomit.
Uflj S. C.
LE.
VII.
K'how Q
T'HANG.
GAE, Ae, or E.
T'HOO.
30th Radical.
HE.
To sigh ; to cry out without weeping. The moan of painful
feeling without shedding tears ; to pant. Syn. with jjjj^ He.
Strong breathing in sleep i snoring. To laugh. This last sense
is disputed.
s l
l|f ffC SuJ KnnS-te ,nen wei T'hang; T'hang wang tselh
Hwang-te wei, ' The Emperor Kung of the Dynasty Suy, re-
p K'how.
VIII.
30th Radical
31,4
P^p? KWAN.
Ol. Scrib. P9 Wan, To ask.*
I Kwan kwan,
Original form of
HO.
To stop ; to close.
A vulgar form of
TE.
The mouth.
PUNG.
Pjjf* SHE
|^^^ HO.
S. C.
t of.
KEA
To inform of verbally.
Ug s. c.
395
30th Radical.
VIII.
K'how Q
P&WEI.
Uj|
3g
^C^JE^.S 1 H
K'he wei shin-jinhoo,
che tsin tuy, bun wang, urh puh shlh k'he ching chay ; k'he
wei shing-jin hoo, ' It is the Sage alone who knows to advance
or to recede ; to preserve or to see destroyed ' (without losing
his tranquillity ; it is only the Sage who can do so.' (Ylh-king.)
if! 1
Yelh chin wei no, ' Must be attentive to
answers.' (Le-king.) ^3^0.^^^^
fi^ I ffS
* cnaou wo n8> Seen-sSng chaou woo ne,
wei urh k'he, 'When your Father calls, do not answer drawlingly ; when your Tutor calls, do not answer drawlingly ;but'
answer smartly, and rise up.'
] ^ ll^ j{f| ffjj Jjf gjj
[f %jk jfil 3> Wei che *n,0S> len urn cn,h> * cne
bwau urh win, 'The sound Wei succeeds 1.the call) immedi
ately, and is plain (or abrupt); the expression No, follows
leisurely, and is elegant.'
==
\ -J^ ^ Nang
yen nan wei, neu yu, ' When children are able to speak, let the
hoys answer (smartly ith) Wei, and the girls (softly with) Tu.'
j=L jS j ^ K ii<- jn wei wei, 'The fish passed out and
in at random.
P K'how.
VIII.
30th Radical.
396
b|j
TSElH. $
P^LE.rL,
bjj^ S . C.
Jg J K'hung
CHHANG.
To precede sto lead ; to induce t to sing,
Ch'hang
jay, ' To bow to each other as a mark of respect.'
j
^ IH1 ]
Cn nanK> *n'nS ^tou ch'hang yay, ' Ch'hang
to emit the voice and sing aloud.' | jjj^' Ch'hang-ko, or Koch'hang, ' To sing." J
Ch'hang keuh ' To sing songs.'
|
Ch'hang. ho, 'To sing, and to respond.' "J "j?J~
Ylh ch'hang plh ho, ' When one leads the song, a hundred
respond.'
E, or Urh.
Appearance of unwilling compliance. IVfuch talk.
j^jl Joo e ' Forced or violent laughter.'
[ijjr |^| ^
K'HEANG.
S. C.
into the mouth with the hand. It is much used in the religious
bodks of Fun.
^ PJ ^ ^ p *^ SHh cbow to
yung gan tsze, ' In the prayers or imprecations of Shlh, (i. e.
Fuh or Buddah), the character Qan is much used:' in what
sense it is not
TSEAY.
397
s. c.
YU. The
YAY.
K 1 19 * 9
It** P b F" n~ou
; yue Chaou; jajmiDgjug Yay, 'All birds which
ting in the morning are called Chaou; those which ting at
night .re died Y.,.' # j| # $ $ & ^ $
. | Lin neaou e chaou chaou ; shwiij neaou e j ay jay,
'Birds of the foreil ling in the morning; birds of the water
30th Radical.
VIII.
K'how Q
HAN.
Same a<
To vomit'
LAE.
THO.
t S
Spittle; to spit.
Pijl
T'ho-jin, 'To spit upon a
man ;' to treat him with contempt
j ^ T'ho-l'he,
' To blow the nose.'
J ^ J=| ^ T'ho meen ttze kan,
'When spilat in the face towipe it off one's self.' P^j ^
t'bo miih ne, tsew she kan, ttew she leaou, ' Ifany one were
to take spittle and *pit at you, jmt -wipe it dry, and to let
there be an end of it'
Lo lae, ko shing,
Tse yae, A laughing appearance.
Pj $g Sha.t'he. 'The
GOW.
To vomit.
P K'hi.w.
VIII.
30th Radical.
398
HEAOU.
Sound; noise.
tfj^^ TUNG.
Many words.
CHAOU.
To laugh; to jest; to ridicule; to boast.
jjj^ pj*j
f~* Kwei chaou urh e, ' Nothing but wanton and laugh.'
J
fljjyChaou ch, 'The singing or chirping of birds.' Read Taou,
| Leaou taou, 'Many words; verbose.' Read Chow,
^ Chow Ueaou, 'The chirping of small birds, the sound
made by the swift course of a flight of small birds.' Read
T'heaou.To laugh immoderately.
Q"J? SHfH.
SAOU.
HOO.
cb6
af
&
jj^j Pjjl TO p8 cha cha, yew k'hlh che raun, wo piih ch'huh
ying, k'Mh k'heu urh ch'hin,' A visitor knocking and thumping
came to the door ; I did not go out to answer, and the visitor
went away in anger.'
j
i^- ChS muh neaou, A
wood-pecker. To rhyme, read Tiih.
Oj^^ CHO.
8 fp -ft ] ] If ft M ^ T
'a- y jay,
t'h&t'ha peitsfiog ch huh yay, 'Tsun-lsun, familiar friendly
conversation ; T'hS-fhfi, backbiting and reviling.' Al. Scrib.
^ T hS, and
T'ht
YAE.
\ Yae-gow, The prattle of little children.
399
out, to ascertain what is within : (ShwS-nan.) To devise ; to
arrange; to deliberate t to adjust by consultation; to measure.
A travelling merchant; a merchant ; to carry on commerce.
Name of the second Dynasty of Chinese Historians, it com
menced about the year 1750, B. C, and ended about His,
B. C. The latter part of the Dynasty was denominated Jjg
Tin, and is spoken of by some Historians as distinct from
Shang; the Sovereigns of this period are denominated ^Wang. The name of a kingdom founded by ^ Keth. The
name of a state, and a district Applied to a portion of time
before sun-rise and after sun-set One of the notes ofmusic.
A surname. In elegies, to illustrate the meritorious and peace
ful citizen, is called Shang. In the sense of To deliberate,
syn. with gjjjj Shang. To be distinguished fromj^gj Telh, which
is formed by
Koo, with in side, jftj g|| Shang-e ; j
Shang-leang ; j^j
Shang-cho
Seang-shang,
AH express, Consultation or deliberation between two or more
persons.
^
| -j- Hwan hwan shang leang, ' Calm
and deliberate consultation.' j
Shang-tse, A sacrifice
composed of dried fish, so called from the quantity being
regularly measured,
tyj ^ ^ Q j rhung ttae
yuh ho yu shang, ' To make a mutual transfer of property,
and to sell goods, is expressed by Shang.'
Jj-y j Hang,
shang, or W
j Yang-hang-shang, A Chinese mer
chant engaged in European or foreign trade at Canton ; they
are commonly called from the Provincial Pronunciation of the
word
Hang, Hong-merchants. The same character is also
pronounced Hing, hence
J Hing-shang, -A travelling mer<*",t-' ft0 I ^ 0 J|[HingyuSihang.ch'hooyu6
koo, 'To travel about (with commodities) is called Shang; to
remain in a place (and sell) is called Koo.' ffi^lff. | yf
jjJJ ^ J| Yen yun, hing shang pun joo tso koo, ' The Pro
verb says, the travelling merchant is not so well off as the dealer
who sits permanently in the same place.'
j Yen-shang,
< Salt merchant' of whom there are licenced Companies in
China.
^ K'hlh shang, A merchant who has come
from a distance, one who visits a place for mercantile purposes.
| jig ^jf |BF- Shang t'hung yew woo, ' The merchant makes
a transfer of what is possessed for what is not.' JLf}
1 fa ||{[ JpJ -{{i Woo jin, Kung, shang, kea, ch'he.yu,
3:tb Radical.
VIII.
K'how Q
yty, ' The five tones, Kung, shang, keB, yu and ch'he,' Kung
answers to B of the European gamut, but the order in which
they are here inserted, which is that in which the Chinese read
them, does not correspond to the other letters of the scale.
Shang is called the
Kin-yin, Golden sound.
JTh we ch'hiih. jlh mtih how, keae urh klb pwan yun san shang,
' Two kih (about a quarter of an hour) and a half, whether
before sun-rise or after sun-set, are called three shang,' expres.
sive of a regularly adjusted period ; or according to Ching-tsze.
t'hung, from Shang being used for gold or metal, and the
Klh or marks on the Clepsydra, being cut in metal.
teKh.
P^HEAOU, or K'heKh.
Great; Turbulent; agitated; noisy. Read Ts'hae, Vul
gar style ofdiscourse.
HUNG.
P K'how.
VIII.
H WAN.
Many wordi.
30th Radical.
400
1 if f M&&
Choo koo ieTh che hwin hwin i chuen
tt'heen le che min min, mis joo ihoo, ' To illustrate the unseen
things of ancient times, and to communicate the unconceived
things of remote parts, there is nothing comparable to books.'
TIIUN.
s. c.
1
*
tslh laou urh woo kung, ' To enquire superficially (floating on
the surface) and think remotely (loosely), will end in labour
ing without effecting any meritorious work.'
nfjl |p JE| | Sin tsuy yuf win, ' To enquire into a
crime is culled Win.'
^ ^ Win tsuy, ' To convict ; to
1
fP w*" ,ze Uuj' ' To cnTiet f *
condemn.'
capital crime i' to condemn to death.'
j ^jjj^ Win how,
' To make civil enquiries about a person i to pay respects toi
to compliment.'
^ P'hin win, ' To send to a neigh
bouring state, to make enquiries, or to pay compliments.' J
^ | ^fB kung win Tsze-kung, ' Left with, or gave a
bow to Tze-kung.'
^ J Kung win, ' A royal or Im
perial mandate.' Occurs in the sense of K| Win, To hear..
Q^jJ K'HlH.
TS'HUY.
To laugh.
U/fe S C.
To drink.
401
HWUH, orKwiih.
S. C.
30th Radical.
VIII.
K'how Q
jijjjij ^
THAOU.
Many words; much talk; stories going and coming. The
indistinct prattle of a child. To roar out; to supplicate or im
precate.
g|
^ ^ Ha iu fhaou fhung . k'bfib, .' To
roar out and weep bitterly.'
Lis*
\
P^T'HAN.
To taste ; to eat ; a bait ; to entice with a bait t to swallow.
Wild ; mad-like. Occurs in thi sense of insipid. A surname,
pjjJJs Tseaou t'han," or | |fc T'han shlh. 'To taste; to
eat.' 1 ^
jfjj T'baa t'han, ping t'hun maou,
'T'han t'han, the appearance of swallo wing together.'
piih kan chang t han, ' Though hungry and cold, did not dare
to taste, any drink food.'
& ^ ^ Yu taou t'han
keun, 'The remainder . of a peach gave a prince to eat;'
done by a. favorite to | ^^.Lingjtumj, whilst in favor.
It was afterwards interpreted -as a want of respect, and the
poor wretch f^j ^ Me-tsie, having lost the partiality of
his Prince, was put to death in consequence. Also read,
T'han. Syn. with
T'han, and
T han.
THAN.
To eat; to swallow; to devour ; lo entice with a bait.
?L 1- fcM M %. 1 $ Ku,,s-UM
fshoo, urh. how t'hau t'haou, ' Coufucius first fed on millet,
aud then ate p.aches.'
J<1
$3 A ifr* B 1
Q K'how.
VIII.
30th Radical.
402
E ieurh(or ne) jin, ylli jrufc fhan, 'By gain -or advantage,
to lay a hail for men is alto called T'-han.'
j
Than e le^' To ensnare -or (educe by the hope of gain.* The
Mine asthe preceding.
UTuI Read ChuS, and Ylh. The meaning not known.
^^C. PO.
HO.
5&
According and complying with. A little child weeping,
TSEU.
\jfc* TSZE.
^ IT S. C.
Tex*
Hollow.; emptv.
^
Tsze-yn, 'Careless;
pitate.'
| g fj jfa || $ Tszetwan lelh, yu, jo
ttae, ' Tan, denotes -defect of rtrenfth; and Yu, weak or
inferior ability.' Hence ^ ^ f^/f^ "tit PiihnUng kin
taO yay, ' Unable to act with assiduity.'
PEL
S.C.
Used in
common wiIh
Ts'huy.
ing. Also read Kwiih, Heue, and Yuh, in the sac
fsf\^k K'HElH.
Pg^CHTJE.
Pp^^ T'HO. The langenge of spells or imprecations.
Appearance ofweeping; lo weep and >b, drawing in the
breath. Much and incestaut talking. Read Ch'hug and Ch'huy,
To taate, to drink; to ingurgitate.
g J] L chllc,
* To detain a person ; to puzzle-'
P^jj TAOIL
403
^^j^
01. Scrib.
30th Radical.
IX.
K'how p
Same as
see abov
ove.
Tsre
Gan raJh,
SHE, orChhe.
The ancient definitions of this character are acknowledged
to be obicure. It is now used in the lime ene ai jj-^ Che
and -jS. Tan; hence ^ Jtg Punch'he, 'Not only j' same a*
These are the definitions of Tsze-hwuy and Sha-muh. Kanghe defines it, The noise made in sleep.
] |^ Gan e,
' Breathing ttronfly in sleep.'
YlH.J
S. C.
# TSEW.
Bjjl
fa
Tsew tselh, ' A
P K'how.
IX.
30th Radical.
404
Chay aeay ttae fan t'ha k'helh puh leaou, na k'beu.wei ne teTh
meaou, 1 What he doe* not eat of thote vegetable* (food gene
rally to called) aad rice, take it away and feed your cat with it"
1 ^ We' ma' To
T'HAN.
a horse.
ace of abirndao
PUN.
To vomit forth.
1 ffi jff)
Lcnng show kcu tc, urh gow che piih ch huh,
k'Mh k'hlh jen urh tie, ' With both hands fixed on the ground,
he tried effectually to vomit, and thus coughing and reaching
died.'
HIH.
8g ChJwn.ar
r-jjjjjj NATS'
CK'Ku^eh'hun.
**$p
TLTt
YUNG.
SHEW.
ft
PjJ' Yung, orPjjJ J Yen yung, The mouth of a fith seen
ont of the water, the gaping appearance of a tun respiring. {^
P f& % I I it Ytf k how k'hae helh J,ung
yay, 1 A fish's mouth opening and respiring". (Liih-thoo.)
^jjj ^|j fa ] Shwuy chOh ilh yu yung, ' When the water
is muddy, then the fith thrust their mouths abore the surface '
Read Yu or Gow, The response of a tong.
pjj ^ rjt^
~f~ $H
^ 1 T"en cha3, ch nang Iu mJ cn!1J ch'hang
yu, Thoie before ting to thote following, who ting in response.
WEI.
To fear; to apprehend.
405
' If they be not jet rewarded or recompenced, it is
the time has not yet armed.*
30th Radical.
IX.
K'how p
disaffected.'
jgj ]
ijjJ Mien shen, sin go, ' A virtnous face, but a wicked heart.'
j^J | Meen shen, ' On
good terms with a person externally ; acquainted with,'
J Ch'hang shen, and \~ ] Shang shen, ' To exalt ; to esteem;
or diffuse moral virtue bj holding it npto the regard of others.'
$1 I fl*
We' ,hcD Uue '8' ' T *"* virtLJOUsl)' " the
highest pleasure.'
]
Shen tlh, ' Virtue, morality i
virtuous, moral.'
] ^ Sben fil, ' A good plant means
adapted to the end* ffi j|! ^ J Pan le puh shen, To
mismanage.'
] J?
^ Shen kea woo, To ma
nage the affairs of a family well.*
^ jg fflj g
fl} >^ I S
cnaou ang jin; heang-le ching wei shen
leang, 'He who- can bear (or patiently endure ill usuage) a
morning (or for a while) the village denominates him good and
virtuous.' ^ Jj| Shen leang, Mild; gentle.
] Jj^Shen
ma, A gentle horse.
j $A # H 1 $ A
2^ Jin shen pei jin k'he ; ma shen pei jio ke, ' The good and
mild man is liable to, the frauds or insults of others i and the
gentle horse is ridden more than the vicious one.
JJ)^ j
Q ] Tseu shen yu* shen, ' To take or adopt virtuous con
duct is called Shen.' As J \ /, rf| SMo shin che kung,
' The merit of adopting virtuous conduct.* And, j j
2J j^B Shen shin, woo go, To love goodness and hate vice.'
In these sentences, J; ] t^H fj| ^ jjf Shang shen tsze
tilh k'heu-shing, ' The upper or first -Shen character is read
K'heu-shing.' Again as a specimen of this phraseology,
i-3 i m.t \ mi zm
^
Fan shen go che shen, tslh shang-sbing ; keen shen
urh shen che, tslh k'heu-shing, 'Whenever it is the Shen of
Good and evil, then it is Shang-shing ; when it is Seeing virtue,
and choosing or adopting it, then it is K'heu-shing.'
1 Bp| ^| Shen ke ma, < Skilled in riding i to ride well.'
ilk 1 US
$ Th* ,he ,hen ke ma Ufh- ' He " a
good horseman.'
X
I St jfc %\ ^
^ Kung, yuh shen k'he sze ; peTh seen le k'he k'hc, ' The
mechanic who wishes to perfect his work must first sharpen
his tools.'
-r ^- ^ ^ Neu-tsze shen hwae, ' A female
cherishes many anxious thought..' j|b i g|Asbe'
shen lin jin, The war chariot which runs fast, is well adapted to
rush upon and spear men.
|
Shen sze, otherwise ex
pressed
Ming sze, seems to denote An eminent Scholar,
P K'how.
IX.
30th Radical.
406
appointed by authority.
Shea ocean defined bj^jpj: Keae.
tt | Shen-ihen, Name of a nation on the Wot, about the
commencement of the Christian era. To be intimate with
a person is called ^jf | Yew-then.
NEW.
s. c.
how.
S. C.
Same as
Che\
| | La la, Loquacity.
^ Jj^ La she. To evacuate the
contents of the intestines.
| Pfjiji La-ma, The Lama of
Thibet, or any of the priettt of that religion.
KEAE.
The voiee or tong of a bird. The tong or whittling of
the north wind patting rapidly. <Pjj| ] Keae keae. The har
monious voices of many birds, at in a wood ; harmonious sounds
heard at a distance.
(1^ | | Neaou ming keae keae,
The birdt ting raelodioutly. One says, the responsive tong
of the birdt |(^ ^ Fung and hwang. Jgfe
| j
j]^ | Yung yung keae keae, min net full keae, ' The
people'! cordial union to submit (to proper authority, it
pleating at) the harmonious tongs of birds.' Or at it it
ching yu wae, sze fang yuen fa, ' The king's throat and tongue
send forth government abroad to everv region.' (She-king.)
30th Radical.
407
IX.
K'how Q
Pjfe CHAE.
Pj|j JjjJ: Yae-chae, or reversed, Chae-yae, Dogs fighting.
^B^MM^ 1 % ^^ch'hang
chwang tsze, ttze jlh peen wang cha yucn ya-mun han yuen,
'Wrote an accusation, and the next day, directly went to the
Judge't court and called out, Yuen,' I am suffering under
unjust treatment. Persons who cannot obtain redress in a
more regular manner often-do this. It is farther defined by tjs
jjft Yung shing, A strong bold sound, and by^^j 41^
fn'nS>
.An vrigrp r0 ice, tTKcGin'R)" people use it for simply calling
a. Jiereon to come
Pp
Crime ; guilt.
To suck as an infant.
PgjJ TS'HEEN.
pgTHEE
Loquacity, ami fluency -of speech . The
rywee of
Uood flowing ; or according to some, to drink or taste blood
when taking an oath. It refers to an obscure passage in the hit.
torj of the Dynasty Han. And some think it should be written
^ Thee, and expresses jg[ ^ ^ ^ Le th die urh, 'The
feet wading through it.'
] ] T^j P
Thee t hee,
le .k'how yay, ' T he rheS, a sharp mouth,' i. e. a ready
utterance. One tayt, Q
@ | K'how sblh wei fhe,
'Mouth and tongue make t'heeY which seems to denote an
excessive use of those two organs. Bead Cha, p^jp j Tnicha, or jl^ | Sft cha, The noise made by duckt or other
birds in feeding. Head K'hee", denotes, in Keaog-nan Pro
vince, To eat
H1JH.
Y&
To laugh.
To broil fully ; Read Tsecn, Broiled. ffj^lj Same as ^ K'hwa, see above.
"yCT" JAY.
Respectful language.
fl|| PjjgCh'hang
s. c.
Original form of 2 8, see under 6 str.
pjjjjsEAY.
Sound, noise.
Yfih
P K'how.
IX.
30th Radical.
408
CHE.
SOW.
r^jBst YAOU.
YIN.
bsr s. c.
El
To loM one's voice, and be unable to apeak, from grief
or excessive weeping. In the slates yj^ Sung and
Tie,
A child'! weeping incessantly was expressed by Yin.
J
Yin-gae, An accumulation of wind, earning eructation.
Read Yin, | Pjg p D* Yin g8, ch'hTh tslh. The two
firat wordi denote, the feeling of anger, and the two last, the
expression of it. Yin it otherwise read Gan, and it by one
defined, To call aloud.
Qi^^T LE^TH.
^^j? Same as
Sound; noise.
Yang-tsze uses
YUN.
A large mouth. Mouth large and teeth ugly. Also read Tsun.
Pj^J CH'HUEN.
s. c.
409
define* it, jffc
, ^ K'he ylh, nrh selh kelh, The
breath rebelling (rising) and the breathing quick;* and by
H^~7\
Ho ne,n P*"1'1 ,,'i,nB
Tne expiration
or inspiration, not meeting each other.
'Jj' A. 1
iji, "f* fill ife JUojrJin ch'huen \1h k'he piih niing shlh, He
caused people to pant and breathe, to that they could not eat.
30th Radical.
IX.
K'how p
weakened; panting.
%
^ jj$ ^ \ ^ Hwan
e toy e, wei k'he hwuy e, The western foreigners fled and
The teeth broken in the mouth. Said to be the same ai
sculked away, whilst he only felt a little fatigue. ] ^jg ^
GO, and Jjp| Go, under each of which the line sentence
^ Hwny, twan k'he maou, Hwuy, an appearance of shortness
occurs, P t^J r^jj jjCS K how chung twan gO, Mouth
of breath.
|L j Veaou hwuy, A certain star. ^
-midst broken teeth; and it is once added, ^ f'^J {{"/ Che twan
' ^ IS 1 Heang U iou shTh-yuu ylh roing, koo
yny. The teeth broken. Und "ne of the synoniraous words,
hwuy, Another name for the fragrant herb Shlh-yun, is KooTsie-hwtiy says, ^ fTtj _
J"^ {{/ Che rvuy aWn^!*.! hwuy. The fruit of the ^ -Keen, is otherwise called jfj^l
jowyay, The fl sh within the teeth, above emA below.
I Yen-hwuy. The Keen it alto called f-j g| Woo-tow, ami
Jif | Woo-hwuy. By it psople can j< ^/|_ Too-ko, Pats
I
SANG.
over, or through, hunger,' i. e. though the thing tpoken of
be not proper food, it will do to tatitfy hunger partially.
To shut one's mouth i not to speak; to say nothing.
P-t^C K EA . r$S 1^ Ke-tso". F'Mj 'mpnre lnguage.
Q]^^ WAN.
Wan.
JH ifij
13
ill Jm che ke *-e puh
'hwuy chay, e-wei tuy tow chuag'fuh, urh yu tzct'hung hwan
yay. The reason why people who are hungry do not eat the
Woo-hwuy, is, that though th.-y steal a belly full, the pains (it
occas'ors) are like 'those of de
'ome write fjjjlj Choo,
for the above character.
HWAN.
To call ; to call to; tn call fort to bid or tell to do ; to
denominate ; lo name,
him
brve.
|
<fjyj[ Shwuy hwan ne tto, Who told you
to do it ?
| She hwa i. To tend and to call back ;
hence a domestic servant is called Jj'jif j ^ ^ She hwan
telhjin, A person who is always at one's call, ^jj J fjf,J
^Jj ^ She hwau te'.h noo pi), A slave who is at one's call.
I ^ ^ Ming hwan A-lin, His name is, or he is called
P Know.
IX.
30th Radical.
410
5 I *ftf nfn$gf;&
Tain, Tsin, yu hwan, puh yo ying, urh keang ta cheeyay,
In the two sUteaTsin and Tsin. when Hwan was pronounced,
it denoted a dislike to reply, and that a forced answer was
given.
| Jgf Hwan-gae, Grief; apprehension i sorrow ;
in this sense it is also read Heuen and Yuen. Read Ho,
| T'hau-ho, Appearance of shedding tears.
HE.
From mouth added to jgf Choo, or according to Chingtsze-t'hung, as it ought to be written,
Choo, Pulse-bearing
plants raising their heads; a band of music standing up. To
be pleased; to feel joy, to rejoice ; joyful ; to give joy to.
A surname; the name of a woman; the name of a district.
Read He, To desire ; to like ; the same as ^ jf Hauu and ^
He. ^ ^ Hwan-he, or reversed, He-hwa'n, Jj^ j Hinhe, All express Joy and rejoicing ; taking pleasure in doing.
]
He la, Joy and delight
] |=| ^ ^ Uc tze
t'heen lae, Joy from heaven coming, i. e. unexpected joy ;
apparently by the same allusion that any unexpected good,
is vulgarly called, a God-send. ^ ^ J j^jl Hwan t'heen
hete, Delight heaven and rejoice earth, i. e. great and extra
ordinary joy.
|
He sze, A joyful event is called
HOO.
voice of anger and wrath.
Staring with rage, cried out.
HOW.
To vomit.
30th Radical.
411
K'how p
YAE, or H8.
To thirst ; to be third; ; a guttural, gurgling, clamorous
ound; a shout; an angry exclamation, a deep hollow sound ;
a broken interrupted sound; the sound of repletion, belching,
j?^ | Yin-jae, a suppressed guttural sound; as if from a
stoppage in the throat
j ^ ^-j: ^j- Yin yae, puh
tlh tuy, His Toice was stopped be could not reply. ^fj ]
Sze-yae, A broken interrupted sound, as in weeping and sobbine- ft E "H ft f M 1 Pei the kwM J"'
shing yin lew yae, Being pierced through the throat with an
arrow ; the voice flowed with a deep hollow tone. j^jfj
5^^^ 1 PanE j'Qko*'linS ,ew JK< The ound of the
boatmen's song flowed in deep and intermnted toneJ Hoo-h8, To shout or call out in>ngr. ^
Ho taou, k'hae lo, Shouted out, beat the Gong. * jgr
1 $ Yih 1(6 h0 shinS> Shouted altogether in a tone of anger.
'Wi %k ^ 1 T'hunS eheu hB- Disappointed, or unable
to attain one's wish, to storm and rage in Tain. In the sense
of being Loudly angry, one uses (J^ [ How-ho. |
H<j>gae, or Yae. is said to be,Hoarseness or difficulty ofutterance.
CHUNG.
Unable to speak.
WEI.
TSEIH.
IX.
**Jrq R. H.
HOO.
P K'how.
IX.
30th Radical.
412
HWANG.
S. C.
Angry speech.
S.C.
s. c.
HEUEN.
m
Loud clamorous noise.
2Heuen hwa, or |
jew paou, ch'hiih tslh yew sze, she e keaou yu, urh tih clung
yay, (The young prioco) when entering within, will hare a
guardian-; and wfaen going forth (to the outer apartments)
v, ill hive a master to teach, and by these means instruction
will be exhibited to him, and his virtues formed. (Le-king.)
M#$CJ#-M ] % fig tifeSxe
yay chay, keaou che e sze, urh yu chuo tih chay yay. The
Master is one who te.tchcs him the affairs of life, and illustrates
to him every virtue. (Lc-king.) Oue understands -J}. Sze,
ai a Verb, To serve; and makes the sent:, Teaches him to
413
serve, or perform bis duties to bis parents and seniors.
1 ^ Sn' Ju che. To investigate deeply, and explain perfpieuouslj, to cause him to understand thoroughly.
J3J
1 ^H^A j
Tsze ,ue,Keuntsze yu yu e; seaou-jinyo yu le, Confucius said. The good
man is perfectly instructed in the principles of righteous
ness and justice: the bad man is thoroughly skilled in the
arts of gain. (Lun-yu.) The Paraphrase makes the sense
to be, that The good man neither knows nor affects any thing
but what is right; whereas the bad man, studies only, and
knows nothing but, what conduces to his gains.
]
Keaou-yu, Instruction.
^ | S>hen-yu, A good mode
of instruction. ^ j Tseay-yo, and Jj^ j Pe-yu, A
metaphor, or comparison i c supposition for thrttke of illus
tration.
KING.
Occurs in the books of F8h, in what sense does not appear.
against a person.
PS CHAE.
tjf
LEO.
1&
Tlh sMh, express Success and failure.
j{| ^
j| Keung t'bung, tlh sang, Adversity, prosperity, success,
and failure. ^ ~S}] Ta kung, expresses mourning nine
months.
~Sft Seaou-kung, is, mourning worn three
months, and is also called
^ Sze-ma.
J
4^ Sang san neen, To mourn for three years.
To excite ; to provoke
^A
^ T,'ln
''*e 1"%
K'how Q
yew king, sung tsang piih pe too leaou, 'A funeral procession
does not pass by bye lanes or short ruts; those who attend a
funeral, do not avoid mire and dirt;' as it shews a degree of
haste and disrespect.
Sound, noise,
IX.
ph6.
p!&
30th Radical.
3 o
fa lg ]fc ] ^
~f
hwan yu sang hoo ! t'heen hea che woo tauu yay kew e ; t'he'en
tseang e foo tsze wei muh-tuh, ' Why be grieved for his failing
to obtain the Imperial throne? the empire has long been in
an unprincipled state of anarchy ; Heaven has made Confucius
a watchman;' a person to rouse the people and warn them
of their danger. Some understand the phrase as affirming that
Confucius would attain to the throne; others that he hav
ing lost the throne would ffl j$j> ^
>jj >ff j
P K'how.
IX.
30th Radical.
414
Hi
k-iieKh.
. Ch'huy.
j jjjj
R. H.
415
Uant, abrupt, the old definition! write it |Jj ( Pwan-yen,
To lose composure and propriety of countenance; vulgar
looking ; rude and violent ^ Yen, A proverbial laving,
occurs in the tame sense.
fjS TAN.
30th Radical.
IX,
K'how Q
| K'hae che ch'hang raiih tan To make out a bill for money
due. j^J | K'hae tan, To make out a bill ^ | Pa tan,
To send a bill.
Jj^ j Show-tan, A receipt. *!j J
Ping tan, A paper, drawn up to be referred to for affording
proof on a given subject.
j E-tan, A paper drawn
up after mutual deliberation; an agreement.
J E-tan,
A paper containing an arrangement made from liberal or
charitable motives.
Jjjfc ^ Kwei sh'.n che
tse tan. The sacrifices to the gods are simple. |rj '0^ jjjj^ J^J
Wei wtishay sze tan ch'hiib le,.But in affairs
ofthe gods all (or they entirely) go out of the village. (Lc-king.)
Jtj | ^ jjjfj.
Nae tan wan Uoo Uh, But exhaust (or
carry to the utmost) the virtues of the ancestor Wan-wang.
(Shoo-king.)
^ ^ 1 jf- Pe urh tan how. To cante
you to be entirely faithful or possessed ofconsummate integrity.
(She-king.) _6L
| K'he keun san tan, Their armies
wer* three only, no excess.
j ^ jjjj? j ZJS 7^
Ilea Yu, n&ng tan p'hing shwiiy 1 1100, Yu (the repairer ofthe
Deluge who lived during the Dynasty Hea), was able to reduce
to a level the waters and the land.
j ^ Sheu-foo, The
name ofa city.
The same as ^Pun, see below.
PEEN.
To give aturn to the tongue or mouth and call out
P^r^ The original form of
How.
^
J
Ancient form of ^ ShS, see below.
P K'how.
X.
416
30th Radical.
KOO. ,
[ K'HEEN.
S.C.
|b|"
CH'HE.
R. H.
The ap
T^fjart.
YTh.
MV*? FOW.
CHIN.
Alarmed; apprehensive.
YAOU.
S. C.
s. c.
VUtSZi SUN.
30th Radical.
417
W A.
ps. nb.
tip:
K'how Q
X.
iraeHs.
JJ
^ || e pe peen k'he. To distinguish
airsb, the no*.
J fll)
A
HH Q
^pv 2. "cw cne' t,ln ahe ji kwan sing san jih urh pub
e, To smell it would cause a person to keep madly awake for
three days incessantly.
-1 ffjjj ^ Saa hew urh tsB,
Swelled thrice and arose. (Lun-ju.)
YANG.
Sound; noise.
OCT
NQ, or Nan.
Sound; noise.
%\
TS'HEANG.
Vfg P'HE.
Q K"how.
X.
30th Radical.
418
HEfe.
NANG.
>^ YUNG.
Pl|j (Kjy Cbu ng-y iing, Desirous ofvomiting. Some writr|)j|| Yung
HI
&
"k
TSAOU.
PjpL ^ Tsaou-laou, appearance of solitude; stillness, quiet.
Wfc. TS'HEIH.
fjjjfc
To suck.
Al.Scrib.|fcS5.
MA'
HUNG, or Hung.
IH PJf^ Lo-hung, To sing songs ; the name of a song, or
clas, of songs.
J? A W PJI | ft T hang jin yew
lo-hung keuh, The men of T'bang have Lo-hung songa. The
words also occur applied to a ^ Low, Gallery or upper room.
30th Radical.
419
ia conversation, and in colloquial booki.
^
H A. fll) ^fe
1 Chay le 'he ne ma
te,B te"fanS
ma, It this a place for you lo rail at, or abuse people, eh?
T^r$V CH'HA. A tone used in speech or song.
Modern songs contain this character ; it is not found in Luh-shoo.
X.
K'how Q
T'HEEN, orCh'hin.
A fulness ofbreath, or sound ; sound ; noise. An angry noise
or sound; in a rage. Originally written ^ Chin. A I. Scrib.
gy| Chin, and Sj. Chin. The pronunciation T'he'en prevailed
till the time of T'hang. It is used in modern times for |
Ching-hecn, Anger, or dislike.
HEA, orHae.
t^oST JO,
To open the mouth very wide ; to gape. One says Sound, noise.
HO, or K5.
fcjj^
YAOU.
HUNG.
The peopl in a market, the noise or voices of a multitude.
HO.
1^ T'HO, orT'ha.
Sound; noise.
pg: ^ T h.-jeD, To
|I^I^SUH, or Shiih. A laughing appearance.
n
Vj KE.
1*4* CH'HOW.
pang.
^ P "t!L GB k'B0W Jay> A vicious month.
tij^ S. c.
P K'how.
X.
30th Radical.
To backbite or to revile.
j^f &jj |
yu yay, A kind ofsinging and dancing.
420
0 woo, pang
P@L WOO,orW&o.
Js^ ftp. Woc-hoo, To ligh i to lament i Alu I
| 1
If. Q ^ Ko hoo, woo woo kwae urh mtih
cbay, 'Calling out in song, Woo-woo, delighting the ear and
the eye.
Pj^ j -woo, To ihed lean.
P*5, or P ho.
To gnaw j to eat. Jl^
gnawing, or chewing.
TSEU.
S. C.
PB tselh, The appearance of
|l
"fe
THANG.
pjpj
T'hung:fhang, Great talking i wide, impertinent,
not to the point
K'HEEN.
A kind of pouch below the chin, in which it is said, a spe
cies ofmonkey stores it's food. Used in the sense of
Keen,
What is inadequate; a deficiency, a failure. B^f j ^
K'heen k'heen che tlh, A very small depree of virtue. Read
Been, The crop or craw of a bird; the first ttomach of an
animal. Having lomething contained In the mouth.
| ^
3^ -t Neaou *"ien J0"*
^ ,D,nE> Tne
birds having flesh in their mouths fly upon it. Some write
[||J Heen. Occuri used for
IU n , To hate, to dislike.
|
Sin been, che. Hated him in his heart |^
|fjj ^ j
Chow che, urh woo keen yu pe. Smelted
it, and shewed no dislike with the nose.
|
Shlh tsiu yu been, To.eatup entirely is called Heen. Read
K'heen in the sense of
KJheen, Humble ; retiring.
I
K'heen 4uy, Humbly withdrew; or stepped back. In
tfj^fc CHEN.
| Cken-cheo, A silly foolish appearance.
K'HEiH.
To chew, to eat.
30th Radical.
421
X.
K'how p
It in defined by
p Pj| {] Ch'huy k'how heiih yay,
Blowing with the mouth (perhaps) hoarsely.
Pq
HAE.
To Laugh.
TSEAY.
Originally written
KHl.
m
It seems also used for the Lowing of a cp-
|^
^1
yen puh tsiih etsin e,-koo fit tsze shing, e tsze tso yay, ' Tseay,
fo Assist; words being inadequate to express all one's meaning;
this tone is emitted to assist one s self.' j
Tseay
wo hwae jin, ' Alas! 1 cherish thoughts of him,' meaning the
ancient king
"T* Wan-wang. (She-king.)
j
^r^E tseny, ch'hang hel Oh, how abundant! ^| J^. jfo p^J
LE1I1.
TSZE.
^ R. H.
iah
E.-she siu. riuy puh p'hing ; tseay, she k'how che yin ya, keae
shang tan che shing, ' E, is disquietude of mind ; Tseay, is the
(dumbness ofthe mouth) loss of articulate utterance; both are
the tones or sighs of a wounded mind.'
|
|~*^
Tseay ya piih e, Expressed in aspirations ' Unlimited surprise
and admiration.' Read Tseay, same as fjg1 Tseay. P{|{ j
Tfrhtseay, The language of consultation. One $ays is denotes
Pf l$[
^ Ho ke,h che k^"' In the time ' onc
breathing ; or an expiration and an inspiration.
"f^ ^
*f J Ta teth che tso, seem, The moan or sigh of old age.
(Ylh-king.)
LO.
Hjj|
S. C.
P K'how.
X.
30th Radical.
422
jBj Tize how, puh Uh jing jen joo tsze, Hereafter it must
not continue thus.
CHE.
R^p ^ |Hj|
laughed at him.
PGI WAN.
A laughing appearance.
"ha jin eke ehe, His contemporaries
To vomit.
3t
oil , The original form of@; Hwang.
TSO. The noise made by rats or mice.
|X HUH.
t
**$|tsze.
Jgj}
f\
|Q
pa
JJ^jQ^ Ancient form of S Ning, Confusion.
Hjj^J
P'HE
KEUN.
ijji^ POO.
Strong; unwearied.
30th Radical.
423
LE.
XI.
K'how P
Unceasing talk.
ELEVEN STROKES.
Ancient form of jf? Sing, see Rad. |EJ Jffi.
Same as pjb P'helh, see under 5 strokes.
LEEN.
l^j^Erroneous form of^ Ke5, Loud laughter
loquacity. Originally written
Leen.
GAOU.
S. C.
To eat.
to rjck.*
PffrK CHAY.
Same as the preceding.
MM^MZl^^ 1 HunSJineyfei,gae
ming gaou gaou, The bird* Hung-ying in flying, cry. out
mournfully, Gaou-gaou.
|f^J
TSEO.
m s. c.
R. H.
To screens to hide. The appearance of much talking;
great loquacity.
gfe ^,
^ Lo chay, to yen yay,
Lo-chay denotes Many words. Read Choo, Unimportant,
or impertinent talk. Sha-muh rejects the latter definitions
as erroneous additions - of people in subsequent ages, who
mistook the word, from it's having p K'how, Mouth in it's
To chew, to gnaw.
composition.
P K'how
XI.
30th Radical.
4^4
SIN.
Mow.
V^fZ* Te.
R. ti.
SOW.
TStH, orChlh.
The tone of angry reprehension, or hooting at:
TSLIH.
Tsuh-tszc, To be ashamed ; to feel ashamed; shame.
suck.
u
TS1H.
SOW.
ft
*
The vulgar form of pjjjjj T*Th. (Sha-rouh.)
T'HAN.
S. C.
P^TSA,
orT*
v^R..
s. c.
SI!
Same as 5$; Sow, see above.
S. C.
30th Radical.
4^5
kwan, Those who (at great sacrices) (uperinU'Dd the fowls and
other victims, who distinguish and arrange the various thing!
during the night, cull out for the morning, to arouse or
all the officers. (Chow-le.)
XI.
Know Q
s. c.
KEAOU.
state of mind.
& Jg
| - D %
Tso sze, yew seang, t'ban ylh k'how k'he taou, On the left
thinking, on the right considering, he sighed out a mouth
ful ofbreath and said. |K it |
K'hae k'he than e.
Sighed out his lamentation. (She-king.) j ^ T'han seen,
Of |^ j Tsan t'han, To utter aspirations of praise.
SHAN.
P f^l Sfc $9 "ffi* K how hen shan w"h ,sy' The mouth
containing something in H. Otherwise expressed thu:,
|
^ P
Han han wi,h laek'how chun5' ConUining
or holding a thing in the mouth. Read Ts'han, Sound or noise.
The same as
T'hun, and
blow with the breath softly.
LO.
3B
Noise ; clamour. %L D ^
P K'how.
XI.
LAO If.
30th Radical.
426
ie chay che hwlln plh. They all are means by which to felicitate
the souls of those who have died well.
j ||g Kea-king,
The Imperial title, or Kwo^haou of the reigning Emperor of
China, A. D. 1817. To. rhyme, read Ko.
"JJ= Same as 1$ Hoo, To call to.
from
Choo, A band of Music standing up, and ^jp Kea,
To add or -to increase. Good) excellent; to commend { to
praise; to be pleated i to make happy. The name of a fig Been
district, and also ofa ^|>j Cbow. A surname. Some Ancient
Dictionaries read it, K'hea and Ilea.
J]|L f= Kea-yu,
A certain kind of fish, said to be of excellent quality. j jjg
Kea le, The excellent ceremony, nix. the marriage ceremony.
^ | Faou-kea, To commend ; to praise.
Pj" | K'-ho
kea, Worthy of praise.
| ^ Kea p'h'mg, is the name
given to an annual sacrifice offeredto all the gods, after the
Winter Solstice. It is said. ^t.^^H^fl|i^B^
Tung-che how saa seiih. la tte plh shin yay, Three
(portions of time called) Seiih, after the winter solstice, the L&
sacrifice is offered to a hundred (all) the gods. (ShwS-w&n.)
The word LS, was about 200 years B. C. changed to Kea-p'hing.
Yang tie yu wei che kea, koo hwiin.le wei kea-le. The .period of
conjunction of the Yin and the Yang is denominated Kea, hence
the marriage ceremony becomes the Kea Ceremony. (Sha-muh.)
1 ^aTKea e, An excellent thought, a praise-worthy intention.
iTr* fflt 75
1 T] 2 it u mow ne *. ^ >
peitselh, What I encourage is virtue ; what I -praise is great
merit.
;g" ] & .(jf Hing chay, kea che hwuy
yay, HSng (the third character used in the lots of the YTh-king)
denotes a general assemblage of excellencies. (Ylh-king.)
] iM
M H E ke" Ie t,'hin wan min. *J "
excellent ceremony (viz. marriage) to unite in bonds ofrelatioi .hip all the people.
ffi^MMffiM'tf ]
Kaou tsing hnwe shoo sh&k'ho kea, Elevated kind feeling, and
a generous sense of propriety are exceedingly worthy of.praise.
^ j
Chun shing kea Icang, TheJine is ao ex
cellent measure. ^ | ^| ^Ekeahw&nplh.'Toinake
happy departed spirits.' is an expression used in the Le-king,
.when speaking of various offerings. The Commentator says,
YAE.
PHEAOU.
s. c.
30th Radical.
427
KEA, or
J KeB keS, The voice of a bird, or of birds,
\tfB
A loud laugh.
CHAOU.
K'how Q
XI.
SE^H.
CHWA.
A vicious month ; vicious or opprobrious huigaage.
a
m
^ it KK JU ho e t hune
jin e, e pelh yew woo, The sense of K5 and Hoo is the
4
same, the sound (or pronunciation) is different; there is a
suspicion that there must be some error.
P'HE.
% ,
P K'how.
XI.
30th Radical.
4.8
hwuy jen, Concord or harmony ofsound, either from the voice,
or from an instrument. SjB. with |fe Hwuy, and |Hf? Hwuy.
HOO.
4
To cry out aloud ; to call. A surname. Read H6o, To
speak to in an angry intuiting manner, otherwise expressed by
pjlj |$ Tuh-ts'huy. -|^-S|f
K'HIN.
vJ
chattering ; troublesome and incommoding loquacity.
Scrib. Pjj Kwuh.
R. H.
Al.
HEAOU.
Same at ^ T'heaou, To call to, and endeavour to seduce.
HWUY.
BEEN.
Small ; delicate i a low soft voice or sound- A rapid, hasty
sound. The harmonious sound of a reed. Clear i bright ; the
name of a star. ^ /J\ P
^ [jj Hwuy, teaou k'how
ming thing yay, * Hwuy, voice or Kuud emitted from a small
mouth, tf.uh-.hoo.)
^flfc^Kffill^ | |
Yuen pe lew sze, rams teaou hwuy hwuy. Amongst yonder
luxuriant willows, the Teaou insect chirps softly. (She-king.)
[ ^ Hwuy-pe, The name of a star,
J | ^ Hwuy
429
tones of admiration and surprise. Alio, The noise of quar
relling ; the note of a certain bird. Occurs in a religions
book, in the sense of
Tsing, The natural feelings. ^
'fe "Jj ifii "wa ****
8efermt*) is seated (or must
commence) in the natural feelings. | | Hlh-tslh, To call
out ; to call to.
| f^f ^ g|| Tslh shlh che e, A wrang
ling disputatious consultation. Used in the sense f ^ Tslh,
denoting that which' is Profound nnd obscure. ^ pj ^
1 'fl 1 "ft" ^ *T
& HWDT t'h"nf' naD l*,h' }eW
fan yen, mcVche che jay, When assembled together, the difficult
and abstruse points, after troublesome wrangling and dispu
tation, were not settled, f".fp ffl 1 Yenyu heoenlslh.
Conversation clamorous and disputatious. ] | ^ j||
Tslh tslh ching taou. In a troublesome clamorous manner, said.
THAN.
CHANG.
T^T
3s
30th Radical.
XI.
K'how |_j
An angry voice.
AS*
**^J^>T'H0O. Name ofa plantwhich grows in the water.
Q K'how.
Xll.
^"yp^ P'HO.
30th Radical.
430
do carrion.
| ^ Woo ch'hae ch'.h. Do not eat greedily
the roasted meat (Le-kiug.) In the passage from which this is
quoted, there are various rules for behaviour at table, which
indicate great barbarity existing to make such rules necessary.
^^ir4 1 ^Ying-juykoochwae che,' The (flies called)
Ying-juy, together eat them V vix. dead bodies left id the waste
lands before the rites of sepulture were instituted.
.US*
Vulgar form of BrJJ P5, To gnaw.
Sound; noise.
Sound; noise.
LAOU.
LANG.
Name of a place, occurs in the books of Fiih.
TWELVE STROKES.
T^jp^ MAE.
t^S^NEEN.or Jen.
^ S. C.
CHiH.
To chew; to eat.
Sound; noise.
431
XII.
K'how p
ke tsxe ke, The ancient king ' Chow made Ivory chopsticks,
and Ke-tsze, sighed,' being grieved to witness the introduction'
of luxury. In the sense of Chewing, also read K he.
SEAOU.
The sound of blowing; a hissing, whistling, roaring sound.
To whistle, to roar. Read Seuh, in the same sense, and Syn.
with
SoiSh. Read Ch'hTh, in the sense of fl ChhTh, To
peak in a rough angry tone. ^ p jfjj fj ^ Q *
Tiuh k'how urh ch hiih siting yoe ieaou, To purse up the
month and expel the voice is called Seaou. j j ^
K'he seaou yay ko,' Whistled and sung' to divert the mind from
what vexed it.
5i j Shen seaou, Skilled in whittling.
(She-king.)
J| | j| ^ Ch'hang seaou leang kew,
To whistle aloud for a long time.
J
<^|t
Seaou k 'nanS hwae, neen pe ihlh jin, Whistle
songs and mournfully reflect upon that great personage.
(Sheking.) $ jg ft # |0f ^gA
I** I FISI.fA |BB3l
-J- J3 Ts'heen Han se-fang yew Yin-seaou che kw5, jin
keae shen seaou, ch'hang-foo seaou, win plh le, foo-jinieaou,
wSn woo shlh le. During the former Han, in the western
regions was a state called Yin-seaou, in which all the people
were excellent whistlers; when the men whistled they could
be beard at the distance of a hundred le, and the women at
the distance offifty.
30th Radical.
J" A \H ^ 1 ^ la . ^
CHAOU.
MM % % ? & f- ft Nan-Uie
juh nuy, piih ch'hlh pub che; yay hing e chiih, woo chiih tsth
che, neu-Uze ch'hiih mun, pelh yung-pe k'he me'en ; taou loo
nan-tsze yew yew; neu-tsze yew Uo, A man When he enters
the inner apartment* (where the females are) should not apeak
roughly nor point; at night he should walk with a candle,
if he have no candle he should atop; when a female walks out
be should' veil her face; on the road men take the right side,
and women the left. (Le-king.)
^ tj^
| Lung
yin, hoo seaou. The dragon chaunti tunefully; the tiger roars.
^ Chaon-teaou,
P K'how
XII.
TSUY.
432
30th Radical.
The lips.
^ R. H,
ffl"
P Ppii 1 K'how hra he*> Lauen,ne- San>e ^Hes,
A vast, empty, or desolate appearance between two hills. With
the same pronunciation, it is written these several ways,
Hi rfll $J) "PS. Wril,en tbu* $J erroneously.
^^gj^ G AN.
Tt^jj; HEAOU.
Fear; apprehension.
433
TE.
30th Radical.
XII.
K'how p
K'HEAOU.
R.
TE.
Trifling conversation. /J> ?2j Seaoa yu, Smalt talk.
ffifttf FOO, or Woo. Not distinctly ssis.rl..
$ a* e m BWKMV*'*r*'r.
foo-jen yang ying yu.8 No, All the Qtnmlt mm indistinct
manner went through the external forms ot assent, by crying
No. (Tseen-han-chuen, History of the former Han.)
LEAOU, orLeaou,
V*iflk, R. H.
PWAN'.
^ 1
Ifc Wt He"he' ho 10 ,bins* He'he' the
sound or voice of social joy ; the sound of pleasure and merry
making; giggling and playing. Jj \
P^j
>^ itt
j$ A 1 1
M f$
Kcajin h8ha we tm wFoo-tsze he-he shih kea tseS yay, Wheu the persons of the
family are strictly controuled, the principles ofdomestic rule
will not he lost : if the females giggle and play, the family will
become disorderly. (Ylh-king.) j j JljjJ pp]" He-he, ho
ho, Laughing and tittering. jjjjj \ $ ^
j J
Leang jin pwan kwei leen urh heseaou, They both putting
on devil's faces (a seductive expression of countenance) giggled
and laughed, pg | E-hc, A sigh i.an interjection of grief}
of admiration, or desire ; also of fear and of anger. Alas ! oh!
01 The two words commence a prayer in the She-king, for an
abundant harvest, addressed to
^jj Shang-te, the Supreme
Ruler- & 1 ft ffiPAZ^ E-he, yew so to la.
che shing, E-he, is a tone of voice expressive of there being
something very great, " $ ffi $1 % =fc ft \ft %
^ J?Jj
^ Yew so p'how to, mei ti, urh wei shing e tan
che. Having something vasty extensive, or excellently great,
the voice is emitted to admire it. j j 4g jjfiHe he,
heiih heiih, The appearance or expression of having succeeded,
or havir.g obtained something. This Particle also occurs as an
Imperative Interjection. Occurs read E.
Unfl HEEN, or Yen. Dogs snarling with each other _
[] K'how.
XII.
30th Radical.
434
jtp )\\ j j^joci,uencbeiew'
Yiih.
$t UW: ^MeenmeenylhyTh,
1$) ^ ^PahUIh,puhkMb,
HEW.
The ancient form of
S. C.
Chuh, A domestic animal. ^
juC sang, yung che yu hew, The six domestic animals (vis.
horte, cow, theep, hog, dog, fowl) when training up or feeding,
are called Sang i when made use of, they are called Hew. Some
dittinguiihHewandChiih.thui,
LL| JE| ] /fC ^ 0
j|j Tiae ihan yuS bew, tsae kea yuf chuh. Animals on the
hilli (wild) are called Hew i in the house (or tame), they are
called Chuh. ] ^ ^
JJ|J Hew, chiih wei yew pe.
Hew and Chiih, are a little different
The character is laid
t0 * ^ ^ M JS. ft % Z % 8"" urh> t howtstih, jow te che hing, Like the can, the head, and the feet
pawing the ground. (Shwo-wan.)
pa
Pl^ T'HAN.
To breath ; to pant.
Jgt $E
gJChochingSenkwa.
The royal legions appeared numerous and imposing i
Swift as if they fled upon wings I
Impetuous as a torrent or a cataract i
Firm as the base of a mountain i
Resistless as the course ofa rirer i
Forming a long unbroken line, in matchless order t
Their motions inscrutable i their prnweta invincible ,
Thus thej proceeded to the grand conquest of the state Seu.
Ttfc ^ar into >Ke m o nth ; or, to take into the mouth
fnedi}^. ^
P^Tae kan urh t'han. To relish
mucK,and tuVredilj into the mouth. Syn. with pj^ T'han,
an vulgarly written
T'han. (Ching-t>ce-t'hung.)
f^j^CHHUE\ To drink ; to drink largely.
The vulgar form of^ Ch'hu. Al. Scrib. ^Ch'hufc
and pjj Ch'hui!. Read Tsuy, To eat ; to chew.
R. H.
Quieti still i s<lent- Syn. with
MTh. Occurs denoting
A feeling disquieted ; or discontented. |(|f | ^ rj ^
Mlh-inlhpiih tscegao, Mlh-mih, not self-composed. ^
^ Sw ^
I chinR ,e
cn'ou> Tuen m,n> Tn
Emperor Ching, when he descended to give audience, preserved
profound silence. | -3^ Mlh jen. Silent; silently. |
^8 Mlh seang. To think silently; to meditate. tr "pT
I
ifS -it
Gan k 1,0 mllh Jen urn che 1,00 ' How
can it bethat he maintain silence,and desist or stop) j jjjj
jjfa ^ Mlh urh t'haou k'heu, Preserved silence, and run
away.
Read Muh,
I $ ^.oo
jin wei k'he yui muh-chhe, The people of the state Tsoo
rxpressed To deceive or impose on, by Miih-ch'be. Read Hlh,
the noise of Hawk'og and spitting.
435
SUN.
K'how Q
IEU TSUH.
XII.
TSUN.
PAN.
30th Radical.
Sound; noise.
USS S.C.
CH HA.
P
To tpeak of minutely, and very particularly.
voice.
| Woo tsiih, To put moulh to mouth, to
expel the breath on the one tide, and receive itou the others
which it is said it sometimes done by the healthy to the tick
P K'how.
XII.
30th Radical.
436
Toice arising from distress and grief.
^ Woo taeaoo
luy, Having nothing to eat.
j ^ Tseaou shTh, To eat.
j J^f
Tseaou e sha, A doleful mournful voice. (Le-
w^^T'HUN.
ThesameasP-^T'hun.
Fan yew che che shtt, nit) puh che gac k'he luy ; che y u
yen-tieS yew yew chow tseaou che king yen, jen how tiae nSng
k'heu che, ' Amongst all creatures, possessing the capacity of
knowing, there are none which do not love their own species,
even the smallest birds, chirp mournfully awhile ere they can let
go ' a dead one of the same specie; (Le-king.) This is brought
forward as an argument in favor of mourning three years for
a parent JJjrJ flQ jj^j j Yen yen urh tseaou, Ruminating
ami chewing.
| So tseaou, To chew quickly. Read
Ta*w T fe chirping of a swallow. Read p|| TseS, with which
ehsrserfr, in the sense above given, Tseaou is synonimous.
T*S J CHE, or Ch'he.
A destorted mouthing, and incorrect speaking.
Same as |(4 Koo, To cry as a child.
TSHANG.
R. H.
HI
ame as
TSEAOU.
P'ho.Unrcasonable language
R. H.
437
R. H.
4a)
Same aPJ Heth, To inhale j to suck ; to inspire: to drink ;
to draw the loads I one ; to get her up, or include in.
j
0 ?Jc
T,ianS Ja heUl che> P61" ko cfc*tag
chc, 'Wishing to include, or gather up in,' must purposely
ttretch out that which i tocontain the thing gathered up- j
fit 1
)9lE 3! He,h ,,tins yun 0,16 lew he"' ll,hale
the flowing ether of the pure clouds.
j
j^L
Helh hcit ts'huy ts'hae. The appearance of garments tucked
UP| ^tf'-^l Heih tiih shih, A kind of iron-stone, said
to extract poison.
30th Radical.
CHOW, OT Show.
XIII.
K'how Q
Chow.
^ TSUY.
LEEN.
QyfX PHO.
Sound; noise.
THIRTEEN STROKES.
An old form of fj Shang, A merchant.
YEN, or Neen.
5^
An old form of
S. C.
Shen, Good.
LE.
&(||Lheae.
Occurs in the books ofBuddah. In what sense it is not said.
Like the preeeding, is undefined.
He.
To answer; to respond.
Q K'how.
XIII.
30th Radical.
438
kwS p;ng keen ibe chaou kung, The Ya-tk, and other nations,
sent envoies together to court withtribnte. Jfi | T'hn-ti,
Incorrect bad (peaking.
JyL TSOW, or Chow. The voice of a little
As
child; a child crying. Read Chaou, the tame as |h Tstw.
CHEN. Conversation ; talk ; loquacity.
Read Tan.
] Tan-tan, Tronbleiome verboseness ; fatiguing
loquacity. Originally written || Chen, p ^
I ftt R'l ffi K bow ,M rhe keLJn chen wei< tslh
When the mouth and tongue are unitedly loquacious, tbey
hould be restricted.
KO, orKwo.
pj^j
Sound; noise.
}5* K'HEfH.
YjH.
See
K'helh, above.
ofcommiseration, or grief.
j Jr^ Yuh-heu, The tone of
disease ; the moaning of a sick person.
YUE.
CHOW, or Ch'how.
tfjj^TEEN.
!$^Te<mJ.e,To
KIN, or K'hin.
to sigh.
s. c.
U4&U YAOU.
Joy and merriment. Commonly written
Yaoti.
S. C.
To spoil or ruin.
30th Radical.
439
XIII.
K'how Q
NUNG.
ntelligible jargon.
J Nung-nung, Mattering in a
Vowtone.
M ftf
K'how le too too nung nung teih, ma t'ha jlh shiug, Abated
bira a while in a muttering indistinct tone.
s. C.
> YUE.
Th brealh riling. To belch i to rift. Read Hwuy, The
voire of a bird. Wide, spacious and light said ofa house. The
found of the gradual approach of a carriage with bells. The
ancient Dictionary Yun-hwuy says, The beard on the chin.
One says, Tbejaw bone,
1j* Jfc
ffi. 7^
g| ^ Tsae foo moo, kew koo, che so, j ew ming che ying wei
king tuy.; tsin tuy chow seuen thin tse; shing keang, ch'hiihjuh,
ylh yew, piih kan hwuy yae, te k'hae, k'heen shin, pe e, In the
place where one's own father and mother, or a husband s father
and mother are, iftbey give any commands they must be answered
with respect ; when advancing, receding, or going about, (the
son and dioghter) mu<t be uniformly attentive; in going up
and down the s'eps of the hall, and in going out and in at the
door, the hands and feet must move gracefully i they must not
dare to belch or to sneeze, to yawn or to lounge. (Le-king.)
To the first ofthe last four vires, the Chinese are much addicted.
| ] It ^ Hwiy hwuy k'he ming. The deepest and
Boat obscure recces (or innermost apartment of the house) was
P K'how
XIII.
30th Radical.
opportunity occur..
$ J 1$j|f
P"h ching k'hp
te'Ih tung-se, ' A good for nothing thing r laid of a person contcmptuously, from his want of ability, or his incorrect immoral
conduct. Ji | Pingk'he.or j ^ K'he keae, Military
weapons; arms,
flj ] Le k'he, A sharp weapon, fa
y^l it | ^
Ko e w he k'lie ,ze che' Feed (or srsnt
the meana of support to) them all, according to their several
abilities, employing them in such things as they are competent
for. (Le-king.)
%ffH&]&ftnZ.
| Keen nae wei che senng; hing nae wei che k'he, The
appearances (of the sun. moon and stars) arc called Seang; body
or figure (on earth) is called K"he. (Ylh-king.)
440
frightened by a dream, which seems inexplicable. Jsjir
j
] $^ "jtf ^ )jg[ Hwari bwan gO gfl, hwang koo che fung,
Simple, pure and sincere were the manners of the sovereigns of
high antiquity,
ijjj:- j j ^ Chow shoo go gB urb.
The books of Chow are dear and contain correct principle*.
(Yangtze.)
P^5^_ HWUY.
Qlpf ^OjOrYB,
P SAOD.
Alarm;fright;aweandreverential
441
30th Radical.
XIII.
K'how P
AfrftcJL***,***!!. I
jiu joo yang hoo; tang paou k'he jow, plih paou, tilh she,
Supporting a bad man is like ft-cding a tiger ; you must satiate
bis appetite ; ifhe be not satiati d, be'll devour you. ] jpf
Sbe-tse, Expresses the slate of any person who has lost
irrecoverably an opp< rtunity of doing a thing. ^|] ^ (
Seang t'hun she, Mutually to devour each other.
# 1 B>
% &fc<">w "
keaou ying; woo yin she) woo tae hwang, Do not bend the
bead sideways to listen ; do nut answer in a loud vehement
tone i do not stare about ; do not carry yourself in a careless
lounging manner. (Le.king.)
J %k (["jj ^ Keaou jen
urn k huh, Cried and wept
keaou, Two thousand horses.
SiH.
HEUE.
GAE,. or Ae. Warm air or breath. A belching
The sound made by expelling the breath; or clearing the throat.
PT3E. TSU Y.
YUNG.
Sx
K'how.
XII I
30th Radical.
442
changing.
TSElH.
HWAE, or Hwae.
Syn. with
E.
li^P^ KO,
Seen, To covet,
] T'han
Sound ; noise.
443
30th Radical.
HAN.
XIV.
K'how p
TSUY.
Che.
of
P^ffL NING.
FOURTEEN STROKES.
YAE, or Gae.
The aame at Pjg H8, To cry out, to urge on to. Same as
fj[- Ylh, A (toppage of the throat. Sjn. with
US.
W|* R. H
jf}"
Ting-ning, To direct; to caution ; to give a charge
to, as Parents to children, or servants; seniors to juniors. To
state fully to, amongst equals. ^ J?f PT \ Fan fuh
ting ning, 'Over and oyer again, .charged' (him or her.)
PJ 1 ^ /Inf T,n5 nin" che chiin' To ^'Te Partlcu'*r 4"tions respecting several circumstances.
2 TElH.
rfn
'he, Great.
how
XIV.
30th Radical.
444
HAN, or Hecn.
if"
IP ] I^^vfia^]|T.in.peH-6.Wh.bh
tseang wang, kutig pub t'hing. If Tsio-pe command in a bois
terous lone, an old general, I fear he will not listen to it (Sheko jfT^H i *w%zn
|)/ Te hea chay k'helh yuC, bwO ta-tsze, ho ts'bang che shun
yaj. The Emperor alighted from his chariot and said. Ah !
my elder sister, why do you conceal yourself so closely.
(She-ke) Alarmed by the messengers who came for net, aba
run and hid herself beneath a bed.
Qtzt* T'HAE. fj| IJg,TbaeUe, Incessant Ulkio*;,
TH&, or T'ha.
To Jobber up greedily.
erroneous or incorrect chattering.
Vulgar form of
ye*
^{Sft LE6.
ft 1$ A It 151 ft WoothaMng.woochooMng,
woo ta'.blh chei woo.chiie bae i k'hlh choo king choo.jin ttxe,
puh n&ng p'hang ; k'hlh, chug hae, rhoo-jin tize e k'heu, When
dining with another person, ']do not in a hurry slobber up the
soup ; do not add seasoning to the soup, (and thereby insinuate
that it is bad), do not pick your teeth i do not eat greedily sailed
(nicebitV'eeauie you thereby insinuatethose that arequite plain.)
When the guest does season the soup, let the hint apologize by
saying we are unable to boil good soup ; if the guest eats freely
the salted pieces, let the host apologize by saying, I am poor
and cannot afford salt' (Le-king ) The making affected, absurd
apologies, such as are.here inserted, is descriptive of the present
race of Chinese ; hut as to slobbering, teeth-picking, hawking,
spitting, and so on, they seem to read the text without the
prohibilire particle.
] ] [}q ^ T'bi t'ha urn, shlh,
Ate in a slobbering hasty manner.
w*135
44j
u^ HEAOU.
Calling out.
30th Radical.
K'how p
CHxH.
HlH, or Hea.
XIV.
R. H.
Yua, is by it self defined, a Large mouth.
PHEI.
nose; panting. Head He,, same as |]Q He. JJ/ H||. HcThhe, Gaping and panting.
t%
^^j^^ W^A.
p K'how.
XIV.
30th Radical.
446
sacrifices performed twenty-five months after interment, the
master may take of the libation in his mouth, and the guests
and brothers all drink of it. (Le-king )
PaJ^L TSIN.
JDsU
S. C.
LEll
Pjjcjj^ TSING.
P*Sr^HAOU.
m % v$ z> * m. a $ z. *?< i x $
-j^p
^
Seaou tseang che tse, choo-jin che tsfl
yay, tse che; chung pin heung te tsTh keae ts'huy che, ta
tseang, choo jin ts'huy che, chung pin, heung te, keae yin che
k'ho yay, At the annual funeral sacrifices, the master in
tasting the oblation may sip it with his lips, the guests and
.brothers may all then take ofit into the mouth. In the funcr.il
30th Radical.
447
XV.
K'how Q
^ Yuen yen
FIFTEEN STROKES.
(She-king.)
j^f A. VX 1 f^J pf P9 Ko J'n e te cb kelh heung.
K2b LEE.
Yay jin che yen woo wan sMh, The words or speech
of a rustic, having no elegance or polish. From Mouth and
is to be feared.
Head Che, A stoppage, an interruption. Occurs -written
without mouth by the side.
Plain, unadorned.
LOO.
El
Vj^j^ SH1h. To command, to order, to direct.
S. C.
To sneeze. ^ jfJS; ^
breath or wind by starts. ^
] P'hun-
| K'hew-
Read Helb, |
Helh-aeJh, Tbe hurried vociferating
noise of a crowd of persons.
f^O& Same as ^ Tsa, see 1 1 strokes.
P^-HEEN.
Difficulty; distress; sound t noise. The same u ^ Heen.
P K'how.
XV.
LAOU.
448
30th Radical.
P^gf}3flt^g|pToQ.Uoa
Thei
ment ; merriment.
HW'UY.
tseIh.
S. C.
Much talk.
CH'HUE.
A distorted mouth.
m
P|ZS> TOW.
P'haou.
YEW.
A tone of sighing, or of breathing out admiration ; a tone
implying doubt or uncertainty.
fJ^ % ffi jfc
% E yew ya chay, tsze we ting yay, ' E yew ya, are words
HWtiH, or 118.
S. C.
449
ME, or Mei.
Fallacious speech.
Khowp
HCr- HWANG.
SIXTEEN STROKES.
PI*
YEN.
TSEE.
W%lh R. H.
/j\
Seaou yu yay. Small talk. Vulgar form of
flj Ttee. Sec under 1 1 strokes.
P^^TSHOO, orSoo. Thenoiseofhoundingonadog.
To swallow down.
^ "pT
Yen puh hea too,
Unable to swallow.
| J ^fC ^en k ',ow shwiiy. To drink
a mouthful of water.
^ ^ || jg
^
J})y | {Von chin sew che ming,tsTb wang yew so yen, Oa
hearing rVe uan:cs of dainty dishes, absurdly imagining that
One W swaltowttI* them.
LE.
Sz
^ LUNG.
31
A great sound or noise.
P K'how,
XVI.
30th Radical.
LUNG.
450
S. C.
The throat.
|^| How lung, The throat ; the gullet.
[ %S.} How lung heang, Sound or noise iu the throat.
CHEN.
To attack, or
with
F6.
R. H.
! U)
prayers or imprecations.
TS'HIN, or Ch'hin.
To confer , to bestow
451
KING.
j|K s. c.
fcdt)
f% P HOW.
Oth Radical.
XVII
K how Q
A long sound.
TO.
Wide ; extensive.
rcP} S. C.
SEVENTEEN STROKES.
Same as Rjf Yin, To answer.
HE.
$X
pfe
J
TSEEN.
Q K'how
XVII.
30th Radical.
452
(San-tsze-king.)
^ | || Jjj3 Tsung yen pin le,
To manage with strictness or severity,
y^j
S j
Pi leiih sin yen, Lawj, strictly and rigorously referring to
every supposeahle case. ] ^ Yen-fa, Severe punishments.
] 1|i Yen-chungs ^ ] Chwangyen; j ^ Yen-siih ;
] W;i yen, All express with little modification of the
meinin;;, Gravity, sedalencss, stately solemnity ot demeanour.
3^ j Tsun-yen, Honorable and stately; a dignified gravity.
^ ( Kea yen, The father ot a family. ]
Yen-Uie,
The mother of family. $g || | jf ' M. Ye*
ching lie yen siih che kwei, Customs or manner of doing
things well ordered, regular and strict ; strict discipline.
tikH I $1 f H T *B %
yen-chung, sze-hoo nan yuseangyu, Formal and grave ns if
difficult of access,
| pj" ^JJ Wei-yen Who wei,
Awfully stately and solemn.
j ^ tfc jjj- Yen-foo, Use
moo, A severe father and an indulgent mother. |
jjjjjjr
Yen che king, Great respect apd veneration for (certain virtues.)
(Shoo-king.)
~p
^ ^htseenpuhl.n,
yfi M Ait
Phkantehw.ng,
Vulgar form of
YlNG, or Yang,
The voice ofa bird ; the harmonious songs of birds.
^ ~J* "J* Fl ratih chang chkng,
J5 1i ^ 1 Neaou minB yllnE j*"*{il fa ^ ti- Ch'hoh Uze 7ev Mh
Composed in reference to
~J~ Woo-ting, who lived
B. C. 12*8- One Commentator says, ^ |j j^j j^j
^ ~f Hj)
1 ^Wl ^Ykngk-heminge,
^
g|C Kew k'he yew shing,
$t yx u n nt ^ pi
He*ven iboush i,iKi,,y
exalted, really descends (or comes down), and the survey, or
inspection thereof, is greatly to be feared, the people though,
they are in base circumstances, as Heaven really looks
ffl L % %S"''RI*~ue'
^^Yewkewyewshiog,
%\
A^Ch',nejine*
R. H.
453
30th Radical.
XVIII.
K'how Q
EIGHTEEN STROKES.
jf$ i shin che tinB chejjjjfc. %\ Q 2p Chung ho ts'heay ping.
Ita felling: a tree, the axes of man; resound ;
The birdi of I he wood jmp in reiterated notes to their fellows j
Thej issue forth from shady retreats in the v allies :
They remove to the groves, and perch in groups on the loftj trees,
Tu each other they chirp in responses.
These are the sounds by which friends are in tited t
Observe those birds!
Even they have a voice to invoke friendship;
Shall it then be that men
Desire not the society of living friends!
The gads listen with pleasure to those
Who continue to the end in harmony and peace. (She-king.)
: consider the last two lines as expressing, that the
Gods assist those who live in friendship ; and that the influence
ofcordial friendship will gradually exert itself, and spread, till
finally harmony and peace, universally prevail in the world.
They say, In the smallest affair, as felling a tree, a union of will
and of effort is required i the social feeling pervades animated
nature. A selfish human being is an unnatural anomaly.
From the Prince to the peasant there is none who requires
not the assistance of friendship to effect bis wishes.
' E.
To eat ; to gnaw.
Ancient form of
ChTh, or Tslb.
HEAOU.
Same as j H eaou.
4a
P K'how.
^ SA,
XVIII.
3<;th Radical.
454
TE.
or Hw3h.
To,rlg , to D0t
out
Pj| | ^ ^"
30th Radical.
+55
till fed self-satisfaction.
0 -j^
Pf 1^ I
XIX.
K'how Q
1
TS- HA.
ij ^ Woo
ff| 0
wo ko 1
NINETEEN STROKES.
^fcM^ E. The tone of laughing; noise made in sleep; (noring ; talking in sleep.
t|j ^ P|| |1$
Meen cn0nE
gan e shin hoo, Snoring and calling oUI in sleep.
v^jjjjj-^ LO.
to-so, or
^ Low-lo, Troublespme.
P K'how.
456
YUN.
Noise, clamour.
m
NANG.
A bug i a lack ; a large bag or sack. To hold iu a bag. A
aurname. $ f# |f$ P 3| Nang, siih ching k'how-tae,
A sack is commonly called K'how-tae. djji
jjjji p]
I M ^ El ^ T" T"w J"* nang, woo te yuc kfl, A
bag with a bottom to.v is called Nang ; without a bottom it is
called KB The Xt it bed round the body, and contains a y
thing Taluab'l.It.u oommpnly called jjjgi ] Chen-tae. Ko
also denotes a st.sII bag in contradistinction from Nang, A large
"CfcM \ ffi ftn Keae n"Be="'B l*ng. To open
a sack and bestow of its contents on another person i a phrase
made use of when soliciting assistance, on taking a journey, or
on any other particular occasion.
] Keae keae
kin nang, Open, open the variegated silken bag; is said when
requesting a person to open his mind and tell his opinion.
1 'H ^ ljt N*"B
ko l"b- BJ the 1'gl't of ' a glow,
worm in a gauze bag distressed yet studying.' ify J Hing
nang, Travelling bag, expresses whatever one takes wi:h him
on a journey.
TSAN, Or Chan.
Ancient form of
Yen.
M H #M Nae ko how
Same as
-p^-J1 | Yu- kfi yu nang.
Also put Sour and grain,
Some in bags and some is sacks,
(She-king.)
W 1 Chwang-nang'1 Chwang-tze, fory)^ |j|
Ts'heang-nang, To snatch, to disturb, to throw into disorder.
SOth Radical.
457
XXIII.
K how Q
(firj JMelh-seih.Thenoisa
MB
s c.
UM s. c.
b(Va
HWAN.
To breathe; to sigh | to moan i to hum ; to recite.
like insects.
Pt^rj^. Same as
Same as
Pytajf CHEN.
t^j^^ CHUH.
LO.
To split or rend.
i Keen-gan, A hill.
n
The name of a barbarous song. The same as -j^ K'hecn.
Ptea Same as Nsfi T'how, To buast.
Hwuy.
II.
31th Radical.
458
YEN, or Gan.
j j^Chowchlh, To
uied without Mouth
THIRTY-FIRST
HWUY.
s. c.
0
Q
Represent! encircling ; ta enclose and protect The ancient
form of jjgj Wei, To surround and guard; also of Kw5, A
nation, a country; an enclosure with a spear and a mouth, and
a smaller enclosure in the middle. Tsze-hwuy affirms that this
character denoted square; but Cbing-tsze-fhung and Kang-he,
both deny it.
jfH.
a
one, Denoting tbe unity of the sun.
Ancient form of jj K'he.To rise, to raise.
RADICAL.
S. C.
TWO STROKES.
4fc "7* Ke yew tsze ke-hwny, ho piih tscang t'ha urh jin,
yung tsew kwan buy, tsew kin leaou, As we hare this
opportunity (to rerenge an uncle's cause), why should we not
take these two men, fill them drunk, and then confine them
31th Radical.
459
in a cage.
^ ] Chang-tsew, A kind ofjailer ; one who
has the charge of criminal! ; to superintend criminals.
1 tiP^M.* If T
Fan t*ew cn*J' nang tsuy kiih kung, urh chlh ;
chung tsuy chlh kuh; hea tiuy kiih. All those who arc
imprisoned for great crimes, both hands are shackled together,
and the feet arc fettered ; for a middle clan of crimes, one foot
and one hand are fettered ; for a lower class of crimes one hand
only is shackled. j J| j ^jf j
Ting chung
tew, ylh k'he shTh, To mitigate the rigour of a crimi
nal's confinement, and increase the quantity of his food.
^1 | Yaou-tsew, The determination respecting a criminal,
or the reasons of that determination.
!/JT jjj^ ^ ]
P'bei pe yaou tsew, A final decision respecting the preceding
determination. (Shoo-king.) J[ Jj UJxi ^ i. 7a H
"J" ^] |J^F 3l 1
1 ^aou tscw>
n*en wo
luh jTh, che yn seun she, p'bei pe yaou tsew, The King,
(B. C. 11 OS) said, The reasons of a capital sentence must
be considered fire or six days ; after a decade has elapsed, then
pronounce the great and irrevocable decision.
jpf J^
^5; T'hang Tae-tsung yui, <ze chay piih ko fiih sang, keu
tsew e urh jlh woo fuh tsow, ' Tae-tsung, of T'hang dynasty, (A.
D. 769) said, The dead cannot be restored to life again; you
must take two days to report capital cases five times, before
the filial decision be given.
J ^jJ Tsew-fan, An incar
cerated criminal.
] Jiih Uew, To imprison.
TE1H, or Ne.
To move ; to shake.
HI.
Hwuy M
THREE STROKES.
.. /
KEEN.
jjj KEE
A son ; a child.
A If
0 HJ Min jin 1,00 ufh yu* k8en* The
people of Fuh-keen Province, use Keen to denominate a child.
They pronounce it Tsae. Also read Yu2.
|
Gae
tsae she. An ode lamenting (the fate of) children. Composed in
consequence of an Emperor of the T'hang Dynasty, taking the
children of Fuh-keen Province to be eunuchs.
j
i^P
Tiae pec lang-pa, The boys are separated from their
fathers. Lang-pa, is a Provincial word for father.
CHWANG.
s. c.
09
The ancient form of
Chwang. A window. Or as it is
expressed, Jg
g j|g jJ j fl^ "h <* miih, heu e
t'hung ming, The eye of a house; an open spice to admit light.
The seal character represents the lattice work, which is yet
placed in windows in the north of China. The middle part of
J^Tsang .(> Hwuy, andsimilar characters, are derived from this.
Q Hwuy.
III.
fj HWUY.
31th Radical.
(3
(0)
460
(VD
461
fall wilh its face toward* the heavens, they bunt out in
expressions of joy, regarding the circumstance aj an omen of
future felicity ; if the corpse turn round with its face to the
earth, the; tried tears, considering it as an unhappy omen.
! ii further added, under the word Hwuy, that they
|J|
/f^ ^
P" chae l,uh nl[n
I*. Keep their fatta,
refusing to eat even to death. They jjjg
^ @
Sze T'heen puh wci seang, Worship, or sacrifice to, Heaven
but do not make idols. In M jgg fgj ^ ^ B Chin Suy,
keen jiih Chung-kwo, The time of Chin and Suy, (about the 7th
century) they first entered China. Afterwards,
ygj ^| Kang hae che Kwang-chow, They came by tea to
Canton.
&jtyX%.&1tyM*i" Yuene
how, man yen Chnng-kwS, After the Dynasties Kin and Yuen,
they spread widely through China.
/Q*
/Qfc
Kin tsae Isae yew che, Now they are in every place.
One Writer define! Hwuy thus, j^r ^ jjj, ^
F^J ^ Hwan t'heen che k'he t t'heen te leang rhingt t'beenchow te wae; yin yang woo hing hwuy chuen k'he chung yay,
The yet fluid ethereal celestial influence, being received by
heaven and earth, the heavens revolve without side the
earth i the Yin and the Yang, with the five elements, revolve in
the midst thereof. ^ ] Te hwuy. To keep the mind
lingering and dwelling upon what is pleasant or desirable,
jj^ J jj P^Tc hwuy chin yin, To dwell upon with pleasure,
nd in deep thought recite what is agreeable in any literary
composition.
f^i ^ | Jf^ Shen yew hwuy wang, To
clear up the case of, and deliver from punishment one who has
been oppressed and falsely accused. yj | jfify jj^ Yew hwuy
mei than, Towards the right made a circuit round the Mei hill.
| ^ Hwny-yuen, or ^ J Heu-hwuy, Said of passes
or roads that are long, winding, and waste. Yulgarly written
3 1st Radical.
111.
Hwuy
f- ffi
MWiH 1 W&tftfolti&tif
Jjj^ <jp Ylh she shin show, tseang tsew wan, tslh tsae Ch'hangsan sin-mun, p'he p'ho, heue" ch hiih, yu she yun ming, All at
once slipped his hand, and threw it at the tup of Ch'hang-san's
head, and broke the skini the blood flowed, and after awhile he
died. Most of the Dictionaries quote the following passage,
&
nz
i
When a child is in its mother's womb, all the passages are
stopped, it receiva the breath (or living influence) only by
the umbilical cords the temporal aperture makes a com
munication for the living influence, hence the bones are not yet
closed) afterbirth the passages are opened, the mouth and note
receive the air, and the bowels become a backward passage for
iti the temporal bones gradually dose. It is addeJ,
|^
4^ KK ^ j|| These are the principles of the ascent and
descent of the Yin and Yang. For Yin and Yang, two of Um
Dictionaries use
fjjj which seems to denote Spiritual
intelligence i bat what is intended by the ascent and descent
thereof, is not easy to conceive or express. ~JB t^t
j^g
Hwuy.
s. c.
Also read Sin and Seth. The calvaria. (ShwU-wan.) They
express it by & j^j ^ T'how hwuy naou kae, The cover
of the brains assembled in the head. The temporal suture, or
voi> i.
4e
YIN.
From pj Hwuy, and ^ Ta, That which is great within a
circle, because | ^ ^ ft* Jg |f NSng ta chay,
chung wei tsew che, He who can do great things draws many
pjHwuy.
111.
31st Radical.
462
1 ft
If
*"o would
taise anything high, must avail himself of existing hills and
mountains ; he who descends low, must avail himself ofexisting
jj^jQ YAOU.
31st Radical.
IV.
Hwuy I
S. C
FOUR STROKES.
T'hun.
|^| KHANG.
$9 W
ffl Wlih miDS y 7Uen' P'ant' 5rowin6
out of deep water.
J^a
j
Hwang k'hwang yuen
heuen An appearance of vastnets and profundity.
of light; a^dow.
#jf0l#,l[El^
Tsae tei>n. yuS yews tsae iih yu8 ch'hwang, A widow in a
wall is called Yew i in a house, it is called Ch'hwang. Also read
Ts'hung, The door or mouth ofa furnace.
| J^Jj
3^ Ch'hwang tsuo hoo wei ming, The window assists the
dhor in affording light. Commonly written J^Ch'hwang.
^ j T'heen ch'hwang, A sky light, or aperture in the roof
ofa house.
u
HWUH.
KEUNG.
improperly used, being the ancient form of jgj Meen, The face.
A window. A man's name. Light and ornamented.
Jgj,
|H Hvvuy.
IV.
31st Radical.
46*
GO, or Yew.
To interpret; to explain the language of men or of birds and
brutes. To induce ; to teduce, at birdi that are taught to
inveigle others- To convert or change from bad to good ; thu t
which it nourished by a root which improves its stale.
|JQ
Go, or ||L j^jt Neaou mei, A bird like the hawk, used to catch
other birds ; Neaou mei, if the common term.
^ j
Tso go, To be a seducer.
A vulgar form of [tU Kw8, A nation.
Being compoied of a king within an enclosure.
KHWAN.
SI
An old bouse. Fatigued ; wearied ; exhausted ; poor i diseased i
weak i bed-ridden i lassitude. The name ofone ofthe ^ Kwa.
To be confused i disordered, at hy wine. Sorrj i moarnful i to
labour as in studjing what is not yet perceived. Used as an
active Verb, To exercise superiority of strength or of talent, so
as to cripple ; to repress; to weary; to fatigue one who opposes
ineffectual effort, as animals that are bunted. To rhyme, read
K'beuen. ] jj j
K'hwiin lelh fa yay, K'hwan de
notes a failure of strength. j
K'hwan ft, A failure of
strength or of pecuniary resources.
f
K'hwan keuen,
Wearied; fatigued.
"j Kenng k'hwKn, Wearied or ex
hausted by ineffectual efforts in pursuit of honor or of gain.
i <2 Hln^ 'e k "wan * w,nt *i or inadequate
supply of, travelling necessaries. ^ ] Tse k'hwan. To
supply the wants of the necessitous.
sS^j Tjf I /G FmS nae K*hwan wei, By disease is ren
dered dangerously weak.
j
K'hwlin yiih. Grieved ;
vexed; anxious. ^ j Pe k'hwan, To be wearied or
exhausted. j ffi K'hwan choo, To weaken; to disable ;
to incapacitate from acting, and to keep under a kind of con'ul- % flf A t 1 & # U Th~n ,he u je
k'hwan keun Hh han, The weather being extremely hot, feel
excessively fatigued. ^ ^ | |
"J King pa wo
k'hwan choo leaou, At last took me and completely disabled
me from acting.
$ jfc $P jffi $ J . ^
3 1 Kt Radical. V.
463
Hwuy p
(Chung.,,,) &ffifti2.%L&&mtoz
T'HANG. The noi.e ofbreaking .toe
t * & 1 ffn $ X n ft & I ffn
^^ ^
^ ~f ^ Confucius .aid, ' Those who
possess innate knowledge, arc of the highest class; those who
have to learn in order to know, rank next; and those who have
to exert fatiguing effort in order to Irani, rank lower still ;
those who cannot learn, even by the most fatiguing efforts are
the lowest das. ofthe people. A "fS jj ^ ^ ft ^
jjgj
rfiij 1^? Pj|{ Some 1 men inu,t '>ave 'on erre<* t'"re
they can reform ; when things come to extremes, when their
heart, are grieved and their thoughts crossed, then they begin
to rouse to action ; when the disapprobation of other, i.
manifested in look, and word., they then understand their
error..' It is added, more careful attention would have made
them perceive their error, sooner, before matter, came to
extreme.. (MSng-l.zi.)
|
|^ Khwan .how
yew tow, A beast .ore pressed will .till fight. (T.S-chucn.)
Same a. IS K'hwSn, Threshold of a door.
61
Same as^ Moo, see Radical ^ Muh.
-es.
YA,orKea.
S. C.
B
FIVE STROKES.
l^jl HWl'H,
Same as |g Hwiih.
pj Hwny.
V.
31st Radical.
Km.
>^
3|jl jjjjj He who would keep the people within their own
country, will not do it by shutting the froMier; he who would
strengthen his country against attacks, will not derive strength
from dangerous puses amongst bills and rivers ; he who would
7E 0 7
%L
"til ManS-u*e "'< lo tne Wng of
Tse, 'the whole (eastern) world is undoubtedly afraid of the
power of Tse ; but if instead of ruling for the good of the people,
you attach to yourself another territory, (vix. the state Yen),
you will cause the whole world to rite in arras against you.'
(M&ng-tsze.) This sentiment wat delivered more than two
thousand yeart ago. How exactly verified when applied to
similar case in the wettern world, in the beginning of the
nineteenth century.
3ist Radical.
467
VI.
Hwiry
3:
SIX STROKES.
UNG.
ME.
CHiH, or Tefli.
To enter below.
YEW.
A garden encloied with a wall ; according to nme, a Park,
or piece of ground enclosed and stored with wild beasts. An
aviary or managerie. One defines it merely by what the
composition of the. character imports, An enclosure having
something withinside. A superficial degree of knowledge is
expressed by Yew. Also read Yiih. To rhyme, read Wei.
|. 3i T It B M # % Z Tie Seuen
jot. Wan wang che yew, fang ts'hih shTh le. yew choo ? Mangtsze tuy yu8, yu chuen yew che, Seueh, the king ofTse, asking
said, Was the park of king Wan seventy le square? Mrncius
replied, it Ts so banded down.
| k^J ^ j||
JSv <ul
cnuDS cne t,aou mun' Pun 't'n mm tseaou
Uae, The people were uot prohibited from cutting down
the brushwood and trees in the park. (Mang-tsie.) WSnwang.B. C. 1100, built a kind of terrace, which he called i|j|t
jff Ling-tae,. Around- it was a park, and a winding pond for
Hah. The following Stania expresses the security and delight
which all creatures fo'und in his virtuous presence.
3E ^ H 1 Wang t,ae
5,6,1 ;
j~~J Hwny.
VII.
31st Radical.
468
Same as
SEVFN STROKES.
91
CHfH.
IP J An ancient form of
si
ICS
jl SEUEN.orTseuen.
s. c.
2.
Round; a circle; the instrument with which a circle is
made; a pnir of compasses. Same as J^J Yuen, and jg[J llwan.
Also read Heuen.
YIN.
Name of a place.
1 EJ^-**p 1 "-he
ts'hing hcBkea; Tsre-yue\ woo puh joolaounung; tt'hing
hc8 wei poo, yuiS, woo puh joo laou poo, Fan-che, (one of
Confucius' disciples) requeued to be taught agriculture,
Confucius replied, (to teach that) 1 am not equal to an old
husbandman ; he then requested to be instructed in horticul
ture ; Confucius said, I am not equal to an old gardener.
1 Z $ '/ft -J* J # f Y"-POo che sze
wei laou yu poo chay tsing che, The afTairs of gardens,it is
only those who have grown old in gardens, understand them
perfe^ly
gg I ft 1 $ Ut ^ f
SL ] H^n-poo tsac kwSnlun shan ; t heen te so keu,
jfhUB heuenpoo, Hcen-poo, (Paradise?) is situated on the
Kw8n-lun mountain, v here the Sovereign of Heaven resides.
It is also written Heuen-poo. Otherwise written ^ Foo, and
Poo.
469
YU.
CHUEN.
31st Radical.
EIGHT STROKES.
VIII.
Hwuy Q
KEUEN, orK'heuen.
Crooked wood of which wine cups are made. X coop or
pen in which to confine domestic animals; a prison; to
encircle; a small circle, or Chinese point in writing. A sur
name; the name of a place.
J||j ^ K'heuen-t'haou, A
snare. ^ -|[?
| ^ Pull nSng fho t'ha kheiren
t'haou, Unable to escape his snare.
^^
|
J K'han keen t'ha yen kcucn urh yew hung
leaou, Saw that his eyes also became red.
|Q ]
Ta ko yucn kcuen, To draw a circle ; to draw a Hoe around ;
to insert a period. The officers draw a red circle over im
portant passages of their proclamations, to draw or to requira
the attention of the people to them, j^j j Plh-kcucn.'
is a point thus O
| HTh kcueu, a point thus
-^2 ffft Tseen-tecn, is a point thus
The Chinese place
these points or marks by the side of characters as stops, and
also in rows to give emphasis to the passage, as we draw a line
below a word, or print it in Italics, or in Capital letters. The
Schoolmaster also marks his approbation of a boys writing by
marking it with one or other of the above points.
^jb
Tuh she, yu she urh tlh chay, yung plh keucn ; fei urh shfh
chay, yung hlh kcuen; che yew kwan-chaou tsze-yen, tslh
kea tseen teen, teen ch'huh, In reading history, when you
meet with what is right and successful, mark it with a white
(or open circle); what is wrong, and which has been unsuccessful,
|| mark it with a black circle. As to important phrases, mark
them out by inserting a sharp pointed dot. JS, ^) f|5 T
1 HP M$ Chaykeu lrwa k ho kcucn' k ho tSen' ShouW
sentence be marked with a round period or a sharp pointed dot.
LUN.
m
| K'HE^
1^ [!) Hwuh-lun, Round ; compete. See under ^ Hwiih.
lot. i.
4t
Q Hwuy.
Vlll
31st Radical.
470
1X1 HWANG.
Empty ; vacant.
K WO, or Kwe\
Yb.
A hone-keeper; one who feeds and attends a horse. The
appellation given to the month in a certain season. A
surname. The name of a mud-gate in ancient history. The
name of a place : the name ofa hill i and of a city. The name
of a musical instrument. A dignified martial appearance is
expressed by Yu. The limiti of a territory. To oppose; to with,
land, the same as jjjjj Y. Occurs in the sense of J|Jj Yu.
|H ^ ^
jgj Yu-jin, chang ma chay, Yu-jin, one
whncontrouls a horse, -j^ II ^
Jjrjj |/1]J j Shing ma,
yTh sze, szc yu, A set (of four horses) has one master and four
horse-keepers.
j
Yu sze, One who teaches the care
and breeding of horses.
/^jT j MS, yu, A cow-herd, and
a horse-keeper. (Tso-chucn).
| Yu-yu, A wearied
embarrassed appearance.
^ j Show-yu, To defend the
limits or boundary of a country.
Jjjjj jJJ} j E
koo woo yu, To strengthen my frontier.
j^jj j Ling-yu,
A prison.
^ ^ fjj | Wuh lae piih koo yu, and
it ^ ^ pj jt,K'he k'heu piih k'ho che, Things (such as
wealth and honors) their coming cannot be prevented, and
their departure cannot be stopped. (Chwang-tsze.)
TANG.
Ka
TS'IllNG.
471
SlOO) when he cssen.bled the chiefs of the surrounding stales,
found them to amount to ten thousand. The stales in
the time of ji^Ej Shang, were upwards of three thousand ; and
in the time of j^j Chow, under which dynasty Coiifuciui lived,
they amounted to one thousand eight hundred.
n * Z 1 H'J M W
Z 1 * - tee
che kwB, tsih Tsin e how the been yny. The nations <>r
kingdoms during the three ages (viz. the dynnslies Hea,
Shang, and Chow) and onward, were the Heen districts of
Tsin (B. C. S00) dynasty, and the subsequent period. Of
the Hcen districts, there are seventy-two in the province
ofCanton.
^ ] ^ g ^ ] j&jj^
~\" M. >h I Mb >^ S "t* M Ta kw0 tc-fan6Plln |e'
tsze kwo tefang ts'hlh shTh le; seaou kwi) te fang woo shlh le.
The territory of a large kingdom was a hundred le (about 25
or 30 English miles); the territory of the next class of kingdoms
wan seventy Ic; and the territory ofa small kingdom was fiftyfe.
~~|~ ' J Van sze hae che nuy, kew chow; fan kew chow
ts'heen ts'hlh plh ts'hih shlh san kw5, All within the four seas, is
divided into Nine-chow, and in those nine chow, are one
thousand seven hundred and seventy-three nations.
*||>|
$\ |EJ 9\ \ jffi [EJ |g | Kew chow che waeyui
wae kwO, yTh yuS tseuS kwB, States beyond the nine regions
are called Wae-kwB (exterior nations), and they are also
called TseuiS-kwB (nations cut off)
j& ^& j Yueo
ch'hoo tseug kwo. Remote places, and foreign countries. (Leking.) ^j|J ] Lee" kwB, The constituted states, and j| j.
Chen-kwB, The contending nations, are terms applied to the
nations of China about three centuries before the Christian era.
~9\ 1 j^l
k"8 c'100 now' "'"ne cn'e'5 or princes of
the constituted states. ffi j E kwO, A different nation from
one's own ; a foreign country.
^ | Shan kw8, A hilly
country.
j Too kwB, A champaign country.
J TsTh kwB, A marshy country; a country that abounds with
water.
^J | Hing kwB, Wandering nations.
^
jffc
J3|
] -jjjl Puh lclh ching, e ma shang wei
kwB yay, They do not erect cities, but being mounted on horse
back form a nation.
jlll j^j | |[J |^ fji | |j
^ Teen shuh kw, tsclh chang shuh kwo che sze yay, To
31st Radical.
VIII.
Hwuy J^j
ffl M K 3*T Kwa Ue- ,,,in EDMar the breezes be gentle, and the showers seasonable.
The nation at peace and the people happy.
These two sentences, at the new year, are very generally
suspended at the gates of public officers and others.
j
ffl
/ 1 IS i)| ^KwB yung chung tsuh; kwB
woo yew inin, The country possessing abundant supplies for
its daily use ; the country without any vagrant people.
j>5?J THAE.
A man's name.
Q Hwny.
IX
472
a 1st Radical.
NINE STROKES.
or Kee.
Z % El # g Z fll
H
che shing
yui mow s to chc rning yue heS, The lowing of cow ii called
Mow, the cry of a camel is called Hell.
CllUEN, Chuy, or Chen.
The name of a hill. Round ; to turround ; a kind of
bamboo basket to contain corn.
YEN.
WEI.
06
To surround ; to guard i to besiege; to surround and take
wHd animals; to limit, as a mould does that which is cast into
it. A Chinese measure equal to five-tenths of a cubit. The
name ot a district. Syn. with {pT Wei, and ^ Wei.
jjg
Wci-tseang, A wall which surrounds or encloses. jljlj |
Ke-wei, Banks thrown up to prevent a river from overflowing
the adjacent country.
Jf. j J^kJ Pei ping wei kwfin,
Was surrounded and disabled by troops. | Jg
Wei, hwan jaou kung ching, Wei is to surround and attack
f^jj YTh jlh tae tie ihlh wan ta keun, tseang ching che wei
kwiin. In one day led at once a large army of a hundred thous
and men, and closely besieged the city. /As. j Ho wei
To enclose on all sides.
jjjjj j Chow wei, All around
^ j lM 1 7C fS) K'he fa"g !' chow wei wan koo
The house is perfectly strong on all sides.
j Kewwei, Nine circles ; like
i|>|>| Kcw chow. Denotes nine
regions into which the Chinese divided the world as known
*othe frTlTk%%& 1 fc**
IJj( l.^j
Kwo keun ch'hun teen puh wei tslh ; ta foo piih
yen keun; sxe piih tseu me lwan, The Sovereign of the cc intry
does not in the spring chacc, surround the game, and take it;
the great officers do not shut up the flocks or herds of animals
and take them; the lower officers do not take the young of
deer or other game, nor the eggs ibecause Spring is the time
of procreation. (Le-king.)
^
^
j T'heen
tsze piih hS wei, The son of heaven does not surround closely
and take the game entirely. (Le-king.) ^J" ^ Ta wei.
To hunt and shoot game.
^ Z, @ J Keih che plh
wei, Restricted it to a hundred (measures of length called .
Wei. (Chwang-lsze.)
WAN.
The appearance of the windings and turnings of a riverKEUH.
A kind of granary.
31st Radical.
473
TEN STROKES.
J^LI poo.
An orchard or kitchen garden. A vulgar form of JjjJ| Poo.
chIh.
A horse in an enclosure. It also implies to bridle; to restrain.
i|R YUEN.
A place where trees, tegctables, or flowers are planted ; a
garden. A garden hedge. |j|J |gj Poo-yucn, An orcliard.
^ | Tsac-yuen, A vegetable garden.
| Hwayuen,
A flower gardeo. A Gardener is sometimes called
^
Hwa-kung, A flower workman.
0j | jjjj^ J||l Teen,
juen, loo, moo, Fields, gardens, mat-slieds and tombs.
| ~J.
Le yuen tsze te, The sous and brothers of the
pear orchard, denotes Play actors.
| He-yuen, A
pi.i j ho. ise, a garden appropriated to theatrical exhibitions. Such
places exist in Peking. One was opened about ten years ngo in
Canton, but in consequence of disturbances occurring from the
crowds of people collected, the government -ordered it to be
shut up.
^ijjtj^ | -jp f jffi Tm hcviren-lsze thing
he, To go to the theatre to hear a play.
JJ^
j Yew
hwa-yuen, To saunter or ramble in a garden.
^ Q Q
# tfc I # j$|
4* Eh 1 "ha Jih J1h lsae hwa yea
chung, yew wan tso go, He every day sauntered about, sat
down or slept in the garden. ^ | Yu yuen, An Im
perial garden. ||j fjjij J Yuen-ming-yuen,' The round and
splendid garden ;' some suppose in allusion to the encircling
eavens, and the orb of day j a well known Summer's residence
of the Tartar Emperors of China. ^jFT 5$j
1 Wo >'u
wp yuen, Do not climb oyer my garden hedges said to her
lover. (She-king.)
] ^
jj^jf Yuen chay poo
che fan, Yuen, denotes the hedge of a garden or an orchard.
J j Zl -j- ffjj ^ ' Yuen le urh shih urh shwiij
VOS.. I.
4*
X.
Hwuy Q
YUEN.
Round; a circle ; a sphere, or globular figure; a dollar.
To make round. [Jj
^ Yuen, fang che tuy, Hound
is the opposite of square.
~jj j Fang yuen, Square and
round.
|
/jjjj
Yuen teTh, peen lelh, Globular;
flat.
ch'hang hwa-le yuen kang ch3 tsze, fang tsae kang shang,
Take that Hwa-le. wood round couch-table, and put it on the
couch. $g ^- "j- ] Yin tsze shih yuen. Ten round
pieces of silver; ten dollars.
t|3 J Chung yuen, or
| Pwan yuen, Half a dollar. A quarter of a dollar is
expressed by jj|
Ylh tseen pa, One mace right
(candareeus), which are equal to a quarter ofa dollar.
"jjj + ] Yih pth ta yuen, 1 One hundred dollars ;' the word
Ta, Great, does not add any thing to the meaning.
j
Yuen mung, Round dream; the same as ^ J^t Chen-iuung,
Dreams of divination. There was a T'bang or temple so
P Hwpuy.
XI.
31st Radical.
MAOU.
An ancient form of
l^jjZ^l H I N.
ELEVEN STROKES.
Pjjjj
WAN.
474
1 TH0-
11
31st Radical.
475
to induce him to murder a younger brother, who was tenderly
beloved by hi. mother.
^J-^E^f
J=^.
Jlji In the scorching heal and rains of sum
mer, the poor people complain bitterly ; and in the severe
cold of winter, the poor people complain bitterly : great
indeed are their sufferings; do you consider well their sufferings;
to the end that you may lay plant to ease them, then the people
will enjoy repose. (Shoo-king.)
JfjJ" j Ho t'hoo, The
figure obtained by Fuh-he from the back ofa tortoise. (See
A View of China, page 188.)
^ E urh tMh kea s
XI.
Hwuy J
S. C.
tltiJ l in
Ch'hoo tan, ch'hoo sze go mei yuf;
Shlh tze, shlh woo. yu6 t'hwan yuen.
On the third and fourth of the month, there is a silk-worm's
eye-brow moon ;
On the fourteenth and sixteenth, the moon form* a con
glomerated round mass.
LS urh te noo;
Q Hwuy.
XIII.
31st Radical.
476
YIH.
S. C.
s. c.
Round; globular; complete; perfect. Read Hwan, To
477
Pe mun, sze kwo, Shut his door and reflect on hit errors.
j [|fj Yuen-hwny, The gate of a market place.
j
Hwan-she, To look round with alarm.
~J\ ] ||
[f[J j|E T'heen hea hwan she urh k'he, All under heaven will
look round with alarm and rise up.
j
pij Hwan
keaou mun. Surrounded the bridge gate. j
Hwan-yaj,
Name of a Heen district.
MO.
32nd Radical.
T'hoo
K'HEUN, or K'hwan,
To >ind; to restrict ; to accomplish
531 j YEW.
lay
m
Ancient form of jfj Mwan, Full.
I
A park; hence the four trees in the enclosure.
FOURTEEN to NINETEEN Strokes.
Ancient form of
YC, A prison.
LWAN.
THIRTY-SECOND RADICAL
T'HOO.
kwa wish ch'hfih hing yay, The two lines represent, the
car tli below, and the midst of the earth ; the upright line, is the
appearance of things growing out.
3lC
~~"
T'hoo, woo hing che jlh, Thoo, one of the five elements.
(See udder j Woo.) ] fljJ
$J # || A T'ho
te sang wuh e yang jiu, The earth produces things for the
support of man.
J
J[
T'hoo e woo koh, The
earth is suitable for the five kinds ofgrain.
j | Woo
t'hoo, The five earths, are
^ ^ 7jjj ^ Pih, Mh,
tsing, cMh, hwang. White, black, azure, red, yellow.
j
|
T'hoo sang t'hoo yang, The earth produced man,
and the earth will support hiin. ^jl^ |
^ Shwiiy
t'hoo p(ih hb, Water and earth (climate) not agreeing (with
a person). To express the disagreeing, ^ yjJ^Puh-fuli, is also
-\* Thoo.
I.
3Vnd Radical.
478
Uze-t hung and Tsze-hwti v, for the white bark of the mulberry
usci. fpf ^ | Ho shwiiy t'hoo, 'To harmonise the
clim-ite,' i. e. to use a dirt to prevent the iniioence of climate,
root. Kang-be .ays,
our preparations are laid to be beneficial. Jjjj^ j J\
ifi |f<, |zj !2l Tne ea,lern ,tale T*f> expressed root by the
Fung t'hoo lip tsing. The spirit and disposition- of a people.
word T'hoo, but it did not point particularly to tbe white
/|5 f ^ Pun t'hoo jir, A native of a place.
|
bark of he mulberry root
Q j=J g|
^ "g" ^
Pun t'hoo hwa, The dialect peculiar to a place.
jlfj -^f|
^
^ i Tne ,ua and nioon are attached to, or
| ^ Meen joo t'hoo slh, ' Face th,e colour of the ground ;'
depend ontlic heavens; the hundred sorts ofgrain, the vegetables
like . dead per.on.
J\^% \
Sm 'V
and iron re attached to the soil.
j Sing t'hoo,
t'hoo vtei gan, Wlien a m <'.- ' is dcai and return* tU>' dft
express. a d' vision of the land from a reference to tbe stars.
0- e. interred) he ii then at real. The Chinese often defer | I
T ho kwei' A kl"d * *un dial'
El I Yuen
burying their dead, from a superstitious idea 1 l-al some pln<-e of
t%.
lace of confinement i a prison.
] q T'hoo
interment affect the living, either favorably or the 'verse.
<eu, A mix:d commodity like any sediment; mortar. Tbe
Brothers will quarrel about the iulerrnent of a *" 1> r
MS give Pfi-ti\, probably
| P'hih t'hoo, for mortar.
supposing that one place will be lucky to one brother
1 F" Thoo-mun, A certain gate of the tribes in the north,
nlucky to another. 3 ^ ||. ^ [ J| Wo kwan
p '.ibl a mud gate. ^ j T han fhoo. To examine
pe wci t'hoo sing, The nose is the earth-star >>f tic five senses.
tbtgrou. {previously to interring, for the purpose ofascerAmA;
laning wl.< ther below the surface it be watery or swampy;
l .tl
WltM J^goodpriiuc
if it ue so, it is deemed unfit for a burial ground.
is in the first<place particularly attentive to virtu- . if he y ssess
virtue, he will have men attached to him , if he have men, ht
Y A. Earth y particles closely adhesive ;
will have territory; if he have territory, he will have v *\lth ;
ii
and having wealth, he will have enough te use, in I lie service of
or thick dust flying. jtjUtJ^L ^anE"vli< Inscrutable ; no trace
the country. J j^jl t ]fj| T'hoo te poo sa, The divinities
of; foggy; obscure appeareucc of being unlimited. The old
oftheiand; the gods of the distric'. t .e penaUr.
4| 7?
defi 'lion i , Intrii -te windings amongst hills.
Jp j Hwang T heen, How T'boo, Imperial llcav<-n and Queen
Earth; Nature.
j How t'hoo, A little mound of
THING.
S. C.
earth behind a grave, with a tablet having J^J j jjf^H wi
t'hoo shin, inscribed upon it; this divinity is consider
Arpreaenti a man standing firm on the top of the earth,
a guardian of the tomb.
^ j Chung t'hoo, An altar of
onaccc-ding to-jthers, ny thing grr**ing up out of the earth.
earth to the protecting gods called jjjiShay.
^ JJ
t: 'o-wan says it denote Good, virtuous; from Man and
| Fun maou tsoo t'hoo, To appoint great officers of
is
7 hoo, the earth denoting the business of life. Shw6-wan
thus expressed, in allusion loan aucient story. ^jjj
J
co,
,ed it a different Radical, but isze-hwuy, and other
subsequent Dictionaries, inserted it u, ler
T'hoo Radical,
and Kang-hc deemed it right to continue it.
T'hing
j^fc ^ j In the times of Chow, an individual had a
jen, To issue forth, ' he characters^ ;T i.ing, j^T'hing, and
hundred mow of land nllotted him for a possession ; an officer
*K Wang, and such like, are derived from rjfis. Also read
of rank had a hundred le of land; a governor had a whole
Ch'hing. Considered the original form of Thing, to start
state ; the Son of Heaven had all the world ; and Confucius had
or push forth ; the stem of a plant. One ays, The beam ofa
ten thousand ages.
v^t j Sang t'hoo, is given in Chinghouse.
413
TWO STROKES
T'HING.
Even; levci.
S. C.
32nd Radical.
II.
T'hoo jfc
T'hoo.
11.
fond Uadical.
480
I
^ ^ ^frln wnat <' tne principles of the Tahect, (the learning for grown persons) consist ? One consists
in understanding clearly illustrious virtue; one, in renovating
a people; and one, in remaining fixed in habits of supreme
goodness. (Vide, Ta-heO-ahoo-te.) ^ j
^t^/ Jft
| T'heen chc sfing wo, wo shin gan Uze ! When Heaven
caused me to be born, where was my natal hour!or the
iirducnces which preside over the period of birth, that my
misfortunes have reached this height. The language of bitter
complaint, uttered by /jg[ |j E-kcw, An heir apparent, who
was set aside by his father at the suggestion of a concubine.
(she-king.)
jg
jfo^^fej fajfii
<^tb Ken shang wei urh puh keaou ; tsae hea wei urh piih
yew, A good man can be in a high situation without feeling
pride, or be in a low place without feeling vexation and sorrow.
(Ylh-king.) The famous Wai,.wang, | _t Jj&i ] ^
')$C ^ W Sh,h ,h!,ng" pe'h
"he h*" "an Chc Uie'
When handing up food (to his father) made a point ofexamining
and .observing the states of the food, whether cold or hot.
1 Jt M 3 $T J# ^ -b j^TsaeSeuen keyuh hang
c Uc U'hlh ching, Observe the gem-ornamented astronomical
instruments, to.regulate the sun moon and planets. (Shoo-king.)
| Hing Uae, A place to walk in; an abode when travel| Fjjj T'heen-tsze e sze hae wei kea ; wei to keu, wei hing
so tsae, ' The Son of Heaven considers all included by the four
seas as his house ; the particular place in which he dwells, is
called Hing tsae-so,' a place to receive him on his walks
through this vast house.
j Chang tsae, Name given
to n supposed divinity that presides over toe lungs.
YU.
A bank.
481
Kung-tsze ting urh yu-ting, koo ming k'hew, ' Confucius when
he was born had a hollow place on the top of his head, and
hence his name K'hew,' which denotes a hollow place on the top
ofa hill. (Seethe character K'hew, under the first Radical.)
J ^p. Yu-gan, A bank i a dyke.
^ jjj Yu teen, Fields
that are diked in.
| Yu, or ] ||E Yu chang, ' A public
market place,' where sheds are constructed and let out by the
day to any person who chooses to lake thither any commodity
for tale. The ground belongs to government, but it becomes
kind of private property to the person who pays a
rent for it This person is called the j
Yu-choo,
The landlord or owner of the market place ; he gives nothing
but the ground to those who go to tell things, their stool and
mat umbrella, must be provided by themselves. For the
ground room he receives a small per centage. Those who tell
the same kind of commodity arrange themselves together
for the convenience of purchasers. jj< j Chin yu, To
repair to the Yu market place, either to sell or buy. The
northern people express this by
2^ Kan tsS, Going after
miscellaneous articles.
32nd Radical.
111.
T'hoo
and VjJ Che, The ornaments on the lop ofthe tent. Che it
the same as
Che; the character is erroneously put under
thit Radical.
^
jfiji jjit % Ch'how ch liang
fan ke che seang, A representation of lenls'and their streamers.
KWEI
i
A kind of sceptre made of fine stone, carried in the hands
by ancient governors or princes of states *> the signal of
authority; the Emperor gave them as the badge or teal of his
appointment. A certain measure. ^ Jj^
_t @J
~|\ JjKwei, suy yiih yay, thang yuen, heafang; Kwci, '
felicitous stone, round above and flat below.
^ J/J J^ij
^
*E i Kwei e fu" Cno-now' ko bun5
chnng t'hoo. The Kwei was employed to confer the authority
on governors of states, and hence the character it formed of the
word Earth repeated (at if it were said, that land was given
to them. There was a slight variety in the fount, which are
thut represented iu Chinese books.
3
t
1
1 called jje ^ Hwan-Vwei
NEIH, orYTh.
s. c.
it
I <|= ] Sin.kwei.
A high appearance ; the appearance of a high wall, or earth
raised high.
Ancient form ofj^Gaou, see under 13 strokes.
WOO.
S. C.
. J|ij J Kung-kwei.
T'hoo.
III.
32nd Radical.
The kings
^
j Wang cl.Ih chin-kwei, Held
in their hand the Chin-kwei; a form probably different from
the preceding. A general term for them is ^ | Keae-kwei.
H HI it 1 VJ> f M Jf 8*rh "rh keae*kwei' 8 W
urh paon, ' I confer upon you a sceptre to be to jou the
precious emblem,' b_? which you hold jour kingdom. (Sheking.) There were io ancient times emblamatic stones which
were called j Kwei, and which were used iii sacrificing to
the Godi, and to Heaven. The "jl^-jr Tsing kwei, thin,
c
Sze-kwei, thus,
The ffi
I.eang-kwei.thus,
482
Kwei-Uan, was a enp on the back ofan imaginary animal.
P'HE, or Sze.
S. C.
48?
^
llf le,n6' c*l',,anS h** *>unp yung J" bea Pci e
hang, yjO ylh laon foo thow e shoo, Leang, having in an easy
sauntering manner wandered down to the bridge at Pei, met
an old father who gave a book to him. (Tseen-han.) Some
think it does not denote a bridge, but the bank near a bridge,
for a famous Poet, ^ j Lt-pTh, has said. ^
| ^
J- Wo lae e keaou .hang, which J| |* ^ ^ ^ jjgj
h Wo lae kcaou keaoo shang, is saying, I came the bridge
the bridge upon ; a tautology, it is argued, that so good a Writer
could not he guilty of, and therefore it should be, I came upon
the bridge which extends to the bank.
T HE, or Te.
The earth ; a place* the ground or seat of.
jj^j T'heen te wan'wjh, Heaven, earth, and all things.
j|jr
Yuen k'be cli'hoo fan, chung, cbiih, yin wei te, wan wuh so
chin leg jay , When the original vapours were at first divided,
the heavy, the foul, and the opaque, became the earth, in which
all other creatures are arranged.
^ ^ j Hwang
T'heen How Te, Imperial Heaven and Queen Earth.
^1
shang e t'heen -wei foo, e te wei moo, koo ching t'heen-tjze.
The Emperor regards heaven as his father, and the earth as his
Toother, and therefore he is denominated the Son of Heaven.
moo te, ke she tsac suy sze yuen, Ask father heaven and
mother earth, when compliance with this wish will be granted.
Jul & # #
Thoo
hoo. 111.
3;nd Radical.
484
>tk I
3d $1 sin te yay ,hin uuns ming' Heirt
ground (mind) after all very clever and enlightened, y^rjj
j "J^ Fang tsae te hea, Place it down on the ground.
Heaven and earth, in the Ylh-king, are expressed by
Keen,
andjff Kwan.
Jlfl ^ ) ^ ^ Kwiln wei te wei
moo, Kwan is earth, is a mother and o on. (Ylh-king.) The
words are a part of that absurd philosophy of the universe, with
which the Chinese amuse and perplex themselves. They say,
"til ^3
1 Te chay' *1n J,T' Earth o>nole change
perpetual ; transmutation. And again, | j|
Te te yay,
Earth denotes low: its place is low, and it contains all creatures;
and so on. To rhyme, read ["hoo.
Jjj Woo-how, The
pedantic Queen of the house of T'hang, wrote Earth, The
terraqueous globe, of Earth and water, thus ?J ; and of Hill,
water, and earth, thus
TS'HEEN.
Three le tif land is denominated Ts'heen.
formerly written thus. See Radical ^ Jin.
^^"|" Same as the preceding.
y^J^. Same as
CHOW.
Ping kung k'he sze, wei che p'hing te fung po;
Tiih leTh piih e, wei che chung lew te choo.
Leaning on vacuum and raising a business, is called winds
and waves on a level plain ;'
To stand alone unmoved, is called a stone pillar in the
midst of the stream.
sub, \
Ke, A foundation.
dike or foot path, with a ditch on each side for the division of
fields or different estates, were formerly called Chow.
JJJ
j Teen chow, The' dike which divides fields from each other,
a land-mark. These be come subjects of very frequent affrays
and litigations with the Chinese.
T'HANG.
High land.
it
To be distinguised from ^ PIb, The nortk.
485
K'HEA.
32nd Radical.
J^KHE.
T'hoo T*.
Y^H, or Keith.
FOUR STROKES.
j\
Same as ^ Keth.
{{Jr. h.
KEX, or Kee.
^J^^Md.
CHE.
it
% R. H.
$ & It
W-H*" Tsin tseang, e Liih-kwS, jen pub naa foo Tsin keen Uh, t'how
ho tseu yung, e che mO shin, Wang-tse'en was the general of
(the Emperor) Tsin (B. C. 200) i for Tsin be reduced to
subjection six nations, but he was inadequate to assist Tsin
voi.. i.
*
01. Scrib.
4". T hoo.
486
can 1 do without bim.
FAN, or Pwan.
1
# # ^ ting hing be thine
ping, hew yang ting aeih, keune aeun fun ahow le, You (people)
have the gocd fortune to live in prosperous and peaceable timet;
your life and breath are nourished in the raott excellent manner;
you are all equally bound to follow your own department!,
and maintain the rule! of propriety. (Government Pro
clamation.)
^ ^ ^ J Ta foo pun keun, The great
officer! arc not impartial. (She-king.)
|
Wang puh keun p'hing, The king il not impartial. (She-kingchoo.) tftf yh. | 2J1 Tae jin keun p'hing, To treat
person, with impartiality.
\ M, W"
loo yew puh keun e. Slightly ditcovcring a partial feeling.
C ft JH 1
&rl W
Uui ,he kcuQ P'hin
teih, My heart (or mind) it mott impartial.
~/\
fife Sfe
|g ^ ^ jEg g If fa ^
$t 1 Ltth f ke keun
Wi Tne ,he Um k'hea 1
487
magnificent i applied to soldiers in uniform. (Tto-chuen.)
t & fg 1 IP
tilK W0
Uzei
keun tselh j un yay. In ancient timet the character Yun did
not exist, Keun was the Yun character.
Tiun.
JUNG, or Yung.
KHWAE.
3fl
Deep i profound ; still | ailent.
32nd Radical.
of the same lane,
IV.
T'hoo -j-
\&fit'B I ^T,zeyenche;keun-l.
Che
taou,
pe
tslh
fang yu ; fang min che so piih tsiih chay'yay ;
An inhabited lane or alley i a street ; applied to parts of
ta wei che fang ; min yew yu che ; koo keun tsze Ic e fang t'ih,
palaces | to the temples of Fuh; to shops; to taverns ; to
hinge fang} in, mingefangyuh, A Sage (who is not known) says,
oruamenUl gateways. The name of a place ; a surname. To
guard against; to impede; to be opposed to ; an obstacle; an || or expresses it; the principles of the good man may bp compared
impediment. ^ ^ Jgj ^
^ ^ Ne wo t'bung
to guarding against, or puling an impediment in the way of;
tsae yth fang choo chO, You and I live together in the same
to guard against the defects or errors of the people. The great
aUey.
$ ] A 3 f Heu ch8
thing is to guard against (crimes as dikes are raised against the
ingress or egress of water) that the people may not pass over;
jiu seaou hwa, Dun't make the people of the street (or
therefore the good man, he guards their virtue by, rules of pro
neighbourhood) laugh and ridicule.
tJtJ j ^ ^3
Puu fang, pun le telh jin, People of the same street and
priety ; he guards their excesses by punishments; and he guards
488
*** ***.
#! Mil. J# j |
# |
3%
thair.
RO red
high intelligence.
FUN, or Pun.
*hin che fang,The defence which sages throw round their persons.
# | Shoo fang, A bookseller's shop. # | King fang,
Shop for religious books.
3k ## /\ My X. #Jin ph yew
# #^
S. C.
time
ki
pente,
Khan khan f than he, With a chopping noise fell the tree of
indiffel
You a
sound Khan.
tonfus
V.
PH.U.N.
+!
...
i- Ancient form of # Fung.
wing,
#
formall
THAN.
$f.
PEI.
littitt
+3.
Verent
the pre
by
# l
Pang than.
#.
PE.
To add to or increase.
to bel
# w:
Tso.
##
+* ...
KHAN.
Originally
Tso, from # Lew, To detain ab
breviated, and + Thoo, The earth. To detain upon the
"W) no
about
written Will
hng ch yih ko, Tae-yh, 'He had placed across his heart
nothing but Tae-yh,' *"ame of a person on whom his
E. T.
Above and below are both Khan (one of the Kwa). (Vide, Yih
king).
Jen, S.
hind
#
%).
che yu tseuen, The pit (or grave was deep) but not so as to
bring water. | # Khan kho, Uneven, walking or getting
along the road with difficulty.
/\ X H] ] #j H
Jourct
Towe
"ant
allowe
Them
shang, They two sat down on the ground opposite each other.
# |
in m
X. # |
Ph kan
fj {j XR | Z # Yew
|#
hoph tso chele, What reason can there be for your not sitting?
north,
# |
the to
# ### #| @- T. |
Milon,
tshing taou shay hea tsotso, If you have leisure, whenever you
please, I beg you to come to my cottage and sit awhile. IE
lost
4%
| #m
to it,
"wn,
489
eh'"-
| M
erne in boat
]' [|> ^\ ^ Tio go puh Ran, Having
o rett or composure whether lilting or lying.
] 2|
-J^ 3JZ. Tio heang Ue piling; Sitting and enjoying universal
peace.
j j|jjjf Tio he, ' To sit and look on' calamities with
indifference.
^ /j> ^ 1
Ne ptih jung Uo ihe,
You are not allowed to lit and look on with indifference.
#f 1 II flU
^ K Ne
,he l* ,hin m0 fanDo you >it and look on whiltt they are making to much
confuiion! ^
| |g ^
Piih Jin Uo ihe k'he
wang, Cannot bear to tit still and atd liii ruin.
|
j-*
\f ^JP ^ Tso joo she, lelh joo chae, Sit (steadily and
formally) ai (he who personates) the corpse (of a departed
ancestor), when sacrifices are offered; and stand with re
Terence and gravity at worshippers before an idol. Such are
the precepts of the Le-king to persons generally.
jjp J
m&.% i mn- 1 #.*iia.ft*
J {if: f||
Heu 1,0 t*m how; h'"1 * t,,n Uee"!
tso pelh gan; chin urh yen, chaag chay piih kelh, woo chan
yen, Sitting at leisure, go to ttie extreme part (of the mat) be
hind; when eating, go to the farthest part before (that you
rajty not soil the mat). You must ait composedly ; maintain
your countenance grave and at ten live ; ifauperiors do not speak
about a thing, you must not introduce it. (Linking.) j /^Jr
Tso wei, A seat.
y^j" j
Yew tso wei, Having a seat ;
or a right to sit.
]
wo Uo wei, Having no teat
allowedin the pretence of superiors. j Jp] Tso heang,
The part or quarter to which a house, or grave, or hill fronts.
$#^f#^jf 1 ft",u- fan-tee f
thin mo Uo heang i What does that house front'
^
1 -it IpJ H'j },e ts" P,b hi*DS naD> 1U back '* to the
north and fronts the south.
|
Tso t'hang, Sitting in
the court ; tilting in judgement, as a magistrate or judge.
] jjS Tw>
or j f^* Tto laou, To be confined in
Pr'n. ^ j Tuh Uo, To tit alone. JJjfc | pei Uo,
To tit with a person. /fig | Peen Uo, To tit informally ;
to tit at one pleases.
j ^ Tso Uuy, To be found guilty
ofsome crime. tj j ^
|| T'ha tso shin-mo Uuy ?
What crime it he found guilty of. ^
jp *
|^ jjl I Y1h kea ,hyh lse' kew ke ,L'ca Uo> ^ one family
I.
4 K.
32nd Radical.
IV.
T'hoo
^R.H.
T'hoo.
V.
32nd Radical.
tf.rt s. c.
CHIN.
490
An ancient form of
FIVE STROKES.
Level ground.
491
J^j} K'HWAN.
EE ^
T'SHEU.
3 fnd Radical.
V.
T'hoo
K'HAN.
it
Name of a certain stone.
^ f|[ ^ S ^
K han woo show woo shing k'he, K'hau-woo, is a vessel that
contains live (ofthe measuras called) Shing.
P'HlNG.
j^y S. C.
3a
A surname.
?LHj!ifl 1 H| A^^Kew-rhletaou,
t'ban t'han, yew jin ching kelh, The numbers nine and two,
denote treading on an even path, where are retired men, pure
and happy. (Ylh-king.) ^ j ^
P'hing than the
tt'hoo, or Jj^j. Loo, A plain level road i a beaten path, jji
| jj|f Tung-chwang t han fuh, Ou the eastern couch, with
Ijelly tzposed ; expresses a good Son-in-law by the marriage
TEEN.
S. C.
6
4" T'hoo.
V.
32nd Radical.
492
Water mixed with earth. Syn with J/j/ Ne, and J| Ne.
YANG.
S. C.
Ftth-pMi, The
See above.
KEUNG.
m
Desert ; waste country beyond a wood or forest The name
f. place.
mz%ftmz&.
m\mz m. mft m z #. tixmz
Jjjlj Ylh vrae wei che keaoui keaou wae wei rhe mOh j rniih wae
wei che yay ; yay wae wei che lin ; lin wae wei che keung. The
region beyond the city is called Keaou (or suburb); beyond
the suburb it is called Muh (or pasture); beyond the pasture it
is called Yay (or wilderness); beyond the wilderness it is called
Lin (or forest) ; beyond the forest it is called Keung (a waste),
tji ^
|
] Mow ma ,,ae keung che yay, The
stallions are in the' wastes of the wilderness. (She-king.)
M^'UAn^mm^
32nd Radical.
493
V.
MJ*
HEUE.
T'hoo
Sib, To stop
s. c.
* PA, PS, or Ptih.
The name of a place. Thought the tame ai JOT Muh, A
shepherd , the Und of shepherds. j 3E H
^ :f*
tfy !Sf Woo wang yu Cbow cben yu muh jay, Woo-wang
(B. C 1105) fought with Chow, in the wilderneai of the
aWinhrrdi Some affirm that the character wai originally
written thus g|. and that it wa, ^ j J| J| ft
Chtih yang new ma che te wae, Bejond the region where they
fed their cowi and horset.
S. C.
s. c.
L f!
&
^ ,MTue,hwBycbenM"
M IS ^
VOL. I.
4*
T'hoo.
V.
32nd Radical.
49 i
as referring to jj
Kew-shen, a desire to meet with*
virtuous pergm, or
^ Kew-yew, seeking for a friend.
1t
2. $
1 #P 3iC T*ne ,un ehe Ju j ch'he.
joo keang. The matter .'of the ucrifice possesses grain in
iticlu, large at islands, or as mountains. (She-king.)
H W @ #P } # #1 #D 1 Muh-tsze said, we have
nine abundant as the river Hwae, and flesh in quantities as
larj^ us the islands. (Tso-chuen.)
j
Che fiih, To
stop and fall, or go into a hiding place. (Tso-chuen.) ^ [
Fan te, A bank or. dikethe word was' thus read and under
stood by the men of^ Tsin.
jfe ] Chung tung che yue, ping ylh ehwang, te che ts hlh,
In the middle months of winter, the ice being more severely
frozen, the earth begins to crack and open. (Le-king.)
EJ
Jlh nan te ts'hlb, ch'hang plh pa shTh urh le ; kwang, woo shlh
lub le, When the sun was in the south, tK rt> rent to the
length of one hundred and eighly-two le i.
if
fifty-six le. (Howhan Gan-te, A. D. 131.)
]p (3
jffi Q |g ] T hcen han teen lee, ylh jaS kwei tshlh,
From the drought of heave'1, the fields rending or cracking,
is also called Kwei-ts"hlh.
Ej3 j Kek-ts'hTh, The opening
of buds and of fruit, as in Spring.
^ ^ fy ^jj
TS'HfH, or Ch hth.
MS.
^ ^1
m i u z $ * $ rhsen *
*
luy yu tsSi luy yu tsS, urh plh kwo, tsaou mtih, keae
kek ts'lilh; kae che she taets.ie! When heaven and earth
open and shed forth (their >:.Juenre) thunder and rain are
formed; when thunder and rain are formed, all fru:ts plants
and trees bud forth or open ; so gr?at or extensive is the
period of opening and shedding forth (the influences of nature).
(Ylh-king.) ffi Kac, To open or to shed forth, is the name
of one ofthe Kwa.
Of ^ ^ Keang-yuen, $ A 0f 4 El
jjk -jf^ Chow jin so yew ( skng che che yay, ' From whom the
people ofthe dynasty Ch. sprung,' the following story is told in
one of the Odes of the She-king. Keang-yuen, was the Af> Fei
or Concubine of jfj
Kaou-siiwbe, (B. C. X350.)
There are eight llamas in the ode the first
^fX 'fSfl 4
^@^iEK'hihyin' khlhe
J$ % $t if1 K f"h "0" t.
M^"^^^tetowo meihin'
fjC/hf!^ it. Yew k*e jew che,
Wi ^
4
49j
The First-born of the people,
Wu from Keang-yuen of that period ;
The birth of that prnon, how wu it
From being able, with a pure mind, to offer np sacrifice.
Designed to remOTe the ct'iI of a destitution of children t
Having trod in the imprinted footstep of the Supreme
Sovereign..
She was greatly excited on the place where sbettood ;
She was pregnant ; the retired in silence I
She bore a font she nursed him ;
He wu the How-tsclh (the Ceres) of that period.
IS
32nd Radical.
V.
T'hooj^
itlflJUl
tuhseouent
ages, events which have been called felicitously miraculous,
have many of them certainly been false and incoherent tales;
but, in consequence ot the false and incoherent tales of subse
quent ages, are real facts to be rejected together with them, and
the whole reckoned nugatory ! (She-kiug-choo). Syn with
Tt'hlh, and )fe Tshlh.
LING.
T'hoo.
V.
32nd Radical.
496
ch'huy keen,Lew-pei's (a famous person who lived A. D. 230)
two ears hung down to his shoulders.
"jij ^ ^
n
The name of a place. Minute and multifarious. ||| ^
W iSl In: ^jf J^J YinS-n. Je>> een jaou fan so, Yinghoo, expresses affairs or operations circuitous, minute, and
multifarious. ^j" ^-j" ft
^ ^ Kae yew woo che
tsingte,'Are all treated with Tarious abstruse speculations,
respecting tbeir existence or non existence ' in the -^j ^
Sbub-chin, of Hwae-nan-tsze.
CHE.
.HlA*ft# 1 *ifii^T
Shang koo we yew e shang; sanshing jin, Bwang-te, Yaou,
Shun, ch'huy e shang urh t'heen-hea che, In high antiquity they
had not garments for the upper and lower parts of the body.
When once the three holy Sages, Hwang-te, Yaou and Shun,
bung the upper and inferior garments on their persons, the
whole empire was forthwith subjected to order and decorum.
1 TpJ ffi)
^n naJ 'hang urh che. Is now used to express
The ease with which a sovereign rules in prosperous times.
$$PA 1
|gP= too jin.ze, chhuy tw
urh le. The men of the royal domain, appeared with the cods
of their sub hanging dowo in a flowing manner. (She-kin,;.)
A $f 1 H KT,lM ch'huy san ch'hlh. Large sashes
hung down three cubits. J$ (ft jfij ft ] Jj| ft J|
Jjj! Lejen urh hea ch'huy, fiih ho mci yayl In a flowing
manner they hung down; how elegant were their garments.
/H JS1: 1 ~%L fflt
,be cn'buT De non, Le expresses
the appearance of hanging down.
j ^
Ch'huy te
t'how, To bang down the head.
]
j|J* fjjf Ch'huy
t'how sang k he, To hang down the head in a spiritless manner.
| -Jj Ch'huy she, To descend to subsequent ages. ^
] tyfc tit Ming ch'huy how she, Name decent! to future
ages
^PL 9" i ^ ^ Ifc KunS t,xe ch buT B *
she, Confucius left a rule to ten thousand ages.
J ^Sg
^ 3^ Ch'huy fan how lae, To leave a pattern or example
for those who come hereafter. ^ J ^ j^j Yung ch'huy
puh hew, To descend down forever without rotting. j ^
f Ch'huy yu how kwln, To cause blessings to descend to
posterity.
J /jff ^ Ming ch'huy chub plh, To
hand down one's name on bamboo and silk ;tbe materials
used for writing on before the invention of paper.
Jj^ jfc
] *^ Mung ne ch'huy gae, I thai.k yon for your condes
cending regard.
J ^ Ch'huy leen. Condescending com
passion ; like the preceding expression, cannot be affirmed of
one's self, but of the kindness and compassion of another person.
j|t ] j5 | Tuug ch'huy, e ch'huy, The eastern and
western extremities of a hall, near to the steps by which one
descends.
jj| ^5] ^ ^ | Keen lew wo peen ch'huy,
497
32nd Radical.
VI.
T'hoo ~f
see above.
f^J S. C.
ShwQy.
Water dried up; dry and stiOTearth or clay i to distrain madly.
SHUH.
High ; lofty.
Ancient form of
JUNG.
i^j^TSZE.
S. C.
SIX STROKES.
To put additional earth on a large road. Otherwise written
J^Tsze.
HING.
#5
CHHE.
S. C.
A
s. c.
T'hoo
VI.
498
3nd Radical.
^ kae-
CHAOU, or T'haou.
xf>
S. C.
JJjr S. C.
499
VI.
T'hoo -fc
KHWEI.
3^ Radical.
S. C.
FA.
YANG.
jj^J
T'hoo tsing
Derived from
T'hoo, and
K;in, An earthen bound
r limit i resting in its own place. A bank s a limit; a boundary.
'Jl
(=1 ^L^Kewl'hSenc,,eeO"l'ewjin,
The limits or boundary of the nine heavens are called Nine Yin.
' H?
1 Yin wan6 wo<> J1"' No ',m'' to lhe prospect
jl^jilS 1 ^&HY
^
j'"
h< o han mun, To wander extremely remote, till limited by the
g,.le of intense cold;' i. e. ^ ^
|!lj Pfl, keih die mun.
The gate of the north pole.
#f | |g ^ |g
Yie yin, chung gnn che mnou yay, Yac-yin denotes the
appearance of a ponderous settledness or rest. Same as ^Jfj"
Khe. Kang-hc refers for definition to
Chi!, or Te.
|jE
] Woo yin, Unlimited; infinite. jig fj sj ^ ffjj /f
hr, urh piih k'ho chuen ; k'he seaou woo nuy he; k'he ta woo
yin, The principles of Taou may be received by the mind, but
KOW.
Dual with damporwel; scurf i filth, dirt: mire; mud.
The name of a country. Read Ki.h. Dirty or impure within.
To rhyme, read Koo, A .tain or disgrace, cause of reproach||| jjjfi Cliin-kow, Dust and dirt.
Kwa kow mokwang, To scrape ofl the dirt and rubbright
>/h i 1 Se woo kheu kow. To wash off dirt
/7L IV
I
, 4- i Yushink'heu
and put away the filth.
)^ Jl 7 |
kow, To wash the bod, and put awa, impuritie.,-^ither
liter.il, or figuratively, for putting awa, vicious conduct
bt**>jii ********
cfihe^te iun^b^ attacked by Tsoo), sent L-Ue to an
nounce the pressure of their circumstance, to T.in. The noble,
of Tain were desirous ofW.ng them- Fft-twog.
'"
must not be done , the ancient, said, although a whip be long, it
wil| not reach to the her*, bell,/ The power of Tsoo i,
granted to it b, Heaven, we must notconteml with them.
Although (our State) T.in be powerful, it cannot oppose Heaven.
The Proverb says, 'The heart of man must determine whether
a high or low tone is to be wumed.* RWer. and lake, receive
both clear and foul water ; the mountain forest, and the mar.h
filled with luxurient herbage, conceal noxiou. animal.. In the
mo.t excellent .tone., flaw, lie concealed ,-the Sovereign of a
.Ute must bear the foul .tain (of not relieving an oppressed
T'hoo.
VI.
500
32nd Radical.
This is
% iZM. # X M. fiE H + 1 T (^
suy ; yew kung ta kiili ; wei tize leangjin ; tsS wei ihlh kuh;
wei pe piih shun; ching e chung kow, Gales of wind hare a
path; they rush forth from the space in great Tallies ; when
good men are employed they excite the people to virtue : when
the opposcrs of virtue are employed, their actions in secret are
filthy,and the people learn from them, (She-king with the
Commentary).
YUEN.
A wall of a lower class. The name of a star; (he name of
an ancient city; the name of a stone. A surname. Also read
Hwan. To rhyme, read Yen.
jp. g J&3 ffi
1-3
Tseang, pei yulS yuen ; kaou yuC yung, A wall when
low, is called Yuen; when high, it is called Yung.
^"_t
ify
JttS J|| Yew shang, ehung, hea, san yuen sing.
There are the superior, middle, and inferior, three Yuen stars.
1 ft-AAfff ftRg &g ^iiVuen,
hwan yay ; jin o e Uoo, e wei hwan wei yay, Yuen is, To
rescue or save, that on which people depend as an impediment
intended for their rescue and defence. (Ching-tsze-t'hung.)
"When the state ^ Ching, sent
j|| Tszech'han, on an
S. C.
^ \lj
K
US ifc Tae-shan die yu kew t'hef, ho hae
che yu hing laou luy yay ; shing jin cheyu rain, ylh luy yay, As
the mountain Tae-shau is of the same species as other moun
tains; and rivers and seas may be classed with tbe stream
which runs along the path ; so the Holy Sages are of the same
species as common people,but vastly different from tlicns
(Mang.tsze.)
3 IS. M |J4 Wotseutungshan,
'\'fl '10 ^ Su" Ta" 6,011 pilh kwC' 1
^ ^ J^Wolaetszetung,
^ jfj J ^Liugyuk'hemung.
$| V$k IT
1 -
01
The bird Kvran chirped on the ant hill,
And the wife wai sighing at home.
(She-king.)
The bird rejoicing that the rain induced the ants to come
forth ; and the wife sighing for the hardships of the soldier.
wei che ch'he, j'Th wei che ch, tsung clie, e e che wei urh nang
wei chf:, yusig k'he che, jay, An ant's arena (er hill) is called
Ch'he. and it is also called Che*. The character is derived from
Che, The eitreme degree; inconsequence ofan insect so
small as an ant being able to make a hill by employing its
utmost efforts.
32nd Radical.
NEE'.
SING.
HEEN.
S. C.
T'hoo jl
SEVEN STROKES.
S. C.
VII.
|| LEE.
To plough within the dikes which separate the fields.
A piece ofground laid out to plant the grain called |g Taou.
PEL
A surname.
j^j^ PANG.
tOi. I.
-j^T'hoo.
VII.
502
32nd Radical.
^^^m. gFU
^^/(i^ TSIN.
vulgar form of
:fiL
Rang.
YAE, or Gae.
k'he urh yang sha keae yu gae, All sand (or minute particles)
raised and spread by the wind, is expressed by Gae. To rhyme,
*d E.
1 % $
<|$ $ & Keun gae we
paou, kan kwei shoo shun, ' 1 have not made the least particle
of return for favors done ine ; 1 am affected with the deepest
shame.' This language is frequent in the mouths of Chinese
statesmen when addressing the Sovereign.
j Chin-gae,.
Dust or sandy particles carried iuto the air.
Yi"
PUNG, or Fung.
Fung.
LUNG.
if MEI.
HO.
Hills; numerous
503
T'hoo
Hi a7)ir 0 iiM^^A
# it 9-73 4I# ft &f WM'B
R H
71 m 1 ft
B.XA%m
^ A
' Ch'hoo-ling-wang (B. C. 6501. when performing
divination, said, ' desire to obtain possession ofthe Empire. The
result of the divination was unluck'v. He threw the tortoise
shell to the ground (and in anger} curwrd Heaven, saying, The
empire is but a very petty thing; and it you will not give it
tome, I must take it myself. The people were greiously
offended at the king's insatiable ambition, and forthwith
followed the leaders ef rebellion, with the same pleasure that
a man returns to his home- Ch'hoo-kung-wang, had five
beloved sons, and had nothing whereby to determine which
to appoint to the throne. He prayed, and requested the Gods
to select one of the five tu be Lord ofthe Land and of the Grain,
and then held up the signet, and exhibited it to the view ofthe
assembled Gods, saying, Let him who kneels on .the signet when
lie worships, be the person whom the Gods appoint; and who
will dare to oppose him ! He then secretly dried the signet
in the large hall of the temple; ordered his five sons to fast,
and afterwards led in the eldest to worship.'The others fol
lowed in succession, and all missed it, but the youngest, who
was a child carried in and caused to kneel upon it. (Tso-chucn.)
LANG.
jj| Lang, or J|| ] Fan-lang, A grave.
| Kwang
lang, Waste; wild extensive region.
jit I /. 39
Kwang lang che jay, A wild extensive wilderness.
HEUEN, or Keuen.
A place for inferior retainers about public courts to live in.
One says, a prison for women. Another says, A pavilion or shed-
504
which the united determination of many persons is opposed,
-j- J|i ^ | Ts'heen le ch'hang ch'hing. The city wall *
thousand le in length ; is the famous Chinese Great wall,
CHHING.
The wall of a town j a walled town or city. From
T ho0'
Earth, and
Ching, Formed ; perfected i implying that
ff^ ^ Rj x(l "tli Yh chinSPfih k1>0 hwuy yay. When once
formed it cannot be laid in ruim.
JQ
^
jpl
KwO ylh che t'ho yuen yay, The walli of the towns which
compose the cities uf a state or nation.
j^J |3 | $Y H
Nuy yu4 ch'hing-, wac yuf k, Withinside is called Ch'hing;
without side is cilled KO;the city and the suburbs.
Q
1%
& iM S
J Yh y" Hwang.teche lelh,
ehihg ylh c keu. One *. , that Hwang-te (B. C. 8700) began to
erect cities in which to lite. ^
fj| ^ | T heentsze yuf tsung-rh'hing, The dwelling of the Son of Heaven is
called Tsung-cbing,;the most honorable city.
^
Hwang-ching, The imperial city ; denotes that space which is
enclosed within the city of Peking, around the Imperial palace.
^ j S&ng ch'hing, The metropolis of a province,
jj^
^ | Kwang-tung s&ug ch'hing, The city of Canton.
|
Ch'hing jin, The battlements on the wall of a city.
3^ IE ] ^ Yuen wang keen ch'hing j in, Saw the battle
ments of the city at a distance.
j ^ Ch'hing kSn, or ]
jjjjj Ch'hing keo.The foot of the wall of a city. j .^Ch'hing
che, The ditch or moat which surrounds the wall of a city.
kelh che yu, When a lire breaks out at the gate of a city s the
calamity extends to the fish in the moat This saying is used
to express persons not at all concerned being involved.
^f1
-t
JSj; '(S X T,ae cn'hing low 'hang, kan ma
seang ta, ' Remain in the lofty rooms over the gate ofa city and
look at the horses fighting together ; expresses looking with
indifference and contempt at the contests of other people.'
|
Jj] Ch'hing U wan koo. The city and suburlis
perfectly strong.
JjJ^ j Chung che ch'hing ching.
The will of many forms a city ; expresses the difficulty with
(i^
^ Sf pp|
Che-hwang-te so wei, sze sze kea
go; tan chiih ch'hang ch'hing e been hwa e k'ho wei kung,
Chc-hwang-te's (B. C. 800) conduct was in every thing vicious
and bad; but his building the long wall to form a barrier
between Chinese and Foreigners may be denominated a me
ritorious act.
The lollowing quotation from the She-king, refers to tbe king
Mtj 21 Yew-wang's queen, who lived, (B. C. 760 years.)
"izT
^ % M St Weikaou.weiche.
M ^ k W Fo jew chhang ,M'
fjL |l
32nd Radical.
505
^
Ch handling, A growing city, is a phrase applied
to IhfH" p-inccs <.fancient times. Mho by assumption aggrandized
the limits assigned them, by the Emperor. The expression
alludes to a child's gradually increasing in sire.
>J{ ]
Ho cliing, ' Fire city ,' denotes a vast collection of lights.
T'hoo
i jt'm 4 ri<. % m Z
ch'hing Isae Kwan-lun shan shang; T'lieen Te che keu yay,
Ts'sng-ching (the city of elevated flights or stories) is on the
top of the Kw'au-luii mountains, where is the residence of
Heaven's Sovereign. (Chirg-lsze-t'hurg.) pj ] Sze-ctaing,
A certain officer.
?ff, ] Chih ch hing, and ^ ] Chih-
VII.
*3C
S. C.
LEUE.
if
YEN.
A limit or boundary to a piece of ground, or of the earth ;
V0. I.
4o
HAN,
A surname.
T'hoo. VIII.
32nd Radical.
505
TUY.
A wall falling.
PANG.
EIGHT STROKES.
Dust
the universe.
ffi ^ Mun yTh, The threshold of a door.
^
0 j Mo heen vuS vln' Tne '"nit or ri<1Se
around a grave is called YTh. ^ | 5^; ~jj E yTh, shoo
fang, Different regions and divers states.
"jflj ] Se jih,
The western regions; central Asia is so denominated by the
Chinese and Mauchow Tartars,
g | TszeyTh, To Iimil
one-, self.
|=| 1 M T'Ze Jll> k'be kten' T ''m'1
one's self by one's own views;,to be narrow minded, bigoted, and
se.f-sufficenl.
$ j & & |? ^ j
Yew yew shing she, kung tse jin show che yTh, To ramble with
delight in an abundant age; to ascend together the region <.f
benevolence and long life.
Jjjp | K'heu yTh, To divid;
or draw limits to; to separate.
iffi ^ ^ [fl
^
Jjlf -it ^1 1 '$L
l^h Pan!> ^e l, n*en 'e> wei lnin ,0
che; shao'i yTh |<e sze hae, 'A thousand le around the royal
domain is the place where the people dwell; but the limits
(of.thc empire) extend to the four seas;' includes all the world.
(Shc-king.)
'/H % J Kew cllow fhe le J,h'
The limits ofthe nine regionsexpresses in ancient phraseology
the whole worJd.
^
Q | tjj Yu nuy yai ylh
chung,Yu-nuy (in the world ; in the universe) is also ex
pressed by YTh-rhung.
0
] Wae kwB yu6
tseue" yTh,' Foreign countries are called Tseug-ylh,' regions cut
oc
m- j Chin yTh, A limit or boundary; as in fields or
land.
| Moo yTh, The boundary or limits of a grave.
The same is ei pressed by ^ j Chaou yTh; ^ | Yinj
yTh; and
[ Ying moo keae yTh. ^ ^ ]
LeTh chaou }Th, To establish or fix the limits of a tomb. Shamiih says, the original form is this
which ShwiS-wan defines
tsung k'bnw, tsung ko, e show ylh; yTh, te yay, A state or
country, from Mouth and Spear defending one;one denotes
territory.
HwS, is the vulgar reading, and the word is
employed to express Doubt or uncertainly.
CH'HUH, or Yuh.
A path trodden by cows or horses.
yKh.
PEI, or Fow.
A limit j a boundary ; a state; anation; a region; the world;
4
32nd Radical.
i>07
bour for merchant ships.; a mart where trading people collect
and transact their mercantile concerns; it is also commonly
called^ Bfj Fow-t how.
ft % ft 1 $k
Fbh-ihan she tifuwt'hnw, A great mart for goods is Fiihahan,in the neighbourhood of Canton. ^
^ jlfjQ | Ch l.ueu hue1 che so yuc fow, A place where ships rest
(or a,,, l,or)i, called Fow.
j fg !^ $
~J/ j'lfj' Fow lung ho wiih tselh fan shang pfl che so, Fow, is
a place where goods are accumulated, and where traders settle
for ;. wiiile, \tM I Yen-fow, A salt merchant's place of
-rendezvous for salt.
^Jp ] Sin-fow, The new mart, is
applied by the Chinese to Pcuang, as its name.
The same as
VIII.
T'hoo -ft
Expressed also by
J/ Chuh-ne, Thick mire. ^JrJ j=
Yu-slh, To stop up with mire.
The same as
Wan.
H EA.
YU.
LUN.
A dike or bank ; a high place in *
5k
field. A ditch; to fall or sink into.
TSANG.
KEUEN.
K HUNG.
|JJ CirilUNG.
SUY.
TUNG.
PE, or Pei.
S. C.
508
tolore
called Ts hae.
PE.
[0mm
WE # 2 #4%
TA.
Y. |
heaped up, as appears when a wall, or other building falls into
% ##
Tshat.
ruins.
+ X- CHANG.
+:
THAE.
or other
# ###
Sand accu
# Leang gan
R] % H. # Hw
Ek J% 4- # # # 2.
CH'HUH.
S. C.
..Q.
Same as
3% K'han. # # Z # Khan
tsing
| # Thae-kih,
A table or
Tint
chewa, A species of frog, said to be found in wells.
##
!,
#"
*ture
suffiti
3.%.
T'll AN.
Thwan-chih.
-
Vulgarly
written]'Than.
##
--
j | ####fff;
E. % Chih chih st; thoo, ming hing urh e, Feeling one's way
by poking in the mud is not better than walking in the dark.
T:
YEN.
-B
T.
f| up
# /\ j} + # 1 inj R ####| f || #
# # 11 Mang jin e
#
#Tsar
the P.
%R #! E! # Tchaete was
the
yung pih jih woo e yay hing, A blind man poking in the
ground with a staff, and trying to find his way, although it be
in day-light, it is not different from walking in the dark. (Yang
th.
''.
chih chih fun, tsaou muh tsen paou, That earth was carnation
t'.
tre)
*hae, Tshaete (or land granted to officers of government) is
Sin."
chang chih chih urh kew taou, suy
W =E jR
th
509
colored clayey and fertile, herbs and trees were gradually ac
commodated to it. Syn. with ^ Chlh.
TO.
KWAE.
E.
Great; large.
3,'nd Radical.
VIII.
T'hoo -f-
-J-T'Iko.
VIII.
S2nd Radical.
510
j Ylh, is to be dis
PEL
To add earlh to ; to add mould or maaure to the roots of
plants. To assist ; to benefit ; to nourish ; to stop up with earth,
as a channel for water. Read Pow.
J
Pow-Iow, A
small rising ground or hillock.
j t^ ~\~ Q
fil )\\ "iiL Snw-wan> pei-tun, t'hoo, teen, than, ehuen yay,
ShwB-wanays, Pei-tun denotes, earlh, fields, hills and rivers.
1
>8 ~ffL- T ll"B che ,ang
Pelh J'n k'be
tsae urh tiih yen, koe tsae chay pei che, king chay fuh che,
Heaven in respect to the things which it causes to grow,
must deal with them according to their properties! those that
remain planted, nourish them ; those that fall to the ground,
destroy them. (Chung-yung.) This is applied to the great
progenitor ^ Shun ; his prosperity all arose from his own
virtues. The Commentator exclaims, ^ ^ ^ ^e5? -fk'hc keen tsael keaewiih che tsze Ueu urh, How can it be
thought that Heaven hat any will in the occurrence! all that
occurs is what crcaluret take to themselves.
>tfc Ha
fl 1s vc itij I ft lc Y'w ,ans e chay> P"en Uunc
urh pei yang che, That which hat a disposition to grow, it is
accorded with, supplied with earlh and nourished. The same
phraseology is applied to the human body ; thut, j }(jP
yang ke jih, pcen tseen tsecu haou leaou, Further, add an in
creased degree of neurishment and care for a few dayt, and
then you will gradually get better. |
^ Pel P00
yuen k'hc. To ttrengthen the constitution.
j j
^ -fa Pei yuen, koo pun wan, Pills to strengthen and coofirm the original constitution.
|||
^ ] LuJ no
Uae pei, 'Often have I had occasion to be thankful for your
planting and adding mould;' i. e. for your liberal and essential
assistance. This expression occurs often in letters. /*
Dl ^ 1^ I 'tfti sSng ,ze keu wai,e ne pei chllh' whether
life or death, all depend on your assistance.
j JH^ Peifung, A heavy gale of wind. (Chwang-tsze.) One reads it
32nd Radical.
511
Plh.
ffi j iuy-plh, A small mound or hillock. Occun
io the tense f ^[ Pei, Earthen ware not burnt. Read Fow,
A man's name. Occurs as a local word denoting A Twine.
VIII.
T'hoo
KE.
An ancient form of <gj Tae, see Rad. ^jj; Ghe, tr.
That on -which somethingTests or depends ; the commence
ment of a wall ; a foundation ; that on which a family or nation
.depends; a possession; a patrimony^; the throne; to begin,
4 commence, to round; side apartments or piazzas. The name
of au instrument of music ; the name of a hill. Forms part of
the name of an instrument of husbandry. Rend K'he, Syn.
with 3| Ke. Also written ^Ke.
$%
^ Z jk_ Tseang wei kung-shih, seen wei ke-che, Going to
"build a place, must first lay a foundation, f T. ih shoo.)
|
Tseang -ke, The foundation of a wall. mj^ J
Kew ke
che.' Old' foundation ;' the two last words denote tin- same. |
^fj Ke te haou, 'A good foundation;' and metaphorically,
person of good origin ; or of good conduct heretofore ; a safe
person. jM,
iff~W< I Cit*J ke ttze haou kin
ke, ' This child ha* agood root and foundation,' i, c. a strong
constitution. jjfj]
|
Too tsung ke nee1, ' A
. patrimony.orpossession handed down from ancestors ;' Ke-neC,
denotes alo a possession handed down to posterity, jfe j
Che-ke, The origin ; the foundation of.
J||j ^ ^
K'hae ke t'heen-tsze.The first Emperor of a "Dynasty, successors
are said
^ ^ ^ Ke te show ching. To continue his
person and maintain what they have Teceived.
jffi J
Ting ke, To ascend the throne. J|j | K'hae ke, and |||
iShaou "ke. express To commence, to lay the foundation of.
[
3t Che-ke nae 'e' HaT,ng aettled here and divided
fte land. (She-king.) ^ j Tse-ke, Certain instruments
of husbandry. (Mangttze.)
f@. | Sze t'hangtsoo
ke, Wall from the hall to the side piazzas. (She-king.)
H HL f= 0
I Fiih"he che J8 Ja* toh-Vt, The
music (or instruments) of Fub-he (B. C. 2300), was called
Lelh-ke.
+Ef CHAN.
iM S. C.
K'HE.
all of
m w * # % % i
Hwaking ptth tt&ngyuenkih saou,
Fung mu n kin chc weikeun k'he.
The -flower-girt path has not till now been swept on aeedsn't
of a guest ;
The wicker-made gate it now first opened for the reception
of a Prince.
A couplet called |^ ^ Tuy-tsze, written up on the
reception of a visitor, as a compliment to him.
NE,
T'hoo.
VIII.
512
32nd Radical.
TflANG.
A dignified honorable mansion ; a palace ; a temple ; a court,
or chamber ofjuitice ; a hall, or public room ; principal chamber
of a college or school. The person who fills a principal place
In apalace or court ofjustice. High, dignified, splendid, honor
GROUND PLAN.
513
1 g JE l*J % Z 3* til T ba8' "* ching
heang yang che ju yay. T'bang, denote* an edifice in
Ihe middle place (not on one aide-) and towards the light
and daynot a retired or iccret chamber.
^ fjj jjljj
^ ^ jE| Wang chay chaou choo how che kung, A
palace where the king gives audience to the governors or
priocesof states.
|f 0^fifr|3^i
S8 if h as $ ^ a x
h",ir
audience was in the time of Bwang-te (B. C. 2700) called Ba
ku ng and alio Ming-ting ; in the time of Yaou (B. C. 2800) it
was called Keu-shih; in the time of Shun (B.C. 2U0)itwas
called Tsung-chang ; during the dynasty Hac (B. C. 2000) it
was called Sheshih, during the Dynasty Shang (B. C. 1700) it
was called Chung-uh, and alio Yang-kwan, during the Dynasty
Chow (B. C. 1100) U was called Ming-t'hangi Tsin united the
regulations of four dynasties (the three preceding and his own).
The eastern ball he called Yang-kwan; the sooth, Ming-t'hangi
the centre one Tae-chaou ; the western hall Tsung-chang; the
northern one Yuen-t'hang.
fjjj jjjj^ J Ming lun t'bang,
a hall in the temple of Confucius, where the relations of social
life are illustrated. ^ J Hefl t'hang, A school or college,
the principal chamber is called jj^* J T'hing-t'hang.
J| Shang t'hang, To ascend or enter the hall,
J Tafhang,
The great, first or principal hall of justice.
^ J Tang
t'hang, In open court.
jj^ j Ching t'hang. The principal
officer in a district.
^ ] Tso t'hang. The left hall, and
^ | Yew t'hang, The right ball, express two assistant
officers t the left-hand man is the superior, the left side being
the place of honor.
*f[
^ j Kwan-foo tso t'hang,
The magistrate is in court.
j ^ T'hang ung, A term of
respect used by inferior magistrates to their immediately
superior local officer.
^ ] ^ !jp T'heen-t'hang teyuh, The palace of heaven, and the prison of earth ;heaven
and hell.
J- ^ J f g jjj Shang yew
t'heen t'hang ; hea yew Soo-chew, Above is the palace of
heaven, and below is (what is nearly as good) the district of
Soo-chow,in the province ofKeang-nao.
J K'hlh
VOt. I.
4<J
32nd Radical.
VIII.
T'hoo -fc
P<j A ^ $ ^
ft
A
jin piih king Tsze-loo, Tize yue, yew jay, shing t'hang e, w*
jtih yn shlh yay, The pupils (in consequence of what Confu
cius had said) did not respect Tsze-loo. Confucius said, As to
Yew (otherwise called Tsze-loo,) he has ascended the hall (of
knowledge) but not yet entered the inner appartmenti the
should not be despised, ft | ~\ ^ tffo A iM ~Z-
&
i 1L & H5 $ & 2 & T eend lhe hu
and enter the inner apartments, is a metaphor representing
the different degrees of progress in science; and expressing'
that Tsze-loo's learning had already attained the limits of what
was correct, great, eminent and splendid; only he had not yet
entered the profound and abstruse recesses of refined discrim
ination; but he ought not, because of failing in one point, to
be treated slightingly. (Lun-ju.)
^ jjjj |g ^
J San ylb urh how shing t'hang, 'Makes three bows and then
ascends the hall.' The successful marksman in archery does
so, to those who have missed the mark. They are required
to drink as a forfeit* three cups ofwine. ^ j Y"h t'hang,
or $L. H| 3 1 Kin M J"11 t han5. A golden horse and
a palaceV>f genu, is said to be possessed by a person who has
attained the literary rank called
/jyj;
Han.lin-yuen.
'Will 1 jff Ycwtaou, t'hang leen, There is reason and
justice with purity in the palace; expresses a period of good
T hoo.
VIII.
32nd Radical.
514
TSEU.
s. c.
K'HWtJH, or K'huh.
A hollow cavern ; a den ; a cave. A hillock or mound of
earth. From T'hoo, earth and
Keae, To dig or hollow
out; a mound being raised by digging a pit (ShwS-wan.)
ik T ^ ^ ffij
i. F6b ke*' k'hwiihhl[h
urh heang wang, * Secreted soldiers in caverns, and gave an
entertainment to the king1 his father, with an intention to kill
him at the banquet. (Tso-chuen.) -f^ ^ J X j|| ||
^ r^l Fuh szc k'hwuh heulS yen sow che chung. Hiding
themselves, died in dens and caves, in rocky caverns of the
mountains, and in thick jungles.
|
^J^ |3j| K'hwuh
k'ho, yangchin, To raise particles of earth and spread dust.
The propriety of using K'hwuh in this sense, is disputed.
K'HO, Of Kwae.
E.
32nd Radical.
515
i's wall. Alio written
Pe-e.
KEEN.
To establish; to confirm; to strengthen ; to be confirmed
in a purpose or opinion. Solid, hard, sound, firm, stout,
strong, robust. Determined ; constant ; durable. A surname.
|j|J Keen-koo, and j ^ Keen loo, Strong, firm,
durable, are applied to any production of human labour.
j! M M J- ffl ff I S Cha> ch'hanS cha *" 1,0
t:h keen-koo, This table is made strong and durable
^
Tfi | [] KSn Pun keen I"'0' rne rot firmly established ;
is understood either literally of a tree, or of a person's bodily
constitution; or of his family circumstances and conduct i of
all which the expression affirm* that they are Good and dur
able. | ['!' Kecn-shih, Hard, solid ; appl'ed to things : strong
and well made, applied to work: correct, safe, and proper;
applied to conduct; not easily assailable, or thwarted.
j
J^ Keen-chwang, ' Strong and robust,' applied to a person;
commonly to hale old men.
-3j|
1
Chay ko laou t'how-lszc keen chwang, This old headed boy is
hale and strong.' This is a free manner of speaking about a
man ; addressing an old person it would be said,
J
|JJ2
Laou j in kcakeen chwang keTh.Old gentleman, jou are
extremely hale and stout. jf |j? ]fj&
1^ Haou keen
gXng tcth sing, A fine firm unbending disposition; taken'in
a good sense, in opposition to beir.g weak and timorous. jj^
Wi 1 % ^ ill 7lc *M sin cl,ang ken UB ,h*n thu"g
tseuen hac, With the heart and bowels (the mind) firm in its
purpose, a passage may be cut through a mountain to obtain a
spring of water from the sea.
Vlll.
T'hoo-J^
li W 7^LSen ,h,hpoiinRt'nn
$Bfe
J^E She shang woo nan sze,
'll* |t|
T'hoo.
VIII.
32nd Radical.
516
TUY.
A hep of earth; a pile to heap up i to accumulate i to
crowd together ; a multitude promiscuously presied together ;
to incumber by multitude*. To push from one. The name of
a place. The name of a bird.
Toy hlh,Toheap
up tone*.
J Shlh toy, A heap of (tones,
j
Tuy t*e, To heap or pile up.
J
3E TuJ kin'
Uelb yiih, To heap up goM and accumulate gem*. Shopmen
write Uiee word on the door* of their shelve* at the new year.
. ] Ai1h tuy jin, A crowd ofpeople. A % ] M
*y Jin to tuy lh leaou, A great many people crowded together
o M to *top the parage of a itreet.
^ ||fj jf \
Jt 'j!> 2j5 T'Deen t*ow w*n ***< tuJ shangsinlae.A thousand
lorrow* and ten thousand minute care*, all crowded upon the
^ ^ | 4* ^ fspl Ta ke* tfap ,eao" sea) hwa l,aou lae tow
ch, Uo t*ae hwa tsaou tuy cbung t*aou tow, ' The whole party
(ofchildren) having plucked flower* and gra**,came and squatted
themselves down in the midst of the pile of flower* and grass,
to fight gra**es.' Each child double* the grass or item of the
flower, and taking the two end* in hi* fingers, forms a hook
which is linked to the grass of hi* opponent, hooked in the same
manner. They both pull, and the child whose grass breaks
first, loses ; sometimes it is mere play, at other times they stake
a cash, about one fourth of a halfpenny on each chance.
This early gambling is discountenanced by correct parents.
j -|r Tuy-tM, or 'jjjf j Kwan tuy, A kind of guard house
at the ends of streets or other passes, where a watch is kept.
1 ^ Tu^
T '' a,'^e
1 * cerUin musical in.
trument.
j Ta hwuy tuy, ' To beat the heap of
ashes or rubbish,- swept together by servant* on the evening
of the 24th of the 12th moon, which i* called j[ ^ Ch'hooyay, and is observed by the Chinese as the close of the year;
or the /J"\ 4jL ^ Seaou neen yay, The evening of the lesser
year. On this ceremony they ^ jj^j
jjj Sze ke le she,
Pray audibly (but indistinctly) for a profitable market, which
last expression denotes general prosperity.
^ ]
O-lan-tuy, The name of a bird. She-ke writes the above cha
Tuy. It is vulgarly
KHIN.
t
517
preparation E.
(She-king.)
Yet, ^ 7^ |3
$ $p
e the k'hin, ju k'hin, keen bS, fei the, Sha-miih says, that ai ii
-vulgarly done, to drag the K'hin of Joo-e (in the preceding
quotation) into a union with the K'hin (now under definition),
if not right (E-wan-pe-lan.) Thi ii given as a ipecimen of
Chinese criticism.
KANG.
aang sang cb bang wan with, koo tsung yiih, tsung t'hoo, Which
from its capability to produce and bring to maturity every
species of plant and creature, is composed of Ytth, To nourish,
and T'hoo, The earth. 'he Chinese speak of the earth pro
ducing animated creatures, as well at, plants and minerals.
G6, or Ng8.
s. c.
rj J- ^
Mi M
@ ff
1 E p,h t,ho' 11,00 ueang h
chay, yin wei che gB, The wall or house being plastered with
-vol. i.
4|
3ind Radical.
VIII.
T'hoo -fc
T'hoo.
IX.
32nd Radical.
518
T0H .
YAY.
R. H.
^jrpj KE.
HWAN, or Hwan.
Earth, loam; the name of a lane( it was called ^ ^ J|
Ta-hwSn-Ic.
32nd Radical.
519
|| CH'HJH.
IX.
T'hoo
ij^ s. c.
TOO.
To stop i to close; to fill up. Otherwise written
LEEN.
HOW.
Too.
KO.
A crucible.
1=3 M l^fr 0 ^ [ loo-poo-p'he8 kung Tsuy-she; Tsujshc the k'he kung urh show che fheS e plh gu, koo yu8 fun
t'heS, Loo-poo-p'hee', attacked Tsuy-she; Tsuy-she fortified his
palace and defended it. He whitewashed the parapet, and hence
it was called, the coloured parapet
^ j ^ -^rp
1 Ke fheS fun joo yin, The parapet was coloured like silver.
H^R. H.
PU H .
2t
prepared to retire to in times of anarchy and confusion.
T'hoo.
IX.
32nd Radical.
Ancient form of I
520
TE, or She.
J^-
4
hanging down, suspended. This latter sense is disputed. In
Ylh-king, Zj^ TO, is used instead of this character.
jjjj
Teen to, A kiud of a stand in the corner of a hall.
JUEN.
side a low inner wall. Read No. Sandy ground. Also read
Nwan, The land adjacent to a bank or river. Otherwise
written
Juen, and J^Juen.
ijjB Jtg Meaoujuen
yuen, The space between the outer and iuner walls of the
temple.
Same as
521
0] ^
-Jj^ Ylh foo che k'han show teen plh mow yay, One
man it competent to receive only one hundred How ofland.
A man's capabilities are limited.
j jg
^
Nan k'han chay mo koo tsoo, It ii hard to bear such distress,
p^f I Shwiiy k'han, Who it fit for, or able to bear ?
jpj
1 tuff i"J1 Shang k'han keen yung, Still seems worthy of
being selected and employed; a qualified degree of recom
mendation.
J $f ] Wo fei 10 k'nan> 11 '* not *
thing that I am fit for, or worthy of. ^ J Ylh teaou
32nd Radical.
YU.
IX.
T'hooJ^
A grave.
Fan fun, yu, pei, low, leut, yin, ying, lung, keae chung pe
ming, All these words, Fun, yu, pei, low, leufi, yin, ying, lung,
are different terms for graves or tombs.
HWANG.
To sow or plant.
T'hang-nwang, h8 teen yay, T'hangbwnng denotes, A united palace itwo joined in one. The
ditch or moat outside a city wall, without water in it, is
also called Hwang. Tn the books of Han Dynasty, it is written
jfr Hwang. It is further defined, a house or apartment
without the surrounding four walls. The open space before a
house or grave.
-J- jj^i J or J| Tsang yu t'he*
hwang, Interred in the open space before the tomb,
-p- | Ch'hing fuh yu hwang, The city wall fell in ruins
the ditch.
Al. Scrib. j^l Hwang.
GO, or O.
jff $p K'ne g8, The bank ofa stream or river ; an earthen
bank having steps. Also written these different ways, )|
Go, }jfS GO, and
Go.
^4
TO
High ; eminent. From ^ Yaou, Earth heaped up, and y
Wish, A high and level base. High and remotely seen, as a
mountain. The famous Chinese Sovereign Yaou, who began
his reign. B. C. S3S0. A surname; a name. In epitaphs, Yaou
expresses Great eminence in justice and virtue. Thename of
a hill. Some write the character thus ^jf Originally written
without the lower part: in the Seal Character, was added to
heighten the idea by association.
Q
^J* j|
Wa \fa Jb Ml M %
Jue uan* na t,ho ue,h ta*
urli tliang, teang kaou hing, One says, it is derived from
three earth-characters, piled on each other and placed high, to
Thoo. IX.
32nd Radical.
522
^ ^ ^jfe
J j ]
PAOU.
ft
To make a return according to what has been received or
done ; to recompense ; to repay ; to requite. Reeompemei
requital. To announce to ; to give information of, either
verbally or by letter; to report or state to.
**
g&n, To make a return for some favor or benefit receded ;
an act of gratitude. j
Paou <-h how, To revenge. |j"
M 1 -Yew 6*''PaoBgs^Ht who has received a favour
must make a recompense for it jj || j| Jj, % $
jilj' ^ "TtJ' | Tszellh, Iszegin, puhcheboneenli'bopon,
This virtue, this kindness, I know not what year it canbe
recompensed.
Jjg ^>
J Sbc-piih wang paoo, T
confer without hqpc of recompense; or thus,
jjj? | She g&n ma wang paou, Todoaaactofkiodnomot
hoping for any recompense.
32nd Radical.
523
|H
IX. . T'hoo
S * J # M ?
%. V\ M
t ft * 1 & A
Che gin piih paou fei keun.tsze;
Yew ch'liow jiiih paou wang we! jin.
He who is sensible of an act of kindness, and does not
recompense ii , is not a good man ;
Be who feels a resentment, aud docs not take revenge, has
erroneously been made a man,he does not deserve
the name of mm.
P
% I
frf #P H'a y*' e lih paoa
yuen ho juo, A certain person said to Confucius, to recom
pense ill-will by kind acts, How do you deem respecting it ?
PI
J* 1 |l^T,zeyue, ho ePaou lin' Confucius
aid (in reply) How will ynu recompense kindness done to you
ifyou recompense ill-will by benevolent acts ? He further added,
KJl it 1 & U 1 H E ch,h ou
e uh
paou Uh, Recompense ill-will by straight forward (upright,
equitable,) conduct ; recompense kind actions, by kind actions.
(Lun-yu.) The dilemma vthirh Commentators represent Con
fucius as avoiding, was that of behaving the same, whether
to friends or enemies ; but there are different decrees of good
will and beneficence; to do good to those who hateus, agreeably
to the precepts of a Greater than Confucius, does not necessarily
imply the same degree of kindness towards all indiscriminately.
H ifl$r 1 Kw8 cb how tlh P"0". The enemJ of the
country was revenged.
# m m % m
H 9 * H m 1
ShengS taou t'how, chung yew paou j
Chlh tsang lae tsaou yu lae che.
Virtue and vice when they arrive at a head will finally
receive retribution.
The only difference is in its coming sooner or later.
(Ming-siu-paou-keen.)
He threw to me a melon ;
I returned him a precious stone,
It was not designed as a recompense i
But to make him forever love me.
(She-king.)
^| i^p Yen, jin yew tsang wo e wei with, wo tang paou che
e chung paou, This expresses, that if a person confer upou me
a trifling thing, I ought to recompense him by what is important and valuable.
fftj ^ J \f\ g ] fa
# ft g %%%i3>m *
7-w we
tsuh e wei paou yay, tan yiih k'he cb'bang e wei haou urh
piih wang urh, Still not deeming it a sufficient recompense, but
desiring that he should long be induced to love, and not forget.
(Sheking-choo.) $j
^
^
^
ffi
^ Wan wiih pun boo T'heen, jin pun hoo tsoo, tsze so e pei
shang-te yay, Keaou che tse ta paou pun, fan che yay, All
creatures originate from heaven) man originates with his
first progenitor ; this is the reason why in offering sacrifices,
the ancestor is coupled with the most High Ruler (Shang-te.)
The sacrifices, to heaven and ancestors, are a thank-offering
to the source (of all things), and a reverting again to the begin
ning (.of human existence). (Lc-king.) In these great sacrifices,
they used, in ancient times, and still use, cows, calves, and the
blood of the victim. How the killing innocent victims could be
an expression of gratitude, must ever be a difficulty, with those
who do not admit that sacrifices originated, in a recognition of
guilt, and substitution of the innocent for the guilty. And
how man should ever think that killing the innocent brute
creature in room of guilty man, would be acceptable to the
Deity, is not conceivable, had it not been commanded from
ccven, as pointing to the Divine Saviour, who " Once in the
end of the world, appeared to put away sin by the sacrifice of
himself." (Heb. ix. 26.)
I Fau tseu ylh fau che Uh pclh chaug, yac tsze che yuen
T'hoo.
5*^4
525
the wife of his uncle, the prince of the slate Chiug. (Tio-chuen.)
| i^ji ^j" j
Pju l""B chay, paou yu, Poor
people ' who are obliged to inter soon ; must hasten to perform
the' rites expressed by Yu. (Le-king.)
An ancient form of
Tsze.
32nd Radical
IX.
T'hoo-J-^
T'hoo.
IX.
3*id Radical.
526
J Wo jay kae tso jin teih sze, piih tso ua kin show teth sze,
fang piih foo t'heen te sang wo ylh ch'hang, 1 also ought to do
what is proper for human kind, and not what is brutish ; then
1 thall not ungratefully render nugatory the goodness of nature
in producing me. j jjj Ylh ch'hang sze, An affair.
] T'how ch'hang, The head (the first) arena;the first
examination, or occurrence of the kind. \ j Urh ch'hang,
The second affair.
~^ j San ch'hang. The third. This
phraseology arises from the examinations being divided into
three principal divisions of subjects. It is a standing rule to
commence ou the 8th day of the 8lh moon. Two days arc
spent on each division of subjects. The first two days are
pent on the Four-books of Confucius i three themes are given.
A second from the Ta-heii and Chung-yung, which are united
under the term ^1
HeS-chung. The first theme is from
the
j^J Lun-yu; and the third from ^
MSng-Uze.
The next two days are spent on the j< |^ Woo-king, five
themes are given. The last two days arc spent on general sub
jects. The whole time occupied in giving in the names, issuing
themes, and writing the exercises, is nine days.
^| | tff- J3L Fung ch'hang ts8 hing, To be elevated
on falling in with the arena: i. e. to suit one's selfto the
company one meets with.
^ j King kelh ch'hang,
A thorny arena;a place of danger and trouble. JJp j
MEI.
TOO.
A low wall; to fend off; to shut ; to close; to guard against.
A suspended bell or sonorous stone. Settled, tranquil. A >ur
name. Read Chay. The name of a district; of a hill, and of a
certain river. Occurs used as a Local cant word for
Ko.
% Wl s. US % Yih ch hins wci piD' wo
pan wci too. One ch'nang (or ten cubits) of wall make (what is
called) pan; five pan make Too.
H0Dg,iy0fci,
^ -^p tfj ^} Tseih yu chung tselh.
JjV ^J- JSf Tsze che yu yuen,
"g" J -jjjS
Pih too keae ts8.
As the wild geese fly in groups,
And assemble in the midst of a marsh,
So the scattered people collected to build the wall,
Thus a hundred Too were speedily fioishd,and the people
at down in repose.
(She-king.)
The Ode was composed Q%{2qM$ Yin ylh urh
sze laou, in consequence of enjoying ease, and recollecting for
mer toils.
keu hwan too che shlh tsze e'pung haou, Yuen-heen (one of the
disciples of Confucius, was so poor that he) dwelt in an
apartment surrounded by bare walls, and thatched with wild
reeds.
|{ jfc, jf^f
Sh ping fang too, To appoint
soldiers to a certain station as a defence.
j |^Tooyu,
To ward off, or guard against.
] |^ Too slh, To slop
up, or close against.
ft ^
\
Wae JS
seun loo c ch'huen, To cruize on the coast, in order to ward off
foreign ship,
^^RIT^^T^^
jvJou
'u mun to 'eaou> J*ou to'lie'en t'how kwo
32nd Radical.
527
k'h'ii, Al the door is now shut, it is necessary to advance and
go round.
jj$ \ Kwan joo too. The lookers on
were like a wall thick); crowded together, when Confucius
practised the bow and arrow. j
^ ^ j $P &
Le min keac gan too jco koo, The officers and people were all
tranquilly settled a. before. g {$ |7E] ^
jf{ |j{J
| Ching she szc hae kcw chow leu yen gan too,
Really set the whole world at rest.
jj|j |Ej |JpJ |
Chayko yuE-too, Chay-ko (this or that) is expressed by O-too.
This expression refers to a trifling tale of 35 ^ W ^"S-6"
poo, a person in the fourth century, who affected so much
aversion to covctousness, that he would never pronounce the
word ^j! Tseen, Money. His wife in order to put a trick on
him, surrounded his bed with it, but when he arose, instead of
being caught unawares, and induced to utter the hatred word,
^frif B W M J
pei- ueu Olao
Willi k hen. Ordered the female servant in these wordsTake
away that stuff. (Chin-yu-kaou.) ^ Chungand j|! K'hing,
Bells and sonorous stones were suspended, sixteen together) the
whole nombir was called ^ Sze; half the number was called
J Too. (Chow-lc.) Occ urs in the sense of ||j Too, The
terrace over a city gate.
t'h6.
GAN,
IX.
T'hoo -f".
other ca
cavity which contains water,
or omcr
u
TA, or T5.
4- T'hoo.
X.
TSIN.
32nd Radical.
528
H1NG, or Fung.
Le.
Ta-k'hwae, When the heaven and earth were first opened, the}
were in a chaotic state ; there were no creatures, hence the
whole was called Ta-k'hwae,a great clod.
j T'hoo
k'hwae, A clod of earth.
71
n n m *.
* i n n n % .
Yang chun chaou wo e jen king;
Ta k'hwae kea wo e win chang.
SEUN, or Tseun.
High, perilous.
| 4^ M
|
CHE.
To pat or add to ; to make op a certain amount
Jtrn
ESJ Same a,!M]Kangl * ama" iUt or the ridge of a hill.
TEN STROKES.
TSEIH.
[1|
^^liLUNG.
KHWAE.
To smear, or daub.
fo
||
|j
chwang ihang, che shih leaou ylh k'hwae, Observed the paper
of the window damped in a place.
^
jjj J
Yang tseen ylh plh k'hwae, A hundred piece* of foreign money.
I Pft I T,h k hwie- eaig k'hwae, One piece, two
pieces, etc.
J jfe Ylh k'hwae te, A portion of land.
H i ^ ^| 1 Chio t ho0 wei PUDS k'hwe, Dusty, or
loose earth is (called) Pung k'hwae.
j|| J J
if A. & A
/ 1 Chu,,S nrh keJn 'Mo J TT
jin; yayjin yu che k'hwae, Chung-urh begged of the country
people something to eat ; the country people gave him a clod
of earth.Chung-urh deemed it an insult and was about to
chastise the people, when his rather suggested, that is wa
JX.
r'hiien t"e Taj' The gifl of hen " n omen
of his obtaining territory and a kingdom, which was afterwards
re.li.ed. (Tsc-chuen.)
%Z
ffi $g ^
Ife Hit t
1 Fo rao che '"nB' keu e leu Pk I'hoo,
tsin chen, chin k'hwae, On the death of father and mother,
children must live in an uplastered thatched hut; sleep upon
straw, and have a clod for their pillow.
5 | ffi ffi
/f*
tfel
k'hwae heung chung pith p'hing yay, Euy
k'hwae, expresses matters heaped up (disquietude) in the
breast
| | ft ^ }g | n*
chung luy k'hwae, koo seu tsew jaou cbe, There is an ac
cumulation of clods in my breast, it is necessary to raoJifr
|j
wine poured around.
j P'ho k'hwae,
529
To break the clod ; as plants sprout up through it.
j& ^
$E ^ 1 fit" ?E Yan" kwe' **' nan 11 nwae> ts'hing ze>
Yang-kwei-fei (an Imperial concubine famoui in history) put
a clod of earth in her mouth and begged to die. (Thang-t'hoo.)
| Tselh-k'hwae, and Jjjl | Luy-khwae, Clodt of
earth heaped up.
Y1NG.
s. c.
A grave or tomb. ^
^ j-jjj Jj Ying jlh Uang
tc jay,Ying-y ih, the limits or place of interment.
| yn^
Ying heuS, The pit or grave into which the coffin it put.
32nd Radical.
T'hoo
K'HAE.
High and dr, land. |w M p| H ^1 ^" T,'bing
choo shwang k'hae chny, I request you to move (your dwell
ing) to a more elevated and chearful situation. Otherways
expressed thus, $ ft f ^
&
}& KM
keu yu shwang mingkaou tsaou che te, Remove and dwell in
a chearful lightsome elevated dry place. (Tso-chuen.)
|| -Jj|*
^ ^ J Ch'hoo kan tseuen-che shwang k'hae.
To reside in chearful elevated place with a sweet spring of water.
SOO.
SING.
X.
^ iJJj!
i5f
<fa
>P
^ ^1 jKj H8 chetsaer
ffcfe^ | Ketteyuthe,
0 7C.fi ^ Jihcheseihe,
^
Jyfc? SUING.
SEE, or SGh.
Small dust.
t, T
'j=jN
530
Wn-t'h,
Aptre
files
The sheep and the kine come down from the mountains.
## |
folio sh
(She-king.)
3#yosa
# # Chung yung,
Z-R
A disquieted appearance.
MEIH.
name,
or bricks is reared and filled with fuel; it is then set fire to,
third y
and amidst the blaze, salt is thrown in, which is done for the
presto
11t, (l
#7, ## |
India a
digital
mrtted
h # Kung-tih,
!turne
wouple
kmple
-> \
daub.
}: |
Wit.
books,
followi
fed on
Ig # Shing
An ancient form
of # Hwae.
-]:\}
#Tus
# #: # Kaouming ste,
over t
wites:
lung m
thirt,
tfBud:
and often on the tops of high hills. Withinside, they are hollow,
have windows in each story, and often a winding staircase lead
####|
H 1 ###| ##2 #
Moo keen kung-yu yu th, kin ching ch'hayu, weiche
ing to the top contained in the wall of the building, like the
T'h.
y # # # th. Sc.
t'h
suen
R 7k
] = + # fi : -H = #iffilt
-
kew keih, che shihsan keih urh che; k'he woo keih chay suh wei
far as
# Paou-t'h, A precious
Pagoda.
situated in
3. |
500k
53 i
A piece of solid gold many pounds weight surmounted the top
of the spire. In the suburbs of Nanking, there are to this day
folio sheet prints of it, with a minute description; the builders
name, and so on i to satisfy the curiosity of travellers. In the
third year of ^ ^Ching-kwan, (A. D. 1657,) a celebrated
priest ofBuddah, whose name was ~ ^ jjjjj Heuen-chwangze, (the latter word is his title of master or doctor) went to
India and procured various of the books of Buddah. He
relumed sixteen years afterwards, and was three years more
occupied in translating them. There was built for him a
temple called ^ ^&
^ Ta-tsze-ganne, The temple
of great mercy and kindness. And three years afterwards, the
succeeding Emperor built a pagoda, called Jj^ j Yen-t'hS, The
Wild-goose Pagoda, in order to lay up the above mentioned
books. The Wild-goose pagoda took its name from the
following legend. At this place, in fomer times, were priests who
fed on geese, calves and deer. One day a wild goose flew
over the place where they were sitting, and with au audible
voicesaid, 5$
|^ #t Jf
HI ^ Chung sang keug
knng roo-o-sa-ehuy, All you priests omit to serve the cause of
charity and benevolence. The four last words in the language
f Buddah denotes fyjjfe Haou-she, Delighting to impart. The
goose hating uttered these words, fell dead amongst the priests.
S2nd Radical:
X.
T'hoo
They were greatly alarmed, ceased to eat animal food, and built
a T'hS over the place where they interred the goose. It occurred
during the dynasty T'hang, that a person who had attained the
literary rank of
^ Jfc Jj3f Tsin sze kelh te, was at this
pagoda, when he first put up a tablet with his name, as is still
the custom, and from this circumstance, persons of the rank
just mentioned, are in the present day, called
j J|g ^
Yen t'ha tc ming, Men whose names are inscribed on the Wild
goose pagoda. Many phrases in the Chinese language are of
a similar derivation to that just given, which is tedious to
narrate, and omited, leave the sense obscure.
There were no T'ha in China before the time of the Han
Dynasty, and therefore ShnB-wan does not contain the word.
In the town of Canton there is a Mahoramodan mosque, with
a plain spire, which is called
J Kang t'hfi, The unor.
namented pagoda. There is another, which in contradistinc
tion is called jfc j Hwa t'ha, The flowered pagoda. The
pagoda half way to Hwang-poo, where European ships moor,
is called ^ (Jjj | Chili kang-t'hS. The Second-bar pagoda
(a spire known to all who have visited Canton) is called Jjj^j
^J- "j^ | Sze-tsze-yang t'hS, or
^ j Shlh-Ie t'ha.
jjjj | Pa-chow U, is a famous pagoda in the province
of Canton, built about A. D. 1600. Occurs written
T'ha.
PA-CHOW-TK-C'HOO PAGODA-
T'hoo.
X.
Same as
32nd Radical.
532
]f0
/j^ Soo shin seang, An earthen or clay image of a
god ; a day idol.
JfjJ j ^ Jfjj^ (^|| Ne 100 iniili teaou
leTh, Formed of clay or carved in wood. ^
|
Ne teaou muh soo, Formed of day or wood. Theie two
expressions are applied to persons as terms of abuse for their
.
^0 ^ Ming taou joo ne soo jin, kelh tseiS jin kwan
she j ill twan ho k'he, Ming-taou was (as inanimate) as a clay
figure, till he received another person, and then he was all
cordiality.
^ j([J j Tso joo soo, To sit like a clay
figure.
J Mnou joo soo, A countenance like
a clay image.
f Hwuy soo, To draw a likeness with
the pencil.
' l\KI
UNG.
POO.
:i's name, To I)* distinguished from j.^! T'hwan.
T'HOO
Yen seaou jin kwiih jow che gan pun pS, wang yew haou tsan
ning c lae che, she yew keaou jow shing muh, jew joo yu ne
t'hoo che shang kca e nc t hoo foo che yay. It (the above
sentence) expresses, that the natural affection for their kindred
of mean time serving men, is originally very slight; if the king
likes to hear specious slanders and thereby encourages (tale
bearers) to come, it is like teaching a monkn to ascend a tree.
533
and as adding miry plaster above miry plaster.The figures being
low, a monkey and utr, terra veil chosen for the subject.
32nd Radical.
X.
T'hoo T
^ # * *p m Z & M W ft
*M
^ t F ^ & IK S5
1 In
when the age was in a well governed state, the learned did not
decline offices, and when confusion (from the tyranny of the
reigning prince) prevailed, they did not aim at any rate to keep
their places. The two eminent men (king's sons) Plh-e and
Shuh-tse, said respecting Chow, contact with him would defile
our pure conduct. They forthwith travailed north to the
Show-yang mountain, where they died of hunger. (Chwangtsxe.)
] Woo-t'hoo, To defile. J|| | Chin-t'hoo,
Dust and mire, expresses the age, the world, the present state
ofhuman beings,
] Tseaou t'hoo, Pepper-plaster, refers
to the Empress's private rooms, which it is said, were in the
time of Han thus plastered, to give them warmth and fragrancc.
J J Thoo-t'hoo, occurs applied to J^I-oo,
The dew, expressing its being thick.
j jjj T'hoo chay,
or, as some read it, Keu, An earthen chariot
J ijf
J^f | ^ lif'W ^T 1,00 cha>"cl,'n"olingt"ekoo jew
ehe, Clay carriages and straw men (lo inter with the dead)
have existed from ancient limes,and the usage is still attend
ed to. The usage is at present to make a number of utensils of
paper, and by consuming them in fire, pass them into the invi
sible state for the use of the departed person. The general
term for them is,
^ Ming-k'lie. A house, sedan-chairs,
a boat, boatmen, attendants, clothes, and so on, are made and
burnt. They burn the actual clothes which the persou wore,
which of course, in the case of poor people are not worth
much, but expensive wardrobes of the rich are thus consumed.
They denominate the practice,
^^Shaoukwo
hoe, To burn clothes for the passage of the river. The river
to be pissed, is called
yfjT Hwang-ho, The Yellow river.
| |Jj T'hoo-shan, The name of an ancient state.
' j San
t'hoo. Three places are so denominated when spoken ofgenerally.
An ancient form of H Yen.
4l
THANG,
An artificial pond t a pool of water ; a fish pond . It is the
usage in China to hare a pond of stagnant water attached to
the house of every gentleman.
Ch'he t'hang, or
|
T'hang ch'he, or J& ] Yu t hang, All express a
fish pond. H | Leen thang, A pond for the growth of
the water-lily.
fj| it jl ?K 0 1 Chtt t ho S
shwiiy yu t'hang, Earth diked up and stopping water, is
called T hang.
^
] King yin t'hang, The gold and
silver ponda pond mentioned in history.
j Tseent'hang, The Tseen (Chinese copper cash or money) pool ; so
called from a fraud praticed at the building of it. A notice
was issued inviting, persons to. bring clay and stones, promising
a thousand ^ Tseen, for half the quantity which one man
could carry. The poor people came ^J] #F J00 yUn, Like
clouds for number, with loads of clay and stone. The builder
then affirmed that they had brought much more than hewantedi
and the people had no resouce but to throw down their bur
dens and go away, leaving the materials for building in the
possession of the man who had imposed ob them. Jffi ] Keu
fhang, is the name of another famous pond. ,] ^ T'hanghaou, Celery.
T hang, is used in the same sense.
There are a great many epithets applied to ponds, as ^jf; || j
Ch'hun tsaou t'hang, The vernal grass pond, jjy ^ | Chefun thang. The pool of female cosmeticsBowing from the
apartments of the royal palace, and so on.
j Yay t'hang,
A pool in a wilderness.
-fe= K HEO.
High earth- One says, Hard adhesive earth or clay, which
cannot be separated. Read Keaou, Poor stony land. These
three characters^
J|| are the same.
+. Thoo.
X.
32nd Radical.
534
calamity on himself.
-
A #### 1 ###-18
2# #Jin to tse yung sih teih, woo yih seay kung te, Agreat
%
#||
lite, we
A grave or sepulchre.
# |
Hwang-chung, A deserted
# |
T'heen-sih,
'hen-sih, or
1.
when th
by the
itemolf
\in Rut
tow the
the uth
j\ }|| R H E J } %. Thiente
##
KUNG.
I]
# Kung.
kittee
tioned
% |# |
The name of a place. Some write it
| #
# # ###
leli'
PANG.
or stop passengers.
#. # # % |
tirthd
illum
+:
|
tf
up the
Tie w"
+}
SiLI.
F
'''
{{
| # Sih-sih, A disquieted;
# # E] | }|| HH Laou-shoo
called
jR
####, f HH
535
32nd Radical.
Ytii, or Nelh.
tsze, wei kaou-lsze yu6 shan king che ke keen, keajenyung
che urh ching loo; wei keen piih yung, tsih maou sTh che e;
kin maou Th ttze che sin e, Mencius said to Knou-tsze,
when the paths amongst the hills are used, a road is formed
by the constant footsteps of passengers, hulas soon as they
are not frequented, the weeds choke them up; the weeds have
now choked up your heart,remove them by daily study.
$f ] F.-poo-sih, and "f|| ^ | Yew-po sih, are two
phrases applied by the Buddists to eminent persons, who in
Chinese are called ^ -J^ Shen-S7e. Virtuous scholars. ^
Hfl lie
yC ^ I Mii"s tunS V Peen king, wan
yaou sae, In the first month of winter make preparations for
defence on the border ; and strengthen the important passes.
(Le-kirig )
] Kew-sae, Nine important passes mentioned in history.
] Tsze-sae, The red limit. A name
of the well know great wall of China.
^
-j-^
ffi "^j" ^ (A]
Tsiii ch changch'hing t'hoo sih keaetize
jin ming, When Tsin (B. C. 200J built the long city wall, the
earth of which it was made, was all of a red colour, and hence
its name,asgiven above. Its usual name is
||1
Wan-le-chang-ch'hing, The city wall ten thousaud le long. <|>j^
J Fit-sae, Certain utensils for gaming. Occurs in tlie sense
of ^ Sae.
[
jjfjj" Tung sae taou ke, To offer
up the winter prayers and sacrifices. ^ sjjj aj^j ]
Tse wei paou sae yay, To sacrifice is called Paou-sae.
A vulgar form of gjp Tsang, To inter or bury.
"^jb^ K'HLE.
X.
T'hoo
A small hill.
T'HEEN. t
From
T'hoo, Earth, and ^ Chin, giving sound.
Also written ^ thus, from ^rjj HcuS, A cavern or hollow
place ; a. pit. T'heen denotes M
||[ ^
E t'hoo
sih kungyay, To till up a vacant place with earth.
^
|EJ M|
,n,n c',ung cn;1T J'm 3'uS t'heen.
All filling up, or making solid an empty place in the middle,
is in consequence expressed by T'heen.
To fill up a vacant place i to make up a deficiency; to add
to i to pay a debt ; to give a life forfeited to the hiws ; to yield
or flow onward; the sound of a drum; a man's name. Also
read Teen. Head T'hcin, Entirely, completely, fully, abundantly. Severe disease. Read Chin, Fixed; settled;
soothed ; repressed ; a long time. J ^ T'licen-sTh, To close
or shut up. | jj^j T'hcen-mwan.To fill up; to fill entirely.
| j^f jjjrlj 2j? T'heen hwan kwei k'hung, To make up a
loss or deficiency.
| ^ T'heen-chae, To pay a debt,
| ^ T'heen ming, To pay with one's life, the Violation ofthe
laws.
^ 5^ | ^ Teaou chucn t'heen Uing, To carry
bricks and fill up a well.
Wp ^ %h 1 " nc"n'S e t n*en
A & Hi I Jin "" nan mwanLakes and ditches arc easily filled ;
But the heart of man,it is impossible to satisfy.
It is said, that i& ijjlp Yen-tc's daughter (B. C. 5200) was
drowned in the eastern sea, and that she was afterwards trans*
formed into a bird called ^jjjj- |&j Tsing-wei, and which
gradually has ever si nee been carrying away in its bill, the
wood and stones of the western mountains.
j Tjl^
jflj; E t'heen tung hae, To fill up the eastern sea. In
allusion to this tale, it is said, ^ ||j 7jv jfjj ] '/fjfc
Neaou han muh urh t'heen hae, The birds carry in their bills
ivood, and fill up the ocean. $| ^ P$i
AZ.
^ ij^ Tsing-wei han slnh, pc jin die t'hoo laou, The bird
~\- T'hoo.
X.
32nd Radical.
536
Pervious ; passable.
HEUEN.
Same as ^ Heuen, An instrument ofmusic, made ofearth.
Kltt.
JL j$f\ Woo-kih, Strata of and heaped upon each other.
^jj^w TSlJ H. To stop or fill up, to close.
K'HUH.
Unburnt bricks or
CHEN, p j
WOO.
- Chen i
537
32nd Radical.
XI.
T'hoo
a*
PANG.
NE.
Yen.
ELEVEN STROKES.
4T
J^T-hoo.
XI.
32nd Radical.
538
vicious propensities.
^ j How ch'hin, The straces of a
person, left to posterity. /Jj ^ ] Poo how ch'hin,
To walk in the footsteps of an eminent person gone before.
|g |g | Ylb how ch'hin, To view with reverence the
dust (the virtues or works) of ancestors.
j ^
Tew ch'hin keen, A wandering atom glance;expresses
lascivious looks i ogling, side glancs.
\]J^
* Ming
chwang ch'hin, Name ofa certain medicine. jjjffc j
Kan ch'hin heu wang, The root of dust (the senses and
thoughts of the heart) are vain and fallacious ; is the phraseologv of the Buddhist*
^ $ | || BR ^1
M
Jg, Liih kSn che ch'hin, wei yen urh pe, sh8 sin
c, The six roots of dust ; expresses, the eyes, ears, nose, tongue,
heart, and intentions.
^fc 7^
^ | Ho k'he
kwang t'hung k'he ch'hin, Expresses, in the language ofthe sect
Taou, Conformity with the world in its virious manners.
^"F^SIP ^ 1 T'b*ei,-Uze p
yu6 n,uiis
ch'hin, The removal or flight of nn Emperor, is called Mungch'hin.
^ j Yung-ch'hin, Whirling-dust, the name of a
{? S $5 Wo neu te ,mn '"nf>' nincmB S'r'
(who exhibited for the amusement of an ancient king, and)
whose person was extremely light.
jgfc j Hung-ch'hin,
Is a name applied to the wdI known fruit called ^ ^^Lc-che.
] Yen-yuen yue", Foo-Uze poo ylh poo, tseu yTh Iseu, pun
vTh tseoi! ch'hin, Yen-yuen (a disciple of Confucius) said,
when Confucius moves a step (in learning or science) I also
move a slept when he quickens his pace, I also quicken my
pace 1 when he runs, I suddenly lose sight of the dust raised by
Lis tread.
ffjj ^ Tseu* ch'hin urh pun, You
run away from me, so that I cannot even see the dustofyour
footsteps, said when complimenting a person on his rapid
progress.
LOH.
S. C.
called
jM. MEI.
S. C.
Dust, mud.
To dust.
LOW.
T'HWAN.
Sound, conglomerated. Red Chuen, To bum brick.. A brick.
S H W AN G .
SHfcH, or Chrjrr.
A kind of lodge or hall by the door; in ancient times the
room appropriated to the education of children in a family,
A domestic school. An outer apartment in the palace where
ministers meet to arrange and make each other acquainted
with the business with which they are about to advise the
Sovereign ; hence !^L Shuh has always been said to imply ^jjft
Shiih, Being matured, or fully acquainted with. These ante
chambers, lodges, or halls, are on each side of the gate, and are
referred to by the terms east or west, right or left Occurs
once in the sense of ^ Tseih, Disease.
j^f ^ ^ ^
jjjjl /j^j" f$j*
^ | Koo che keaou chay ; t'hang yew
tseang; kea yew shiih, To communicate education in ancient
limes, large collections of people (in villages or country towns)
had schools called Tseang: families had apartments called Shiih.
| T'hang shiih, A public school, also occurs. p^f ^
|
S| ~jl ^ sh kea shiih e ko tsze te, To establish
a family school in order to instruct the sous and brothers (the
children of the family.) It seems also applied to a village school.
luh ti'hlh suy, pcen sung tsac heang shiih tiih shoo, When
(children) reach six or seven years of age, they arc then sent
to the village school to read. 3t j Shoo shiih, A school or
academy. Places. intentcd to be let out at the public exam
ination times, fur the convenience of strangers, are so de
nominated. JL ^1 -J" [JEj | Keu chan yu se shiih,
Prepared a repast at the western lodge.
ZJi
Q^ffc j
Jl 4 =f
] Le-eu p-hing-tan
to ju yew shiih ; lin ch'hang tso yu tso shiih, The Lc-seu
officer, early in the morning sits in the lodge on the ri^ht nide
of the gate, and the head of the village or neighbourhood sits
on the left side lodge. (Tseen-ban-che.)
(Mang-lsze.)
CHAOU.
^ Chaou-yang,. The name of a place.
PAE
m
^ T'hoo.
XI.
32nd Radical.
540
-T PEAOU.
A hillock raited as a mark. It ought to be written iJ~ Peaou.
tso yew j
tso jew che jin hing che ; yew tslh phing che. The ascent to the
Imperial palace had nine steps ; they were divided in the mid
dle into left and right, the left side had the teeth of the steps,
the right side was made a plain surface.
KING.
T CHANG.
A boundary or limit; the fruitier; the utmost verge of
anj territory) Ihe border; the pine: where one livet; the state
>r cor.dition oflife in which one is. From j^Thoo, The ground,
and
King, The final or extreme part.
3t ittl |f0 ^ -tS. Keang fhoo, che Uze urh k>n yay. The
border ground ; arriving at this a person finds his utmost bound.
^ King-keae, is the common phrase for boundary. ^
] ffi ^ Juji king wan kin. Entering the limits (ofanother
tate or province) ask what its prohibitions are;that you
may avoid them.
j Kwei-king, Your honorable
boundary, or place of residence. My place, or province is
expressed by
^ Pe-king, Vile borders.
j ^ King
yu, The borders fallen in with; the stale or condition in
which one's lot is cast. ] :J|| ^ pjj King yu pah t hung,
The lot (or condition of men by birth) is different. jff. j
5j Haou king >u, or J j jjfi King yu haou, Placed in
ood circumstance.. f ffl ^ f ] *g Wo
ch'hoo tlh piih haou king yu, 1 am placi d in an unfavorable
or bad condition. ft gi || ^ jg ] Waechin
che yen piih yui! king. The words of statesmen, away from
court, do not pass over the borders,of the district or pro
vince in which they are placed.; i. e. there authority does not
extend to other districts. ^ ] Pe king, or ||J] |
Lin-king, Boundaries which are adjacent to each oilier.
Jjjj
$h ^JT | Khae le, ch'hlb king, To divide territory aud
arrange or fix limits.
r
R. H.
heIh.
|tsh,.
ofa stair it expressed by |{^*
Kcae che. The teeth of the
stair.
^^
3p Tso U'h h yew p'hing. The left
tide (of the ascent) had steps, the right side was plain.
Hea.
541
CHANG.
S. C.
32nd Radical.
T'hoo
KHAN.
XI.
YUNG.
chIh.
A wall for defence or shelter; a little city; alow wall;
the northern wall ofa hall. To form a mud wall by tying planks
together a;id beating down the earth between them. A palace
of the Genii called A)j Seen. To rhyme, read Yang.
J^J
Seaou cli'hingyuS yung, A little city or wall for
defence, is called Yung.
3pl Mi J Shing k'he yung, To
ascend the city wall. (Yih-king.)
f ^ [Eft
tsung yung, To attack the city Tiling. (She-king.) 3|t j^ ^ 0 1 Chti 11,00
1>eth 3 Uii 3,Ut'S' T beat <,own
earth, and raise a wall is expressed by Yung.
| ^jjj ^
hing yung y;iy, Yung expresses to contain ; that mhich shelters,
shades, or conceals the external appearance.
TEEN.
To put down; to sink. To pay down, or make up a sum of
money. Read Thei, The name of a river ; an
a Been dis
trict in the Province of Fzr-chuen.
~J>
flea
min hwwn tiltn, Tl.e people sunk in confusion amidst the waters
of the Deluge. (Shoo-king )
j E-lccn, A cushion
or kind of portable mattress for sitting on, which the Chinese
carry about with them. J
Teen-tscen.To pay money.
vol. i.
4z
T'hoo. XI.
32nd Radical.
TS'HEANG.
542
moo fei koo yay. In ancient times they did not repair graves ;
and a^ain the removal of graves (removing the coffin from ont
grave to another) was not an ancient usage. (Le-king.) ^jj.
j
Tsang moo te, To contend about the place of in
terment The great preference given to certain situations
leads to frequent litigations about graves.
j
Moo-le,
The limits of a grave. The present law is th.it the limits
shall extend
Tf'hlh ch'hlh. Seven cubits, within which
space no other person has a right to bury.
jj ^ ^j"
p-j
j^j ^ jj^ P'hing yuS mooj fung yue chungi kaou
yuS fun, A level grave is called Moo; the cavity in which
the coffin is enclosed is called Chung; and a high hillock or
mound is called Fun. A northern valley is said to be called
Moo.
^ jjffr | Tse saou fun moo, To sacriflcc at,
and sweep the lombs.
^ it ^ j] ^ $
^[[^^j^^Yu k'he ch'huy new Ue moo ; piih jo
ke t'huo che tae laun, To sacrifice at the tombs with a
slaughtered ox, is not so good, as to give a fowl or a pig to pre
serve a parent alive.
a*^j'jj^J TElH.
LEE.
TP
An ancient form of 'H' Che, see Rad J^Sin, IS str.
KWAN.
An earthy appearance.
543
TWELVE STROKES.
pee.
32nd Radical.
XII.
T'hoo-J^
TSANG.
To add earth to. (Liih-shoo.) To add to j to increase ; to
double i many. j(jp
Kca-ts&ng, To increase the quantity
or number of. Read TsAng, or Tsang, To add abundance.
Residue, having some remaining.
j
jyl
Tsang keen ylh tsze piih tlh, Cannot add to or deduct from, a
single Ictterj said of the Classical books, or in praise of a friend's
composition.
j jjg ^ Kea tsang k'he lae, The
price has risen ; or ^ |j J]fl | Kea tseen kea tsang, The
price is increased.
J
Tsang mae, To add to, or throw
into the bargain ; to give to another one's own share.
^
kea keang lin, kin jlh shay hea, shih fun Using kwang Mi kan,
You, honorable. Sir, in descending this day to my cottage, have
in the highest possible degree incrc ised my glory; have done
me infinite honor.
R ffi^: ft ft M ft K fa
$ It
tt*fttt j*
2**j|T.ft.*if*>*afto
3 '14. 1
jft T fil- T'hen
keans u
jin yu she jin yay, pelh seen k'hoo k'he sin che ; laou k'he kin
kwiih; go k'he te foo, k'hung fa k'he shin hing ; fuh lwan
k'he so we, so e tung sin,jin sing, tsang ylh k'he so piih nltng,
When Heaven is about to confer great duties on such men, it
is necessary first to embitter their hearts and minds ; to subject
their sinews and bones to severe toil, to subject their bodies to
lunger and to poverty, and to throw whatever they do into
c.i TjsioD.it is by these meins their hc.irts are roused.and
T'hoo.
LEAOU.
s. c.
545
K'HWEI.
The part of a fhield which is grasped by the hand.
jR^^Vulgar form of J$ Tae, see under 8 str.
s. c.
ph6.
Same as
^ |jj Jgf
-A. |>/fc
WanS ch'huh wang yay j'm chin chee
p'hS, The king went forth a fugitive, and the country people
gave him a clod for a pillow.
eh,
~ Same as
A grave ; a sepulchre.
iFan-lang, A grave.
^ |j{ ] fg] %L
^jj Tung ks fan keen che tse chay. Those who were sacrificing
amongst the tombs on the eastern suburb of the city. (Mangtsze.) Otherwise written
thus.
Same as }jg K'heS, High land.
Bag*
mIh.
32nd Radical.
XII. T'hoo J~
opening where the black smoke issues forth. Black ink ; a dark
colour; black u ink. One ofthe five Chinese punishments con
sisting in marking the face of a criminal. A measure of five
cubiu. Darkness of countenance. A dark visage. Obscure.
The name of place. A surname. Read Mei, A weak frail ap
pearance. H| J/^MIh hwuy, An ink-like or black kind ofashes
or dust. In the belly of old horses a substance is found which
is called MIh, like a substance called ffij ^ Kow-paoj, doggem; which fable says, is extracted from the moon by dogs which
sleep under moon light. jj|
] ^[p jj^ Yu sze, mlhjoo-ke'en, The tutor of (the famous) Yu, was cnlled Mlh-jookiien.
j jj^ Mlh-tclh, A certain leader of a sect in the
time ofMcncius.
J j|$ Mlh-lin, A person of note during
the Dynasty Ming.
%^ | ^%
Yang-she wei wo, MTh-she keen gae, (The leader Yaou-she,
(or Yang-choo) was only for scl f ; Mth-she for including all
(equally) in his affections.Mcncius considered these as two
extremes. The first he said was, 4jE ^ Woo keun, without
a lord or master; the latter,
^ Woo foo, without a
father ; and hence, he affirmed, their opposite systems put there
equally on a level with the brutes. (M&ng-tsze.)
|
Wan-mTh che jin, A man of letters and ink; a literary
man.
[ Man mlh, Pencils and ink. Han is a poetical
word for pencil.
j Mo m'th, To rub (Chinese) ink.
j 7^ % If
1 # M Ki" ch0 ^ ch,h ' kin
mlh chay Mil, That which approaches rouge is made red;
that which approaches ink, is made blackthis expresses that
men's characters and sentiments are affected by the company
they keep.
Jpt jjjft ] ^ Pelh ko, mlh woo, The pencil
sings, and the ink dances: express the facility with which a
person writes. ^ J Shun mlh, To suck ink; i. e. to wet
the point of the pencil with the tongue.
j LO-mlh,
To' drop ink, i.e. to write.
^
j Liu le m:h, To
shed forth ink as in watering plants; to write with grca t
freedom ; a flow of words.
j P8 mlh, Scattering in u
and ^ j Yew nith; Rambling ink ; are poetical terms (or
sketching pictures more than for writing. ^ Jf)) j |J|J
'g?
Woo hing, mlh, e, fe, kung, ta pelh, The gre
punishments, To brand with ink ; cut off the nose ; to cu( onr
T'hoo.
XII.
3^nd Radical.
546
and put musk into it, which he denominated the dragon com
position. It was otherwise called |jj^J j Yn-mlh, Imperial
ink. In old timet,
j Le-ting-qwei't ink was th
best. The person just now mentioned, Ch'hang-yu't ink, was
the next in quality ; and inferior to that again, was the ink of
Chin-lang.
Kwti yew mlh-mlh urh pilh wei chay, we che yew yay, It it
never the case, that the (Sovereign of) a nation it immersed
in thc darkness and stpidity (of sensual indulgence) without
danger. Occurs in thc sense of
Mlh, Silent.
M
P. $ 1 j
Tshfcen jin chenS n, pub
joo ylh szechegBgii, woo wang g8 g8 e hing. Chow, mlh
mlh e wang, A thousand men's obsequious tones of assent,
are not equal to one good man's straight forward declaration
of the truth. The king Woo (B.C. 1100) by plain (peaking
rose to dominion, whilst Chow by the obsequious silence (of
those about him) perished. (She-kc.)
] | ^
jjj-jj
Mlh mlh pub tlh che, Moping silently, unable to obtain one's
will|
Mill yu, Name of a certain fish. In its vis
cera is a substance of which ink may be made, which at first
(it is said) hat the appearance of common ink; but which in.
two or three months becomes illegible- To prevent imposition
from this cause, when framing contracts, each man occasionally
provides hit own ink1 (1| Mlh than, The name of a
hill, jj^jljj | Koo-mTh, Thc name ofa country. On epitaphs,
the use of the word Mih, implies the censure of corruption
in a magistrate ; and of slander, injurious to virtue and the
virtuous.
TUN.
Ilk *-IX ^a"a"tull> The place, on the river of Canton, denominated by Europeans, The Second-bar. jjlj' | YS tun,
Duck-hillock, is the name ofa place in the same neighbourhood,
at which salt is made. jJQ ] Yen tun, Smoke hillocks;
are hollow brick pyramids, about three or four feet high, placed
all over China at military stations, intended to make signals by
an ascent of smoke.
j Sew tun, The embroidered
547
hillock, is a cushion, a few inches thick, placed on the ground,
on which persons are allowed occasional!/ to sit in the Imperial
TSUN.
|/& 2ffj if Po lo Uan' A E1"* botlle- 70 1 T,ew UunA wineboltle. Considered Ibe satv.e as these three characters ^
^ ^ Tsze-hwuy distinguishes between having -j-T'hoo or
Sze by the side, but the other Dictionaries disapprove of
the remark.
32nd Radical.
Xl7
T'hoo -fc
SHING.
A vessel to contain something. The same as^ Shing.
The same as ife Fun, Exxrementitious matter.
fIjii.
A boundary or limit.
SO, or Sa.
| Sa ii. The noise of something falling,
T'HO.
R. H.
Han kaou-tsoo tsze wang kelh che, hwuy t'heeu ban sze
tsuh t'bo che chay, shS urh san, The first ancestor of the Uan
dynasty (B. C. 189), went in person to attack those (who had
risen in rebellion in the north) where he was overtaken by the
cold weather; which caused the fingers to fall off from two or
three-tenths of his men. (Shc-ke )
^ jflj 1 ^ ^
Che urh t'ho chay pin, The extravagant nod idle will be poor,
^f*
^ 1 ^>"'1 k Ban 'ac ' no> ' ^are not oe ren>iss and
**
i^iMKIK l li
Ch'hun ling, tslb nwau fung lae che, mill kite keae t'ho, In
spring the warm winds arise, and the people feel remiss and
% 1 Tuy t'h0' SlUp'd
idle. Modern copies use frf To'
and idle; weak, feeble.
] Tuy t'ho, To push down.
H|] | Teen-l'ho, To fall over, to push over, to subvert.
jjj^ j ^ Luy keaou t'ho, Tears intermixed fell down.
^ 1 Tsuy t'ho, To be drunk and fall down. ^ |
Yuu t'ho, The clouds descending. ^ J Hwa t'ho, Flowers
falling,
U| ] Tsth t'ho, The cap fell off.
j Yu
t'ho, The moon descending to the horizon.
J Tsth .
t ho, To let fall reprehension. ^ J Sun t'ho, To break
and let fall, or to break by falling.
j Jl| T'ho ma, T or
frll I'rom a horse.
Jj- ^ j T'heen hwa t'ho, Celest liar.
Bowers falling; is said to denote a persuasive eloquence. .n. tse
| Lew jing t'ho, The floating glow worms fail.
J^T'hoo.
XII
32nd Radical.
T HAN.
The name of a place. Alio a kind of earthen tciscI.
^^^iV, TANG.
548
bank i to fend off water. Great; vast. Rend Fun, Fat loamy
oil.
Jt /. 0 1^ |=J [ Tho fne k'ou chaT jat
fun. High spots of earth are called fun.
JiJ^ j5|
-^Jt|^j" |EJ | Fan kaou ta chay keae vu fun. Whatever is lofty
and great is called fun.
2
|E| |g M i % H 9 1 YinS
J" oo;
fung t'hoo wei lung jot fun, The mark or boundary thrown
round a grave is called Moo ; earth reared to form a ridge, is
called Fun.
^| ffij
| K chay moo urh
puh fun, In ancient times there were Moo, but not Fun.
j
^ Fun-moo, A grave, a tomb, a sepulchre. ^ J p4<fun. To worship at tombs, in the Chinese manner.
J
Saou fun, To sweep or repair them.
^ | Hwang fun,
A deserted grave. The same is expressed by |^ j Koo-fun,
An orphan grave ;
J Soo chTh fun, A grave or
mound raised several cubits high ; J|r | Hwang fun, Aa
Imperial grave; 'jfjj* j Koo-fun, An ancient grave. S
^ j Pih neen fun, A grave a hundred years old. Read
Pun, The starting forth or rending of the earth ; the rising like
a blister.
Q %L
jflj ] Kung tsc che le, te fun.
Kung, poured out as an oblation (the poison) on the ground,
and the ground was rent
~_ | San fun, denoting To divide, to separate, or discriminatc, is applied ^Z^^^^MA^^!
San tsae chc fun; t'heen, te, jiu che che. The separation of
the three powers, the commencement of heaven, earth, and
man s which arc the three Tsaepowers or energies. - \
San fun, Also denotes the books of the three Antedcluviaa
king*,
H jjft f| H ^ Fhh-he,|Shin-nung, and
Hwang-le; in this connection, the two words are said to denote,
~J^. jH Ta taOU' Greal principle* or doctrines. ^
J^r
FUN.
A to">; a grave; a hillock; the bank of a stream. A great
549
fairy of Ihe earth, like a sheep; in which sense it it the same as
|j| Fun.
fJ ] Pth-fuu, While loamy soil.
M ]
Hlh fun, Black loamy soil, ^j";
j Cblh cMh fun. Bed
clayey soil. "^f | Joo fun, The bauk of a certain stream.
An ancient form of !f Yay.
Ah
^ame M^HwangiA palace, a foundation
32nd Radical.
An ancient form of
Xlll.
T'hoo
s. c.
'THIRTEEN STROKES.
:j||ga6u.
ijg)
K'HAN.
T'hoo.
XIII.
32nd Radical.
y3(h.
HEAE.
^g^p PEIH.
A wall ; a mud wall i or other military erection for the
purposes of defence ; a rocky precipice. The name of a contcllation. The name of a country.
^
Tteang pelh,
A wall generally.
| iih-peTh, The wall of a house.
j Chaou-pclh, A wall placed opposite the gate of
Ijc Id 1 A Kea th0 p*1"1 le,h"
goTcrnment offices.
A family which possesses nothing but the bare walls ofa house j
a poor family.
Bjj | Keen-pcTh, or JSj|j J KTh-pelh,
A parlition wall.
550
woo, It must have required ten years abstraction from the
world to originate such high intellectual discernment,as
appears in this composition.
^ J Ne pelh, or
^
T'hoo peTh, A mud wall.
fj" j Chiib peTh, A wall or
Tence made of bamboos, jjffl | Chfh pelh, The name of
a place in Keang-nan, where <^ j| Tsaou-tsaou, a famous
general in the third century was defeated.
~Jfa ^
f$
EJ | F,n ,1,lh J*e c^e l"''1.eilou kS ke,e yuS P*1"'
All rocky banks which are abrupt and precipitous, Bre called
Peth.
|g ] Fiih pelh, A double wall. Jjg j Tleilji
peth, and |& ] Yun peTh, A lofty wall.
ffi j
jjg
Po pelh fei t&ng, The wall rent and flew up into the air,refers
to a lale of Jj|
Ch'hang-sang-yaou, who painted four
dragons on the walls of a temple, but did not
Teen
tsing) add the life-giving dot to the eyes, affirming, that if he
were to do to, they would instantly fly away. People thought it
nonsense, he therefore did dot the eye of one, and in a moment
thunder and lightning burst lo'fth, in the midst of which the
wall and dragon ascended to heaven. jjjtj j Tseaou-pelh,
A pepper wall, refering to a room said to have been made by a
certain queen.
j Fun ptlh, A white-washed wall.
"j Ts'heaou pclh, and Jj|b j Yae.peih, A lofty precipitou*
wall, or a wall-like precipice.
J Seen-pelh, A moss
grswn waH.
j|| | Chin-pelh, A dusty wall. ^ jf| Sun ch'huen pelh, A wall pierced through with the
speading roots of the young bambooj]^L J Tang
yang peih, A lamp-illumined wall.
4* zj^fj ] Ts'heenjin
pelh, A wall a thousand times seven cubits high. ^ ]
Tung-pelh, The name ofone of the Chinese 28 Constellations,
T'HEEN.
551
Same as
Sameas
tain
see above.
32nd Radical.
XII I.
T'hoo
YUNG, or Yung.
R. H.
K'han-k'ho, VeTy irregular, ill-managed, unprosperous.
KEO.
ff^
jfiQ
*u uc i'han' *
-J- T'hoo.
XIII.
32nd Radical.
552
fbeen jay, Lit up the wood upon the great altar to sacrifice
toHeaven.
[ $ # | _fc. ft #56^^
jj^ Tselh chae yu Than shang; kea sang juh yu chae shang ;
ae leaou chc, ree k'he ta yu fbeen ; tsze tie t heen che le
jay, Pile wood upon the altar, on the wood lay victims and
precious lionet, then put fire ti ereto, and cauie the
moke to aiccnd to heaven ; this constitutes the rile of sacrificing to Heaven.
| Tae-tan, ii a round hillock or
altar ; the word Tae, Great, is applied to skew respect to it.
(Le-king.) The altar on which they sacrificed to the earth
was square.
^ ^ K'han-fhan, Was an altar on which
they sacrificed to the four points of the compass-; the sun and
moon, heat and cold ; the stars, clouds, hills, groves; all spirits
and princes;those who had lost their territory had no sacri
fices off red to them.
\h )\\ \ Slian chuen t han, The
altars of the hills and rivers. jgt ^ j Shay tselh fhan,
Altars to the gods of the land and of the grain.
^
1 K'heu fhcaou wci fhan, When ancestors arc remote, they
are not worshipped at their appropriate hall or temple, but an
altar i. erected to them.
A 1^ jj& JjlJ
31 | ^
&k Yuen ineaou p* she tsoo, tslh tseen
yu t han, yew taou ts^h tse, The service at the temples of
ancestors so remote as eight generations, are removed to an
altar; when prayers.arc to be made, sacrifices also are offered.
(Le-king.) gjgJtfS jjltL I iKhekwangUang
choosze t'han chang, He increased the size of all the altars
for sacrifice. ^ =ff glj jfe ] Ming she tslh klh fhan,
When oaths or vows.are taken, an altar is erected,
4yt |
Chuh-l han, To erect an altar.
jg |* |f] ^ jfc ^
j -KwB keun chaou hwuy ylh she fhan. The sovereign of
a country assembling with other princes at hi* court, also
appoints, or erects an arena or appropriate place. When
the more powerful goes to the inferior prince, a fhan was
prepared ; when the inferior went to the greater, he was receiv
ed.
^
Kow shay, In any sort ofordinary apartment.
When great commanders of armies and ministers ofstate were
appointed, and made their prostrations, a T'han was creeled ;
hence, ^ ] ^ jjg Tang t han pae seang, A minister
who has ascended the arena ;been fully installed. pj^ j
LAN.
sf^p |
s. c.
The escape of a prisoner ; a prisoner's making his escape.
K'HEU.
32nd Radical.
553
FOURTEEN STROKES.
CHIH.
s. c.
XIV.
T'hoo
n
m
&L W A
M 'M ^ 0
1 Gan benen nae 1 ho k he> p"h Wie*
che wiih, koo she suh che jin kwan lung heu keaou chay, ju6
lung heuen, As the heuen is an earthen utensil, and not a strong
material; hence in familiar language, when pointing to a man
who is in the habit of playing hollow brittle tricks, it is said, he
plays the Heuen. Read Heun, A certain vessel for containing
rice.
YU. A high and level space. An erroneous character.
jV3^jt> Same as
tE> HAN.
he.
J
Lan.
Haa-
tol. i.
T'hoo.
XIV.
32nd Radical.
554
cho fhoo, koo tsung t'hoo ; Chow wSn Uung yuh, The signet
it that which gives sovereignty over territory, and hence com
pounded of the character Earth i in Chow's mode of writing, it
was derived from Yuh, A precious stone.
| Tae-se,
A man's name.
"Tie K'HEEN.
S. C.
Dust. ^ : g
Y,h
che hwan
rhiih. The foul obscurity occasioned by the dust of carriages
rushing forth.
|^J jjjg if jjjg | Yew ne hwa king gae,
The dark mud was converted into light dust. "JT j
Piih gae shwfiy, Pure water. Also read K'hae, abbreviated
thus Jj&. Vulgarly written thus
Same as ^ Tseu, see under 8 strokes.
YA.
14
To throw down, as a wall ; to crush j to suppress; to keep
steady and settled ; to oppress ; to goad ; to depress ; to humble ;
to keep downj to subject. To stop or fill up by supplying
what is deficient. Read YiS, To subject; to cause to unite.
Read Nee, To feel with one finger, as wheu feeling the pulse.
555
I
LEE.
S. C.
TAOU.
of
A high-mound of earth ; earth raised up as a defence.
Sypommoui with .these three characters
^ ffi^
HAOU.
32nd Radical.
XV.
T'hoo -J^
Sin, J 5 str
The ditch outside a city wall. ,TheA surname. The pronunciation of which is not known.
name of a place.
Same as
jgg* LLJY.
bame as ^ T'hoo, A road.
itit
T'hoo loo shTh nan, The road or path was rough and difficult.
MUNG.
-J^T'hoo.
A rampart; a parapet.
556
KHWANG.
S. C.
MEEN.
SIXTEEN STROKES.
32nd Radical.
557
YEN-
laav or passage,
jp Jj@j Poo-yen, Long (light of steps.
$\ Jl ^ 1 Keiihuh poo yen, Winding or intricate rooms
and a long flight of steps.
T'HAN.
XVI.
Tan chc wac meen p'hing te wei tan, tselh ch'hang yay ;
tan peen te juen wei jaou chay, wei wei, The level ground
outside the altar, is the shen (that is a level area); by the side
of the altar, a low wall or dike surrounding it, is the Wei.
^ f^fc ] Wang che shay wei, The wall surrounding
the king's altars, to the gods of the land.
j ^ TVi kunt,
A house or mansion made of such an earthen wall at fins been
described.
name of a-nill.
jg j* jlj
HWAE.
To spoil; to injure; to go to ruin of its own accord, o.J 8
Verb Intransitive. Read Kwae, To spoil; to injure ; to break;
to ruin ; to destroy, as a Verb Active. The name of a hill.
Faded, as a disc ~A tree, or to cast off, as it drops its branches.
To rhyme, read Hj Tne first, sense, the Chinese express by
ijijjj
T ho pae, BrsKrn ondL ruined, or by j|j
Tsze
hwuy, Self ruined. The Transit"** w Miv s*ni.they express
b?lx^lHwuych:'ToruiniL
H&ifrJ
Jt H'J "i^f
Fan wah p"h Ui"
arh hwu* che
tsih koo hwae tscS, Every thing which is not self spoiled, and
another thing destroys it, then the syllablic spelling is K-oo
H wae, i. e. Kwac. Ufa g j ||j ^ <j*
Willi Iste
pae, tsih hoo-kwae tslS, If i e ih ng is e.f ^ icd, i .en it is
Hoo-kwae in the < nW c i; I n? , H a -? is <li. .ctiuii
is not i.lw.> H ired to, .Ch itg UiC-ili'iiig. rejects iU
vol I.
^ |
5^ ffl
^TseTbyungw.oche;
LJ>
(She-king!)
LUNG.
A grave ; a high place in the midst of a field. In
some of the Province -, the husbandman inter in their own fields.
R.-ad also Lung.
j
j ^ Te kan che k hew
lung, The rrave (or b.Ibik over the gravs) of Pe-kan,a
person lamous iu Cu MM l.is'.ory. (S Y.cw ofC.inj, page 54.)
T'hoo.
XVII.
32nd Radical.
558
Read KwH.
Kwb-twan, and ^ ^fjf Lew-sha,
ffl ^ Chung-kw3-ming,) were names of China; the
last one in the time of the Chinese Deluge.
An ancieut form of |^ Juy, see llad. ^ Yew.
LAE.
K'HEd.
An ancient form of
LEIH.
HE, or Kwci.
559
enjoyment of the black haired people, under the Emperor
Yaou. Their song is said to have been,
"j $j fjjj ff: Jlh ch'buh urh tso,
32nd Radical.
XX.
T'hoo
BAH J&jja-.
li $ iTn
TS AN.
T'HA.
CHE, or S'he.
Mcen.
YEN.
T'hoo.
XXXVI.
32nd Radical.
Original form of
560
nun
EBB) LUY. Thunder issuing from the earth.
One says, An old form of
Liiy.
High, eminent.
K'HEAOU.
YUNG.
m & us n
1%
m % u m i
Shing gae gac, urh hwae kaou k'hew he!
Tow.tsow urh sze kew fung j
Dust,
l he same as H Chin.
561
THIRTY-THIRD
- | SZE, or Shi
From Tin, one, the commencement of numbers, and Shlh
ten, a perfect number. A learned man , a scholar, one who
devotes hit mind to the study <>f moral duties chiefly ; one
who it complete ; an appellative of men generally, and of
aoldiert ; a general term for officer! of the government.
Name of a district. Chiug sze |=gjf ^ a scholar or man of
talent, had in request by the Sovereign; the e|itnph ofTaou
t,ing tteiS JJjjJ jj*
an arecnnplished and independant
tcholar of the fifth century. He5 sze J|l ^ a learned man,
a title of office at court He* pan ta hc8 sze "j^ |J| ^
^ | title of the fifth and sixth ministers of state: the
four first are called Ta-hcB-ne. Kef tie
j or Tseun tie
^* j eminent and virli'out scholars.
Tsac tze ^' j
a man of geniut and learning, commonly without virtue.
Ttaou tze J^r ^ or Scuen sze jljSj } or Tteu tze JJjJ
j to make or tefocf a tcholar, expresses the act of confering degrees by the Emperor.
Shoo kelh sze ff jij j
a graduate of the Ha-lin rank, but without office.
Sew sze
^ same at Sew tiae ~<fij
lowest title of literary gra
duates. Sheri sze
^ a good man.
They divide the occupations of mankind into four classes;
lit. Sze, nnng, kung, shang, J j|J j j&j the learned,
hutbandmeu, mechanics, and merchants ; and hence the say
ing, Sze, wci sze min che show ] ^
Jjfi
the learned profession is the head-most (or the first) of the
four occupations of men Taou sze
^ a priest ofthe sect
Taou. Joo sze
| or Sze ttze j
men of the learned
professions generally. Sze lin ] fy\ a forest of scholars,
vol. i.
It
RADICAL.
^ JIN.
CHWANG.
Yft
ij
at
Large; great; strong ; robntt ; to strengthen. Affluent;
abundant. An epithet of the eighth moon. The age of
thirty ; manhood ; strong hairs upon the forehead. To woundTo cauterize a place, is, in medical language, called Chwang.
A surname.
Win chwang
J a kind of armed police
or militia. Xe chwang ^ j boldness, fortitude, firm,
undaunted. Klh chwang jjjjf ^ over-powering force.
Chwang ft 1 Jj{^ fat and strong. Chwang che \ ^
tfcsze.
IX.
33rd Radical.
562
or Chwang sin ^
firmness and itrength of mind. Chwang
keen |
strong, robust. Chwang ne'en |
the yean
of manhood. Chwang pei j Jj^ one of five sorts of pearl
hell. Chwang sze j
strong able bodied men or sol
dier!. Chwang shing 1
the exuberance of itrength ,
high health ; vigorous strength. Chwang ting j "J* young
men above sixteen years of age.
7
Ancient form of
King.
"^V* YIH.
SIX STROKES.
CHOO.
From tjl Che, fa budforth, and a center, or other sacred
vessel; implying that the thing contained in the vessel reaches
above its top, and is apparent i hence the sense of this charac
ter ; a band of music standing up and shewing themielvei.
This definition is denied by Ching-tsze-tung, which affirms
that | Choo, ii an erroneous form of jgf Ke, How.
KLE.
Same as
The head leaning on one .de ; or the head inverted.
This sense is controverted y Ching-tsze-tung.
HOO. *
Designed to represent the form of the vessel intended with
its lid or cover. A bottle, or pot, as for wine, lea, and so on.
Name of an office j name of a place j and of a hill. A surname.
from
YUN.
From bottle, and |^| Heung, something falling i to the
midst of a pit.
Confined vapour i steam nut permitted
to expand.
563
/
SE.
From a $cho!ar and a man o/" talent. A superior;, the
person who is one's daughter's superior; daughter's- husband
is called Se by her father ; a wife also uses the same appellation
for her husband. In reference to this and similar appellations,
different usnges prevail in different parts of Chins. Ncu se san
chaou hwuy rnun
\
$f\ I?l i"j a dauShter wi,h
her newly married husband on the third morning after mar
riage, returns (from her husband's house) to visit her parents.
Ne tclh neu se lian haou
fyh
| /Jf^^ your daugh
ter's husband is a Tery excellent person.
Cngse|pj ]
a father and his son-in-law. Ko seuen tsth ta wei long
chwang^pT^Jf
1 he is worthy to
be selected as a son-in-law. Fan shdh tung chwang,. keu
wei pwan tsac
J|
jfe -jl ^ 1J2 ^ all who are
good sons-in-law, are considered half tout. He'en se yug
kw. e se J| j rj ^ J a virtuous son-in-law is called
a pleasant son.
KWAN.
A path in the ladies apartments of the palace. Kwei kwln
^ ^ a virluoui accnipn'-'hed woman.
MANG.
A pcrsou's name mentioned in the San-kwS
narrative-
jaJ SHOW.
Sze. -j^
^ Che.
III.
34th Radical.
Ancient form of
Hea, Summer.
554
HWAN.
Same as j Tae.
TSUN, orTs'hun.
Ancient form of
Yih.
THIRTY-FOURTH
CHE.
The lower part of the character it intended to represent a
man's legt pacing along with a alow ttep. To drag onc'a
legs after one sluggishly ; to walk in a composed steady manner.
To approach from behind ; supposed to resemble the two
legs of a man, with something pushing onward from behind ;
to walk slowly. Distinguished from the following Radical by
the transverse line commencing outside on the left hand.
RADICAL.
% K0-
35lh Radical.
563
Same as
FUNG.
LUNG.
HeS, To learn.
V.
Shwuy ^
Abundant; plenty.
HAE, or Kee.
THIRTY-FIFTH
RADICAL.
jgC PUH.
Reileratrd PiSh P8h, The appearance of walking.
^^-^ Ancient form of
From ^ Che, Te walk and
and pass ovit.
FOUR STROKES.
TSEUN, or Tsun.
From
Yun, To trust or rely on, and
vol.. i.
5k
Siiy, To drag
To ascend
^ Shwfiy.
VIII.
35th Radical.
FUH.
To walk in the old road ; to purine the former path.
TSUNG, orTsung.
To draw up the feet as bird in flying ; certain ornnmfnt.il
trapping Tor a Wie'f head. The name of an ancient stale.
TSO.
To kneel awkwardly when performing obeisance. One
yi, To kneel, but not to the ground. A perton'i clothes
pread out in an awkward manner.
HEA.
Summer, the second of the four MMoni ; the lime when
nature expands freely. Name of an ancient Chinese dynasty.
Name of a lake. The nine Hea, are nine times played at
court on great rejoicing!. A large hoosc. A large vessel
used in temples, variegated with the five colours. Read Kea,
The name of a place, and ofa wood. Alio rend Ho. Le h hea
1p* ] a term. May 7th, or when the nun eu'.ers the IS' of y
Taurus. Hwa hea ip | a name of China. Heache \ ^
the summer solstice. Hea chaou j ^ the dyna>ty Hea.
Hea teen j
summer season. Hea jlh ko wei ^ ^
pj |Ji ' a summer's day is to tie dreaded ' on account of it< heat
Wo gae hea jib chang ^ ti^t ] Q
' I love a long sum
mer'! day * Theie two stutences are applied to holding office!
in the lUte, tbey are at once deairable and to be dreaded.
566
Hea ^ and Tioo
were two imtruments ofcorrec
tion uird in ichools in ancient times ; the first of a round, and
the other of a square figure. Hea e kTh j
cji occurs
in the She-king, the sense is not clear to the Chinese, they
suppose it meansnet to yield to selfish feelings. Hea oh
| jf|l a large eating vessel. (Shoo-king.) Luy hea ^ j
the name of a place. (Shoo-king.) Hea telh J ^ name of
a variegated species of pheasant. Wo keu hea ^ ^ j
my little China. (Shoo-king.)
Hea koo tsaou j
J?^l ' summer rotten grass , * a
sm II herbaceous plant, with a chaff) hairy spike of laMate
flowers.
Hea tiaou tung chung j ^jS
rjj ' in suin>
mer plant, in winter a worm.' Also culled Tung chung
hea Isaou
j ipf ' a winter worm and summer plant 4"
a caterpillar with an elongation at the head, altogether
about two inches lorg.
(Tide Rees' Cyclopedia, under
IliastualomichOHi and Planlc Per.) Hea poo j
' summer ttotl' a species of white linen cloth worn by the
Chinese in summer. Hea keiih ] j name of a plant.
Hea hern '| Jjlji a district in Sbau-se, N. I ... t. 4b' T.
Heaylhhccu j S /If* a district m Ho-nan Province, V.
Lat. SI' to
Hei tsin heen 'j ^j? J| a district in Shan-lung, N. Lat.
Si*. 51 Ilea how-tun |
'jiy a person who lived during
thc&n-tieo When a hoy of fourteen, some one issuited his preceptor, for which he killed the offender. He
became a general in the army, and was remarkable for his
munificence.
Hen-how-ying ^
^ name of a person
wl.o lived during the Hail Dynasty.
EIGHT STROKES.
Same as
Heen,
567
35th Radical.
XVII.
Shwuy ^
FUH.
To walk in the old path or road ; to go the tame way
as before ; to do over again. Now written
Pah. Synominoui with ja< Ftth, and ff Fob.
To overcome; to surpass.
TSEUN.
Leather breeches for hunting in ; ioft leather.
CHOW.
Ancient form of JB Hear Summer.
Name of an instrument uied in husbandry.
at
Original form of $ Nafin.
To walk away ; to go off.
HEUEN.
To endeaTnur, or to seek to obtain. Alio read Hing,
To scheme to plot. Distant i remote. A surname.
Hwia, Relating to marriage.
KWEI.
The appearance of respect and awe ; strange
niacal appearances, laid to resemble a dragon with one
foot i monstrosities from wood or atone ; name of an
ancient nation, of a plant, and ol a stall sman. In the Se
cond part of this Dictionary, the character' ^ Kwci is incor
rectly formed.
56S
THIRTY-SIXTH
RADICAL.
WAE.
9 *'
?
f
O
Half of the moon appearing al luniet ; the evening. The
evening of Ihe day; of the month, or of the year, lo each
there Is a peculiar epithet The name ..fun office , of a place,
nd of a hill. A mrname. Inclined, tt right angle*. Selh
"h,h 1 fr? " hou,e not nt riBht *nSleChaou telh j^j
j morning and evening.
Ting kcun yTh eth hwa, shing tnh ihTh neen hon
jf*
-* I nit 3 II: "t*
to li,ten to lhe con"
venation of a wise and good man for me evening, ii better
than rearing books for lea years. Tan selh Ej^ ] ' morning
evening'denotes being near at hand ; imminent ; impendent,
as, f3^/ff3 j Ming tsae tan sell), Life in in miaeot danger.
Tielh eth
1 the seventh evening of the seventh
moon,a Chinese holiday. It is said tint Chik-neu ^{j
the semst.es*, (a Lyras, Wegn) was the grandchild of liente
?C "fj)* tne Emperor ofheaven, and he promised her in marriage
to New-lang -4- ^[J a >tnr in the constellation of Capri
corn. After Ihe marriage of these two divine stars, New.
lung repudiated Chlk-neu, and the Ruler of heaven in anger
recalled his grandchild to her former place on the east side
of the river of heiven (the milky way), forever after permit,
ing Ihem to meet only on the 7th evening of the 7th moon.
About A. D. 745, the ladies of the palace in China, introduc.d
the wurahip of the semstress, tod iriei to thread a needle
behind their bucks; she who was successful, obtained Ihe
happy influences of the star, and increased in skill in needle
work. Now, on the 7th evening, Kea kea chuen kelh keaou
che chin ^ ^ ^
the female* of every
house (in China) thus thread the needle, and pray for skill in
sewing.
Radical.
569
V.
Seth
Original form
ffl^
fit
)%
TO.
The character evening repealed. Evening after evening,
hence the id Many ; much. Used also in a comparative sense.
Wore i to crave fur more ; to add more. A term of commen
dation. A surname. KetoJ^ ^ how much ? how many .'
0 to Jfjjf j a familiar term for father. Tae to y^. ^ or
Kwo to
^ an excessive quantity or number. To che
1 kO. ' mucn '1'mi *" lo Praise anc' "a,ler him. To
chung j . i|j heavier. To keen j Jjjf to have seen
much. To ta neen ke |
4T.
what is your age ?
To sze |
busy, officious, meddlesome. To shaou J y/
or To kwa j l^j- many or few ; i. e. how many? To yen
^ TH" much talk; loquacity,one of the seven reasons
which justify divorce.
Heu to g^p ^ a great many j or a
great deal. To sang sze twan j /J: |p ijjjjj productive of
a great many troublesome circumstances, Haou sze to wei
"fjfr ipe \
fond of interfering and being busy. To to
jTh shen ^ | -nfl ^ yerv advantageous to virtue. Yew
to ta pn n been /^J ^ "Jv^
what quantity of capital )
Fun shaou le to ^ Ajf jfl] j a small capital and large
profit Pith die teen jew to kaou, te yew to how
^jj]
J^j 1 IrlJ fife -fi 1 /P kDOW not ,h; height of heaven
nor the width of the earth j ignorant, inexperienced.
ht i.
YAY.
ft
The tun gone rfoit n frelotc iAe horizon. Night. Name'of
a kingdom. A surname. Kin yay ^ ^ lo night, TsS yay
Ij^ j last night. Ming jay P^j | to-morrow night.
Pwan yay 4- ^ midnight.
Woo fun jTh yay fa tsin ^ ^ H 1 f 3
proceeded on the journey whether by night or day. Yay kcu
ming lae ^ ^ fjjij /jjj as night goes day comes. Hlh yay
!?! ] dark night. Yay tsing. ] jjjy the stillness of night.
Yin keun sing yay lae tj| j|f ^ ^ ^ led the army by
the stars of night ; i. e. by starlight; during the night. Yay
hing too chuen |
jjjjif jffe a passage boat that keeps on
her course during the night. Chang jaj shwfiy p8h cho ^
I R'ii
/jjf llnaulc to sleep all the livelong night.
Show yuy ^jl j to watch at night. Y.iy how yaou fang tslh
\ $i ^ $3 $M ''fter "'stlt comes 0" il '* necessary lo
guard against thieves. Yay hing pa fan jay j ^j
| in walking ubout at night, there is danger of violating
the patrol regulations.
Kung US die jin Iso jay kung
T. jfe ~y A {j^ I Tj mechanics do night work. Mei
yayjootsze^r \ j^p
every night thus. Yay tan suy
| fifp
'evening conversations, recorded at dif
ferent times;'Ihe title of a story book, sometimes in six, also
in eifht, and id twelve volumes. The second character occurs
written jjj^ Tan.
Yay Is tung ^ J[pJ the grotto of noc
turnal delight, the name of a place on the Lo-fow-shan
'fi'- jlj ' the province of Canton.
Naturalproducliont mentioned in the
Yay kwaug miJh |
tpSj Pun-tiaou.
Selh. .XI.
36th Radical
570
fatigably diligent during the evening aod night.
original form of
Suh.
^jl* TAN.
Many, much.
The
Common form of
J2|^ K HOW.
1 2fc 0r Y,J n,i"f cho 1 ^
the Carbuncle. Yay
lao heang |
Jt- Pcrgularia Oduratissima.
Yay shin
] ffc Ute at night
TSING.
From /renin* and to frtJnee; also written evening and
Ur, thus
Tsing. A clear sUrlight evening; clear
CHEN.
Much, abundant.
Jfa YIN.
K'HE,
Le.
Much, or many.
a
Ancient form of
NO.
Yay, Night
^j^j^ ^AE.
Much, or many.
V
SUB. Much, or many.
MUNG.
to gray Mi f; to continue inde-
57 I
# TV
Mung chaou
| *
'k.
--
86th Radical.
XI.
seh 27
l #
sleep.
(ES.
# |
conversation is represented.
## l
5th, He
#|
a happy
a fearful dream.
/\ # |
j- R # . | }}: the
that which
is
| # H R W] # a visionary
mung.
leans peth # # 9 # | # # J R #
# -f Z
To dream of the
he
mung weiho.
further,
). | Hy #! | fil
chen wo mung;
# a prognostic of a
or
Mung mei
#% | drcams that
mung # ]
2d, Ke
H # pff #. % %] f |
mung
mung # |
a vernal dream, a
;:
6th, Keu
+ X. j# a prognostic of a
to assist me.
Seth.
XV.
36th Radical^
YIN.
Respect; reverence ; veneration. To advance ;con..nued
,_jccession i remote; distant Name of a stream. Ta kan Ms
^J" ffi !$ or Yin vuen ]
to '"" t promotion bj
every pof>,e means; to intrigue. Yin yuen ^ jfe the
influence produced by bribery. Tseang tseen chBh 18 yui!
Yin-yuen 7$
% ft |EJ 1 ^ to bribe people to do
what one direct* them, is expressed by Yin-yuen. In the Royal
Society's Manuscript Dictionary, Yin-yuen is defined thus, Per
fas, et nefa, sibi superiores gradus procurare. Tung yin
^ orYinte ] ^ fellow officers.
In the Ylh-king, occurs denoting the Loins or back.
572
any thine;. Many persons forming a group ; a party ; a banditti,
persons of the same origin and of the same pursuits , partners
in the same mercantile concern. Ke ho ^& j how many r
Hoke I Sj- a partner i a comrade; a companion ; a person,
who enters into the same schemes or plans. Ho tang j 2[
a junta ; a cabal ; men combined for some secret design. Ho
taou ^
banditti of robbers or pirates. HS ho tso singe
1
'*fc /f> lo Decome Part,iers in Iride. Rung
c[|u* show ho sing ming |lfc jjj ^ ] jfll
to tell in
evidence the name and surname of the head, accomplice, or
ringleader- Ta ho ^J" j to join in some partnership ; to
form into a society , to form a party.
Ho pwan j ^Ji
a partner 1 a comrade. Ho cha ig j ^ the head partner ,the leading associate,applied lo the mates of merchant vessels.
Tso sing e telh ho ke ^ ^ |f tft
gf- trading
partner; a fellow workman. Tung kae teen teih ho ke JgJ
)|Jf
1 ^if" a Prlner "w^itla whom one opens shop.
Tso tsih telh ho ke jj^jj^ fy \ g^ to be a partner with
thieves.
Many, much.
f LOW.
Many, much.
573
THIRTY-SEVENTH
RADICAL.
land*. eVwhich the geomincer pronounces indicative of prosP'-ivity, Tn tnze ^ ~~f~* a great scholar; an en inent man.
Ta hwang te ^ ^ ijg! the great Emperor ; viz. the Em
peror of China. Hwang te ling ta
"Jj^ J the ".nv
pcror is the greatestpersonage on earth. KeTh ta S j
and Che ta
J the grease.t
Ta sze j J|j great
affair; generally used as an expression of admiration- or alarm.
Ta fangjin wuh |
^ t^J a man ofessla ged and liberal
principles; the opposite of ^ Jj Ta fang, applied to persons
is /J^ 5jj Seaou ke, a tmaU veuel , a narrow minded petulant
man T.i wei jin ching ta jfa |S, \ j | be is a truly
correct and a^ood man. Mae Uih heoc tsze, maou tsze too
* H
tS -f
^ I lhe ,boe,,,,d
cap which were bought are all too large. Tsae miih ta kwo
ta tilh^lj. -/^ |
(j^ fj<J there is no other greater
than it, or his.
Ta tseen Jlh ^ "gj1 | the day preceding that before yes
terday, or three daysago. Ta how jlh ] ^ ^ !<* day*
hence. Ta pae cha> g | ^ ^ or Ta pae la chang ^ ^
^
v" pl -ndil; showy or pomfous. Haou ta leen
meenflj | ffifc ^ a very gre t fire, very respectable;
sometime* used ironical'*, meaning its opposite. Leaeg ta
seaou ^ | /j\ ' two, a gre t and a sma'l ;' i. e. a wife and a
concubine. Ta i e'en |
'great years,' i. e far advanced in
life, aged. Ta p5h seang tu g | /^n /|^J |fij very dissimi
lar; vi-ry different ; very iinKke ; this expression often imp'i.s
in comcariaou uarte , a , Ki . i.e'rn sing e pe warg i.e'eu ta
pdb aemg lung ^ % /.f g ^ ^ ^ | ^ ffi
fpj this year trade is much worse than in former yean,
Kw e kaou chaeg tu
] 'make haste and grow
tall and become a man', s :id lo children, as a wish from parents.
Ta taou | jj| a great road, a bijjli v.ay ; a wide pain; or, ia
Ta.
37th Radical.
574
quorice root Tatsaon ^ ^ fruit ofaRhamnuts looks like
a prune or french plum ;well tasted.
Ta yuen j Jj^}
black root of a tree; a drug.
Ta tnng j pjj a trumpet, with a cylindrical end. about
18 inches long; and a sliding tube at the small end, applied
to the mouth. Ta pt ^ jgg large cymbals. Ta tow tsae
1 Sft 3|v or Chin tsae j
a species of turnip with
the stem and leaves preserved in salt. Ta tsing lung 1
~j- ^ a species of libellula of a large size. Ta tsing lKh j
pf"
a ',1rSe Sre-"
Peir'j ,nai' ,ne"Plants described in the Kwan Itemfang poo jjj^
a Chinese Botanical mark.
yj Ft
Ta ma j Jjjjj^ hemp.
Ta ma jin j J|j|i ^zl hemp
seed. Tafiihtsze ^ ^
the large bellied seed. Ta ling
tow
4~| 2 tne 'arSe efficacious pea. Ta ihlh kwj shoo
j IM M the In,,ian tree.
The following are names of articles in the Materia Medico,
takenfromJhe tJtJ
^ g /"an ttaoukang mUh.
Tachung chang |
^ large insect staff. Ta hoo tang
1 tft ffy- lilrSe S"r<1 tendrils. Ta hwang fung | jj^
large wa.pi. Ta ke j jjlijj the large kc plant. Ta
keiih ^ 3^ the large chrysanthemum indienm. Ta koo j
|* the large bitter. Ta kung ] 2j? the large hollow.
Ta Un ^
a species of Ependendrum Ta le .ou j
the large acrid plant. Ta lcih tsze j
^ ihs large
strong seed. Ta Ifih j fjr^ the deep green. Ta mTh j
^ large wheat (barley.)
Ta mTh mei '| ^
the
large barley moss. Ta ne j
great mud. Tu pe'eu j
the great convenience; to ease nature by stool ; excre
ments. Ta shih ] ^? a large mansion. Ta shTh ^ ijgj
the great occurrence. Ta swan ^ ^ large leeks. Tatow
\ $3* 'Jrgc Plse- Ta tow hwang kcuen | jva^ yjj"
large pulse yellow curl. Ta tow she J t~j g the large
pulse condiment. Ta tseth ^
the large spear plant. Ta
lsew j tjC^T the great approach. Ta tseaou ^
large
pepper. Ta tsih j
large marsh. Ta Ise j ^ the
large tse plant. Ta tsze woo j ^
the large rough
headed crow. Ta yi lclh |
the large leaved leth
575
wood. Ta yen lung J |j|
curcat.
Names ofplacet.
Ta ching he'en ] ^
in the province of Chih-le
N. Lat 36. 44. Ta chiih been ] /jvj ^ in tlie province
of Szc-chuen, N. Lat. 30. 44. west ofPeking 9. Ta ylh he'en ]
pa
near the last mentioned place. Ta hing he'en j
one of the district* in which Peking is situated. Ta
le heen ]
districts in Se-gan province. Ta le foe
1 S Jfl" ',n Yun-nan province, N. Lat. S5. 44. W. of
Peking, 11.13. Ta ming foo 1
jfy in CMh-lc province.
N. Lat. 36, SI; W. 1. 7. Ta ming heen J ^.^in
the last mentioned Foo district. Ta-ning-he'en 1 ^
in Shan-se province, N. Lat. 36. 30.
There is
another place of the same name in Sze-rhuen province, N.
Lat 31. 40 W. of Peking 7. Ta pno heen | j^j ^ in
the province of Kwang tnng, N. 84. 40. Ta jay heen
1
Wi ln """"P1" P">'"e. N. Lat. 30. S ; W. of
Peking, 1. 30. Ta teen heen | ffj
in FBh keen
province, N. Lat. 85. 38. -Ta yu heen | J ffi near the
Mci-ling mountain (which is otherwise called Ta-yu) on
the side of Keang-se province, in the district Nan-gan-foo.
Ta ting chow | jjr yjj] in Kwei-chow province, N. Lat.
27. 4. W. of Peking. 10. 56. Ta tsoh heen ] Jjj? )g|
in Sze chuen province, N. Lat. 29. 51. Ta tung he'en ^
in Kan-siih province. Ta-tnng-foo j |p] Jj^p in
Shan-se province, N. Lat. 40. 6. W. 3. 12. Included in
this district is a Heen of the same name j i. c. Ta-tung-he'en.
Ta yaou heen j 'J^|c
in Yun-nan province, N. Lat. 25
48.
The following are names nf places in J|j^ ij^ Kwang-tung
(Canton) provinee.
Ta teen j
the grand palace.
Ta shth low J ~Jf
J^jjt the large rock-made upper room. Taszefung | ^||i]f|
the great lion peak. These four are all on the Lo-fow
mountain.
Ta ling jth | [^
the great mountiin post house.
Ta leih shan ^
J_[j the powerful hill. Ta kwan kcang
1 ?IB, ffe "le "trealn "{ "tensive prospect. Ta ching so
1 $C
,ne P'ace ofSreat doings. Ta chow kcang j
37th Radical.
Ta
^)f| 7^
'arle "'and stream. Ta lae gaou shan j
yf|l |1| the great lae plant, and ravine mountain. Ta king shan
j fj?f LL| ,ne n'" f congratulation.
Titles of Emperors ant dynasties.
Tashun j ^ the KwJ-haou. or Imperial title, A. D. 879.
Tahing | |S title of Yuen-te
A D. 313. Ta chung
| 1^1 title in A. D. 8S7. Ta leTh | J*^ title of Tae-tsung
^ ^ A. D. 752. Ta ming |
the dynasty which
reijue" rom A. D. 1397, to 1643. Ta nee" | ^ title
in
608. Ta paou ] J|| title in A. D. 548. Ta tang
1 J\=t
dynasty which reigned from A. D. 631, to 897.
Tatung | fpj title in 496. Ta tung ]
title in 4^6.
Ta chung tscang foo j tfi jj^s
title in 989. Ta !-
| 5f^. ,ne dynasty which reigned over China from A. D.
950, to the year 1281. Ta ting *| ^ imperial title, A. D.
1)57. Ta kwan ^
title in 1100. Ta tin j ^
title in 1296. Ta sung j -yj^ the dynasty which reigned
from A D. 967 to 1281.
Anatomy.
Ta ling ^
the region of the wrist on the inside above
the palm of Ihe hand.
Ta Mh j ^jjj; the region on each
side, at the lower part of the abdomen.
Ta yuen ^
the top of the thumb inside.
Ta paou 18 ^ ^j]
the
region in front near the armpit.
Ta chang ^ JJJ|| the re
gion about the loins, by the side of the 16th vertebrse. Ta
shoo j .j }' the lower part of the neck near the clavicle.
Ta koo kfih hwny ^ ^
^ at the top of the vertebra;.
Tachuy ^ ^ the highest vertebras of the back bone. Ta
too heu ] ^ Jrj ' 'h root t,f lhc greal loeTa y,ns
urh heue | j^jj ^ /C ne,r t,le j01"-1' of the lower jaw
on each side.
Books.
Ta he j
instruction for adult persons; or great
men in power. Ta he8 yen e poo j ^ fiff ^
suplemcntal notes to the paraphrase on the Ta-heH, by Keaseun
^ of the present dynasty. Ta pei chow | ^
rj^ most merciful prayers s I. vol. contains promises of
mercy and unconnected prayerspublished by Imperial autho
rity ; and referring to the goddess Kwan-yin. Ta pei tsan
^ Ta.
37th Radical.
i>76
ft ] fill 'lfij
ru'e' ' Praver t0 the most merciful
goddess Kwao-yin. I vol. Ta pei shin choir sin kins; j
fiB W 5
sacre(*
*r '* nearl' olaining
divine prefers to the most merciful. 1 vol. Ta ffih tire;
Hng yen chow ^ 0|j ]|| ^ Jg- ^ 16 vol. * religious
book of the Budh sect.
Ta o roe to king | [JpJ" Jjj^j
Pt n"tE a Praycr DHok tne f-real -Arnida Buddha. Ta
kin ehe ^
j^r; memoirs of tt (Tartar) dynast;. Kin,
which reigned over the northern part of China >' ; the
Ulh century. Ta tsing lefih le ] ffi ^ j^jj laps uf JUTatsing dynasty, or Penal Code of China, (translated by t w.orge
Thoirns Staunton), 40 vols. Tu tsing hwtiy teen I Jft
Jfc. the statu let or ordinances of the Ta-tsing dynast),
not exclusively nfa penal nature like the preceding. Ta Ising
Jih turg che | ^
$i J&t 210 ,o1* * "niplete ''ticnl trrouct f tie hole empire of the Ta-lsing dynasty,
or M.inrhow Tartar sovereigns of China. Ta lQh jin 1
j 13 vo!s. a hook on fortune telling.
T'HEEN.
From a line placed above great t thA r hich is tbnve and
is greW. The highest; lhat which is resident above to rule
and keep in subjection the cre riires below. Heavkk is us.'d
for TnK material HEiviNi, the tly, and fi.r j Srrnr and
intelHfent Power which views human actions and thoughts
and which rewards or punishes individuals or nations: for na
ture, as that word is often used in Europe, and seemingly tu
the exclusion of nature's Cod. N.itoial. Nan e of a star; of a
particular divinity ; of a public court ; of certain music ; and of
a plant A surname. Teen is used as a Verb, To consider or
regard as Heaven. Min nac war g so teen
"yj ^- pjj ]
the people are considered as heaven hy the king. Teen la
}
as great as heaven. They s;'y, le-ntisxr, wo pan
Hh lae \ + ^} ^ ffi ffi
I can manage the affair
if it were great as heaven. Teen ta, te how ] ^
577
i'b ifl 1 1=1 EJ clear heni and bright day fis
often used to denote a well regulated government a period
in which justice it purely administered ; and hence, a good
local magialrata ii called
j
Tsing teeu tae
yay. Tsaog teen mef leaou wo.^g ^ ^ "J" ^ may
heaven annihilate me Ia Chinese imprecation j used by
people asserting their innocence of an alleged crime.
TeWngU-Th ) |# -produced by heaven, a naWalpro.^ion. Tnng.eenf: j ^
^
^ J ...mmer. Min le, jj*. | autumn. Shangteen
X | *iter.
Teen hwa j ^ the small pox
Tfeo
juvouchw.ag ]
a disease of children resembling;^
}.} Shwfl, paou, the water, pustule, or blister , perhaps a.sort of
chicken pox, the ski., ofthe pi,pJe iaer, thin and uuc,uont
Teen ping j ^ a balance , the scales are called M 4
copper dishes. Teen wan j gastronomy. Teen win sing
I X ^fe "fonomer.
Kin teen keen |Jj ] Bitin astronomer appointed by the Emperor of China. Teen
win too | y |Hj a map of Ihe stars.
Teen laon j $|| ' the way. of heaven denote the principle oftrier in iU operation on nature. Teen min J ^
its operation on roan and other creatnres, arcording to the
properties given by nature. Teen le, leang sin j Jg[ J|
\ 'heivenly prh cipU and good heart,' i, . express^
much nsed by persons protesting the purity ftheir molivea,
or calling, on ethers to act conscientiously.
1 Ye jew Uang, teen,
ftMA^ T,e b J*" Uae ?
O ye azure distant heavens ,
Who is this man I (who has caused the bouse ofXhoW. ruin.)
(She-king.)
Teen yew e. ATh nn teen. yHh hwang t. te cnoo lne
mhj*. v^= -j-H 1 Jl^ft
JflE
I there are Ihirty-three heavens, the perfect Imperial great ruler, dwells in the azure heavens.
Tkefallowing are afew of the morel and mel.phj,cal lieu
of the Chinese respecting Heaven.
E.chnen sha, teen e choo Isac vei che te ^ j||
wi r.
37th Radical.
I.
Ta^
- f * i
e
a)Ibouh tarcountry of the Mahomedans borders upon India,
their customs are different ; thty do not worship Budh ; th-y
do not sacrifice to the gods ; they do not worship the roans,
of their ancestors ; that which thry honor and reverence,- is only
the one word Heaven , besides Heaven they respect only the
ancient teacher Confucius
The Mahomedans in China themselves however use the
word Choo j Lord, to express the Deity, and not the word
Teen. According to the Sing le la tsuen *jVj: J|
/^
1 vol. 5 page, Heaven does not appear the sii| r.-mc intelligence.
1
i na
Ta
I.
37th Radical.
578
579
appear, that Choo-foo-tsze bad imbibed the Buddha idea of
a Kulpa.
The Chinese alio theorize concerning the formation of the
world , their Coshocohy run. thus; ^ ^ j& ^fj J|g Jf
37th Radical.
1.
JE M %l
7% A B '"t the creation of heaven and
earth, on the first day ionrbr were produced; on the second,
dog,; on the third, swine; on the fourth, sheep; on the
fifth,corral on the sixth, horses ; on the seventh, man; and
on the eifTfifh, grain;' hence people now consider the seventh
otrof the rirst month of the year man'$ dag. And on that
day; as well as the following, no Chinese will tveep the
bouse; being desirous to avoid the allusion of tweeyitg
man and his food to destruction.
Mythology.
Teen wang j ^ 'celestial king;' or a king in heaven, is a
title given to many deified persons of the Rudh sect. Sha-mun
Teen-wang ^ ptj j ^ was worshipped by the emperor
Tae-lsung ^ ^ju about A. D. 50. This Sha-mun Teenwang, was represented with the head of a swine, and the nose
of an elephant Tbe Emperor Tae-tsing attributed success in
his wars to this god, and issued edicts commanding him to be
worshipped by sacrifices. The idol is often placed at the gates
of Budb temples.
Teen mo j jj^ 'bad heavenly spirits,' wicked angels
are often spoken of; they arc said
^ to have been
subjugated when Shih-kea, Buddha, attained divinity. Teentsun-woo-shang j
i^fc
the honorable in heaven who
has no superior, is a phras used by the Taou-scct.
Tern how | JjJ the queen of heaven; or Teen-how
neang - neang \ )fi $| j$ ' her ladyship the queen of
heaven,' was a young woman who lived in the province of
Fuh keen, about the year, A. D. 811. Her name was Lin ^
at five years of age she learnt to recite the prayers addressed
to the goddess Kwan-yin, and she early made a vow never
to marry. She belonged to a seafaring family, and is said to
have fallen into a sort of trance, or to have left the body
during a gale of wind, for tbe purpose of saving her two bro
thers ; but her parents hastily called her back and awoke her,
from which cause she failed in saving her elder brother, who
^Ta.
37th Radical.
580
581
page 25.) Teen tung ^ ^ or Teen mun tung ^
J^s- seems to denote a winter plant; it b 'a plant with a large
root which ii preserved as a sweat-meat, and its tnbera
Died in medicine. Teen kwei |
name of a plant,
the leaves of which are used in medicine ; thej are of a
crimson or purple colour, and produce a beautifully coloured
infusion. Teen ma ]
a drug which appears to hp
the dried fleshy part of a large fruit. In the Pun-ttaou,
Tecn m* is given as a synonyme of CMh tseen ^
' rtu
flesh coloured arrow,' from all the stalks resembling arrows,
and being of a flesh colour i of a pungent and warming
property j removes a sensation of heat and paint' 'in (he
head; and relieves the pains nna< convulsive fits of
children. Teen heunjr 1 jjjfc a plant used in the Materia
Medica; of a pungent heating taste, nnd highly deleterious i
to its name Tsaou
herbaceous plant, is sometimes added.
Teen hwa fun ^ ^
a synonyme of HwS low jjj^ jK
a creeping plant that bears its. fruit on the ground like the
melon tribe i described as bitter, and cooling; not deleterious |
refrigerating.
Teen hwa sin ^ ^ Jjj| called also j
3j Teen hwa toe, A medicinal plant, said to destroy insects.
Teen ling tsaou j ^ J^r a medicinal plant. Teen nan
sing J
J|j the southern star of heaven, a synonyme
of the plant Hoo-chang
^ 'the tiger's paw,' named
from having on the root prominences like a tiger's claws.
Described as bitter and warm ( highly deleterious. Teen seen
kwo j
i ' angel's fruit,' a species of ficus, described in
the Pun ttaou, under Woo hwa kwo ^tt ^ ^ the fig. The
angel's fruit grows on a tree eight' or nine cubits high, and
whose leaf resembles the Dimocarpus
Le-che, but
smaller i bears fruit without any apparent blossom. It resem
bles the cherry, and grows in clutters. Teen show kin j
j|J^ the natural root of life,a medicinal-plant of a cooling
property. Teen sze lelh | #jj Jjp|(a<7nff)thedivine teach
er's chesnut, named after a renowned Chinese philosopher.
Teen seen ling j
angel's creeper \a plant that
grows in Keaag-nan.
Teen ts-on j ^ the divine date. A particular species
of cannariiim referred to in poetry. Teen yu shwiiy j p^J
^ pure r-in v.a!er. Tetu mii>g ttiug j j ^ called
VAST I.
6I
57th Radical.
I.
T'HA 15.
Large-; great. Very great; excessive; broad and extensive;
Used as a term of respect and honor. Formt a part of several
proper names of hills, winds, districts, divinities, and so on.
Slippery. A surname. Tae yang
the sun. Tae yin
1 Pi*
Ir,oun' Tac *rwo j jjS 'n 8 TerJ excessive
degree. Tae Uxe | Hp the prince or heir apparent,SMhkea Badh, whilst at his father's court it so called. (For
further illustration, tee Part II. under Tae.)
Tae-Mh ^
' inter eutia supremum, immateriale, et
eternum ; cceliim e=t idem alque Le.' (M. S. Diet, and Des
a.
I.
37th Radical.
582
j58^
and mercy, to be, by the said angel "J^ "JHt
pron^'ged
in the lover world, that amongst men, all who fee and recite
that name may attain infinite happiness and complete deliver: from all evil.
Imperial Tillct.
Tae he j JPB imperial title, A. D. 860. Tae-che ]
A. D. 860, and B. C. 135.
Tae-haou ffih-he-ibe j
4fc H ft B" c: 3369' Tae ho 1
A. D. if.,
and in 812. Tae kang ] ffi A. D. 860, and B. C. 8lw.
Taeking ]
B. C. ISal.
Tae-kei, ] ^ B. C.
1743. Tae keen \ ^ A. D. 564. Tae-kelh* j ^
A. D. 699. Tae-ming ] fl/J A. D. 450. Tae-ning ]
jfr A. D. 319. Tae.ping j ZJi A. D. 549. Tapping
hing-kwO } ^ j. |1|<J A. D- 9"7- Tae-ting *j ~p
B. C. 1181. Tae-tsing j
A. D. 496. Tactsoo '
^| B. C. 135. Tac-Uoo |
B. C. 200 t thi. title TacUoo, is often given to the founder ofa dyna ty i see again in
A D. 950, and lS6. Taetsung | ^ A. D. 631, and 967.
Tae-woo | rj B. C. 1687 , Taeyuen ] ^ title, A.
D. 367.
Bvoht.
Tae-.hangUn ying peen \ _fc $ ]$& jj| the influence of human conduct on the ruling powers of nature ; by
Tae sitting,' The supreme i ' a title of the founder of the Taou
aect, I. vol. Contains many excellent precepts. Though
attributed to the founder of the sect, it was not known in
the world till A. D. 1866, which was seventeen hundred
years after his time.
The emperor te-tsung JjjJ ^
sent it forth, and gave a million pieces of brass coin to pay
for the first edition.
Tae shai-g san yuen king j
_ pr jj^ij? a form of
prayer to the god of the Taou se. t, described stove. Tae ping
kwang ke ^ ^p- jj^ p the general peace extensive mis.
ccllauy, 58. vols. Duud. First published about A. D. 970.
Jnalomy.
Tae cbung ^ 5ljl pulse at the instep. Tae chung 18 j
$F
Pu'as at the t,a<c f 'he heel. Tae keyuen yu IS
1 ^ JJjl Mi
P",,e at
beel> near lhe tendon
Achilles. Tae pih | fj at the great toe. Tae tun j ^
S7th Radical. I.
Ta^
^ Ta.
I. 37th Radical.
POO.
A general designation of men i porters or chair beomrs are
called Foo. A man of eminent virtue and talent, on whom
Men ma; depend for support is called
^ Chang-foe
Hfien men and women are married, they are called Foo foo
^ Jjfjj husband and wife. Eminent teachers are called ^
Foo tsze : A wife calls her husband bj Ihisterm. Name of
an office, of a bill, and ofa city, A man's name. Prih-foo
"JJlJ ] a poor person of mean talent. Yih pelh tsun foo
"** 13 $ \ * T'l,agn rustic.
Kang foot]? *j
a watch man who strikes the hours at qight. Foo ma j
or Foo yth ^ ^ a carrier of burdens i a porter. Ma foo
| a groom. Taow te foo -jj|r
^ a courier ; a carrier of
despatches. Tseaou foo ffil "| a wood cutter for fuel*
Chae me foo tse; tsew jow heung te ijjjj ^ ^ Jr. 7f|
$1
*"e' *n<^ r"e' nu,Dan<^ *""' "
w'ne BIK'
flesh broth* ,a saying designed to ridicule those whose
friendship rests solely on personal gratification and convenience.
Foo cbang foo suy j |]|^
j5jjg the husband sings and
wife follows,expresses domestic harmony. Foo peen tsze
1 jPlfl "J" name ^ 1 P'ant or,B,"a"y frora Cochinchina i used
in fowl and other soups. At an interjection, it is said zj^ j
Pei foo! 0 how afflictive! bow much to be commiserated.
Tseay foo [JjS| *| O alas ! YTh foo pdh king bwS show die
ke "~! 1 ^ Ift jit
/ Ifl" 'f De mm 0miU agri"
culture, it is possible that be may suffer hunger,is an ex
pression used when inculcating the importance of husbandry.
The following quotation shews the Chinese ideas of the
tale of women and illustrates the word husband. Jtjlf
A A
584
A
Woman has ever to follow the will of man ; in
childhood, she must submit to the will of her father and
elder brothers ; when married, she must submit to her husband ;
when her husband is dead, she must submit to her eldest son.
Husband denotes eminent man ; eminent man means, one
who by his knowledge can lead and direct other men. (Leking.)
From this passage is derived the common saying ^gjj ^
^ a woman has three periods of submission, \
at home to her father and elder brothers ; afterwards to her
husband i and in case of widow-hood, to her eldest son.
The following example from the 11h king is a striking
instance of the siine word being verb and noun,
Hp*
1 1.ftftffi*ftlE.iE
ffi] ^ 1
^ w'len * 'llner peffofms a father's
duty j a son, a son's | older and younger brother's perform
their duty to each other ; a husband does his duty, and a
wife her's, family principles will be correct, and when family
principles are correct, the whole world will be in a settled
state. Tsing-tize jui!, wo kwo e, wo kwo e, /o# foe she
Tilng-ttze said, lam wrong; lam wrong; the gentleman
is right. (Le-king.)
K'HWAE.
To pull or stretch out different waysi that with which
the strings of an iustrament or bow are stretched. Diffluent
streams) soft; flowing; parting; dividing; to divide. Also
read KeuS. Kwae | in the Tlk Jtbtf, destotes Unbending;
stiff; decisive; determined ; yet united with the mild and
cordial
Same as the preceding.
37th Radical.
5S5
tender, exuberant foliage. A man's name. Yaou, show
| ijp untimely death, and long life.
Seaou urh ize
wei .how yaou ^\ %
^ | ] a little child'*
dying is called Skou-yaou.
Kent Uaou wei yaou
Ijjlf fft } their J*"** "e
chiefly low. (Shoo-king)
jj^C ^ |
II.
Ta 4^
A SoweJi
?iC jf Tu*
yti> fe .
M 10 tit So h1 t"nS<*
i hB E- ^ T,|^K,
t*e*.' rh*"t '
(She-king.)
M
^ 500
Uun6 cne'
$5
rf* 1 Wan tsae sbwSy eviumf f*y .
The reeds and rushes are yet green j
Though the white dews descend in hoar frost ,
The man of whom I apeak,
Is on the water's farther shore ;
Up the stream have I followed him ;
The royags) waa long and impeded)
Down the stream have I (ought him ;
Add seemed to see him in the water's miitl. (She- king.)
tjT Xjj^ || jijl Wang ming nan chung,
Q ^ ^ ~)) W,DS ChmS yU hnS
ChUh chay pang pang,
II STROKE?
YANG.
HANG, or Heang.
ft
Ta.
III.
37th Radical.
KAOU.
From greet, and two lines intimating putting asunder.
To lay or put down. Occurs read ai J^- Haou, and in tbe
KMe of that chararte, s luraindui.
586
TAOU. J
TAE.
From two and great t alluding to tbe two greatest powers,
Heaven and earth. Ancient form of
Tae, Great.
Witrtautroatroul ; remits ; to err i to leave behind one.
To loft; to fall. Failure ; to flip ; to miss i to neglec'.
Teen king yu mio ; rain che 10 yo, teen pelb tsung che;
urh shang pelb yu ylh jin yung Uing e hae she tsae fiih
^YEN
1 ' heaven companionate* the people, and what the .people
deiire, heaven will assuredly grant; you must assist mc,
the chief man, to bring the world to a state of pure tran
quility This is the time! and it must not be tost,-' said by
Woo icang, when about to subjugate SA Chow, B. C. 1100.
(Shoo. king.) The doctrine taught by the commentators
On this passage is, that princes are appointed by heaven for
the sake of the people ; and what the people generally wish,
must be regarded as an .intimation of the will of heaven.
Shlh heu8 j jf[L in medical language, a lots of Uaod,
from the lungs or otherwise. Shlh tsze sun ^ r|fl] |^ tbe
name of a plant. K<> keen le jang che yew ah urh woo sain
be seen that complaisant politeness, is a gainer aud not a
laser. TTh
to obtain, to succeed ; is often used thus
in contradistinction from ShTh
to lose, to fail. Na
poo shoo pah che Mh ke ho fang
*jl ^ ^ p
1 3$ ^$
l">ow not whece that book is mislaid,or
soil.
Shlh keu e wdh ] f "fo
toroe clolhes
and things. Shlh aze j 7^. to err in some transaction.
Ts shlh ^ | to mistake or err. Jtwo shlh ^ |
crrorj fault. Pub ko Mh teaosi jin tting /f\ Pj j
"T *,Ainot'fifbe ma,t
ungrateful.
not E" shlh
return
jjj*"j *clto ^mislay.
'""dness,
37th Radical.
587
of Cores. He-e
^ minute ; ubtle ; obscure. , In the
Lunyu =f^ |^ the word E occun in the sense of titling
iquatted cross-legged. Yueh-yang sze, tsxe yug, yew urh
p8h suiite; chang urh woo shiih yen ; iaou urh pHh sze ; she
wei UTii, e chang kpw ke king J|l ||| | ^ -J. j]
III.
Ta ^
HE.
The print of a beast's foot. The name ofa city,
Ancient form of j^j Nuy, Inside.
/>fe. YUN.
IP
|
the rules of propriety for all children require that
in winter they should render their parents warm, and in summer,
ool; that in the evening they should compose their minds;
and in the morning ask kind quotient \ and that when flatted
together they should not wrangle. (Le-king.)
E cha ^
Bohea tea; E being an abbreviated expres
sion for fTt-t than, the hill where the black tea conies from.
KWA.
From great and o Sow. Originally denoted the men of the
ast; foreigners to the Chinese, hence the original form of ^
E, A foreigner.
K7HWA, and K'hoo.
^1
4
Striding and strutting; big; self conceited ; extravagant.
A surname. Also read Kew and Ko. Hwa yen woo shth yug
kwa ^ 1=
W S 1 language all flower's and no
fruitis expressed by K'hwa.
Keae, To assist.
KEA.
Great.
Ta.
V.
37th Radical.
588
A man'i name.
TE.
Large ; great.
YEN, or Gait.
From
Ta, Large, and jfo Shin, To extend. An
overplus; an excess t. something due. Something spread out
as a covering. To cover over or shelter. One says, With,
haste; precipitately. A man's name. To detain for a long
time ; name of a state ; the name of a village. Wang ae
tsze yen che yu tsung chow 3 jj U ) ^ ~Y~ Tfk
the king ( fFoo-teang) came from Ten to Tsung-chow.
(Shoo-king ) Yen yew sxe fang ]
JJtJ ~Jj extend to
every {Kiint of the compass,said of the illustrious virtues
of certain ancient kings. (She-king.) Ten kwan chTh gae
] Hi iS. 3t "U aome to ,ee lhe ,ickle lbru,t into the
grain. (She-king.) Ten lew j g to detain a Img
time. Ke telb yen yen ^
j j SUU having a littlebreath, 'aaid of a person approaching death.
^j^* P HAOU.
FIVE STROKES.
WA.
CHA.
Large; great.
From great and a period of tiinei the approach of theimportant period ; viz. harvest To offend or insult person*
by talking in a pompous or domineering manner.
\
PWAN.
Largei great One says, Pwan denotes one night's
liquor i the meaning of which it probably liquor distilled
OTer night.
PEIH.
fa
Large j great. To contradict < to oppose ; to remonstrate.
589
KEUEN.
Very large; exceedingly great A man's name.
37lh Radical.
V.
Ta ^
KAOU.
From wWe and larpe i very while i glossy; shining; a
-smooth rich lustre. Read Chlh, in the same sense.
TSEAY.
Appearance of a large month; wide; great
PWAN.
To go ; to progress : a fellow or companion.
yfe^NAE.
&me as ^ Nat
FUNG.
Different from the common itate of things; unusual;
extraordinary; strange; wonderful; surprizing; mysterious;
marvellous. Name of a divinity. When applied to num
bers, it denotes Single; odd, as San shlh yew ke ^ -r*
/f^ ] thirty and odd. YTh, sun, woo, tselh, kew kae ke
iy > Hi-fclt 1
three'
seven, nine, are all odd numbers. Shwdy kea yew ke ho
pt^ i^C W 1 ft wn0 nas a"7 re commodities? Lew
chflh ke ke y"^ j^j \
'x ^met produced extraor
dinary stratagems. Sze pflh ke pith chuen 3j| ^ j
/f
unless an affair be extraordinary it is not trans
mitted to posterity. Ke kwae sing tsing woo so pfih ke j
jl*f $S 0f Hf* 1 ,lrtn& 0<^ disposition; there
is nothing that he does which is not strange.
Chay ynng
chflh ke
^| Jjj | so very extraordinary, le ke kwang
kwae ffifc ]
*n extraordinary brightness and lingular
ran i.
5i
Ta.
VI.
37th Radical.
V|fgil did the Roman Emperor, Deus neMi hrc otia fecit) they
by Maiphemouj adulation, apply this phrase to the Imperial
590
j/Cueae.
J^KOO.
Names of Placet.
read out large and wide to open the eyes and stare.
NAOU.
^ "EE.
^
From fraav and fswtt A soft, delicate, and elegant
K'HWANG.
From great and i
Large, great.
SIX STROKES.
K'HWEI.
The ipace enclosed by a penon'i striding ( between the legs.
The name ofa star ; one of the twenty-eight constellations which
591
confer long life and happiness. Tbe poet even
that
Q
j-the gods had all retired drunk ;
which language the Commentator! say intimated the highest
feneration for the invisible gods { in as much as it speaks of
them as if they had been actually seen present at the sacri
ficial feast.
E tsow foo kung Ji3( | jff /ft to elect and state
(to the throne) great military exploits. (She-king.) Foo
tsow e yen Jpjjf j
"=| state in order to the monarch
whatever had been done. (Shno-king.) Tsow teih le |
the presented Tartar plant,name of a plant in the
Pun-tiaou.
Tsow chang ^
and Tsow ch8 ^ ^ orTsow pun
f1
denote an official document to be laid before the Em
peror. Tsze ate chrnig ta, ying tang pat pun Ism ming hwang
'this is a weighty and important aflairj it is requisite
to da obettante to a document, and state the matter
clearly to His Majesty.'
When an officer of state
writes to the Emperor from any of the provinces, the
document is laid in state in the great hull of the court*
a salute of three guns is fired | the gates are thrown open;
and the courier stands in waiting, till' the person address
ing the Emperor, kneels thrire and puts his forehead
to the ground nine times t which act of homage being
finished, the- document i immediately despatched:- This
ceremony is what*, in the preceding phrase, is denominated
Ke tsow
| to begin to speak to the Erapcror.
Keen tsow rjrj j to speak face to face, or Terbally, to
the Emperor. Some say Kam-Uem p j may be used, in
this sense. Tsow y8 j ^ to strike up music. Tsei tsow
|\rj \ to tune instruments, or tune and modulate the
several parts. Chang taow ]|r ^ and To taow ^ ]
and Tsow win shoo ^ ^ ifc all denote Addressing tbe
Emperor by a written document.
HWAN.
Large; an easy slow deportment} variegated ; coloured |
bright gay, A surname.
37th Radical.
ffi 1 HI
VI.
Ta^
K'HE.
A bond i that form of bond which succeeded knotted cords rin nncient times, consisting of two parts, corresponding to the
modern check of Europe; it was used also in the government;
one half being retained by the prince, and the other hnlf given
to the person serving; close union of friends. An utensil for
scorching tortoise shells, in reference to divination. Timid.
Read Se'S, A. surname. Read Keg, Enduring suffering; se
parated- from, friends; wide open place. To carve ; to cut off.to terminate. Read KeTh, Name ofa northern tribe. To play.
Shang koo kef shing urh.che, how she shing jin ylh che e
'h00 ke 1 # teM US ftlt-9 A# z u
I in .high antiquity knotted cords were employed by
government ; but in subsequent ages the Sages exchanged them
for mriten document*, or books. (Ylh-king.) Teen ke {JJ j
a deed conveying a piece of land. Fang ke
j the deed
ofa house. Ke y8 |
and Ke shoo 1 St deuote a writ
ten agreement between two parties. lelh win ke
^ j
to draw up a written agreement r bond.
Yin ke
j
and- Hung ke i> J a- deed or bond stamped or sealed by
government, which requires a stamp duly on all deeds of houses
and lands, not only when sold, but also when mortgaged for a
certain- number of years. Faying the stamp, duty, is called
| Shwfiy-ke. The law runs thus, /^^^ 09 ^
i-atom i-w.**ij^ ^ *0* whoever mortgages any land or houses, without
^ Ta.
VI.
37th Radical.
592
paying the tax on the deed shall receive fifty blows, and forfeit
to government half the value of the lands or houses so mort
gaged. (Ta-tsing.leBh-le.) Ke foo j ^a bond father i
Ke moo ^ -f^r a bond mother; Ke tsze j -J- a bond son,
and Ke neu ^ ^fj a bond daughter,are terms applied to
adopted parents and children : and parents thus designate the
children they would have adapted or taken under the special pro
tection of some divinity. The act of adopting is called
'
Pit ke, and is accompanied by various presents, and feasting
between the parties, and their friend* The adopted parents
are called
^ Kan-teay, and the adopted child ^
Kan urh.
When parents cast their children on the care
of some idol, or some old tree (which ii also done), they
write on a slip of red paper the child's name with the words
j IJj Ke nan or 1 J}- Ke nru, as it happens to be male
or female, and pasle the paper on the idol's body, or the tree's
trunk i and priests or diviners attend to perform certain rites,
Chlh yew ke ^ jfc j took hold of the right hand part
of the bond,to give to another person. The bond consists nf
two parts, like the checks of Europe, and contrary to modern
usage in China, the right hand was the place of honor. jf,""
t.ja i
i
1 in ancient times the ke was to induce mutual trust between
two parties i he who remained at home took the left side Are,
and he whowentfrom home took the right hand ke. (Le-king.)
Tsuy senngketelh ping yew
]
J$ friends
bound by the closest tiesof congenial dispositions and senti
ments. Read Ke'iS, in the phrase, Ke kw ] ^ far
removed from; widely separated ; diligent and painful con
cerns of life. Sze sing kef kwif ^j?
j
dying, or
living, or far removed from each other, -we shall still cherish
mutual remembrance. (She-king.)
Read Sit, The name of an ancient statesman.
K'H AE.
PUN.
From three cs in a fright. To wnlk or run on the high
way , to run about in haste ; precipitation ; hurry. To rnn
away with fear of what is coming after. To contract a mar
riage in an irregular hurried manner, without the necessary
presents.
Pun, signifying locomotion, may be affirmed of
any creature i birds, brutes, or human beings. Pun ttan
|
run-away and dispersed ; said of banditti, &c. Suns;
keun ting she ta Iwan j tuy woo pfih rhing ; sze hea pun
7
ft n* * & W &T*& f
]
the .army of Sung was immediately thrown into
great confusion ; the ranks were broken, and (the soldiers)
fled in all directions. Kew yew tslh kelh ke tsoi kew tso,
tslh kelh ke yew ( she teTh pe yu pun jjjr ;j J|iJ J|| ^
;MfcM|t&$.tttt&Jt1 whea,he
enemy endeavours io save his right wing, then attack .the
left; when he endeavours to save the left, then attack the
right ; and so weary him by running backward! and forwordi.
Jin che seang pun ^
j people running amongst
-each other,often applied to illicit intercourse of men and
women. Sze pun ^ j illicit iutrigues between the sexes.
JTh yay pun tsow woo hew J ^ \ ^ 4Sl ^ running
abonl incessantly day ai,d night Pun lae pun net. j ^JjC ^
^ running hither and thither. Pun chBh wae kw5 ] Jfj
$\* 1^1 runn'"S abroad to a foreign country. Pun chuh k(
"'S ]
^T* ^ running from home to every province.
Wei kow pun she
fj ^
' running about for the
sake of the mouth ;' i. e. for food to eat Chung jth pun
mU>^
0 1 ft ruoD'nS bustling about the whole
593
day. Pun ma tsaou |
^ Hie run away-horse plant,
a lynonym of Tan an ^Ij- ^ a medicinal plant said to
produce iU effect on the heart ; and to strengthen the mus
cles of the legs, so as to enable a man to overtake a run-away
horse i from which circumstance it derives one of its names.
Made into a powder, it is employed in complaints of the
uterus, and of pregnant women. The roots sliced are used
as a substitute for Ginseng.
j
Ta
YIH.
From great and the sound ylh. Large i extensive , of long
continuance, applied to families; following in consecutive
order. Elegant; beautiful; used in the sense of
Yth,
Chess. Part of the name of a divinity, denoting To ramble
from place to place. Mournful s sorry.
The following quotatior (rom the works of Ming,
tsze who lived about 300 years, B. C. illustrates one use
of to . rd ) Ui, and proves Hie existence of a chess game
at that perio. In China.
\ ffi
fa |jjr
%&
an
& i &a n
1 t^ft 1 i#-A ].&A*-Q3**.4i 1 ft&-Aai
(She-king )
VI.
-^Jf
37th Radical.
i * i % % & s. * $ 4L
art, but only a petty art , yet, unless a man'* attention be
solely directed to it, and the will be brought to dwell upon it,
none can succeed , (the man named) efcss-autumn, is the
best chess, player in all the country: suppose chess autumn
were to teach two men cheti, and one man devoted his
attention, and brought his will to it, and listened to nothing
but cAss-autumn : whereas the other man, although he
heard him also, suffered his attention to he drawn off by a
bird that approached, and his thoughts run upon stringing
his bow to shoot it-; although both these people learnt, yet
not in an equal degree ;was it because their rapacity to
acquire knowledge was different? by no means so; (but
arose from different degrees of attention.) Ming tsxe (or
Mencius) was in this passage preaching to a kinff, the impor
tance of close and unremitted application.
The Chinese have two games ofcAess, the Wei ke Jfj?J /ftt
H the enclosed chess, invented (they say) by Yaou H B. C. 2<?00
years, with a view of fixing the attention of his dissipated son
CHA. To stretch out; to extendi to open or
Tan choo ^j- jij^ the other game (which is that refern d -to in
spread out. Cha-hoo | j3 to open a door. Cha-jen |
the Ency. Britannica, under the word Chess,) is called Seang ke
stretched out words j ostentatious speech.
Jj^ |j the iuory chess, invented by Woo-wang
|i the martial king, B. C. 1U0 years. It was called the ivory
!MST I.
iB
Ta.
VII.
37lh Radical.
594
...*as, from the pieces being made of that material, and was
intended to teach his army the military art, or as they express
it jH
^fe tJ1 $J lhe rule* b* which t0 dvanceto retire, to attack, and (o defend. (Koo-ize-keung-lin.)
The San-tsae-too-hwuy (or Chinese Encyclopedia) states that
the ancient chess and the modern, though called by the
same name, are really different : the chess inTented by
Woowang, employed the sun, moon, and stars, as names
of the piecea ; whereas that in modern use, and which
employs military terms, was suggested in a dream to Tsinbun ^ ||[f[ "bom A. D. 745.
Leang jin hea ke wei ft yTh jj^j
~[ $ | j^. J
two persons playing at chess, is expressed by PS-yTh. Shin
ming yew jew yTh shin fjfjji fa ^jj" ^ ] j|l| amongst
the names of divinities there is one called the rambling god.
Ching jin kca she, wei yTh she yun heang ^ A ^ 1fr ^
| "{t lay 1* when complimenting a person's family, it
is saidIt has extended through distant and successive aget, with
the odour of frankincense.
ffi fjft ]
SEVEN STROKES.
T'HAOU.
From ureal and long. Large and wide) that which is
put outside over something else, aa a case or external cover
ing ; any thing superadded. A snares particles or phrases
of general application. Name of a place. Hwl taou ^ "j
or Tung taou jjjj ] of general application; what will fit
anything. TiS t iou
j to throw off* the trappings of cus
tom, and the general usage of worldly people.to regulate
one's conduct more by reason than the usage of the day or
the fashion. Taou e ^
or Wae taou f|> ^ large gar
ments that are put on over others.
^
$T fr He ,zc ,0 1*5,
The new temple, how magnificent,
Which Be-szc(lhc master builder) hath reared! (She-king.)
HWAN.
From ! large and bound together. A large bundle ofthings
tied together.
CHWANG.
ir
Full ( large; strong; robust i stout; an able bodied roan.
595
Philosopher, deemed it inexpedient to give a direct answer ;
and having argued that the fulfilment of relative duties in
a family was a species of government ; asked in his turn,
He ke wei wei ching } ^ jjjjij ^ jjjjjf mkf should a
person act in the public government, ere it can be said of
him that he rules. (Lun-yu.)
Ta^C
TAOU.
Large; great; much; many.
A man's
From large and the tail of a bird ; to spread the wings and
fly away.
KEEN.
EIGHT STROKES.
Original form of ^ Yen.
H E EN.
. . .
PEE.
ft
Large, great.
KANG.
The appearance
This character was introduced during the dynasty HanJ^^^An ancient fprm of$f Hang, A balance.
Same as ^ Tsow, see above.
PE.
Large; great.
A surname.
K'HWEI.
Kwei.
-fc Ta-
Ix
37 th Radical
ancient form of
NINE STROKES.
595
(the woman) shall take it up \ nil in reference to certain
vessels in the temple during sacrificial riles, (le-king.) Tie
teen
j to sacrifice and to pour out libationt. Teen
e 1
the ceremonial of libationt.
CH'HO.
From wine placed on n itand. Filed ; setlL 1 1 lofty rooun1iin and large rivers,- to aeparale and discriminate ; to present
before, to offer up to,said in reference to sacrifices and the
godij to pour out a libation . to place in a certain position.
Read Ting, .A petty writer of annals.
Fan heS chun hca
sMh lien yu kc seen ize, tiew lung yth joo she
^ ^jl
GAOU.
Lofty, high headed ; assuming j remiss , negligent; inatten
tive; proud; haughty. A man's name.
KEUE.
colleges, oblations of food and libations of wine, aie offered to
ancient masters at the spring and summer terms, inthesame
manner also at the autumnal and winter terms. (Lc-king) In
modern use, fowls, geese, and pigs are sacrificed to Confucius;
and the students who attend, after the ceremony is over, feast
upon the sacrifice.
Beside these regular periods, the rule is
j
% <j& $ 1 # k 3! # M
che leTb heS ^
peTh shlh teen yu seen shing, seen sxc,. 'Whenever a college is
newly established, oblations and libations must be offered to
the ancient sages and masters.' (Lc.king.) These sages and
marten have been different pcrsonsat different periods ofChincse
history. One Commentator says, that these sacrifices,
^ ff f'ii ffi ffi-ffi "{fe are cnieflJ ceremonial and not
eucharistic.
Prfan kSng ke tse'en, teen keuc yew kcu
j^. yfc j^i
1 jj^ fj^C jH w'len PKankanS removed (his royal seat)
and fixed the place of his abode. Yu fon too, soy sl-.an kan
muh, teen kaou shan la chiien fi^ $^ i |fl [ij 7']
1 [pij (Xl A J I) (after the deluge) divided the land;
and accordingly as the hills required it, cut down the forests
and fixed the lofty mountains and deep riveisas boundaries.
Teen chc, urh how tscu die ^ ^ |[]| Jfi JjjJ
(the man) shall put it down on the ground,, and afterwards
Same as
Keue.
CHAY, or Shay.
Affluent ; widespread; extravagant; prodigal ; wasteful.
Name of an ancient beauty. A surname ; the name ofadivi.
nily. Following O Jfpj" it denotes a person who marries an old'
woman. Following Lan
to praise ; to flatter. WSh chay
urh fei haou ke Uzc tsae tyj ] fjjj
^^^^
be not extravagant, and waste the property. Chay che fan
hwa ^ ^ ^ ?p extravagant and prodigal expenditure,
for mere pomp and show. Chay hwa tsae choo new, tso tsew
.eTh yay | fp ^ % \ ffc ?j
& an extrvagant
sacrifice of pigs and cows, for an entertainment. Jin tsing yew
keen, )Th ehay, e ; yew chay yih keen nun ^
fjj ^
1 Pr- rt? 1 H&il ,he l,un,an di,P'ilion
such, that man easily changes from economy to extravagance ;
but it is difficult for him to change from extravagance to
economy.
PAOU.
Original form of Paou
597
HECNGc. 0T-KvVtU1
Hang.A inlance
HE I II.
True.
Fat ; lusty.
P'HWAN.
TEN STROKES.
37th Radical.
XI.
Ta
KEAOU.
Original form of $ T'h8, see below.
From large and tkeep. Fati strong-smelling | large.
SZE.
WOO.
Large ; great.
STROKES.
LAN.
GAOU, and Yaou.
4
From a void ipace and vegetable: Dwelling in a retired
corner j the smith west corner! a corner, or deep bay. Re
condite; abstruse. T'.ie name of an office; accumulated togctoi. i.
5 a
lap
A box to contain perfumes, a ladj'.s toilet. Chwang le'en
^ a bride's portion ; a toilet ai d nhalevrr else her parents
may give her. King le'en ^ ^ or King k<S ^ Jgf a
dressing case, used by females. Kealecnj^ ^ marriage
Ta.
XII.
37th Radical.
98
Large; great
YUN.
T'MO
water , the appearance which it presents.
To take by violence; to grasp; to seize; to criticise, lop off,
and deride upon ; to deprive of rank or emolument , a narrow
path. Also read Keue1, Pelh, or Telh. H8 win Kwangehungi jug, jin yay 15 Pill the ping jlh tan pTb, fan soo ahlh,
ro8h che woo yuen yen ^ ffl -|P ffb. j=J^ \ { > \
somebody asked about Kuanchuvg (Confucius) said, that ii a
man indeedhe deprived Fik-tke of the revenue of three
hundred families and reduced him thereby to live on the
coarsest food, yet to the elate of his life PVt-$he never uttered
the language of resentmentbeing convinced of the justice
of wh it Kwan-chung h id done. (Lun-yu.)
TSjinsogae | ^ $f 3 lo lilllB """J *''ent'r mJ
thing on which people's affections are set. Keun-tsze woo
lilngwoo '<> jja -f* ft IjJ\ 8 Sooi m;m ao<', not
wrangle, nor usurp what belongs to others. TO tssu jin wBh
pflh haou jin y.y | Jfc A #J fA & he bo
robs another person of his property is a bad man.
TWELVE STROKES.
SH1H.
Full ; plentiful ; carnation colour ; anger. Name of
ancient statesman. A surname. loo keu yew shth 0 j|L
7pj ] or Heih, The military carriages are of a red colour.
YEN.
Big ; large, ugly j a good 6sl ; valiant with the fist.
An ancient form of ^ Ti5, see above.
An ancient form of
TSEANG.
Ancient form of f Tsae, To contain.
From to lake and large.to take a liberal view .of a person's
conduct. To assist ; to praise i to encourage , to laud < to
commend. Tseang keuen ^ ||Jj to eucuurage by commen
dations. Tasaug Ic ^ || to encourage and stimulate eierlion by rewards or promises. Tseang shang ^ jj to encour-
Woo, A negation.
599
FUN.
From to extend (he wings, and fly off a field: alluding
to a bird rising from ihe ground. Impetuous vehement
motion or action; to excite; to rouse, as by an earthquake,
or by thunder; lo extend; to press forward lo. To dash or
brush away dual. A surname. Fun e jew yew shang, tseu
rh ., kwei shmg } % ^ , ^ ^ g>
%
(the charioteer) having shaken the dutt from his clothes ascends
on the right hand side ; taking hold of Ihr second strap to mount
and kneels in the carriage,waiting for the Prince. (Le-king )
0 ffi
frfa J'h ke" vuS cho0'
$H \% ffij f$ Ho lS
"
<t> i. H
37th Radical.
XIII.
Ta
HO.
Vacant and large; the motion or rolling of the eyes.
m
&
YEN.
SI II.
An ancient form of |^ Sib, A stringed instrument.
jfc Neu.
38th Radical.
600
THIRTY-EIGHTH
RADICAL.
33th Radical.
601
snwrjy yu mun yrw; nan jTh che too tsze, nan shay, neu fow
3E
Neu-^
Mfe
l| ^ Z
M# &Sif Woofeiwooe;
Pf )|j j 7; Ift Wei Uew ,Hh ,he e;
3 ^ Ib *p Wo fo mo0 e uBut when a daughter is bora.
She sleeps on the ground,
She is clothed with a wrapper,
She plays with a tile,
She is incapable either of evil or good;
It is hers only to think of preparing wine and food,
And not giving any occasion of grief to her parents.
The strange assertion in the 6fth line is explained in a
manner equally strange, J( fa ^ $ff A "til. 'fl H
$P iffiii
ill s'ic *'<>e* '" *'ie '* not a wornan ^
does well, she is not a woman;a slavish submission is her duty
and her highest praise, f ^^iA2^|'?
virtue or vice cannot belong to woman ;though her action!
may be virtuous or vicious, she is not allowed by these ancient
saga, the rank of a moral agent.
Nan ching wei hoo wae; neu ching wei hoo nuy; nan
neu ching teen te che ta e 1$ ]
#|
iE
ft H H & 3E X *& Z * -It
proper place is abroad in the affairs of the world ; women's
proper place is at home; that men and women should keep
their proper places, is nature's great principle of righteousness.
Yih neu piili chili, hw show che han ^ /J^ ^ jjj^
L ~Z 5^
one woman neg'ect* to weave, she may
happen to suffer coldfor want of raiment. Koo she neu
tsze urh ihlli, urh kea
R^f | ^ ~ -f\ ftfl
in ancient times a women married at the age of
twenty.
Mzm^iM^^m^CK t
602
expressing that she waits only for death; and ought not
#
ter
# | -# # K. # %
Z #7) /\ z
#1.
male and carth female; and that the existence of male and
#2 # R N Z 1 til # # 1 ###
# Z}. BH #
#! it
He says,
X. #! %
# #.}# A # 70 %
could be no mothers.
earth, father and mother, are one and the same principle.
# }: % X. # % the proverb
says,The savage
tiger does not eat its whelp the cruel brute yet knows to
love its own offspring, but men who murder their daughters,
## |
# =E }}; jff 7. # # the law says, to drown daughter*
and feasting.
3L + H #
2%. E4% (.
son's wife into the house, must not strike up music for the
space of three days, in token of thinking of the implied de
cease of parents, when they would raise up posterity.
the sex of the person, but the sound of the name which tradition.
as handed down.
Mencius
intends to shew the respect kings in former times had for emi
# Z # # {{!.
# # * jL} + Z = + # (the king)
Eve *
virgin.
| # the
| UE the
Neutsang
Neu hng
Neu
fh
Neu kelih
lan
Neu
lo
his nine sons to wait upon him, and his two daughters in
Neu
wei
Neu
is
Nen tsing
Modern Chinese
T NIT
| # the
| # the
Neu
n \,
Qu.
The following passage from the Four Books, shews the use
/\
say, they would not believe this case ever occurred, but for
Neu
wci
Neu
hwa
returning female.
female mechanic.
plant.
| ff
+.
|#
603
Names ef Bookt.
Neu hcS yen hing tiwan ]
=" ^ ^ a compeudium of anecdotes essays on female studies, and dutiei,
8 vols, large print.
Neu seen wae she J
^ the external historians
of female angels,a novel with a double meaning; colloquial
style, in SO and in 12 vols, price 9 mace.
Neu tsae tsze chuen J
jj^j narrative of a female
genius, 4 vols, price 1 mace. A novel, rather colloquial,
middling print.
Neu ko king lun J ^J- !0 jfjjjjj' 4 vols, a medical work
on female complaints. Price 2 mare, 3 cand.
Neu ko tseg yanu ^ ^ij.
8 vols, the most impor
tant parts of medical practice in female complaints. Price 1
mace, 6 cand.
Neu sze she chaou \ -J^ |j^p ^j/ odes transcribed from
lady poets s 4 vols. Price 1 mace, 5 cand.
Neu heun e kwei j J=)]| JjjJ jjjjj legacy of rules and
advices to females, 2 vols. Price, 1 mace.
Neu sze shoo j JJQ ^ft the female's four-books, 3 vols.
Price, 1 mace, 8 cand.
Neu heaou king j
j^Jp the classic on filial duties,
for females ; 1 vol. Price 2 cand.
lj~ I
CH'HIH.
NOO.
A salve ; anciently persons who had committed some crime ;
it now denotes persons bought with money. The reigning
family sentences miny light offenders to slavery. Applying the
the word tlavc to those bought is not now sanctioned by law.
38th Radical.
II
Neu
-^-Neu.
111.
38th Radical.
604
Noo p* Ue che kwan ihoo | A |^ ^ | ft* slavesT To express the condition of the society in timet of public
and servants,treat them with a liberal indulgence. Wives
commotion the Chinese say,
re exhorted jj^f
^ jj^ to treat with clemency slaves,
it Hit j
3l ^ne Pae> n0 ^e ehi
both men and women ; and in the Chinese scale of virtues and
1$ ^ $L W sllin *hwae' kwci lu"B Uns'ces, ffi | ^ l|5f
^ M| to uke lhe ,lnves and
When the world is revolutionized, slaves insult their lords;
on ever; turn to scold them vehemently, is rated at one fault
The gods decline, aud devils play with the lampbefore de
for ever, scolding fit, and || $ ^ |jr $ ^ #p ^
dicated to sacred uses.
to see them ill, and not rescue them, but require severe labour
as usualis rated at ten faults,
j jjfy- ^ ^ ^
to disallow slaves marryingis rated at one hundred faults.
NEW.
s. c.
JJ ^ J to refuse assent to men aud women
slaves being ransomedis rated atfifty faults.
Au ancient form of the preceding.
Chinese writers consider crime as the origin of slaver,, it
being both in ancient and modern limes inflicted as a punish
TING. A woman's name.
ment. The existing government in China frequcntl, sentences
offenders against the laws to be given as slaves to the soldiery.
The poor often sell themselves, or their children to be slaves.
In times of scarcity a l.id ma, be bought for the value of half
THREE STROKES.
> *>
I W 2 # A the '">"
of the present da, were the criminals of antiquity. (ChowTSEEN. A female name; some think it an
times, men and women who committed crimes became the
erroneous form of the following character.
property of government, and were made slaves. Kelszc wei
che noo
^ yfej ^ ^ Ki-tsze was made a slave.
@
E ifi) ^ ijj he naving affected madness
(as Israel's king did, about the same period, and for the same
purpose j vit. to save his life) was therefore thus degraded.
The laws against salves are severe ; they run thus,
j
jfy ^
^
''" ","la feina|c slaves who use abuive language to Hue head of the family, shall he strangled.
/LI #g.82 1.1
$L E3 $ff"" ,laVe* "h *,rlketne nea<l "{ the family,
(n hethcr the slaves vrho do so are the principals or accomplices)
shall every one be decapitated.
j ^ )($\ OL \
& % -k # # # # It $ n" s,ave>
hir<:d
'labourers who debauch their master's wife or daughters shall
every one be decapitated without respite. (Ta-tsingleflh-lc.)
Chub noo .j^i] | randle slave, a sort of candlestick
of wood, with carved figures ou it
605
$ fH $ /k 1 ^ 'ifi, in former limes
Tsinkaae, Yensung, ffanghinjd, and Lclinpoo, were all
corrupt bad statesmen.
Keen kwae jin che tse neu, he liny hwae che jin |
A ^$
ifi S ^ ^ A he is a ,nl "bandoned man, who deceives and kidnaps men's wives and daughters.
Shvioy kan tse keen, fan ko ^ ^ j j ^JJ
who dares act the villain and violate the laws, this implies
that the higher departments of the government are tilled by
able and good men.
Kan tseuS wo haon j ^j? ^ ^J iArffvn info entire
confusion, those with whom I was on good terms. ^jjS jjfl|
A^#
fffl ^ 4@ 1 that gods and men
may all attain their proper places, and there be no confusion.
Occurs in the sense of Kan -p to rescue or save. E
kan chay, tseth shih urh kcun \?\ ^ /ft -fc -fS
by savioursseventy two princes. (Chwang-tsze.) jpj
I$>
1 jSl S*"n|r by fi*,linS "seaed ""- (She-ke.)
SAan^ was an eminent person in ancient story, who in
troublous times betook himself to fishing; but was usef.il
in establishing the Chow dynasty, Chinese self constituted
attornics (for none arc permitted by law) are described as, J
38th Radical.
Neu
TSEAY.
An ancient form of Tseay jjfl. an elder sister. Ia the
stale Shfih -t^j a mother was called Tseay , in Hwae-nan
'}i ft? Calle<1 Itt Shay- A,, writ,en T**J ] or Shay,
and otherwise ^ Chay. Read Tso, A mother. Read Che,
A woman's name.
KEAOU.
to another.
NAN,
-f: villainous and perverse vagahonds, who are fond of making
a slir, and who either by fraudulent crafty schemes excite
discord j or by disorderly illegal proceedings intimidate and
impose upon people.
HI.
or Nwan.
11 A -55 Mx
CH'HA, and Too.
m t * a n &
ft *r 4m # sfc is
Keen heen che jin, tse'8 mo keaou ;
Yu chung chin tsze seaou chung taoa i
MS yen e kc, tse'en joo melh,
Shaou yew tsati tsze, e kae tsaou.
With crafty dangerous men, resolve to have no intercourse.
In their words there is a sharp spear, and in their smiles a sword.
Say not their tempers and disposition are sweet as houey,
On the slightest difference they are easily changed to enemies,
and will grasp hold of j ou.
TART I.
br
Y1H.
A female officer appointed by government i referring to
an ancient Empress who took in her train certain ladies of
the palace, to perform the rites of sacrifice to the silk-worm
spirit.
-fc Neu.
HAOU.
Good; a general term applicable to whatever ii good of
itt kind. Read Ha6u, To esteem good; to like ; to take
pleasure in ; to answer the purpose well ; to enable one to
do; that one may have it in one's power. Kind j salutary ;
useful ; valuable. Well ; right I very j in a good or consider
able degree. As an interjection, Well ! right! having moral
qualities, virtuous. Proper i fit ; convenient, skilful. Haou
woo e
jj^
to hefond of martial pursuits. Haou win
chang ^ p jjp; attached lo literature. Keen paou y Oh
Jlh jTh, haou ylh jlh % j| fJi - g \ P
a precious gem seen a d:iy, is loved a day; i. e. it is admired as
long as it is seen. H aou he5 j ^ to be drooled to Laming.
Tow ke so haou
| Jjjt-' j throw in what he likei ; hit
his liking or his withes. . Haou tsew j
addicted to wine.
Haou slh j
dissolute ; debauched t a slave lo sexual
gratifications.
Haou le j
fond of gain ; covetous.
Haou ming j ^ a lover of fame : ambitious. Haou tsew
Th che too |
{35 ~jf /^rjr a drunkard and a debauchee.
Haou seay ^ J*fc a good many; rather much. Haou ke tsre
"J ^ ^ a good many times. Haou shth fan ^
good or fit to cat rice ; i. e. cither so toell as to be able to
eat j or it is the proper lime to eat; or when ridiculing a person,
it implies that he is good fur no'hing else but to eat Tso
haou jin, hing haou sze j^jr ] A
1 ^* 8 g00(1
man and do what is right. Haou haou seen sing ^ j
/p a very good tutor. Haou pflh je1 naou ^ ^ afjjl
a very warm bustle ; a great concourse ; heat and cl mour ;
a file that goes off well. PBh tf Is seang hwuy haou s5ng
mun mun ^ ^
^ >]
^ ^ being unable to
have a meeting (with the person alluded to) I have become
very sorrowful and melancholy. Pflh rhe haou tae ^ ^Jj
|
does not know good and evilis ignorant of what is
proper and fitting. Haou Hh hin j ^ ^ very good.
Haou shwang kwae ] ^ jj^J very well in health and chcarful ; very pleasant.
Ping haou leaou ^| j "J recovered
from sickness. Haou joo mei yflh ^ ^Jj| Jj|? j as good
(or very like) a beautiful gem. Heaou scang yu j ^
606
easy of access ; agreeable ; amiable. Haou pe k ^ ^ ^
' a good spleen aura,'good tempered. Haou sing tsing J 1^
fjjf a good natural disposition.
Haou san tsun ^ ~ -jj"
the aperture three inches.
JH #
Fci ,aou ?aj^Rjl. ^
"tii YunSe*eihaoue.
Not as a recompense,
But that we may forever love.
(She-king.)
j M* P"
607
compare! himself to a solitary tree by the way side, that is in
adequate to afford either shelter or shade to the passing
traveller.
W
i Yew te che lo
38th Radical.
III.
Neu
H8 J>che.
ft
-tM- YU.
jatk*tte#-S#.ftA 1 ft 2 II
g^J the Poet, by using the solitary loo tree, represented his
own loneliness and weakness, and humbly expressed his being
unworthy of the friendship of good and eminent men, whom
he loved.
SEEN.
PAN.
A woman's name.
jlp o.
As; according to; like, seeming as if; manner, in these senses
it sometimes follows two or more Adjectives. To go towards ;
the second lunar month. Used for
Urh, in Joo kin ^
now. Forms a part of sevenl proper names.
Joo tsze
1 jtfc "* thisthus. Joo ho j 'jpTmwhathow. Joo
6 sze I Hi ? whlt is :l8rec:,',,c lo onu' "'"bes. Wan
sze joo e ^ ^ ^ ^ all affiirs, and every occurrence
agreeable lo one's wishes.
A# 1
KE.
A woman's name.
Uf CEO.
to
A go-between in making marriage alliances; lo consult
about uniting two families. t hs, cliS urh s'ng chc hs ch >y
f t* 1
1-8* 1 ft 1 t **21-Jt#
amongst men there are both agreeable and disjgreeabte;
and amongst affairs or things, there are also agreeable and
disagreeable.; by agreeable is meant things ih t go according
to one's wi-hes. Pfih joo/^ | not as ; and Mflh joo
^
not so, not as, answer to the word belter, referring to two ways
of acting, the first mentioned is not so good as the last, or the
last named is be.ier than the other.
^ Jf\ | "
once seeing for ore's self, is beIter than a hundred hearsays.
Joo tsze fang haou ^ Jljj ~jj jfl. it must be Ihtu, and
then it will be well. Sze tsing joo ho pan le Ipf
^ 'jlij
|||:
hotv is the affair to be managed ? Ne yaou joo ho
60S
Yew pdh ko joo ho
che sze
p]" j
^ jjj there ii an nffair in
which not any thing can he done. Sang pfih joo sze chc wei
g*n fi jfi \ Tfci
lhere '* "10re rcl,0,e in
death than in life ;this is either the language of personal
discontent or, abuse of other people t meaning that they are
troublesome and useless, and haj better lie dead. San yu? te
joo shang loo
J *r|? ^ _t
lne lllir(1 ""><> the
Emperor repairs to the higher Imperial residence.
Joo yay | .J-jf as if; appearing as if, seemingly. Oc
curs sometimes, placed after the circumstance of which it
peak,, for example, J[ ^ t$ #P M '1^ T^J 1
jji,. ^ ^\ ffb i5
Confucius amongst the village as
semblies of his kindred, appeared at n plain honest person,
and seemed as one unable to speak ,'but it is added, that in
the legislative ass mhlics, he <jj|i jljjt j debated and argued
questions,yet in a respectful manner. (lun-yu.)
1 mil
j2 ^ $P rl^ | "t!l Mcncius said, under an active
despot, the people have seeming rejoicings and gladness , but
under a legitimate king, they seem to have a more free, and
quieter enjoyment of themselves. (MSng-lsze)
abruptly so is its coining ; like a flame bursting forth > like
death, like complete rejection. (YYS king.)
Joo yu Chang slie j j^>
and Joo kwei Le she
^ :ljr 2j5
two eminent scholars of the Sung Dynasty,
and commentators on the five ancient l ooks, called Wooking.
Joo-lae fflh ^ ^ji ^ the As-if-coming Budh; which
phrase the Chinese consider a translation of the Indian word,
or words, which they express by the sounds j [JoJ 'jjjjl jfrTo-o-kea-too. Joa lac Buuh, is that divinity whose rule
over the world is represented as past.
Joo rueen tan | j|[J ^ as if conversing face to face ;
name of a novel, 5 vol. Price, I mace. 8 cand.
Joo she wo win J
J^j thus I have heard. A
novel, 4 vol. Price I mace, * cand.
Joo tsaou ^
the name of a plant.
Joo kaou heen j Jjl ]Jf^ A Aeen district in Keang-nan
Province.
FE, or Fei.
Royal or Imperial concubines. The
Tse, Wife or
Queen, is called
How ; those next in rank, viz. the ^
Tse? or Concubines, are called Fei. The term is also applied
to the wife of the heir apparent.
Hwang tc yew san shTh IBh kiing- fei neu jp E5 jf
i | j|L . .
IM IJ
T y\ Q j -t" the Emperor has thirty six apart
ments, containing concubines. Tung kung fei ^ ^ |
tbc concubines in the eastern apartments. jjj ^gf ^ the
concubines in the western apartments; according to Chinese
usage, those on the west side, are .inferior to those on the east;
the 'middle space is the most honorable, hence Ching-kung J
'>rj the middle apartment or palace, denotes the person who re
sides in it, viz. the Emperor's Tse
wife, the Queen. Teen
tszc che tse yiiif how , yew yu? k8 moo ^ -J*
Q
Jfi ^ J^jj Jg|| J; the son of heaven's wife is called Unw,
and also called the nation's mother Tae8 Tll8 fei 3^ p*j J
the concubines arc called Fe, or Fei.
Tae tsze che fei
^ -J- JJ^ ^ "the wife of the heir apparent. Kwei fei
^ honorable ladyis now the title given to the Imperial
concubines. Teen fei nenng neang kin kea fung teen shang
.hing moo %\
M&lKl^ft
her ladyship the Queen of heaven, has keen promoted by
an act of the Imperial government, to the title. In heaven
above, Ihe holy mother. Ching fc | J is used in the
Le-king to denote the first in rank of the two wives of Ihe
ancient monarch ^ Shun, and Chang fei ^ j is used in
the same sense. Sang ke fei gow Jjj^ t | ^ lost his (or
her) partnerin this expression Fei j has the sense ofPei
j^[J a fellow i a comrade; a partner.
The ancient distinction of titles or terms for wives of
different ranks, as given in the Lc-king, is this ^ -J"- ~
Q ^ J{.jf _/\ {E|
the Emperor's wile is- called
How; princes of stale,' wives ore called Foo j in ; governor's
wives, Joo jin ; scholar's wives, are called Foo jii and the
cummon people's wives are called Tse,by this, it appears that
the terms
and how, were anciently applied to the same
609
person. The reigning Tartar dynasty in China will not now
admit the word flow being applied to European Queens but em
ploys the word Fei, which it the subject of the above example.
WANG.
From fugitive or abandoned and teaman.
Confised f
incoherent; irregular; disorderly; untrue; immoral; wild;
extnvagnnt. A negative; not existing; to cease to exist;
Occurs in the sense of Ji^ Fan, All.
The expression Woo wang ^ | not disorderly, in the
Yfhking, is differently understood by commentators ; insteadof the sense above given, some think it means not falsely ; and
that it corresponds to the term Che cn'n&f5Ij|J utmost
sincerity ; in the second of the four books, vix. tjj J^'
Chung-yungj
ffil W ilsf $R whe" un(1cr the l,e',Ten' the thunders act,
all things are kept in order ; the ancient kings imitated this,
and in proper season affordednourishment to every creature.
They consider thunder, not as symptom of disorder, but the
contrary, and say ^ ft % ^ J |$|
^ jfa
^ ifil J$ ^ when it thunders, the negative and positive
powers (Yin and Yang) h;irmoni', and their coming in contact
makes the sound. Jfc ]
Q ffi jjt ^ proceding
without confusion, obtains the accomplishment of its wishes
or success. (Ylh-kiog.)
j ^ J^f the principles of
ordtr or of perfect sincerity ; the natural, and true course of
nature vshich is imitated by every good man.
.(wang wang che j'n, piSh ko seang keaou^J 1 "* ^
^T* Rr
a crazT l'*ort'erl person it is improper
to have any intercourse. Wang IsS wang wei che too ^ -j^j;
| Wi yc?S i^E a disorderly '"-behaved blackguard. Woo
che wang US flit
|
ignorant and irregular conduct;
Che sin wang seang
;q\ |
a foolish heart and din
derly thoughts. ShTh shiib tan ta wang wei ^ J|| ^ ^
| jgj really shows great audacity, and disorderly behaviour.
M 1 * n 0 ITS If i f ftJZ
whenever disorderly thoughts arise in the mind, correct
them ly the sayings of the sages and worthies contained in
vol. i.
6 o
38th Radical.
Ill
Neu Jj
A woman's name.
Neu.
IV.
38th Radical.
610
*Tf|
YEN.
WAN.
FOUR STROKES.
TAN.
Delight, joy.
"EE
~PA.
a JIN.
From teaman and to sustain.
with child.
FOO.
fa
Pregnant wilh young i to be
Same
TSING.
man.
HEAE.
Dislikes; jealousies i envy. Ho fcr Tf J petty jealosies.
J EN.
611
The tjrants of the female sex in China are ii.duccd
bj their system of polygamy, to write and talk much against
the vice of enTj in wives, who see concubines preferred
to themselve., bj their husbands. Grave moral writers
adopt the nine strain ithn. a wife who lees ^ ^
^
Jft ^
ij /f> J^t Zl
j/j her husband's affections
set upon a dave girl, or a concubine, without cvry or illtreating the parties, has merit to be rated at luo hundred, in
the scale of virtues and vices. However, on the other hand,
to avoid giving unnccessiry cause for envy, Ihej sy to the
husband., that he who j $
^ jfe %
J H 1
improper seasons
admits the presence of the servant maids, and talks and
laughs with them, so as to cause h s wife to become suspicious
and envious, and to disagree with the servants, commits a
f in It to he rated at three, every time such conduct is repeated.
(Tseuen-jin-kcu-hw8.)
That the prosperous man is often envied, is thus taught by
an ancient writer, A W H
. ff ftl # A 1
there are three circumslaiucs for which u mail is hated of his
neighbour,He who attains high rank amongst the nobles is
envied by others; he who holds a place of high authority in
the state, is hated by his prince i and he whose emoluments
are great, has the dislike ofevery body who come with it. funthHh-gauu |ft j|j ^ to whom this was addressed, said in
rep'y, that he hoped to avoid imsp resentments by this means,
38th Radical.
IV.
Neu
+ New
IV.
38th Radical.
# El wk # when
612
forest, of flowers, when they live in vessels on the water, they are :
called flower boats, when they live by the water side, these pros
titutes habitations are called water tents.
##z
#########.-:
#r #
red
sin yang ke
on the
##
## l
Chines:
0! 3
mke fi
The M #
##
that he
# the
che e
Hill }# # * the
In th
#/.
them up
#||
Fire!
Heul
of Chin
# |# # thunder peak
#
##
pagoda.
Paneta pan tih sze yih kolaou yaou tsing teth yang tre
having
#! (######4 - || # 1 ####
top of a
the ho
fairy.
keang. Ke neu | + name of a plant, Quaedam species lilii
rubri. (MS. Dictionary.)
#E
thereaf
sprite.
Yaou kwae
YAOU.
1. |# strange
| #
ominous, portents are mentioned # # # # #
HE a cock biting off its own tail, and |# # 4% # #
mise the
A woman's name.
Balf
| #
|#
are
flowen
CHUNG.
non, I
She yaou
# |
# |
(he
html.
poetical
T"J"
Koo 3"
# l
strange
or fairy , an imagii
# #
Yuen-ken-luy-han,
Thg
bush
tilt it
613
In (he account called Tso-chuen, of the wars amongst the
Chinese lUlcl (B. C. S50\ there is mentioned ^ |f?j "j/
J or as it is othrrwise culled [ji'^ ^ a portentous omen of
snake< fighting. They t;ach in the same work, that j jfi
^ these portentous omens do not make themselvesand
that heaven due? not send them without cause, but that ^
fij
S -ijj porlentousonions arise from man,he draws
them upon himself by his extravagant crimes. ^ ^
J||J j Jffi. when man abandons the ordinary course of moral
propriety, these portentous omens arise. (Tso chuen.)
Heuen-tTh ^
n famous general during the civil wars
of Chinn, in the 3rd century, said of his opponent, that as
tl$ ffl 1 ^
ml,Sir P<;1I, he purposed to
ij^^ ^f&J jfO. t ke the b!ood of slain pigs sheep and dogs, and
l4 M l,e i,,,,busb at lhe
having caund his men to
top of a hill, till the enemy came up, he would then spurt down
the hloi'd upon them, and so loosen the spell. Yew kin show
yaou, yew bwa raSh jaou ^j"
^ \ ^ 4 ^ I
there are tpriltt of birds and lieastsi and there are sprites of
flowers and trees.
Hing yaou Is8 kwae jf[L ^ j"^ 'j^?
raise the faries and do strange tilings. Yaou liing roe jin
1 *Tfl 3^ ,A- *Prile5 aud far,es ,luP'1,Jr men-
38lh Radical.
IV.
Neu
CHEN, or Keen,
ft r
Chen keen ^
a pleasing laugh. Read Been or Han,
Beautiful i some say, A woman of a light and flippant deport
ment. Read Kin, Applied to an uncle's wife.
YUN.
A surname.
MEAOU.
From woman and small ; woman is the most fascinating- and
divine part of the creation. Spiritual, and incomprehensible
transmutations j delicate, minute, fine; subtile. Spiritual; abtruse | wonderful | good in a high degree; excellent. A delicate and attractive smile i a flattering winning t
rial l
6
f\
1 SramW* 'aughing laid, although on the hill
the moon shine is good, it is not at all to be compared to
the moon shine by the side of water,that is more admirable.
They say, on the hill there is but one moon; near the water,
many moons appear reflected.
The Yin-king thus speaks of Spin*,
-fj^ ^ |
$i? nfn M It % ^ ,pirit ' c",led from iu beins
the most inscrutable of all things ;they explain spirit so as
to denote, not an independant, intelligent being, but an
invisible intangible essence, that pervar" s every thing, and
is always present with material forms.
jjjj" ^ <^ pj*
1^
^ 13 1 *" raa,er'a' ex',lenc'e have traces
which may be teen; but the spiritual essence which is in
thcin, has no traces that can be seen; yet spirit is never
614
filing
if her
KEUE.
affecti
envious appearance.
dress,
single
CHWANG.
###
#k)
# spirit is to be
Chinese females,
of #
# # $k }% # H. |
Laou-tsze, it is said
he who constantly divests.
ii }% + #
i. introduced
in the
# + saying,
that
Chwang pan
ornamented;
| #} dress,
fil j\
#k # dressed,
}{ # + #
Chwang shih
in womans clothes.
# #}
nine years he attained a great and admirable degree of perfcc
tion in virtue.
oCCurence.
# the dreams
%r 3:
+k.
}} to comb
SA, or Se. A woman's name, the countenance.
##### |
Tsuychwang ke
Same as
39%
Show
Same as
#
# Che, Ugly, foolish, dissolute
|
Wit.
appe.
615
falling off a horse; and she walked with mincing steps, as
if her waist were broken ; her simpering smile seemed to
indicate that her teeth ached. The commentary says, her
affecting to weep was shewn by her
Q "J* wiping (her
cheeks) below the eyes. The account of her manners and
dress, closes by observing jjjjj
jp, ^ the train of her
single garment trailed on the ground like a fox's tail. She
and her husband after varied scenes of dissipation, extra
vagance, aod cruelty, both committed suicide on the same day.
YEN.
N A.
38th Radical.
IV
W1U
| the appearance of a fat littlethild ; a handsome
appearance.
IZj KEUN.
From woman and to adjust. A female beginning to dress.
HIN.
A woman's name.
M
THO.
FUN.
state in China Yen che keS ; King die kan j Fun hoo che
ko ; Woo yii S che kin scth ; tsze tsae che mei chay yay
Ui. Jtt: +t 1L % % til lhe hor,ls of Ycn ilhe mulberry
timber of Kings the arrow-liamhoos o(Funhoo; the metals
of Woo-yu?,these are all excellent commodities. (Chow-le.)
*I# 1^ YU.
good. Tsci! yu
+ Neu.
W.
33th Radical.
616
safe person to take care of the insense and the fire; it must
P,
or P.
FUNG.
#
In local use, denotes Simply the
P, The demon of
->
WAN.
Al-
A good appearanee.
t NE.
| +
A slave girl in a
Ne-tsze.
| #
a.
koo # /\ ||| % f] # # | #
+jrse # XI
Kang he sanctions
JB
| # what objec
YAOU.
| # a beautiful ap
Chay hoko
punj1% ET '' | !k k
Yaou neaou
| # disobe
dient; perverse.
Hten
# CH'HUH, orchhow. # Wh
# ## R | 4# # j] H
! # # # }# + T there is nothing to be appre
pan to tsew she leadu
Chow le
hended from this business stop till to-morrow and I'll settle
it all for you-let it be so; or let it rest there.
| # the
The heart
CHO.
v Same as #Pet A
pregnant woman.
# CHAOU.
TOO.
A female name.
->
|
|
Ta-ke
617
NAE.
*
The female breast) milk ; to suckle. Tang jin hoo chow
shwf.y wei hw.ng nae |& J\
M $fe ^ ^ |
the men of Tang call sleeping in the day time, the yellow milk.
YUEN, or Wan.
Supple; yielding. The name of an animal having a deer's
figure and fishes eyes.
38th Radical.
V.
Neu
HEUEN.
K'HEW.
A woman's name.
Of Chwangkeang
^ a beautiful and virtuous Princess,it 'is said, Tung kung che mei j|j ^ ^ a sister of
the eastern haremwhere tho heir apparent resided. (Sha
king.)
Urh kea ke wae mei yu SheheaoushUh jfjj
^
! ~f~ fife
and niarr'ed his ,i,ter bJ the
mother to Shebeao^nlh. (Tso-chucn.)
As the name of plare, once the residence of the wicked
king M chow> lhe SW-king thus speaks,
^Q
W A 4fy -f* 1 ^Jl Wang jS yuK >ing ta ming yu mei
pang, The king (Woo^ ang) thus spoke, make known the
great decree to Meipnnj,
I
MEI.
The name of a state i the name of a territory ; the younger
**AT 5.
68
MO.
times.
Ke m8
+ Neu.
618
W. 38th Radical.
+ # ^% R. HT l {!. # f: #
# Z H.j}: j{ # th. J% # + | Z Confucius
M he
tims
|f|| # | X. 4 t!
and
and
tot!
lence. (Chwang-tsze.)
imprisonment; it is
(Tal
TSHE.
#,
to il
in (
of to
Tse tsze
which
| +
## H
j | F' [] #l
Heen tse
}: |
virtuous
(Mng-tsze.)
the
H #: # H. | # when
mad
jR. T. X
| #
uth,
"
-a P.
a-
| Hi
**
mir
ther
j ## # # if the husband
titl
reasure, and
must
the
Pusly settledhy
themselves apply to government; so in this case
fate. (A proverb.)
j: # #
| Z at
":
pupil of
shang we hwan
witt
##### % # 9 k.
twof
Kungyaychang :
3 till
mae
#A .;
%.
ht
put
beat the wife, but does not break her limbs or maim her,
tim
619
There ii a clause to provide against Tie tsee- ya foo
tsinshuhscanggow ] ^ g., ^ ffi J||
| wive,
and concubines fighting with the relations of their husband,
and against | ^ ^ ^ ^
wives and
concubines beating- the parent! of their deceased husband.
(Ta-tsing-leilh-le.) From these provisions one would be led
to suppose that domestic broils frequently came to blows
in China.
Wild geese hare in erery age, been in China, an emblem
of conjugal fidelity ; thus in the She king.
gl H Pt?i ^ Yung yung ming yen,
38th Radical.
V.
Neu
# if $ if M
\ % h + M n M%***
and on the new moon, or in the time of thunder, to have
conjugal intercourse, is for each time, in the case of both
husband and wife, a fault rated at ten. And for the wife
Hecn foo maou chow, tseen kwo
^ j^J
to dislike her husband on account of his ugly face, is fault,
rated at one thousand! (KeS she peen
|U' if.}^ a collec
tion of Awakening lessons to the world. 1 vol )
Peaou-tse-yang-she
j ^
Yang-she, the wife of
Peaou : a person who lived about A. D. 608, famous for her
attachment to her husband ; a bandit, who saved her, in times
of civil commotion, which obliged her to forsake her first hus
band. Peaou, and his brother, were both murdered by those
who wished to obtain Yangshe : but she and Peaou's dog called
gyl ^r- fVang tsang, were equally faithful to him ; the dog
seized one of his murderers by the throat and tore him to
pieces, then rolled himself in the dust, shewing marks of the
utmost anguish, and never left his dead body. The
first
cut off her hair;. and mangled her face by cutting inlt deep
ga. hes with a km. after wh'ch she was made a nun hy the king,
who desired to possess her ; she next threw herselfinto a well
to drown herself, from which being rescued, and recovered by
the heat ofa fire, she finally cast hertrlf into it, and was burnt
to death. (Nan-she.) Foh ting foo jin yen
|g jfifi \
"5s never listen to what a wife says,is a proverbial saying ;
to which it is replied, gj \ |f
/j
|| |J "jff
Ay Yin tse yen urh ching ke mei chayylh pSh shaou
There are not a few instances ofaffairs having bwvVought
eu. V.
38th Radical.
620
SHIN.
TE.
A woman's name.
A woman's name.
TS'HEE.
Frore crime and a woman. A woman who has committed
some crime. A woman placed in a family abave the rank of
an ordinary servant, but inferior to the mistress of the house;
a kind of handmaid ; a wife inferior lo the first; a concubine.
Chinese moral sts do not allow a concubine to be taken till
the age of forty, and wbi> there is no hope of having male
issue by the wife. The name of a nation, it surname.
YTh tse jTh uuX
j one wife and one con
cubine. Jin chir tseu wei tsc ; mac leth wei tseS K jj
55 % S 1l Hft U 1 ,he "hom 8 man correclly
marries, isgntfe; she who is bought is a concubine. Fuojin
wei ta rhay wei tse ; tso seaou cbay wei tse
^^
M%
$L
4f" iS 1 awon",n who tho greater
(in a family) is wife ; sho who is the les s, is concubine. Foo
che ching shlh yu!S tse; tslh sMh jut tscS
j ^
|5j ^.ijjl ^$ ("3 J sne wno occllP,e a husband's middle
chamber (in his house) is called Tse'8. She who occupies a side
chamber is called 7>ec.
Chang tse*. bee" che yew tsze yny J| I . I 2i
jjlt the *eD'or concubine, is the concubine wbo has born
a son.
Tseu tse pfih tseu tung sing ; koo niae te puh che ke sing
Wh puh che ^ ^ ^ fpj $ $ j| ^ ^0
JC" it ('J h
wnen marrying a wife, one of the same
surname is not taken; when buying a concubine, not kuow ng
her surname; a divination takes place respecting hernot to
know her surname, hut whether the connexion will be lucky
or not. (Le-king.) Those who had jj^ Sing, or surnames,
in ancient limes were persons of family ; the mean taken as
concubines were people whom nobody knew. The same sur
name was avoided because such alliances
^ Jpj
approximated the state ofbrutes. Tsee-, Ise'en yay ] j|
the Tse? were mean low persons. (Le-ke.choo.)
Although concubinage is allowed by the laws of China ;
bigamy is condemned t Thus, under the clause Tse tse'S shlk
seu
|
Jji wife and concubine losing the order
which, by law belongs to them; it is said that,
^ 1 ^ ^ ""** M Fan C lse We' U*i! Chny ch*"B J'h
plh, In every case in which a man makes his wife take the
place of a concubine ; he shall he punished with one hundred
blows.And Tse tsae, e tse? wei tse chay, chang kew shlh ;
ping kaeching ^ $ 1 % g f # jl + $
^ j he wno> whilst his wife is alive, puU his concubine
in the place of his wife, shall receive ninety blows, and both
parlies be again put into the rank which belongs to them.
Then follows the passage here referred to, J5 yew tse, king
tse tse chay, ylh chang kew shlli, le e
/pj
^
^ # ^ i 1l "t* M H lf he who bas a w'fe marries another wife, he also shall receive ninety blows; and the
last wife be separated from him. (Ta tsing Leilh-lc, 6 vol.)
In the notes on this law, it is said, that the meaning of
the word 7Vr, or wife, is bcii g on nn equality with her hus
band. Tie use yu foo, tie te che jin ^ J fJ j&i. ^ ^
621
is one whose person ii equal in rank to
that of her husband , 'but, Tsef ehaj ju foo tseiS keen urh e
=^H^$clLftnti Concubine '* one who
merely admitted to a tight of the husband , hence to invert
the place of each, is Y5 kwei wei tse'en urh shing tseen wei
kwei #m$fffi#$$I;to
*
honorable to a mean place , and to raise the mean to a place
of honor, which it ii added, overthrows all the. laws ofmoral
propriety and decorum.
Other cues are provided against, which shew the depravity
of human nature i at, all who ^
j
ft.
S& /v
I ren' ou' 'ora ,um ^,ame3< 'ne'r mnt*
and concubine*, to other men, ac wives and concubinesshall
be punished with eighty blows ; and all who
^ | 7i
jflt ^
J{ ^ falsely call their wives and concu
bines sisters, and marry them to other men, shall receive eighty
blows.
Agamst Neen laou tseu lse'8 4j ^ ^ | old men
marrying concubines, the mora, writers are tcr<- dftviXed
A lf f
for.oW me" t he ctnru,u UMt
only destructive of personal virtue, but is AtcsuUng o-cvu-se
on posterity,most decidedly it ought not to be done,the
curse arises from fht bad example to the whole family which
such folly exhibits. (Tteuen-jiii-kfu-liwt).)
PiSh king cbe tseel san slilh kung ^ ^
^ ^
-| * J^J to refrain from lightly taking concubines, is merit
rated at thirty. Tse c' sing tsze fill) che cbung tseg ) ih
jin woo .Mh ^^Bi^MWM 1 ~A
~}~~
8 ^lan', *' living already b'orn to him a son,
if he afterwards take beloved concubines, for every one such
person, be commits a fault rated at fifty. (Kung-kwo-kib.)
38th Radical.
HO.
V.
Neu
&
HEU.
Handsome j pretty ; pleating ; affording pleasure ; joy.
Read Keu, A common epithet tor a woman in Ho nan province.
An old woman.
Heu \ occnts yn. with these four Jjj| ^ Pfil'fg
all of which are pronounced, Heu. A case occurs in
the 1 1th 1. of the history She-ke ^
where it is said
of a famous person, at the commencement of the Han dynasty,
Heang wang keen jin kung king, tsze gae, yen yu heu heu
when he taw any person behaved with reverence unt nect,
with kindness and love; hit speech vo mild and toothing.
Other copies for the last two characters write j j Heu heu.
PA
An effeminate appearance tvtman LiKr ; good or wefl-looking.
CHING.
A woman's name.
M1N.
A woman's name.
POO.
A beautiful woman.
O, and Ko.
From to aid and woman. To give additional knowledge
to females. A female teacher ; school-mietrcis or governess.
Same as the preceding.
VOL. 1.
5T
PWAN.
Neu.
V.
38th Radical.
TUNG.
62:1
A woman's name.
TSZE.
1\
becnyuNe,
>r poo.
Beautiful,
Beauti pleasing, pleased. A gem with variegated veins.
Same as M Nae, The breast ; milk.
LI NG.
m-.n's uame.
623
each other's company,but continue to associate in some
farniliei. which ends in illicit connexions and scandals.
(Tseuen-jin-li cu-hwb\)
CHE, or She.
From women and eminent; the beginning of woman.
(Shw8-wSn.) The beginning i the commencement ; the origin.
Read ( I ), To begin , to originate. Answers to (hen, when
introducing the second member of a sentence, which expresses
a ci.cu instance that must be preceded by something else. En
ters into several proper names. Name of a hill, and of a
district. Puuche^ejc \ the origin. Fang chc nei
^
and then it may be done,something else having preceded.
Sze chc J7IJ jfy the four beginnings, refers to the origin of
material existences. San che ^ j the three beginnings,
lefers to the year, the sun, and the moon. Tslhche-{^ ^
the seven beginnings. The name .f a medicine, applied also
to Heaven, earth, man, and the four seasons.
An eclipse,
that was deemed very ominous during the Han dynasty, is
mentioned thus, Jib shlh yu san che Q rbS
j an eclipse of the sun on the first day of the first moon in the morn
ing.These three coincidcncies are here called the three begin
nings, viz., Suy che chanu, yu che chaou, jTh che chaou ;
che yew chaou yay jjg $) J 0 2 $3
1 $ ^) til ">e EBrT1'D^ l'le ^ear 1 lne rnorn'"S ' tne
month; the morning of the day ; CA, Beginning, is the same
as Chaou, Mi.ruing. (Tscen-han.)
One of his statesmen, Paou seuen
^gf thus addressed
Gae tc
the mournful monarch, on the occasion. Pe
hea fon sze teen ; moo sze te i tsze, yang le min Jfjjj; "In
$ 7c # ill! -f # ^ ft il b } our Mi,j^,s
duty to serve heaven asyour father; the earth as your mother,
and to nourish, as your children, the black-haired people ,
bnt he adds, since you came to the throne, your father heaven
has been eclipsed of his brightness; your mother earth has
trembled with convulsions (referring to an e .rthqurkei, and
your children the people spread a general panic, by stunge
reports circui ted amongst t: em.
The writer, who had
made up his mini!, to meet death lather than hold his peace,
38th Radical.
V.
Neu
JEN.
nxx S. C.
PIN.
A concubine.
SHAN, or San.
From woman and a reeord, or an abbreviation of Jjjj)J Shan,
To pare or icrape off. Good or beautiful ; to speak against and
ridicule. Read Pwan, Ugly. Read Seen, A person's gait
or manner of walking. Read S5, The appearae.ee of a lady'i
garments trailing on the ground as she walks. Shan seaou
^
to speak against and laugh at.
This word occurs in some verses composed by Woo Te
jj^ i^j* the martial emperor, B. C. 81, on his seeing un
apparition of Lcfoojin ^ ^ A his deceased and beloved
Neu.
V.
38th Radical.
624
it
queen. During the Emperor's mourning, a Fang sze 1j I
:d to be
or magician, named Shaouung /J* |pj professed
able to Che ke shin ^ ^
bring back the spirit of
the queen. Accordingly a tent was filled up, and at night
illuminated with lamps: wine and a repast was spread out
where the shade of the deceased was to comet and the )|
Emperor placed in an adjoining tent, that he might have
a distant view of the ghost of the queen, which actually
(it is said) made its appearance, sat down in the tent, and
walked about in it. The likeness of the apparition, to the
queen was striking; yet the Emperor seemed to doubt the
reality, and says. She yay? fei yay ? lelh urh waug che, peen
ho shan ahan ke lae .he jjfl # $# jfij |*
ttj "flij I \ 3^
jjl was it she ? or was it Dot ?
as I stood and t *.<' upon her, how she walked about and
slowly adv.-nced ! (Tseen-han.)
'Of the great Captain Ying j^jj. who subjected all the
'Chinese states to his own sway, and called himself The First
Emperor, (B. C. 245,) it is said, that in consequence of his
success, Yin king ke so seTh ttze jin sze cfle, shan scaou
he boasted of the course In- had run ; lire umed cm his
individual knowledge , and vilified and laughed at the three
geiwhich preceded him, viz. the dynasties, Hca, Shang, and
Chow.
(Tseen-han.)
YANG, or Yang.
A term by which i woman designates herself instead i
nog the pronoun* ,1 and Me.
TSEAY.
seaou tseay g| ^
^
$f ^ J rjch men's
daughters are called Seaou-l$cay. little, or delicate elder
sister. Ta fan ching neu tsze wei tstay-iseay ^ ^
~f" J^r 1 1 * common appellation of females, is,
Tteay-ltcay, elder sister. Wo tseay
^ or Kea tseay
^ my elder sister. Ling tseay
j your sister.
Ta seaou tseay ^ /J\ ^ the senior yonng lady. Urh
seaou tseay *. /J\ ^ the second young lady. The name
sometimes precedes, as Yew san tseuy
- j jew the
third sister and sometimes an epithet is prefixed, at Keaon
tseay X?J \ the clever young lady. .
Chung tseay
| beloved sister, appellation of a notorious royal cour
tezan under the Tang dynasty, A. D. 70?. A renowned Poet
in China, Le-plh jfe j when intoxiealed (to which vice he
was addicted) rallied the king for not bringing forward Chungttcty to entertain the company. Ning wang
J the king
therefore or'dere I 'her to ting behind the screens; on which
the drunken pocl rose and returning thanks said, Suy pfih heu
kren mecn, win thing ylh hinge
^ fJf J| jgj
^
^?
although we are not allowed to see her face ;
Hill it isn happiness to hear hcrvoice. (Plh-mei-sin-yung.)
Read Tsze. Shan tsze ^ j -the name of a place on
the N. TV. of China, B.'C 200.
^^j^ YUE.
rta.
625
father ire called 2 | Wang *o. Uied at a Particle imply
ing Temporary indulgence. The name of a liar, of a state,
and of a hill. TsS koo
j a cross or diverging road.
The section called Tsew-kaou
royal commands
forbidding wine or drunkenness, contained in the Shoo .king,
has these words respecting those who assembled to drink and
carouse at nights, Wdh yung sha che ; koo wei keaou che
'fl M $ 1 'It $t il * """"J "> km
them, bear with and teach them better. The vice of drunk
enness it represented as prevailing to an extreme degree
amongst both the rulers and people, about 1 100 years, B. C.
and admonitions against it, are the subject ofa whole book
in the Shoo-king. Commentators are at a loss to conceive
why death as a punishment for drunkenness should have
been thought of ; they imagine that those midnight carousalswere of a seditious audi traitorous tendency; and resembled
the severity of an existing law, which declares,. Yay tseu beaoir
.an chay, kae sze tsuy
those who hold midnight assemblies which disperse in the
dav time,, arc all oguiltyj of a capital
r - offence
in the Lo-king, the death of TtSng Uze ^ J a disciple
of Confucius, is mentioned with a circumstance which
attended his death ; the whole is related by Tanknng
thus, The mat on which the philosopher lay had been given
to him by a person of superior rank ; and when he adverted
to it from overhearing the- conversation of his servant boy
and his son, who sat at his bed side, he insisted on having
it changed' immediately, that he might not die under the
charge of assuming rank not his due. His son remonstrated
in Tain, and the mat was changed-; but ere he was put to
rights on another mat; he expired; the words he used on
the occasion, are a favorite Chinese quotation, Keun tsze die
gae jin yay e Hh ; se jin che gae jin yay e koo tefh Jjljr
5u
38th Radical.
V.
Neu
SZE.
A woman's name.
KEA.
A woman's name.
TSZE, or Sze.
A term by which brothers' wives designate each other;
the senior sister is commonly called Sze; and the junior
Te. Tae Uze
| is the name of the wife of
:
Win-wang. In one of the passagciof the She-king, where her
name occurs, the change of style it obtervable ( the modern
& Is*
^ 1
^ ^
fc* eu.
V.
38th Radical.
626
which case, they are also called t^j- j Shwang sing, double
surnames. Tung sing |pj j of the same surname.
SING.
PTh kea sing "g" ^ ] tbe hundred family names or
surnames.
This is the title of a small tract which contains
'From woman and -to be burn. The family name or
the
most
of
Chinese surnames. It is one of the first
lurname. The Chinese express the whole of iheir surnames
books
committed
to memory by children, when learning the
by Plh sing "g" ^ the hundred Sing, which is a general
sounds
of
the
characters.
There is an edition called
term for the people or subjects.
S gfc 1 % B$ m kca "n" kaou ,ei> An
The
Lin, is an imaginary animal of the deer species,
inquiry
into the hundred family names ;it contains a
that is, having the body of a deer, the tail of a cort. and the
short
account
of the origin of each family. The first name
n"f of a horse i it is in Chinese poetry the emblem of the
inserted
is
Chaou or jjj^ Chaou, who being promoted by
i. " .-t innoxious and benevolent qualities; it Puh tseen sing
the King MCh-wang
to the govenrment of the town
tsaou , poh le sing chung ?x j $
0&
^fjf
Chaou,
(B.
C.
fl"0,i
his
descendants
took the name of the
treads not on the living plant) it steps not on living insects.
town
as
their
family
distinction.
This
little
tract was compiled
Sing | in the following quotation means grand children who
by.
an
aged
scholar,
about
the
commencement
of the Sung
continue the surname.
dynasty (the era of William the Conqueror) and had the
^ ~2L % Lin che
surname Chaou placed first in compliment to the Sung
M
^s 1 Chm Chi kung
family, wbnscs..rnamc was Chaou.
The Chinese iffe Sing, corrcponds to the Ifomen of the
t i^c
/ry Yu t'e!', ''" kei
Romans,
and to the elan of the Scotch. If surnames did not
The forehead of the Lin (how inoffensive) !
exist in England till the time of William the Conqueror, it
How substantially virtuous, Sir, arc your grandsons.
would appear that they prevailed in China at least 2000 years
Ah l see in thejr "* Lin itself. (She-king.)
before they were introduced into Britain. In some parts of
The following pompous phraseology i< in China merelyci il ;
which, \h. Wales and Ireland, they are yet hut partially used.
Tsing win turn sing ta ming =j| Jj ^ \
^ beg to
The etymology of Chinese surnames is in many instances
ask your honorable lurname, and great name ;this is the
borrowed from the names of places j some from incidents in
language of all ranks ithe poorest and most obscure. Answer,
the lives of the, founder* of the family; and some from the
Tsecn sing hwang ^ ^ jj^ my mean surn"e is Hwang.
character of the person. The surname Chaou, given above,
Without ceremony it may be said, Sing chang, ming king
is an example of the fiut. The surname I.c zj a pear, is
1 iMj ^ fjj^ surname Chang, and name King.
taken from the founder of the family having dwelt beneath
another person it may be said, Hosing^ j what
a pear tree, when avoiding the malice of king Chow ^rjr (B. C.
surname? or j
j^i p|| surname tv J name who ? i. e. || HIS). The turn*me Ma Jl|j ahorse, is taken from a title
what is his name and surname ; or in direct address from a
of distinction given to the founder of the family, in allusion
superior to an inferior! or amongst equals in unceremonious
to the martial qualities of the war-horse.
phrase, it meanswhat is your nunc and surname. Joo sing
In the Chinese laws, under the clnusc Tung sing wei hwiu
shin mo ,jfg j ^ J^E what is jour surname? They ask
i^j J jiu\i fj l,lson '
,alr'e surname marrying, it is
the same question, with prefixing ar ronouu, thus, jjj^ j
decreed that Fan tung king wei hwin chay, kS chang lew shih
'^j Kaou sing ta miug, Lofty surname, and great name ?
jipri
all cases, when those of the same surname intermarry, each
Win yew tan sing, fun sing ^
j^. | ^ ] iu
person shall le punished with sixty blows, and the parties
writings there are single surnames, and reiterated surnames ;
be
separated. The Foo neu kwci 'tSDOg, tsac le jiili kwsa
i. c. consiting of a single character, or of two characters ; in
627
^
^^
|f \ |f the female, shall be returned
to their kindred and the property and presents be confiscated
to govenment.
If it be a mark of the savage, state to he, (as Pliny says,
of the savages of mount Atlas) Anovymi, nameless ; and
civilization be in proportion to the number of names, the
Chinese arc the most civilized nation on earlli. Originally
every person had but one name, as Adam i Romulus;
Hengist ; and so on. The Romans had three names, viza Prenomen ; Noroen, and Cognomen. The Chinese have
generally four, sometimes sir names.
1. jjj: Sing, The family name; the name of ihe.
clan, or surnair-; thenwnen c-f tl\..- Roma.
2. I^j Ming, The name, or Roman Prrcnomen, or the
Europeans' Christian name ; of Ihese the Chinese
have threci viz. the
3.
38th Radical.
V.
Neu -fc
'*
m
WttMft' % E M- W. Hf % Hew*
able by the influence of his great and illustrious virtues, to
unite all his numerous kindred "within the nine degrees
of consanguinity ; these being all united in mutual harmony,
he tranquilized and promoted the lusture of the people's vir.
tues ; and his own people being rendered illustrious by their
virtues; he joined in the bands of amity all nations. 0 how
great then, the change to goodness ; and how peaceful the
state of the black-haired people !
Fdli e sing che tsin JJfj :f| ] %*^fL ,UDjccteo' (lo a
willing union) relations of a different surname,
Neu.
V.
38th Radical.
PE.
A woman's name.
MAOU.
Good; excellent.
629
legislative assembly, have always found other meant to
came their voice to be heard. Wei yang j |J|t in ana.
tomy, refen to the parti about the bend of the knee.
ffei-keHh in the sense of Hardship ; grievance ; oppression
and ill-usage, are used thus, Nuy chuiig yew wan tseen *'
kt&h, yung tsuy min se shuh pq t|j ^j" ^
^
^ K $W ^ 'n"<'e lnere ore ten thousand thousands
ofgrievance'suffer an offending subject to stale them parti
cularly. Ne yew shin mo wei keflh, fan nan, chih kwan
kaou soo wo, wo ning keac teih jfo ^ ^
] ^
38th Radical.
VI.
Neu -fa
j^* TSZE.
Ft
From (Us and woman. A low immoral woman ; one who
dances and plays to gain her livelihood. Ts.eke | j a
plain ill-looking woman.
Collected together in regular orden
YUH.
l'HEU
also of the
Wei mnou ^ ^ or ~
Heuen kwan, A high cap,
tied with ribbons under the chin, worn by graduates and men
of rank in ancient times.
Hw yuen yy hw wei yay
^ ^fj
J ^
both the beginuing and the end. (Le-king.)
of a hill.
KE.
[=1
IK, an PPear*nce of self complacency and satis
faction. (She- king.)
The same idea, in the same ancient |
work is expressed by ^ j t& jfe Wei wei to to.
) Jfc Wei hing, ] ff4 Wti ho, ] |m Wei shun,
1 $L
'"-y' * conferred figurr, harmony, obedience,
and relinquishment alluding to the birth, life, and death of
man, are expressions which occurs in the writings of the an
cient philosopher^
Chmang-trce. 10th vol page 88.
SIX STROKES.
Pin.
Pregnant.
Yttou
1
n.
Neu.
V.
38th Radical.
KEANG.
From shrrp and voman. Name of a river at whirh the
ancient jjjfj)
Shin nung lived, from which circuimtance
Keang became hit iurname. POh krang
j the name
of a river. Keang how j
the Queen of ^
Win,
wang. Keang tae kung |
ffe a f.moui general of
antiquity, who wai eighty years of age before he wat in office.
Kearg.ibe tac | r^r^ the wife >f Kenng-the I thii
penon lived during the Hang dynasty, and ii oae of those
extraordinary instances of filial piety and devotion lo the
will of parents, held up as examples by the Chinese. Keang
>!><'' wife, shewed the utmost duty to her own mother,
afterwards to her husbnrd's mother, who in her old age would
eat only the carp, and drink of the water which was brought from
the Yang-tsxe-keang -. thitl er the obedient <ius;Vtte,'irflo.w will
ing repaired daily to briag asupplv. Oritur failing once to do
i", her husband, influenced by that cilrjra^aiit devoted.u-si
to his mother's wishes, which the Chinese admire, divorced
his wife. Thus driven from her home, she worked night
and day at weaving, and not only supported her self, but
bought delicacies for her husbands mother, and sent them
630
by the band of an unknown penon j which
being discovered, the huiband relented, and took her again
to his own house i and from that time, a son she bor*_
became the bearer of water from the river for the mother's
use. When performing this duty, the boy fell in and was
drowned, and Keang-the's wife, instead of upbraiding her
husband and his mother, concealed the occurrence from
the aged parent, that her feelings might not be wounded. Finally
heaven, moved by such heroic telf-controul, and respect for
an aged mo' her, caused a spring to break forth by the aid*
of Krang-the't cottage, which supplied both the water and
the carp of the river, without any effort lo proture them.
(Wan seaou tang hwa chuen fj^
'i J|t j{Jj[ prints
with notes to afford an evening's amusement, 3 volt )
Keang tae kung | ^ Q a person, whose name was
Shang
celebrated in ancient history, for being a principal
meant of overthrowing the wicked prince Chow wang ^
TJ^ (B. C. 1103). He is said lo have possessed tome super
natural arts called Woo hiy chang keu jf
^
the
fi\e thunder hand-palm secrets, by which he kept off all
noxious influences i hence, the prevailing custom of writing
on a wall to drive away d< mons, these five words, Keang tae
kung ttae tsxe 1
Jf Kemg Ue kung is here.
Keang yu4 kwang ^ Q
a minister of stale during
the reign of ^ )* Wanlelh, (A. D. 1619.) Keangycekwang perished amidst the distresses of the house of Ming.
He was one of a large number who preferred death to submis
sion to the Man-chow Tartars, he drowned himself in a pool
of water; in opposition to him it placed Hwang tie tsin "gj
-)who was also a minister of the Ming dynasty; aud
who at the age of 80 years submitted to the tonsure, in
consequence of which, he is the scorn of his countrymen to
this day. Keang wei |
whose marriage name was Plh yS
\ti nfy ' "ne ',ne leading characters during the civil wart of
lhe .El HI tl,ree kingdoms, (A. D. SSO )
Keang kwang j jjj^ the name he assumed on marrying
wa*^|
Plh kwae, he lived B. C. I5S years. Hewasreremarkable for hit classical learning and a tronoruiral science.
He had 3700 pupils, many of whom came from a great distance
to attend his lectures and instructions. According to lhe
631
38th Radical.
VI.
Neu
^ W $|
M8johanl5-
^-Neu.
VI.
38th Radical.
632
KAE.
HEANG, Of Sheang.
A woman'i name.
4fa
MOO.
GO.
-3?
KEAOU.
rtft
Beautiful woman : handsome ; pretty ; clever frlful
crafty; intriguing. Read Hcaou, Lewd. lftinouw>
Pub ko ke wei urh keaou ^
JTTj 1 mu,t
not reject the dignity of man, and Sink vnTo effeminate dissuluteneu. ( Ito-chuen.) Nan tsxe i.ivi maou wei keiou tung
^
H ^
^ ]|| a male with a beautiful face ii
called a handsome I id. Neu tsae mei maou wei keaou nieaou
i ^- i|
% \ jfy* female with a beautiful face
is called admirably handsome.
633
virtue. Ming, taoo, keen kwae, sze ta pn
^ | ^
PP ^ ^ murder, robbery, a rape or adultery, and stealing
children or women, are four great law cases.
Keen tfing gan keen j
^ jjj: a law er of
adultery. Fan cliBh keen Uing ^[J |Jj ^ F committed
a crime of adultery or fornicatioo. Keen jin tse Isee | ^
to debauch men'a wive* and concubinei. Fan keen
ihow king 3[J7 ^ ^ jfl] t commit adultery and receive
the punishment.
Keen tang j jp? a pnlitic.il cabal ; n corrnpt treasonable
party : a herd of men in power who intrigue lo promote
ther parly interests at the expense of their prince and their
conntry. Chinese history abounds with complaints of such
parties in the state.
2$ A 0 jS? Kdh jin *ue kow'
^ A 0 M Shl i
#|' 0 1 Te y teen,
/ft J^J El $1 T"e nU' JU* kwei'
To rob or plunder in hands is expressed by Row;
To murder as well as roh is expre ssed by Tth ;
Traitorous parties outside the palace are called Keen;
When inside the palace they are called Kwei. (Shoo-king.)
The ancient Chinese thus speak ofthefnur means of legislatic, viz. Etiquette, Music, Laws, and Penalties,
j^j
* & m fL n * *f. flj a
t ] lhe rules of decorum and etquette are to rationa
lize Ibe peop'e's minds; music is to hirmnnize their voices;
laws to give uniformity to their conduct ; pCii.ilties are to "tiard
against their cruel and vicious excenei. The commentary
defines the last word by Heuug keen |XJ j rruel excesses,'
for the vicious indulgent e of the more lender passions general
ly end in the most hard-hearted cm Ity to some one or other
of the parties concerned. (Le-king.)
The Chiuese not only differ from some European legislators,
who would permit the adulterer and adulteress to marry, but
they also differ from what, it is Slid, ft. Austin allowed, viz.
for a woman to commit adultery with the consent of her husbnd,for they enact, that JLfflL $ & AM, \
FART 1.
6T
38th Radical.
VI.
Neu -4^
1 jfe 1 iH
"7 case
when a man shall allow his wife or concubines to have an
adulterous intercourse with another man, the husband, adul
terer, and adulteress shall each receive ninety blows. When a
husband or father ^r\^)^^}^tL^'kMA.
^Jg | forces a wife, concubine, or adopted daughter, to
yield their persons to another man, the husband is beaten with
a hundred Hows, and the adulterer or fornicator with eighty
blows.
Ai d if to evade this law, a man Jfj
^ $C |f $Z
/^P ]|J J{ ^ employ money and buy a divorce, which
divorce another man sells him, and he with the consent of
all parties, marries this other man's wife, each pirty is to be
punished with a hundred blows , the wife to he forced to separate
from both the men , and the property be confiscated.
The argument used to justify these laws is, that though
all lhe parties net volnntary, their conduct, Pae hwae fung hva
ISl Mi, tyC ien^t 10 ru'n tne Pu0*'c n,rals, and their
individual consent does not extenuate the offence against
society.
To preserve the superior character of the government, the
s ine crime is punished mere severely in them, and ^
t 1 tt#t 1 ft I
kwan keen chlh kwnn tse-chay ; keen foo, keen foo ping
keaou, In every case when an officer of government shall
commit adultery viith another officer's wife, both adulterer
and adulteress shall be strangled.
Unnatural crimes are called ^'f? ^ Ke keen, in the law
hooks, and are thus spoken of. Ho tung ke keen chay, kea
haou ,Th ko yui chang >Th pih $ |^J |jg \ ft ^ jj
'
'fci * @" mea *no niu,,|ii"> *srce i,: c'"imit au in natural crime shall wear the wooden cu'lar one
month and receive a hundred blows.
Vi< lence offered to the person of a boy belonging to repu
table parents, unuvw>3T*laC of 12 years, is a capital crime.
Lun keen ijjjjjj | is ouv txpression which denotes a party
of mm all forcing one woman ;.v 'luh -eems to have been a
practice with banditti in Sze-chuen pin ince, a* there is a
I erinl clause against it.
With respect to the illegitimate offsping of fornication or
adultery, it is declared by law, that j ^ $ ~Jfc M. ffi
+ Neu.
634.
| # # j: # *
falsely charging
If however he
j
-
# R. # %. debauching
insta
again
## # l
persons related
}: # |
JL #! | # /\ +Fan
ho keen
He who
# 1
}% #
# 1U. |
R; # # |
the superior
Mit,
Out
fion
Kal
agi
'' R # # buying
the
Tit
Wol
it
lew san tseen le, does not effect his purpose, he shall he punish
distance.
by
her own
:# ###
#'
###
F# If k W.###
H. servant' wive'
|H] # # #####
girls and nuns, who shall resist violence offered to "
consent, shall
their
till death
In the penal code of China, it is said, that Tsen tae fan keen
sze, keae tsnets leth chung
#j {{: %U. | ## %E
| # it is
enacted
| #
of the land -and that the Ming dynastv first formed them
th
The section under which these laws are crawained in the 19th
vol. of the Leh-le, is nulled Fan keen AE
*:
'i # # combine
illicit inter
# # 40. |
to slavery.
doomed
635
the Keen chin ] |J wicked minister, who enter into tuch
cabals, but also to thots who submit to hit powerful influence,
instead of doing their duly in opposing him and informing
against him.
The notes say that. Keen jin ^ ^ wicked intriguing
men, who disturb Ihe affairs of government,
jn ke sie
^
aCC"mm^ate lne'r
t'|fi,a ieW'i
begin by forming parties of friendt. Those whom Keen
seij j 8 shi | jjfj ^ <PX y,lcM al d intriguing statesmen
wish to kill ; are eilh. r persons on whom they desire to
gratify revenge, or whose worth or favorable reception at
court they envy ; or whose Strict principles and just dis
pleasure tliey dread. (Ta-tsing Leah le, 4 vols.)
On the surjerl of lewdnes-, in all its forms, the Chinese
moral writers are copious to excess, and endeavour to point
out in the strongest possible Lnguage, Ihe evils resulting
from it. The title of their esjayt are expressed in this wa\,
Keae kei ke keen pei shw jfo ^
] jfe
warnings
against going with prostitutes, ami debauching female slaves.
(Tseuen-jin-keu-kwo.) This essay Ojieus by affirming that
Woo kelh kwa foo, choo Iszc rhay, tsuy yu shijin ting
& m 1 f t W M M A f " d<fil
a widow, or a virgin, commits a crime as great as murder.
And notwithstanding the distinctions which the laws of
man make, it is affirmed, Keen che, urh tsze, yin leith woo
fun kwei tseen ] ~ |g $ g g ft
that the two words, lo fornicate, are not, by the laws of the
invisible slate, varied in their criminality, according to the
respectability of the persons.
A Chinese books on Ethics, called King sin luh ^
^
a record of things respected and believed; or a confession
of faith; contains a decalogue, in which the first command
ment is, Keae yin hing jfo
against lewdness.
In the absence of the awful sanctions of Christianity,
the Chinese have recourse to various legendary tales, shewing
the interposition of Superior Powers, in favor of Virtue, and
against vice.
The afore named works, contain many examples, briefly
related. One is Ihe c^se of a literary candidate who having
attained Ihe ae ol 54 years, without success in obtaining
degrees, applied to the angel H8-e.lung-Uze jjj^^ ^ ~f-
38th Radical.
VI.
Neu -jfr
+ Neu.
a superior called
# # Pae-tow,
636
|
for by these, comes under the law concerning spies ; and to the
same regulations and penalties the priests and their temples
are subject.
#F
E ma tsze mei
: *#
a different
of course t
The
E Po
E meang
to th
| #
|#
# |
#I)
Han keen,
HOO.
Hoo loo
3%
# . sordidly avaricious.
E.
A woman's name.
(Ta
page 20.
The two last clauses u.der this spy law enact, that any
JOO.
forcigne going cland stinely over the frontier, Woo lun she
fow tsih fi
# % * # HE
NEEN.
Chih, or Tes.
# }%
and
te
bro
KEEN.
Used
->
%|
chih
it.
#!
th
\%
Chih foo
k
*
made
637
by a fciriOW and bold sta'i sman Tet jin-kee ^ -fn ffi to
tbe no leu famous queen Woohow
(A. r>. 7o \
The queen had nn illicit nmour with her nephew Woo-aan-17^.
ffli
aS an(' ProPn,e<' 'he "linirteri to make him heir
to the throne, to tbe excliis'on of her owa son
|5||f j
Loo-ling-wang. In this nroject the was opposed strenuously
by Tee'-jin-keiS ; who -far his opposition was dismissed in
anger from the Queen's presence. After a considerable lapse
of time, the ministers were again called for by the queen,
who said, she had often dreamt that she, Shwang luh pflh
shins
^ jj\ ^ had made the Swang-lSh move in
che s, ODd had lostj she then fore called them to interpret
to her this drearn. Jinkel, as Ihe above name is abbreviated,
replied, that her losing the game was from
-jf- -{ft having
no tonsor pieces to support the moves nd thut, Teen ke
e cbay e king pe he. ^ % g %
-il
was an ii jim .tiou of I He will of Heaven, and a warning to
her majestyrespecting her project of setting aside her own
on, to put her nephew on the throne: he then rehearsed
the toils and dingers gone through by the founder of the
dynasty, with the design of handing down the throne to his
own posterity; said exclaimed, Koo chTh yu moo tszc shfih
tsin jjfe ^ Jjj^ Q ^jp- ^ ^ is your nephew or your
own son the nearer relation ! If jour r,ephe be placed on
the throne, the temples he erects will not be dedicated to
you, but to another name.The desire of immortality on
earth, , and the rites of sacrifice to her manes, prevailed with
the queen, and . she immediately fixed the succession in favor
of her son. (Urh-shTh-yTh-she, SSw vol:)
ChTh urh | ^ a nephew. Shift) chlh
] an uncle
and a nephew. Laou heen chTh
Jjj^ j venernhle worthy
nephi a complimentary address. Tclh chTh ^jjj | an elder
brother's son or daughter Tang chTb ^ | i maternal
nephew or neice. Chth ma chiih kea koo tsze e ta kun^ tsun
huh lun , Chang tseTh .bib | || ft ^ jfc g jfa
jttfi'&Mmbk'k.ir ne^'hc', who ,hM u,e
abusive language to his elder brother's sister, who is already
married cut, should no doubt be judged of according to the
law respecting superiors of ne .rly related kindred, and punished
with seventy blows. (Tk-taing Leflh le.)
VOL. J.
38lh Radical.
VI.
Neu
CHIN.
Careful: attentive.
KE.
A famous surname of antiquity. Re? I E, An epithet of
handsome women j a king's wife , a general term for concubines. Ke sing che kwB ^ jfi. 9 nations possessed by
Ihe family Ke there were forty brothers. (B. C. 1110.)
Ke J the surname of Hwang-te ^ ^ was nssumeaMn
reference to Ke-shwity ^ fa the stream Ke where bo-reniaed.
Jin che UeiS ching ke tie* A ie?I
$f }
men's
concubines are complimented by the appellation Ke-tiil. la
this use of the character Kangke requires it to be read %.
Ke pun Chow sing ke neu kwei yu leg kwg che neu,so e foo
jiu mei haou, keae ching e ^ ^ ^ jt J
^
Ke, was originally the surname of the Chow family who adopted
it from Hwang-te (B. C. 1110.)
He .princesses- of this
family .were more honor b|e than those of the olher. princi
palities i< and hence, womrfPw'ho have complimentary appella
tions given them are all c died Ke.
About 500 ve.irs B. C. it is said, i, the Tsn-chucn. that
Ke sing che kw chay, sze shlh jin ^ jfe j?j ^ ffi [JLj
J"
there were forty princes of tbe surname Ke, who
ruled separate principalities, which number YTh yfl yen (he
pflh pelh keang ,h* ^ $ ~g ^ $ ^ %% however was only an av r am'ounj, and must not be strictly
interpreted:there
more or fewer.
BEEN.
A good appearance.
+ Neu.
VI.
38th Radical.
63S
E.
to
HANG.
7A
an
GO, or O.
A womans name.
|->
A/
surname.
KWANG.
a brid
YEW.
duk:
eveni
] sees
Mad; a period of ten days; a bride's first arriving. Read Keun, The marriage of man and woman. Read Sin, The name
mitri
matt
A.
of a district.
Good ;
Xu TOO.
YEN.
# Too,
A woman's name.
YES
MING.
yi
tor
Good.
Yen
and (he
Some as # Ketih.
Same as
# both
# Cha,
9: and
3.H."
#*
X%
woman. One
Iname.
% | M.
Pe. (Tso-chuen.)
639
YIN.
From woman and because of. The person made for man ;
a bride; the bridegroom is culled jjj^ Hwan, from woman and
dusk: became he came, according to ancient jsage, ' in the
evening of the day to receive his bride. The fiimilies of bride
and bridegroom. Hwan yin
j marriage; a weeding;
matrimony ; nuptial riles and cercmoaies.
Hwin yin tu sze ^ ^ ^ 4pf the great concerns of
matrimony. Hwin yin keTh she jj^ j ^ [jij. to be mar
ried at the proper age.
In the Leking, the simple word
Hivin, the evening is
employed for the first character in the above phrase; and its
use is accounted for thus ; Q A ^ ^'J
^^
3 i=f* J^C 3 1 ^n jun ',ow urn kih pwan wei hnan,
se yiiiS hwin, tse yue ) in, 'Two quarters of an hour and a half
after sun set is c. 1 It d hwin ; i e. dusk or twilight ; the bride
groom is called hwin, ai:d bride Tin} which is composed ol
woman and cnusr, intimating that the bridegroom's coming in
the evening- is the cautc of the brMv't going with him to
become his wife. 1 . c housing the evening, tl.e Chinese usage,
corresponds with that ol the Greeks According to the ancient
ai.thirrily above referred to, the words Hn'Sn yin (givcu above)
are also applied to the relations of the wife. The word Hwim
is ap, lied to the wife's father, and theword j Yin to the
husband's father. The hu-band's kindred nrc called J
1^1 Yin hcung te ; and the wife's kindred ^ jjj^ ^ Hwan
heung te. (Leking, 7* ^ entitled
Hwiu-e.)
Yin ya ] iSfli females who become related by the mar
riage of sisters, and so on.
Yiu tsin | ^ Yin tseTh ]
and Yin kea j ^
all denote being related by marriage ; the last phrase refers
chiefly to the heads of the two families. Yiu kea wan sing
\ ?jr\. HfJi ^t* junior pupil related by marriage,is a
mode of signature proper on some occasions when writing to a
father-in-law : under different circumstance to style himself
Wan-sing, would be thought ridiculous. The Chinese distinc
tions in many of these cases arc exceedingly minute, and
uninteresting to people of other countries and differeut usages.
3Slh Radical.
VI.
Neu
-k
The Chinese teach that there is a Providence of Superior
Towers which predetermines what two persons shall be united
in marriage; and this predi termination they call Yin yuen
1 ^ the cause of marriage; hence the standard maxim,
Leang yuen yew sflh te; kea gow tsze teen ching Jj^
fj^
Mr
'(PI ^ ^ )$L iVI'icstous predeterminations
are fixed in the morning ; happy unions are made in
heaven. (Koo-sze-keung-lin.)
In allusion to the same idea is the proverb, Tsze koc
taon ; tse'en le yin yuen ; ylh seen keen kwan
"jj'
=f S 1 B 18 ^ H' from ,,f old 11 h" becn
said, marriage destiny unites those a thousand miles apart ;
and a thread will draw, and keep them together. The last
part of the proverb refers to the thread by which the wine
cups of the bride and bridegroom are united at the marriage
ceremony.
In China a marriage that would not be considered informal
must observe the ^ jjjjjjf Lull le, Six ceremonies; whirWare
these.
1, When the father, and (if he have any) the elder brothei
of a young man, have determined to esp> use a wife forahiro,
tl'ey must send a Jt \ Mei yin, or go-between, to tlie father
ai d brother of the young woman whom they desire to espouse,
and enquire of them, her name, and the day and hour of her
birth. These arc submitted to (a j-*
PiSh chay,) a divin
er, who, by his ai t ascertains jj^ jfc ^
Kc keih puh
krlh, Whether the Union of the p irties will be (Uicilous or not;
if it he determined in the affirmative,
iSJ" Jj jJJ^ T|
TsTli ko ching tsze Be, then the affair may be carried into
effect ; if in the negative, the intended alliance is broken off
2, The young man's friends, [#){ J> jfQ
-jg
^
Ke pah tih tsze neu Isze shin keTh, having divined that
an alliance with this young woman will be felicitous, the
go-between is sent to announce it to the parents of the young
woman, and to rrque. n promise of marriage, this form is
called 4fy
Hakeih, Arlivering the happy tidings.
S, Thenexf <jtp'k*for the -Crioids of the intended bride
groom to send aud request from the young woman's parents
a written promise of marriage,this is called ijjtj 7^;
Ni tsae. Next,
Ncu.
VI.
38th Radical.
to the bride's and bring her home. When she arrives at the
gate.lhe music strikes up i and the nrsniihe take the bride
on their shoulders, Ke kwo ho pun
^ if^ ^ to carry
her over the dish of fire, which is placed inside the
door; having entered, they immediately carry her into the bride's
chamber and require her to sit down.
The bride has next lo acompany the promise, bearing
arm, or Belle nut, out to the hall, requesting the guests to
partake of it; and having with the bridegroom worshipped
the goose, sbe again enters her chamber.
The pronuhv then request the bridegroom to enter, Taou
keu sin neang che tow shang hung pa ^ ^ ffi
~
|g
to pluck off from the bride's head her red
vail, and to Sung lung ^ ^ open the trunk which contains
her r.imenl, at the top of which is placed some mouej for
Lc,he P\ f|? R,,od luck'
After Ihtse ceremonies have been gone through, a table
ith wine, is spread in the bedroom, at which ibe bride and
bridegroom alone sit down (and which is called Tso ko tang
$i "V
'" tDe n" ut,on&* and here the Hi kiu le
'FJ
jjSst crcll,ony pf joining CUP it-gone through i which
is otherwise called Hwa <liuh tsew ^
ydjj the flower
caudle wine; the bridegroom drinks a liale; and the bride
screens her face with her hands, and goes through the form
of drinking.
The Kea po
"J^ or pronubsr next send in a matron,
of many children, the wife of one husband, and oue who has
been successful through lile, to pronounce a benediction, and
to Poo chwang ^jjjj jj^ make the bed. The party outside
drink aud make merry till the hoi.r of retirement arrives,
when they accompany the bridgrnom to the chamber door
and disperse. On the next morning, the husbind and wife
come out to the hall, Pac kea thin ^ ^ /jjjj) to worship the
household gods ; and to pay their respects to their parents,
uncles and aunts. They then return to their chamber, and
receive the visits of their young friends who are permited
to lauh and joke at their expense; which usage is called
Fan sin lang
^
aud Ta fang r ^ an attack on
the bridegroom.
The bride [jjj |Tj Hwuy mun, visits ber parents on the
641
~
San chaou, third morning after the marriage ; in an
ornamented chair prepared by her husband, who gives the Q
PTIi jor, White fitthfeatU on the occasion. Alter the
expiration of one month, the wife's friends send a head-dress
to their daughter < which is called
^ Hwan ke, exehagfng heai-drtu, and on this occurrence a feast is given to the
relations of the new married pair, which entertainment closes
the nuptual ceremonies.
In the Ta-lsing Leflhle, under the law entitled, Nan ncn
hwin jin ^ -fc jfijf J i. e. The marriage of men and
women,are inserted several enactments respecting the dis
putes which occur between the contracting parties; breach
of a promise of marriage, or as they express it, Hwuy hwan
the tsze
^
repenting of the intended marriage;
the being prosecuted for fornication, adultery, or robbery,
after the contract of marriage has heen arranged ; some imposi
tion on the part f the go-between, and such like cases.
It was the dynasty Ming, which reigned during the 14th,
and 15th centuries, that LeTh hwin yin ylh pe'en jT jj^
\ " jj^ established the section concerning marriage, as
it now stands, with some slight alti rations.
The fundamental principle-is, that as Hwin yin shTh lenng
kea che haou jjjj^ ^
ppj ^ j $J marriage is for
the mutual advantage of both families ; it PeTh tsung so yuen
ffi jfjt musl Proceed flom ulontary consent, or
what it desirable for both parties ; and therefore, Woo yaou
leang kca ming plh tung che
j^J ^{ (pj
j|j p
insists upon both parties clearly and explicitly informing each
other, whether the man or womau have any bodily defect or
not; what their age is, and whether born of wives or con
cubines ; of the first wife, or some subsequent connexion ;
or be one's own, or an adopted child.
If these things have all been previously explained and
understood, Urh chi! hwuy chay, che woo shth jjjj
i|X
~L 5. "| an<1 e,ther Par,J suddenly repent of the
arrangement (or violate the promise of marriage) the person
with whom the controul is, shall be punished with fifty blows.
If in the mean time, Tsae heu ta jin we ching hwin chay
faffi 4fa K'fc ffc$% anolher promise of mar
riage has be; n made to some other person, and We ching tsin
^
Wi t'le ,narr'!,ge not haTe been consummated, the
I'SRI. I.
Oa
38th Radical.
VI.
Neu^
Neu.
WI,
642
38th Radical.
lived in the south of China, and the other family in the north,
at the far famed
%#
Wan tset,
of a son.
call it; but more correctly, the Celestial Stream. The boy's
father died; and his family was dispersed; and neither the
l * % t; X. |il Ken
# Negan, or nunnery.
Heu ying
Meacu kten
}}| J to
natics.
all one's sons and daughters. This has an allusion to Heang chang
[[:] # whose
lived
% 4% # #| }} % J]] the
% #|
is
ZR #1
# H# # $k
# | #
Le
-i.
#:
# 'n
of more.
that
##### #yen,6-4
##
in ar" times the friends of
N tae; 2nd,
# ,
Wn ming,
uous person, as a
*
% # and did
J% #
-
denotes Neu
e She-king.
J: #
'l Hi
denotes
|. # Pth tse,
To divine
38th Radical.
6+3
for a wife i. e. to divine whether marriage with such a person
will be felicitous or cot : this phrase has an allusion to a
person named Ring chung |j^T
mentioned in ancient
story, who divined respecting a wife bj the flight and the
Toice of the ^ ^ Fung hwang birds.
Neu
SHE, orCh'he.
VI.
3>
deceased parents.
Foo she ^ | a deceased father. Moo she ^ j a
deceased mother. Koo che ^jij ^ light and dissipated.
Che che kung cboo j J /J^
a beautiful princess.
Tsze he ! Tsze he !
KWEI.
A good-looking appearance ; handsome ; a genteel gait
YuiS Iaou
the moon-light old man, denotes the
person who carries messages in forming marriage contracts :
it alludes to a person named Wei koo tp" |j| during the
Tang dynasty, who being in search of a wife, saw an old man
leaning on a bag and reading a book by moon-light. On
enquiring what the bonk was, he was told in reply that it
was Hwin tiih jjf^
the book of fate concerning mar
riage*. When asked what was in the bag, the old roan
replied, Chill shing tsze
^
red strings to bind the
feel of man and wife together; when bound with this string
added he, even though their respective families cherish a
mortal enmity to each other; and though they live in regions
widely separated, still they never can escape the connubial
tie. It is from a desire in parents (hat this fabled conjugal
fidelity may be verified in their children ; they have named
the Go-between, from the circumstances of the old man
to whom the tale is attributed.
It is the frequent occurrence of slight allusions tj the tali s
of other limes, that makes the Chinese language so difficult lo
TSEUEN.
A female name.
MANG, or Hwang.
A woman's name.
TSZE.
From sorted and woman. Manner; gait; gesture; car
riage ; flattering ; aduljtory , elegant. Sing tsze (j^
disposition , cast of \r
Teen tsze ^ ^ disposition
conferred by nature.
isf ^5. j a fine full figure.
Neu tsze mci maou ching tsze s.'h -v
^?
j
ffi a wi an with a handsome countenance is said to bare
Ttze slh, a beautiful colour. Teen tszekwSslh ^ ] |?j
a heavenly fair one; a nation's beauty. Fung tsze'-* >n
sew
^ <j^j?
a plump, handsome, and ta\
II
Neu.
VI.
3Rth Radical.
644
^
J )S||Jj ^ | even at for me, who am a
a poor slave j my countenance, although I would not venture
lo call it pretty, yet it it not an ugly countenance.
Of Stmg-pien e-ko ^
^ ^j) a political character
of considerable notoriety during the seventh century, it is
said, that when Neen shaou kwan we, tsze hea urh tuy 4ptf ^ tl 7 jfq J he wa j,,une and fil,ed a p"*
office; in addressing his superiors, his Shing iszc tsing leang
flf 1 |H ^ Toice wa* Plea"'"E' *n(i ni* articulation dis
tinct and clear.
CJf Taetsung ^
the second Emperor of the Tang
dynasty, (A. D. 654,1 it is said, that at Sze suy yew lung fung
che tsze |jg J| ^ g| Jjj[ ^ four years of age he
had the visage of (those emblems of greatness and glory)
the dragon and the fung bird.
The Shoo sing
schnlar, who gave this character
of the young prince to his father Kaou-tsoo |Bj jM added
other expressions foretelling Tactsung's greatness, and then
retired from the Emperor's presence. He, Kcu ke yu seg
j p2j jjtj; fearing what had been said should tsanspire
$1 A Jill %X ^1 *ent a Inan ,0 Purue &e scholar and
kill him ; but he could not be found,
JJ[ ^
for it was thought he w is a god. (Urh-shih-yTh-shc, S05 vol.)
SUNG.
Tl
The ancient Ruler JJg ^> Te-kiih's second concubine;
the mother of
Si-fS; the ministf f i^g Yaou, (B. C.
8230,) and the ancestor of the subs'
% Shang dynasty.
A surname.
It is said, that Sung tun yen Iwan urh sang sec ^
^|ifc
$P ffij ^
swallowed the egg of a species of
biruu/ and became pregnant of Sei. (Tsee-hwuy.)
de entitled Chang fa
in the Sheking, Sung
WEI.
)fff
645
of his militiry exploits, hi* benrvolence, and his wisdom
were not inferior to his great ancestors.
E wei ^p' ^ a many-footed insect found in unswent
earthen floors, in damp places, and under stones and pots, pro
bably the Oniscus Asellus, or Millepede : used by the Chinese
in their Materia Medica to remove a stoppage of urine, of the
menses, and other obstructions : it is liable to cause abortion,
aid also to possess aphrodisiac properties. lis more usual
name is Shoo foo ^
culled also Te slh
|jL an earth
louse, with several other synonyms.
One of their prescriptions runs thus; for, Tsanfooncaou
V j iff JjC $k a stoppage of urine in lying-in womeo,
take E wei tscm mei gaou yen mB tsew fHh ^jjr ^
$f ^ 7@ fk ,CTen of the E"wei '"'eels, boil them,
and reduce them to powder ; then drink the powder in a
little wine. (Fun-tsaou, SI vol. ^41, page.)
In the Yin-king it is said of a prince or monarch, Keu fow
keaou joo wei joo kelh ^ j j p ] ^rp his intercourse with the people is in sincerity and. truth {and ia
proportion as it is dignified, it is happy.
Keuu taou kwei kang, tac jow Is-ih fei ; tang e wei Uc che
B'l
tlle conduct of a prince firmness is estimable;
too much softness will cause failure; it is therefore proper
to aid clemency with the addition of severe dignity, and then
happiness will be the result.
In the Shoo-king, the impropriety in absolute monarchies
of transferring the prince's power to- ministers, is pointed
out in the following quotation, Wei pelb tsS fall ;wei pcih ts5
wei; wei pcth yiih shth: chin woo yew tsS.f-Sh, tsS weiyuh sMh
^ In 11^ 1 3l ^ ,ne vere'on alone should
make others happy (by rewarding them ; the sovereign alone
should exercise august severity ; the sovereign alone should
have precious fond sent him as tribute : the ministers shuuld
not hive the power of blessing with rewards; of awing by
punishment ; nor of inducing precious food to be sent them.
It is added, that the Jin choo ^ t^T lord or sovereign of
men, n.ust Taung ming kang twan JJ| [|J
^
minatc clearly ; aud decide firmly ; and theu he will be
7ART I.
6
38th Radical.
VI. Neu -j
+ Neu.
WI.
646
38th Radical.
off his boat, rnd left the Erquirer after truth, Confucius would
35 il WAE,
not ascend his carriage till the sound of the oar was no longer
heard.
and Wa.
# &#
their master; and said, that they had never seen him, Jootsze
ke wei yay #1 |# #
{{1, filled with such awe
# # |l] H #
El+ 1 at F ke" hill, there is a bird called Me",
j: + # # # #
2% Confucius still
Shan-hae-king.)
Wa
and said to his pupils, I have always told you, Keen hen ph
tsun, ptih jin yay
J. # R$ R f: til
that he who
sense of
meets with a wise and virtuous man, and does not venerate
in the
#+
# good; and
denoted
of bird.
a wife.
ZR Hi #|| X. | H|| R Ri
a philosopher without
gravity cannot command respect; nor can his learning be
firm and durable. They affirm that King hoo wae chay peth
or
#. F:
# F. %| # My X. +N2,
HE #
/
TSZE.
| #
****
An ancient form of T.
page 4.)
In
# l %#
# # %E F
SEVEN STROKES.
A common form of #E
Go, Beautiful.
K'HEE.
TO.
When reiterated it
#
expresses
%:
breath.
LEU.
647
PHING.
38th Radical.
VI.
Neu
CHING, or Shing.
ft
To ask j to enquire of; the same as Jpjl Ping.
^ ^ elegant greaceful carrifge.
Ping ting
-^jh ^ name of
A woman's name.
SHOW.
+flW KHEW.
To
CHE.
Chf-chi
so.
To dance to music; appearance of the garments tucked
up; to sit at rest. Name of an ancient palace. Po so
y to dance j in the language of the Budh sect, To bear ;
to endure Lo so
j name of a rhief city on the western
frontier of China. KeTh so JjjJ^ ^ a fleet horse. So po
she keae j ^ jll ^j. an idle, dissipated, negligent world.
the appearance of a
Fun rhesosoJJU ^ j
HEE.
From lo break or bend and woman. Self satisfaction occa
sioned by success in one's wishes. Pleased ; gratified. Other
wise wrille.i j(J/j He*.
y P >o ke hea.
Neu.
648
MOO.
Same a. ^ Moo, A gOTernew. Man moo ^ J occur
in the cne of impo.ing on, bj concealment from i
TOW.
A surname.
ring inability to
Yu tow *1
SUH.
M.
From
character.
m
rettricL. Original form of the following
TSO, or ChS.
cautious, careful stop ; heedful; attentive. Repeated ChSch8, Di creet, respectful, correct manner. Ching tsS
^ and Show tsS
^ are military terms denoting a watch
ful attention. Tt6 ts leen king ^ j ^ =|| a very cautinu. and attentive manner.
Plh jin ching US teen hing "gf A SI 1 fit ff
a hundred men in regular order advance forwards (How Han.)
THING.
From woman and tail. To follow at the tail of a woman ;
obtequiou.. Beautiful , that which draw, obsequious admirer.,
effort j endeavour.
TS'HAN.
NEANG.
A designation of young female., Also a vulgar term for
mother. Yay neang Jjjf ^ or Yay neang JjjJ ^ father
and mother.
Neang tsze j
or Koo neang -jjr^" ^
respectful epithet for a young female, cither married or not.
Ma tow neang J3|
^ the horse-head lady ; name of
a female of whom it is fabled that she was metamorphosed
into a silk worm. Seflh e neang 5?
j the snow clad
lady ja name of a parrot. Seuh meen neang
jj^j ^
a name of a horse. Foo mei neang ^jjff; jjjjg | the soothing
eye-browed lady ;name of an ancient song.
649
The common takings of the Chinese always imply the
iiflence of separate spirits; thus Ne sze leaoo telh neang
yin ling urb, yay poh yungne ffiffi'J
\
f|
PlL HL ^ ^
nor wi" your ieaa motner' oul
kadei, suffer or bear -with, jou.
Neang 1 if a cant word, without any definite meaning
amongst the Tartar troops; thus they fay, Tsow ta neang
?3E Ail 1 E that waJ1 m S',ng>or be off with you i
and again, they say of their allowances, Slrfh ta neang ; yin
ta neang; tsoo urh shlh Idh, yew kwan leang ^ fjjj ^
ftfa 1 l^^+A^li we eat of that
and we drink of that; on the 2nd and 16th, again comes
our regular allowances.
Neang, shaou neu che ching, kin sdh wei moo ching J
& & H $ ^ i$ M # ffl
re,peetful
term for a young lady ; the present custom is to make it the
complimentary term formolher. Teay neang
j father
and mother. Hwang te neang ||| /jj^ 1 the empress.
Neu tseang hiug ping, wei neang tsze keun y Jj^ ^j^ ^ 1 "if ^ female generals who conduct troops
are called M'eang-lne-keun, lady army leaders. Ching jiti
che neu jug koo neang, ke neu jih ching koo neang
3Sth Radical.
K'HE.
VII.
Neu
Hwan yu ^ ^ joy
^ j inexhaus
NO
Easy, leisurely deportment of an elegant female ; beautiful ;
Ijf'^ j Neaou no. Long and flexible, like reeds bound together
to cross a stream ; slender and tall.
Neu tsze mei haou hing loo wei neaou go -Jj
jj^
iT jf?T 1$}
1 a wo,nen preserring a beautiful genteel
gait in walking, is expressed by Neaou-go.
IN
SO.
A woman's name.
A woman's name.
> PEI, or
I
A surname. Read Foo, Degenerate.
SO.
CH'HOW, or He.
A woman's name.
From wtman and to sit. A woman's name. Beau
nni i.
'nd
Neu.
VII.
38th Radical.
650
divinely wonderful. (Plh mei stn yung
hundred beauties, new verics.)
SHIN, or Chin,
(NUY.
=^ the
j^ffi
A woman's name.
A woman's name.
JfJr CHE.
From woman and tvill.
T'HUNG.
Neu che
jft^ a woman's
A woman's name.
^j^fj YEW.
Dgyt
A woman's name.
#
a younger brother'*
GO.
Good. Used under the Tsin dynasty tor the word Hai
j0- good. Names of several females. A surname.
6bi
Ta pan yuenjoo Cbansr-eo hea keae $J ffl
$[] $jj
^ "j>
dressed . eur'v*dly like the moon lady Chang-no
descended to the world1. Yut le Chang-go gae shaou neu
M IS Jf$ 1 ^ ^
ihe l,,v<,|y yUBS lady CkMHgm
go, resident in the moon. Kwa go
j a celestial female.
Han go jg|> \ a certain notorious Ko ke
singing
courtezan.
Go hwang ^
and Neu ying
the two queens
of. the "'Emperor Shun ^ (8. C. SI69). These two ladies
were with him when on a hunting tour to the south of his
dominions. Be died in Tsang-woo-che-jay
^
the wilderness of Tsang-woo. They wept lor tbnr deceastrd
lord till their lean oecame imprinted on the Pan chfih JAf
spotted and streaked bamboo, which to this day is called in
in allusion to tbem.Seang fci chHh jj>j| ^ ^ the lady bam
boo of the biil Scgng. (Pth mei-sin-yuug.)
Chang-go
^ the wife or concubine of F.
an
ancient chieftain ; he requested Yu se wang moo ~Jjh jJL] ^
-0J- the royal western mother, to give him Pub sze che y8
PjTJ ^ ^
the medicine ot immortality. Chang-go,
TseS urb shlb che ^ jjfj ^ ^ stole it and ate it; and
forthwith. Pun yue" kung^ ^ 'gj' was hurried to the
palace of the moon, where she was Suy hwa wei chen choo
^^^t J^ ^^ immediately changed into a toad.
Same as
38th Radical.
VII.
Neu
POO.
A woman's name.
WAN, or Meen.
From woman and to void- To bring forth offspring; to
bear a child. Slow; sauntering; flattering female deport
ment ; effeminate . used in a good sense. Fun mcen Fjf* \
the act of parturition.
In the Le-king under the book entitled, Nuy tsTh fX]
internal or domestic rules, is contained the following ancient
precept respecting females, Neu tsze sMh neen pBh chtSh; moo .
keanu hwan wan, ting tsung ; chih ma sze ; che sze keen ~t)
to&m\ .m
?rc Vr^ f$\ $$j 8t lon
of ?Se> a >"eml,,e cn'll<, snopia
not go nut ; she should then be taught by her goverues.
soft sp<erh ; to wear a pleasing countenance ; and to listen
and obey: to work flax and to dress the silk cocoou.
WOO.
652
TSll EU.
Ti
!!!
THA, or T.
-->
we
YEN.
woman's name.
| # or Tseu foo
1 # are all expressions
Tseu tsin kwo mun
PEI.
An ancient form of #
Pin.
is H is ##1 *, *, '
i. e.
->
EIGHT STROKES.
# ## Ten
E.
Same as
#. Fei, An
It
next forbids,
| # R # # ## # Tseu
of a king or prince.
the
ment,
+ Tseu taou
Leu tseu
Tseu wa
crime laid
against her.
#
of #
of
Tseu yu | # a name for fish, amongst certain barbarians.
| # A ##"
653
38th Radical.
VIII.
Neu
P HANG, or Phing.
m
From woman and together with. To exclude or put
away. (Shw *win.) Illicit intercourse with women, as with
the slaves or female servanU in the house. A fine of four
taels imposed for indulging in sexual interrourse durin* a fast.Nan neu sze h yu pang JjEJ -j^ ^ A. Q j men tDa
women having illicit connexion is cxpressed'bv Pane.
K'HE.
A surname; ugly; deformed-; a disagreeable vicious look.
Asa Veih, To represent a person or toing as bad. Tekej^jj ^
to vilify.
HEEN.
From woman and a tiring. To bet;
or maintain propriety of conduct;aw
from virtue.
restraint; tojio'td'.
awerves not.
TA, or Chuy.
Vehemently cruel and vicious. One says, KwaK
denotes A good appearance.
4j Neu.
VIII.
38th Radical.
654
LUH.
CHUY.
From woman and hanging pendant down. To implicate
others ; to invoWe i to connect by implication.
An erroneous form of
Tse, A wife.
Tee", Ghittoiious.
] j$|J a weak, delicate, haiidiome appearance. Gan, or An
| undetermined j
TUNG.
Same as the preceding.
The name of an ancient state; a woman's name.
CH'HANG.
A good._atywarance.
MA*.
Nanvat a village in Shan-ac ^lj
province.
38th Radical.
655
to summons around the throne-, from every part of the
empire, men esteemed in their own districts, eminently
virtuous. On one of these occasions,, under Woo-te
(B. C. 81),. the swine-herd of Tsze-chuen ^ jjj was called
to court, at the age of sixty, and- E heen leang ching wei
p sze ^ 1;
ft J ] i was employed by the
overeiju. on account of his virtues, and made a PS-sze, a
universal scholar,as the title ran in those days*
Kung-tunhung gave umbrage to the monarch by. a
statement respecting the ffcung-noo -^jjj -^Tartars, who werethen the enemifij, though now the rulers of China; and
because of this.statement lie was- dismissed for a timet- but on
being a second time called to court, was raised to the highest
place but one, amount Hie nobles oi tne land. Some of his
official opinions iven in- writing, as- has long. heen the custom
in China, remain-on record, and abound with the old-fashioned
notion, that virtue and clemency are the best supports of the
throne. His words-to the Emperor were, Cbin win shang kooYaou Shun che she, piih Itwei tseo urh min keuen shen ; pSh
chung hing fi urh min pSh fan ; hung sefih e ching,.urh yu
-i- * w e ffl $
z w^ tn
VI II
-J*
choo<
Neu.
VIII.
38th Radical.
656
Low sBb j
certain stars in the head of Aries. JTh tsae
woo neu ; hwio low chung Q 'fE^^tf^ ] f the iuu
ill in fVeo-nru (the virgin or chaste widow) and in Htean low.
The commentary iay, that at the term called ^\ *ffZ Q
^A,.f 1 +-jf^^n
(rather cold) the fun is in the 8th degree of IVoo-neu, and the
1 1th degree -of flwin-low. (She- king.) The Seaou-hau term
sow .commences, when the sun enters the 1 3th degree of Capri
corn.
In the 4th year of the period called Yung kwang ^ ^
'Eternal glory,'the Emperor Yuen le j ^ (B. C. *7),
expressed himself thus, Chiu cbing che tsun cbe chung,. puh
nan ch8h le plh sing, leu tsaou heung kew s sluing shin ke
taou uth shing hea, e shin hing, chin shin lung cbe
TSUNG.
A woman's name.
P'HOYV.
Pow joo Jffr ^ a kt nji;,, op 0f 2 woman, ooltish obesity.
KEUH.
From jawsasi and hatful ofgrain. A woanau's
PHO.
An appellative of woman, particularly ofold mothers, muckused in the books of the Budh sect, in various senses- The
name of a state. The name of a eily. Used also in the names
of some divinities.
Po is from the rippled turfere of water and wtman ; an
old woman whose face is wrinkled with age; or Laon moo
ching
-{JJ; HH the epithet given lo an old mother.
Knng po
| or repeated Kung-kung, po-po. commonly
means, husband and wife: in Kwang -as province, there is*
Irihe of the
Yaou mountaineers, vbo invert the use of the
words, and call an old woman Kuag, and an old man, Po.
Foo jio ching foo che moo yu po jjjjjj A. Jf8 5^
^
|~j ] a wife adressing her husband's mother, says Po. Keaou
jin che tse ching, ne telh po neang fify /\ ~ ^
t(i \ jfil< ,Pea!"*6 f man's wife itis*aid, your Po-neaoe.
Mae hwa tc-Ih bwa po ^
]^ *| a slower wife or
wench, who sells flowers. Po so j ^cto a*nce nnd sing.
See under So. Hwang poo pff j the spirit supposed to pre
side over the spleen. Ming po
| a spirit ofthe wind.
He po tsae ]|| ]
an actress. Pin po
] a name
of the
Pe-pa, stringed instrnment.
The Budh sect use the word Po | to express Eternal life,
possess >d hj the gods in heaven.
| Pin po, A forest of
trees ;
j ^| Yew po sTb, a virtuous priest. Tso po
|
to sit in silence. Too po kw3 jyj ] ^ is an
other name for Kwa wa kw6 jj^ [J^r jgj probably Ava, the
Yuen dynasty sent a person to conquer it, and gave him the
title Kwa-wa Wang, or king of Ava.
Pung po ching
j
name ofa city among the Toofan Jj- ^ on tbc western frontier of China.
San koo lew po
j
^ the three nuns, and
the sir old wives; the nnns are these; 1st, Ne koo
jfe
nuns of the Budh sect. 2nd, Taou koo jjjj jfe nuns of the
Taou sect. 3d, Hctb koo IJjiJJ
sorceresses, who pretend
Song hin tny kwei
jfj ^ to ling hymns to th*
gods, and drive away demons.
The lis old wives are,
1st, Sie po
| a sort of witches; who Ttuh kwei
657
teaon .hi. chelny
Jg fa {$< ||| ^
catch devils, dance to goils, and to on.
Sod, Mci po
^ the pronubae, or go-betweens, whr
Mae mae jin kow, ping thn8 h8 hwin Tin yay
1 A P #tfc
^trad. in
human beings, and explain matters to bring about
marriagei.
3d, Yew po j^JS ^ actresaei, Neo he tize rhe luy fay
M. "5* ^1
tit felDal<" players, and luch like.
4th, Mae hwa po ||| ^ ^ women who'aell flowera.
*th, E y po ^
] female docton.
Same as
TSAE.
LING.
VIII. Neu--
ffls
M IS S? 1 ifn W dec',,ion, (of cen,ure or
prai'fi are delicate, but manifest ; the langurge it toft, but
discriminating. By the perusal of it, Shen jin keuen yen
j^L \
Tirtupns men are admonished; Yin Jin ken
yen
'J^ i@| vicious men are alarmed, and She e
keun tsze kwei che
VJi W>
therefore ,Be
moral philosopher highly values it
Yen Uie wei yuen
^ -^ji ^ language that is soft
and insinuating. Wei yuen keuen jin ching sic ^jj j }j|f|
^ jj^ jjj with toft and winning speech advise people, and
the work will be accomplished.
The ancient ball.id beginning with the words, Sin tnefj^
the new tcrr.ee, and from which words the ballad is named,
contains in each verse this ezpretaion, Yen yuen che kew
^ijfc ]
j)^ the blissful desire of being married to Keih
fill the ton of the chieftain Seuen kung jgf
which wa
defeated, by the father himself usurping the beautiful princess.
Kw jin woo che ; urh ts8 tsze she e Use che
J\ ^
A female name.
YEW.
38th Radical.
A woman's name.
mTJ f^- iJfc llf W J$'l /Z '"eP^P16 "f ' "Ule ***** hi,u'
and wrute this ballad to satirize him. They represent him aa
ugly and incurably afflicted with a disease they call Keu choo
a high protuberant breast, which prevented his bend
ing his head downwards ; and with Ttelh she
jjjjj a hunch
back, which disabled him from looking upwards. The commentator.
that J ^ ^
||
^ || jg
ffy almost every man who commits a vicious act, has atill
a sense of shame about him, and tries to conceal it, but
Scuen-kung was an exception, for he built a lofty terrace by the
side of an extensive piece of water, to usurp the' priuceis in
tended for his own son.
(She-king.)
Lung che yuen yi.eii j|| 1 ^ the tortuous Bight
of a dragon.
PEAOU.
'Jj^ HEAOU.
A woman's name.
6iS
NO W.
YAOU.
SHUH.
An original form of
'HE.
FE, or Fei.
-sir
From wrong and women. A woman who wandera aboutRepealed Fe fe. The appearance of going backwards and for
wards) sauntering ; roving Keang-fe yj' ^ a certain divine
female, said to rove about the banks of.lbe Yang-tse-keaiig.
IIWUY.
Ugly | deformed.
went of self-controul.
HI
Read Hwae, DUaolute appearance)
WEI.
0
Understood in the
as the preceding.
FAN.
HI
An animal of the rabbit or hare ipeciea.
TS'iiiik.
fiS
Tse8- yu
| a female officer of government; an
elegant appearance.
WO.
Hi
HEEN.
E.
rt!
THAN.
A woman's name.
HE.
From to rule or Tfrcu, placed over i
K'HEUEN.
Cruel ;
659
YEN.
#4=
HWAN.
From woman and evening. A bride's repairing to the house of
Ber husband in the evening ; Marriage. A bride's connexions
are expressed" by Hwin ; a son iu-law's connexions are.
expressed by
Yin.
Nan-neu kit. tsio, ching hwin le
$a1$l file 1
when men and women bind themselves to a relationship,
it is completed by marriage forms or ceremonies.
In the YTb-king? this expression occurs, .ftew< hwin kow,
wan- kelh woo puh le $ ] jg Q ^ ^ ||j
in soliciting a marriage alliance, to descend to a virtuous in
ferior will be felicitous and always prosperous. The S4th vol. of the twenty onehistorians, contains the life
of Wang shang-tsze-wei J
^ a general and states
man (A D. 27). In that memoir this sen tence occurs, Leen hwin
chay hwin kea che hwin tsin yay
^ j ^^
I
"6L ^en l>m*in denotes, relations by marriage on the
wife's side. One of these relations was the innocent cause
ofa quarrel between. Wang-thang, and another general Fung
which brought both parties eventually, after much malici
ous intrigue, to an untimely end.
The laws concerning marriage, in the Ta-Uing LeUh-le, are
placed under a general head expressed by 4 her two words, Hstin
yin jj^f j(Q marriage. It is enacted that Noo pfltsze neu yew
ke, choo hwin pei & JL ft ^ j
the sons and daughters of slaves shall be married according
to the will of their master.
It was in former times the practice that when, Nan neu ting
bwan.how tselh lelh hwin shoo JjEJ jg
j ^ |||J jfc
J ^ after m man and woman had determined on marriage,
38th Radical
VIII.
Neu -fa
Neu.
660
KING.
A woman's name.
K'HEEN.
Beautiful and excellent of it's kind. Read Kin, A woman's
T'HEEN.
A woman's name.
H1NG.
Anger i vexation ; rage diicorered in (he cntintcnanre ;
violent displeasure. An-;er destructive to one's self ; very j
exceedingly. Some ny, Near lo.
i
HOO.
Koo, or Hoe. Excessive nltacl.ment to. Name ofa bird.
WAN.
1$
Fnira woman and an officer. A genteel, elegant person i
manner. Kead Kwau, Guod-louking j in the lame cine, r
Wi, and Hi.
>9?
mP
Trom woman and / or mean. A slave woman, either
one w ho hin been bought with money, or one who has been
made such, an a punishment Applied to the name of a fiih, and
of a bird. Kwan pe ^ Jh slave womer, who are made to
by the government.
She hwan rlienen wei pe -j>f JJ^
-^r
| servant
women arc called Pe. Nta> pe
j a slave woman. Fe
yu Uei lung led j jff ijjji ]gj
servant women rank
with concubines. Jin fan la Ue i.eu jih k*an, wei kwan pe
mit crimes for which their wives ai d daughters are forfeited
to governir.eul> they nccmne the officer's (lave women. Jin
yew ihow pe U6 Met chay \ jfa j| | fjr
there are tome men who take their servant women" to be
concubine*.
Theancienlbookssay.thal j "fti '
"[C ^ |f Q
^ -jp Te she foo c hea krae ehing yue* pe laze ; all below
noblemen's second wiies, are called Petszc. The term Pettzi
is also ued hy wives, who have con,milted some offence, t
express themselves by. TI.e Tso-chuen s.-.ys J
"5?
-jj] Pe-lsxe foo jin che pe.cbing yay, is an epithet
to women in a menn condition.
The expression She-loo [{ ^ is thus explained in the
Le-king. Kung how jew foo jin, yew she loo, yew tae yew
& & w % a % t tik # & m
noblemen have wives and con ubines .denominated Frojinj
She-loo; Tse ; and Tse'S; all below the second of these terms
are called ] -J- Pe ine.
LAE.
1 roin women and come. A woman's name j agoodappearar.es-
CH'HEN.
A chearful laughing : appearance ; following Chen jjk they
both together deiiute the i.me. Also lead Sheu and Leeb.
Harriage.
38th Radical.
661
VIII.
Neu
for a wife ; and the work a wife should do ; after which sht
offered sacrifices of fish, with water plants, intended to imply
CH'HOW.
A surname.
Foo tTb, ching shun yay ; foo yen tsze ling yay ; foo yung
yuen wan yay ; foo kung sze ma yay j
Jjfj^ ^
iff
n
ChS j'8 Tffi jjfij ' handsome and delicate appearance.
Read Telh aud Neaou, Female disease.
A woman'i
CH'HO.
jjtft F0.
fife
rui i.
662
# #: # #| # Kea
ho,
to th!
time
l X. ##
Foo
yen tsing kew, and the wife does not refuse to draw water or
to pound ricerather than #j Kow tih, obtain any thing
pae
flow
# # 3: #
drunkenness, but fine degrees for every time that Yujin tow
tung sin, to kea kih kin, kih ken, Husband and wife with one
merit is double.
audi
#! M. #. '#. she
rising late and going to bed early ; and a want of skill in needle
who
to
fiftyIndegrees.
the last volume of Tseuen jinkeu h"*** some verses
entitled Tsih pei chin yen
Ph Kung, or Merits;
X.
It
j=5
valuable remarks
# #| #
% rich or poor
tih mun, footo
# #| || |||| l % # # ##
# #! #
# # Ph
so che
lay the table, -for every such case her demerit is rated at
three degrees.
|H j # # Tsoo
her husband sets her. And it is added, there are some sons and
foo wei
# # So
comfort and
and cold.
: she has born a son, who is worthless, and she will not
# #]
: * a concubine, in order to have
suffer her
Heehusb
to
# Hi % to talk
-
me!
bet
(ho
# Kwo,
Mul
dirt
by immoral means.
the
Medi
the [
:
Alth,
j|| # her
meets with no external calamity.
# AS X. # # # never
in all her
shaou heang
| M. J} 7k woman's
G63
the natural flow; and in the language of quacks and
Alchymists, Hung yuen
the red metal, are all applied
to the Catamenii, and fortni an article in the Chinese Materia
Medica, deprecated, but yet retained in their books.
At the age of Urh tseTh
-J* two sevens, or fourteen,
the fatamcnia appears; at Ihe ngeofTseHi tselh
-R seventimes seven, or forty nine, it disappears. Its continuing to
flow during pregnancy without injury, is a case which occurs
but seldom. Cases of pregnancy at the age of twelve years,
and at sixty have occurred, but they are extraordinary.
Contact with Calamcnia is deemed noxious; and a- sword
smeared with it, is positively affirmed to give adeadly wound;
and various diseases have been induced by a set of impostors
who pretended to produce wonderful effects by imbibing, com
pounded with various drugs, the virgin Citameuia. The Puntsaou-kang-muh omits, Hwang yuen fang &J ^
the red
metal prescriptions, but he retains many of the others. One
directs that clothes saturated with virgin catamenia should
be burnt, and the ashes mixed with wine taken as a cure for
Cholera morbus.
The Chinese supposed that a relation exists between the
moon, the tides, and the menses.
Tsan foo j|g j a lying-in-woman. Che foo jin chTh pTh
cure Menorrhagia and Leucorrhoaa.
Foo jin leang fang ] A
cffi< receipts for
female complaints. 6 vols, price 3 mace, 4 candareens.
In the laws of China, there is a section containing peculiar
regulation, for Foo jin fan tsuy | \ Jjf) |p womcn ,fc<J
commit crimes. Except in cases of adultery and capitj crimes,
which require detention and imprisonment, they are liberated
on a sort of bail, and committed to the care of their husband",
parents, or respectable neighbours. Foo jin yu pe jew tung
1 A 01
ty] |pj ""me"
w'cs are in the same
predicament as inferiors and children; their superiors are
responsible for them.
Ja foo jiu hwac jin fan tsuy ^
^
7j> ^Jl j^L
if a woman who is pregnant commit a crime, which requires
blows or torture to be inflicted,die is to be delivered to
Paoukwan ^ ^ sureties, and brought forward a. hun
dred days after ljing-in. If she be immediately subjected to
torture, and miscarry or die under it, the magistrates are
38th Radical.
VIII.
Neu
TS'HING.
in
From woman and azure. A chaste woman; delicate 1
slender; upright; possessed of talent; firm-.
LUN.
GAN.
A woman's name.
LAN.
Covetous , fraud, practiced in divination ; greedy extortion.
Tan Inn
| avaricious and greedy. Lin tsang ^
the hoards arising from greedy extortion ; to lay up hoards
by those means. Lan sS j
to extort with avaricious
greediness.
*^^^ KWAN.
A woman's name.
A woman's name;
YIN.
From woman and familiar approaches. Luxurious eases
lounging ; stage amusements ; lewd ; obsceue.
Ncu.
IX.
yi
38th Radical.
664
4
LUH.
A woman's name.
WOO.
4*>j^Ek KELT.
A woman's name.
1 he name of a star, and of a district Woo fou ^ j
TEEN.
SE1H.
A woman's name.
A woman's name.
NINE STROKES.
THING.
CH'HO.
Ping ting ]^jt 'jfj, beautiful i elegant, applied to women.
CHAN.
38th Radical.
665
KEA.
Good.
FA.
IX.
Neu
A woman's name.
Delicate i
A woman's name. Name of a divinity ; effeminate. Te, denotes
Tsing sMh shin raing ] ^ jfA ^ cloacina, or the spirit
that presides over the cloacca.
YU.
4k
From woman or heart and to atient. Born of rich parents;
delicately brought up ; effeminale ; luxurious ; addicted to
pleasure; specious and artful; irrational ; illicit behaviour;
artful; pleasing. Bead Tow, To steal repose , to act carelessly.
Yu slh | f5L a happy, pleasing countenance. To rhyme,
read Yaou.
Tsin wc ko yu yay
^ Pp ^ .j^ Ttin is not to be
dispised. (Tso-chuen.)
E.
From to rule placed above woman. A disease of the uterus,-
JOW.
A woman's name. A soft fascinating woman.
MEL
Same as
Se, A Bon-in-law.
TAN.
From woman and excest. Pleasure.
YU.
A. woman's name.
Envious, said of
7|Xl NAOU.
Same as ^ Tan.
FA.
GHING.
An erroneous form of
A woman's name,
WEI.
TtXJ. I.
Bead Juen,
+ Neu.
666
38th Radical.
1X.
+. | # a weak
TSEAY.
constitution.
# Tseny.
A woman's name.
# 3. Hwan, or Hwuy.
A woman's name. |
UH.
th:# |
Bl
T'SHEEN.
PWAN.
# # Tan-pwan.
The name of a star. Tae pih shang kung tse yu neu tseen
#E.
E, and He.
jk l E. AS # E. # |
J:
>}.
#E
#
\
HOO.
Avaricious.
MEAOU, or Maou.
No
SING.
*#
A prostitute.
To lessen, to diminish.
#E %j 4T | XR # #1 ,
J} #
FOO.
Same as Foo #
a wife.
Ilannes.
(Le-king)
A married women.
##
38th Radical.
667
^ | ,A
^1* 5 1 A in ""'J'H wi,e> "e
requires a go-between* in buying a concubine, one also re
quire* a go-between.
IX.
Neu -j
HEUEN.
From woman and to proclaim. A woman's name.
MEEN.
KE.
A woman's name.
YEN.
ft
From woman and to hide. Tfen fen, A woman cherishing a
concealed attachment. Bead Gan, Gan o ^ ]fgl undeter
mined; undecided. Read H8. A woman's name.
YING.
Same as
4
directed to one object. A pretty woman who attracts attention.
MEL
From woman and eyebrowt. To speak to ; to accord with i
smirking ; smiling; wheedling ; flattering; adulation ; looks of
lovfi and seduction ; adulation from men. Name of a place.
Hoo mei
j artful and seducing. Chen mei |Q ^
flattery ; flattering. Foo mei Jjjjf ] soothing ; flattering.
Keaou mei
\ elegant ; fascinating appearance. Mei
keuen j ^ to flatter power. Mei tae |
the mincing
gait of a Chinese woman. Mei tsze yih jin
^
love this mansaid of Win-wang. (She-king.)
Hwang kin jth tso yew che jin, keu she chen mei keen
chin woo ning che P
j 0 &
1L A H 3k
1@ I $f 15 $8 "ili ^ and
more' of late the,e
in attendance are all flattering villainous statesmen, a set of
people without talent.
Mei jin neih gac, wci hoo mei ^ A SI ^ ^ IK 1
to flatter people into a passionate fondness, is what is called
fox-like flattery. Mei tae ^ "ffy a flattering seductive man-
A dignified
HOW.
A woman's name.
-fc Neu.
IX.
668
38th Radica .
KWA.
KEUING.
A beautiful
SEE.
YUEN.
From woman and to lead. A beautiful woman who draws
admirers after her. Tseang yuen
iffi^ the appearance of
standing and wailing upon. Shen yuen j^j JrJ? the appearance
of drawing or pulling towards; to draw the affections after.
PEEN.
| beautiful; handsome.
TSUNG.
A woman's name.
CHING.
From woman and chatte. A woman's name.
GAN.
Se woo
THO.
From woman and to fall. Beautiful; pretty ; remiss; idle;
disrespectful. Same as the following. To manjffSr_-/"on
careless ; neglig"
Kuh yung le )u.. v& -7^
^ a statesman of
eminence during the reign of Keen-che ^ j/j^ (B. C. SI.)
on occasion of an eclipse and an earthquake occurring on
the same day, he wrote a long remonstrance to the sovereign,
which is preserved in the SHh vol. of the Twenty-one
historians. He advises the monarch, Chucn sin fan laou I&
Jj
to study only a return to right principles; and
Seth pa chay ma to chBh che keu ^ ^ ^J. ]S| \ fj
~ _H. to lay aside entirely his carriages and horses, and
every implement of idle lours.
TSEW.
MAOU.
From autumn and woman.
A woman's name.
a
ft
From woman and right. Te te jj({ ^ rCpose , quiet;
elegant or good-looking. Also read Che and She, As a local
word, used for Mothe r. The name of a plant.
669
LEE.
A woman's name.
SZE.
From woman and thought. A woman't
JEN.
From woman and to itoin. Beautiful ; elegant ; slated
reatonably and right; -or perhaps, to give a colour to; to
lander.
PEEN.
From woman and a board or tablet. Lightness ofmanner.
WEI.
From woman and stomach. A younger -sitter.
38th Radical.
XI.
N*u
ficu kwa-the -Jj- ^ J^- according to the San-ttac-toohwuy, 30th vol. page 14, Yu tae haou tung mo
JffJ
was horn of the tame mother at Tae-haou or FiSh-he.
He, or she, (for it is uncertain whether this pertonage was male
or female,) Sing urh thin ling f?
jjjjjj ||| was horn in
possession of divine intelligence. When Fnh-he arranged the
riles of marriage, she, Wei shin mei ^ jjjfjj ^jjt acted at a
divine prouubae, or go-between.
On the death of Fahhe, Kung-kung-ihe Jfc
or TsS Iwan ^
spread anarchy *or revolutionized the
world ; and Chin taou hung shwiiy
Jdt
raited the
deluge, E ho teen hea
ajj^ ^ "J\ to caute misery over
the earth; in contequence of which, Neu-kwa-she destroyed
Kung-kung-she, and reigned and kept her court at Chunghwang-chc-shan t|j ^
\lf the central imperial hill. It
was then she made the reeds and the stringed instruments
to harmonize the winds; to assist the gods at solemn rites,
and to soften the dispositions of men- Neu-kwa-she, died
after a reign of an hundred and thirty years.
Some European writers have ventured to call Fuh-he, tht
same person as Noah, of the west; but at the tradition is,
that he had n f.ilher ; that he, Ke teen urhwang ^ ^
jfjj T eeded heaven and reigned; i. e. that he was the
first to whom mort al reign Was given ; that his name wat
Jj|[ Fung rm Rush, H ind, spirit, or breath , pcrhnps im
plying that he derived hit life from the breath of the Almighty;
that Yew thing tfh Maj jlh yu che ming ^j" ^ ^ ^
^ J=l ~j/ 0^ he possessed perfect holiness and virtue,
resplendant as the glorious lights of the sun and moon, from
which h's name Tae-haou ^ ^ the great heavenly light,
is taken ;that he taught the various useful artt, and the
riles of sacrifice, from which circumstance is taken his name
Paou-he
tht mcrifcer, afterwards corrupted to fuhhe
and that hit posterity reigned fifteen genera
tions, during a period which amounted to 17,78? yean ;
according to this tradition, Fuh-he may probably be consi
dered the first of humankind) the Adam of the west, rather
than Noah.
.>
An ancient form of jjfc Sung.
-^Neu.
X. 38th Radical.
670
ME.
The stupid
*
FUH.
A woman's name.
PHE.
NAE.
A woman's name.
*8
To pair ; to couple with ; to equal. A woman's name. S
pe C 1 " ,nl*'1 8PPean,nc,:- Pe m<:' 1
equally
beautiful or excellent.
TEE.
From toman and perverse. To gormandize ; gluttonous.
TSUH.
Good.
MUH.
From the mind intent on, and woman. A handsome appearance.
SE1H.
E.
An old woman.
TEN STROKES.
TSOW.
Tsoo or Ttow. A widow womao ; a fine looking person ;
a pregnant woman. A woman's name. A surname.
YAOU
To walk with drooping shoulders : to play seductively ;
elegant and good appearance. The name of a hill.
YUEN.
A woman's name.
38th Radical.
671
YING.
From jW ami cmlorled or wound about woman.
accompany for the purpose of honouring, or of guarding ;. If
in rase ofa bride's being conducted to the house of her husband.
In ancient times the chieftain's . daughters were escorted by
the whole clan. To accompany or escort on any occasion, is
expressed by the same word ; to send any thing. To drink of
a cup on festive or ritual occasions. Originally written with
a boat by the side, thus
Ying; sometimes with man by the
side, thus j^. Ying, and vulgarly wilh moon by the side, thus
j^Ying.
Ying tseo chny ^ |f|
he who drinks of the cup.
Shin-ke, ta-paou, keae yen teweiifci piri ng-tseang tsung
f^fc ft $ 1
^fj
'erm* divine utentil aud great gem,
both denote the Imperial throne; the attending pronuba} of
the Imperial ladies, are all damsels of the palace.
(Koo-szekeung-lin.)
Koo chny lung sing tseu foo jin, tslh tung sing urh kw5
,-.ngche^ ^ ni&%$:X%njfc~m
|
in ancient times wheu a name-sake chieftain married
a wife (from another state), the females of the fifth degree of
rank, of the same name, from both slates, accompanied the
bride.
In the She-kirg, a bride and her pronuba-, are compared
to the river Yang-ltze-ltcang, and the streams which run
parallel will) it, having first parted from its own stream, and
at a distance again joining their currents. Kcang shwiiy ta
szc tcTh; sze shwdy seaou sxe ying fajfr A
^
7Ktyfy* 1 l'ie waler* ^ l'ie Yang-ize-keang are great,
and represent the bride; the branching off and returning
streams arc small, and repreteut the attending pronuha.The British Embassy in 1816, when passing up the Yangttze-keang, several limes mistook these branches of that magni
ficent river, for the principal stream | as the boatmen naviga.
ted Ihese in preference to encountering the more powerful cur
rent which runs perpetually down the main channel of.the
river.
X. Neu
JUH.
From woman- and disgraceful. Lazy ; indolent;
CHE. Worthless woman ; ugly and lewd ; foolish.
By Kang-he. Che j and Che jjj are considered synonimouj, and Ming che che die ^ ^ ^ ^ an ignorant
looking plebeianis quoted from the She-king, as a proof
LEW.
From woman and to detain.
YUNG.
MEI.
A woman's name,
672
673
38th Radical.
X.
Neu k
Wa-chae
-Jj- Neu.
X. . 38th Radical.
674
GAN.
A woman's name.
KEA.
From woman and house, or home. To go from home to
the house of a husband. To marry, or to be married, applied
to the woman ; to .tend a bride to the house of her husband (
to take a wife is expressed bj
Tseu, with which compare i
and for an account of marriage ceremonies, sec under j|JJ Yin.
Kea chwang ] ^ a marriage portiongiven with a
daughter, of whatever it may consist , a toilet , .furniture ;
money , houses or lands ; it is not the usage to bargain fur it.
Kea leen j |^ portion given with the wife. Kea tscu
J
giving and receiving,in marriage,marriage generally.
Neu kwei foo }u kea
jgjjjj ^ Q J a woman reverting to a husband is called Kea.
Neu urh wc chfih kea, she ko woo kea paou choo -jf ^
^ ffl 1 & 1
1 S %'d
<*
yet married out, is a pearl of unascertained, price. Neu tsze urh
bib urh kea
^f* Z2. "|~ [ffj 1 * S'rl should be married
at twenty. Neu tsze hcu kea, ke urh tsze che -j^
Jjfr: "j
^ jfjj r~fwnen a g,rl is promised in marriage,.or ex
posed, she should have her hair braided up, and another name
given her. This should be done at fifteen years ofagejbul
We hcu kea, urh shlh Ulh kc ^ |^ ] ~ -j- ^(J &
if she be not promised in marriage, let her hair be braided up
at twenty. Neu tsze hcu kea ying -jjr
^ |^| when
a young woman is betrothed, she wears a sash to intimate
that she is bound to another. (iLe-king.)
Foo jin chung hwin yui kac kea
A
jffi Q
fj^ j a woman's marrying again, is expressed by Kae kea,
changing the marriage relation, or Chuh se kae kea
i^j
^ expeJling a son.iu.law and remarrying a daughter to
CHIN.
From woman and true. A woman's name.
HAE, and He.
From woman and sn/Krioiu. Discontented; envious.
YUNG.
From woman and .countenance. A woman's name.
YUEN.
IT(
From woman and origin or tourcc.
Kcangyuen ^
| a female famous in ancient story, and whose name w
675
mentioned in the She-king in connexion with Te i^j* and
Shang-tc
/Jg" as expressive of the Moil high God.
$fc Ifc ic 1 H,h Mh Kean5-Juen '
i |g ^ jp] Ke h pilh hwuy;
-fc.
TSEAY.
A woman's name.
38th Radical.
X.
N eu
6
In the Ta-heo
The forces of Han came round the coast under the con
% # # attackid awd
":
this!
both to the throne and the country is he, who seeing Jin che
10th
/\ Z ## # | WI
do
# # H& 1: }# }I. # |#
the
thtri
JR # #|| # # took
feels as happy on
# k
##
# # an admiral
duct of Low-chuen Tseang-keun
of storied ships, i. e. vessels which had rooms, built upon
their
j\ # a
(the
them.
dis
(She-ke, 13 vol.)
f
SOO.
A woman's name.
Maou tseth
Tseih too
# |
| #Mi or
}% is used in
sm
Tscih too
| #
NEKou, and is
# %
die
envious;
inlit
X. X #] J. |
/\ 4H. }{
Neaou no
| #|| wriggling
tith
Same as
ki
tal
Men who pursue the same virtuous course, love each other.
Those who follow the same arts, envy and dislike each other.
Yuen jin yew shih, ke kn yu tseth too
# # h' | #1 to
in a spirit of envy.
# /\ # jk
T'HANG.
It is added, although
A.
2: HE.
conscience.
% #. . |f|| |
A woman's name.
$ft.
HEEN.
W$
677
and antipathies : disquieted . jealousy i suspicions ; to dislike i to
have an aversion to ( tomething of ill vill ; a prejudice against.
Seanu heen yj> | a petty dislike. Tief he'en ffi ] to
cherish a dislike to; to have an ill-will,this invalidates ac
cusations. He'en e 1
dislike and suspicion. Been ke
1 ^ to dislike and reject or refuse, applied lo presents and
to the person who offers them. Heen shaou ^
lo reject
a donation because it is too small.
Tle'en phh ping yu sin yay | ^
]jk
Hern
denotes unevennettdisquietude of mind. Puh he'en ^>
J not to dislike or disdain. Chin heen
j anger and
dislike. Neu tsze to heen e, koo ttung neu -J] ^
j
f^ j/' ~h\ women ^en harbour dislikes and suspicious,
and therefore the character is derived from woman.
JS shaou jew heen keth pfih tanrj che choo, ta pilh tan
pul) wei fuh, nrh Ueay hwan yew hen to bin noo
^j"
H ft
1$
,f he haTe
,riflinS dislike
disagreement, or impropriety, he not only does not become
intimidated and submit ; but on the other hand, shews a
great deal of indignation and anger.
HnS she ke e paou sfih heen; hw8 c ho e seay ke Isuy
either lay plans to revenge some sleeping overnight (old)
-dislike; or transferring some calamity to rid one's self of
blame. E tsze keen, pe.wei heen JTJ |f ^ fa jgfr j
when this person it taken or accepted ; that person hurboun
jealousy and dislike.
Piih pe heen e ^ ^ j yjfi not to shun suspicion ;
i. e. to do what exposes one's self to suspicion: they teach
that in an affair of indifference it is wrong to do so ; but an
act of justice or mercy must not be omitted, although it may
make one's character appear suspicious; as for instance, if
young woman protect a young man from some calamity,
however pure her intentions and conduct, she is thereby placed
in circumstances that render her suspected of bad motives ;
they allow her to brave the danger of loss of character, and
trust that the truth will appear another day.
The Chinese state the utility of forms and ceremonies, thus,
Foo le chay, o e ting tsio too i kcufi heene; pe lunge;
38th Radical.
X.
Neu
Yun, A surname.
eu.
XI.
SHOO.
38th Radical.
678
A woman's name.
woman s name.
PANG.
A woman's name.
LANG.
E.
An old dame.
ELEVEN STROKES.
St HAOU.
A woman's name.
679
or like the brutesj fathers, sons, and nephews, Tseu yewseueo jin
; crowd- around the same female-and debauch
her by turns. And, Leen che jth sang j| fe fit", "hen
a sense of shame is once lost, the descent in brutality is in
terminable; children learn of their fathers, and domestics imi
tate their masters, and general confusion ensues ; Kc puh
shang tsae! ke puh ko pa j=
gt ^ ^
Pj" '|#
is it not an afflictive vice ! should it not be dreaded !
Their next argument is from the loathsome and Blsgusting diseases which are occasioned by irregular intercourse ;
and finally, Pelh showyin keen (j> ^
^ the certainty
of being punished in a future state. (Tseucn-jinkeuhwa,
2 vol. 28 page.)
38th Radical.
XI.
Neu
SEUEN.
From woman and to circulate. Good-looking ; beautiful.
MAN.
CCD
Y.
"ITS? YANG.
T'HUNG.
TSAOU.
A woman's name.
A woman's name.
Good;, well.
Neu.
XI.
680
38th Radical.
TE1H.
The wife
Rest; repose.
f% fl ilti )B N"7 chunS Ping how'
yf*
NEIH.
-f* W 51 Pe*"wpeitrth,
ft tP f$ IH TatoogowkwS;
TSHAN.
From teaman and blended. Greedy appetite ; lust; lasciviouiaesa.
Wl 2c
cha.
A woman's name. Read Tseu, Haughty; envious.
681
YEN.
Handsome, pretty, smil'inf, pleasing. A man's name. Yen
jen jlh seaou ^ ^ *
an arc* seducing smile ! the
mile or laugh of a fascinating female. Neu t ie mei chay,
seaou yen jen, ling jin seaou hwin -tfc Jj. Jj^ ^jj- ^ |
^ ^ A 'it] $L when * l>e:,,11'ful woman paU on a
fasci.aling mil', it makes a man') mul melt away.
Han-tra
| a person mentioned in the memoirs of
?j?> J^E j& j^jj gem r..l Le-kirang, a famous warrior during the
Han dynasty (.B. C. lil). I>e kwang fought much against the
Tartars with great merit; in consequence of which, it is
recorded, that Shang kelh yuiS, Le-kwnng tsae ke teen hea
38th Radical.
battles with the Tartars, but now Heaven had forsaken him ;
and Kwang (said he, mentioning his own name) an old man
of sixty, will not now be able
JJ J||
^ to with
stand the gentlemen who wield the penetf wordsat court;
wn-ist uttering these words, he j J] j^J ?j?|J drew hi
sword, and cut his own throat. (She-ke, IS vol.)
KHIN.
A woman's name. A good appearance.
PEIH.
From woman and finithti.
A mother.
CH'MANG.
Chang-go
a celebrated goddess in the palace of the
moon. Hang ^jf| is also used for the first sj liable in the
name. Eee under Go.
HAN.
Neu.
682
it
LAOU.
683
this footing, next employed the same female advocate to
propose to the princess, to appoint a successor from amongst
some of the wise and virtuous princes of her husband's
brothers; intimating, that if she had no stronger hold of the
prince, but her personal charms, when these failed the heir
apparent might cease lo lo ve her, and of all others the hostage
prince was the fitest person to be her heir.
This suggestion met with her fullest approbation, and she
waited for an opportunity lo propose it to her husband, which
she did by shedding tears, and lamenting on the one hand the
hard f.iteofthe virtuous hostage prince; and on the oilier,
ber own hard (ate in being childless. Her arts availed, and
Gan k8-keun, having given his word, also ^jf|J | 'jS- jjjjvj
engraved a gnu signet, in confirmation of bis promise. To
convey this news to the hostage fi ll to the s. homing trader's
lot. who carried with him valuable pr scuts, and raised the
reputation of the captive prince amongst all the nobles. The
trader, and the hostage prime, were now put companions.
riih uei collected troops of beautiful women and il incog
girls. The prince became enamoured of one of these, and
desired to possess her, which enraged the trader very much /
but he hadalieady wasted his fortune, and must go through
with his schemes. He therefore yielded his ulrea u pregnant
concubine to the prince, and her first son, the oll'spii g of
this trader, was Ching l$ze jjjjj
who became the famous
Tsin-chc-hwaug jjj^ ^ 3 the first universal monarch of
Chinas the burner of the books ; the burier alive of the
literati; and the builder of the great wall I
This b slard prince named Ching, was born during the first
moon of the year, and from him it is still ca|led jp ji|
the Ching mouth.
In consequence of an attack being made by Tsin, on the
slate Chaou, the chieftain of Chaou determined to kill ibc
hostage; but the trader and bis money again came to his aid.
Six hundred catties of gold nere given to the prince's keepers,
and they lei him escape lo the army of his father. Vcngcai re
was next meditated against his wife, but she was a native of
Ckaou, and was in consequence spared.
Tsin chaou wang ^ J{j3
thj fa.her of these princes,
and the aged monarch of Tsin, now closed his life in the 56lh
year of his reign. The late heir apparent, Gan-kwO-keuu,
38th Radical.
XI.
Neu
684
earldom, where he received a letter from the king, his son, in
terrogating him on the subject of his claims lo such a rich earl
dom, as his services were entirely unknown to the country ; and
further, how he was related tothe monarch, in thai he had taken
the title of second father ? Leu-pBhwei, instead of answering
these q ic. lions, removed his f mils to another slate ; and still
3&fjt 75 ft St rfli Rearing Ht he should be pit
to a violent death, drunk poison and died. (Sbe-ke, 1 1 Tul.)
SUII.
From teamen and night. A stupid person, ignorant, uneoquiring.
HWAN.
MOO.
The
I #*e
MOO.
The original form of the preceding. Some say. the nsmfr
under the preceding word, means Very ugly ; others say, it
means Pictly and fond of one's self. Riad MTh, Still, quiet.
CHAY.
A woman's name.
FOO.
A woman's name.
685
HOO.
38th Radical.
XII.
Neu-^-
Tae-puh-
4?
Chij ke, keae le so tize, tseTh e hoo pe seaou hern '
W 1ft SS I* 8 1 * H the carriage, and
colours are all conferred by tbe Emperor for the very pur
pose of illustrating my poor frontier district. (Tseen Ban.)
GAOU.
PHE1H.
1
From tattered raiment upon woman. Easily made angry ;
irritable; lightness of deportment. A woman's name.
HOO.
CHUH.
n
From woman and indeed. A surname. Read Shen, An
effeminate gait and manner ; also a surname.
-fc Neu.
XII.
686
38th Radical.
TO.
' one of
TSANG.
SZE.
A woman's name.
A woman's name.
MAE.
From woman and to bury. Cunning f crafty j wily.
687
LEAOU.
0
From woman and firf lit up. Corruscation of pleasantry i
seductive, wanton play and trifling. Seang leaou /j^j |
playing or toeing with each other) to dally amorously. A
woman's name.
The people in the north rail a mother Lcaou -leaou ; or, as
some read it, Laou-laou. Fung leaou )tf^ j or
^
a Chinese court servant who became the wife of VVoo-iun
Mj 1$ 1 Tarlar Pe ieral- who fought against the Chinese about
A. D. 564. Fung-leinu, was well versed in hislory, and was
a skilful political mgocialor ; and Choo. kwo king sin che
Iff H3 P$( jj5 a" the natious respected and. confided
in her.
LEEN.
A woman's name.
38th Radical.
XII.
Neu -j
Neu.
XII.
38th Radical.
6S8
SIN.
A woman's name.
m
From woman and placed on an eminence. Pleasing, flatter,
ing, fascinating, slender, delicate. To play and make fun,
to jrst and laugh. A troubled mind , feeling an aversion to.
Malignant. Head Neauu or Yaou, To make an uproar and
disturbance, as ghosts are sometimes represented to do , trou
blesome, disagreeable.
She koo shang sie chay i kc kwei jaou
js^J ^ y
^
^ | therefore those who are murdered, tbeii
ghosts are troublesome.
In reference to sounds, it is said, Yaou yaou e po po j
1 VX ^
""r'' dt''ica,e nni diffused in portions.
A name of women.
SEU.
A woman's name.
TSUY.
A woman's nama.
YUE.
sense there given.
TSAN.
HWA.
A woman's name.
JAOU.
A blooming
Ying ts8 ^
of the Han dynasty, (B. C. 15ll,tPo
the ancient classics had been burnt by Tsin-chehwang, rereiv C
Hie Shon-kii'g from the lips of blind
Fitt.si'g,
had already reached the 90th year of his age. Allhatliroe
the ^jj
Heuug-noo Trrtars annoyed China from without,
nd
Eg i" ffn & ^ '-k % chu"s ^ pio
koo urh mm puh gan e, China b:iug pour and distressed 'vbj bet
foreign wars) the penple were discontented. IVd-.-r tb<*
circumstances Ying. 1*6 addressed the reigning monarch ^j"
Win te. The Literary Emperor ; and stated tin I, for..cr
hills, and diseendii.g declivities; for defendiog dangerum
passes, now running and anon fighting! for horsemanship sai
enduring wind, rai.i, hunger, and thirst, the Chinese could out
equal the Tartars, hut they had the (Letter of them in num
bers, arms, aud discipline, wi.en they came to fair figbliag
on an open plain j h,s advice therefore was to meet them only
689
under inch circumstances ; as to the people, his advice was
^ Rung tsin pun sze; fei keu jin mS , Choo ho Kcar
yaou j kwan ta gae jin, 'That the Emperor should attend
personally to things of radical importance; that an excessive
attention to the branch tops of the political tree, should be
abandoned ; that petty circumstantial enquiries should be
excluded ; that -vexatious, minute legislation should lie abolish
ed j and that the lore of man should be made wide and grenl ,'
i. e. benevolence and benefienee should be widely diffused ;
and that the aim should lie to make all ranks [p] ^ Tung 1,
rejoice together.
The most esteemed men in China have, during every period
of their history, maintained the doctrine* of Ying-tsS, and
have reprobated (hat hard hearted political economy of some
metaphysicians, which recognises no other principles of govern
ment but those that emanate Irom the unfeeling deductions
of pecuniary profit and loss.
LWAN.
From woman and to unravel. Troublesome ; confusion ;
disorder.
HE, H, and He.
From woman and pleased. To play ; to frolic. To ramble (
to take an excursion for pleasure.
Handsome ; a pretty
face.
Shwdy he
j a boating party of pleasure. Yew he
y/f. .vi. an excursion for amusement. Mei he Jjjjz j a famous
ancient beauty, who caused the ruin of the Hea Dynasty.
He he ^
childish play , the play aud foolish pranks of
children. He seaou j
to make fun ; to giggle ; to twit
ter and laugh. He wan ^
^r0'lc > to seek amusement
in playing pranks.
Mei-he
j or, as it is sometimes written, Mei-he
l|L was Hea Kee fei J3
the queen of Keg, the last
monarch of the Hea dynasty (B. C. 1759.) Mei-hc, is classed
with those eminent females who hive induced the ruin of
tart. I.
6 ir
Neu
-k
their respective dynasties. In the Koo-ne-keung-lin, is this
sentence. Chow kea moo e j Tae wang yew Chow-keang ;
wang Ke yew Taejin ; Win wang yewTaesze Jj|j ^ -0J;
in the Chow family, the mothers were patterns of virtue;
(the grandfather of WSn-wang) Tae-wang possessed (the
virtuous queen) Chow-keang; (his son) IVang-ke possessed,
Tae jin, and WSn.wang, possessed Toe me. These three
queens are considered as Hing-kw8 p| ^ raising their
country to prosperity ; the three following, Wang kwS
jjijJJ
ruined their country ; Hea Kef e Mei-he i Shang Chow e Ti-ke;
chow yew e Peaou sze jg ^
fa |^ ffi #f $ jfg
, M ^ $1 3ls
k,ng Kgi oflhe HeB dJna,tJ'wM
ruined by Mei-he i Chow of the Shang dynasty, by Take;
and king Yew, of the Chow dynasty, by Faou-sze.
The fVRn-viang of China was nearly cotemporary with
the kings David and Solomon, of Israel ; and he is regarded
as the wisest and most virtuous of princes, although he never
ascended the Imperial throne; his eminence is attributed to
his mother Tae-jin, who, Ning e tae keaou .jjjjj ^ JjJjJ
^ was able to teach him while yet in the womb. For they
believe that the temper and behaviour of a mother, influences
her offsping from the period of conception.
Mei-he's extravagance and folly is exemplified by her
persuading kiug Kee to make Tiew-che ^jjjj jf^ a lake of
wine, and bringing together three thousand guests at the
sound of a drum; New yin
' drink out of it like
oxen tE wei 15
^ ^ considering this (imitation of
the brutes) to be pleasure.
Tn-ke, king Chow's queen, was notorious for her cruel
invention of tortures : and Paou-tze, for refusing to laugh,
till king Jew, Keu fung ho l^L ^ fa lit p the fire signals,
as a mere frolic, and brought all the nobles breathless running,
under a false alarm. Not long after, Keuen-yung ^ ^
attacked the king to murder him, and on the fire signals being
made, nobody came to his assistance, the nobles supposing
they were again played with ; and thus left alone, the king
perished.
Kung tss;e wei urh he he, chang chin tsoo tow, she1 le yung
Neu.
XIII.
38th Radical.
jS^p
^ KEAOU.
fifj
690
te toy King-te lun foo y5 tseang Win ah choo keaou 'ji
martial Emperor) of the II in dyn.uty, when conversing witb
the Emperor King-te, respecting a wife, espressed a desire
to make a golden house, in which to lodge the princess 0kf mi. At this time, Woo-tc was a bo> , and the old Emperor
King-te said to him jokingly, Y4 tTh foo fow ^'
^
would you like to hare a wife? YuiyS ^
he replied, I
should like it.
Then the Emperor's sister pointing to ber daughter. Vol
0-keaou haou fow |j ^pj | jj ^ said, would O kejon be
good enough or not? or, would you like 0 keaou t to which
question the boy made the answer which is given above ; v 2.
that he would build a golden house for her. (Koo-sxe-kcunglin, S vol. ^ S page 19.)
TO.
*
Same as
MEI.
Also the 1
An ancient form of
: of a bird.
Mei.
THIRTEEN STROKES.
CHUH.
A short-faced appearance.
691
38th Radical.
XIII.
Neil
XIII.
38th Radical.
692
SHIH
FAN.
An
A hare or rabbit.
forth suddenly from its hiding place.
Jvfh pe.
A mean person, under the influence of success and prosperitj;
partiality for, bliod affection for; depraved; concupiscence;
lechery . name of an office. Fe Iscf | QiJ; a favorite con
cubine. Pe hing ] f^t or Pe tung ^ ^orPejin j
J\ person abused for unnatural purposes.
Wae pe
1 and Pe la foo ] ^ ^ were names of
inferior officers during the period that China was composed
of separate principalities. Yew yin wae pe, pe shiih
|SJ*
j |
and further gave drink to the fFie-pe, aiwt
the Pe M1*. (Tso-chuen, 6th vol.) <Jj ^ ] -fc ^
She tsung pe ta Too, made him a secondary Petafoo.
SHEN.
it
From woman and lit trutl to. To resign to another
sovereign; to change the dynasty ; used in this sense in couv
mon with jjjjj Slicn. Read Tan, Slow ; remiss ; a female slave.
Shen e teen hca ^ JJ[ ^
resigned the empire.
In stating the rapidity with which the dynasty Ban procured
the ascendency over Tsin, it is said, that Woo neen che keeo
haou ling tan then J. ^
[j^ ^ fi* jEl | that in lte
space of five years the title was thrice transferred ; and further,
it is subjoined, Tsze sing minclae we chc yew show minj
joszechekelhya, g
% ft % % jfa ^
ft
/|j -^/f /. ErS
'rom <ne l'me lnnl m*n waa treated
upon the earth, heaven's destiny in favor of a Supreme Ruler
was never conferred with such promptness as in this ease.
SUY.
A woman'6 name.
A woman's name.
p> TSEU.
A woman's name.
693
HX Another form of
38th Radical.
HIN.
XIV. Neu
t
YING.
YING.
NEAOU.
TSEANG, and SIh.
ftL,
,|5J
'([23
Certain female officers about the palace, during the dynasty
Han. A woman's name. Maou tseang, koo mei neu
J
^fj*
Maou-ttcnng, an ancient beauty.
HWUY.
MAN.
^ surname.
i
To dislike; to flander; to ilify. A person's countenance.
LWAN.
LiliEN.
A woman's
An ancient form of Lwan |& a beautiful appearance.
Name of a
FOURTEEN STROKES.
AT
T
A woman's name; an easy, graceful carriage.
jjj'j1 | a weak delicate woman.
Fing ning
MO.
|
694
Hi
WOO.
SHOO.
A woman's name.
CHOW.
Vft.
A
YING.
tplendid. A
From
SEU.
TSZE.
From
and afcclion.
A kind
milk or t give.
From
gluttonous.
NAE.
From smbmsi and a garsf. A married woman; to give
a woman in marriage,- a handsome or beautiful woman, the
appellation of wives deceased ; a term applied to Imperial
New-nae
J cow's milk. Nae laze cha ] "J" ^
a preparation of milk, which the Tartars drink as tea.
] | a term of respect i
695
Nae ma ^
or Nae po ^ ^ a nurse to give suck to a
child i a wet nurse. Nae pe j
the skin of milk j the
icum or cream. The Tartars congeal it and carry it on journies. Nae tow j
the nipple of the breast.
M
^jp^ ^VEI.
Te fung
YEN.
From to subject and woman.
and good-looking.
HAN.
^^j^J^ TAE.
YING.
li
ra
illl M
f^i j2 3u?
lil"!i,Tunglady,witli precious
38th
Radical.
XIV.
Neu
PEAOU.
A woman's name. Name of a princess of the Han dynasty.
Same as
Neu.
XIV. 38th
Radical.
696
s|^* SIN
Yew-sin
j name of an ancient
(Koo-sze-keung-lin, 1 vol. article ^ Jj the seasons,)
The notes say, Chow shTh che shoo , tsin shfh cbe keTh
M &
%kZ% Chow ty*
*
dominion gradually i Tsin lost it all at once. (Compare wit'
M Sho0
MEEN.
From MM and Jlos lilk.
A woman's
T'HAOU.
Same as jjjjiJk T'haou, A small drum.
HE.
697
38th Radical.
XV.
Neu -j
TSAE.
A woman's name.
TSEE.
Good.
FIFTEEN STROKES.
V
SH I H.
HING.
A woman'8 name.
f^ELtJlJ
LEW.
i
A widow woman; a sprite or fa':ryi handsome.
Wanton.
#Same as tm Tseang, A sort ofgoverness.
YO.
"7/"j~>* Original form of ttg Keung. From woman and
From woman and delight- Handsome; beautiful.
I TEL?
YUEN, and Wan.
YEN.
IjEU.
3g I1WAE.
A woman's name.
Tranquil; peaceful.
Leu-leu
L\N.
/as*
\ | the heart averse to set
I.
l ##" certain
# Y&N.
delic:
##
/www.
Elegant, beautiful.
XS
\ # idle ;
wild sow.
A woman's name.
SEAOU.
3'
698
Vulgar form of
* Mung,
Dullness of sight.
some
or M
**
An ancient form of
# Pin.
SHWANG.
H
weal
Koo shwang #A
artfu
Shwang keu
anci
s
vine
his d
yin
*#e LING.
#
A woman's name.
pron
draw
each
cd by
|| # O-me.
they
Read Seen, A woman's name.
699
felicitous omen! He Fung f8h ta jcaou ^
^ ^ hiving
bolh hit hands on hit stomach, laughed aloud at their commisscration i and having defended, in a very piquant style, his art,
from the aspersions commonly thrown out against it, and
declared that the principles by which he regulated his life made
his feelings indepcodant of external circumstances) he gave
them a brief statement of what he considered a good man in
the following word,, J( Zfi
& VA iE &
38th Radical.
XIX.
Neu
I^jfjj
beautiful appearance.
Same as
tit. I. A 7 IE SH*7*ft.
A^rf
KEU.
sn
r
a ft * ft
P -til- $t j^. IP ifn
H
lhe good man (in my
estimation) is he who pursues the straight road, he remonstrates
in support of correct principles, and having remonstrated
thrice, if not attended to, he retires; when he praises, he does
not hope for reward ;as for bad men, he disregards their resent
ment j convenience of the government, and the benefit of the
multitude, are his study ;therefore, an office for which he
feels himself incompetent, he will not occupy , emoluments
which he has not deserved, he will not accept; a depraved man,
though noble in rank, he will not respect; and to a polluted man,
though honorable in place or years, he will not submit. The
two officers Sung-chung yjj^ Jjtj, and Kea-e Jj^j
who
listened to Sze-ina-ke's lecture, probably without reducing his
doctrine to practice, came both of them, it is said, to an
untimely end. (She-ke, 14lb vol.)
A barbarian song.
CHUEN.
From woman and to turn. A woman * name.
NINETEEN
Same as
STROKES.
EIGHTEEN STROKES.
TSAN.
A vulgar form of$0 Nae, The breast; milk.
SHWANG.
LO. From moman and tilk. A woman's name.
From woman and double. A woman"* name.
Neu.
XIX.
ME.
ancient quean.
Han dynasty.
LE
38th Radical.
700
Beautiful i
LEUEN.
From attached lo, and noma*. Yleldi g, complying!,
attached to; warm affection for; longing after. Sxe leuen
f&& I affectionate remembrance of. Yuen leuen jj/^J j
elegance and beauty of person.
In the She-king, Sae-leucn-ke-neu BJ | pj
think
701
39th Radical.
XXIII.
Neu Jj
KEA.
Ya kea ^Jj? j a woman affecting pretty airs.
HO.
TWENTY-ONE to TWENTY-THREE
STROKES.
'Jfo ^ j^jj
Hi! $-tiI#M Jk Mmpresses that of petty bad men there were great multitudes,
who rose to eminence; whilst the virtuous, who maintained
their integrity, were contrariwise, poor and in a mean
condition. (Sticking.)
If
'
Same as
From woman and medicine.
Luy, A surname.
To melt; to fuse.
Same as jgj Lwan, Beautiful; handsome.
TWENTY STROKES.
YEN.
still | tranquil.
A woman's
702
THIRTY-NINTH
RADICAL.
fM SzesingkeSkwo.
$ g Yu tszeching shw;
703
those who lo day are sons and younger brothers, will becomo
the fathers and elder brothers- of a future period.
Yen yun, Yen tow lelh shwiiy tsung kaou heri; nelli tsze
hwan sing woo neTh urh | ^ ^ gj
^
jgj
T. M ] M W ik % the proverb
The
cvesdrop descends from a higher to a lower place; and a
rebellious son will again beget contumacious and rebellious
children. They otherwise express the same idea thus, Yen
tseen yu lelh shwiiy ; lelh teih fan lae chaou kew bin ^
1 ?K $ M
M
wl,en in fr<inl uf
the eves the rain drop fulls ; drop after drop comes again on
the mark of that which preceded it. NeTh yu tsin chay, tsze
yth keaou jeu jftf ^ |g, ^ ] jffi ^ ^ he who is
disobedient to his parents, will have his own children imitate
him. (Tseuen-jin-keu-hw5.)
Jin tsze che taou, m8 chung yu see sSng ^ ^
j^J, ^ ~Jjf\
^jb of all the duties of the sons of men,
there are none more important than serving one's parents
during their life time;tl.e other duties referred to, are those
of sepulture, mournings sacrificing to their manes, and so on.
Tsze sun wei fan keaou I'ng ] ^ ^
^^
ions or grandsons opposing and ofT-nding against the instruc
tions and commands of their parent! j is the title of a section
in the laws of China i then follows this law, Fan tsze sun wei
fan tsoo foo moo, foo moo keaou ling ; kefh.fung yang yew
keu chiy, ehang yTh plh J\ \ ^ . jg ^ jjg
^
on or grandson who shall oppose and violate a grandfather
or grandmother, a father or a mother's instructions and com
mands; or shall be deficient in affording them support, shall
be punished by a hundred blows. (Lefih-le, lllh. vol.) It is
stipulated that the commands shall be lawful and just, nnd
that ability to afford support is possessed ; and it is rcqttir d
that the parent! themselves prosecute.
Tsze pin piih ni 'g ying sing yang chen foo moo
^
^ fi 'ti' tr. ^ Blii 3 ^ ira,on bepoor n<1 unable
to follow any occupation to afford support to his father and
mother. Che foo moo tsze c sze
4JJ;
|j ^
10 that his father and mother hang themselves, he shall receive
a hundred blows, and be transported three thousand Le.
39th Radical.
Tsze -J-
704
/|\
irls.
Q
class of
of concu
concu
HB. little girls;
the She
foo filli
fil # a Class
# | slave girls, and Tsze yu
++. 1.
| j\ % # H|| l 4% th.
lik HE (B.
H] # 4:
Y.
# |
-sometimes cousins.
yew tsze
#.
% # jL. # I' E.
three in one(the
j$ |
af Unity.
# #)
705
d(?m, and goodness. The opposite character lo Keun-Uze, is
Seaou jin /}\ ,\ petty man, which means a dishonorable
craftyfool, a tad man.
These two expression! occur also meaning by Keun-tsze
those persons who fill the higher places in associated communi
ties as rulers or teachers; and by Seaou-jin, the poor, who
perform the necessary manual operations of life. Thin, ^
Mang-tsze's commentator says, ^f" 1 4ffi /j\ ^ J||J
f& 'J* A $fc J$ 1 |l] fl Keun tsze woo seaou jin
tsth ke; seaou jin woo keun (sze, tMh Iwan, Rulers and
scholars without the labouring pnor, would famish ; and the
labouring poor without rulers and scholars would fall into
confusion. The text which gnve occasion to this remark
observes, that it was an old saying in Mang-tsze's days, Hw8
lion sin, hw8 laou Itlh JfJ^ ^>
^ ~fj some must
toil wilh the mind, and others must toil with bodily strength.
The first class, Che jin y^J
rule others ; the second are
Che jn jin
jjjk J\ ruled by others. But, the second
class, Sze jin ^
feeds others ; whereas the first and
higher orders must depend on Sze yu jin
^Jf4,
being
fed by othen,and so none can bout of independence. This
mutual dependence between the high and the low, the rich
and the poor, is Teen hca che lung c jay ^ ~JT j j|| ^
an universally applicable principle throughout the world.
(Sce-fhoo Choo f/y ^ ^ 4 to!. 3, 10 and 1 1 pages.) In
the She-king poetry, wives call their husbands Keun-tsze.
(Compare with Keun ^* under the Radical p Row.
The use of the term Keun-ltze, is very ancient, and is much
employed in the Four Books of the Confucian school. It
denotes those who sincerely adopt and reso'ulely practice the
principles of personal and social duties, there inculcated and
recognized, as derived from Heaven by the inspiration of
that Power which gave existence to human beings ; hence, called
Teen le
jJ| Heaven's Principles, in opposition to which are
placed Jin \ S ^
human passions. Were it not for the
godless character of the Confucian Ethics, the Keun-tsze
might be considered as parallel to the righteous man in Sacred
Scripture i the Teen Le, to the spiritual mind; and the
Jin yl, to the carnal mind. 1 mean this comparison only
at an illustration of Chinese modes of thinking. The 7een,
taut. I,
6 n
39th Radical.
Tsze
Tsze.
39th Radical.
chung yung ; seaou jin fan chung yung <fr)l J[J, 0 fl" ]
ll
/J\ A
4* Hf c<mr"c',u!,
">e Kcun-fze
devintcs not from the standard medium ; the Seaou-jin ii just
the reverse, he it alwa\s in some extreme; but the Kcun-tsze
Woo kwo piih ke'h 4tt ^ ^ Jf^ neither passes over, nor
tops shnrl of the middle line. Keun tsze che szc p8h peen
| ^?
/f>
lne Kcun-'sze wi" rather die than change
his principles. (Chung-yung.)
When a Philosopher, Jin piih che urh pah win; piSh yili
keun tsze hoo A ^ P ffij ^ fS ^ 7^ ^" ] f~
is unknown to the world and jet feels no vexation, is he not
a Keun-tszc ! Yin-she
said in allusion to this passage,
^ # a. & * $ # a. ft ia 2 ing is one's own concern , whether known or not to the world
depends on other people, what occasion is their for anger or
vexation ? The Keung-trae, Jpt^g.^A^fftA
seeks from himself , the Seaou-jin seeks from others; this
expression originally had a reference to a good man's seeking
fame from other people by flattering them ; it is now employed
to express generally that a good man seeks to find every
resource in himself, instead of applying to others,
Again, the Kcun-tsze, King urh piih tsang, keun urh
piih tang^ ifj] /f
^ fjfjj
conUouli himself
and will not wrangle , he lives in a general harmony with
every body, but he will not join a party, or a cabal. (I.un-yu.)
This last expression is often quoted in the histories of China
by political men, who designate those they deem possessed
of talents and virtue, Kcun-tsze: and the time-serving, scllsceking servants of government, they call Seaou-jin.
Keun-tsze pin; wo ning yen, piih ping jin che piih ke
<he^ 1
AZXZ
^JJ
the Keun-tsze regrets his own inability i and does nut
regret his being unknown to others. Yet it is added, he,
Tselh mfih she, urh ining piih ching yen ^ ^
j^jj
/fi Jjlj
is pained at the thought of his name not being
mentioned after he leaves the world. (Lun-yu.) The poorest
and most obscure man in China will quote this, and deprecate
the idea that his name shall perish.
Foo yaou yu
afe <j|j- an intrepid statesmen of the
Sung dynasty, is called by way of eminence, Kin yiih Keun-tsze
106
^
j the wise and rirtaoai man, valuable as gold
anil gems ; or the golden Keun-tszc. It is said figuratively/.
$ M if *D ft ft
it a ft * X # &
Yen tse4 kc che bung kwiih che ;
Hoo paou ke show kcucn yang kc!
How should lhe petty swallow know the mind of the large
and noble Uung-kwfih bird j
How can the tiger and leopard ever receive an insult
from a dog or a sheep !
This expresses, that /]\ A ^ $ % \
4jk
petty men cannot comprehend the motives and principles of
lhe wise and virtuous, and that
j /fj
/J, A
it is impossible for a wise and virtuous man ever to be
affected by the scoffs or insults of a poor petty bad principled
wretch. (Koo sze-keung-lin, 4 vol. SO page )
Chay tsecn tsze t|J j^j J tce/s of Plantago Major. (Mr
Livingstone.) This plant is very common in China, and grows
often by the way side j and spring* up in the foot-steps of horses
and cattle, and in the ruti of cart wheels, to which the name
Chaylseen, has au allusion. The seeds are used in China as a
diuretic, in various complaints of the urethra; stoppage of
urine; passing blood; gravel, and so on ; in eomphinls of
prcgnar.t women ; and in diseases of the eyes. (Pun-tsaou, 18th
vol. y 16, pa^c 54.) One of the synonyms is, Ma-seth EE|
a horse shoe, which is not remote frnm the word Plantago.
Mali pee? tsze ^ ^ j seeds of a species of gourd, flit
and having a curious wrinkled skin ; emetic.
Kin ying tsze ^ ^ j wild rose sped, cooling and corrugatingailslrinjent ; given in an involuntary emission ofsemen.
Lo pTh tsze |j| ^) | Chinese turnip radish seed. Sy.
wither
] Lae-fah-tze.
Kcw tsze iJji ^ seeds apparently of the leek or onion,
afford warmth lo lhe bloodSing che tsze /{r
] fresh seeds of Gardenia.
Shan che tsze |ii ^ ] eeds of wild Gardenia, refriger
ating.
She keun tsze jjjB ^ | seeds of the Quisqualis Indira ;
said, Shi chuog choo tssib
jj
to beaatheW
707
mintic, and to remove obstructions. (Mr Reeves, and ^
M
Jt. Tun tsaou kew chin.)
The eminent writers mid teachers of antiquity, who have
philosophized about Physical, Moral, and Political Sciei ce, I
know not by what allusion, are called
Tsze, a KungfooItze ; Laou Itze, 4c. Thus j=|j| ] Choo tsze, alt lAe sons,
denotes all the eminent writers.
Shih tsze -J- | the ten Ttze or eminent writers of anti
quity, begin with ^ j Laou-tsze, and end with $J| j$ ]
IJS kwan tsze. These writers' Works are printed uniform in SO
vols. Their style is vi-ry obscure, and their opi lioi.s are oflea
wild and eccentric, they have at some periods been much
esleein -d in China, but the use of ihem now, in literary essays
presented to tbe national professors, is prohibited by law.
Tsze she tsing ha ^ ^ ^pf ^ e,eKallt essences (ex
tracted) from eminent writers a d historians, 50 vols. duod.
The extracts are merely sentences and short paragraphs ; it
was compile I- and printed by order of the Emp Tor Kang-he,
but like some other of his literary undertakings, was not
published till the reign of hisiucccjir Yung.ching.
Seen l.sn Ttze-mel-ltze 5^
j
] lne a"c'ent
wortliy Tsze-iree lsze, elder brother of Confucius : he is
spoken of as a lame man. Seen joo Ttze ktrti ttze yj^
1 |H| 1
oncicnl Philosopher, Tsze-kwS-tize, a des
cendant of Confucius, or as they express it, -p : "Jttf ^
SMh-yih she-sun, a grandson of the I lth generation : he attained
noble rank. Prints represent him with a book in his right
hand, and a sword by his side.
Shah shing re-se.iise jj[ Ig ^ JEB ] Ttzesze-ltze
(the grandson of Confucius) who recorded the doctrines of the
Sage. Tsze-szc-tsze was a native of jjjjj
Ke8h fow
hern, in
j|J ffi Yen-chow-foo , of |i| ^ Shin lung
province. He was the son of <fj ^ PTh-yu, and the writer
of the second of the Four Books, viz. the t|l
(jhung-yung.
Tsze-sze-lsze $ || =f f" } $ j| ^ % ^
Show net yu Ling tsze; chuen taou yu inXng tsze, received
his education from TsSng-tszc (the writer of the
Ta-heo) and transmitted the doctrines of the sect to MSng-tsze.
The author of the two last of the Four Books, and which are
designated by bit name.
39th Radical.
Tsze
7(
that Scuntszeji # # #
X Z. ##
man's # # nature
contended
# # nature
that man's
is vicious or wicked.
j' # considered
# # considered it
nor wholly vicious. His writings are partly political and partly
moral: He opens the essay on human nature with these words,
The word
# Wei
counterfeit,
#:
N # %2
of man's making;-not
###]
6% have
HH # very manifest.
4th, L8-tsze
%| |
Works contained in the 10th vol. lived about the same time
as Laou-tsze, the founder of the sect.
(B.C. 585.)
Han-fei-tsze
# |
or Han-tsze,
# #| %
# % Zy :
laws.
}}: %
By F kca
and the
709
10th, H8-kwan-tsze ^ ^ ^ a writer of the Taou
sett; hit works are contained in the 30th and la;t volume of
the Ten ancient authors. He was a native of
Tsoo, and
spent much of his time amongst the mountains and deep ra
vines; carrying or wearing the bird H5- jjll on his head, as a
crest, from which circumstance he was called HS-kwau-tsze ,
the Ha cres'.cd sage.
The works of these ancient writers, have either in whole or
in part, exi<led ahout two thousand years. There were two
other philosophers of the same period, called ^Bj
Yangehoo, and |^ | Mih-tszc, who oppo-ed the Confucian
sect, and whose doctrines are called
^ E twan,. The
heterodox opinions of that day.
K E E, and Keth.
Kekeu^ ] short; these two characters are otherwise read KeiS-kung, and defined Tsing chung seaou chunjjj^ small insects in a well..
PART I.
6S
39th Radical.
1.
Tsze
iUfWti
From bird and its young onet. An ancient designation of
excellent; a spacious vacuum. An. orifice; an aperture ; the
hole of a musical instrument ; the passages of an animal body ;
the name of a bird. A surname. Pe^kungj^ j the nostrils.
Shan kung ij; j interstices in the mountains. Kung heuS
^
an open place ; a hole ; a cavern. Kung-foo-tsze j
^ -y- Confucius. Kuug tsze pHh yu kwae |
^ =5
'1$ Confucius did not speak of the strange or marvellous.
Kung slung ^ ^ Kung (Confucius) the sage. Kung taou
^ Jj| a throughfare; a road not stopped at either end^ a
highway. Kung tsc9 j ^ the peacock .
Kung shwiiy tung J
jjpj the aqueduct cavename
of a romantic spot on the
j^jf jjj Tac fang-shan, the
large chamber mountain. On the N. E. side of it, there is
an overhanging precipice more than a thousand cubits high.
At the foot of this precipice there is, in the rock, a basin 20
cubits wide, from which a spring of water gushes up. The
depth of this spring 7J> 5j" J^lj 'S unfathomable. There
arc various legends about dragons issuing from the spring,
and being immediately transformed to fish , and sweet musical
sounds being heard to rise up from it. During the Tang
dynasty (A: D. 745,) people in boats, with lanterns, endea
voured to ascend to the head of the cavern, but failed after
proceeding up it five or six days. In times of drought, the
court at that time sent special commissioners to throw a
dragon and stone sceptre into the cavern, as a sort of offering ;
after which, it is affirmed, most beautiful peach blossoms flow
ed out of it. (San-tsae Too hwuy, 13 vol. J^J^6th sec
tion, 18 page.)
Wo yew kea pin, lib jin kung chaou ^ ^ ^
^
^ J^J I have a worthy guest of virtuous fame most
illustrious. ( She-kiug.)
Kung j meaning in a great degree, is exemplified in the
account of Yu-kung j|g jjf the works of the ancient Yu, when
draining offthe waters of the deluge. Kew keang kungyin
1
'he waters of the nine rivers are most regular.
(Shoo-king.) There have been various opinions about the
situation of these ancient Kew-keang, or nine rivers; and dif
+ Time
I. 39th Radical.
# # Tung-ting
# Hen,
# F:
called
| /N # and Kung
shih
kung shih
| AS Zi or Tung
Kung tsuy
| # the
region
about two inches below the bend of the arm, at the elbow, in
the front of the cubitus.
Kung tsze
| +
or Kung-foo-tsze
| j *
which
son of Shh-leang-hih #
}##. and
Yen-she nett
# }\.
# [f] AE | + cohabited
in the wilder
# j# HE # sacred vestiges of
t: jk j: a magistrate
711
3?g intelligences. He stood like Ihe Fung Jj|J^ bird perched ;
and he sat like Lang tsun
jj^ the couchant dragon. Pre
vious to the birlh of this extraordinary person jjj^ p-J^
licj. the lin bird cast up from its stomach precious writing,
containing an incription. thus ^
^ |jff ^ Jp]
fffl Ml ^ 3E a *D lhe l,ure e,,ence of water ; a successor
to the falling fortunes of Chow ; a plain robed king, one who
shall rule without ever ascending a throne. On the evening
of his birlh, two dragons winded round the house, and heavenly
music sounded in the ears of his mother; and when he was
born an inscription appeared on his breast, with these words,
Che ts8 ting she foo ^jjj jfe Jj: -jjf ffi the maker of a seal
(or rule) for settling the world. (Hlng-lan-shing-tscih.)
The pedigree of Confucius is traced back, with rapid strides
to the ancient monarch ^ 7^ Hwang-te, B. C. 2622: but
notwithstanding this high descent, the morality of his family
is not deemed reputable; and it is said to their disgrace, that
| p^j ~~
Kung's house in three succeeding genera
tions divorced their wives; first Confucius himself, next his
son, PTh-ju
and again his grandson
BJ% Tsze-sze.
HisanccstorKung-foo-kea ^ 4
was killed by Hwa-tilh
3^. ^ of the state Sung ^ and his children fled to Loo J^j,
where Confucius was born.
The life of Confucius, is a good deal blended with the history
of his own times, and Ihe names of the several states or princi
palities, over which the kings of the
Chow dynasty held
a nominal controul ; the Choo-how =^
or princes appear
ed occasionally at the ^f- Wang, or king's court, to acknow
ledge his supremacy.
The Lelh tie tung ke peaou
^ ^ which
is a chronological work with historical notes, gives the follow
ing thirteen names as the most powerful nations or stales of
that period.
1st, Loo ijjj, the state in which Confucius was born, but
not the country of his ancestors: situated on the
site of Yen-chow, ^* jfj>| in the province of Shan
tung jjy jj^ the eastern mountains.
nd, Wei ||j to the S. W. of Loo, in the region of Honan.
3d, Tsin ^
the province of Shan-se ^Lj jfEj the
western hilly.
39th Radical.
I.
Tsze ^J*
in
^Tsze.
I.
39th Radical.
|^ lL| bill. Confucius about this time left Loo, and became
an adventurer amongst some of the other slate*.
He visited Tli>< and-Sung, and Wei. and ^ ^ |Jj| ^
j2
ROt
* *craPe on lne roa<' uetweeu Chin and Tsae.
The stale Woo attacked Chin ; Tsoo came forward in defence
of the latter, and sent an invitation to Confucius, which he
-was about to comply with, when Chin and Tsae fearing that
lie would do them a dis-service, sent people to cut him off
They surrounded him in a wilderness seven dajs, and had
nearly straved him to death, which would soon have occurred,
had not Tsoo scut a military force to rescue him. After this
narrow escape, he returned to his native country, where the
governor or prince of Loo gave him a carriage, two horses, and
a servant j with these, he set off for Chow wang ke JJjJ ^ ^e$t
the royal domain of Chow, which was the Imperial court, and
which was at first in the region of Kingyang j|
in Kanilh province, N. L. 36; 8 degrees W. of Peking.
The object of his visit to Chow, was to see Lnou-lsxe
^
the founder of the Taou sect, and to jjj^
ask his
opinions about propriety, decorum, ceremony, and etiquette.
Their conversation is not narrated in the Ske-ke, but the
speech that Laou lszc made to Confucius on parting, it inserted. Laou-tsze said, ^ g j| % % ^ ft ft
/j^. J\ ^
^ ^ == 1 have heard that the rich send
away their friends with valuable presents , and the virtuous
end away people with a word of advice. I am not rich, added
he, but I humbly deem myself entitled to the character, vir
tuous His advice seemed directed against a too inquisitive
philosophy j and against making loo free in discussing the
characters of men, chiefly from the danger brought upon u
roan's self by 90 doing; but in serving one's parents or one's
prince, he commended
^ P the not at all consi
dering one's self.
After the visit, Kung-tsze returned again to Loo, and Te
Uze shaou ylh tsin yen ^ -f- ^ ^
jE| disciples or
scholars gradually began to come in to him in greater numbers.
These things look place before Kung-tsze's thirtieth year ;
after he had, according to his own account, directed his mind
closely to study during the space of fifteen years, he says
in the Lun yu
|f fffl ^ ^ || 1 at Bflcen
712
resolved on applying to philosophy, -J- [fjj jjV and t
thirty my resolution was iramoveably fixed. The year before
this, at Urh shlh kew suy win Szc-senng shen kin suy shib
tsin heo che ~ -f fa % ^ gjfi ^ f| ^ *g jg
^ |J 2 tne a?c of twenty-nine he heard that Sze-tcng
played skilfully on the kin harp, and be forthwith, set off
to Tsin to learn it
The remaining part of the life of Confucius was very far
from tranquil; he was either employed or implicated during
the quarrels of the petty stales of his day,. Haiv-ckeou-pik
J^[i 11$ 16 e tow ke ko Hh topy L"0 cllQOU kunS V)\ P
|| j$ ffi P ^ |jg
by some trivial cockfightiag
squabble offended the prince of Loo, Chaou kuog, who had
recourse to arms, and was defeated, which obliged Confucius
to flee to Tse. Between his fiftieth and seventieth year, he wu
absent from Loo fourteen j ears at once. In his sixty-sir jesr,
his wife died, and for her, his only son Fih yu wept a whole
year, till he overheard his father say, E ke shin e fl^". it ^
^* ah ! it is carried too far,when he immcdiatelj dried up
his tears. Shing-tsze Plh yu Udh ^
fa fa 2^. Plhja
the jagr's son died in his father's sixty-ninth year.
At the age of seventy, the prince of Loo. Jj^ ffe Gae-kung,
and others, allowed Confucius to sit in their presence, whil-t
they ^ jf^J asked his opinions about government.
In the same year, a favorite pupil
Jpj 2^5 Yen hwaj
died. Kung-tsze was now much concerned for the propagation
and continuance of his doctrines, and had great hopes from
Yen-hwuy, and therefore on this occasion, the aged philosopher
^ ^ 10 wept for him most bitterly, and said,
^
"{^ J* Heave" na* destroyed (or slays) me ! Heaven has
destroyed ine ! In his 73rd year, about seven days before his
death,leaning on his staff. Confucius tottered about the
door, and
jfjj jjj^ sighing sung.
1^1 Ht
^
Ta 5nan hwae ho !
713
He then with lean running down his aged checks, address
ed himself to Tsze-kung ^1 J= laying,
~J\ if!& ^
^jj*. the world has long been in a state of anarch;,and to
went on to mention a dream the had dreamt the preceding
evening ; and which he considered ^ "JL -jj^ a presage of
his death. And ^ <^
0 ft]
" '*
came to pass; that after being seven days confined to bed by
ticknesi, he died. The 18th day of the Hud moon is considered
the anniversary of Kung-tsze's death. He was interred on
the 9th of the 6th moon of the same year ; and put in the
same grave as his wife. His disciple jp
| jff S
\ ^ ^ |L Tsze-kung mourned, in a shed reared by the
side of his master's grave, three years twice over, in all six
years,
^ ^ and then returned to his home.
As Confucius taught nothing about the existence of the soul
after death, during his life lime, he does not appear at the
approach of death to have expressed either hope or apprehen
sion. To his mind *' life and immortality" do not seem to have
been revealed. Nor does it appear that he prayed to Heaven or lo
any God, when death drew near. On a former occasion when
he was sick, Tsze-loo
one of his pupils, proposed lo
pray for him; but he declined it, saying Jr j
^ ^
Kew, (or as they now read it Mow, meaning himself) has long
prayed.
Posthumous honors and titles in great variety have been
conferred on Ihc rather uninteresting character, whose life has
been slightly reviewed. Soon after his death, the prince of
Loo, entitled him
father Ne. In the Han dynasty, he
was made |f? Q duke Ne i the Tang dynasty first styled
him ^
ltie ancient sage. He was next styled j> ^pf
the royal preacher, and bis effigy was clad in king's robes, and
a crown pat on it's head. The Ming dynasty called him
^> jft?
Jjjjj j
the most holy wise and virtuous an
cient teacher, ATting-fsze; which title, the Tartar family now
on the Imperial throne, has continued.
Conf;iciui dabbled in politics all his life, and his ethics
dwell chiefly on those social duties which are of a political
kind. A family is the prototype of his nation, or empire, and
he layi at the foundation of his system, not the visionary
notions which have no existence in nature, of independence and
r.iRi i.
8t
39th Radical.
I.
Tsze
Tsze.
T.
3:th Kadical.
714
5 JtP J M ,f ::"'CT means wt to obliterate this docthe men ofKwang can <
The dhwipies of Cowfurius inspected his private character
M two orcasiiis . once when he paid his respects to a womaw
of doubtf . I (.kncW, ow which occurrence he imprecated
li e venpearre of hrairn, if an; guilt attached to him.
The other was, whea ia a i t m nc"n.hBoarhood. where the
tea weaid not haten to his teaching ^
p*j A
he admitted a bo; to see him, which made his nwpib saspect
htm af that vice, which was so ciniimua amongst the n aad
sages of Greece and Borne.
The hooks referred tooa this hrief memoir say aotbing of
the cater of Coofacias, bat ike elegies of iia. seen ky the
writer of this .a tie aothern parts of China, represent kirn as
nf a dark swarthy colonr.
Knsu-wiac [ j^j or Ckoo-ko-leaag ^ ^
fixed
ir. Ike do--- of Ike re.?-, af Beea-te ^
4. D tti the
last Emperrr of the Baa djwastj ; aad he took a
part ia Ikecivil wars ofthe Sua-kwl
H
overthrow of that family, after 1waving the sceptre of t
was a native of the 1
moontniM, oa the sea canst of ShaaUnag province. The
@ ft Bfl Kaag^a&h (1 miag asserts l hat from Ike peraaw
afIke original three dynasties called Snatae "|-f Wei ban tth
tee. bra wei chr*r ^^^^"^g^jftheHan
dynasty alone obtained the empire m n correct rammer, and
held it
JJQ
:fjE more than fear honderd yean. CbTb te
jlk qua, m fa Baa yew ft flj,
|| ^ ^ ^ ^
net a 1
by the Baa family.
715
On the sideofthc Imperial family, were, I it Lew-pe g?|| i^j'
descended from royal ancestors, but reduced to be
^
a selle r of mnt or of straw sandals. 2nd, Kwan-vu
who rose from being *g jgf ^ a seller of sowins, to such
eminence at that time, ai to be now worshipped as the Mara
of China, under the name of Kwan-foo-tsze. 3rd, Chang,
fei tjj^ ^ who was originally ^ |^ a teller of flesh, or a
butcher.
These three men united themselves by- a solemn oath to
retrieve the fortunes of Han : and they had attached to them,
the person whose name is at the head of this article. Kung-ming
1
,he 11 db or % Sli $f M Kcnt"y at war- who
accompanied the armies. They had- also Yuen-shaouT^ jjSiJ]
len poo JEJ
and others.. This party finally formed
P| the kingdom Shflh.
Tsaou tsaou
headed the party who established
%\
the kingdom Weii and Sun-keuen Jji ^ was he
who raised himself to the throne of
||{J the kingdom
Woo. The secretary, Kung-ming, was eight cubits in stature;
and deemed very highly of himself; always comparing himself
to Kwang-chung -^j* jVJ) and ^
YS-e, persons famous in
their day.
Kung-ming was sincerely devoted to ^|] ^ Leu-pe, who
became the Chaou lee te
|)
of the ^
latter
Ban. Be excelled greatly in what was much valued at that
time, and has been much admired in China ever since, strata
gems in war. Be was an astrologer and versed iu the doc
trines ofthe
^\ fight diagramt-of Ftlk-hc; to correspond
to these, he, invented a form-- of encamping an army in a sort
of battle array, called PS chin too /\ [{tp j|| the eight, regiment figure. (San-tsae Too-hwuy, 9?tli vol.) Be began with
Jive men whom he called
Woo; he formed ten woo into a
company, which he called j^Tuy ; eight tuy he formed in a
J|jj Chin, or regiment, consisting of 440 men. Eight Chin
constituted a Poo ^consisting of 3,520 men. These he call
ed a /j\ jjjj small div ision ; eight of these Poo, or 28,160 men
had a Tseang
or general t eight of these divisions formed a
K eun Epf or army 225,280 men, which he called ^ ^
a large division. (For a full detail accompauied by a print, tee
the above refereuce to.the Chinese Encyclopedia.)
39th Radical.
1.
Tsze
#-
Tsze.
I,
39th Radical,
716
## ## #
Hil
# bend
### # if # H # ty)
th fill X lb a constant
praying to have his days protracted ; and its being the popular
%
number of days
%: # the
# + # Chaou-tsze-lung,
# | || 3}. when millions of men were fighting, still carried
the general
in his bosom the boy O-tour, who often slept amidst the crash
Af }: #. # ZR #
|| S}.
on the Woo
king.
RUNG-BE
| #
named Chung-ho
| #l a descendant
71?
Kung-yung |
also named Shuou-win ^ p a
native of Changchow ^ *(>]j in Keang-nan province. He
distinguished himself much as n magistrate in Kwang sc by his
benevolence to the people, and his intrepidity in opposing or
winning over the handilli, who, about A. D. 1504, infested that
part of China. He wis called to court to be promoted after 30
years service in unhealthy situations, but Taou tstih
/y^
he died on the road. (Lcih-tae-mingchin, 29 vol. p. 21.)
HI.
Tsze^f-
An
SUN.
~ >ff\
39th Radical.
^^^w TSZE.
l^TSZE.
-^-Tsze.
111.
39th Radical.
718
719
The Chinese (ij^Tsze, composed of a child sheltered by a
covering, is, when applied to letters, intended to convey the
idea of offspring, which Ihey express thus, Tsze chay neif yny
y
i^L "(Ij, Tsze denotes springing from, or being pro
duced in uninterrupted succession, as with plants and animals ;
for ^ j letters or characters are by the LiSh-e seang
sing woo keung e
j|g Jj^ ^ 4ffi
^ six principles
of composition, reripr-ically produced to an inexhaustible
extent. (See the six principles of composition, in the 2nd page
of the introduction to this work.)
Some European writers seem to thii.k that each Chinese
character is an arbitriry mirk for an i.lei, instead ofits bein^,
as is really the case, a written medium founded on principles
of combination or the competition of the few simple arbitrary
characters, which, to express ideas, though not to convey
sound, are like the letters of an Alphibet, capable of infinite
combination. The word ^ Tsze, introduced above, is not a
bad example of composition, it is formed of luxuriant herbage
and a young animated creature ; thus leading the mind to the
productiveness of both the vegetable and anim.l kingdom ,
as an illustration of the never-ending compound characters
which may be produced from a few Radicals, under the
guidance of the six principles or combination.
The origin of the character, is stated in the following
sentence, ^ Jff g
|g ft flg ^ g ^
to$]tot6k$L] zm 16 in
cM,
Tseu-sung, TSang-he, te kwa hw, moo neaou Uelh, yin shin
chilh luy tsze che hing t he ie)h, Hwang-te's (B. C. 2622 )
historiographers, Tseu-sung and Tung-hee*. imilaM the
lines of the Kwa diagrams, and copied the imprinted foot-steps
of birds, then introduced explanations, and divided them into
classes, and from this time the r.inns of characters originated.
Tsze moo ^ -J}j- character mother, or moth, r charac
ters, is an expression introduce d by those who first adopt d
t"-e syllabic spelling imported from the west ; it means those
characters by the union of which the sound of ai y given
character is produced. E san tl.Th liih tze wci moo ^ ~
( ?\ ] ^ "S- t'"r,J-,il characters were constituted
mothers.
Fan Mung-koo, se jlh, vang wae, choo kviH, to tsung tsze
39th Radical.
111.
Tsie
all the Mogul tribes ; the occidental regions , and most of the
countries beyond seas, follow the alphabetic system. Han
joo pflh shlh tsze moo
fjff /(\
j fi the literati
of the Han dynasty, (which continued till A. D.*229,) were
unacquainted with the syll.ibic alphabet. Their system was
that of ^
Tsze yin, the character's sound, being as
certained by giving the sound of a well known character, for
that which was not known. (See the Introduction to this
Dictionary, for more on the same subject, and for the different
forms of the characters.)
TheTszc-haou ^ ^ or marks on goods of various sorts, ai
silks, teas, &c. are all intended to be significant, and to convey
some agreeable idea to the imagination. The following are a
few examples of Tea ehopt, as they are called) Ho yuen
^TJ -jjjji springs of concord. King hing j|r JL chearing
prospects. Kwang thingj
extensive abundauce. Yuen
ke -yjjji pj^ memorial of the fountain. Hing chang ^ j j
perpetual splendour. Tung chanp JpJ ^ together illus
trious.
In Chinese, as in the Hebrew language, where proper names
of persons and things ire significant, the spirit and beauty of
the composition is lost when the sound only of the name ii
given, and its meaning 1 ft untranslated.
The Chinese, as the Jews did, count the number of letters
or characters in esteemed writings; hence it is said, jf ^.tjl
^ ^ !+ 21. \~ jj^ ] llul lne five (ancient books)
called King, there are 200,000 characters ; and it is added, that
Choo e keen yu sze shoo chay, cliung cliQh chiy tlh urh tseen
szepth t.ze
JtftWM
. -J~ [Jl^
| exelutive of what have appeared in the
Four Books, and those which are reiterated, an ajuount ii
obtained of 2,400 characters.
In a m inner s'mil.ir to this, the number of characters or
words contained in the Shing-yu
are enumerated ; and
in several nth r standard moral essns, the sum total of the
characters are inserted, at the beginning, or the end of the paper.
^jl TSHUN.
+-Tsze.
ll I.
39th Radical.
720
attention to.
of
E. tsun
Kenou-tsun
I'. |# # #)
''
| #
{E
#! # # |
in a hundred ways
### # # #% # |
# # (l J\ # #
J% |
W.
1-
-*.
|H ll. Z H
| t ##
|#
ruin of the country depends on. Headu tsze keih ke tsin gae
# + # }{ } #
RA # #! % | # | tl" dutiful son who carries
che sin, suytsin sze urhj tsun yay
his love for his parents to the utmost degree, although his
parents be dead, he yet regards them as alive.
Ten te she wei urh yth hing hooke chunge; cling shing
R #1 # f'. ill 3% 4] 4.
-1-. # |
*| ##
NM4 -Y 2 || heaven and
Ik
jt Hi
+*
#:
| |
721
he be jet preserved i at ninety he shall daily have a constant
supply of provisions sent him from the prince-
J^FOO.
<^
|.
Tsze
+Tsze.
f-
IV,
39th Radical.
72
(#
l }: a comet,
shin & # #! l + % #
% JR # fa]
g reat
3% JK JR # % R
the northern
shin, is also called the great shin. The place of the comet is
by no means clear. But the comet itself, being ominous of
revolutions, is, they say, implied in its name
Hwuy-sing#
a broom star, it sweeps away the old and makes all things new.
(Kin-ting-chun-tsew, 97th vol.)
TSZE.
| |
tied together
in reply to
723
the late king (Woo-wang ^ | ) was enabled tn practice-the
utmost filial pictj all kit life ;Ihuj some define Yung he
7^ fff which literally means, eternal ages ; but otheri, in
stead of understanding the expression as merely implying that
Woo-wang
fjfc ^ w!" aD'e lo eiercl,e
P'e'J
all hit life i they concede it denote* that the Virtue of filial
piety, which was in his predecessor WSn-wang /j^
was also
in him, and 'would be continued in their posterity forever.
(She-king.)
j
^ HI 1 . ^ B M ^
win
heaou; Tszc j"*1, woo wei, Ming-e-tsze asked ti e import of
filial duly, or the word heaou ; Coufueiut answered, it means
an absence of all oppotition. This however they explain by
these words ^ yfr ^4
no opposition to (or turning the
back on) right principles. And Confucius told Pan-che
^jl that, he meant thai, in reference lo parent*- /|r r^? j
m%KW Z9>m%ZMfe "fthey
(hould be served with the decorum which good principle*
prescribe; when dead they should be interred with decorum ;
and sacrifices should afterwards be offered to their manes with
decorum. (Lun-yu.)
Confucius gave different answers to the same question,
when put by different people, according to what he conceived
to be the moral defects of the enquirers, thus when
<Jjj Ming-wooplh asked the meaning of j Heaou. Confucius
expressed himself in these words ;
Foo moo, we ke tselh che yew ^ -}]];t ^
^Jr as to father and mothermake a return for their anxiety
in time of sickness. This sentence, the more recent commen
tators say, means that a person ought to tike much care of
that body which cost his parents *o much anxiety. The
older commentators thought
We, meant mil), and that
the whole sentence implied, that a son should be careful not
to grieve his parents by his vicious conduct , and that hit sick,
ness alone should ev< r cause them grief ; and consequently, as
health or sickness were not in hi* power, he would not have lo
reproach himself for undutifulnes*, if his sickness should grieve
his parents.
When ^J] Tsze-yew enquired about Heaou,
Confucius replied,.^ j
J| gg g ^ ^ |
39th Radical.
IV.
Tsze ^J*
^J- Tsze.
724
under \
2nd.
Tsin chang tang y, IE HIMSELr TASTED EVF.RT MEDICINE.
This is said of the Emperor Han-win-te j|| ^ J^(B. C. lit)
during his mother's illness,
4p.
^^ ^ ^
P?\ jfc ^ for three years, the Emperor never closed his
eyes ; nor ever loosened the girdle of his raiment. The
Mraou-haou, or posthumous title of honor, is Hcaou '
ed of filial piety.
Snd, 3L
mi
Kelhche tung sin, biting her finger mined his hurt.
This is a fable to shew the invisible influence that subsists
between a mother and a dutiful sou. Tun ^ a disciple of
Confucius was amongst the hills cutting fuel, when a friend
called, his mother hit her finger to rouse his attention,
and bring him home, at th it moment he felt a pain in his heart,
and hastening home fell down on his knees to ask his mother
the causei when she statod it as above. Tsan, or as he is
otherwise called ^* -J* Tsang-tsze, is the person who divor
ced his wife because she gave a pear insufficiently boiled t
bis mother.
*.
* m #
Tan c shun moo, clad in a single carmint, be obeted
his mother. This refers to Min katen J^J ^ also called
Tsze-ke'en -j^ ^ whose mother died early, and had her
place filled by a step-mother, who bore two sons. This woman
during the winter mouths, in the northern parts of China,
clothed her step-son
^ ^ with a tsiogle) rush
flower garment, whilst she clad her two own sons in cotton.
Purr Min-tsze, was driving his father's carriage, and being so
pinched with cold, he let the reins fall from his hand, on which
account his father chastised him. ^ ^ ^ Jj) Kcun
would not vindicate himselfbut bore the injury patiently.
At last however his father found out what was the fact, and
was about to divorce his wife, when the sun remonstrated in
the following couplet;
725
flj" ^ *
-W
^E. -J- J|l Moo ken, san tsze tan.
Whilst mother remains, one son is cold j
If mother leaves, three sons mill tie destitute.
His father was persuaded to retain his wife, by which. How
moo kan hwuy ; ylh ching been moo ^ -JfJ^ ^ "t^" ,nc step-molher was excited to repentance, and
also became an excellent mother.
51b,
Wei tsin foo me, for a parent he carried rice on hi
shoulder.This is said of Chung-yew Ml pj otherwise
called Tszc-loo -J- jj-^ a disciple of Confucius. His family was
poor, and to sjve for his mother's comfort, he himself ule Ihc
coarsest l;erbs, and carried rice for her to eat, from the dis
tance of a hundred le ; about thirty Engli-h miles. Alter
his parent's death, Tsze-loo became rich, and whilst taking
a tour through the country, attended hy a hundred carriages,
and every luxury of that age, he sat down, and Tanyuf, suy
j8 shih lo ho, wci tsin foo me, puh ko till yay Pjp| Jj^j tjj|
39th Radical.
IV.
Tsze
77
Hing yung kungmoo, he hired himself to labour, that ue
might supply every convenience to his mother.This
is said of Keang-klh ^ g^? who lived in the time of the Han
dynasty. His father died when he was very young: and he
and his mother often fell in the way of banditti, who were
numerous and frequent in that age. On one occasion, when
he stated to them with tears his circumstances, as being the
only stiy of his aged mother, even the robbers felt compassion
for him, and spared him. He then removed (Lo-seen ^ji
naked and bare footed) to another region, where ho hired
himself to labour ; and from the fruits ofhis labour he supplied
his mother with every requisite comfort.
10th,
m &
Shcn chin wSn kin, he fanned the tillow, and warmed the
coverlet. This is said of ^ ^ Hwang-heang, who lived
under the Hau dynasty. When he was but nine years of age
his mother died, and he cherished the utmost degree of filial
affection for his father, whose pillow he fanned in summer,
Tsxe.
IV.
726
39th Radical.
^c.
ifl-
Kill mdh ize bin, he carved the wood and served hi*
tarexts. This refers to "J" j|fj Ting-Ian, who lived under
the Han dynasty, and whose parents both died in hi* childhood.
He carved wooden images to represent his diseased parents,
and served them, as if they had been alive. His wife ridiculed
him, and with her needle, in his absence, pricked the finger of
the image, on which blood issued from it , and when the son
Lan appeared, the image shed tears. Lan found out the cause,
and divorced his wife.
13th, ^
it
ft
Wei moo mae urh, for his huther's sake he buried his
child. This is said of KS-keu Jpfl
who had a c,,ild of
three years, and an aged mother ;from the poverty of the
family his mother often suffered want of food. Kcu snid to
bis wife, in the midst of our deep poverty, it is impossible
for us to feed both our mother and our child. We must for
our mother's sake, bury this child. We may obtain another
child, but -{JJ: ^ Pf H| lf*j 't o'her
be
replaced. The wife consented to the death of her child, and
Keu forthwith digged a grave three cubits deep, when he
suddenly saw a mats of yellow gold, on which was this [inscriP,ion.^ft$E \ 1-%-*'$%
^ 7fc JjjJ Heaven confers this yellow gold on KS-kcu
the dutiful son: the government must not seize it, nor may
any of the people take it from him.
In the Ency. Britannica, under the word parent, a query, which
first appeared in the Gentleman's Magazine for 1760, is insert
ed.TUe query is, Whether in cases of extreme distress, such |
727
the ceremony of obeisance, on taking his leave, the fruit fell
on the ground, and the general rallied him saying, What ! do
you who are a guest, pocket the fruit ! The child knelt down
and -*M.ffi#ft2]5fr$ft$iSj5!
the keiSh fruit is what my mother is naturally fond of ;
it was my desire to keep them in my bosom, to go home and give
them to my mother. ^ ^ -j-jjjgeneral Shflh was very
much surprised at this instance of filial piety in a child.
ifr
M
mm
r-JJL
as
Wan luy kcTh moo, ok hearing thunder he wett at the
tomb. This is said of
Wang-fow, who lived in the
time of ^j|Wei, about A. D. 600. He |p ^
^ served
his mother with the utmost filial affection. During her life
time his mother shewed a dread of thunder, and after her death,
Wang-fow whenever he heard the noise of thunder, immedi
ately ran to the grave of his deceased parent, knelt down, and
with tear, ^Q^^Httf^^ll *-iJ!
her said, Fow is here, mother, don't be afraid ! Alas, what
ignorance of" life and immortality" is implied in this tale!
nth,
18th,
& "It 3t 9Kfih chSh sang sun, tie weft to the bamboo, and shoots
sprung op. This refers to MSns-tsun"
n
p "3r
mi. ^
/j\ "ho lived
under the Tsin -^p dynasty, in the beginning of the 4th century.
Mlng-tsung's father died when he was young j and in wintrr
his sick mother took a fancy to have bamboo sprouts boiled
in her soup. Her son, however, was unable to procure any
by ordinary means ; and at last in despair ~p] ^ ^ ^ tjj
^j) (ft fj|j ftL wenl lo a plantation of bamboos, threw his
arms around them and wept. ^ ^ ^
his filial piety
influenced heaven and earthor nature ; and immediately, a
fissure in the ground opened, and several bamboo shoots sprung
up. He took them home, made the soup and presented it to
bis mother, who j ^ ^
as soon as she ate it,
recovered from her sickness.
i9th, Jj\
7JC
39th Radical
IV.
Tsze -J*
22nd ?C & WJoo koo pub tac, suckled her husband's grandmother r/jrweariedlt. This is an iustance of what in Europe is called
^J- Tsze.
IV.
39th Radical.
7.28
virtues: the Romans called it "prima nature lex , " and St.
Paul calls it, the " firtt commandment with promise." " The
promise of long life to obedient children, careful observers of
mankind have noted as remarkably fulfilled. "
The laws of China provide punishments for disobedience to
parents, and for neglect of them.
^\
| ^ -{IJ
H # M W $S l$5 tip when children or gran-ildrcn are undutifnl to their parents, so that their father or mother
commit suicide, a distinction is made (by law) according as they
have, or have not, irritated them by some gross ofTence.
Heaou tsze san J
^ a dutiful son's garments,
which has been made of hemp, in as article in the obsolete
Chinese materia medio. Heaou neaou j (l the dutiful
bird ; a species of corvus, which when young, is fed by its paTcnt 60 days ; and in return feeds its parent 60 days. Syn. with
Tsze naon l ]fj^ the compassionate bird ; Tsze ya ^ *K|
and Han ya ^ "H they abound in the north of China, and art
called Ya, in allusion to the cry they utter when flying in flocks.
This is a different bird from the Woo ya
fgj which is also
a species of corvus. The dutiful bird is probably the glandarius Or jay, the young of which keep with the old ones till
the next pairing time in spring. (Pun-tsaou, 34 vol, 49 10 p )
Heaou ^ forms the Meaou-haou, or temple designation,
of most of the emperors of the Han dynasty.
Heaou-woo-te j
A. D. 367, and
Heaou-wan-te j
Heaou-ming-te ^
Heaou-ho te
Heaou-chang te
Heaou-ching te
Hcaou-gae te
ffl ijft
^
jfc ^
J^. ^
\
j
^
]
A. D. 94.
A. D. 81.
B. C. S7.
B. C. I.
\
|
|
]
j
]
^ ^*
j|
|[g ^
-^r ^
:j
^
B. C. 43.
B. C. 68.
B. C. 81.
B. C. 151.
B. C. S99.
A. D. 1 163 and I486.
39th Radical.
729
^2Sw KEAOU.
From to imiiale and a child. To imitate as a child ; to accord
with precedent
KEAOU.
To induce; to lead.
Sameai^I
Name of a fish.
FIVE
STROKES.
MANG.
From a child placed in a platler ; probably alluding to the
firstborn. A senior or superior ; the beginning of; Urge; great.
The senior of certain relations ; a woman's elder brother. The
first month of any of the four quarters of the year. The namei
of a district. A surname. To use effort. Ming choo ^ ^jpfc
the name of a lake. Ming rhun ^ ^jj Ihe first month of
spring quarter. Ming hea j
tho first month of summer.
Ming tsew j ^^the first mouth of autumn. Ming tung
^
the first month of winter quarter. Ming how | ^|
the son of the Emperor at the age of eighteen. Ming lung
1 '/^C Krc'>l "nc',,iit',C"ni ungrateful and discourteous
Ming tsze j
Mcnciia, a disciple of Confucius; writer
of that portion of the Four-Books which goes by his name,
IS C. about 350; contemporary with X'enophon, Herodotus,
and Socrates.
Tclh chnng y1; p\h shco thnng yni! ming ^jjjj Jj| Q
principal wife is called
Flh i a senior child hy a concubine is called Ming. Tcen-tsze
chc tsze uceu shTh pX ihing Afnng-hitw, yew neu Isze che
heung, yTh yv.i Ming ^ ^F\ ^ ^ + A f 1
TART I.
0Z
V.
Tsze.
V.
39th Radical.
730
In olden times Ming's mother,
Selected n proper abode j
The boy's neglect to learr,
Made her rend asunder the web.
The slory is this, She at first on being left a widow, hired
a cottage near a burying ground, and the child made digging
and mock mourning his play; on perceiving which, widow
MJng-she said, |f ^ fft J/J Jg- ^f. ^ this is lot a
proper place for a child to live in. She according'y removed
to another neighbourhood; here there was a butcher's shop;
and the boy made mnck slaughter hi play, which was just :>
little to his mother's lasle. She next moved lo |fj a market
place, and the boy ^ {It; ^
$j made mo<:lt BUJinS
and selling his play ; which was still abhorrent to the wido'i
wishes i and she moved ngni i.and '0"
^ f^j* housed
herself by the side of a public school j then the boy made =j
M. SL
M ll% }|L arranging the vessels of the temple;
bowing and yielding the path ; advancing aud retiringin
limitation of the scholars and roasters, his play ; on seeing
wbivh, mother Ming said, Jl^ jf. "Pj j^X^ f
indeed is Ihrt proper phce for a boy lo live inand according
she here took up her stay, and seut the hoy to school ; whilst
she, a poor widow, remained at home lo spiu ai.d weave for
a subsistence. Like a good mother, he not only sent thJ lad
to school, but examined him as to his progress in learning;
and on being told by young Ming |j ^ ^ that he did
as he liked at school, she violently rent her web asunder,
partly from anger, and partly as a figurative explanation of
her opinion': for when the affrighted boy asked the reuon
of her conduct, she made him understand, that, wilhont
diligence and effort, his attending school would lie as use'et)
to his fame and comfort, as her beginning a web and destroying
it when half finished, would be to the procurement of fowl
for them. Young Ming-tsze took the hint ; set too with
diligence; made great progress; became a philosopher,
second only to Confucius, and lived an eminent man to the age
of eighty-four years.
There is a good anecdote of mother Ming, when she lived
near the butcher's, lhe boy on seeing them kill lhe pip, said
to his mother^ ^ /fpjhat are they going to do with
731
them > She in jest said, ffi
they are going to
feed yon with them,but on recollccling herself, she repented
of what she had said, because
^\ ifg ^ ^ il
teaching the boy to lie ; and therefore she immediately went
and bought some pork and gave it to him, that her conduct
might gree with what she had uttered j the Chinese add,
31"
ili ,his 'h; Wt'11 her * ,,lolDer of <-J[Ce"cnl vlrlueKonrms one put this question to the grandson of Con
fucius, Tszc-lszelsze ^ jg, ^ Yaou, Shun, Win, Woo
che I on, ko lelh chc hoo ^
ft
J?- m y the science of the kii gs Yaou and Shun, and
WSn and Woo, be by effort alt lined ? To wh:eh question he
received this repk, ^ A ^ ^ A t.
# fj |g
&ffftJB;*fr2ift* I i H
Sll^iflJi^^If
hey were
men, and wc are men i if we speak their hin^unte, trend in
their steps, meditate o:i these things hy night, and practice
them by day, indef tigahly as drawing water from a will;
like the husbandman's availing himself of the seasons ; and
like the merchant's pur-nit : flcr gain, why should we not
attain their science? But further, -aid he, j^j ^ j^jj
Jjff JjJ
^ S ^ the man who conceives himself
great, and docs not cultivate the means of being so, will never
begreit; he who conceives him elf an extraordinary pcrsniij
but does not even know the means of I ecoming so, will never
be extraordinary. A file paraphrast on the Four Books adds
.o .hi,, ^ f ^ # <i g A >MP I iffi
% ft 0r ft A % n U %
# *
now a days all conceive themselves to be great men, and also
think themselves extraordinary men; but when it is enquired,
what constitutes their greatness ? and what is it lint makes
them extraordinary ?where are lurb things to be found ! He
finishes b, exclaiming, P| fitfc |g
fflj &
ah! there is no misapprehension in the insults poured on us
by the common multitudewe deserve them.
Ming.lsze remained without any particular marks of
honor till Shin-tsung
^ an Emperor of the Sung ^
dynasty, about A. D. 1085, jM" funged him,gave him a
patent constituting him ftjR
/j Duke of the kingdom
39th Radical.
V.
Tsze
Ttnw j and jj[ jijifj reared a temple to him on the south side of
Tsow been ijJJ
in Shang-tung province, where the re
mains of Mang-l$ze were interred. He then got for his effigy
a niche in the temple of Confucius ; next in place, to Yen-lsze
who was the first or favorite disciple of the sage.
Win-tsung ^
an emperor of the Tartar dynasty Yuen
j A. D. 1SS8, jjk tj{j l
conferred the title Duke,
the second-rate sage ; sacrifices also were appointed to him.
Hnng-woo
'be founder of the Ming f|JJ dynasty
jjjrj abolished the sacrifices. The occasiou of his doing
so is thus related; Mingtsjc, who, lika Confucius, dibbled
much in political ethics ft ffi jg -ftold Seuen-wang
the king of Tse,
n z m *j # m m t kv
&
If the prince views his minister, as hands and feet, then the
minister will view his prince as his mind and heart.
If the prince view his minister as a dog or a horse, then the ministtr will view his prince as a common man.
If the prince view his minister as the stubble on the ground,
then the minister will view h's prince as a bandit and an
enemy.
(R3 ^ t^l
5lh *"L Ulh P->
The mention of bandit roused the anger of the Emperor
Hong-woo, for, from being such he rose to_thc throne ; and
he was resolved to degrade tile ancient Sage, and took one
step in his plans by ordering the sacrifice to be discontinued.
However, the next year, when he was belter read, he found a
passige which he thought applied lo himself, and which made
him better pleased with himself, in consequence of which he
restored the temple service to Ming-tszt's effigythis is the
passage :
j& $. itis n m . z %
a . n a sl * to & n * <t> s t
Q fn /f*
when heaven is about to confer a great
trust on any man, it is sure first to embitter his heart and mind,
toil his sinews and hones ; starve his body , make him de
stitute ; thwart and throw into disorder what he docs, and
^J-Tsze.
V.
39th Radical.
732
his horse and saidI was afraid to be last, but I could not
get my horse on faster. This speech was ^ J F^J {f to
conceal his real merit. Such behaviour, the paraphrast says
is very rare in the Jr.
military department : for ^ J^J
^
|=] ^ ^ most of those that have any merit, boa t
themselves of it. ( [JLJ if j[ 2 vol. \ 8, IS page, aod ^
2 vol. <, S, 15 page.)
Mingchaou-tiw j ^ JgJ a statesman who lived dur
ing the reign of He-ttnng ^ ^ (A. D. 864) of the Tang
dynasty. H wrote a spirited paper which reflected on the
ministers, and it fell into the hinds of one of them, Teen ling
tsze jj] ^ ~%(jr who h -vinj removed Ckaou-loo to a situation
on the Yang-tsze keang ^ /y,
jjk )Z ""l rnaa
who sunk him in the river.
J-tjj ^ j5 =
^
16th vol \ 12, 30 page.)
Ming-kvang ^ ^ whose Ttze name was Heaou-yu
^ a native of LS yang J^J. |J|J in Ho-nan province. He lived
in the time of Ycn-he Jit JSC the last remnant of the house
of Han. % 1$ & Wit
~
extensively acquainted with natural history, and had a great
knowledge ofantiquity, there was no book which he had not read.
the history Chun-tsew by Kuug-yang, but ridiculed and laughed
at the TsiSchuen. 4^
-j- ^L2^at upwards of 90
years of age he died .
Maug-ltutig-ching
733
plin.rU.. - ^ft^^^jt#^ "eloTcd
lave violated a new order, and Ming immediately beheaded
him. When (he general himself died, the whole city where
he was ^ |jj 10) IJ stopped all business and wept bitterly.
Mdngfun \
a native of the ancient state Tse
He was a ^ ~jj
remarkably strong niao. He gjg
^ -^J- ^ could pluck out the horns from the head of a
living bullock .
Mangchangkeun ^ ^ jg- a nobleman of the stale Tsr,
who was remarkable for his
love of eminently good
men ; and ^ ~J\ J; ^ J^f ^ a great many of ihe schol
ars of the empire flocked to him. Munhca yew sm tseen kTh
PI T* ^3 ^ ^ ^* lncre were at
g*'6 3000 guests,
all of whom
J[J ornamented their shoes with
pearls, from which circumstance they are called -j^
*^
the pearl shoe gticsls.
This h spitalily was loo great for his income, and the
people of Sei j^l were not punctu il in paying the interns! of
money lent them. The nobleman sent one of his guests
Fung-keuen ijj^
to receive lh.' internet, and gave him all
the bonds. Fin:g-keueii repaired to the spot, bought rich wine
and fat oxen, and made a greit f ast, both fur those who could
pay, and for those who could not ; and after getting all the
money procurable, he took the bonds of the poor and burnt them
JJj( it jffit f|jj j^jl ^ His host was at first much enraged
at this proceeding, but on finding that it won him the hearts
of the people, and secured payment frum those that were
really able to pay, he acquiesced in the propriety of so eccen
tric a measure.
Hang kauu jen j Jjjy
a native of Seang-chow
2^?
in Hou-pTh province. In his youth, he showed a
virtuous and liberal disposilon ; and
|HJ jjj lived
retired amount the deer-gate hills, till he was 40 years of age,
when he went amongst the poets at court, and surprised them
.11 by his poetry. The minister Chang-kew-ling J|
^
who cut the passage through the Mei-ling mountain, was a
poet, and at court in the time of Mang haou-jen. Wang-wei
31 $ft W,1S "kewise a statesman and a poet, at the same
court, and invited our country bard to hit house; whilst there,
the Emperor Yueo-tiung y ^ (A. D. 745) invited
FART I.
7A
39th Radical. V.
Tsze^
himself to the minister's, and the poet from the deer-gate hill,
crept under the bed to hide himself from the Emperor.
His host informed against him, and the emperor desired
him to come forth and recite some of his poetry, which he
did. This procured him an invitation to the palace, at an
appointed time. In the interim he got with a merry party,
and played and drank till ^ ^ he was very happy t when
some one put him in mind of his engagement with the
emperor , on hearing which he |l EJ |j| Q | jj<| ij^jj
hooted and saidI have already had my drinks 1 have
no time to compassionate him !and he did not keep his
appointment; which vexed the emperor, and he would have
nothing more to do with the rude bard. It is said, Hanu-jin
^\ ^ )Q never repented it He seems to have died in deep
poverty, and to have left his family in much distress. Hif
name, however was esteemed, and a splendid tomb built over
him, and his friend the ministr Wang-wei ^
coming into
the neighbourhood, had a likeness of the deceased poet painted, and hung up in . place, which he called ^
^
Haou-jin's pavilion ; or as it was afterwards named j 3|
Ming's pavilion.
The poetry of Ming haou jcn, consists, like much of the
Chinese poetry, of a few lines, referring to some particular
incident: the following is a specimen. It was written on ^
^Iflr^Jf^^^^jg pawing (he night la
the hill chamber of the priest Ke, waiting for Ting-kunf,
who did not arrive.
9 IH M H -pf Se*h J** 0'e KS
W- ^ itft IK Keun ks *hiih e minS'
^
M. I< 'M ^ SI Funs l,eueo mwan ,,iDs ,in*The evening sun has already passed yonder hills in the west.
The groups of valleys all at once are bej; loomed (
The pine-shaded moon, makes the night season cool,
The wind and the fountain! fill the ear amidst stillness.
W> A I $fc HI T,eaoa iin kwei J ">.
$9 Mi iHf
Tszc.
V. 39th Radical.
731
The wood-cutters from the hills have nearly all returned home,
The birds from the mist, arc fixed on the roost ;
The time for the bride to retire, has arrived,
But with a solitary harp, in this ivy avenue I must wait.
l^f
HAE.
From child inA elevated. Big with child. Same as jj^ Tac.
P'HAOU.
From child and to embrace.
Pregnant.
A doignatioo
of youth
-.
lender- thelast
7 ,
yUn'
'.the
last
0f.
,eriej
MJ
fir". "cond, and lhird-m()nthj of I nkc^./.
M W ,'
*rds forSprine ,llm
3
"hen P"cedmS U*
P""S, summer, autumn, or winter K,
^'a.tmon,hof,heqarlcr.
'
^
Che 1 f&theli,,, ^
'ZekeJ2H
"'efour^
*fo. of*
ir.
ke
persons of eminnni
.
C 2330.) had cJUnLZ.
^ i****
arranged in four,jbv thc lerm, Prh
" ^*
-'Reorder of those word, ^ ^1 1^"^
'he people of tlle world
^ft J ZA
( XT Ab ...
' L,ure u,e Chinee ddu.
V -OC 7^5 <th vol. ^ 10, page 23.)
/A
, ...When, King.kung
8 A'.
Jr?
"2,V .,h
lhe prince
of Tse 3 wil
del.berat.ng
with hi,
office
.k.
TSZE.
Tbe small intestine*. The name of a district.
^ve t0 Confucius ; i e
u
& 1LT
receive him,,. a vi|i.or . ' " "hat e,!''*tte lh'7 *
,'l0rfr0lathe^'-aheMid,^
735
1
%zm$z
Ke-she (who was an officer of high rank) then I cannot do
it; treat him with a degree of honor, between that shewn to
Kc and Mnng (who was an inferior officer).
The prince added, |f ^ % ^
#J & I old
and cannot adopt (the Confucian principles) and "mj
Knng-tsze immediately went awayback again lo his own
state: not, the commentators say, because ffi
^ ify
they treated him with too little respect j but because they
would not study his philosophy : for Confucius' going to
Tsc Tjt
/fj
WIS with the original intention of
propagating his principles. (JJ[J ^ft ^ 2nd vol. ^ 9, page I.)
Ke.the j
also called Ming tlh
^ a commen
tator on the ancient classicshe lived during the Ming dynasty.
Ke-poo | ^ a native of Seu-chow |^ jJ>|<J in Keang nan
province. Ke-poo lived during the civil wars which took
place on the overthrow of Urh she liwang te ~ "{ft jg ffi
the last of the house of Tsin
<B. C. S00.) There were no
less than eight kings started up in China on the ruin of that
dynasty ; the,
# | ^ & ^ $ 3E ^ Pro"
fessed reliance on principles of justice, and called themselves
kings, or were called kings by each other. The tyranny of
Urh-shc-hwang-te was so insupportable, that the whole empire
lose under these eight different leaders, to throw off his
dominion, and set up their own. These ^
'built up na
tions' founded by the nation buiUert referred to, were called
I, ^Tsooj 2;
Heaiig; 3, ^Chaoui 4, ^ Tse ;
5_ yj|llan; 6, ^Yenj 7, ^gWei; 8, ^ Han, and
before the final settlement of the country under the sole
dominion of the Han family (No 5), these eight were split into
twenty different kingdoms.
Kcpoo
f ffi ^ ^3 hal the reputation of
disinterested hcroisiin, an acted as a general under Heang ,
the Snd of the above-named eight leaders, he jjjijjr
3
had often embarrassed in bis military operations the king of
Han, who on his gaining the ascendency, and the ruin of his
rivals ||| ^ ^ =f- ^jS offered a reward of a thousand
pieces of gold, for the seizure of Ke-poo, and threatened to
exterminate the whole kindred to three generations of any
person who should dure to harbour him.
39th Radical.
V.
Tsze -^p-
736
# J% D. 2 #l. % 3R
was
-*
R # T. X- }: th.
shewing an example of
to some
j R
# + # # |#
h + # who 3k # HE
desiring to seize king Chaou #% S # Jij # # #
SE # H H # +E H when he could not
conduct of Woo-tsze-seu
~a
Tng-kung
#|| % # j\ k
#1 }k % #
}% his Majesty
forgave him. The slave was thus frced from danger, and many
of the nobles
% | %ii muched
# h constantly
}. HF a Tartar ### #
#! #
## aid, Hi # # + #
# Af #x 2 p
men, and I'll march through and through the length and
hreadth of the Tartar territories. # # # E] & all
as Mb
737
proverb with ths people of Tioo, The acquisition of a
hundred catties of yellow gold, is not 10 good a one word
of a promise from Ke-poo.
His younger brother also Ke-sin ^
was very much
famed in the north-west corner of China, which they call
}j Kwan-chung.
A # ft
# |fc when he Inet
with any person he was exceedingly respectful and attentive,
and full of disinterested knight errantry.
Jjr
<^^!'Z.^t^^X K\L%'m P,ac" disUnt *eTeral
thousand Ic, when scholars had any quarrel he would die for
them ; and was consequently always killing people, which
caused him to become a fugitive in the state Jj^ Woo.
* 1 CKM.ftVLBXnm*
at that period Ke-sin for his haven , and Poo for his 6delity,
were famous inside the barrier ;i. e. in the province of
Shen-se, and the adjoining country, (ffj^ /f^j ^ ^
ft & 2 vo1- S . Pg'-)
Other memoirs of persons named ^ Ke, are contained
in the 1 nth vol. of the
|^ Sing-poo.
SZE.
KOO.
39th Radical.
V.
lowed to remain with his mother. Koo low kwa win j |jgf
a scholar without learned society, and whose know
ledge is confined.
Koo | denotes ^
being fatherless. Yewurh
woo foo yu koo
j^jj tyfc ^ |=J | he who is young
and without a father is called Koo. Koo, koo yay, koo wang
woo so chen keen yay | |g ^ |g g Jjjj. g| ,
-Jgj Koo, denotes looking about) looking about wishfully ,
being destitute ofany object to look to for support. Foo moo
sze yui< koo gae tsze -flj- g |=J j ^
he whose
father and mother are both dead, is called Koo-gae-tsze, An
orphan and distressed child. Ta wei jin koo pelh, pbh hi) she
e, wan jin piih ho ta lelh muh -flj j
j ^ ^
iff JC. & A ^ 6 Hb
solitary and costive habits, and is
and there is no-body to suit his eye.
jin so king, shing jin so chung ^
W i he - " of
not suited to the times ;
King koo min kwa, fan
] ^ ^ /L A ^
$S 5& A ffi S
comPtMi,uta the orphan, and feel
for the widow, is a subject lightly treated by common men ;
but one that sages pay much regnrd to. T8h beS urh woo yew
Ulh koo low urh kwa wan
^ [jjj $| JJ|J j |ljjf
j^jt 'j^. j^|J to study alone and without a friend, makes a man
an orphan rustic, and one who has heard little. (Le-ke,)
Kwan kwakootuh {5^
| ^ the widower, the widow,
the fatherless, and the orphan or destitute person.
Seaou kwo che keun tsze ching yuf koo
(j^ j ^
j-jj ^Jjjj JJ ^ the prince or sovereign of a small nation
designates himself by the term Koo, an orphan. Keun tsze
e koo puli king mingj e koo paon kwei, p8h wei foo tsS she
a 1 *jMs.e. i
* gnod man does not, after being fatherless change
his name, nor, if after being fatherless, he become illustrious
and rich, does he compose an eulogy on his deceased father,
because in the first cote, he seems to renounce his origin;
and in the second case, he seems to insinuate that his father's
once mean Condition does not comport with the elevated
rank of his posterity, and he:,ce the wish to praise his virtues
in a posthuirous eulogy. (Le-ke, 4t)th vol.)
Ke tsae heuug fab yue telh Uze kuo ^
fXj
Q.
Tsze.
V.
39th Radical.
738
married the sister of the new made king, and these two were
the parents of the Orphan.
officer, whose name was Too-gan-koo, desired to exterminate
the family of Chaou : and he proposed it to the other military
men, on the ground of Chaou-tun's having murdered Ike
late king. One only was averse to the measure, and hega
notice of the conspiracy to Chaou sS, persuading him to fly.
He, however declined, and expressed his conviction that hit
informer Han-kcug
Jj^ would not exterminate the home
of Chaou. Hankcug gave hi promise that he would not,
and accordingly
~7[\ |Jhj professed sickness, aad did
not go out, when Too-gan-koo, and his brother officers,
massacred the family of Chaou ; which took place under Ibe
reign of King-kung J^^T but without the king'a knowledge
or consent. The pregnant princess, Chauu-sS's wife, alone
escaped by flyng and concealing herself in the royal harem.
It happened that Fo (as they abbreviate Chaou-si's name).
h;,d
(3 (h; M. fa G two gues" c*Ued Kaamn
and Choo-kew, who addressing SB's ^
^ ^8 friend,
Ching-ying, asked him, (according lo the chivalrous ideal of
that period,) why he did not die for his friend s to which be
replied, SS's wife is pregnant,if happily, she b.ariaton
I'll receive him ; if a daughter, I'll then die. A boy was burn
of which Too-gan koo heard, and searched Ihe palace, but
infant in her drawers,
=">d m s mi ft ? $ v
i
4BL g1^ praying laid, if Chaou's family is to become extinct,
then cry ; but if not, then be silent ;the child was silent, n il
escaped. Ching-ying anticipated another search fur the infant,
in which case it might not again evcape; and therefore be
addressed himself to Kung-sun aud Choo-kew for advice;
they said to him jjf j J|l Tfc lj^ ^ which is easier, to
raise up the orphan or to die? Ching-ying said
^
| *|f ^Ej> to die is easy ; to raise up the orphan is difficult.
They then added, as you were kindly treated by the orphan's
father, do yon perform the more difficult part ^we will peruana
the more easy let us die first.
~ A
WL % A
E these two then laid a plot to take some other person''
child, and pretend to conceal it, and call it the orphan.
739
Ching-ying then spread a report that he would for a thou
sand pieces of gold, tell where the orphan was hid. The ene
mies of the child readilj complied, and Ching-ying led them
to his friend's retreat, and pointed out Kung-sun with Chookcw, as the concealers of the orphan. Choo-kew afire led to
abuse Ching-ying as a /]\
mean wretch, and |Q l |J^.
39th Radical. V.
NOO.
Tsze
tlaoe and a napkin. The wife's children ; children and grandchildren. The tail of a bird ; blandishment ; delicate. Read
Tang, A place to store' up treasure ; national treasury. Tie
noo
| a wife and children. Luy tse noo ^
^
to involve one's wife and children. Noo Iflh joo |
'jjX <'c*lro.v
an(' 3,nur children.
Noo lung ts noo ] jfjj fjj ^jj" No ] ' wr'lten Noo,
and used in common with it. Neaou wei yue uoo j|l J^?
|j ^ a bird's tail is called Noo. Noo chay se jS che ming yu
jin tslh tse tsie wei noo yu neaou tslh wei yTh yu* noo ^ ^
m
0 T "til embr,cinS the infant, he called aloud,
0 heaven ! O heaven ! what crime has the orphan child of
Chaou's house committed,pray spare it alive, and kill me.
The military officers however would not spare either, hut
jjjj ^ forthwith murdered both Choo-kew and the (suppo
sed) orphan child. The real orphan remained with Ching-ying,
who succeeded in the the course of years.to raise him to the rank
his father held, and having procured the massacre of Too-gankoo, with all his kindred; and the restoration of the lands
usurped by Too-gan koo, he addressed the orphan, named
Chaou-woo
and now arrived at the years of manhood
in these word, =g J%
*
"fit
^ormer'-v "hen distress fell upon the palace, and all
were ready to die (for your father's akc) I loo was not un
willing to die i but it was my desire to establish the posterity
nfChaou, and as I have now succeeded. ^jl ] ^^Jf.^
1 am about to go rfiitrn to announce it to (jour grand father)
Chao-scun-m3ng,and my two friends, Kung-sun and Choo-kew.
The young man p"^
^ with tears and prostrations
remonstrated against Ching-ying'l purpose of committing sui
cide, but in vain. They, said he, believed I could perfect
the work I had undertaken, and therefore chose to die before
me; till I have announced the issue of the affair,
^
Zfi
my work is not finished, ^ ^ ^ ana he im
mediately killed himself!
Han heu ine lun kefih
Jjg
|^ |gj Han-heutsze in a discourse on pla\s. divides them into -j-* '
|3J- twelve classes ;
j ^ fil ] "f" ,1,e eventh of
which is those in which expelled statesmen and orphan children
form the subject or plot. These of course are chiefly tragic i
and the tenth class seems to be so also,it represents iW| jjt'
/V
^ commiseration, sighing, parting and meeting. * ****
CHUEN, or Juen.
Attentive, respectful. Orphans exposed and deserving
ympathy. Otherwise written Cbnen
,nd Chuen J|
II
Tsze.
740
Same as ^ Tae,
An ancient form of -J- Tsze.
SIX STROKES,
KEEN, or Keung.
Solitary; alone; to bow with respect; lustful.
r^/j^ Same as
Shoo, or Choo.
TSZE.
HAE.
^pjfc
^jj,
a child taken up into the arms alwayi knows
its parent; and when a li I t!e older, it nc?er fj.ls to respect its
ieuior brother. Hae urh cln ^
^ Terra Jjj ouka ; or
Mimosa Catechu.
KE.
An ancient form of ^ Ke. Same as ^ Pirn.
From children and the tun.
To ad ranee, to
T'HE.
From child and younger brother.
CHE.
A little child.
741
^ j a great grandson. Heuen sun
] a grandson's
child. Wae sun #J ^ a daughter's child. Teen sun ^ j
a fabled goddess, otherwise called ^ 4^ CMh neu. PiSh seaou
sun
y a degenerale grandsona mode of speaking
used by grandchildren, when referring to themselves in the
presence of their grandfather. Sun kcuen j |^ a name of a
sovereign who lived during the civil wars of the third century,
and who with Lcw-pc, king of the state ShiSh, opposed the
growing power of the slate Wei.
Tsze ehe Isze wci sun yay
~^f~
] '{j^ a son's,
son, constitutes a grandson. Sun, kung sun che sun J
| ^ j the character Sun, is that used in the expression
Kung, sun, grandfather and grandchild. Tsze tsze, sun sun
-J- -J- \ \ children and grandchildren. How she tsze
sun ^
j future generation of children nnd grand
childrenposterity. The emperor of China speaks lhus,
^ jtt
| iy posterity for ten thousand generations..
Urh sun mwan te
j ^ j^jl children and grandchildren
fill the ground or floor of the house, a complimentary expres
sion used on birth. days, and addressed to parents.
The dictionary Tsze-hwuy -J- '_|jr gives the following de
finition of the terms joined with Sun, a grandchild j j "jj/^
=fMt].GYZ*&> 1.* 1 Z
^A*..* 1 Z*ft% t.JB 1 Z
z^tm \.m i z
a grandson's child is called Tsang-sun ; a Tsang-sun's child
is called Heuen.sun i a Heuen-sun's child is called Kwin-sun i
a KwSn-sun's child is called Jing-sun j a Jing-sun's child is
called Yun-sun; a Yun-sun's child is colled Urh-sun ; Le.au
ear-grandson, meaning that the person is of so high and distant
a descent, his name is known only by the hearing of the ear.
Heaou sun jew king, paouc keae fdh, wan show woo kcang
# 1 i Jj| $ $ ^
M W & II a duliful
grandson (who sacrifices decorously to the maues of his
ancestors) will be blessed, and recompensed with great
bappi; ess, and never-ending longevity. (She-king.)
Fan lin tse sze, nuy sze yu8 heaou sun, wae sze yufi tsang
"/LBjjiEfll*EI# 1 ^Ht
t*et i..
7c
39th Radical.
VI.
Tsze
^ jjfi g | the
^J-Tsze.
VI.
39th Radical.
742
which sentiment he illustrated by running through a number
of cases in the various departments of life, where a constant
fear of evil is necessary to induce that caution which is the
best preservative against it. His predicting occurrences 40
or JO years before they happened, is twice attributed to him.
The popular legend respecting him affirms, tint dragon ap
plied to Doctor Sun-sze-mS, to have some of its scales righted ;
and a tiger sought his aid to extract a Urge pin which it bad
swallowed.
Sun ,hlh \ |jfc| called also Tsung-kuo ^
was i
native of PS-ping
in Shan tung province. As
professor of classical literature, he lectured to the emperor
Tac-tsung ^ ^ of the Sung dynasty (A. D. 890). Sis,
yx B. if it
$i i w" ,nirod,,c"1 1 cnDri
in consequence of his knowledge of the classics, sad
maintained right principles, and conducted himself .th
propriety,
'^T jipj |jf;J jj^ <J>^ he never flattered in
order to plena'.
Somebody pretended f^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^
lo h*"
obtained a celestial book, at the ' celestial recipient gale
ofthe palace;' the emperor accepted the hook in stale, and
summoned h s ministers on the occasion.
(3 ^
Wang-tau and others flf J fjlf jt jj^ bowed again and
again, calling out Jen tliotnand yean!0 king live forever!
SUk was afterwards culled, and his opinion aked. He said,
E ft ft P 0 n f^T f $ 1 M t & r J
that 1, your servant, a simpleton have beard when did
heaven ever speak > and lo w could a book come frura
thence!
3^ 4 the empcr ir remained silent.
His master was fond of J(K
biasing the coun'rj
with his presence on a lour, through his dominions : a prac
tice which Chinese statesmen have generally opposed, became
of the annoyance and expense it occasioned to the peopleSun-shlh, in his papers addressed to the emperor, buh ..re oa
record, appears to have reprobated iucli blessings; and to hue
been an austere disc plinarian throughout life; when dying, in
more limn his 10th year, he desired his son to take him out
of his wife's room, into the hall ; saying ^ff. ^
Jjj
Jjflj^ don 1 v_ause one to die in wtmen't hands.
Sun foa-jin j
sister of Sun-keuen j ij^oneof
the principal leaders during the coutests ofthe 1^1 thref
743
39th Radical.
VI.
Tsze
=f-
Tsze.
VIII.
744
39th Radical.
m'een.
HWAE.
Bad.
A vut-
EIGHT STROKES.
TSUNG. From a ton and a clan. A n
progeny of children and grand-children.
"^j?^^ ^HUH.
745
binds and restrains these ?(the latter expression has an allu
sion to ropes and to a net , and again Sbtih keu woo ize, tuj
orb hing .he j
4$ ^ $ jfp fj - who dwelU
unoccupied (with other things) to propel and move these in
their course ? The answer given is this igT ^ j /^J*
^ fffi 7 ^ B 5^ 1 *uPf,0*e h:rt; ar<1 springs of motion
which are irresi.Uble * M%
MT* ffi &
jjI suppose their rotatory motion is what they are un
able of themselves to slop. But the effect is not attributed to
the agency ofan Almighty Being. (Compare with
T'lieen.)
K'HEEN.
39th Radical. X.
Tsze-J"
J^jjl^ Same as
|^ Ya-ya.
erroneous form of
Keen.
NINE STROKES.
KEU.
CHE.
TEN STROKES.
KEUNG.
FOW.
Much ; many.
A pregnant woman.
TSZE.
# a
-J-Tsze.
746
LE.
TSAN.
Two women.
E, and Ylfh.
S- c.
747
pa seang kung ^
^ young gentlemen accustomed
to rows and acts of violence. HeS heaou ] jjjjjS general term
for school or college. He8 sing | /jr a learner ; a pupil.
HeS sze | jljjjj a doctor or teacher. HeS selh | ^ or
reversed, Scih heS, To learn nnd to practice what one learns.
HeS win |
lo learn and ask learning and knowledge.
HeS ;ang j jj^ to imitate a pattern.
Choo-tszc yuS, heB che wei yen heaou jay -]^~
1 -2 Wit "h" ^k. tfe ClM-t'ze "'"' to 'ear< 'I, "[pressed
imitating, or conforming one's practice to the prescribed rule, i
The ancient dictionary ShwS-win |^ ^ defines HeS j
by KrB woo ^J.
new perception;an adverting, or having
the attention roused to a perception of. Kin heS baou win
Wl 1
f&\ <lllioent in 'earning, and fond of asking ques
tions. Piih heS urh uing
^ ffjj
without learning
to be able ; i. e. possessing tbe ability to do a thing without
having previously learned. HeS ptih lac j ^\
unable
tole.iru,or acquire by learning. HeS tin lae ]
jfc,
able to acquire by learning. Yang.neang keaou ta chin the,
too ylh hefl pec hwn, ^ g | fa ft ffi
|
flE W Yang-neang taught her needle work and embroidery,
all of which, as soon as she learned, she immediately under
stood.
Jiih heS ^ | or Tsin heS
j to enter on learning,
denotes attaining the degree call Sew-lsae ^Ij ^ which is the
lowest. TOh heS. urh woo yew, tsTh hoo low kwa win Jjj
1 M
% M'J Hi ffl % \% ,o ,e"n n,one a"d
without a friend, makes a person odd, rustic, and partially in
formed. Yew tae heS J^j" ^j" ^ possessing talents and
lea rning. HeS she chuen LsS ]
^ frox. in learning delights to bore and chisel out : expresses a degree of hyper-cri
ticism. Ta heS
J studies proper for adults ; name of the
first of the jjg 3^ Four Books.
It is by
Tsze.ching.lsze, called ^ ft ^
ffij #J | ^
Infill
wl a P09,nllmou' wor'i f Coi.fuciuSj and to
the beginner or young student of moral scienceis the gate
of Tirtue.
1
^ Si 7E tfD 1 % lhe *ludonl
must from this begin to learn.
j
^
^
| [jj^ the great science, meant the science proper for great
men i i. e. grown men.
39th Radical.
XIII.
Tsze "j*
Ta heS che taou, tsac ming ming tin tsae tsin min tsac shan"
yuche.hen^ J
, W & 5
^ it
M H lhe PrinciP|e of learning proper for
grown persons, consist in a right understanding of illustrious
virtue;it consists in acting so as to reform other peopleit
consists in permanently remaining in the practice of the highest
goodness. (Ta-heS )
Scaou heS /J\ \ the little instructor; i. e. the studies
adapted to youth. ^ Jj. ^ /jN j Choo-tsze composed
the Seaou-heS. Seaou heS te choo /j\ ^ Us ftf 0 Pnra"
phrase on the Seaou-heS. 4 Tola. The writer of the Seaou
heS is considered, in China, the brightest ornament of the
Sung ^* dynasty, and second only to Confucius. It is he of
whom the story is told, that his father ^ ^ ^ "j? j^|^j
pointing to heaven, and shewing it (lo the boy)
cried out to himheaven I in order lo teach him the word.
The lad g|J ^ |5j % _ ft ij^J immediately
asked, What is there above heaven ? A proper answer lo this
question, the philosopher docs not appear to have ever disco
vered all his life.
The first sentence in the Seaou-hcS contains the ground
work of Chinese ethic*. % /JN | jgfc \ J#
j"*
in ancient limes the Seaou-heS taught children
to sprinkle, and to sweep; to cry, 'here,' and to answer;
to enter and to retire; and such like forms;also to love
parents; to respect superiors; to honor teachers ; to associate
with good friends;and such like principles, all of which
are fundamental things in teaching personal virtue; in
regulating families ; in governing a country; and in tranquilizing the world.
Tszeyu?, heS urh she selfh che, ptih yTh juS hoo^- |^J
learn, and constantly revise what one has previously attained
is it not a pleasing task? ( jfjj^ |*j ^ 1, page I.)
Ching-wang jjj^ ^ the second of the Chow ^jj dynasty
(B. C. 1068) says of himself, Wei yu seaou tsze, pish Isung
king che, jlh tcw yu8 tseang, heS yew tscTh he yu kwang
ming; ffih she tsze keen, she wo been tih hing
"f' /\\
-J-Tsze.
XIII.
39th Radical.
748
tmbw ftin.*n
child, was deficient in talents and respect ; but as the sun ascends, and the moon waxe, my learning, being followed up,
at length shone brightly and increased in splendour(do you
ministers) constantly support and aid me, and cause my virtues
to be manifest in practice. (She-king.) Jin kew to win pelh
he ,u koo heun \ $ %
] =f
f||
the man who desires to infuse extensive knowledge, must
study the instructions of the ancients.
HeO sze yen ]
jjjf the scholar's precipice, name of
the side of a hill in Sin e been ^= ^ 1^ about a hundred
miles to the westward of Canton. HcS-gan-shan ^
^1]
the scholar's table hill, at Woo-chuen-heen ^ Jj J )||alittie
to the southward of the afore-named place. HeS muh hih j
vj^ the learned wood nut ; a stomachic.
HeS-lung-chang-the ^ jjg
Jr^ a writer on the ancient
classics, who lived under the Sung ^j^dynasty.
HeS' iseun-tsa u-she ^
cient classics.
^&
a writer on the an
JVamet of Monies.
Hi'5 wan tsze teen j p
| jg[ ^ i vol.
devoted to the subject of education ; it is called j =JJ HeBke; from what is there said, it would appear that the Chinese,
at a very early period, recognised the importance of education.
Although that work was penned 500 years before the Chris
tian era, it speaks of
jjV
the ancient mode of
instruction, requiring that
^jfc a few familiea should
have a school room called Sh&h by the side of the gate : a
/^f
a neighbourhood should have a Seang school:
/^J J^i a whole village a Seu school ; and
J a nrtieo
or principality, should have an institution called j f.'et.
The Chinese inculcate the necessity and importance of
commencing education at a very early period,mothers are
exhorted to jj^} ^ ' teach the child in the womb : ' by
sitting in a straight posture, and avoiding every thirg
disgusting or offensive, cic. However, passing over this
notion, Ching-tue ^J; JJ- an eminent writer of the Song
5 dynasty, say. that the ancient, g fj|? ^
= fifl
^jjf
taught children as soon as they could eat and speak.
Sit ce children's
fB ^ ^j" fijj ^ thoughts nave
not judgement to direct them, he recommends that
g"
||
=jjflj maxims and essential truths, should Q J]j^j ^
j^j be daily laid before them ; and S 3f ^ J]|f to Gil their
ears, and stufF their bellies (i. e. their minds) with these,
which will occupy the ground, and prevent their being
seduced by false principles.
Choo-footsze
^
also recommends ^
^ | to practice them till familiar with the Seaeu kei
(or juvenile learning), to lay a foundation for the Te-ket,
or manly studies of morals and government.
The opinions of the ancients, are also contained in a aectioa
of the Lc-ke, called
jj^lj domestic rules: it i. there
enjoined, that Tsze nlng shih sze, keaou e yew show ^jp ^
7^
as soon a. children can eat food, to
teach thein to use the right hand : ^ 4p. ^ ^ ^ at
six year, of age to teach them numbers.
749
the floor. The Chinese are taught to esteem highly school
masters or teachers ;
^ ^ a teacher's place is the
moat honorable Some of Ihrm, however, are charged with
39th Radical.
XIII.
Tsze
Q
H || ^j, ^ au the ,ch0.
There is nothing in China answering to the European
Jars, every day must come early iu the morning.
respectable schools or academies for the middle ranks.
The wealth; amongst the Chinese employ private tutors
they enter the school, they mutt first bow to Confucius
for their children, and other relatives.
The national
the sage, and next bow to the master.
district colleges for Sew-Uae jj^: ^ graduates, called Hefl
3rd
to the Slh, refer to their exercises ; the 8lh enjoins regu
hung j ^? or Been he ^ ^ and Foo he* fft ]
larity
in them.
are managed in such a slovenly manner, that no-body attends,
9lh' #$$|JCff-f
e6
except when the period of public examination comes round.
when about to break up school, let there either be an ode
The masters called Laou sze ^ pjjj sometimes let out their
recited, or a piece of ancient or modern history narrated i
situations to others.
and let the most easily understood, and the most affecting,
The private schools called Heo kwan J
are attended
or a piece connected with important consequences be select
by poor children chiefly ; the master or Seen sSng
ed,forbid all frothy talk, and lewd expressions.
expresses his duties by the phrase Keaou kwan ^ jjV
when the school is broken up, bow to Con
teaching a school. Boys pay an entrance on first seeing a
fucius and the master, the same as in the morning : i|S^|
school - master i they call it Che c ^
and its amount va
$S ^: 1 !k ft ^ Pf
"en lhe '"j owt
ries according to the circumstances of the boy's friends, from
scholar
must
not
omit
doing
so.
200 cash to one dollar ; the master expects something, but
when the scholars are numerous send
makes no demand. There are two holidays, one in the 5th, and
them
away
in
partiesfirst
those that have to go far ; then
the other in the 8th moon, when scholars pay a small turn, in
those
that
live
near;
or
first
the younger boys, and then
the same manner as entrance money i this they call ^ ^
the elder-, and they must
|=J [pj ^ each of them go
Tsee1 e. On those two days the boys have play ; and at the new
year, there is a vacation of a month or six weeks. There are
straight homc,7f; j^1
$ fj$ ](f| they must not be
E he8 j|| ^ or charily schools, not required by the Supreme I
allowed to stop on the road, and collect together to play.
Government, but opened by local officers for grown students.
There are no public schools, nor private charity schools for
when they reach home, let them first bow to the house
poor children.
hold godsj to their ancestors, and next bow to their father
There are Y ay -hc8
^ or night schools in large towns,
and mother, and uncles and aunts.
of which those people who have to labour during the day
13th, If at home there be any ^
^ lgj visitors in the
avail themselves.
hall, after bowing to the household gods, and the tablets
Chinese children generally enter a school for one year ;
of ancestors, the boy must ^ |j ^ jjjfj -fc ^ ||
not for a quarter, nor a mouth. The Tartars reckon monthly.
|p]
T?f
immediately, in an easy composed manner,
If a boy enters for a year, he must pay the whole, whether he
stand upright, bow the head, and towards the guest utter his
attends or not. The yearly sum varies from two to sir dollars ;
(or her) complimentary title. After bowing and silting
three dollars is considered an average school-fee for a year.
down, he must neither allow himself to talk much, nor <KS
- ton. wl. .
_
In the ^
^ ;|| complete collection of family jewels,
in a frightened manner try to hide himself.
PART 1.
7 r
-^Tsze.
XIII.
39th Radical.
750
pression". And,
& & fa %Q
UZ
:ifr =|2 ^ <on another day, if he offends, reprove bim,
by the principles explained to him from the book.'
4,,t- li ft ic
1$ IK H when ,i,lenin5 to *
master's explanations; the scholar must keep hit tout or
spirit from wandering, and pay minute attention.
. S*j ii*W6ttt$H#*
$W pnl ^ B^f ^ M> if in the b"ok (where the le*"0,,
of the day is) the sense anil scope be not clearly explained,
come immediately (to the masUr) and enquire particularly
you are not allowed to suppress your having a confused
and indistinct understanding of the passage.
# ft W# PI M & I
K **
?E ?S
Jrf f$
comP0,'n" parallel lines, it
is required to divide subjects , and separate them into
classes: and there must appear a knowledge of the rrrn
and oblique tones (or accents); of expletives and of
significant words; and of nouns and verbs,errors and
mistakes will not be admitted.
ff- ffi
|pj jrrjj when let out of school to Uke tea
or to take food, every scholar must go and come by
himself;they are not allowed lo form parties, and make
agreements to go and play together.
6l,,'ti&-3-in,Mchins|,oy'$: 1 Milet,hen
first learn cleanliness.
^^^on their ink-stooa
let no refuse-ink be accumulated ;
$RI_ ^ )|| on
their pencils no over-night ink,let the pencil be washed
clean every evening. ^ J| gf|
ij- the book
must be held or lie three inches distant from the body,
"p^- ^
they are not allowed to rub and spoil it ;
norT%
to turn UP "1e corner> make dog's ears,
nor are they allowed to dot or write upon their hook.
63rd>
Pf3 f>J\ flfj the things used in school are only ^
^jj^ books and their appendages ;
^ pencils, ink,
and ink-stones. j^ ^J^^f^fiE|| .
and every sort of miscellaneous light books are a hindrance
to correct pursuits, they must not he brought into school
nor any overplus money, nor play things } * ^ {Jl
751
^
all and every one of these are disallowed from
being brought.
64th. H - f Wl H ffi # "[ thC ,Ch0Ian are required in eTery word and every action to observe decorum and correctness. They mutt not ^ fj}
4t ~j\ y^jji
utter the low language of market
places, and public wells ( nor must they ^ ||) ^ ~J\
j^ft ^ learn the low practices of market places and pub
lic wells jor what they see in the street*.
5th, A boy s^ H
]$\ 5$ temper and manner most
be tractable, and genteel ; ^ ^ ^ ^ y^t ^.neither
coarseness, nor turbulence are permited.
6th, A boy ^ 5Jr f fljgj
^jp jg when sitting still
must be grave and serious,
^ fl 3L
s^ff
j
^ If IB
he nu,,t not ,il cro" le^ge'1'
nor lay the foot upon the knee , nor lean on one side* He
must not in the streets ft $| j$
,hrow br,ck>
nor chuck tiles. Lads' mult not tyfc ffi ffi ffc skip and
hop and frisk about; but walk
|^ ^ ^ calmly
and steadily. They must not ^ Jg| j;J jjjfc ^
BE Jj? lay their heads together, aud whisper t nor pull
each other's clothes, nor kick with their fret. They must
not$M j$ Iff Jit M H walk with their
shoulders together, and the arm placed across each other's
back, nor point to the east and stare at the west , nor must
they on the road ^ ^ gjjj; j] prate about letters, and
chatter about fighting.
TOth, Requires that when a boy meets on the road a
J=L
IS
\ superior or a rclution, he should immediately
*m IE i&' IT. tlani ,li"> in a composed regular posture ;
nd "J* || ^
ft ^bending down his head, make
a salutation with his hands, or make a low bow. Boys
must
J- ^ Jj| make their obeisince respectfully to
their superior, and neither
ijj^bow in a hurried manner> nor |fjL||^ in a flutlcied manner avoid the person.
If asked any question by the person passing by, they must
$C ?S"
f|| ffi
%J let him pass on before; by no means pre
suming ^--jjr t0 waik nrit.
39th Radical.
XIII.
Tsze
#. Tsze.
752
hibited from
are pro
# # or Hea seang
ke T # # playing at chess;
Fang fung tsng # H. flying kites. Yang kin show
yu chung
# # # # R Dreeding birds,
or beasts,
less.
# # # if it
X. 4H. f #ff IE #
~ and mind
ind. 4:
and dissipate the heart
# Ye
LN :# Z
-
they
# % J/ # AE Z # j%
gaming is a vice
}#
SF wastes time ;
# # j% lit.
#H
neglects business,
/],
#
fi: X & #####H# it
if not guarded against in youth, in manhood, the breaking
up of the family, the *quandering of the patrimony, will
all arise from this.
86th,
# # 5 HH /Js # #! HH
obscene tales;
# X. f X E.
87th,
|
|
753
and
^ ffi
39th Radical.
XIII.
Tsze-^p-
people; or
t^> sjj^jjr jjjjj act as midsmen in bargains,
or become sureties, and so forth, by which /[^
^rjs
their attention is divided, and is occupied with affair*
out of school,under *nch circumdanccs, how can they
have time to teach ; such conduct fife ^ ^
i
+Tsze.
XIII.
39th Radical.
T5.
f |H is
j't #
persevering; when it is so
by
First
#% -E 1#. }%
% f= #
statesman
Teih-jin-keil, who
# F# #
RA J% #1 the olject on
\ # # *: Ilj #
#. #
*-
==# =
#
in the
# H #j, k the
# X;
gies, should
consider how he is to get through his
task when locked up
}: PJ in the court of exam
ination; when
#||
# E] a theme shall
be given of
755
thinking about that section :
f; W % ft
% i a c*nWron of
fter, having fire applied to it for a long time, will as
matter of course, at last boil : but jfj "/J^ jp] J"J^
^
^ ^ if. erc tl,e "ater be hut, you change
it, and put in other water to boil, 9j| ^ "J
^^
il] IS 'f #b ^ ^ "Ithough you may heat a great
deal of water, you'll never make any of it boiling hot.
who are fond of overcoming other, people, and aim at
universal knowledge, constantly become ill of this disease,
viz. that of expending a great deal of heat, but never
maturing any thing.
Tin.
Jj^ Jj ^ ^ ^ I have always seen that a man
who covets much, and who
devote* him
self to universal knowledge ; when he reads, he ^
>@
^jli Pre,u me' on "le ".""^ncss a"d celerity
of his genius and perceptions, and Jjjl
0ji
S 4" D "I3 ^ 7jC
j *ecl,on after ,eclion'
and volumes in concatenated succession, pass before his
eyes, and issue from his mouth, fluently as water that rolls
awayi but ^ ^ fjjjT ^ ^ <Q jj* jf when does
he ever really apply his mind to rub and educe the essence
of a subject. In this manner jjjjf ^ "/jj* ^ J)J ^
although much be read, what is the use of it ; ti>
jfjj
^ft ^? ^ ffi) j'fl better little and fine, than much and
course.
^ _(n
^ the ancient military rule
,aid'
# $j| iff) /jf> 'f-E^ the Pwer f " J
consuls in it's perfect training; not in its mere numbers.
"J*
lH"
M ' deem the ,ame tr,le' in refe*
rencc to reading or study.
ix. In reading. ^ f| |^ X
lhe fir,t thinB re"
quired is to get rid of mixed thoughts; and ^ ]ffc;|fe
W
^ WE I')1
'hen one is able to mature and
understand a subject thoroughly, and to remember it a long
lime. Pejoo |f ^fj suppose A )]f 4*
^^j^t^^Ttf^11 ma"', ,,"mafh hM
first been tills d l y cuting greens and other vegahles, {jjjjj
ft
allhoo:h *e
most precious daiu.i.s, with exquisite tastes, should be
39th Radical.
XIII.
Tsze
J:
H W. Y
in the twinkling of
-*
# # # fj {}
# H #
# # # domestic
MZ
H: }: H:
*-
# # # Jik a
l' all
# H # # th.
Studics
%H j' +i j # }: H#H] J)
ought
#t
J% 4% # # # #
animal spirits,
minutely attentive,
W.Z. et,
in a court,
**-
" *E
4. A
j#
In ones
not
piih pa hwan,
757
. - /|t impede the pursuits of a whole life.
These considerations make it ^ pj
infinitely
necessary t<> use the more vehement eflbrts to awaken
to a sense of the value of time.
. The rtnd, nf letter. Jf K & Pfl & ^ fll *I
wos originally intended to induce the clear understanding
of the principles of right reason ; and it is necessary that
^jj /gj i|# g ^ ^/
every sentence he applied
to one's own person and heart, p
that in
daily concerns, those principles may be strenuously carried
into effect i
^ ^ ;jt /j'
and then study may
he said to he really advantageous. ^ Jgj
j^jj
fl- $ $ Wi tk @ # #T Mif Ih^mbi.ion be
merely, to run over subjicts like a huuter, to be esteem
ed as having extensive ii. formation ; and the sole ititention be to supply subjects for prate and conversation i it
is by no me :ns what is right. Or, ^ flk jj
||
jf-f ^ i}X ^ Ik. $J if peo|,Ie *vuil ln,:""'elve, of
these studies, to cheat themselves into a literary reputation.
and to obtain ricln s and honors j but "~
jj> Jljj
the moment they attain eminence
Sft f^l j|pf
S! ^ )Jt #| lnt'v P"1 lne r'Bnl principles they have
attained from books out of their mindsnnd practice what
is quite the contrary, I^J ^qr
^jj that is still a great
er error. The pedantry here condemned they sometimes
call ^jjjj S& yg stirring up (not nir bubbles, but) book
bubbles.
XXI. Although study % "pf" ^ || should not be intermitled nor del ,jed, 7# ^ l3f
^ ^; -| still
it should not be foil: wed with loo great eagerness and
precipitancy : for, admitting a man can walk a hundred
miles a-day, if he walks only seventy or eighty, hewill
feel himself strong and adequate to do this daily where
as, if he work himself up to overstrained effort, and walk
more than a hundred, hewill be unable to continue, jrjfe
H%Q
rfj| jlj $J % rae" ieleA l readinS.
are continually reading themselves ill. "J
^
ffi "j"* /\ jp^ 1 from six years of age to sixteena
period often yearsstudied without effect, |Q
'jij;
^ $ Wl ffl W. >fe fr mT mean M,"re
sim',lc
and dull ; 1 forgot as fast as I read. In consequence of
PART I.
7a
Tsze"^1
'*
much
^
[f]j
or you will become dim-sighted
before you arc old.
Whenever yon are not reading or are unemployed
7i-f 1^ @ 11? f?li) lcl d"n" bolh Jour eje^tls. and shut
jour eyes; and by this means you will
|j[Jj nurse
your animal spirits ; and after this, when you want to read
or do any thing ^ j[Jj |rj. ^ |Jj| there will be no
objection to again exerting the sight : thus jEj ~jj ^
-j- Tsze.
T5%
# H #| || ##TSE'' - k #
# j# z JI daily in the evening to read by lamp
light, will certainly ensure great and essential advancement
in the meritorious work, but if a person fag % # |
5k H jly j]]
# X.
ill.
R # #|| fil X # #f
# + H#
# H # #j % # XR /J.
at some
# H H # # |t although
|# # JU
+1. #
his
of modern composition ;
^ X # # f: //A E. |#
be always present
# # '' %
will receive
j? # # # when
## 4
# X
+-
parti
# _E
=+ #
l
sections
of thee best composition;
ition:
and
# #. # i;
*
---
*#
# K ## 4 R 3: ## , ,
collection of books, the matter of importance is not the
39th Radical.
759
of philosophers entirely unconnected with the (Lite; anil
whose ohj xt was chiefly moral science. The Han 'J^l
dynasty, which is the pride of China, knew nothing of
that clnsf of men, who, for the last twelve hundred years,
have l>een called the Joo keaou
ffi who have converted
learning intoamere Uol of ambition , and whocareas
little for true learning, as th,e men do for true religion,
who consider it a toot of the stale.
It was in the beginning of the 0 Tang dynasty, about
(A.D. 700), MWZ$- thnt a plan wa.s-arranged, directing literary examinations for the purpose of
electing men to fill the offices of government i which
gener.il ' principle, with various alterations, remains to the
present time. But neither the object of the Chinese
government, nor of the literati, is lo extend the bonnes
of human knowledge; the end of the government is to
impart the knowledge already possessed to every rising
generation, and P5 chin tsac ^ |j "yj" to pluck out true
talent from the mass of inferiority and mediocrity, which
abounds in every community; with the ulterior intention
of applying that superior talent or genius (as the word
sometimes means) to its own purposes, in ruling the rest
of the nation. The advancement of learning, in. a liberal
sense of that expression, or discoveries in science, are not
in the contemplation of the government ; it prescribes the
books to be studied; it forbids the use of others ; it
disallows any innovation which does not originate. with
itself.
The ^
Kaou she, or literary examinations, are
so frequently referred to in Chinese con versation and books,
as. to make a brief outline of the
HeS ching
government of learning desirable to the Chinese student.
The Ko chang teaou le Jif. j^J jj^ |j<|J is a work in IS
volumes, containing the laws concerning the official
examinations- of l.terary candidates: this work is repub
lished every ten years, and every new edition contains the
alterations which may have been made in the interim:
the last edition was published, in A. D. 1815. A view of
the contents of this hook, will be the best guide to the
terms and phraict employed in reference to the Chinese
XIII.
Tsze "J"
literati, in the present day, for they have been much altered
since the system was first adopted.
I.
760
# # examinations
{\l H # #
Imperial order.
As to the times of these
# # |: # #
every.
##
% - it +
literary candidates E # #
three
examinations,H. - E] # # # E| % #
: # # # # #
the
k #
Hi
%|
*
to appoint an officer
X }}} # R
repress
K keu
% . to
whose
761
At /J*
m i11 provinces, v/i. Kwang-se
orYun-nangi
" Kwei-chow jf;J|>| let there be
SO persons tr.kco. 4rJ ftlj ^ * ^ "f
endary
elan called Foo-iang, <>r Foo-kung-sing g|J ^
let 10 be taken in the large provinces, 30 in the middle
ized ones, and SO in the sm II provinces
In Canton province, Ihe number of candidates admitted
to the Ko-keu
must hp 4.^00 person , ai.d in other
provinces a similar proportion,
] ]f< jjA
3 ^jjj
^^,ne
c"
or l,rov'nc'a' principals,
in every province, must, from the three classes of inferior
graduate-, c.illcd vaiig-yuen,Kung sang, and Kec -sing, fin
eluding both the first chosen, and the subsidiary nanus,
by a ener. 1 calculation, take the exact number prescribed,
to attend as candidates.
fI % 1 $ # ^
^ thS Pr''nCe
of FMh keen, ami the island of Formes i, arc not restricted
to a fixed number to attend as candidates fur the Kru ji i
degre-. The HeS chin j
(as a provincial principal is
sometimes called) wrote from Formosa to the Kmpernr
Keen-lung, saying, that any limit .lion of numbers, would,
he ^5 PR ttr
m fc"^'Piri' o|
becoming devoted to letters, Che line hwuy tuy
^J* JJj^
so as localise its entire failure on the island.
Of the ~ Zl ^
f^ ^ fir,t' econd, and
third classes, of literary students, or Tung A ng |j/ f^.
it those without any degree are called, there was a considerable number on Formosa , and those who wished to at
tend the Heang she ||J
were five hundred , but he
could, according to existing laws, admit only two hun
dred, and
Cj3 Jffi: A ~ ^ was limited to confer
ring two Ken-jin degrees.
When ^ Ei ^J.^ !he Sang-j ucn, and the Keen-sSng,
that is, those v. ho h ve uhtaimd the lowest degree, either
by merit or by piirchncr, attend Ihe examinations for the
Keu-jin A g te .fy.tk \ ^ the HeO thing in each
province
ff. jji
| : :1 O'Ol including the
fixed number uf that cli c;llcd Lfih-r, Ihat is persons
whose names a e t ken down after the fiist s.leclion, and
TiBT i.
1 IT
39th Radical.
XI 11.
Tie -jf-
+Tsze.
XIII.
39th Radical.
W] #ll # J% % %
762
}: hp % # be very strict in
that they pass only those who #
# # are
|# # # % old laws
# # th # N
|f||
##
5. + ,
3E # k 3k # T. + X
#ff }I. % #
H j' R T Ch-keang
|f|| E. # # # # #
763
who is recommended for his excellent conduct, may become
a Keen-sing. And those who
^
^
from being military cadets, purchace the Keen-sang degree,
11 M A If H it may enler ,he B,le of
letters, and attend the examinations ; but
jj^
they cannot again change and enter the military
gate or school.
After having passed certain examination*, some of
these Kung-ting and Keen-sing, are admitted into the
Peking college, called Kwo-tsze-kecn pjjj
and may
attend
^ ^ ^ the provincial examinations at
Shun-lecn-foo, which is ill the Peking district.
jlL
Jk. "^T* "jij Chih-le and every other pro
vince, those who jtj ^
jfj
J| |* from po.scssing eminent talents, hut without a degree, purchace
the Kung-sing and Keen-sing degrees, and
jjjjj p ^- attend the provincial examinations, at Shunteen-foo, fa
M % M % ft M Z &
^ ^H- w hether the theme papers be those of the sons of
people in office; of people under the Tsrtar banners ; or
of the common people, nil must be enrolled for the exa
mination at the KwS-tsze-keen colleec. And
^ jj^
^
"pP |U J$ *'ie or'SmB' theme paper must be
forthwith presented and laid up in the treasury of the
Xe-poo. Jl f^l U t
8,1 wh
from being eminent without a degree, purchace a Kung-sing
or Keen-sing degree, and succeed in obtaining the Keu-jin
degree; on the Jj$ ^Jj Q day of re-examining their
themes i
j|j j$jr jp-J. Jj^j| ^ their original theme
given in when enrolled for the examination, shall be 9ought
out, and H^^CJi
lhe stJ,c and hand
writing be carefully compared.
>" /V ^ ]=| l 4 jl. lhe Jfunff-,anf> Kecn-iing and
Sew-tsae of the eight Tartar banners j the ||
5^
secretaries, and /|\ ^ 'gf petty officers in Peking Jjjjhs
^
^ shall atleud the provincial examinations
at Shun-teen-foo.
ix. The 2j5p j|| ^
officers of miscellaneous character i
such ^ ^ |jx ^ ^ tl>e revi*c" of f"Per' and
writers in the Woo-jin-teen, or palace of martial glory ;
39th Radical.
XIII.
Tsze
all those
RlG ^(f 7/ who "e exf,rlinf tDemselves on trial in the several Szc and Yuen offices, at
Peking , and all those & f[j JJf
A jl. offic"'
who transcribe and writ", at the various public rooms at
Peking f]| J|| Jg |g ^ |gp ^ ma, all attend the
provincial examinations at Shun-lecn-foo.
Those Sew-ttae graduates, who
|p ^ act
as musicians, on great festivals, may also attend the same
examinations.
When the Shun-leen provincial examinations are about to
come on; the HcS-ching, or provincial principal of Shunteen; the |^| Z^. ^ Kw8 tsze keen college principal,
and the ;pj ^
^JC Fung-teen-foo ching, or deputy
magistrate of Mougden shall ^
$j -\- Q JJ fft
ten dnys before the appointed time for the examination,
Kfl r?C ^f* 4 take a" tne gri!<Juate* who ,lave to
attend the examination, and Jj!r
^ j make out
a list of them, to be presented to superior authorities
(probably the viceroy of Peking). But ^ 1$ $f? j
*
[pj let such lists as may be presented
in continuation after the limited period.be at once rejected,
and sent back,
^ ^JI H|
at the same time, let those officer's
names, who in opposition to the laws, have presented
persons for examination, be reported to his majesty , and
a request made that they may be delivered over to a court
of enquiry.
In the lists, it is required to state icjE ^ ^ ^
the age, the appearance, the nation, place and the lineage
of the persons. And in the provinces, the Keaou kwau
^3 Of professors, are required ^
^sj^ whenever the annual and triennial examinations occur j
0^[
[|J| j^J to imitate the list called memoranda of
attainments, and jjjjja"^^^^^^'^
beside it, make up a book (containing the same materials)
and present it to the local magistrate , to be, by him, trans,
nutted to the Foo-yueu's office, and there preserved for
subsequent reference to ascertain the student's character.
The Suy-kaou
annual examinations, (as the
term implies) occurs only once in two years; at these, K
T64
|% ,
# # supplementury
examination.
}% #
| #
>|
### #
# general examination
at Peking,
must
# fi
# |%
## A
to be at Peking,
not time to return to their
* and have
l 'i
a sealed certificate,
765
jjjj thers be nude pot a list of the official rank of persons
below the rank of assistant ministers of state, who entered
on office from the stations of Tsin-sze graduates, and above
assistant general Censors , and let fj fljj
"f|^ ffi
f^" ^ lnere De c'e,r'j n^'ed, un the document, the
native place and lineage of the persons , the emoluments i
the order in which they stand on the record of merit,
and the examinaiions ..t which titer obtninrd their degreesi
then ft )\
#J 0 0 ft $> n. or before, the
4th day of thetth moon ||| ^ IjJS jj let the whole be
fjirly written out, and s. eretly present. d to the Emperor
requesting him to appoint principal and assistant exami
ners,one of each,
xix. The
|j j[r ^ Knou-kwan, or examine at
the proTiocial examinations, who are otherwise called j^T
^ Chon kanu, and She rh le jp ^ art chosen from of
ficers at Peking, under the immediate Superintendence of
the Emperor.
After bei: g chosen, ^ ^
^ the examining
officer of each province |JJJ S,
p^J ^ ^ i requir
ed to depart from, the capital within five days. If he
sf* 5S ^remain in PeVmg, a.id linger about, he
ii subjected to a court of inquiry. He is allowed post
horses, and there is Jjj*
conferred upon him ^ ^
money to defray his eipcnces on the road ; when
coming to Canton he is allowed
33 six hundred
taels. He receives 200 taelswhen Jjl ;g? commencing hii
journey from Peking, and |j f [g| TjT
when the
examination is completed, and he is about to return to
Peking, he is paid the remainder of his allowance, by the
governor of the province.
XX. The assistants of the principal examiners are called
Tung-kaou kwan |pj ^jr ^ '*o Fang kwan ^ ^j*
,nd H 1$ FanS sHmn-teen-foo |p{ ^ j/ft
there are eighteen appointed ; at Canton, there are ten.
In Kang-he', time,
ffr $ ffi '|* ~ J[ in each
room, iwg assistant examiners were employed, for the
purpose of preventing frauds, but tbat was found to divide
** i.
Ii
39th Radical.
XIII.
Tsze ^
^-Tsze.
XIII.
39th Radical.
d.,. Further j ^ g 1 1
*$^ t
J|jj these persons act with the principal examiners, in pro
claiming the Imperial will to confer a banquet on the graduates, &c. . and ft ^ ^ % $ # f # # ft
fS
ft >I I*J S $ $ 3
ing inside the court, any thing occur, which it is necessary
to report to the Emperor, the superiutendant or vi.iior,
in the court, shall unite with these persons, and all of
them acting together, shall manage the affair.
7lh. Officers shall be appointed to jf^
ijffl ["]
examine the brick gate, which means the gnle of ihe fence
or outer wall, and there sh ill be officers
J^J -Jto
search the students. At c< urt th s duty devolves on
j=f
(5 tne '""g*
Kre 1 ' llc"nen who
re near the person of the sovereign, and in whom he
confides. The object of the search is to prevent jf^ :j^>
2, jpjj the illeg lity of smuggling in precomnoscd essays.
f s ^ ft t a i
$
the students have their names taken down, receive Ihe theme
papers, and enter the dragon gate, those officers who
^ are on the watch, shall prevent $ 0.$- %
M. fiS
,be ,l"deut* from conversing together i
from exchanging their theme papers; from cavfuVDg the
numbers, and such like illegalities.
th. At Shuu-leeu-foo, of '^.]
read?rs au;i com
parers of the theme papers ^ 7f\ #J ^ ft -f-
* j'j f -|\
at each examination, tbere arc
required from ninety to a hundred persons. Of ^ ^
^ *
transcribers, the fixed number is one
thousand persons. Of
f| J/fj type cutters, thirty two;
^ ffi'J
E Pre**meu> twenty-four persons,these prin
ters are required to print the (hemes which are to be distri
buted to the students, and every work must be performed
inside the court yard, after the gates arc lock. d. There
must be of 1^
the folders of theme paper
corners, four , of ^ j$J
pasters, two ; of ^ |j
smiths, two s of ^ (fj^ tinmen or pewlcrers, one i of
$L /fc
brickl.ijers, six ; of j jjl drummers, four;
&c, Sic. In Canton, it is suid, there are about ten
thousaud people, consisting of students aud attendant*, and
166
officers, and mechanics, cnllcctcd inside the enclosure, at
a Ko-kcu yp|. fjjj or proviuci.l eww 'tioa ; and it
occasions more activity and trade, and interest throughout
the whole province, than any other occurrence. Tht
military examinntioi s commence immediately -fter the
literary ones have closed.
jixvi. Section treats t.f
^
th: thtmes giTea
at the three d vs ex lilim':, us.
diy, there ! :! be tiiree tliumes from ,.ie Four books,
requiring the meaning and scope of the snrce; and -ff. ~=
- oe theme oa which to compose a
verse of five words in a line, a-id lijlit rhymesnuking
sixteen iines. OfIhj l'.,e.ncs quoted from ihe Four-books, the
first shall be from the Vj
Lun yu. 7^ tjj j$
Hits ncx* from the Chung-yuug; ^ ^ -j- and Hie next
from M!tng-tze. If the first theme be from Hie Ta-he!
~)\ | the second shall be from the Lun-yu, and the last
ai before, from Ming-lsxe.
^fj
767
public manner, shall decide on the theme* to be given.
And those taken from the Four-books, and Five Classics,
must be sentences
g
^ the meaning and
import of which is refined and profound. The jjrjp
themes for verses must be jfc ^ grave and important.
They must not be
^ ^ Jj|
^ habitual, and
commonly determined on themes. The object in this
prohibition m:fmii$mffiz%
to eradicate the illegality of student* feeling their wny,
and precoinposing their essays. I> the themes Liken from
the classics ^
^ij |
't ' forbidden to cut
and tear asunder, and drag together a id join parts of
sentencesor to make the theme consist of garbled quo
tations.
In all Ihe provinces, when selecting themes for verses
Ttfift M 4 3E 31 111 wht mul be e,p "M*
aimed at, is correctness ar.d elegance:
^ ^| ^
^ %b
'"w 'icent,ou books, and private
collectanea, mutt not be quoted nor employed.
In the
H| 'he"165 for essays on political economy
nm w $ m m s ie * s s *
topics must be concerning things of real importance, the
principles of which are clear, nnd which are evidently of
a correct nature, nnd of gi eat magnitude,
^ji ||r^ ^ 111rre is no occasion to search and enquire
into devious ot mean subjects. t| TjjJfJ Ji -J- j ^
A. pp questions concerning the learning and characters
of statesmen of the present dynasty ^ ff'j- yj^ ^ ^Ej
31 must r.ot be put as interrogatories to literary
students, and #
^ -jf
= j
ench
question must not exceed three hundred words
29th Radical.
XIII.
Tszc rf
#-Tsze.
XIII.
39th Radical.
76.
position, must
# # #) #
Compositions characterized as
# HX accepted, the # )
Emperor.
4.
#! Ziff #) ## # # #
If there be any
J&
#
# # # j|| in composing explanatory essays,
5.
-
*::it:
-f-
ZS # # H! # #
nor ## + # f ##Z # }l
# # #f to
accepted.
The Emperor*-**
Shun-che required the literati
Pl # # # # # #
to
|): #.
# # j\ 4. fourth, # j]
fifth, f, #. sixth, ##### E. seventh, k
l j #. *. # {\ #1 Hi # #. ninth,
X # IE #.
Yung-ching # IE seems to have thought the students
literature of China, I insert their titles; First,
second, ii. #.
third,
769
XXXI. Let ^
^ ^ the superintending officer
called Tr-tcaou be ordered to provide tbe theme papers ;
and do not ^ ^jf ^ ^5 issue proposals for; nor
establish a theme paper shop. it.
j|| the themepaper price shall be fixed at ~ tj^. one mace
two candareens for each. The Te-teaou ^ kwan, or
officer ^
|g J|[ jSjjfl | must employ a firm,
thick, fine paper : if he use a frjjT thin paper, his conduct
must be reported. If the J. % ft }| $ |
)^
students soil or tear the papers ; or
write erroneously on them, they shall not lie allowed to
change them.
xxxii. Contains regulations concerning
"f" ^
throning (that is giving, or rather selling) theme papers
to the students. The pnprrs must fT| ^ jfifr ^
jjjfe fife 'jpj" |j Dl* Pre5ent<"d '>y 'he provincial principal
to the Pno-rhing-szc or treasurer's court: and ^ jj^
j] yf^ ^ delivered to the officer appointed to receive
them, ^ ^ j^. f|^= t the time of giving out these
papers to the students, they shall take with them a
certificate describing t'\eir persons, their age, whether Ihey
h ve or have not beards, *c, -fjjj
ffi
'f ^
if the appearance does not correspond with the
description, they will not be allowed to receive the papers.
xxxiii. When pfcj ||| ^ ^ inside the screen, looking
over the essays which have been written by the candidates
for degrees ; the examining officers must
jjj^
be together in the same hall, to compare and look over
the essays.
aminer, and all the subordinate ones called Fang-sze shall
sit together, in the same ball. The fh
ill ^
d*.
-VIt.
~% 3fe 3c supervisor of the inner appartmenls'"^
at the
examination, and the chief examiner shall sit opposite to
each other,
Q JJjjJ on the evening of the day, ,/jJjp
ff\ H % & A fi let the red iheme ppe" which
have been looked over, be examined and put into a box,
and thenlEllJi^lll^Mil^^M
the chief and assistant examiner, with the supervisor,
must in person seal and lock it , till /fo Q Q |p|
39th Radical.
XIII.
Tsze
# Tsze.
XIII.
Should
39th Radical.
a local examiner
#. # # #! z #
# # # Af
#. # excellent
# |H
# # /R |#
# 4.) . Aj #
X ######### # HE X: they
must not fill the whole page with close circles and dots,
and in that confused state present the paper to the chief
examiner.
On the
th %
JjK #
#! % #
court, shall #
# # 4. write the
TE # '
word Chung,
H#
##
# # slurred
##
# *C # |
If the
f#3:
inferior
opinion, the chief examiner may take his own way, only
# # H j$ # [H] # H
# H R }: # H write
771
Tartar standard, had their papers marked HS-tsze-keuen
'he union papers,
zxzvi. Section provides a rule for dividing equally the several
accepted papers, amongst the different assistant examiners:
it is entitled tfi ^ ^ ^ allotting to the rooms, the
accepted papers. The reasoning runs thus; ^ J^^ in all the rooms ; (i. e. under the superintendancc of each assistant examiner) where the excellent,
or deserving essays exceed the required number,
j^l
SI $k
Ws 4P ^ ft M !t " al,"wed ,hat
all be presented ; nntl if (here are tin meritorious cssavs,
belonging to a room, ^\ ffi Jgt JjjJ ^ ^ the fixed
number must not be made up by carelessly adopting
whatever presents itself, (as a flood carries every thing
before it) , But when the ^ g gj| ;j| j|
^ chief examiner has looked over all the essays of
every examination day, he must
^jQ ]^ fjj take out
the most worthy to be chosen, and
jj^J
fff
"ee^ n* ^ 'enac'0"" ^ '"'""g from each
room the fixed number (which it ought to produce) but
must |^ Jp( Xfy ^ wait till he has accepted the whole
number of paper* and then J$ ^ ^ # $|
^p- take those rooms which have
an excess of excellent essays, and distribute them to those
rooms which hare too few excellent essays,
xxxvii. Contains ^ ^
^ ^ the fixed number
of Keu-jin degrees to be granted in each province,, at
their triennial examinations; the whole amount is about
1S46 persons.
zxxviili ^|*
t^I
the fixed number of government
officer's essays that shall he accepted. This section refers to
a privilege granted to the sons or brothers of a few of the
higher officers of state ; nhen in a province, a yiven num
ber (in Canton fiftern) of such persons, can be found to
stand as candidates, then one, two, or more of them may be
accepted, and be distinguished from the common candidates
by not being searched on entering; by wearing peculiar
garments; by silling apnrt from the rest, &c. These
candid: I. s are c lied
Kw.-n-sing.
* j$j $|} l}1
nxed number of candidates to be
39th Radical.
XIII.
Tsze
+-Tsze.
between
XIII.
39th Radical.
the examiners
and
their
relations must
be
.xlv11. On
examination essay
ft. Z /\
# # ] # #
taken and -
both
tried and
then
to a court of inquiry.
x Lv111. Section is respecting
# # + + searching the
% j
{# #
+ + th # 4% after a
that he
3k #
of # J# # }:
# * a search
/\ 1:
# # jk % porters
# ##
773
men at the firit gate, who were unable to discover (the
concealed papers) and punish them,
ii. Section prescribes
ffr j|. |||
the pencil
colours(i. e. the colour of the ink employed by the
several persons employed in the examinations) within
and outside the curtain.
At the provincial examinations, the p^j |||
-^r
'jj? chief examiners inside the curtain, must ityj
use in* pencils., i. e. black ink, for to no other material
used in writing is the word MTh applied singly. The
jjij ^ ^
jj^ assistant examiuiiig officer, must
use a blue ink: the |*| ^ ^ f; fi\
^ inside
iturt.at the cxamimition must employ a purple ink,
Ik * * /t_ al jtL.ftftt
receivers uf Iheine pnpers inside, und Iho v,ri:eis, must
.11 use a biue ink. The )]
^ # Jfl $C #:
the transcribers of papers im.s. employ a vermilion ink.
The i^t pj| ffl
FT ^ Comparers of pap.rs must
employ an ink composed of red ni.d v Mow The names
of these inks are m M
mlhi
Lao.teen ;
Tszet<;e"i 0
Yiu-choo; and ^ j|
("hay hwing..
in. Here commence the
prohibitory commands.
The first ^ |* jg^ $ slrictly forbid,
underhind influence, and all the nefarious practice, connected with it. Those who
$j || ||j
give bribes, and form a medium of inter-communication,
and employ mark, of connexion {f jpf
!pp will be
severely punished. The ^ ^ |$ ^ % fvfc |*C
father, and elder brothers who, on account of their sons
or younger brothers, act nefariously as well as the
examiners who take a part in such transactions, will all
be punished.
There are sometimes
impostors or sharpers,
who
j',!
JJjJsj make false pretexts and defraud
people, by insinuating that they have influence with the
enminers, and thus JjE ^ ~)^defile the character,
and involve the persons of examining officers. There are
^ literary candidates who ft
jfc j& $
% makc requests, and go about to supplicate (the
7 ii
39th Radical.
XIII.
Tsze.
Xlll.
39th Radical.
774
175
It it mid, ( hat notwithstanding thi law, the ^
5>jtj word Hraven is used to mark the first Mat, as it is
tbe first of the thousand characters.
The
Jijr ^ officers of the four placet (mentioncd below) ^
^ 5 ffiSf whe" the* imPrc*
the mark of th, sei.t, .hall Jft
f$ flj g|
^
,}[' take the teals with the murks en;raseii on them,
and connect (hem by a string ^ JJtJ -J" jj-jte ^ ^
* {H each 40 aeais ah.ill be put on one airing . and
ffi \T.
7$?- f"r,,,er' lncre ,ha" h emijlo^ed a book
or lut conUii.ing the marks, in which J^* ^ J^L ' j
/fcjtfflffl according to the order of the several
names of the candidates, they aS ,11 L'e arranged. Ths
randidales names are arranged according to this rule
/t JH< /t yfil the first a"nou,lccd ,t,a" be lhe fir,t
inserted.
Since there are sometimes 4000 candidates, it is plain
til t 1000 chiract rs a-e insufficient to designnte each
scat : ihi- number wanted is made up by applying the
sin e mark, Uetirrn f,ir example, to several seats, and
adding I, t, 3, and so on, sometimes as far as SO,
x,Tfi. R-stiects a cl iss of persons formerly taken from those
who had been transported and compelled to ^ jjp[ fill
op or enter the armya sort of military convicts. A
certain num'ier of these were selected to J{ j^jj en!er the
court, in order to attend upon lhe cai didatcs, a- d were
died |j
TJaou-hcun. The I w requires thai ^ Jjf
"jp j| care be taken to choose those lhat are regularly
in the army ; and not ^ .Jil l^j ^ allow pcrs; ns lo
assume lhe name; however, it is said lhe rule is disregarded,
and the place is filled up by bricklayers, and any body else,
who will pive a lilllu muuey to the superintending officers,
or their servants.
tTtlt. Th's section contains the laws respecting the |JE|
four plutct mentioned above, the officers of which are
designated by a general expression, the ^ J|f jSjj- ^tj'
officers of the places outside lhe curtain.
''> ^! ^ fj}) lne P,ace ror g'Tlng "ul the theme
papers.
39th Radical.
XIII.
Tsze ^
2nd,
Tsze.
If M
1
On Ihc examination papers, the characters raised above
the head line, such as Bit Majctlg i the Imperial Family,
&c. ought to be raised one place above the head line;
Graciout (Imperial) faeort, firtuoul purpose (of His
Majesty), and such like expressions, ought tu be raited two
places above the bend line, ctmstiMrd (Imperial) Sagrs ;
the tub ctelo tacrijice\ the Temple of (Imperial) an
cestors, and such like characters ought to be raised three
places above the head-line. Those who |J J[J| ^ ^
raise the heads (of characters) improperly, must bepnuished
agreeably to
j^j |^ j^l
(he law concerning
petty faults and errors iu the compositionwhich requires
the offender to be suspended for a time from coming to the
examinations.
There is given a list of the works published by
imperial authority, the titles of j|l
JJ all of
which are to be written three places higher thin the
head-line. Next occurs a list of terms having a reference
to the emperor,
Jfa |* jj| ^ |J| all of which
ire to be raised two places higher than the head-line.
And finally there is a list of several expressions |!1
^ jp. ||[ ^ ^| all of which are to be raised one
place above the head-line ; 3L ^ pj* JTJ^ ^
as to
776
the rest, they maj be inferred by tbeir several classes.
Some of those however given as examples, such as Ki.>;
& a harem i Keuf |^ the gale of the pnlare ^ ^
and such other characters
^ jjj JJj if they be used
on general occasions
point to our (Tartar) dynasty ^ Aj^
^ there is do
occasion to raise them above the head-line. And, it ii
added, if those words which should be raised aloft only one
place, should be by mitlake be raised higher !"> places, it
is to be considered a pardonable en or! alas, what hart
pedagogical rules about the writing of capitals to dowitb
the advancement of framing I
LSI, Section contains ^
^ jj^ miscellaneous ofiVn.
ces against prescribed roles, which involve a person is
the punishment of ||^ JjJ being pottri out. or expelled from
the pending examination. The offences are such as Ibesr,
j}?]
nnj
Q -fjL framing an essay consisting of
more than 700 words i ^ ^
= jf ^ Pli,u "f
government, or an essay on political ecio omj not amount
ing to SCO characters, j^fj [ ] /pj
fy. an error or
omission in the words of the theme, &c.
lxii. Fixes the number of years in which the Emperor jjjj
^
^jj l,roniulgc* (anew; the laws respiting tut
examinationsnamely once in ten tears.
LXiil. Forbids the use of j^J (j) ^jj
the books in the
collegesbecause they are now
^v
injured
and imperfect.
lxiv. Respects the
supplies given of tables, chain,
&c. for the use of the candidates and attending officers.
nv. Respects ^
M S'V'DS lhe Tl"BfiUt robe le
Keu-jin graduates, when they attend the gcueral examina
tions at Peking.
lxv. Kee-heaou
|Jjj| denotes issuing an official procla
mation containing the names of the successful candidates:
the same idea is commonly expressed by yjj
Far.pang. In the provinces, Ihc proclamation is pasted up
at the Foo-yuen ^iffi Jl or deputy governor's palaceHe himself comes nut accompanying the paper, at whiih
moment three guns arc fired : i( is then pasted up, sod
again a salute of three guns fired ; the deputy governor
777
then makes three bows towards the names of the
graduated Keu-jin i and finally retires under a ailute
of three guns. The Lxvlh section contains the ^ J5j^
fixed periods within which the<e proclamations must be
issued i ^
^ 1^" 1ft / beinS determined, after
consultation, by the chief examining officer. At Shun-teen
foo, and the large provinces, the proclamation mint be
issued on or before the 1 5th of the 9lh moon. In the pro.
vinces rated as middle sized, it must be on or before the 1 01 hi
of the 9th moon ; in the small provinces, on or before the
5th day of the 9th moon ; and at the Hwuy-she, or general
examination at Peking, the proclamation must be Issued on
or before the 15th of the 4th moon.
uti. This section treats f
A ^ r| the
great statesmen and officers who are to seal the proclama
tion containing the names of the successful candidates ;
and specifics the several seals to be used. At Shun-teeo
foo, ^
^3* J:|J to make the impression, the
seal of the Foo-yin is to be used : and in all the provinces
51 $S H W lhC dc'>ut>' governo^', Kwangfang seal
must be used. At the general examinations at Peking, the
III! tP 'il?
*flM *ral <*f <he board of riles must be
used H ^ H Ik & H $a in ,he ,roclamtion, the year and month (or the dale) and thejoinings of
the several sheets of paper, jj ^ |J must all be sealed. On this proclamation the characters are all written
very large.
ixtii. Contains rules respecting jjjjp
the
j^j break
ing open the corners of the successful theme papers, to
ascertain the names, and write them down on the list to be
proclaimed.
J.XTIH.
Directs the proper persons jj Jjj? j^J ^ ^
to present to the Emperor a list of the names of the newmade Keu-jin , and also
g to write
out fairly the themes given at the three days examinations ;
and taking ten copies of the names ^ ^ ffl i% wilh
seal, affixed. - $ ^ 4)1 ft jg % |j| to present
them altogether to the board at Peking, to afford authen
tic material to the revisors of the essays.
uix. Concerns the
TAUT I.
39th Radical.
XIII.
Tsze
^
jjj^
^
~t?L
^Tszp.
XIII.
39th Radical.
778
ixxv. It is ordered that at the provincial examinations, tie
|-|-| ^ jjjfj^ 'JPt ^ essays of the successful candidates,
both the red ink and black ink copies; i. c. the transcript
and the original $$j^fl?itijfjft]
be picked up in a box, firmly closed and sealed . and
^^
^ H f n<l then 8ha" ,,e despatched
by careful and trustworthy officers and men, mho ^4. |l|
Jj3j 0
g j$ *P on the day that the proclama
tion of the graduated names is issued, shall commence
their journey to Peking to deliver these documents t
the Board. At different distances from court, different
days are appointed for despatching these documents, and
this section is entitled HJ^ '<fc. Jij^ jijj the fixed terms for
sendinp tlie essays to court.
lxxvi After the proclamation of the names of the graduated
candidates is issued, the fjj
-J- successful
scholars, must jlpj; ^ ^JJ jjj^ be sent to court to give
evidence concerning themselves in person. Those who
reside in jjfc ~)j
^ [1^ pjjjj JiJ places distant, art
limited to two monthsto make their appearance at court;
779
in the government. From these Jjg? ffi |7C) "f* J|
it will be proper to appoint forty officers, to fill the situa
tion of examine".
1.XXIX. The rules Indirect the revisors are contained under
the head J|S
]^ ^ ">e revisers placeswhich
contain specimens of the errors or faults in the themes
or essays, which they must notice and punish in different
ways.
j-xxx. Contains rules for j|| Jj) jjS ^ the selection of
transcribers for the use of government, from amongst
the good writers at the provincial examinations.
MX xi. This section is entitled ^ /\^ ^ jjjjjj a great or
special elevation of Keu-jiu graduates; this refers to a
selection of a few, made by the kings and great officers
at court j and on those thus elevated, an office is conferred
at an early period- The Keu-jin are divided into.
'. -=*^- and ~|" ^fp a first and second, and a lower
class. This act of grace is bestowed on a few of those
who are called ~|t
the lower order, which means those
who have not attained, at Peking, the Tsin-sze degree,
but who still have great merit. This selection it is said
is made only once in nine years.
lxixii. II is provided that
^ ^ ^ tjfe ^
nominal rank be conferred on aged Keu-jin graduates
who may have ^
-p. "f* fjl V remained at
their native place till they have reached the age of seventy
or more years.
urxxm. There is a
jjj^l ^ ppjj sum for travelling
expences given to ~J"\ ^
J{ JgJ ^jj^ the unsuccess
ful Keu-jin, when they return to their native place, from
the Peking examination.
X.XXXIY. This section begins the regulations concerning the
HiX r**t 1'ilace examinations, for those who at the 4*^
39th Radical.
re called
^ 0 San-keih-te. (See above.)
i-xxxy. The introduction given to these persons to give
Tsze^Jf-
XIII.
Verses,
3, TsTh
Schema or plant of government, such
as how to repress banditti, or pirates; how to prevent local
inundations, &c. political essays.
Ofthese three sorts of writing to -j'jji ^
compose
the essays called Wan-chang, is considered most important.
In these compositions, style and sentiment are equally
regarded. Heterodox, or novel opinions, clothed in the
#- Tsze.
XIII.
39th Radical.
from the
# HH #
are intended to
# H Z }% # th. like
and seeing what is contained
this
#1 #| !% ) H.
# # # ## # =F RA
To effect
it is necessary to
work well into the mind the idea of the thenie, and
##
# #: # 4| in that one verse observe on which sentence
the stress is, and - l # Hi #E # # in a sen
tence, observe on which word the emphasis is, # 4% #
# # # Z '# # then grasp the important
part of the though', and break it open, 3% H|| # j+
# # # Z next take hold of the important
serve on what verse the stress is to be laid ; -
781
m line or two at the commencement (ball ezplaia the
general import of the whole document.
4th,
fj^ ' Te-koo railing a branch or division,' or
*8 ISi ~)C )3j "ie rnc",0<' f introducing a connexion
so as to make an unbroken concatenation of ideas. This
part is called ^
*
the ;>reat key of
the composition ; and it should
fj^f succeed
naturally to the slighter discussion which has preceded, nnd
^^
enter into the fuller d iscusston that follows; that it ma, f# JL ~F M 0 ffl
form "
unbroken vein of connexion between the preceding and the
following parts of the essay ; that "j^ jjj|f|
^0 the
impulse and spirit of I he composition may be uninterrupted,
and that there may be none of that disease of composition,
wh'ch is like heaping bed upon bed ; and placing bouse
upon house: or a reiteration of the same sentiment.
5lli, Kwo m!h ^ Jjjj^ ' the passing vein," or that part
of the composition in which a writer passes from one idea
in the theme to another fl
~J* $ $L %
$5 ^
'" "" tneil,es tl,al have a" "vvtr ai,<l *
lower member, or a first and a second division of the sen
timent, the writer must employ n few sentences to pass
from one idea to the other.
6th, Chung koo I ]l Jj^ ' the middle division,' in this
must be found j jj^j; ^Jj j|q the regular discussion of
the obvious sense ol the theme, and in this part they re
quire a sort of parallelism, or an antithesis which they call
~*. ^ the two pillars i nnd the p fj2
^ sinews
and bones of the composition. Ifthe theme contains J/^ ~r'j~
two ideas, these must rnustitulc the two pillars i if uulv
one idea J|J JJ yjg -j^j j'jj ^ then a superficial and
a deep view of the s-nl jecl must form the pillars. It is
said that Bfl # X + fa
# M A an "PP'1rent pillar, is not so good as a concealed pillar, by which
it would seem pillar means in this connexion, the princi
pal idea which the writer wishes to illustrate. *
y)^
T^T ^?|J J]^ one division should pursue one thought
to the bottom , for $ JglJ g fllj ^ fofeffi
^ if other discussions be mixed up with it, the composi
tion will never assume a regular form.
YAftf II,
1 H
39th Radical.
XIII.
# # Ke-koo,
1,
The exordium.
Cass-
--
ts.5
# (
JU |K& the
# (
eight divisions.
and San-twan
composition,
##
verbally
a scattered
#E # |X the
#j # }% # which in the
1st, Jin te
-
--
#7 at
Z l' th j Hj T #
Y T#
d
# #1.
783
^
a principal in a subsidiary ; and 4, "4* tjj ^
a subsidiary in a principal. The principal scope, they
alio call Ching wci j n and the subsidiary thoughts
(2) , Chuen^fnlurn^^ fyjp
tpjji
^ the excellence of any composition consists entirely iu
the turnt of thought and expression. He who. excels in
these
turns, pleases by an inexhaustible variety i and
an absence of
plank-lik.e stiffness. The reader finds
himself ^jP jjfjjp ^ []_| as if rambling amongst famed
hillswhere, when lie comes to the end of one vista at
a sudden turn, another new nnd beautiful scene bursts
upon his view.
(3), Fan
the contrary or reverse side. The Jj^
reverse or negative mode of stating a proposition is
considered often more forcible than j
lliedirecl
and positive affirmation. The writers of antiquity called
Tslh-szc
political writers, abound in this form of
writing; and it is said ^X^Wl K ffijfa %
^ if EH ^ llul *r rol,"'n6 nien' energies nnd
spirits, no ancient writings are equal to the national
politics: hut these writers did not say ^ $p
^
'if not thus,, the affair will not be prosperous;' jfjj
0
#0 Jtt
M If b,lt
if not thu'' il
will assuredly be injurious. And in the Lun-yu
^5
instead of plainly saying ^
^ ^j] jjjft Kwan-hc
does not know the proper rites and usages; it.is said,
& u $ f lit ^ P if ,|f kwmmi- know>
proper rites, who docs not know them?' j[ ^ ^
this- is an example of the reversed affirmation.
(4), WS( jjfj ' a handle to turn ; ' or
| W
seucn. To circulate ; to cause to move round. This denotes
supplying to the theme a word or two to fill up what seems
implind in it; that there may be no break in the circle of
thought;, which practice affords scope for ingenuity aud
conjecture in themes taken from the ancient classics.
(51, Tne
For or instead ofrequires the writer
to personate the character speaking or referred to iu the
theme.
(.6), Fau^or Fan W[ To fly back. This denotes
39th Radical.
XIII.
Tsze
Tsze.
784
6, /f^
jjj^
a theme in which oae
sentence is divided into two portious.
7> m % ffl M 6 lherce in "hich fc
first and last expressions or sentiments have a bearing upoa
each other.
8, [jj jjfj Chuen te, A strung theme; i. e. one ia
which jjjjjij 4l}
* -^jj two sentences arc joined toethcr in one; this maybe considered the same as the first
mentioned.
9, |j
Fan le, * A reversed theme,' one ia
-which the negative side of the proposition is i
785
embodyng of .yui and mc. The subject should be placed
in oppo.it;: point! of view.
th,
^
^ fljf ' composition should ap
pear flowery to the view,' like
^ ^ ^8 the rival
glories and varied hues of the wood-land bower, &c.
9th, There should be a few fjjJJ
' expressions of
admiration,' a sort of sighing out what words cannot
express,a gradual softening off, like
Jjjj the remnant
of a wave.
10th, In composition there should lie Moo seay
fpj
pictures drawn;' lively representations of facts
and cases.
1 1th. Composition should be Yuen shuh |J|j ^
'Round and ripr,' or smoothly polished. ^ j|| ;jjjgj ^
K ^ /f>
" composition which is called stiff and
rough, is the same thing as not ripe or smooth. This
/fa t^L unripeness jj^J
^ ^ ^ arises from (a |>craon's) not writing much.
39th Radical.
XIII.
Ts ze
TOO.
JOO.
ft
An infant at the breast j attached to as a child to its parent ;
to- be attached or pertain to. A surname. Joo tsze j -j
a child. Joo jin ^ J{ title of officer's wives of the seventh
degree of rank. A surname. Ching wang juS joo tsze wang
ffc
Q ]
5 Ching wang iBi C. 1068) is called
the boy-kiug. He ascended the throne at the age of six years.
Joo tize ying j ^p- 1^1 an Imperial title, A. D. 10.
Joo tsxe ehe kou moo jay ^ ""j^
"til
the affectionate cry of. a childto its parent. Joo tsze
moo chay j -f- ^ ^ a child's affectionate regard
toexpresses the tniud'i hankering after, or resting on.
(She-king)
NAE.
An
ancient form
of Hi
... w
NEE.
offspring. N chang
N chung
| #a
race ; the
on in consequence of guilt.
N& che wei yen hae yay
| Z # # tly *Ne
H n # | calamity;
| # and
Yaou-ne
#k l
# | # A a person who
denote a sort
Tss ne teth
787
FORTIETH
MEEN.
nnfr
A transverse covering, forming a deep dwelling. (Shw*-win.)
This character is intruded to represent the roof of a houc i
or according to some, it represents the earthen hovel ofancieut
limes, for Koo chay heu keu yay choo ^j"
yj^
5|J
the ancients dwelt in dens ia wild places ; and We yew
kung sMh ^ "^J ^ ^ h*d no houses: but they Seen
jew mien, urh how yew heu* ^ % | (fl)
^ Jh
first bad hovels, and afterwards had dens. Meen tang seang
ahang fow kaou tiih r1* ^ J|r
J|L
the charac
ter Meen, a hovel, represents the elevated cumulus of earth t
Ke hea yew ne'e" kp tsang shin che hing J
/jsj {jpjj pj"
jjj^ Jl' ^ ^ below which there is represented a hollow
place, where a human body may be coutained ; j^J
j|J^ and therefore the character Heuf, A den, is derived from
this character under consideration, and
^
ej* ^ Jjjjj
jj^ jjj ^ in the formation of the words Shih kea kung choo
(which severally signify a dwelling place) this part is always
retained. The half of
makes J*" Yen, A covering or shel
ter, as beneath the side of an over-hanging mountain, open
on one side i and Ching-tsze-tung gives
Ibis character,
without any pronunciation as the opposite side.
CHOO.
9
The Shwg.wJn defines this word by Pan tselh wuh yoy
iPf Hi
ili tn'"B5 P',ea or heaped up : and the character
is, Seing shnng lung sze chow che hing
h [^T j/Lj ^fpj
^ ffy to resemble the figure of an eminence in the middle
surrounded on four tides. The space between a door and a
RADICAL.
s. c.
IRI
From men below a cover or house. Officers who have been
occupied in the field, dispersed and returned to their houses s
scattered ; mixed ; blended , hurried ; people without any fixed
habitation , wandering about in troublesome times. Jung
,e 1 ?fe * le flit ill or Jung km*D \
officer* off
duty. Jung is applied also to soldiers, and to their allowances
when off duly. Jung shin che yuen j ^
J| officers
who hold sinecures. ^
% = \ \ *g \
Jr |
he who governs should put away the three extras
extra-officers ; extra-soldiers t and extra-expences. [ax lj?>
Soo-shTh.) Woo sze che yuen yui jung yuen ^ IpE
^
|
an officer without business is called
a Jung-yuen.
Suh jung ke shin
] |p|
a multiplicity of vulgar
affairs enthral my person. Ke ch* kaou yu keu jung tsi, chung
fuh, pub ning ming che ke e JJl ^
|jg
|
M^M.^^b^^H^^the PhrMeo,SJ D q
original draft of the official document, was so prolixly confused,
and tautological, his meaning could not be clearly understood.
Lew jung
j unsettled, confused state of society, when
j^j Iffi Jj
T'HO.
Yu to tung |^ jfe
the same as To <J meaning
To bear ; to carry ; carried by beasts of burden. T to JjF
] Use camel, now commonly written ^ j L t0. a
***
Men,
surname.
40th Radical.
Ta.
## | l
| #. % To,
#. Kwel.
Keen.
Keen
k wei
# |
traitorous ban
## |
J% fj # 1 A. H. 2 #########
#|| # but there are traitorous and lawless vagabonds;
busy
bodies, who play tricks by the aid of literature, and clandes
tinely plot pernicious disturbances.
5
as
SHOW.
# Show,
from despoliation.
# * * fit Fi
From a coverin; and to cast ones self under it. To dwell;
Tsih chaou
| %
789
or tpread over and shelter, ai ihe wings of a fowl, or aa a
house. Wide; extensive* extending to every point above and
below j the cauopy of heaven. Mei yu Jj| j the arch made
by the eyebrowsits expansion denotes joy. Yu chow ^ ^tf
an over-shadowing canopy, and containing space below ; the
universe. Yu hea | "p under the canopy of heaven. Yu
nuy | ptj in the world j in the universe.
T8 pe yu hea jy jfc J ~K 1 tbrow myself for protec
tion under heavenly eannpy. This expression is used by
inferiors when claiming the protection of superiors. The same
idea it conveyed by ^ J^> j J\ T shin yu hea.
Uh che chen peen wei yu Jjj ^ ^S|E j^l ^ | the
over-hanging roof, <>r eves by ll.e side of a house, constitute
Yu. Yu, yu yay J ^J/j jj^ Yu denotes wingslike the
wings of a bird overshadowing and protecting.
YSh be seu yu fp
^ j then came to examine
a place for a mansion. (." he-king.)
\~
yM^ f^f in high antiquity caves were human
dwellings, hut ^ A
W ^ i ,;Ses exchanged
them for houses of various kinds, Shang tung heayu
ijnjj
Jp j for Ihe upper part were pillars ; and below was shelter
yj^
pjpj to be prepared against wind and rain. (Ythking.)
Of certain insects it is said \^ f\ fa gjf J\ f\ ^
^ during the 7th moon they remain in the wilderness , and
in the 8th moon, they stay below the eves. (She-king.)
1 &Zfr\U%Vk
Yu chow che kcang shan pdh kcae,
Koo kin che cbiiig wei ko shoo.
The rivers and hills of the universe alter not ;
But the names of Ib/.iTJ in ancient and modern times are
all different.
(Koo-szc-keung-lin.)
7u lien itrou j jtjj
the name of a medicinal plant.
"*" 1 # $ A it jE
|3 a man of a sedate, correct character, tr"*tworlhy, and a lover of plain speaking. His Tsze ^j? or
marriage name was jjfl J floo yuh. He wa. descendant
f the royal fun.ilv f J% Chow,
AI i.
7 v
40th Radical.
111.
Meen 41*
and was born on the same day as the Emperor Woo le, who
closed his reign (B. C. 81). He, and the Emperor Ji|
|j7j jp long studied together. When Woo-te ascended the
throne ^ (j |
^ he wa> desirous of placing (his
boyish companion Hcaou-pih) near his person: which he
eventually did, and |rj ^ # ^ ft H gj $ M
Pj^
the successor failure of every measure in the
court, and every particular of the government outside in the
provinces, were all fully communicated to him, jjj^E =^ -^j
jjjt ^>v| what persons were to be preserved or destroyed,
was all previously deliberated about with him.
The Emperor's ton Pe lae.
^ was committed to his
care, iu which trust he was unsuccessful, arising from the
indulgence of the father. It came to the Emperor ears
that
j^ the prince was vicious ; on which
occurrence, he ^ ^ /|Q summoned Henou-plh to re
prehend him, for not telling him about his ton's conduct.
The royal tutor ^tj. ^ Q made repeated bows, and said,
ZBAftBt
""d
that it is a hard matter to speak between father and ion:
I knew that your majesty was incapable of cutting asunder
the strings of affectionate indulgence, which bound him to
your heart, and therefore I tied my tongue.
-t
^ ~Z lne Emperor remained a long time
a-', h & k e % & # % & z
.
'I live deputed you, Sir; do you Sir coerce him.'
t i a ik # # % i& after the
demise, Ihe affairs (of government) devolved on Hcaou-pth. In
thecourseofa few years j ^* I^fJ ^ Seucn-te ascended
the throne, and ^ B ^ ! g- ^j. ||> - haying
long felt a hatred to Tse-wang-heen, wished to take him off
In pursuance of this wicked project, he addressed himself to
his great grand father's minister Hcaou-pth, in these words,
can do for him, I shall give his place to you.'
Heaou-pih P|J jjg Q bowing his head, said Jfc JjjS |j|
^ p^P
^
the la'e emperor, left in hi*
last will, an order not to allow the profuse destruction ol hit
booet and flesh f L e. of hit kindred. Tte-wang it your majet-
Meen.
III.
40th Radical.
790
Wang, A net
SHOW.
40th Radical.
791
moral philosophy was not adopted, he (till felt himself
incapable of going awajfrom the court. He defended
himself by saying f % f |
$fc "=f jg 'I hold
no office; I am not in duty required to speak.' (Ming-tsze
l'Se)
Kwan show, yen tsih /g* | "g ^ 'holding office
and being charged to speak'are used not only to- denote
holding official situations under government, but also for
domestic offices whatever they may be, and for whoever
bas a right, and is expected to speak, or advise. Chlh
how jjyjj j holding an office under government.
Yew wei yew show
/||* ^ 'possesses activity
and self-controul.' They remark that active bustling people
seldom Yew show ^j" ^ possess self-controul ; so as simply
to maintain their ground, and act only on the defensive.
Ho e show wei yue" jin ; ho e tseu jin yuiStsae fpj J^J[. ]
fa 0 f=.<fa
n A 0 Ht ,he means by which
to maintain a throne (or any elevated station) is the exercise
of benevolence ; and the means by which to collect people
together, is the diffusion of wealth. (Ylh-king.)
Wang kung shS been e show ke kw8. jj Q ^|
JL*^
kings and princes appoint stations, (or build
cities) at dangerous passes to dclend thcir.country. (Yih-king.)
Show che ] j to defend it, or them. Kung show jj^
j to attack ai.d to defend. Scu n show Jjj^ j denotes the
Emperor's taking a tour amongst the districts held by princes
or governors of the empire ; vir. the Choo-how
who
^jSj ^
|
for the Emperor defend the lands
entrusted to them. Keun tae show
j was a title of
a governor during the Han dynasty.
Show choo tae too j ^jj^ jpf ^j,'*0 ''ck 'y the trunk
of a tier, and wail till a rabbit delivers itself up'a phrase
employed by people to express their uwn uselessncss. /j>
III.
Meen A*
".
1 |^.|^J^showch'my!,ns,ne'
I
GAN.
Meen.
792
^ 0 *J$\ * v'^luo,1, """f by strict wlf-Cdntroul, mi
self-reipect, become* daily slronger(in his principles and habits)i
but he who J
Q jjjj yields lo ease and sclf-indu'genre,
finds a carelessness and weakness daily steal upon 'him.
.J.
* tX - B $ $fi d 3* a Tirtu" *
not fur a single day cause himself to be the object of disre
spectful levity ; but the /J\ ^ petty man p J(\ ^
J ap|>cars as if he could not sustain a serious self-respect for
the space of > whole -day. (ie-ke). T^E
{_t| ]jk |
1 Jvf- [ij
*s"-controu'
self-respect emaute
from principles of decorum; the love of ease and aclf-iodalgence emanate from sensual passion*.
Woo tseang gan yang ^
} fi^J to whom shall wt
look up ! Woo tseang gan fang
^ | jjfc whom shall
we imitate 1 said by Tsze-kung
^ in alljsion to lie
death of Confucius. (Lc-ke.)
In the She-king j ^ Gan.gan occurs denoting
^ ^ not lightly inflicting any cruel punishment; and is
the Shoo-iking the same expression occurs deooli g Q jSR
'{4
til self-existiug, or naturally, without any strained
effort. Kenng
said lu her husband when advising him to
fa B hi>"ker'""o aflCT
hostilities $|J| 1 jst
will assuredly ruin (a man's) fume. (Tso-chueu.)
TheJollowing eight wordi ore expressed by picture* dr.iwa
on the wall, which stands opposite the gates of public
offices,
l> Ping ^p- tranquility, is represented by Pi 'g
a VJa.
. Gan ^ rcpose>
bj Gan^ a saddle.
S, Kelh"^ felicity,
by Kelh
an orange tree,
4, Kin
by KeTh
a musical slose,
gratdialioas,
5, Tse ^ office,
by TseS ^ a bird,
6, Lfih
by Lfih
emolument,
a stag,
nobility
by How ^ a monkey.
Gan wang ^
title of a king under the Chow dynasty, &
C. 314.
Gan-le J #^ title ofan Emperor under the Tsin ^ dynasty,
A. 0. 416.
793
Gan-tselh-yen ] |pf ^jC name of a place in N. L. 37, and.
W. of Peking, 40.
Gan-chow ^ jji]>) a district in ChTh-le province.
Gan-heen j JB|i a dUtrict in Se-chucn.
Gao-yThbeen ] g $|
Gan-e-heen j
Sh.in.tung.
IjjlJ; in Keang-se.
Gan-luh hcen |
in Keang-te, and another place of
the same name in Ho-nan province.
Gan-heang heen | |^(5
a district in Hoo-nnn.
in Kwei-chow.
40th Radical.
III.
Meen
Gan-l8-shan j
' the hills of repose and pleasure,'
certain rocky hills in
tH^ H8-keang-heen, a district
situated in pT>| JJJ Sze-chuen province. There are
^ three peaks extraordinarily beautiful. Ji|j |||] jj^
^ frU ffi $C t'le true man Lew' *'10 '1Tec' during
the Suy dynasty, (A. D. 620,) ascended to the demi-angclic
state from this place. The peaks, waterfalls, grottos, &c. in
this romantic spot, are briefly noticed in the 21 vol. of the TIT
<fr lH 'If S'n-kae.ton hwuy.
lu the same work, there is a map of ] ^
Gan-nankwB, Cochinchina; which place ^ ~t ^
^
originally, in ancient times, was called the country of Nan.
keanu-che. The ^ Sung dynasty, during the 13th century
^ tfc
~J~ Jijf|t appointed Ting.le'en, son of the late
monarch, to be ^
jjjfj ^ king of the principality
Ktaon-che.
After that time, there were several usurpations, till the
4th year of ^ ^ Yung-18 of the ^ Ming dynasty, when
China^|j" _Jc. ZJl
ent troops to reduce it (Cochinchina,)
and
^
/ftj J^r ^ established a Poo-ching-sze
(collector and poetical agent) over Cochinchina, ^
~f*
he received the command of seventeen Foo districts; jW
-f-f_ of five fAow .districts, j||
JHJ -J
forty-one
dependant Chow districts ; and of
'
-J-* -J^
one hundred and fifty seven Been districts. However, in the
second year of ^ ^jja Seuen-lth,(A. D. 1428.) the Cnchinchinesc
^>'|j Lc-le rebelled, and an army was sent from
China to subjugate him. Le became afraid, and
JiT 1^ ^ presented (to the Emperor of China) a statement of
his wishes (or a petition) hezging that Chin she might be esta
blished on the throne.
5^: ^his M 'jesty permitted
it ;
^[|] ^ and cons( quently the division of the
country into districts was put an end to, or given up by the
Chinese. However ^|J ^ |JjJi ^ jj[ Le uurped * P,ace
of Chin, and set himself up as king. In 1526, a military
officer, Mo-ting-yung ^ ^
availed himself of a rebel
lion against his king, murdered him, and j^J ^Q" set himself
on the throne; and having ^
ijjfe Q
^ assumed
the national title, Tagut, be invaded China. In 1538 the
Emperor ^ jjjrj Kea-lsiog jj
p^* ^ sent an army
Me'en.
III.
40th Radical.
794
In Hwuy-chow, the Jj
^ hills aud the water
form deep sombre ravines, of an extraordinary appearance ;
and 'ff f rU 7K there are ^"t'f"1 landscapes. ^
P| ll 5? f^'i lhe Sroun<' '* precipitous and rugged with
narrow passes ; and the land is red and hardclayey 1 Tee
people of this district, are those who chiefly manufacture Uw
green teas, which grow on the j|jV
jji Sung-lo hill, and
other places belonging to it. In the Ta-ming-ylh-lung-che
^ 0jj
^complete statistical account of the Em
pire uf the great Ming dynaaty, 16 ^, 15 page, it is said, under
the title jtj^ ^Q. 'the manners of the people,' that the inhabi
tants of Hwuy-chow
^
fp aim * lof,J
conduct, and extraordinary virtue; lhatj^^\
^^
they are ashamed of any unrighteous deed ; that rj^
j^p]
|Jj unusual talent is sometimes produced there; and that ^
|jj||J Q
I hey have steel tempers, and are fond of fighting.
The green-tea men, (as the original manufacturers of the
preen-tea are called in Canton) come mostly from the two
districts called HeTh-heen ^ |J|{ and Woo-j uen-heen ^
^
w min are "'tua'ed " tne 9uuth border of the provi-ce ;
the first joining jfijj y CU-ktmg, and the last named
jft^ ^ the frontier of Keang-se province. They lie between
the 29th and 30th degrees of N. L. and between 1 and !(
degrees east of Peking ; being about 350 miles distant front
Canton.
According to the above named statistical work, the
Too tsan, or natural productions of tlwuy-chow, are
silver,
^jj Tin ; jQjj^ ink-stones, used by the Chinese to rub their ink
on |H ink; -g^
Hwang-leen, a medicinal plant affording
" an agreeable bitter, and of the nature ofgentian" (Mr Living.) gj paper ; tea ; {j
H ^\ the wood, baring a black heart, of " a species of disospyrus."
Lacker;
Fe-tszc
J- " fructus pistaciis fere simile*sapore nostras
avellanas iinitanles." (P. Basile.) In the Pan-tsaou, this is
called Fe-.Mli fgj || or Yay sSn |f ^ wild fir tree, and
described, vol 82, page 10. Probably it is the fruit of the Taxes
Nucifera, of Kcempfer, a Japan plant. (Mr Recces )
^
YQh-stonc faced foxes.
Amongst the productions of Gan king j ^ the capital
district of Gan-hwuy province, the medicinal tuberous root
795
Pih-jh8h | jfo (Pulchuc.k,) is included; and also the Pin- h
|5| <^ Lilium Japonicum.
Gan-hwa-cha ] 'ft ^ a certain sort of tea produced
in the district Gan-hwa, in Hoo-nan proTince , there i, however
a place of the same name in Kan-siih, and also in Kwei-chow.
Tsin-sbin.)
Gan-tae |
to tranquillize the wombof pregnant
women:for rules on this subject, ee
-j^J ^ Ife 1 vol.
S8 S, *7 Pge- Prescriptions are contained in the 31st page.
In the 110 vol. of Ping-tsze-luy-peen [gjf:
|^
there are 23 leaves, containing phrases of two Characters each,
beginning always with 1 Gan, and supported by short quota
tions from classical authorities. Thus Gan jin | ^=1 feeling
perfect complacency in the benevolent virtues.
j
^. f^[] ^
l the virtuous have perfect complacency
in virtue i the wise consider it the greatest gain. (Lun-ytl
\ 3. 10 p.) The first proposition expresses a purer and more
uniform virtue, where it is loved for its own sake, and not for
the benefits resulting from iU
Gan yu | j| to feel quiet, whatever one meets with
to feel happy under all circumstancesto ieel every where at
home.
Gan poo ^ JjjT a steady step, a quiet walk. During the
civil wan, B. C. 800, a politician who retired from public
affairs to an obscure poverty, said [Jjjj ^ ^ /||> j^J ]
^ $t lis ^ for ,e,,are mea'' 1 forego lhe fle,ti meat!
for a quiet walk, 1 forego a carriage.
Gan wei ] ||| to soothe , to console.
Gan pae ^
j^to set in order j to arrange things as on a table,
Gan
fang j
to put in a safe position or place.
Gan tun
j ijjppo set down in a safe place; to arrange what may be
ecessary.
Gaiccbaug wabo sbihc j
3E ll? " statesman who
lived under the Han d) nasty, about A. D. 111.
j/ fl^
jQ.
^ when Shing was young, he disliked reading ;
& % %MWs& he learned by heart onl, tbe Heaou'
king, and the im-jf; saying ||
fj ft j- ^|
this much learning, with an ability fur acliou, is quite sufficient
1 M ^ M fS
fr f~ whai '" the u,e of 8 srcat
deal of reading without practical action.
40th Radical.
HI.
Meen 4*+
|| ^ J ^
Me7n.
796
Woo-king.
J J^}
Jff
tjon of.
jfr^
jO" j||
FOUR STROKES.
^ ^
T'HUH.
Nftmta of Books.
Gan ting shoo yuen |
j^*Te "ectioni. Price
3 mace.
Gan hwuy tieucn tseTh ^
^ ^ ten sections. Price
6 mare.
Gan hwuy she tiih j
four irctiom. Price 1
mace, 8 caud.
Gan chow tze shoo kcae J
jTIJ ^ fife eight to).
797
Chinese state situated in Ho-nan province ; name of a district.
A surname. Name of one of the moil famous dynasties in
China. Sung chaou ^
the name of two Chinese dynas
ties, the 6rst ending, A. D. 27.1, distinguished bj the term
PTh.sung J j the latter ending 1S8I, distinguished by
"j^ ^ Nan-sung, and ^ ] Ta-sung.
Sung-kteS ^ Jj^J the nation Sung, (see under ^ Kung,)
arose from a person named Tsae
who was created a ^
||^ Kung-tseX, or nobleman of the first rank, by
^
Wo-wang,B. C. II 00, with the title Wei-tsze-ke ^
tbc territory attached to the title was the modern Shang-kewheen j5^j
in Ho-nan i which region was then called
g |t Tseu-yang. The prince of Sung =f- j*J ^
rjyj
was considered a guest, at the court of Chow,
and not a servant of the empire. The prince . of this family
reigned 30 generation*, during a space of 837 years, when at
,ast % |l
ffl. Z. the PrineipaJitj or kingdom
was exterminated by Ihe stales Tse wei, and Tsoo, in the 22
year of Wei-le'j-wang j^J ^ ^[j ^ of the dynasty Chow ;
at which time there were still in China J\
eight
reat nations. (]f| ^ $
%1
P- '.*)
The first Sung ^ dynasty, existed at the period called by
Chinese historians Nan pTh chaou j^j
jj^J the southern
and northern empires ; ^
^ the boundary between
whrchwaithe Ynng-lsze-keang. Thr fj i^j [=J
^ j
southern empire commenced from the time of Tsin, and pass
ed from Tsin to ^ Sung, from Sung to
Tse, from Tse to
Lcang, from Leang to |5jj^ Chin, during a period of about
168 jears; ending A. D. 584. The capital of this empire
was Keen-kang ^ Jj|- afterwards called |^ Tjf Nan-king.
The ft, |J tlH IH
tA II empire
commenced from the time that Wei united together all the
other nations , this Wei was ^
jjtj
j^f ^
afterwards divided into the western Wei; and Ihe eastern Wei
which beenme
^ the northern Tse ; and the western Wei
1=P ^ JpI D<"calne lne How-chow, or latter Chow dynasty i the
Latter Cl ow
united the northern Tse with itself,
|e|[
^ [5^| and transmitted the dominion to Suy ; then Suy jjjjjf
^ destroyed the independance of Chin fefi ^ jfe ^ 3g>
ran i.
7
40th Radical.
IV.
Mi-en t*
Meen.
IV.
40th Radical.
Namet of Books.
Siing-she-peeMsae ^ =^ 'fjlj ^4 vols. Price, 1 mace, 8 rand.
Sung-she-chaou ]
ffi
8 vol. a dictionary.
^jg l^j. 1 vol, ancient charac
The surname ^ Sung win derived from the person mentinned above of the name IJ- Tsze, tHj "V
^ of the
poslerity of the Shang family, who was by Woo-wang jj^ J
of the Chow dynasty created prince of Sung; and hence
YX
@
"le namc ^ lne counlrJ
made the
family name.
suig-ciiang |
a statesman who lived under the cmpress Leu-how ^ ^5 B C. 174. When the great military of
ficers proposed to raise the youn^ prince to the throne,
JE^ Tr^ El Chang-woo, and others, said, J|| ^ g ^
,JX
the great officers of the H in dynasty, in the em
ployment of the soldiery, abound in deceitful stratagems ;
$0 fPj- ^ "5?" f4 We W"U,<' ral"''r (lhe Pri'l<;<-') professed
sickness and would not ;.o.
^ lit ||& that we may
(by protracting business) observe their motions.
Sung-chang took quite another view of the subject, and
798
argued thai since ^
"(jj"
the tyranny of Tsin (tie
preceding dynasty) was abolished, ^ ^
^ iri
W
% %l ftl a'lnouS" Sreal officers wiahcd to effect
a revolution, the people would not submit to their orden.
His view of affairs proved to be correct, and Chuw.pg
|jj
one of the chief leaders soon after
fffi
knelt down and presented to the emperor, the signet. YY&s
|=P iif. "OOD a* he had ascended the throne appointed
Sung-chang 'jfy ||j
Jcp[ to command his body guard.
sukc-hwano | jjj a statesman who lived
5^ jj|
in the time of Gae-te, (A. 0. I.) ^ jffl
jjj^ In yuola
he wi.s of a kind mild temper: but shewed an austere spirit
ill the subsequent part of his life. When at Chang gan -j^
^ in Shen-se province, acting against banditti tilled
/g the Red eje-brows, he was so hard pressed by there,
t" # a it il i 0 ^ ^ # uMiti
to help himself, he went to the bridge over the river Wf,
and threw himself into the water. However, his
f{ ^
*fv| ttj u<,,n(;,t'c, ,avcd hiin out "f ,he r'ver' and '* 1$ ft
jjji ^i nfEjcting to be dead, escaped bciug murdered.
After his return to court, he recommended a person naotJ
Tan ^[ to the emperor, who became a favorite, and amoscd
the monarch with voluptuous music. When |
$t '1^ $ Wl ^ SuBS he"rd
h<! W:" <li''PIe"e,,
repented th.it he had introduced him. Be sent for his friesd
T.m, who came, and Sung
j^j |^ ^ withoct
giving him a seal, scolded and reproved hiin, saying, 'I
recommended you. Sir, with the design that you should
1^ M V\ 5$=L ^ a,<i,t ,he 1 nPeri'' huase> " tt)r
practice of virtue; hut you have !^ ^jj ^ introduced the
music of Ching, thai voluptuous slate : ^J; JjjM Jp ^ ^
you are not a faithful and correct man.
^ Sti
Tan, bowed his h ml and returned thanks.
^^^
afterwards at a grand assembly of tht
courtiers ^ jjf j=JJ[ j^" ^ the emperor having orderd
Tn to play on the harp, |>, ^ ^ Jt $f jg otnervrii
Hwang I. si g his usual manner, at which
"Jf
the em|crnr offended, asked him the cause of it. Ki
rl^ /rl) ^Ea ^ ruse- ,leP' al" 1 fr,,m "' ft, and /*Hsf
off kit cap, said, I recommended to your majesty a nan ;- -
799
I hoped would with fidelity and uprightness, be a guide to
hil sovereign; but he has been the- mean* of introducing to
the court the voluptuous music of Ching. I feel myself guilty
of a crime. *^ T!$C r
tne en>ueror changed counten
ance, and thanked hint for his reproof.
On another occasion, 11 wing
^fc
whilst at an
interview, was holding a private chatwith the emperor;
who sat before a new screen on which were painted beautiful
women ; and the Emperor ^ ^jfjj jjfjjl ^ several times
^urned aside his head to gaze at I hem ; when Hwing j :C
with a grave face, quoted from Confucius
j^l IfJ^
$P &7'
' ' neYfr ,aw *nJ Person who loved virtue,
as inle.isely as men love pleasure' H.s Majesty desired
Hwing lo take his leave immediately.
U happened that ^ $
P# & $ |< the
emperor's elder sister, the pnucess Hoo-jaug, had lately
become a widow; and the emperor spoke to her about the
courtiers, to Cud out whom she would prefer as a second
husband.
s ] % % a % the pe" "w' Sung (who was called Kung by compliment) possesses dignity
of manner, and virtuous principles ffjl {Jl
unc<l"a'"
led by any of all the courtiers.' The en.peror acquiesced in
this praise, gave an audience to Sung, and ^
^
JS,
ordered the prince** to sit behiud the screen and listen
to the conversation.Whilst talking lo Sung, the monarch
introduced the subject, Ihus
||
^ jp|-'
^ ' the proverb says,the rich eaiily get acquaintances ; and
the noble easily get wivea to marry them ;
^f" u n"'
this human nature." Sunghwing replied, E ^ ^ |^
majesty's servant, have he ird it said, the acquaintances we had
when in a poor and mean condition must nut be forgotlen ;
the wife who ate wilh us our coarse rice must not be put down
to a lower seal in the family liali,' to give place loan) second
wife who may be rich or noble. On hearing tins, The
emperor said, aside to the princess i aj /J\ jjj^j ^ ' the aflfiir
cannot be made agrcea'ale." living retained his place five
years; after whic'i
J^pi his services were dispeu.ed with,
aod he returned home.
40th Radical.
IV.
Meen t1*
Meen.
800
5t*l M 3i ^7 J
K ,ent awn an order "J'"*'
Hereafter all persons married to the hills, must be taken from
801
province, was an inlrrpid statesman during the reign of Chung.
tmng t^t j (A. D. 700.) There were several brothers
at court of the name Chang
who had great sway with the
empreis; and who studied the ruin of every one who would
not become their creatine!. They sought the life of^jjl j f\\
Wei yuen-chuig; and |j
| 'fife Wi offered a bribe
to Chang-) 0* to he a witness) against him, but Sungking
dissuaded him from accepting it, bj ur-ing that ^ jjjg
iQj a f.iir fame and justice were supremely important; and
that jjj^ JJjlfi fjfc Jjjij demons and gods could not rowibiy
be imposed on) and he confirmed his advice, hy promising
to support the other man till I hey
died together, il
it were necessary. (Lelh-tae-ming-cbin, 14 vol )
SuxG-Lesa | -^jjf an eminent tcbuUr during the Ming
dynasty i
Sunc-kb j jjjjj of the Sung dynasty, were commeiilatnrs
on the ancient elastics.
A few of the Sung-shTh.mTh j
Snug dynasty Inaciptions are given in the twcnl)-fnurth vol. of^J ^
^ji^
Che piih tsuh chae, An imperial collectanea, In 121 volumes.
There is one inscription to commemorate the circumstance ol
j pjp ^ ^ ||y ^ the Sung dynasty having translated the
holy religion of Thibet into Chinese. The Translator was
the f& ^
^ priest called hraccn-terminatinf judge
ments s and the emperor ^ ^ ^
Tae-Uui g wrote
the preface. (A. I). 990.)
Sdkg.lc j
a nativeof Ho-nan province, who lived in
the time of Hung-woo ^Jfc
the founder of the Ming dynas
ty, A. D. 1390. In his time, a part of the grand can:il called
Hwuy-tung "fi^ |j in Shan-tung province, became so inipas.
iible, that Iher, and previously ^ 7C "tJt
^^^
during the last age, of the Yuen dynasty, the coasting passage
by sea was mostly used.
I, wa, Sung.le wh. $
% ^ ^ ^ ^
adopted the plan of Plh-ying, an old man, resident on the
river ffin to concentrate the waters of that river and the
surrounding streams, and bring them down upon the canal,
as thry now do at the point where the canal bejins to flow,
to the north, and to the south. Le employed jjjj -4- ^f
300,000 people to carry the plan into effect < and there were
r*aT i.
7I
40th Radical.
IV.
Meen
~^M^^pf remilte<1 of ,andtaz 1,100,000 and odd measures of grain. * ""j- -^jj jjjj
f-J] mr In twenty ducads (200 days) the work was completed.
Sung ttiien tselh j "jfjlf ^ or Sung ming chin yen hing
lfih j
^J?
^jj* memoirs containing the words
and actions of eminent statesmen under the Sung dynasty
by the philosopher Chno-foo.lsze -JtJ^ ^
the whole is
comprised iu the eighteenth volume of the
<^ ^ JjJ
L. lh-tac-ming-cbin.
WAN, or .'wan.
%
7C
Entirely; completed! finished i done ; well mads j strong.
Read WBb, The appearance of putting away the hair. SMh
wan lesou j ^ jf done eating. Wan tsenen \ ^
finished i completed-, preserved entire. Wan koo j g]
strong; firm; well made. Wan ke'8 ^
settled, wound up t
to wind up and completeany afT-ir. Wan peen ]
to finish an essay ; to conclude a task.
Wan le.ing ^
to pay the whole of the land tax due from one. Wan sze
] -ji completed the affair; made an end of the concern.
Wan pe ^
complete in number aud quantity. Selhchun pOh ling ta shw wan peon tsow ^ ^
^
| ^ ^ SjTh-chun went off without waiting till he
hud done speaking.
Wan leaou hwin ^ j' jfy finished
the marriige. Wan kijh |
the bone behind the ear.
Confucius praised the moderation of
-j*- Jj-|J Kungttze king, jrespecting a mansion, thus j
JZJ ^ A. ^
when he first obtained one, he laid at once, 'It will suit ;'
/j/
Q
| .7^ when hit p >tse<*ioas were a little
increased, hf s.iU, 'It is quite enough.' ^jj
^ ^pj
and when riches were possessed, he soon slid, 'It is suf
ficiently elegant,' for he ^ J^t ^ ^| ^ %
not
vex his mind by aiming at p-rfect elegance,or as they olhcrwieexprcss it;^i
^fj< 'jjyj
;|*\ he did not set his
mind on external things ; tt ^
^
iji, because
his desires were eisily sitisfi.-d. (Lun-yu, 7 \, 1 p )
Chwan;-Uze ^ ^ uses Wan ] for ^ |^J
fa
inward self.pos<cssioii,having mental resources and satisfaclion; h."s word, are # U^il^^ZW 1 Do1 le*-
f**Meen.
IV.
40th Radical.
802
KEAE.
803
40th Radical.
V.
Meen
TSING.
From a covering and a well. A well belonging to house.
The resounding of
WA.
A mud
An ancient form of
Pan
j^^* MEEN.
B, Convenient, right.
THANG.
Wang, A net.
MeVn.
V. 40th Radical.
804
HUNG, or Hwang.
*
The echo in a Urge wide house. Rcit ; repoie.
PAOU.
ff
Drunken, and rising up , awaking from a drunken fit
TSUNG.
Prom a covering and m divine communication. A place where
the departed hear and answer prayers. A temple ofaoccaton j
the tablet dedicated to them, which all the kindred honor i a
whole kindred or clan ; that which is generally honored and
sacrificed to , (he point to which men and things turn, ai water
to the ocean i and all men to court. A surname. Koo tsung
3^ | an ancient school. Clilh tsoug^- | a certain
office. ChSh tsung jjjJJ j prayers offered iu the templet of
ancestors. Tsung meanu ^
or Tsung axe ^ jjj^j
templet dedicated to ancestors. Ttung ihlh j
or Tsung
kea |
the Imperial house, family, or kindred. Tsoo
tsung Ifiii 7 ancestors, the most remote and those who
succeeded them. Tsung he8 ^ jflB; school or college fur the
Imperial kindred. F8h yth ttung /j"" | not of one kind
or tort
Ttung.tsBh '] jjfc kindred generally. ^ ^ l^fft
jjjj] j p/(/ what then is it which is called Tsoo, Ttung r
?ii fil Jl 3> ^ ^ ft mv h'f!t>est progenitor is railed
ff A ^ i ^ ^ 4 # 1 and ",0"e
kindred who are again a little nearer are called Tsung. (Sliingju
)
Tung tsung fjrj j of the tame kindred.
Tung ting jug Hwa-ttung |^|
Q ^ ] P"1*
of the same surname are called Hw.vtsung, 'A .flowery, or
flourithing kindred.' Yin hc6 ju koo ttuig Jfgr ffi
^ the school of (the aocieul) Yin family was -called
Koo tsung.
t Vis branch of business is a good one; it will be well for you
lo ri*>me and-anlcr iulo it, aud I alto will enter into it.
] "J" $1 M TsUnS U* *" hin5To cherish virtuous principles will give tranquility ;
An extensive kindred forms a walled city.
(She-king.)
In the Shun-teen ^ Jk of the Shoo-king, the diSerrat
ohjecls of worship are noticed thus, Sxerluy yu Shingle ^
ifi
_ *$f forthwith offer the tub dio sacrifice li tat
Most high Ruler i Yin yu llih tsung
-"J1 ^ | tKrifice to the six objects of honor: Q J7jJ fl^p the first ii
railed Ikefur ocatont j
the second, catftntdaraa
Q third, the sin i \JQ \ fourth, ffce moon ; J
fifth,.fAe Mian ; ^ 7$ |j? si*tn. '' and drought ) Wang
yu than chuen ^ ^ jlj JJ| look with hope (and *ierifirt)
to the hills and rivers ; nnd then Peen yu keunsSin ^ f
2|| jjjljl go round to the multitude of gods. ( ^ ^ fJ
,1^; * vol 4 pnge.) It appear! in this passage th .t the Shit
)fll|l or goiN, denote a sort of spirilt like the Roman geo.i, or
the Greek, demons.
There is a distinction amongst arcettors who are sicrific-i
to, and lo whom ti mples are dedicated, which is expresses'
by Ta-tsung ^ J and /J\ ^ Seaou-tsung.
The word Tsung j occurs as a Verb, in reference Is
the person who is regarded as a supreme head or most acau-
805
rable of a community.
1r <fo
&
W
^g- | ^ Confucius, a plain citizen, has had hit doctrines
handed down for more than ten generation! ; and students
of moral science honor him as their supreme head.
In the 16th volume of the Lefih-k fjtfc |^|J there is a clause
concerning ] ^^HW \~|$ lhc ''"P"'"1
kindred ; the Ke8-lo branch, d ihuse higher, being assaulted ;
whoever strikes them fjlfj 4j8:
although no wound be
inflicted, shall ^ ^ -^J- be flogged
)lows.
TlUBO-TsTa 1
an ancient military officer during the
^U"S 3j}\ ''ynasty , after many exploits in opposition to the
/fe- Kin Tartars, on being much thwarted at court i /JjJ- 1^
ij/JE became ill through gri f and vexation. Before his
death, he was so inuch occupied in his mind, with his profes
sional duties, that he
jj& ^Jf
l|f did not utter
a word concerning his family ;
||5p.
^ ^ :T
j^j 2^. but thrice calling out successively, ' Pass the river,'
he breathed his last.
(LeYh-Ue-ming-chin, S3 vol.)
Tsuno rmo ^ 'jjfj was a person cf considerable reputa
tion during the Woo-tae j{
period, in the beginning
of the 10th century. He was greatly enamoured of a rural
life, and ~p ^ Jj j.L| went to live amongst the Leu than
mountains on the border of the Po-yang lake, in KcangKi he jQ. |i| jfc liked hills and water, and
^
loved long rambles ; ^/L^MIlWiil/^^'
of all the pi ices where he rambled, he drew representa
tions ia his own house. At last he became il', and IhjfV |J
said, with a sigh,
old age and sickness have both come together,- of famous
hills, I fear it is impossible for me to pet an entire view;
fi!J&H3B' now ,y
cleanse my thoughts, and gaze on the path of virtue, and
lying -down to sleep, ramble (in dreams) amongst them. (Lelhtac-ining chin, tlth vol.)
KWAN.
A covering, under which many are assembled. An officer
of the govcrnmen', whether civil or military, great or
small the word translated by the Portuguese Mandarin,
Pi*T I.
7*
40th Radical.
V.
Me'en
Meen.
V.
40th Radical.
806
the | A n an ii the eyebrows. In the 86th vol. of the Santsae-too-hwuy H ^~ [|] # >ere * % ] ~Z-M
print representing the five Kwan ; j
^ g ^pj
Kwan expresses ruling or controuting ; as
'pj
the ear
rules the hearing; and Q ipj jjjjjl the eye directs the seeing.
The San-tsae-too-hwuy, calls (I,) the eyebrow "JJjp ^ ij
the directors, which ensure Ion ,erity ; for it is believed that a
strong bushy eyebrow indicates long-life; (J,) The ryci are
called ^ ^ 1 the examining officers; (S,) The ears are
called |fj ]g| j the distinguishes of sound ; (4.) The nose is
^ the judge and discriminator ; and (5,) The meulh is
j the issuing and receiving officer.
The Koo-sze-keung-lin calls ^ Hing,/orm or figure, the
fifth Kwan ; and adds, that the whole are called Teen kwan
^ j because of being ^ Jiff
^ "hat hea
ven gives to us ; and tha't the heart which j^j
j rule*
the five Kwan, is called
lne heavenly prince.
Kung-too-tsze fy. jffi -f- asked jjj
Mang-tsze
respecting what constituted the difference between a
great man, and /Js J{ a petty man. M&ng-tsze answered
and the eyes do not think, and arc debased by external things,
they are
^ iji^j materinl things holding intercourse with
other material things i ' ||y | jjjjj
jj> and are
entirely led away by them , but 4j> ^ |
*S the
heart can "thinkand he only who does think, and lays firm
bold of the virtues which reason approves, refusing subjection
to the senses, is the ^
Ta-jin, or great man. (Ming,
tsze, <) 6, p. 15.)
Kwan-loo ^
a government officer's road,means cither
literally, the king's high way, or figuratively the path of influ
ence, interest, and intrigue. PShjfih kwan sin ^ ^ ] /J^
not enter into the belief of a government officer, or a well
informed judge ; not deserving of credit. Kwan hwan jin kea
| |jt ^ ||J a mandarin's family ;1. e. a gentleman's
family ; or one whose ancestors have been ojucrs of the
government. Ta seaou kwan yuen
/J\ j
great and
small officers of government. Tsan nit kwei kwan j^jj i^i
1 the patrimony (or houses and lands inclusively) was
confiscated to government San she tso kwan, tsae bcaou
tThchuene,keThfaH. Ife $ 1 !
when people have erved as mandarins for three genera
tions, they may then know how to dress, and to eatgenteellj
AorYakwantiae tJJI ] ^J- secondary gentleman's soas,
means, the sons of the rich, who are ignorant of the buiiom
and difficulties of life; a contemptible race, born with silver
spoon* in their mouths ; This is the insulting appellate:
generally given by Chinese to young European gentli-net
who come to iTanfp". !
j
^ tlj ' To go to Ike
magisterial dirccto, meansto litigate a question before
the magistracy; to bring a question before a court ofjustice,
Kaou kwan chuy chang
^ ^ F^j| to accuse before i
magistrate and prosecute for a debt.
Jio kwan wei he'en tsae
j ff ^ /^jj" P^ce is
official situations only virtuous talent. (Shoo-king,
^
3 section.)
Fan keunchaou, tsackwan piihsze keu; tsae-wae puhsiechi).
Whenever the prince summons (his ministers) if they be in tie
public office, they must not wait for their shoes ; if abroad it
their private houses) they must uot wait for their
(Le.kc.) Le yS ming pei, tseen te kwan e Jjf^| Q
^ Hli 1 ^The rules of decorum and music being ills*trated completely, Heaven and earth are both aerved in tanr
proper placesdecorum re.fers to earth, and music to beates,
Kwan tsze poo j
^tffi name of a book. 4 vols. Price
one dollar.
Kwan sze chHh jiM jin tsuy >j lj] |1| ^\ ^ P
a magistrate exculpatiug people from or implicating them a
crimeunjustly ; is punishable
fft
fjfl[ """"^
ing to ihe addition or diminution of alleged guilt, bfoujil
nbout by the unfair means he may Have used, '^j ^ ^
X ffi* |p 'ft be to llieextentof death; he shall bedeenei
guilty ofa capital offence. (Ta-tsing Leijh-le, S2 vol)
Kwan ma pilb teaou selh j
govcrnrant
horses which are not exercised oy
^ j the offictn
who pasture the horsessubject, for each horse, the keeper! l
^ Zl "f" lwentJ ^'ows with a stick ; if the ^ "J" soldieri
take government horses and ^
|Q ^ run races wi*
out permissionthey shall either jj^j
*4- receive ftj
807
lashes with a whip i or 0} ^ |?E| -f- ^ .be bound and
chastised with forty blows of a cudgel. (Lcfih-le, llth vol.)
Kwan le tsretsung kea jin soo | jfjf |^| |& ^ A
jU|; when government officers have any (private) litigation, a
domestic must make the complaintand conduct the trial for
his master, ^
^ it
to preserve his respectability ;
for litigations are in a certain degree disreputable. But whilst
/jf" ^
"jjj" ^ officers are allowed to order a domes
tic to lay an accusation before a magistrateabout
ff| fB i ^ ^ ,uch affalrs a* mwriage, debts, landed
property, &c- /j>
4^ ^ ff
they are not permited to transmit any public document on the subject This
prohibition is intended $f\
%
to check
their selfish feelings.
(Lcflh-le, 17th vol.)
Kwan le sflh chang chay chang lull shth j ^ jJ^J 4j|
^ ^ A* T" 8 Sovernnient officer who passe* the night
with prostitutes shall be flogged with sixty blows. (LcSh-lc,
I9lh vol.)
Kwan le show tsae chay, ke Uang ko twan ^ T| ^
^H* ^ El" HSU f^f t|fr tne ca,e ^ 8 gvernment officer
who receives a bribe shall Le determined on, according to the
amount of the bribe which he may receive. ^ i|5 ^ ^
A commissioned officer shall be compelled to give up the
bribe; and have his name excluded from the list of His Ma
jesty's servants, and ^ ^
a non-commissioned officer
of the court shall be incapacitated from serving ; J||J;
-
^
^
a hribe to the amount of only one tael
ofsilver being received by cither of these, incapacitates them
from remaining on the list of persons to serve in their turn.
*f[
^ ^ew '"*n J'' ' e- 'hose wno receive monthly
' ^jPj JJ
^* one measure or rooreof rice, as their
income, who Jg 7^* Ifjl receive Dribe tu pervert the laws,
to the amount of fj^j
ijjj^ -j^ "4" one tael or
under, shall be punished with seventy blows t ifto the amount of
/V ~\~ PP9 ^c'=nlJ tae's' tne^ ,na" ,rangled{ and he who
Jjj || g"es the money |J
fj- ^ ^ shall be
guilty of the crime of solictingunfair influence from
government officer.
If the law be not violated, the crime is less, if the person
beWoolahjin^EH^ i. e. whose ft $j ^ #
40th Radical.
V.
Meen ^
Meen.
V.
40th Radical.
SOS
809
three officers, and Ihe three Kung are called
JjJ?P the '*
King. The lermi
San sing, andy^ijjj' LBn ,inB
(ting, meaning watchful, care, and attention) were also applied
to certain of these powerful courtiers, who were admitted to
the secrets of the palace, and had less or more authoritj in the
administration of affairs, according to the tempers of their
master. , thus i, i, said, & j|t#H'ft&3?#
the latter I/an made the three Rung ministers of stale.
(4,) Ttae-seang ^? ^ ' assistant rulers,'ministers of state,
called also simply
Seang, assistant; ^
Ching-seang ; ^
J^j Seang-kwS, and ^ jfjQ Pae-seang. It is said,
'jjj"
40th Radical.
V.
Meen
south Tsacseang, lo
jfj Jp!
Jl as,i,t ln ll'e management of the great
affairs of the army and the country. They had also the lilies
Tiling che keun kw sze
jj? |g
or Piugchang"
7% E] #
810
This title,
# #
j\ H] # an ancient
# #k to
# the office
## #
H] #.
(10,) Chung-shoo-shay-jin
*3# $ # f: + a class
# 7t of the Tang
K # college.
(12,) she-kwan #: # a sort of historiographers,
or re
## |
811
their services hate often been dispensed with; and their ap.
pointment been entirely a sinecure. The late Tartar emperor
Xi-en-lung, declined listening to them : and Kea-king, now
deceased, not long ago refused to admit of their recommenc
ing the duties of Iheir office, in his bearing. He said, the art
of gOTcrnment does not consist in learned discussions about
the words and sentences of ancient writings.
(Tt),) Han-lin-yuen || ^ JJ* 'the hall of a pencil forest,*
is a college of learned men founded about A. V. 740\ by
% % VUen-..ng, $ % $ ^ g ffi |g [gj'to e
Tcady when the emperor should condescend to interrogate
them on literature and language. The hall is described as
$F ppl ~>Z. 0T tii lne P'ace f waiting for an imperial sum
mons. Tae-tsungy(^
of Ihe Tang dynasty (A. D. 630),
first began to call for the assistance of eminent scholars to write
his official edicts for him; and there were always some of them
in wailing at the northern gale of the palace, who were called
in consequence by the people of that age, ;|J^ |JIJ ^1
the north gate literati.
(17,) Han lin hc sze ching che jfy ^
^ ^
' members of the Han-lin college, receivers of the Imperial
will,' were persons appointed to receive and make known to
those concerned, the papers issued by the Emperor.
(18,) Han lin-kung-fung |^ ^ ^
a forest of
pencils to present supplies, ' was the appellation at first given
to the members of the Han-lin college, the two last words,
Kung-fung, were soon afterwards changed to^p J; HcS-sze.
(19.) Chlh he* sze yuen "j^ ^ db |% denotes a par
ticular class of the members of the Han-lin college.
(20,) Sew-chau
^ is an appellation of a few members
of the Han lin college, who ^*
jj7 superintend the
composition of the history of the country, or other books.
(SI,) Peen sew
is applied to the members of the
collude who compile the books published.
(22,) Keen taou j^Jr ^J" members of the college who
eompire documents, and collect materials for the compilers.
(23,) Shoo keih sze Jfflj "jij -Jt members of the college
who have never stood any examination for a department in
the college.
(2+,) Han.lin.yneu kwan shfih ^
^
J| of
40th Radical.
V.
Meen
Me>n.
V. 40th Radical.
j *
one person held the first place
of the first rank, with the title Shang-shoo-ling. The Chinese
dynasty Ming discontinued this title of office; and the present
Tartar rulers of China have not resumed it.
(28,) Shang shoo pUli shay fpj ^ ^
was a military
title given by the Tsin dynasty to good bowmen ; for ^j" ^
Hi if? I 'n anc'enl l'me military officers were most es
teemed, and YX ^| j|t ^}
^ skilful archers were
employed to manage the affairs of government. PiSh-shay
originally meaning & jfe J|f 'serving in archery,'one
whose service were devoted to archery i became at last, a
title meaning a director or manager, and in that sense was
added to other titles t and sometimes used by itself.
The Tang dynasty J^J ^
j ^ employed the
senior of the San-ting officers . ilh a tjl J& ^ Chung-shooling; a fyt^t She-chung; and a fn)^^ Shang-shoo-ling,
^C I^H 19
to deliberate together on the government
of the country. Afterwards that dynasty
^
^ j^J
^ ^ ^ ] employed a Puh-shay, to be senior of the
Shang-shoo-sing, who Jjil jiji
with a She-chung, and a
1^1 ^
Chung-shoo-lin;,, were called
;||J Tsae-seang.
This |5pl 'fjt fj ^ rank and place being the highest in the
state, those Kmperors
^ |^ ^ ^ did not like to
give it lightly to any body ; but were in the habit of employ
812
ing other public servants in the Tsae-seang's office, and calling
them by other names. The Tartar dynasty Yuen, in the IMa
century, discontinued the title PHk-tkay, and it has not since
been revived.
(89,) Choo tsaou shang shoo |^ ^ fpj ?tjl The nse of
the word Tsaou
was first introduced by the Emperor
^ /j^j* filing tr (B. C. 10) He appointed Five ministers;
the first he called Puh-shny
^ and the other four he
called ntj ~rW Sze-tsaou. These four Tsaou had different
departments in the government, and took appropriate titles.
1st, The tffi ^
Chang she Uaou, who rjr /fe ffi
controuled the higher officers colled Knng-king.
2nd, Urh tseen shlh Uaou, ~
yjj "jjjf who controul
ed the principalities of the empire.
Srd, Min tsaou f^- jUf who managed affairs that con
cerned the people immediately.
4lh, KTh tsaou,^
he was the minister who super
intended foreigners in China.
Afterwards there was
appointed a
5th. San kung tsaou - /f W who decided criminal
cases; and at a subsequent period there were ix minister!
called Tsaou ; and to these six were added by the emperor
Kwan-woo ^> ^ | a Ling and a Pdb.
shay. These eight officers altogether were spoken of uniier
Pi tso J\ j the eight thrones.
(J!,) Shang shoo tso yew ching Jp| ^ ^jr
7R
or Chiiig-seing
ilfl were two ministers of state, one snpposcd to stai.d on the right hand of the sovereign, and ths
other on the left. The Ming
dynasty dUcontinuai
the title.
(SI,) Choo tsaou lang kwan ^
^J|J 'g* were appoint
ed first under the Han dynasty. There were your of the*
originally with each a leading department in the state. Two
were for foreign, and two for domestic affairs. Under the
Latter Han dynasty, there were thirty-six of the Lang-kwan, or
She-lang /j^ jj^jj who were divided into six departments,
containing six persons iu each. Besides these, were
ijl
Lang-chung ; j=| ^J|>
Yuen-wac-lang, and ffj ^jjj t|j
Sze-laug-chung, all of whom were secretaries, or clerks, uitbe
813
conduct, or to current political transactions, their
officei of the jupreme government at court, these
leveral names, excepting the last, are yet retained in ft ^
the iix supreme courts at Peking.
(SS,) Shang shoo too szcfpj S& ffl ipf. and Shang-shooshe-liug fp^ 2&
^ wete appointments at court, which
required a considerable knowledge of letters, both of which
were discontinued bj BB Ming, the last Chinese dynasty.
(33,) Hing tae sing
^ an office which originated
with the ^Tsin dynasty, in the fifth century. The officers
were civilians who accompanied the army, or were stationed
in distant provinces, with extensive powers i they corresponded
to the Poo-ching-sze
pj of the present day, who is
provincial treasurer, nnd promulge* the Imperial will respecting
appointments and other affairs, which office was first instituted
b) the Ming dynasty, about A. D. 1400.
(34,) he poo shang shoo
^TJ jpij :j president of the
Le-poo, which has the controul of the magistracy throughout
the empire.
The expression Lflh-poo ft *JJ six supreme courts,' was
not used till the |fj|suy dynasty, in the beginning of the se
venth century. The ancient Chow Jjlj dynasty, used the term
Luh-teen ft jfll for six courts W f 35 i|
||j
to assist the king to rule the nations and countries. In the
first century, the emperor Kwang-woo-^ 5^ made the courts
called Tsaon W six in number, and these Lfih-tsaou -1- TW
were as stated above, in the seventh century, new-modelled and
denominated Ltth-po. This appellation has continued to the
present day. To correspond with ancient phraseology, the
members of the
^ Le poo, were called ^ /g heaven
officers ; of the p" ^JfHoo-poo, were called
earth
officers; otthe
^(J Le-poo, ^ |jf spring office^ of the
k ppPinS-P00 ^ ^summer officers! of the ^jj ^
Hing-poo, autumn officers! of the j
Kung-poo, winter
officers!thus Ihe Chinese stale microcosm, had rulers over
its heaven, earth, and four seasons. The Chinese are very
fond of the conceit of a miniature worM.or system of nature,
and apply the allusion both to the body politic, and to the
human body.
(S5,) To these several supreme courts, were appointed
mt 1.
1 x
40th Radical.
V,
Meen
t3-* Meen. V.
40th Radical.
(40), Choo-hoo
^ was an officer who superintended
Ihe Chung-shoo, mentioned in the preceding paragraph ( he
814
and to suggest what he forgot or neglected. The Sung dynasty
changed the title of the first to Tso-jew-sze-keen ^
|i]
||i and the title of the last to ^ ^
"g Tso-yew-
815
modern times. They were originally employed to put down
in writing the will of the monarch, and preserve record* of the
transaction, of the court, ffi Jg. ^
g ||J
|fe Jl^F The office '" "hich they "sided, was hy Ihe flan
dynasty, called Yu-she-foo; and also Yu-sheta-foo-ze |jfj$ |jj
^ "^p at that time their duty began to be of the same
nature as it now is ; viz.
^ ^
an office of search
and investigation.They are scattered over the empire to
collect information for the sovereign, and to write directly
to him, communicating to him facts or reports with their
opinions- and advices. They arc commonly called
Yen kwan, ' word officers .- ' persons whose sole duly it is In
speak to the sovereign t for they possess no authority, either
over othei officers of government* or over the people. They
are spies upon the people, upon the provincial governments ;
and upon the conduct of the sovereign himself. Scvcralof
them have suffered death for their too free remarks on their'
masters public or private behaviour. The late Tartar emperor
Kea-king, denied their right to interfere in his domestic con
cerns.
These Yu she, according to the different departments they
took, were denominated differently ; as I, ^J] c> j
Yu-she-tae; S>,
^ ^ ^ Yu-she-ta-foo; 3, $jj
Pfj
Yu-she-chung-ching, 4,
||
jfy r
Chc-shooshe-yu-shci 5, ^^Jljj^ She-yu-she; 6,
jjl
# ftP jfe Tecn-chung-shc-yu-she ; 7, ^ ^ ft {j^J
jd> Keen-chi-she-yu-shei 8,
^
$| Yu-she-choopoo; and 9,
^
j|j Lan.lae-ling-she.
The tccond of these names, was by Ching-te^jJJ i^' (B. C.
10,) changed to Ta sze kung^ jij
which has been men
tioned above. His successor (Jae-te
changed the title
back again to Yu-tht-ta-foo, and considered them as Flh lcang
shwae ^ |j=f fjjjj ' leaders of the whole body of government
officers,' which was in fact. ^ yjjj ^ ^J- the office of first
ministers <f slate.
The third section of these Yu-shc, took, the appellation
Chung i hing, from their being resident in the palace t and
having charge of a %j
slone apartment, JJ ^ |jfc ^
in when were slored up secret archives, maps, and
prognostics. The Tartars of the Ltaou and Km dynasties, in
40th Radical.
V.
Meen-***
_
Meen.
V.
40th Radical.
816
by the Tsin ^ dynasty, to gumd the palace gate ; inferitJt
officers in the same department were called
]} ^ tj
Wei-weUhaou-king. They hail also attached to them a
^ ^ Kung-chay-ling, and 1>] f ^ Sze-ma-ling,
The teventh division of officers Kwang-luh-king, gnanlel
the side doors of the palace, leading to the various office,
and the cook-house, over which was an officer called j
^ Tae-kwan4ing.
(55,) There were also Sze-nung-king p] j|| ^1 a sort of
agricultural board, to
jl^ ^ superintend the eultirilion of the nine sorts of grain. They likewise took cogoimtt
of Ihc breeding of^ ^ ths six sorts of domestic animals.
So early as the period ascribed to Shaou-haou-sbe |
fir (B. C. S500) il is said there were
J$[ JE nine agricul
tural officers, called after the
nine varieties of the Boo
bird. The Tsin ^js dynasty denominated the officers Cat
sSh nuy she
Tjjg
^ the Sung
dynasty esM
them 7TJ J| "pj Sze nungszc. The ^ Kin Tartar djnastj
called them Keucn nung sze sze ^ jS| ^ pj ui
the last Chinese dynasty fjjj Ming, merged the duties of
these officers in Hoo-pno ^3 fflj or board of revenue !'
domestic regulations. As in other cases, there were attached
to the Sze-nung-king, a number of subordinate and assists;
officers.
(56,) Tae piih king ^
JjjJjJ were officers who attended
to the royal or imperial carriages, horses, and stables. Tbe
title Tae-poh, under the Chow dynasty denoted jfc^jt
^ the senior or first of all the royal domestics. TbeTis
dynasty applied the title to the superintendanls of the csrriajo
and horses. The Han dynasty had a ^
Tae-pit
muh-sze, a head grazier,' placed over
^J- ^
Ihirty six parks, in which were j(J( ^ 3l ^ ^ttirtf
thousand male and female slates, to take care ofJf^ ^ y
r^i B three h,lnll,'c<, thousand horses; and J^. ^ fit ^
cows and sheep innumerable, intended
^ ^ f
to furnish a supply for sacrifices.
There were under these |g |^ ^ superintendant. *
all the pastors *r shepherds, and other assistant officers , jji
/ft* ^ Chay.foo-ling, and so on.
(57.) Hung-loo-king ^ ||
817
^^
directed the etiquette at the reception of
great court visitors. The word Hung is in allusion to the cry
of wild geese, when they fly in flocks ; and Loo, denote, trans
mitting information from one to another. The Han dynasty
first used this appellation. Tsin, who preceded, called these '
masters of ceremonies Teen-klh j}(L ^ ; and Chow dynasty
called them J^^f \ Ta-hiug-jiii;
^ Ying-tsung, of
the Ming dynasty, (the unfortunate emperor who was taken
prisoner by the Tartars) called them Hung-loo-sze-shaou-king
M
lhe fir,t ,,art "f which aPPe"atlou
viz. Hungloo-szc, is still continued under the reigning Tartar
family. The Kwnnsliilh ^ j|g 'attached officers to this
department,' were a
Ching; a Teen-klh-shoo jjt.
^>
and a (jj
Sze-e-shoo.
(58,) Tae-foo-king ^ Jjjjf- |j|p ' the officers of the great
mansion,' a title that originated with the |j Leang dynasty, in
the middle of the sixth century! the duties of the office were
to take care of the Imperial treasure^ ^ gold, silk, and so
on. The Sung dynasty culled them Tac-foo-sze
J^- "^p;
Ihenorlhen Tartar dynasty Leaou, called them Taefoo-kecn
$f jluV and ll,eir a,llie* were ejtlenoed 10 the care of the public
exchequer. The j Yuen dynasty sometimes
^
employed eunuchs, with the appellation Tae-keen ^ E5
' great overseers,' which is now the court appellation for the
emasculated servants in the palace. Attached to court were
a Coins
officer with a sort of general conlroul,as the word,
when a title of office, usually signifies ; a Choo-poo ^Jr
or clerk, &c.
(59,) Pe-shoo-keen jjfc |& ^ ' overseer of the secret
books;' keeper of the national archives. The title was in
troduced by the emperor Hwan-te /|g >^ (A. D. 170.) This
duly was performed under the Chow jj^J dynasty by officers
"lied ^ fl Tae-she, and %\- ^ Wae-shc. When the Sung
dynasty established a collection of libraries and rooms for
learned men about court, and which they called Tsung-win-yuen
y ^
they included a Jfjfc
chamber for secret ar
chives i by which name was meant government records. The
Wing
dynasty discontinued this office, and put
Jj=|
^ji ^t- the government records and prohibited books, into
j^jj J^- the interior apa tments of the imperial palace.
IART I.
7 Y
40th Radical.
V.
Meen
Jj5
W M "Hl How u,,ns kcn uth shi,,SWood by the application of the plummet is regularly squared;
The monarch who receives and listens to reproof, will become
a perfect man.
Meen.
V.
40th Radical.
818
(6S.) Shaou foo keen
ffe ^ an overseer of lit
smaller mansion,' was an appellation of certain officers h:
collected the duties arising from hills, lakes, and other waten.
to be appropriated to the private expense of the sovrrri;i
and the Imperial household. The ^ "gj Jjtfc great safwinlendance of husbandry,' was to ^Jjh
||j ~ ^ sopp)'
the wants of the army and the state; the Shaou -foo
jj^
revenue was X ^
to ,llPPort lhe emperor. Tk
private treasury of ^ ^| governors, or princes of the em
pire, was called ^
40th Radical.
819
were titles given in the middle ages to great statesmen who
bad materially aided the rise of particular families to the
throne, or supported them when in possession of it- The
Mingf)J] dynasty discontinued the title.
(71,) Til) tsin
j|| 'especial entrance)' a mark of
distinction granted to eminent governorsthey took their
scats next to the San-kung
Q mentioned above.
(72,) Ta-foo ^ ^ a title commonly added to other
appellations, which has continued from ancient times to the
present day. It was the custom for the emperor when ^
'ft fj /L
a Taf0 Ta'S"ei the e"ice (in his
old age) to confer on him a stool and a staff.
(73.) Kwang Job ta foo ^ ^ ^ ^ a title of meri
torious officers of the higher departments of government
service, which was introduced in the time of the Han dynasty.
There are several other titles with Ta-foo, added, which are
honorary, and shew a particular rank, but not a specific office j
1^ ^ A A Tsze tII.-ta.foo ; 2, ^ jjjjr ^
Tsze ching-ta-foo ; S, ^ ^ ^
Tsze-shen-ta-foo ;
* iE %p A A chi,,g funu fo0i 6> jS^ A A
TDDg.fung-ta.foo ; 6, 41 ^ A A Chung-fung-ta-foo ;
7' -It' SH A A Ching-e-ta-foo , 8,
^ ^^
Tung fung t .-foo ( ,
^ ^ ^ Ching-e-ta foo( II,
f?t A A Kea'e t0'fo(74,) Taechung-la-foo -jjr* ^1 ^ ^ a title of office
originated by the ^ Tsin dynasty ; they^^ ^| gj^J attended
to discussions on government sfT.ira ; not regularly, apparently,
but wheu their opinions were asked for.
The Keen-e-ta-foo jjifc
^ "PP'nte(J ,oou' 'l**
same time, were for a similar purpose. The followirg titles
were all at different periods applicable to this class of officers;
I, fJ* /v^C (""""g-ta-f00 i 8. 35
A A YacbunBta-foo ; s, pj^ i^r ^ ^ Chung-san-ta-foo ; 4, tfl j=|j ^
^ Chung-e-ta-foo j 5, 1^3 ^ ^
Chung-he'cn-ta-foo ;
6, 4* M A A. C>"'nP'ihu,,li, ft>0 1 7- |rj
AA
Chaou-e ta-foo ; 8, j^J ||j ^ ^ Chaou tsing-ta feo ; 9,
^JMfc A A Chaou-san.ta.foo , .0. fl ^]
jfc
Cbaou-lecta-foo ; 1 1, $j$L j ^ ^ Fung-ching-ta-foo ;
1.
iff^A Fung-e-ta-foo; IS, ^^g^A
Fung-chlh-U-foo ( 14,
|||| ^ ^ Fung-beuen-ta-foo.
V.
Meen
MeVn.
V. 40th Radical.
820
T^j
|"j 5^ Tue tsze-tso-yew keen-mun suh, peron
who had charge of all the prince's gate* and doors ; 18,
-J- ^ "jp
Tae-tszc-tso-yew-nuy-sijh ; A sort of
body guard placed in the interior apartments; 19, -j^ ^JTae-tszc-mun-tn-foo, was a sort of head porter
at the principal gates of the prince's apartments i 20, ^
J$L fife
Tae-tsze-teen-shen-lang, an officer to attend
to the prince's food ; 2 1 , J- jfo ^ ijl g|J jj Taetsze-leu-puii-chung-lang-tseang, a sort of military comman
der attached to the prince ; 22, and added to all these was
a class of
officers to superintend the imperial
grandchildren. Most of the above names of officers were
first instituted by the despots of the Tsin ^ dynasty, when
they acquired the dominion over the whole of China.
(77.) Wang how kwan shiih
jj ^ J|| ' the officers
attached to kings and nobles,' or princes of the empire. Dur
ing the Chow
dynasty the principal officers of the petty
kingdoms of which China was composed were five, viz'.
jfe Shang-ta-foo ; ~|\ ^ ^ Hea-ta-foo i
-J^ Shang-sze i
l^J
Chung-sze i and ~J\ -J-- Bea-sze. And subsequently
^ ||g the large kingdom, had = ^ $ ft ^ ^ IJl
three ministers called king, all of whom were commissioned by
the emperor:
the second-rate states had also three of
these officers; one of whom was jjjf
^J" commissioned
by his own prince; and the /J\ J|jJ small states had likewise
three ministers, but only one of them received an imperial
commission. In still later times, the kings designated many
of their officers by the same terms as were employed at the
Imperial court.
(78,) Tseang kcun
j|| ' a conductor of an army.'
This name, denoting a general, arose in the close of the Chow
dynasty, and has continued ever since. During the
'f"^
three first Chinese dynasties, the person dignified with the
name ^
' Son of Heaven,' bad
t|f six armies, each
consisting of * j| H ^ 3E j~f ^ ,2'500 meilf
and these had six general officers who were called Jj^J King.
The larger principalities bad three of such armies; these rated
as secondary stales, had two; and the smallest states, had one
Keun as an urmy. During the civil wars at the close of the
Chow dynasty, the term Ta-tseang-keun
ffi j| was intro
821
(80,) Keaou-wei jj^
was a title of military rank, con
nected with other distinctive appellations. The emperor Woo-te
Jj-^ ijjj* (B.C. 81) divided these Kenau-wei.into eight classes i
called, I, tj?
Chung-luy, ' inside a mound;' t, f|3
Tun-ke, 'stationary cavalry;' S,
jfil Poo-ping, ' infantry ;
4, ^ SpjJ Yn?-ke, ' over-passing (light) cavalry f 5, -||Charg-shwSy, ' skilled in the water;1 6, Jj^j]
Hoo.ke, 'lakeriders,'persons who f<mht in th water, supported by a kind
of wooden horse ; 7, f$ gijfc Shay-shin::, 'the arrow's sound ,'
8. ^
Hoo-pun, 1 The tiger's impetuosity ; ^j* ^
/j^j ^jfj JjjC. all of these managed .nighHy resident guards.
(8%) Teen-lseen-sze Jj| ^ fjj ' director in front ofthe
palace;' a military officer over the guards placed before the
palace, and who followed the emperor when he went out
The Kin
dynasty tailed this officer
flff
life &
^ Teeniseen too leen keen sze, * The general inspector iu
front of the palace.' The f\Q Yuen dynasty called him
^ 7^ CninS leen 'e^ng keun, The repressing palace
general.
(88,) She wei ma keun sze <^p
J3| jp 15J ' comman
ders of the cavalry guard.' There was a Ma keun too che
bwuy sze ^ jpf ~^\\ ^ Jtjf ^ a general pointer-out of the
movements of the cavalry, which place was filled Iry a general
officer called TseMoo-sze |jp ^ ^ there was also a Footoo che hwuj sze gjj
^ ^ 4^j who was an adjutant
to the first mentioned ; and a Too-yu-how jJjH Jfg_
whose
duties referred to the chase,
(83,) She wei poo keun sze ^
^
' com
manders of the infantry guard.' The Kin
dynasty called
*his guard the ^ ^ Jji ' tiger infantry,' which was com
manded by a ' pointer-out of their movements,' as in the pre
ceding paragraph. The Ming fjjij dynasty called the imperial
guard Kin e wei |^ ^
' the embroidered-clad guatd.'
Some of whom had ij>
red helmets, and some wore
fj^ E|3 polished armour.
(84,) Tso yew shin tsih kenn ^
jjj^ ^ j|[ ' the right
and left army of divine stratagems,' appellation of an army
which distinguished itself on Uic western frontier of China,
about A. D. 750. It continued au honorary appellation till
Che time of the^ Kin dynasty ; PKh.y8h^|
was the rat
HIT I.
7Z
40th Radical.
V. , Meen
Meen.- V,
40th Radical.
822
of generals, which was called Yuen-shwae foo
fjjj
there were also || ^ grfj Ylh-yuen-shwae ; ijft-j^
Too-yuen-sbwae, and so on ; but ^ ^ J[ i|t
^ |f
afterwards changed the name of the board to Woo-keun too
toh-foo ; and
j
gift ]g forthwith laid sat
the office of Yuen-shwae. The reigning Tartar family has not
revived the title.
(104.) Too-Wh
^ 'mil-rule,' Tsnng kwan|g ^
' general governor;' Too tnngjjjp *J 'all director,' and Tra(
ping
' a general soldier,' were titles ofdifferent f,encril
officers in the army, with different degrees of authority,
diminishing from that of Too-tfih, in the order in which they
here stand: there were superadded the titles |jjr
|[
She-che-tse ; ^ ^ Che tseg, and
^ Kea tsei.
The Ming dynasty called a military commander, who |&
~Jj had the general controul of a whole region, 1 ||
^ Cain sAow , he who had the care only of J^. ooe rosJ,
or a part of the region, was called
-rF PWi saw, he vbs
guarded * ^ ^ a city or a fort, was called ^ ||
Shox-pe ; he who was associated with other general offietn
in one place, or in one city, was called
BH
The Tsung-ping, mentioned above, had subordinate to bis,
a II)
Foo-tsung-pingf * J^ffi Taan-Ueaar, mi
a }J
Yew-keTh, and so on.
The Tsung-ping, gave his orders to an officer called ;
^ Too-che-hwuy ; the Too-che-liwuy passed the order to iffi
^ Che-hwuy ; the Che-hwuy passed it to a ^pTseeo-hoo,
or captain of a thousand; this officer
pj ^3 guclit
order to a Ffh-hoo, or captain of a hundred ; he announced it
to
j/^ the general standard bearers ; and he again to ijp
^ the bearers of the small banners, and these finally pants'
the word to the f| J- Keun-sze, or men in the ranks.
(105.) Tse!S-too-sxe "^Jl JFj jjlj were military offietn
atationed by the Tang dynasty in different parts of the empire,
where there was a disposition to rebellion ; or which
exposed to the incursions of banditti, they carried with thea
certain insignia of authority called ^ |||| Tsing-tse'e, fra
which they were called Ttiiloa-txe. There were tigU ofthe*
officers in the time of gj| j Kae-yuen (A. D. 750), and <**
of them was placed in the region of Canton. They were sasbae
823
quently increased to twenty, and their name changed to
$j 3|E | Fang-yu-sze. The Ming dynasty discontinued
the TseS.too.sze title.
(100,) Tung-t5h |^ ^ ' general governor,' is a title of
office now held by the governors ofprovinces in China , no term
corresponding to viceroy is employed. The emperor _^j.
Kea-tsing,(A. D. 1549), when ^fc ^ A }]|
|# the
northern (Tartar) soldiers entered and pressed upon the capi
tal made this appointment. The title however was first
employed by 0^ <^ Yung-l8,in 1410. The emperor j|r ^
King-tae, in 1418, first appointed the ^ J|^ Lcangkwang-Uung-IOh, governor general of Canton ani JCwtng te,
which is still continued. The appointment arOM from a rebel
lion in Canton, conducted by -gg jj^j
Hwang-seaou-yang,
and n similar commotion in Kwatig-sc headed by a person
called "fj; ^| ^ Wei-wan-sew. After these disturbances
ceased, the uppointment wtis laid aside for a time.
(107,) Shun-foo ^
' to travail about and soothe," is
a title now given to the Deputy, or Vice-governors of pro
vinces. The term originated with the emperor Yung-IS, men
tioned in the preceding paragraph. In consequence of existing
disturbances, he made this a temporary appointment, to -jg
5pL
^ 'gf ^ compose and soothe the army
and the people ; as well as to examine into the conduct of
government officers and clerks. When one governor general
is placed over two or more provinces, there is usually a Scunfoo in each province This officer is otherwise called jjjtt jfc
Foo-tae; and ^jE |JJ Fooyuen.
(108,) Sew e chili chc | ^ j|[ jj^ the embroidered
clad straight-pointers,' were a class of favorite advisors and
spies, which originated under the Han dynasty. They were
otherwise called ^ i &fl
Seun-gan-yu she. The em
broidered garments were in token that they were Ijjt p^j
honored and beloved.
(109,) Chaou-taou-sze ^ JfiJ' {jtl a
n'''tarr t,l'e
given to persons employed to suppress rebellion. The ^
Kin and "JQ Yuen dynasties, called a similar officer
='j|^jjj Chinu-taon-sze, and the Ming Jj/J dynasty called the office
Chaou-taou-keun-min.
(110,) Che che sze jjjlj | t'Ue of a military oi
40th Radical.
V.
Meent**
4*a Men.
W. 40th Radical.
824
(114) Teken
# # to
originated from
#| 4: # Z # contrived
##
a method to
% W.
# # # # superintendant
& 7t HH
# % # ## #
He-ning
#: #
(A. D. 1060)
# H]
# F]
$ f % X. # #
tea directors, not having
# Hi # a commissioner to
}| #(A. D.
#
* { } { } {#"
that of Ts-too-sze; and the ju. Yuen dynasty, put the dutie"
through the empire and examine into its state. The Kin
# mentioned above.
The
}}: # H] or
the tea and the horses were put under one direction, called
or
ivilians,
)]]
9. F
province, and at
they gave
For
-E # the
cha-sze
% # }: #
# jf) # # H] ":
#: # # was directed to
best horses,
the Gan-cha-sze
# # fi }% #
#
##
ince, and
controul the criminal decisions of * whole province;
-
(120) Chuen-yun-sze
###
dynasty,
y
supreme
the 1ranspor
40th Radical.
ties, bolh by land and water throughout the empire. There
vras alto a Tsaou-yun-sze *| ^ ^ appointed by the Yuen
jQ dynasty toatteud to the transport of grain from Shan-tang
V.
Meen
(125,) Tsze she j^] ^ this title of office was first adopted
by WSn-le
7^ (B. C. 1 60) in consequence of the
Yu-tke officers, being ^ ^ ^ disobedient to the laws,
*** McVn.
V. 40th Radical.
S26
827
a part of the country which was deemed important, although it
had not so great a population, it was still designated
by the same term. An ordinary territory with a popula
tion less than a hundred thousand families, was called a
~J"\ jj Hea-loo. These governors ^ jE
PP ranlieu
with the first degree of the third order. JQ J$ f|l| i| fa.
^ over each of the Loo, Chow, and Heen districts,
of the Yuen dynasty, there was appointed a superior officer,
whom they called in their Tartar language, a TX-loo-hwa-chlh
iSi ^ ^VC iff" who
W ha(lchareeoftl,e,Ml
of office. Similar to this instance of a foreign title, the reigning Tartar family confers some honorary titles from the Manchow language, untranslated.
The
Ming dynasty ^ ^ jj^- put an end to all the
divisions of territory called Loo, and at pjjij T^T both the
capitals
|jj ffi erected Chih-le, or self govern
ed Foo i L e. districts independant of larger divisions of
the country, and they divided the rest of the empire
into
Sing, jp Foo,
Chow, and ^ Heen, or provinces
containing districts called Foo, Chow, and Heen , which is
the geographical division of China that now obtains. The
governor of a
Sing, is cnlled Tsung-tiih 1^ ^ Governor
General ; the governors of the other three divisions, is express
ed by the word Che ^J] ' To lenow' prefixed to the name
of the district j a Che foo ^JJ
is the governor of a Foo ;
one whose duty it is in feneir, and to manage all its concerns.
(133,) The Kcun-tso
<j; or assistant officer of the
Keun divisions of territory, once amounted to
. -J
310 persons.
(134,) Kcunching ^ 7K was an officer, whom ^ ^
^ X
~*jF' T,in aPP"'nted to assist the keeper
(governor^ -j^ |gj j^jj ^ ^ the Han dynasty continued,
and did not change the office.
(135,) Tung.pwan ^ ^"jj was an officer who went
through much of the official business of the jj^jj Keun. The
Ming fjjj dynasty retained this appointment, and entrusted
to it the prosecution of thieves and robbers; the regulations
of agriculture ; the repairs of river-banks, and the pasturage
of horses. Other subordinate officers to the Kenn-chin, were
j Chang-shc,
Szcma;
Tung show ; jjj]
40th Radical.
V.
M cen
$0 Tung-che ;
^t] Tseen-pwan, or ^
Tseen-pwan ;
f\]
Pwan-kwan, jfr T.iih , Jfg ^ Tuy-kw.n, ffi
Keun-wei, and so on.
(136,) THh-yew
^ officers of the Han dynasty, who
-p- Hr Mn !^ superintended the attached Heen districts.
Woo poo tfih yew j
Wfa exVre"eifive courts of these
officers denominated the east, west, south, north and centre
courts. jSf
^ JJE They ceased to be, in the time of
Tang, and ever since.
(137.) Kung tsaou she jjj
jj^ an officer of the
Han dynasty, who superintended the merits or demerits of other
officers, in order to guide their promotion and selection for
particular purposes. This office was also called Kung tsaou
tsan keun jj] ' ^ j|l <">d Sze kung shoo tso |i] j}]
|ft
which by the Tang dynasty was changed to "pj J^J
Sze kung tsan keun. The Sung dynasty discontinued
the appointment, and the Yuen dynasty employed the last
title of office, with rather different duties.
(138,) Lilh sze tsan keun ^ |jj ^ fp? secretaries and
clerks who had authority to give opinions respecting the conduct
of government officers.
(139,) Choo tsaou tsan keurf^^
included Sze
tsang tsan keun 'pj ^3"
Ij^ who had charge of public
granaries ; Sze boo tsan keun
jf^ who took an
account of the population, lauds, roads, marriages, and other
things which had an immediate reference to the people ;
Sze-ping-tsan-keun ipj c$^*fR who had a certain controul in militiry concerns, and Sze fi tsan keun "fij jf
'jfjjL who were law officers, sometimes called Tslh-tsaou j|:* U
sometimes Fa tsaou
i^ and also |E ^jf Mth tsaon, The
Sung dynasty had similar officers whom they called Sze le tsan
Ueun^ Tag
EpT and otherwise i3|
[^Mapooyuen.
(140,) Woo-kwan-yucn ^ 'j^* J| were subordinate
officem, who formed a sort of staff to their superiors.
(141,) King.beS.p8.sze |2g fjg. ^ -J- were teachers of
the Chinese classical arid sacred books, appointed by govern
ment.
(142,) Heaou-lcen ^ j|| was a title of persons
^
recommended by the people to serve in the government j
after being
^ chosen by then* immediate neighbours*
** Men.
W.
40th Radical.
82;
(143,) Hen-ling
Hen district.
# -
# IE
% #
constituted states
and the
##
Ling, and
j: #
Ta-foo.
The Yuen
s + P. E.
Tsae,
Yin,
JU dynasty
first
upwards of
The
H}}
+ # Zi J%. T. # 's #
Chin-shookwan-she-kwan # JX # ifi #
Was
# J J#
Wan-hoo-foo.
}} 'f
Shoo
# # R]
#& # '#'
and
Seun-keen-sze
}}| was
}}| #
Chow-chang.
The
829
* 7^5 3 f '""'tate the five dementi in nature, according
to the Chinese. (See under 2 Woo.)
The nobles or ancient times, in China, were inferior kings
or princes, with a certain territory oyer which they ruled. The
Teen-tsze, ' Son of Heaven," or Chinese Empercr, had
||? a domain of one thousand le extent ; the ^
Kung and
How nobles had a territory of one hundred le
in extent ; the <ja Plh nobles, had seventy le ; the Tsze jpand the -TiJ Nan, had 50 le; i. e. a district of about twelve
English square miles.
Those nobles, or petty chieftains, who ^
^ -J- J|i
were unable to command 50 le,
^ ^ ^ Zjl did not
unite with the emperor, but ffl "^f f^i[ 1$;
attach
ed to the princes or nobles. The Chinese world was then
divided into "h J^fj nine chow departments, which contained
-{^ "f"
one 'housand seven hundred and
evenly nations.
Another statement of the division of territory amongst the
ancient nobles, runs thus, Outside the imperial domain of
1000 le, was appointed a ~fj
Fang-plh, with jf
J^J
^"5 H|
n"*'0"' wno,c dependance was expressed by the
word Shi5h ; and these J|| ^ ^ five associated states, had
B superior called Chang; ten nations made a jjljl Leon, over
which was a superior called Jjljl Shwae; thirty stales made a
7^* Tsilh, over which was a jj thing ; two hundred and ten
made a
Chow, over which was a superior prince or noble
called "ftjj Plh. of these Plh there were eight; all of whom
)P| jSfV ^
^ ^
were dependant on tne
emperer's two old ministers ; each of whom took a half of
the controul, and thus ft ^
^
/fj divided
the empire into left and Tight ; these two ministers were called
[ ^
Drh pth. The land inside the imperial thousand le
domain, was called -tjjj Teen, and ^ Jg ^ ^f|> j|
that which lay beyond the thousand le was called Tsae. Again,
Wang-ke ^
denoted the imperial domain ; 400 hundred
Je beyond that was called How.fBh ^| JjH 500 le beyond
that again, was called Teen-tuh^jjJ f|J| ; still more distant 500
Je, was denominated Nin-fflh JJJ fjg ; beyond that 500 le was
^ Jjj Tsae-fHh; 500 le more distant was ^ Hj Weifiih ;
again 500 le farther off was ^ Jjp Nan-IBh; beyond that
rABT 1.
8 b
40th Radical.
V.
Meen t*-*
Meen. V.
40th Radical.
830
(151.) The Tang dynasty, in the 6th century W
degrees of nobility, similar to those of the Sung dynasty | lh
princes of the blood were all styled ^
Tsici-S
(152,) The founder of the Sung dynasty (A. D. 950). J
x t % m % # ',ok ihc em'Mre "
cau turn one's hand; ' and therefore he ^ ^ 1$ T
f"l it tfl honored only literature, and did >> <*<
military exploits j all the ministers of statc iu'">t to
dynasty wore created nobles with the title
Ko-kiu{i
whereas }J| ^ |f t}i jft j\ ^ by .he U "f*
Han dynasty, no ram could be ennobled without mJ'11'!
merit. rjf ^
16 i ft'*
differences and cliaug s winch have taken pi ec, in ,.notuls4
mod rn times, cannot be discoursed of by general afBrrutwu.
The differences are so many they mil t be puliculan'i'.
that they mny he understood.
The Ming dynasty appended to the word ^ Win?.
King, a great many other distinctive epithets and jcaitered Ite
titles plentifully about Ihc imperial family, giving also px*1
titles to the princesses, such as ^'[J ^ Keun-chuo, J| j*
Heen-choo; ^ jg" Keun-kcun;
^ Heco-kfliii j|
Heang-keun, and so on.
(153,) These titles, and all honors conferred bt *
government, are called Ming-ke ^ ^ 'fame utensili;'*1"111
by some of the Chinese dynasties, have been gi'to nw"
sparingly than by others, on the principle that ^ % %
H'J jS^ ^ ^ nobility which is easily obtained
valued by the people.
(154.) Further remarks on ^ ^ Fung-tseS, ,fte
creating nobility' in China, are arranged under these ,cnl
heads; I,
J| ^j- Tsin-tseih fung. The ennohlinS *
kindredof the emperor. S, jjj ^
Kung-rbiof0*
The ennobling of meritorious servants of the crowo.
-f" ^
Sze-wang sze, Isze sun-fun*, Tte
ennobling the sons and grandsons of those who ba't
(conspicuously) in the kin-'s service. 4, M $ ^ ft
Fung-kiing chin-how, ennobling the posterity of merit''""1"
stitesmen. B. C. 180, the queen Kaou-how ^fj j~ orirrJ
certain temple honors to be continued "|tt -jjf ^/ ,;t
after age interminably ; and that jpj
^ ^ ^ V)
831
40th Radical.
V.
Meen
the heiri of the person should every one inherit his rank.
5> $1 IT
TTh hinS fu''S. ennobled fur virtuous conduct.
The Jive common titles of nobility are explained as being
derived from certain virtues,the highest and
put away the altars of the Tsin dynasty, and erect those of
Han. These loyalists, who had the rank of noblesse /jjj rjj?
$1 ^Cs "ti-s whe" '^J conlm'tte'l crimes obtained
pardon : a strange privilege!
First, the
Rung Noiles, are so called from a
generous regard to the public or general good ; in
opposition to .ill selfishness; this being considered
the highest virtue.
Second, the
How nobles, are those who being
expelled for their virtues, yet Kail for belter times
and persevere, although snfl'erig.
Third, the j| Plh nobles, arc bright men;' as the
word denotes, i. e.tenhrs, possessing a high degree
of intelligence.
Fouith, the
Ttze nobles, are tho;e who are capable
of nurturing or training up other persons in
virtuous conduct.
Fifth, the jB Nan nobles, are those who are capable
of sustaining the burden of important offices
maffuVg, and thereby giving repose to others.
(155,) Tsun-heen.ke-lsei!.fung || J^H) |^ H 'N"bility granted to honor former worthies, and prevent their be
coming extinct. 7, Gin-tsTh-fung(||
^ nobility confer
red as a mere expression of the gracious favor ' of the prince.
8, Wae-lscTh-fung ^(J- JTjJ^
'nobility conferred on
distant relations, or those on tl.e female side,* in the imperial
fainily. 9, Chuy fung ^ ^ ' pusthmnous nobility ;' or that
conferred after the death of the individual. Many of the
gods of China are in this way from time to time promoted by
mortal emperors. 10, Sc-fung *g ^ transferring titles of
nobility,'not to another person, but changing the title. II,
|!|
[Ifij
E-jTh-heangfoo-funj:, 'Nobility granted
to personsin foreign territories who have submitted and attached
themselves' to China. I2,$j| \ Jjj- Fwj-jiu-fung, ' Nobility
granted to women.' IS, TseO fung ^ ^ this is the title to
a section on selling^ j^. Mae. Iseo, or granting
Ts7e.
tsc8, nobiliiy to thej^Miu, or co.tiuion people : one of the
appellations siren them, was 'jf.
Kung-sze. This practice
was introduced in the second year of the Han dynasty (B. C.
SOS), as an incentive to the
people to
A:
Meen.
V. 40th Radical.
832
(158,) Chin-shiih
m'lniter',
in ' Rood | of these topics a few elegant extracts and examples are giver,
in a desultory unconnected manner.
seme, i. el the duties incumbent on him. Hit ^ J i^t
(181,) The historical account abridged in the preceding
!|j ||| wisdom should be competent to plan the affairs
pages
of the officer! of the Chinese, is followed by quotation
of the country i
JJ.
^A
hi* P8"0""1 conducl
on
jjjjjj
jjjjf Lun ching, concerning government itself. Tbf
should be adequate to make him an example and a teacher to
word jfjr government from rlghl and a slight ttrske, is de
others, | /j y ]||J
~ whatever may be the law
of the land, he ihould maintain it ; and jf* T^j ^
^
fined by j Chiug, To rectify ; ' or ~j\ flff Jp j
the means by which inferiors rectify themselves.'
when h'n prince if in di Acuities he should die for him.
An ancient maxim in the jjpjjj =jl Le ke is, that in order ts
(159.) Kwan pan ^ |jf the order in which officers shall
rule
the world, jive things are of supreme importance j lit,
be arranged or stand at court. The prevailing division of
that
the ruler should y& /^I govern well his own kindred:
rank into nine degrees, is attributed to j^J
Chin-keun, a
Snd, That he should ^ jjj reward merit; 3rd, ^ c(|'
statesman of the ^
San-kwJ period (3rd century) who
elevate the virtuous; 41h, ji| j^j? employ men of taleou,
was created a nobleman by W |^ Tsaou-tsaou, the usurper.
and 5th,
^ cherish men of benevolent spirit*.
In the memoirs of Chin-keun, this sentence occurs, He
There
is
one
allusion which suggests an unfavorable ida
|Jp 'jj?
invented the method ofarranging govern
of the situation of the peoptc; it is this
S^^ lit
ment officers into nine ranks. The following are the heads
emperor
is
a
charioteer.
The
j^)
Nuj-she,
and
^
i
of other short sections.
Tae-she, ministers are his
jfi ^f- 'eft n r'gbt krrUi.
(160,) T.th-kwan ^ ^j? the selection of officers ;
]
X 'ji % ffi Wi lhe 4lW* *re ' *alB ,he
Kin kwan, Diligent officers. -Jp ^ Show kwan. On adher
mouths;
jjj^ ^ ,nc government officers are Ike
ing to office, jjpp ^ Shi kwan, On pluralities in office ; i. e.
bridle, and
^
punishments are the Uik, ilt
one person holding several appointments. ^ J Sing kwan,
which
Ihe
people,
or
the
side
carriage is driven . Tbe
'the sparing use of officers ; i. e. using'few of them. ^ ^
European
term,
'
The
reins
of
government,'
is apart ofu*
Tae tsung, of the Tang dynasty, limited the number of officers
same allusion.
for the government of ihe whole empire, to seven hundred and
lulled
(162.) Kwan tsze
X- -called Si M 3? ttK U*
thirty persons. All ^ j|
jjjj}; Jpl ^ superfluous
courtesies and -decorums of life; justice and equity, a
officers who hold sinecuresshould be dismissed,
*E*
righteousness; moderation and unrorrupled integrity ;afee!it;
Kwang kwan, Neglecting .the duties of an office. <j^ |
of shame or a sense of honorthe J7LJ
four enrrfjof socielj
Tsin kwan, encroaching on the duties of other people's office.
which is endangered by the ^ breaking asunder ofany of
~p jf^ striving for precedence. jK ^ Lan kwan, Officers
the first three; but destroyed by the breaking of tie W
corrupted by bribery. Jj ] |?| Mae kwan tseo, selling
named.
offices of government4his expedient has often been resorted
One says,
|| gg. 3|& jgj {]/ government is tts
'to in China, for the purpose of increasing the revenue. Keaou
stretching the siring of a harp ^
^
^ jj$
hwan jTj
sychophants. Bwan kwan
j exchanging
if
Ihe
large
strings
be
urged
vehemently,
the
small striafs
officers. Tae kwao/f^ ^ acting for other officers. Hew
will break, ft f| ^ ^ d]" >^
Tboae ,W
kC1 fa 'fr3t 00 OD,ain'"g 'eve of absence from office. Tsze
hold stations of lii^h respectability should not be men i<~kwan f ] on declining office. Keu kwan ^ ] on
cient in virtue ^ -f^ ^ '/p T i5l <N tho* "bo Wi
throwing op an office. ChOh meen
on expelling from
great offices, should not rule little things,
^" ^
office. ^ |p ^ ffi ye" tsuy fah yung, On an officer
^
"pf'wnei,e there is an extensive population ir:
having hcen convicted of crime, to re-employ him. On each
government should not be vexatious. Those officers 7^ j{
833
3$ 7fi
Pol ^ $T M wno i""""' seneral qu'l1fications should not be questioned about alight inabilities ;
$t J? If ^ # ^ /h iE tho,e who haTe
tantial virtues, should not be criminated for small faults.
K >2 i|f T'ie
t0 e>u'',e tne people a a shepherd,
is <^ ^
to feed them with benevolence;
J^l jjjl to ,eacn tnem w'ln CIT'1''T > or rather teach them to
know the decencies and civilities of life. ^ j tjj ^ j^jj
0i
According to their wishes give them,
^l-fc ffc
Iff~ follow their likings, and admonish them ;
^ Ifjfe 1|| "hen rewarding, if any doubt, do
1 it liberally ;
j-^ ;g- ^ jjig when punishing, if any
doubt, do it lightly.
(153,) Another approved opinion on government is this,
jfjjr
those who are skilled in government JpL^jjjjj
4 raise tight the net-rope |Jp ^
but baye a wide net.'
By raising the net-rope jiff
^ J^j those included in the
net are many ; and by having a wide net /J\
the
small escape,by this means jGjjr ^\
government is
not vexatious in petty cases; and
^
this is the important thing in good government
The acknowledged princ ir.les of government are expressed
by two words, Kwan, Keen
j^-j i. e. verbally ' wide and
paring,' by which they mean, a liberal treatment; and a
sparing interference with the people ; but some erroneously
consider, these virtues the same as Tsung LeS
connivance and carelessness, which cause
^J.
^
government acts to become null and void ; therefore another
definition is given, thus, jl[ ^ ^
^ pjf liberality,
forbids being vexatious and oppressive ; ^ ^ ^ ^ ^
^ l 8 sparing interference is that which is not troublesomely minute.
(154,) The following are received as maxims,
judge
of ritei and ceremonies;
tread in the footsteps of former
affairs, or, follow precedent. It is required to <^ A- convert
or reform men
to recognize virtuous worthy people
lo 5^ f^. to l,ut awaT wnat * troublesome ; and to J= J^J
vulue an abridged way of governing to
<|fr leave
behind one an impression of love and affection ; to
exterminate selfishness; to
j2 cousult with the
vart i.
S c
40lh Radical.
V.
Meen
public opinion ; to j|
^ rescue the people from their
(moral and physical) diseases: to ^ ^ jjt Put awaJ a"
minute annoyanceor unfeeling vexations, to
^ j|Jjr
attend carefully to the three principles of government; I,
^jp ^ to select proper men , , f^j E to comply with the
people's convenience; S,
fl^ to conform to the seasons.
It is said, ^
t^. -j^f Q /fp the means of preserving
a throne, is benevolence, -jpj
|[^ A 5 It lhe mean,
of collecting a people is wealth,
^ gjjr ^ institute
education on divine principlesi. e. on principles of religion ;
inculcating that the gods know and punish vices, which escape
the laws of men ; 7f\ ^ ^ Jj^j ^
^ do not value
extraordinary commodities, and the people will have a
competence; ^ j|
fa H'J *H A #r- d" not
esteem as precious far-fetched commodities, and people from
a distance Mill submit themselvesfrom feeling themselves of
no importance.
7# ^ ^ W II H ^ ^ 1 1 To ru,e 0 na,ion
without the ceremonies and proprieties of life, is like ploughing without a coulter.
^ g ft Jg |,J |gj ^
when the people in all quarters have a sufficiency, the nation
will enjoy tranquility, jjjjr ^ ^|j ^ ^ tij When the
government is liberally conducted (or exercises clemency)
plots are easily kept down jJjSjT |3; J^|J ^ ^ j|g when the
government is oppressive it is impossible to exterminate
plots. jH ^ ^
j!^ Put an end to useless ingenuity
and
^|
^J/ ^ reject commodities which are hard
to be obtained.
(154.) Some of the other terms used in reference to
government, are these Lelhching ~\f
o.i establishing
government; Shen-ching ^ j^f on good government, Jinching'^ri^^ on benevolent government; Kwall-C'>'n
jj^ on liberal government ; Le-kew-tsung-ching ^ A
j^f on officers remaining long iu office ; Kin-ling ^ ^ on
prohibitions, and strictly inflicting the penalty. Teen-fi jJ{L
*J%~ ritual and ceremonial laws ; Poo-shoo
5j& accounts
of finance and population; YuS-yaou
a monthly
account ; Suy-hnuy jl^ ^ an annual account ; Yaou-hwuy
^ ^ a general statistical account of the empire ; Tlh-hwa
iuu i^j reformation of men, caused by the influence of virtue ;
MeVn.
V. 40th Radical.
834
TTh-han
Ihe influence of virtue on nature generally,
both the rational a d the ininimsle; Kungching
on
justice and rectitude in the government officers i Lecu-keih
1$ St moderation and pnriljin reference to money ; Shoo
^tP on excusing other*; or putting a favorable construction
on their defect* and f :ilts ; Wei-yen ^ ^ on a majestic
sternes* and severity. Ming-cha flj^ 'j^J o.i examining clearly
into ilT-ira i TscTh-io
on hating vicious people i Tith
fflh
|^ on finding out secret transactions | Ching-cMh
T^fy
o i weighing the duties of an office and the capabilities
of the person to fill it. Show-chin tjl
maintaining one's
office by fulfiling its duties ; Keae-shin
[mt caution and.
care; EtsTh ^i- J*^ cases of extraordinary merit in
governing well, so as to induce supernatural effects, or mira
culous occurrences. Le heen
^ to shew marked
civilities to worthy men. Jin heen fS^ jpjj to give office to
worthy men. Che jin ^|
on discerning the characters of
men. Piih new pc ^ ^
not expecting perfection from
any man. Tuy mei hca le
~J\
to resign the
praise, and nttrihule the merit to inferior officers. Ke heen
3j|F
on rejecting worthy, men. Pe-heen jjjjjjr ^ on casting
a shade over worthy men. Hwuy tsih ijj j^r. to confer lar
gesses on the people ; Chin seSI)
ifljj to supply their wants
in times of distress Kew tefh jj
on soliciting a supply
of grain from other states or. provinces. Hing le iBL
to give encouragement to what increases the wealth of the
people;
IjjjjL Fang-leS, On schemes or plans to effect
particular purposes; Keuen ko
on exhorting to agri
culture; and the general diffusion of educationthese are
tailed the
root, and
foundation of society. TTh-min
^ on obtaining the people's affection. Piih shlb e J\
j^- jp^ on not taking to one's self a thing lust by others.
S^f |if[ 0" a periodical examination into the conduct of officers.
Pc ching
jl^a b3*c V1'e Rovcrnment. Yi ching
an oppressive government ; Lwin ching ^ |T^- the rule of anar
chy. Keut ching
jjjjj an intriguing government. Chingpiih yih Jjj^ ^ a perpetually changing government.
King seay |^
sp-cious and loquacious villainy in the
officers of goverrm^nt
Tan paou ^ ^ greedy and violent. Tan-Ian^ jfe
chow,
From a covering above, .-iul a containing vessel t*'1
to contain undercover, as in a ship or carriage, lo eoW
as the earth, or the universe; including all ages, frooi
antiquity to the present time. See ^ Yu.
835
Shang hea sze fang ju ju
~|\
~}f Q ^ the
zenith and nadir ; and the four points of the com pan arc
called Yu. Wang koo Le kin yu chow ^
^
0
^ past antiquity onward to the present, in called Chow.
Yu chow che keang shan, pflh kae ; koo kin che rb'ug wei kS
the rivers and bills in the world change nut, hut the
ancient and modern appellations are all different. Yu-chow
^
the universe.
Yu chow che keen wci teen te che keen
j
%If
fife
lhe m,0,t of the Tu-clum, expresses
in the mi.lst of heaven and earth. Paou tae ho the yu chow
\%.
^"fl
~f" 1 to ,ecure l',e harmony of the universe.
TING
m
7^
From a // under a cover or tftfrf in a tranquil place of
rest. Settled; in a fixed slate; tranquil; steady. To fix; to
settle; to decide. Fixed; settled; certain; a fixed- trance-like
state. To stop. Name of a district and of a hill. Peth ting
t^i ^ it must be. Gan ting.^^ j at rest; in a fixed
tranquil state. Ylh ting J positively ; assuredly. Tinge
1
*'0
' determine to decide on, as in a case of law.
Ting glh j
a fixed quantity or number. Ting Jen
^ ^ absolutely certain, positively. Tingke j ^Jja &xe&
lime. Ting sing ^ ^ to enquire respectfully about the
health of one's parents. POh ling ]fi J or We ting ^ j
uncertain, either referring to Ihe past or the future. Ting yin
1 $jjj(or Tin l,vl 5in 1 Jpl ^ an aovance S'Yen * n*
a bargain; earnest money.
Yew jlh ft: g ch .' le
1 \ ^
it is a fixed prin
ciple. Yu lingTj^ y lo settle previously. Jin szc bo chang
ting ^
'jpj' ^ | when are human affairs ever fixed.
HKn ling sh.n sing R ] ^ ^ in the evening enquire about
(a p rt.n'.j rest,a{\ in the moruin;, enquire about their waking.
T.< ting ic'S ^J" j ijl,^ to strike a bargain ; to make out
a written agreement. Jiih ting keu leaou
^
entered iotu a trance. Teen te ting wei ^ ^jjj j j^j
heaven and earth being fixed in their places. (YTh-king.)
40th Radical.
V,
Meen
i-**Meen. V.
40th Radical.
1
Ting fun, ] M,^- T,n5 fuDS Uao ' 1
jpi ^ Tin8 ,in 1111011 >lhe names of plants.
Ting tung j
to determine respecting pain,a meilieal term.
1 ^ 55 ^ H ^* PT
TinE *inS wiD t,inS
le poh ko keue", The ceremony of enquiring early in the morn
ing (of parents) and soothing their evening's repose hy atten
tions, should not be dispensed with. (Tseuen-jin-keu-hwS.)
Jfamet of place:
Ting chow ] )\\ * Ai strirt in Chlh-lc province.
Ting fan j ^1 a district in Kwei chow province.
Ting gan j
Ting hae |
Ting laou j
836
40th Radical.
837
Men
WI.
** *
E-hing
| j#
E-ho
| 5R a
| #
| #
E-hwang
a.
E-keun
The six gems hang from the pins of her head dress:
Eleang | F# a
E-pin
| #
E-shan
E-loo
E-yang
5- #1 Z | }! ZE # R.
yew min
a.
Keang-se,
- - -
- - - -
th
l |l a
| #||
| #
Se-gan.
Yun-nan.
Sze-chuen.
Kwang-se,
Hoo-pih.
al
al
Keang-nan.
Kan-stjh.
al
- - -
Ho-nan.
JF # |
of #
Keu, A dwelling.
j{ i # # }% As 5% # !
***
# Kea #
form of
a house.
An ancient;
->
SIX STROKES.
E# | +
# + sacrifice to
(Shoo-king.)
Names of places.
E-chang
E chang
E-ching
PART i.
An
2'UP
#" Kllii.
#,
& S.)\ JB
rf-^Meen.
VI.
40th
Radical.
838
TS, To measure.
HWANG.
Some aay, Wide) spacious; extensive; to
KWEl.
40th
839
mind, said of Wan-wang ^ jj^ by his ion, and successor,
^
Woo-wang. (She-king ) Seuen -chilli j Hi to be
dispersed ; to mire forth and disperse. Jlh seuen san ITh
0 ISt d"'ly cxl,il,it lhe tnree virtues; shew them
in action as is also expressed by Seuen loo j ^ to expose
to view. (Shocking.) Scuen-ho j
; or Seuen-tsung
1 ^ 1 or Seuel, ah 1
an<) Seuente ] iffr are
imperial titles which occur in Chinese history. In the She-fa
juii
or ru'e" * '''S8'1 composition ; Persons, Shell win
chow, ti y it* seuen
JjlJ ^ |J | f good fame and
great celebrity are denominated Seuen ; or as it is otherwise
expressed, persons who arc Shing shin chow win ^ isjsi jfj^
renowned for wisd<.ro and goodness.
Seucn-hwa foo-jin | |p? ^ A was the daughter of
}
Seuen te, of the ffi Chin dynasty. When gj
the Chin dvnasly perished; the conqueror WSn-te of the
Pfj
^6* ^'^ d^nn,ty 'M A ^3 'elected this Indy to
enter the harem. That emperor on his djing bed was attended
by Seuen-hwa Foo-jin, and on going out to other aprrtmeiits
to rnange her raiment jJ=JJ ^
jjjjj snc wn* assailed
by the prince who was heir apparent, but she ^Jj jjjj
ff>
resisted and escaped. On her return lo the chamber of the
dying monarch
jjj^. jjjjj 5 ^ .L the Eni|)eror
was surprised at the chacge of her coui.tcnauce from what
was usual, and
asked about it jr<j A
|EJ
^5
the lady in a flood of tears, said, the prime
ha* been rude.
i=fe
The emperor was greatly enraged
and said ^ t jtf J ^J* ^ 5^ brute ! how fit t have
committed to him the great affair of the sovereignty ; and he
-J^ jyj instantly died. The prince then sent a present ofgold
nclos<-d in a cover to the lady ; who thinking it to be poison
opened it, and found
j^p" two hearts joined in one,
ircil ffil iP
a r*5e ,ne rl'f"*''<' il,al down a"d would
not make the usual obeisance till f%j
K
J*]
all the inmates of the harem forced her, and then she bowed ;
and it ^
^ that night the prince debauched
her. (PTh-mei-sin-yung.)
Seuen fi ^
the hair of the head turning gray and
falling out. Seuen shTh j
a chamber occupied by the
emperor when fasting.
Radical. VI.
Meen |-*-
YAOU.
From atover and laid tranmerielg. The south-east corner
of a room or house ; the creaking ofthe hinge of a door. Read
Yaou, Deep; sombre.
3?
voice is neard. Stillness.
Meen.
VI.
40th Radical.
840
1,ze /
^
an exPrCTSI0n u,ed whe" tn",'linE of
(an absent) friend i the same idea is otherwise thu expressed,
^ \ ftl M & A Hr ii Ke ,Mh l,,h urhi ke jiD
bin yuen i The house is near, but the man it very far off
For more compound phrases under the word j SMh, see
the 30th toI. ofPing-Isze liiy-peen jgj^
under Keu
choo mnn jjjjp'J the section concerning dwelling places.
San sMh jut chwang yew sMh 5l. ~f~ |EJ jji 7jr) j
thirty years of age is called manhood, and the period to have
a wife. Kung shTh tung ming
^ ijfl
Kung and Shlh
are general termsfor a dwelling place. The first word,
usually denotes a harem or an ap irtmenl devoted to the women
and children of priiici-s, the word Shih is of more extensive
application ; the two word* are also uaed together, to denote
any human abode; thus Shang koo heug ken ray choo, how
ho ihing ji ,lh che c. kung shlh _^
^ ^ jgj1 ^
antiquity people dwelt in caves in wilderness places, in subse
quent ages, the s'ges changed these ror houses. ShTh is used
for the grave i Pill uy che how ; kwei ju ke tlilh Q ^ ^
J^lr ~f"
1 a^cr a hundred years (man) returns to.
his home. Ping shlh Ttt ^ au ice-house.
A copious collection of quotations in which the word Shlk
1 occurs may be found in ^ ^ Pei wan, 1 1 1 vol, 86 page.
s. c.
Ill
From a minister or sernaii under a caner. One who serves
another, particularly a sevant ofthe crown; a surname. H,
hc yay ; Iie8 chlh sze wei kwan vay \
-rji, ^ ^ 0
'0} 'f^ tiL nwan denotes to learn, to learn official duties ia
order to act as. a magistrate. Yew fan sze ji i chaykeaeyus
hwan X
A ^ "it H 1 f"rlber' *" **"
who serve other men are called Hwan. Beaiig hwan ^
^ a country gentleman. Hwan sze san pTh jin |
YEW.
ft
To postct and under a iheller. To be indulgent to ; to
give scope to, but not set quite at liherly, to relax. Pro
found) close. To assist; to advise or encourage to do. A
surname.
Yew j is thus defined, Shoo kwan ^JJ^ j| to
excuse, to forgive in part; Kwan che urh c, we tseueu fang
W % ~Z. tfff %
tk ife lo
>"d 'Igcnce
merely; not entirely forgive.
Shay yew
^ to forgive.
Yew tsuy ^
to reprieve or remit for a lime.
Yew kwo woo ta ; wei pfih shTh urh woo fan, suy ta
p>, shay yew yay j % ffi
ft ^ ffc jffl g
JU* i{f
ij^c 1 ifi 'n *ur"' v'n crr<,ri' n"e are
considered great,expresses that an error or offence com
mitted from iguorancc, although great, it must be forgiven
841
E.
40th Radical.
Men
VII.
LANG.
is placed.
TEAOU.
%
King tenou
An erroneous form of
KEUN.
# Tseth,
Still ; quiet.
Same as
# Paou,
To secret; to hide.
'#
(#) f&#! +
KUNG.
An abbreviated form of
# Hae, To
hurt; or in
jure ; injury.
E.
An erroneous form of E
% which
is an
Kung hing
ancient form of E H.
*R.
Kung go meineu
Kung teen
'#'
Kwanan expression
wanton lascivi
# *::# # Ping
8 E
are
5% and
in
| W] #
Kwan.)
##a
| ii. f: Z #
Kung
Ya cha
1 # # 3:
Kungjin tsaou
CHHA.
| #| the punishment of
| # a palace.
SEVEN STROKES.
the
-Q
CH1NG.
16th
#-*- Meen.
VII.
40th Radical.
843
if the parlies proceed to fight and the noise reach the emperor,
one hundred blows are to be inflicted. Any eunuch who shall
wound himself by a weapon iniide the harem, muit be in.
stanllv decapitated.
The laws concerning Kung teen mun shen jBh j j^r |Jfj
^ entering without leave the palace gate; and Kung
teen tsaou tsB pa pub choh | JfJ Ml ^ rlf 'T* iti
persons doing work in the palace, not going out after the
work ii over are contained in the 10th vol. of Ta-tsing-lefih-le.
Chow vuug wei kung
j^jj ^ | a wall around (a
house) makes a Kung. Kung shth hwa mci J f|f J^t
a mansion gay and elegant.
^ f'p ^ flj? J^J jjj^
Jijj, jjjpj Hwang-te ts kung shlh e pe fung ju. The emperor
Bwang-te (B C. S6S2) made houses lo retire to from the
windandrai,
ft $ ft % % # ft \
timet the dwelling places ot both noble and ignoble, were all
called Kung ; this was the case till the time of Tsin, (B. C. 300),
when it became the name of his dwelling who was supreme
in honor,vix. the emperor. Tsung meaou ylh yui kung
Q ^ the temple of ancestors is also called
Kung. Kung he j ^ a particular school at court during
the time of the Sung dynasty. Kung tsin j
a bedcham
ber for women. Kung fang ^
a private apartment in
the harem. Laou kung ^ j an eunuch. Kung moo
} PI the gale of the imperial palace. ShTIi kung ^ J
the palace of Buddha. Che kung shang ^ ^ ^correspond
to ABC in the natural gamut. Kung ^ is said to denote
"in the middle of,' and Kungshing ^ gjfc is called (jj
Chung yin, The middle sound or note.
WOO.
Synonimous with ^2 Woo, To awaken from sleep.
HEAOU.
SSZ
843
Hae szejin
| % /\ to injure
| /\
death. Haejin
a person so as to cause
Tsae sh ma new
Haepa
| #
to feel afraid.
Hae sew
| #
to feel
|
to become sick. Hae jin chung
| /\ # | t'. he who injures another man, will
finally injure himself Esze hae kung, fei chung yay }} #4
| ^\ JE #. th. for private ends to injure. public ones;
J# #E f= {{!. have
kill them is cruel.
one hundred
# # H. jj % # #
| jka cook.
Tsae foo
Shwy hae 7k
KEW.
To
a flood or inundation. Ph
# jR. # M. j# /\
| # 2 # A. he who neither
#
##
CHA.
HEA.
# | #! #||
# |
hae
interstice or opening.
-
isze moo yang urh; show urh, too hadu, tsew she tsuy tow
An ancient form of
f Shih.
le he sea, ###########
#####| 1 it that child's figure and hand, are
all good, only her lips are a little severe. Ph pajoo le hae
stantial; solid.
|f| }# #|| l
f
HAE.
Z. # not
haeptih tseen
3:
to wound
#vis
# 3,
Yen l
j- EH # | to make a great
l # to be merry and joyful.
entertain
chang A, El AF #| || || k ##
####
Shang yen
'# |
|}} |
MeV.n.
KEUE.
SEAOU.
From a ctvering and obscurity below. Obscure ; night i
fully set in ; small. Yuenseaou y j the night of the lMh
of the 1st moon. Seaou bing ^ |j" the name of an
insect which emits a light. Yuen seaou ta fang
hwa ting jfe ^ ^
jjfe ^ on the Yuen seaou
night, widely exhibit flower painted lanterns. Ching jug shlh
woo hwa tang tung seaou IE ^ ^ 2 $ jl^ J. 1
on the 15th of the first moon, the flower painted lanterns
shine through the whole night. Tsing seaou ^jjj ^ a clear
night. Leang seaou ^ | a fine night. Chung seaou fife.
^ the whole night. Tung seaou
j a winter's night. Stih
seaou
^ morning and night. Shoo seaou ^ ^ a hot
night. Han seaou ^ j a cold night.
Pei win ^
83 Tnl- \ 17- P^S6 *7. conUins classical
quotations including the word- j Seaou. Seaou ming tsaou
| fljj
the night shining plant.
844
Joo-kea ^ j the sect of the learned. A part or particular
region of the human body ) as, Pe wei leang kea ]^ jj ^
| the two regionsthe Pe and Wei ; domestic, or domesti
cated animals. Hwuy kea JgJ j to return borne. Teen
kea
| the Emperor. Jin kea
j a nun ; a person.
ChSb kea jjj j to go from home j to be devoted to the
priesthood. Kea ching j g great officers of the court ;
domestic officers of the Ecnperor, kings, and prince*. Kea
chang ^
the head of a family. Kea ching ^ jfj^ll.rules or government of a family. Keajin ^ ^ a domestic ;
also name of one of the diagrams. Kea shing |
the
genealogy of a family, on account of its rise. Kea she j j{
| the life ofa person; a written biography of the affairs of a family.
Kea she pub. haou j
^ jjjj (be worldly concerns of toe
family, unprosperous. She kea jfh j a family ofage*as
ancient family. Kea taou | \^ the ways or circumstance*
of a fau.ily. Kea kung tsze j ^ ^ our young master.
Kea chan tsin tseue" ] j! || $g to give up the whole
of one's property to creditors, or to government ; furniture,
slaves, and every thing is iucluded.
Foo foo ho urh how kea taou ching ^ ^jj
^
1
ffe husband and wife must agree, and then ioxuitu
principles will be perfected.
Kea | is often used for My, when speaking of
one'* own relations, at Ken foo, kea moo j
'
My father and my mother. Kea heung j ^
my elder brother.
Ta kea ^ ] the whole body
or number of persons concerned) ^
t|J
7 "k 1 ffl & *i & K,n chB u ,luns chay teo
leaou, ta kea too tsow ttin lae, Having teen him ascend the
carriage and set off, the whole of them, then all walked in.
Ttae kea pin ylh haou ^ j Jj^
ij^- for him can re
mains at home, even if poor it it still well,it is better than
leaving one's home. Tsze kea Q j one's self. Kea chay
kwo che tslh yay ^ ^ ^ T F|||
a family is the pat
tern of a nation. Shin sew, urh how kea tse: kea tie, urh
howkwSchc^ffijg } % ]
g
y^J when individuals posse*' virtuous accomplishment*; fami
lies will be correct and orde rly ; and when families are correct
and orderly, the nation will be properly regulated. (Ta-heJ).
845
# | # a discourse
on regulating a family
of # # Kang-he, by R #
# 4: Ten-ke-shih Sen sang.
4\ /\
ZH
##
Let
% |
M |
An ancient form
# | #+
denotes
are given
21.
#; |
F kea
5%
Kea
the medi
#3 shin.
# ]
and
# |
Kwan kea
Ten kea
# |
}: |
% |
Tsih
A retired apart
# If
Scen kea
Laou-tsze.
{l; |
Shih kea
# |
| ##
E.
"7:"
| #d H
heard of the fall of the Sung family, he shed tears
& # My
X. f: k ## J#
would
neither eat nor drink (an ordinary meal) for several months:
X k AE. J% # #
| # * # a complete collec
13th vol. of
# % Pei-wn,
103rd page.
head
Fung shin.
the Buddha sect.
of by the Chinese.
Kea-hen-ung
Te keu
ph shin kung
8. r
In 32
YUNG.
G # # #.
thing ;
p reside
l # little
perfume bags, worn by ladies. Yungjin chek" l N. 2
# to bear with people's faults. Yung maou | # the
carriage; demeanour; address.
Yung
chow
Meen.
VII.
40th
Radical.
846
^ | a haughty proud carriage. Ts8 neu urb yung j"^ -JjJ^jl ^ to act girlishly.
Shlh yung ^ | to lose countenanceto appear discoacerled. Yuen rnsou tseui she ^ ^ ^jn Jj^ a countenance
that exceeds (in beauty) all the world. He yung Ifi. 1
pleased counleaance. Chin yungjil. | a true countenance
are terms by which a painted likeness is expressed. Wei
foo neu yn keen e kwS che jin yu yen ki >g p5 yung. hwg yew
I ide 'ff ~tLm "ou' 'nl' w",nen
little girl, "ho b<ppra
accidentally to see men of strange countries, should express
themselves in a light contemptuous mannerperhaps such a
thing occurs.' (The viceroy of Canton, speaking of the op
probrious epithets applied by the Chinese to foreigners, )
Yuug J occurs in the sense of jf^ Fang, To guard
against; to ward off. Yung heen ^ ^ a district in Kwansc province. Yung ching ^
a hceu d^trict in Ctrih-le.
Yung chac suy peTh j
J)-fj ^ or Yung chae woo
pelh j ^
is a collection of criticisms, reflections,
anerdotes, remarks on history, etc written at the spur of the
moment, by J^t AJ- j|a Hung-king-loo, a statesman of tbe
Sung
dynasty. To a Chinese reader, the fourteen volumes
of this work form a r 1 1 lie r instructive miscellany.
Classical quotation* including the word Yung | are
found in .the 2nd vol. of jjj^ p Pei wan, S9th j
SEUEN.
Original form of Seuen ^ to circulate to cTcry part
^.HAOU.
An ancient form of Haou
847
YIN.
Men r">
= + H # | | ff ##
at
the
distance
of
The
}:
same as
Keen, Veneration,
respect;
devotion.
# # | # an
->
stih ynen
EIGHT STROKES.
In case of $iih wei show weijin, sze tsze tae te
# #f /\ $k l #
KEU. To store or lay up to house. One says, To sell.
| #
guard, and those who keep guard (at the palace gate) of their
own accord putting oth r people to stand for thenthey
# keep
GOW, or Yu.
guard at night,
#l, # Z# JX Hi j' ZF
To affect to sleep.
sH,
and Sew.
a-> 2%:
%.
/5
shih JU
# /\ # 4t f :# 4 ### DU
whoever pass the night on guard must never lay down their
weaponsthose who act contrary to this order shall be pu
nished with forty blows. (Ta-tsing-leth-le, 10th vol.)
+## | #
Tsze-loo did
shih p sih T.
}%
+ /\ !
A surname.
Stih chang
Sh sing
# |
Urh
| #
| Ji? the
# to
applied to composition.
Classical quotations including the word Sh
Pei win
'l X
occur in
to
to spend
****
An ancient form of the preceding.
stars.
borrow a lodging
Evening; night.
E]
w
licentious pleasures.
Neaou yew tse stih
SEiH.
# fi # |
rf1* Meen.
VIII.
40th Radical.
TSAE.
A lort of local fellow officer. A local magistrate. Leaou
tsae
^ an officer of government. Classical quotations
including the word Tsae 1 are contained in the 56th toI. of
Pei svan ^ ^ 40 *j. 108th page.
TSHE1H.
From a covering over teg*mi*om plants. A place where
there is no human voire Silent ; slill , quiet i poor ; lout Is,
stillness i repose i unmoved; inactive, applied to mind and to
bodj. Tselh tseTh woo jin ^ ] M K *llent an<l *oli"
tary. Tselh jen pBh tung ] 4ft >^ ^/j in a state of inac
tivity. Tselh mi woo leaou j
3Sl: Jjjfp lonely and
without the support of friends.
Yuen chung jay shin, tseih tting woo shingjt^ tjj ^
$5 I fi^ lB
in lhe y"A " lbe dead of "'Sht' lhcre
was perfect stillness and no voice heard.
849,
1 Hi
Ke koo.
IV.M.
| ####
leaf.
miscellaneous tales
| X
occur in
#|
| # a secret
an intimate friend.
K #|| # f #
an
affair
# * f : & 3.
An ancient punishm it which consisted in taking off the
|| 4 |#
# Tung yin
yin wel ;
''
-
F1 J.
t
i-, *
+i H!
|
# |E|
%|
...kung king
FE
JK
# 3# % #
| # |H H
respectfully meet
}l # # |
## #
# fl: i . |
# open,
to sounds in the
:*
{Q.
Pei wan, page 210, and in the 13th vol. 104th page.
| # # name of a commentalor
1. ^%!!. T. # ##, R
#
My
&YZN
# |
wn
1 \-21
MEIH.
| \!!
3:
| # =E # near
the royal do
main. (Shoo-king.)
on the
ancient classics.
therefore
I' E. Le-ke.
# the net
(##
Che leu nae meih lEjk j#
JR 2}>
Ph kwei meth
spect so as to be one in all the acts of government. (Shoo
other.
|
Wang yih shaou meth yen
also is rather closesaid metaphorically of the laws.
Meih yew
| Jiji a military
sung #
# K | | }. Hi H X | || k #.
Hills forming a kind of amphitheatre, or large hall to "p
to rest, profound, still ; silent, secret. Name of a state, and
secret . Lidden.
of a district ; a surname. Pe meih #!
still;
Se meth %| ! sm.ll; delic.te. Tsing meih
# l
Ke "eth
# |
#E l
intimate ; fauniiiar.
PA RT 1,
8 s.
a secret spring or
close: thick.
Meih how
Kin meth
| F# close, inti
chin pth meth, tsh sh'h shin, ke sze pith meil, taih haeching,
If the prince do not keep secrets, he will lose his minister", ifa
minister do not keep secrets he will lose his life, if plans are
not kept secret, the success of the enterprize will be ruined.
(Yih-king)
/\ J' |H. }: IL 3 # #A l
H- Meen.
VIII.
40th Radical.
YA.
850
is what soft yielding bad men do; to exercise violence ltd
cruelty by availing one's self of the power of superiors, is
what stubborn unbending wicked men effect (Coramentarj
00 the preceding quotation.)
Under the technical appellation Shang-kew ^* ^ ef
the Mung-kwa 'Jgr ^:|\ it is said, KeTh mung pSh le wei
kw,.eyukow-^^^f|| g ] ft g |
rulers who attack the stupid people, who in extreme cases arc
disposed to anarchy, if they do it ill (by excessive severity) the?
themselves become cruel plunderers; if wtll, by a reasonable
strictness, they prevent cruelly and plunder.
(YTh-kinj.)
The ancient monarrhs Shun
and Chow-kung ^
are adduced as examples of exercisirg just severity whilst
Tsin-hwang 7^. ^ a d Han-woo
by their exces
sive severity. Wei kow ^ ^ became cruel plunderers.
(Commentiry on the preceding quotation.)
The principle of mod rate severity, united with a caolioas
avoidance of pushing people to extremities by excessive
harshness, is always inculc.it d by Chinese writers on goveriment , they say jfjic If. |pP in attacking the ignorant ti
7&K HOW.
From to attack and (0 complete. To plunder of every
thing ; to pillage. A plundering attack made by a band of
villains, by pirates, and by foreign marauders. Internal commolionsare expressed by ^ Lwan. Large numbers of destruc
tive birds or other animals are called Kow. Sze kow "pj j
a criminal judge. Hae kow ^ j pirates. Kow tTh j
JJ^ plundering banditti. Kow iUJin |
J{ to.plunder
and murder.
The king should SMh gS kow ne8, Is in pit h wei ming
1 M HI ^ l
lhe Tio,ence nd
cruelly of those (wick d ministers) who shew no awe
of the elearly apparent will of heaven. (She-king.) Kwei
uy chny, juw "d die so wei , kow ncS chay, king gS che so fi
jjjhj' ^ to follow peuple in power whether right or wrong,
$L $; )g
,Q ffrj B r1'S t>> . although it
be with a high degree of strictness, is merely for the pur
pose of guarding against their becoming bandits ; it is 1
to remove their disposition to rebel agaiusl what is 1
and where these ends are effected the strictness
IP
# X $M -tiL lhc> "e tlack<!d wilt *
sive severity, then this side cease* to be reasonable, us
the alhckers become bandits.
Ching tIh v,ei vrang , pae Ulh wei kow JjjjJ^ J||J ^ :
H'J $3 1 ,n ,he e"nt of ,ucceedin8 he will be as.,
if defeated he will be a rebel.
Chin wan die ping U8 yu 11 uy wei lwan ya wae weiktn
1 (your servant; have heard that military operations, originat
ing within a country, constitutes confusion (or civil war)
when from without they constitute K< u the all.ck of is
enemy. Kow kew j
an enemy. (
|tJ^ TsS-choeaJ
Kow Ulh keen kwei ] ffi^t^C marauders, murderers
85]
rebels, and traitors.
(shoo-king)
40th Radical.
IX.
Men "a
| # # }%
SIN.
consist of mul.
#2
1 Now
#### her; andEl hence
titude collected toget#,
a crowd making an
tsae wae yuken, tsae nuy yu kwei
# /\ E. # fi:
who
murder
people
YUH.
# E] #. % p.) E. #:
those
propagates fire.
court are called Keen, in the court they are called Kwei,
(Commentary or the Shoo-king)
An erroneous form of
% Chuen.
KEEN.
chamber, to sleep.
|#
($#)
&#| |&#|
*E* Foo.
tE)
An ancient form
of: Tsae,
To rule or govern.
A woman's name.
|}
'
HwAN.
Hwin fang
# j name
of an ancient state.
CH1NG.
Ancient form of
# Yen,
ancient history.
see Radical
/k
Ho.
word Foo, rich. Shenjin foo chay, weiche shang : yinjin foo
chay, weiche yang # A. | # # Z 'l # A. |
# # Z %ka virtuous man's being rich, is a reward (or
a blessing); a licentious man's being rich, is a punishment (or
a curse).
| #+ #
l #
MfeVtf.
;|<
ffc Iff ' if riches could be obtained by human
effort, though I were a horse driver, 1 also should aim at
them; but since they cannot be obtained by seeking for them,
I'll follow What my inclination leads me to i'viz. the study
M moral philosophy. One of the commentators aays ^ ^
foWlJr'R'ZPjffitiL lhebein* rich " tletermined
by fate, and cannot be bbtained by striving for them Another
scholiast is hurt at the paragraph doing supposed to express
Mic real sentiment of Confucius ; viz. that he would aim at being
rich, if he thought there was any use- in it ; and therefore he
SJ* ^ pj"
the sage never had any idea of striving for
ri'chtSi and how would he ever ask Whether it were or were
not practicable to obtain them! ^
f* %
$ |I|J
^ 5&
M fpj 1 bul be ex,,re,,L'd hi'" ,af tlM"'
rnerel) to shew clearly that it was impossible to obtain wealth
by striving ta it;' and another glossographcr adds, ^
852
~>- iM "tit ' t^,e
man 'oe* no* nate ^'c',**,lo noMB'
and therefore forbear to strive for them ; but be dori it
from maintaining the principle that they depend on the i
of hoaren, and are not to he had by* man's striving.""
She foo, kejin 1^ ^
^ to presume on richmri
insult other people. Foo urh woo keaon ^ j^J ife Rj
rich without being proud.
The five conditions which constitute happinew are tk i-'.
<jS Jl. r|
ftt lbe fir,t 'along life, these. os
riches (or perhaps a competence is meant) ; ll.elliinl ir.hc.iltb
and repose; the fourth is the love of virtue , ami the ntlhiii
natural death. (Shoo-king.)
In the Le-king it is said that ^ ffi Jochav, the pbilor*
Ph.r x*iftB%$:VXfk 1 piih ke ,o "*
to win e wei foo, does not aim at accuroulafiiig wealth, bit
considers a great accumulation of literature to be riches.
During the J Yin dynasty, \
) jfj] ft # *
kwei foo urh shang che, 'Men valued riches and gate Ike
precedence to age.' which was a falling off from the good til"
of society which preceded, when men
|ij Kwei till 1 ulna'
virtue'above every thing else. For when goicramaa
| jlfc
' make it their principal study to enrich tic
people'-the people will ^^-^St^W^S
every one appropriate selfishly their property, and disowtlhej
kindred.
The Shoo-king says of the J{L ||J^ Teen-yS, or officer, of
justice, that ^ | =f $
|
^ the, not only
executed the law wi;h the utmost strictness upon powatt
families who offended; hut also executed it with the utnust
strictness on rich families;' thus they ^ ^ Jjj/ |[j ^>
'f'''] ^ tli were DC'ler intimidated by power; s*
seduced b) gain.
Tern h.io e tsze ; ho shin piih foo ^ ffi J*J $)] ff
W
1
dut" he"Te" cn",lise l>lle ^'"j)1
the god, not enrich hi.., I /L
i- H i M A ^
-jj^ it is til in coiikequri.ee of t!.e king bdrcving W
women s.:y, i. e hearkel.i.ig lo their opinions abont jurC"
ine.it. (ihe-kiig.)
Jin ci.e laze suing, yiu tsew wit klh , i-e hwln pW> *
853
yih tsuy jih foo
AZ '## k #####
# |
drink wine are mild and overcome it (or are not overcome
by it); those who are stupid and ignorant, when once they
get drunk, become every day worse.
(She-king.)
mei
TSIN.
d
An ancient form
Mng tsze
of # Tsin.
% #1 #
is expressed by Tsin.
4:=
2\\ An ancient form of # Ning.
4. H|| # . possessed
Kung-sun-chow then
# H] % 1% #
7. | the case being thus, why should you then be unable
to sleep for joy . The philosopher replied, # # M. {{. #
added, Jen tsih, he wei he urh ptih mei
#5
PING.
#
-
BH # X. |
to be unable to
##
/\ on account of anxious thoughts about one's parents
in times of anarchy. (She-king.) Sh hing yay mei }\ j#
% | to rise early in the morning and sleep at night. Kea
sleep even till day light breaks in the morning,
mei
(Mng-tsze) .
Ping-yu.
-
#:
HWAN.
A wall that encircles or surrounds a set of houses.
j.
5Q.
Name of a place in ancient geography, in the time
Y.
&
MEI, and M.
mei:
# fil X, |
HAN.
# |
severe cold.
| l'
Han tung
| # cold, frigid.
t*-* Meen.
IX.
40th Radical.
Z~VR 1
te easiest
growing plants in the world, if you scorch them one day, ai J
freeze them ten days, will never grow,'so if the king
in a fit of warm zeal associate with the wise and good ne day,
and leave (hem for the blasting company of the vicious ten
dayt, bow can be ever make progress iu virtue.
HANG.
854
WAN.
To draw j to lead. Tbit character is said to be erroMoei
The tame at Yu
ft
house orW?
855
TO.
KEAOU.
9fc
Kcauu leaou 5lC
empty ; unsubstantial.
^J^l^ MEAOU.
An ancient form of
Meaou,
40th Radical.
NING.
IX.
Meen ^*
TEN STROKES.
YIN.
TS1N.
To apply water to, as when watering plants ; to steep ; to
drench; to saturate with water; gradually. Nome of a river
in Hunan province, on the cast side of Woo-gan-he'en jj^ "j^^ N. L. 86*. 40*. Tsin selh ] J^, to cease gradually ;
discontinued. Tsin shwae ' ^ f tu fade or decay gradually.
Tsin kea j ^ hy degrees ; in a slow gradual manner.
Considered synonimous with '$jf Tsin.
CUE.
TSIN.
rf-^Meen.
X.
856
40th Radical.
UN G.
^ W Che yu yu hwae ;
KOW.
ME.
PAOU.
An erroneous form of
Teaou.
MANG.
857
An ancient form of
Yin, Respectable.
ELEVEN STROKES.
K'H ANG.
Kung-lang jp|
nn nnnccnpisd
CH"HA.
From to overthaiow, as looking down upon from above,
and lo taerifice. To examine. Reiterated enquiry ; examination ;
to investigatei to examine; to scrutinize; to judge; to manifest;
to make conspicuous ; to tak an extensive or general survey.
Cha-cha, Clean, clear, pure, uucorrupted enquiry. Head Tar,
To sacrifice, denoting that when nil hum in enquiry has failed,
recourse is had to superior powers by sacrifice. Sing chi ^
| to enquire into ; to examine. Chi IS ^ -4^f examine
and decide; are. word* of form whirl) close tiie prayer of
persons petitioning their superiors. Used also by equals and
superiors when making n statement of matters purporting to
be f'rts. Chi chi wei ming ^ ] jjjjjj ^ a reiterated
scrutiny is considered a mark of intelligence i this is said
TAUT I.
8 I
40th Radical.
XI.
Meen
^Meeti. XI.
40th Radical.
TSIN.
Same as ^ Tsin.
KWA.
From a covering and to divide. Few ; little ; seldom . rarely ;
ingle; alone. A widow ; a woman without her husband at
358
the age of fifty , a term used by kings and princes for / and m.
Kwa, is used also in a good sense, implying Few desires, and little
to say. To rhyme, read Koo and Ko. Pub woo kwsn ki
^\ |tjj gjfi
do not insult a widower nor a widow. Kos
kwa jjjj ^ fatherless and widows. To kwa
^ hot
many i Pow to )Th kwa ^ ^ ^jfc ^ to lessen the
superabundant and add to the deficientthus equalizing. Kn
foo |
a widow woman. Kwa hi j ^ to unite io
society rarely. Rwa jin ^
or Kwa keun | ^ '
the king, used with affected humility, implying that his virtus
are small. Kwa tse ^
the wife, properly so called, she
beingbutone. KwatTh |
possessed ofbut little virtot
Kwa win ^ Jffl to have heard but little ; to be uoacqiainled
with the world. Kwa y ^ ^ few desires.
Kwan kwa koo tuh Bj^ ]
a widower; inidov.
fntherless, and childlessfour forms of distress commonl;
spoken of together. Show kwa ^ j to maintain a stale
of widowhood ; to refuse to marry a second husband. Kn
yen j =" to speak little. Kwa keu j Jjlj to lite is
widowhood; 'to live alone. Kwa urh woo gow ^
|!E
alone or single , without a companion. Keno tite epos
to yth kwa, ching wfih ping she ^ "jT U || % jj| |
SI
Tf^jMe eminently good man withdraws from
own abundant virtue, and gives to those who are deficient ; and
thus weighing himself and others brings all to an equalilj
This passage occurs io the Yih-king under the =5 jjjjjj
Keen kwa diagram, on the subject of humility, where j|J) tjl
/fj { I j the hills on the earth are introduced as an emblem of
humility, from their lowly site. Thr words Pow < tU*.l
in the above quotation, ace now used proverbial!; for vitbdrawing from the superabundant and adding to the deficient id
any
Keih jin chetsze kwa; tsaou jin che Uze to "jjj j\ ^
S? 1 % A Z if % a h;,pp^ Tirti,ou' *?
little; a .fluttering unsteady man talks much. (Yih-kmjJ
These words are part of a paragraph where il ia atBrir.eJ tie
different characters of men will be apparent frosn tacir
of talking. Che yu king kwa ; che ju shSh foo
-J- ^
^ 3[ "^p j||
new kind care {"' lne ,iofle
friendless ; and provide connexions for unprotected somen:
859
(Shoo-king.) This quotation is part of the instruction* given
by
tjf Woo-wang, to the governors of states. Of the
virtues of Wan-wang,it is said in the She-king, that their
influence descended to posterity, and amongst other effects,
afforded Hing yu kwatsejfl]
^ ^ a rule of propriety
to the king's wifein the midst of the royal palace.
MANG.
To sleep.
TSHIN.
From a covering, a bench, and a hand grasping a broom.
To sleep ; a back apartment , a bed chamber : the back apart
ment in temples, and in ancient palaces, in which were six
Tsin, called by different names ; the Tsin, in temples, were
recesses for the idols ; any dwelling house is sometimes called
Tsin. To desist; to rest, as in sleep ; the place were the dead
sleep : the grave. Ling tsin jjgr
graves of Emperors,
where sacrifices arc offered ; began in the 2nd century. Yuen
tsin HH j grounds around the graves of monarchs. Kew
**'n 111 ] name of a district. Fei tsin wang tsan ^ ^
Tj> j to lose one's sleep and forget one's foodthrough
anxiety or ardent study. Tsin shen chin kwae ^
jflfa
to sleep on straw, a sod for the pillowas Chinese are
taught to do when mourning for their parents. Tsin shih j
j? an inner chamber. Nuy tsin f^J j a bed-chamber for
females. Ping chung nuy tsin |
ffi ] dicd in lhe
inner chamber. Ching tsin J ^ a dormitory for men.
Tsin seth ^ ^ t0 go to sleep and rest. Tsing gan tsin
=jjj ^ ^ I wish you tranquil s\eep, said by persons to each
other when retiring for the night. Chung yay pu'h tsin jw
I not to sleep the whole night : this was said by
Confucius of himself, in a passage where he affirms also, that
often
0 ^ | he did not eat for a whole day ^ Jg
on account of thinking! which practice he adds
^ ^
40th Radical.
XI.
Meen ***
"flfi
fyt WR' ^ n0 *dvantBge; an^ 't wa better to read
and learn. (Lun-yu.)
SMh poh gan , bin pfih ning | ^ |
$g
no comfort in eating; no rest in sleepexpresses great distress
and disquietude. Neth tsin choo che gan ^ j ^
sunk in the repose of the bed-chamber ; addicted to
slumber and to sloth. Ofdutiful children it is said that in re
ference to their parents they ^ | jjj^
Win tsin she
shen, enquire about their sleep, and examine their food.
Tsae-yu
"J* a pupil of Confucius
1 Chow
tsin, slept in the day-time ; on which account his master made
the following remark, t^^V^PfJUlik^i^,
not be carved ; a mud wall containing ordure cannot be white
washed. 0 Yu, how shall I correct you ! The scholiasts add,
1B'X%:%PjffiVAM%lL ""' J-g that
Yu was unworthy of reproof; was the means by which he gave
him the strongest reproof.
Tsin mcaou j J^ijj Tsin, expresses the interior and retired
parts of temples where the idols are placed ; and JHcaou, the
exterior parts of the templet.
HWUH.
woo.
^Me>n.
860
GOW,
Gao gow
a tort of cottage or
Gov, An
SHIH.
From c ctvering nver a ilrirg nfpetrli. Affluent) full j
stuffed ; solid ; real | linccrc ; to cram or fill ; fruit , the effects ;
thingaj that which really ii. A turuame Sze shlh
|[ the
reality of affairs ; the farts Yew ruing woo shlh ^
^HE
| haa the name, nut the reality i merely nominal. Ilwa shlh
dfe ^ flowers and fruit j specious show and reality Chun;
shlhjjff 1 filled with wealth or learning. Mwan ahTh jjjj^j
\ a vessel filled full. Kef shlfa ^ \ the forming of frail
afler the blossom. Chf shlh ^ j to set about a thing in
earnest i strenuous effort. Laou shTh j ] old and honest ,
simple and sincere. Shlh shTh l IB j j ^
truly ;
renlly i safely ; securely. SMh shiih J ^| really pertains or
belongs to; really ii. ShTh shlh j j or Chin shTh jL ^
true; sincere. Shlh tsae j
true ; real; very; ically.
Ching shih =Jjj^ ] sincere and hoe>l. Yin shlh J&jjf ^
affluent and substantialMid of merchants. Shang we tlh shih
^
1 "ol ,et a,cerUmeQ' luc '*cU- ^en k"0
861
SMh ioo \
denotes not only a true number s but tho
full complement! or, an active verb, <>./!/< up the complement.
Occurs read Cbe, in the sense of Che
to a particular degree
or place.
SI H . From a covering or house, and things piled up
under, or in it ; filled full i stopped or closed up . the same as
=fe Slh. Read Sac, A district on the borders of a country.
NING.
From heart Mew a shelter, and placed on necessary
utensils, below all is an aspiration. Rest , repose , tranquility ;
desiring one thing rather than another. That which
had better or rather be done; generally followed by that
which had better not be, in a succeeding member of the sen
tence. Name of a district. A surname. Kwei ning J|j| |
a bride's visiting her parents for the first time after leaving
borne. Ting ning ~J" ^ to charge over and over again.
Ning yuen j |pj I would rather ; I wish ; I desire. Tsae san
ting ning
^ "J" j charged over and over again. Kang
ning j^F j state ofrepose and tranquillity: freedom from
disease; health. Yu ning ^* j retiring from office for three
years after the death of a parent. Ning sze ptth keu ^ ^
^ better die than go. Ning US tae piug keuen m ts5
lelwanjin | fls
ft || <fe Q ^ better
be a dog in times of general peace, than a man in the midst
of civil wars.
Ning koo IS ^
a region near the
river Amour.
Gan ning ^J? j repose and rest, health and comfort i
said of individuals or of families. Put) ning wei she
j
pj^ J^j not only this, or thus much i but, Ac. Ning ko j
*pj* it is better) better to j as Ning ko sin ke yew; pBh ko
sin ke woo ] ?Jp/fg it$$ it is
better to believe that it exists, than that it does not exist,
no harm can arise from believing it, but disbelieving it may
be attended with serious consequences. Woo ning
^
not so good as,the first proposition is Woo ning, or not so
food as this second one. Ningjin sclh sze ^
vol i.
8 x
40th Radical. XL
Meen
Names of place:
Ning chow ^
there are two places of this name, one in
Kan-sBh province, and the other in Yun-nan province.
Ning-hae-he'en j
a district in Ch6-kcang, there is a
place of the same name in Man-chow Tartary.
Ning-hae-chow 'j
/J>|\| in Shan-tung province.
Ning-hea-foo | g fft in Kau-sSh.
Ning-heang-heen j ffi
in Hoo-nan ; and one of the
same name in Shan-se.
Ning-ho-heen ^ ypj* ^t a district in ChTh-Ie.
Ning-hwa-he'en ^ ^ ^ in FBh-keen.
Ning-keaug-chow j
in Se-gan.
Ning-kwS-foo j
ffi- in Keang-nan province, there is
also a heen district in the same province called Ning-kwS.
862
Ning-ling-heen 1 ## in Ho".
Ning-ming-chow | || || in Kwang'e,
Ning-yuen-cho. 1 #}} in Mancho" Tartars.
5% #in Shen-se.
Ning sheen
# # in Kan"h.
Ning-th-heen
Ning-too-chow
| # # in Funken.
l #|| } in Keang-se.
Ning-tsin-hen
| ## in chille.
Ning-tin-heen
### in chille.
Leaou.
GAN.
sleeping.
CHOO.
# # in Szechsen.
Ning-yuen heen 1 ## in Hoo-nan, and there is a place
Ning-yuen foo
LOW.
4:
***
>
&
# sound; noise.
->
# #
CH'HAE.
4. Ye
wri
-
##
Ying chae.
}l, |
chae
|l; |
|# |
TWELVE STROKES.
#)
| 5E
Yi chaefoojin j|| | # A
an encampment of robbers.
Tsih chae
Chae choo
her lady ship (the wife of the principal bandit) who keeps pos
session of the encampment, when the party leaves on plun
dering excursions. Keu chae ching wang
# l #3E
SING.
*: TsANG.
E.
Tng hung
# # a large hou"
863
#.
SHIN.
+
To protect and dis
| ' or Shin wn | #]
KHEAOU.
J
To throw one's self into a temporary abode as a visitor,
a lodging.
WEI.
to try; to investigate; to
| #
| # to judge or try any
affair. Shin ch | # to judge and examine. Shin chh
chin tsing | |H| # # to investigate and discover the
N wei
|##
unsettled; unsteady
disquieted. A
real facts.
# |f $ |
there is no
w
# spay
i. #
he dreamt
In
SE
#5
jR T
3: l # #
chin
# : Z l #j }|{ # Z.
BH # # ff draw
Seay sin
if any one
####. #
In the Le-king,
] $
| # shinyin,
Pwan seuen
##
Seay shoo
Sea,
| # to
to cast an image.
Meadu seay
hwa
write a
Seay tsze
a writer in a mercautile
house.
# |
# to write characters,
a likeness of a person.
# to draw a picture.
| # to paint
to Put
to sketch or copy.
l # # |# R& #
to
#y |
or Tng seay
|# |
displays. Chaou
to transcribe.
E seay
a sort of eddy.
(She-king.)
Keun tsze yu ke che kae chay pth seay, keyu kae seay
#
d
TSUNG.
#########
1.3% ## 1 "
the prince confers his leavings in vessels that can he washed,
Meen.
X1TI.
40th Radical.
do not pus the food invo another vessel ; hut in all other
pais the food into another Teasel. (Lc-ke.)
864
or eminently good man. Kwan urh jew che ^ j^jj ^ ~
liberal (indulgent) but yet having a fixed rule of proeetdis;
Yu chung e kwan ^j] ^ j.^ ^ he ruled the multitsdt
with lenity. (Shoo-king.)
the ground.
THIRTEEN STROKES.
GAOL).
40th Radical.
865
XIV.
Meen
E.
From to cover over and m doubt. To examine ; to investigate.
HWAN.
Same as ;ra Teen. See under eleven strokes.
From to gaze up under a covering. The district anciently
included in the Imperial domain j a wall that surrounds the
palace. Name of a district. Hwan yu 3|[ ^ all the world.
Hwan keu | fjg or Chin hwan gf "] all the world ; the
apace walled in by the horizon.
STROKES.
A net.
MEEN.
Meen meen
a house deitilute
^Meen.
XVIII.
40th Radical.
866
LEIH.
leih
CH'HUNG.
He
From n covering and a dragon, which it the badge of the
Imperial dignity. Dwelling in an honorable place. Affection ;
tender rcgnrd to; love; kindness. A surname. Chung-gae
tfjBv ardent affection ; lore. Chung tselS ^ ]j^ or Nuy
chung [7^J \ 8 farorite concubine. Chung e j ^' unusual
kindness. Chm g gin ^ ^ the most gracious and kind treat
ment. Chung sclh ^ ^ a favor or benefit bestowed in the
most gracious manner. Chun yew j Jj[j^ gracious help ; the
assistance of grace.
Shing chung 3^? J tacredfavor, is used by the Catholic
Missionaries for ' gratia divina,' but a Chinese would under
stand by the phrase, Imperial favor. Tih chung Wji j
to obtain the favor, or strong partiality of a person. Chungchin ^ E a favorite minister. Chung fe j
a favorite
ro)al concubine. Chung chen chucn fang ^
J|l
being a favorite (concubine) to usurp entirely a husband's
attentions ; a phrase used where polygamy prevails. She chung
urh keaou ij'rj; j ffjj ffj|| to presume on being a favorite
and behave proudly.
In the Shoo-king, Woo-wang when going to subjugate
r*W, says^
f R fjj % ft Z 1% he"en'
in order to protect mankind, has appointed princes and teachers;
Mffl-t # 1 &W5 ******
required of them is to assist the most High Ruler, in diffusing
grace and peace to every region S /f |f| $K HP "f* ^
f$C ^3
JlX
' ^are not pre,ume to nx wy own w'"
in determining whether men have crimes or not. Keu chung
sze wei
j JEj^
when enjoying favor think of danger
intended to iuspire caution. In the She-king,
Lung
occurs in sense of ^ Chung.
An ancient form of Han
cold.
LEAOU.
PAOU.
From a, covering or house filled with gems, porcelain >U
pearls. Paou wSh
fyfy] a precious commodity. Naa &
che paou J|| ^
] a precious thing difficult to be
procured. Chin paou
| valuable pearls. Money ehaajers write up |jQ j jgj ^ the natiooal and precissi
circulating mediumto be had here. On tradesmen's shots
these four words are written up for good luck, Chaou tsae Ui
paou ffi ftj"
^ to draw-in wealth, and introduce gen*.
867
P"HOW.
Oft
FUNG.
4:31: ...
#
MANG.
Ming-hing ##
foolish, silly,
# Fung.
Original form
of # Sih,
To stop-, to close
/*
# ME, or Mei.
In a deep sleep.
YU.
#
#
E, or Ne.
guage of dreams.
HAN.
868
AN
870
Adjntt, 108.
Adjust and bring nil It) an rq'iality, 232
Adjiitant-genfVil in the army, 846.
Admired and famous. 25?.
Admiration induced by excellence, 314.
Admonish n superior, 277.
Adn.noiah, a writini for I h r- admonition
of the age, a moral exsav , 271.
Admonish, 139.
Adopt a Hon, 422.
Adopt the doclri aes of ancient fathers,
SIS.
Ad pl"d children and parents, 59i.
Adorn, I '9.
Adorned, ornamented, glossed over, 614.
Advance. 2S9.
Advsii.ce forward, 239.
Ad vance forward, 179.
Advancement, promotion, 239.
Advantage, gain, 229.
Advantageous, H47.
Advent of spirits manifest, but not heard
or seen, 178.
Adversity the lot of the urinous, com
mon complaiut, 761.
Adiersity.or thegriefriling from it, 243
Adversity, prosperity ; succcu anil fail
ure, 413.
Advise, 877.
Advise and cneour.ijje, 277.
Advise the sovereign, 337.
Adiocale, SO.
Adulation with a malicious intention, 95
Adultery and lomKatioit, 6J.1.
Adulters, hy the hush md's consent puniahable hy law, 533.
Adulter ss may he sold hy her husband,
hut not to her paramour, 634.
Aff:.ir, 4 4.
Affair, II concerns j had affair, important
affair, 44, 8.
Affairs, every man minds bis own, 364.
Affect respectability by expensive shew,
I0I.
Affected not to observe it, 350.
Affected ignorance of any occurrence,
5"3.
Affected by, under the influence of, 26.
Affection, fraternal, 339.
Affectionate, strongly attached, remem
brance of, 700.
Amiable, 351.
Anonymous, 297.
Ainol, 327.
order, 42.
Ancestors, received from, 149.
Ancestors, their dust, relicks of them,
viewed with reverence, 538.
Ancestors, tablet dedicated to inside
Chinese doors, 687.
Ancient times resemble the present, 65
Ancient times men's hearts better than
now, 347.
231.
As of old, 105.
As to, 32.
As soon as, 11.
Arrive, 230.
Arrive, when did he
Artificer, 290.
A posite, 362.
Apprehend, 137.
220.
Arrange, 104.
Arrange is order, 225.
Array, extend in, my three armies, 370.
97.
479.
Animaliife, 62.
lustre, 590.
Arithmetic, 38.
And, 19.
And, this man and his brother, 338.
483.
Andromeda and
871
Arena, 552.
872
Ask, to,-400.
At, 47.
230.
675.
350.
ner, 423.
Backbite, 898.
Attendant, b6.
assent, 433.
again, 339.
seventy, 371.
Backwards. 450.
Back of a knife, 218.
virtuous, 329.
Bad countenance, 169.
261.
crimes, 663.
to, 434.
Assistant, 246.
Aunt, 82, -841.
539.
1, 292.
Bamboo
square ve
of
Bamboo, spotted, caused by the teafs
two sister queen. 651.
Banditti, 292.
Bauditti disorderly, 293.
512
* -
Banditti, robbers of
Bauditti,
".
ligious
bandilti, 292.
7.
iven to the
be given
500.
873
Beautiful, 97.
Because, 461.
Bench, 211.
Beneficence, to all creatures recommend
ed, 329.
Benefactor, 29, 30.
Benevolence, the heavens and earth or
nature, henevolent, 63.
Benevolence, 63.
Benevolent deeds without reward con
Bent, 414.
B-nzoin, 791
Besie-eto, 472.
472.
Basket, 541.
Beg, 38.
634.
wind, 422.
Behind, I 18.
Bezoar, 583.
541.
B-stow, 280.
B. low, 17.
506.
Bio-raphy, 746.
Biogr phy of eminent men and women,
120 vols 628.
tl3.
timcs, 21 1.
8 N
874
Book, 3.17.
Books intended for female education,
429.
456.
60s.
Blended, 53.
sharp, 330.
Blush to receive it, 342.
Board with an inscription, 297.
Board of magistracy, or that court in
Peking which takes cognizance of
all civil appointments, 361.
Boast and praise one's self, 598.
Boasting, not meritorious, 80.
Bing, 393, 427.
Boasting, vain and empty, 383.
Boats, or dragon boats, on a Chinese
holiday, 301.
Boating, party of pleasure, 689.
Boatmen's song flowed in deep inter
rupted tones, 411.
Bodies painted or tattooed, 256.
Body, the, 62.
Body of a good man may be endangered,
but his purpose remain firm, 316,
Body, or whole number, 296.
Bless, 374.
autumns, 300.
Births, difficult and unnatural, 494.
279.
Boundary, 540.
Bookcase, 294.
Blindly, 122.
Blitered earthen ware, 549.
192.
409, 410.
306.
Boys, to attend on
Bonzes or priests of Buddha, 85.
875
Bury a living person with the dead, 104.
Buskin for the legs, 139.
Business, 44.
Business of the world, 81.
Business, occupation, affairs, 870.
Business every man must mind his own,
115.
Business not to he neglected by those
who sit on a throne, Chow.king's
advice lo his son, 368.
Bustle and hurry, 304.
Bustle, 48.
Busy body, 45.
But, only, 86.
But, 3".5.
But, 38.
Butcher, skilful, 231.
Butterfly, name of a Chinese play, 571.
Buzz, or hum of insects, 571.
By, 78.
By and by, 80.
By slanders, 143.
By the means to effect an end, 78,
Cadaverous, a ground coloured face, 478.
Cage to confine a criminal in, 458.
Cake, 88.
Calamity, 814.
Calamities sent down by heaven, 380.
Calamity, to bring it on one's self, 534.
Calamity or misery induced by antece
dent crimes, 786.
Calabash, 823.
Cal-imitous affair, 215.
Calmness of the ancient king Shun, on
being elevated from the plough to
the throne, 466.
Calvaria, 461.
Call out with a loud voice, 407.
Call a man here, but receive no answer,
330.
Call, to, 350.
Call upon, 278.
Call, a slave who is at one's call, 409.
Call, call the boy to sweep the ground,
376.
Call black, white ; and virtue, vice, 609.
Colic-g , flourishing state depends on the
teachers, 466.
Culling lo, invoking, ordering servants,
and so on, 376.
Camel, 91.
876
breast, 516.
Carnation, 29.
the
Carpenter, 290.
Carried off by robbers, 261.
Carriage, to stop it, 137.
Carriages, horses and idle tours to be
authorised ad
Centipedes, 160.
Central Asia, included in the term west.
ern regions, 506.
Cassias, 581
ed, 177.
defence, 519.
Castration, a punishment, 841.
Castrating, punishment of 273.
Ceremonial. 163.
manhood, 200.
Catamite, 692.
Caves and dens of the mountains, 490
Change, 285.
changes, doctrine
Carefully, 67.
of action, 99.
47 l.
P kwa, 311.
577.
".
550.
877
Chop-stick?, ivory, introduction of them,
grieved Ke-ttze, 431.
Chop off, with a hatchet, 237.
Chop sticks and spoon, dropt them, 285.
Chronic disorder, 466.
Chronology, Chinese, from FHh-he, to
A. D. 1815, makes 5200 years. Intro.
xiii.
Chrysanthemum Indicum, 574.
Chung.yung, the second of the FourBooks, 26.
Chuhg-Ueay, a notorious courtezan,
624.
Cinnamon, the fleshy species, 796.
Circle, complete one, the whole of any
thing, 474.
Circle, to draw one, 469.
Circulate, the heavens circulate from the
left and the earth from the right,
373.
Circular motion of the heavens, shews
the orbit to be round, 476.
Circulate or go round, 373.
Circuit of the heavens, the sun performs
it in one day, 373.
Circuit made round the hill, 461.
Circuitous, minute and troublesome
aff.iirs, 496.
Circuinferance, every part of, 230.
Circumspect, 67.
Circumstances good, placed in, 540.
Circumstances, all of them, 362.
Citadel, a little city, 541.
Citadel or castle for defence, 519.
Cite, 350.
Citron, of China, 99.
City gate of Loo, went to ruin, 557.
City, walled towu ; wall of a town, 504.
Civilize, 285.
Civil and military officers, 388.
Civil officers brought forward, and mili
tary laid aside, 297.
Civility of the poor cannot eonsi.t in
presents s nor of the old, in bowing
and kneeling, 258.
Civility, insupportably great, compli
mentary expression, 180.
Civilize and reform, 286.
Civilized society, the materials of, 703.
Claim, falsely, 196.
Clamour, 42S, 412.
878
Clamour and noise, undignified,. 556.
Clamour of mean men affects not the
good man, 881.
Clamorous, not, nor insolent, 369.
Clamorous noiie ofguests in a hall, 411
Clan of the Scoth, resembles the Chinese
Sing, 626.
Clandestinely, or privately to take, 342.
Class of persom, large number of the
ante, ICS
Classic, the Shoo-king, preserved from
the burning of Tsin-hwang te, by
Fuh-sing Intro, xii. Note.
Classic or sacred book, 192.
Classic, classical works, 192.
Classes, to connect them, 3JB.
Classified like plants, 298.
Clatter, clatter, 4i)G.
Clay or wood image or idol, 55!.
Cleanse from dust, 637.
Clean, 57, 41.
Clean, by washing and scrubbing, 232.
Cleanse the heart, 231.
Clear distinct sound, 433.
Clear, applied either to colours or to
sounds, 51.
Clear, cool, 207.
Clearly, 43
Clemency and severity, should temper
each other, 645.
Clepsydra, 235.
Cleave asunder, 227
Clever, 113.
, Clever, active, quick, 83.
Climate not agreeing with a person, 477.
Cloacina, 665.
Clod, is n son's pillow by the side of a
parent's grave, 215.
Clod ofearth, the great clod, the material
universe, 528.
Close Ihe eyes, 357.
Close a book, 318.
Close up the channel by which the water
flows is stopped, 551.
Close, intimate, 221.
Close, 111.
Closed letter, 347.
Closely shut by the cold of winter, 466.
Clothe yourself, 373Clothes are in the box, 291.
Clouds and balo, 3H4.
Commander-in-chief, 176.
Commands, orders, 377.
Commands or precepts, 264.
Commands of heaven. 377.
Commanding, 451.
Commence any work, 243.
Commend, praise, 426.
Commend, to, 426, 101.
Commend labour, 272.
Comments to add them, 53t.
Commodity, 53.
Commodity, every aort of, 354.
Common, (a), 325, 115.
Common pcrsou , not common, not .!
gar, 812.
Commonly, 429.
Commission being accepted most bt
faithfully executed, 342.
Commiseration, 382.
Commiseration, and regret, the highest
degree of, 884.
Communicate or report what is i-:by a third person, 149.
Communicate information to, 87.
Compact, close, 374
Company of merchants, company'* hill,
855.
Company, is expressed by, receirin;
person, 538.
Company, the English, 355.
Company, to keep a person, 83.
Company, mercantile, 188
Companion 53, 83.
Companions of the same rank orsgr,
79.
Compare and examine, 335.
Compare, 108.
Compass, invented, 94.
Compass with its needle, 306.
Compass, 306
Compasses and square, 73.
Compassion to feel it, 384.
Compassion, or pity to another, 411.
Compassionate, S4, 317.
Compassionate the mass of the people,
80.
Competent man, 351.
Competent, can do, 351.
Compelled, not able to desist, II.
Complete in fidelity and filial >!>
186.
879
Confuse, 42.
Confused, or the mind weakened, by,
wine, 464.
Confused and perturbed, 168.
Confusion cause by too many persons
acting at the same time, 14.
Confusion, the world in, from covetous.
ness, 559.
Conge, or gruel made of rice, 418.
Congeal, freeze, 210.
Conglomerate, 478.
Conglomerated, 475.
Congratulate one on his birth day, 300;
Conjecture, 474.
Conjecture or suppose, 82.
Conjugal union, 78.
Conjugal fidelity, observed by soma
irrational creatures, 173.
Connect, connected, 27 .
Connect to, 193.
Connected together, 503, 193.
Connected with, HI.
Connexions, clandestine and illicit,
279.
Conquor another, and to conquor one's
self, 271.
Conscience, or innate moral sense, 616.
Consecrating ground for an idol, 374.
Consequences will certainily fall on the
right person, 169.
Consequences, 111.
Consequence or result, 146.
Consequential, having a preal idea of
one's self, 673.
Consent to what is right, 266.
Considering and thinking, 425.
Consist in, what does it f 480.
Consoo or Kung-so, merchant's hall,
188.
Conspire or unite strength and mind,
275.
Constable of a street, 117.
Constellation, 847.
Constellations incarnate, 600;
Constitution, bodily, 1*6
Constitution, human, to strengthen it,
510.
Constitution, good one, called a good
root and foundation, 511.
Consult, deliberate, 335.
Consultation, 399.
880
Consult about two things, 241.
Coiuume by fire, 87.
Contain, 367, 217.
Contain or bear Kith, 845, 280.
Contain or bear patiently, S80.
Contented in one's station, quietly re
maining in it, 221 .
Contentment, self satisfaction, 436.
Contemptuous levity , insolent familiari
ty, 106.
Continue what ii done by one's father.
91.
Continued the preceding maxims, &c .
462.
Contrary to expectation it turned out
unpleasantly, 340.
Contrary meaning, 895.
Contrary-wise, 339.
Controls or manages, SIS.
Controul or keep in nubjection, 263.
Convenience, to follow one's own,
109.
Convenient, 109.
Convenient and safe, ton.
Convenient, that which may he done
when it is so, neither hurried nor
neglected, 3*0.
Convert, or turn of the heart to repent
and reform, 480..
Convert to what is right, 266.
Conversation of bosom friends, posture
of, 111.
Conversation, when unacceptable, half
a sentence too much, 848.
Converse about, 343.
Conversion, change, physically and mo
rally, 28j.
Convict of a capital crime, 400.
Convict, 400.
Co-operate, or join in the management
of business, 305.
Cook ordered, not to bring the frag
ments in again, 326.
Cooks, many, spoil the broth, a proverb
inculcating the same idea, 143.
Cool, 207.
Copper box, 293.
Cordiality, to a friend, 532.
Cordiality and pleasure, received it with,
412.
Corea, ancient name, 516, 536.
Countryman, 358.
Couplet, called Tuy-te, 511.
Couple, 186.
Couiage, defect of, a breach of filii
duty ; distinguished into rational id
animal, 265.
Courier, 584.
Cousins, generally, 514.
Court of the emperor, 178.
Court of a magistrate, sitting in court,
489.
Courts, public, to shut than up at the
new year's holidays, 315.
Courtezan, royal Chung-Ucay, 684.
Courtezans, prostitutes, names auomni
by Singyang, a famous one, (It, 611
Cow-herd, 470.
Cozen and beguile him out, 396.
Crack or open, like the earth in hsti
frost, 494.
Crafty and perverse people, S19.
Crafty, 94.
Cralty men to he shunned, 605.
Craft, artifice, 124.
Cram, with animals the kitchen, HI.
Crave, 280.
Craunch or chew with noise, 453.
Craunch, 230
Craunching or chewing noise, 404.
Crazed, or light headed person, lit.
Cream of milk, 695.
Create, or make at first, 24a
Create disturbance, 217.
Created, or to be made, 343.
Created, since man was created, i righ
teous nation, never perished, 5S7.
Creation in successive periods, 579.
Creation period when the present lyitta
was uufounded, 528.
Creatures bring happiness er misery <*
themselves, heaven has no will ia it.
510.
Creature, every thing made, 343.
Credential, a something to induce belief
-in a person, 313.
Credentials, or letter's patent, 264.
Credible, not, incredible, 119.
Credit, unworthy of, 354.
Creditor, SO, 149.
Creditors, their demands, J stf?"
soften tliem, 33.
881
Dart up to heaven, 204.
Daub up the door, 362.
Daub with lines, or scratch a will, .
359.
Daughters, against drowning them,
602.
Daughter's husband, a daughter three
days after marriage returns lo visit
her parents, 562.
Day before yesterday, 239.
Day light, IT.
Day, 1st of the moon, 16.
Days, many, 137.
Days not many, 18.
Days of man on earth, a fixed number,
716.
Days past of a man's life increase, those
to come fewer, 334.
Dazzle their eyes, 443.
Dead, 58.
Dead, mock carriages, men, &c. burnt
with them, 533.
Dead, images and living persons interred
with them, 113, 114.
Dead, living, buried with, 104.
Dead, 52.
Dead, phrase for, 287.
Dead, expressed by ' is not ' like, ' fuit ,
vixit.'
Dead, to regret them, and record their
actions, 365.
Dear commondities, are always difficult
to tell, 395.
Death, bravely dared. 265.
Death, to punish with, in a severe man
ner, 246.
Death; expressed by casting off a dirty
world, 537
Death cannot alter the purpose of the
philosopher, 262.
Death gives our possessions to others,
655.
Death, better than life, 608.
Death or demise of princes, expressions
for, 304.
Death, period or hour of, 314.
Death warrant to sign, 279.
Death, a natural, 121.
Dearth, great, 291.
Debauch a widow or virgin, a crime as
great as murder, 635.
882
Debauch men's wire* and daughters,
632.
Debauch a superior, 524.
Debauchee and drunkard, 606.
Debate angrily, 432.
Debilitated, 201.
Debt, a debtor, 149.
Debts of the father should be paid by
the son, 149.
Decade, first, second, and last, 220
Decade, month divided into three, 228.
Decade, 16.
Decalogue, for a scholar, 158.
Deceased person, 119.
Deceitfulness expressed by the mouth
and heart, disagreeing, 346.
Deceive the prince, 222.
Deceitful, fraudulent, 156.
Decide, 221.
Decide in judgement, S4I.
Decimal series, 299.
Decline state of a country, 341.
Declare, 412.
Declare or tell to, 148.
Decline an offered present with thanks,
195.
Decline an invitation or present, 466.
Declivity, or side of a hill, 486.
Decrepit, monstrous 15.
Decorated, in opposition to plain, 180.
Decorum, 163.
Decree of heaven, errs not, 160.
Deduct from, or diminish, cannot, 543.
Deduct from the price, parsimoniously,
130.
Deduct the duties, 245.
Dedicate an idol, ceremony of, 119.
Deep water, 331.
Deer, crouch secure ; deer park, 461.
Deep pit, saw a horse fall into it, 489.
Deeds or bonds of the people, and the
seal of government, 315.
Deed or bond, 233.
Deed meritorious, 210.
Defect, failure in one's duty, 230.
Defend the ditches of a city, 555.
Defeated, 288.
Defective, destitute, 35.
Defeated, in battle, 489.
Defence thrown round one's person,
488.
Dine, 301.
Dinner party, affected apology for being
a disgrace to it, 225.
Dining, rules given to host and guest,
444.
Directons, very particular, charge over
and over again, 448.
Direct, 457.
Direct or charge to do, 69.
Dirt and filth, to remove it, 485.
Dirt and dust, 499.
Disagreeing, at variance, 179.
Disagreement between two persons, 185.
Disagreeable, food, or style of writing,
called chewing wax, 453.
Disapprobation, interjection, denoting,
355.
Disappointment, wilh its uneasiness,
552.
Disappointment, 552.
Dissatisfied and covetous, 4T4.
Disburden the heart, 861.
Discipline, strict, 452.
Disclose one's mind fully, 361.
Disclosure of secret beginnings, 131.
Discomposed and silent, 434.
Discomposed, or indisposed in mind or
body, 480.
Disconcerted, 846.
Disconcerted by something sudden, 264,
Discord, to sow it, 392.
Discordance expressed by reference to
the hours, 314.
Discourse without order, incoherent,
112.
Discovery of, disclose, 368.
Discriminate, 220.
Discuss, the difference of, 228.
Diseased, 464.
Disease, severe, 258.
Disease, enters by the mouth, 184.
Disease not to be removed by medicine,
incurable, 272.
Disgrace neither ancestors nor yourself,
179.
Disgrace one's self, expressed by throw
ing down one's triumphal arch. ,487.
Dish of the Budh priests, 547Dishonor, defile, insult, 208.
Disinterested, 117.
Dislike, 419.
884
Dislike, none, to read a thousand sections
of a good book ; dislike, occasioned
by length of lime, 329.
Dismiss from actual office, compel to
desist from the duties, 267.
Dismiss from office, No.
Disorder, 42.
Disordered slate of the heart or feelings,
126.
Disorderly behaviour and thoughts, 609.
Disobedience to parents punishable byone hundred blows, 70S.
Disposition, proud, to nourish pride,
148.
Disposition or expression of feeling, cold
and warm by turns, 205.
Dispense with entirely, 181.
Disperse or distribute, 220.
Disposition temper, G6.
Disputation and wrangling, 429.
Disquietude of mind, oh! 528, 4 10.
Disregard to what is future, 239.
Disregard, lie who follows gain, dis
regards fame, 342.
Disrespectful, 172, 161.
Disrespectful to refuse a present, 319.
Disrespectful ; contemptuous, 679.
Dissipated and ostentatious, 102.
Distance to be kept between male arid
female relatives, 674.
Distance, great between friends, phrase
for, 306.
Distant, not very, 333.
Distilled double ipirila, 563,
Distinct enunciation, 318.
Distinguish, cannot distinguish black
from while, 228.
Distinguish oi separate, 220.
Distinguish and decide, 298.
Distinguish, black and white, clearly
distinguished, 220.
Distracted or divided attention, 220.
Distress expressed by eating acid and
bitter, 356.
Distress of mind, 221, 134.
Distress or mind, IS4.
Distressed with toil in the wilderness,
262.
Distresses the inmost soul, 426.
Distribute money, 293.
Distribute cooked provisions to the men,
885
Dwelling place, family mansion, 783.
Each man, or everyone has feelings and
thoughts peculiar to himself, 356.
Each man has his own view of a subject,
356.
Ear in the wall, hears what is, but should
not be told, 500.
Ears slopped like deaf people who are
said to laugh much, 177, 178.
Ears long, 354.
Early in the morning, 569.
Early marriages recommended, 653.
Earnest money, 835.
Earnest entreaty, phrase for, 300.
Earnestly beg you, 385.
Earnestness and sincerity, 221.
Earth, 477.
Earth raised on graves; the grave, 221.
Earth and heaven, called great abodes,
898.
Earth, terraqueous globe, theory of;
called mother; right and- wrong blend
ed on earth , distinguished in heaven,
483.
Earth, used fur woman, heaver for man,
491.
Earth produces things for the support
of man , earths, five colours, 477.
Earth rending or opening, cracks in the
ground, 494.
Kir then ware, broken bits of, 2i3.
Earthquake threw down houses, 529.
Earthquake and eclipse, an expression
of heaven's displeasure, 668.
Ease, 109.
Ease, indulgence, 91.
Ease and softness of voice, indicates
pleasurable feelings, 434.
Ease and pleasure injurious, 262.
Easy but negligent in manner, 153.
Easy of access, 606.
Easy manner and calmness, 262.
Eat or take a meal, 356.
Eat the fruits of one's own labour, 257.
Eat not before his father, 179.
K it, 414; 436.
Eat rice, 414.
Eating, noise should not be made with
the mouth, 381.
Eave's drop, 70S.
Eaves, before them, 239.
886
Echo whatever other people say.iscalled thundering the tame, 358.
Eclipse, ominous, 623.
Eclipse and earthquake, 664.
Eclipse terms used, 559.
Economy necessary, as well as diligence,
105.
Economy, recommended, 165.
Eddies of sand, 294.
Edge of a knife or sword, 518.
Edict, imperial, 16.
Edict, or imperial proclamation, 287.
Edify or build up in virtue, not so easy
as to conquer nations, 485.
Education, necessity of, 4S9.
Effect, 100.
Effect or consequence, 146.
Effect unable to, IS6.
Effect, cannut be carried into, 334.
Effected, cannot effect, 338.
Effects or consequences which .verify
what preceded, 263.
Effeminate benevolence, 625.
Effeminate' manner, soft melting, 204.
Efforts united, 257.
Effluvia, 89.
Egg. 28,316.
Egg, formed from, 287.
Eggs of birds g eggs not to be taken by
sportsmen, 316, 317.
Eh, 419
Eight, eighteen j eight times eight,
188.
Eighth; eighteenth; eighty; 188.
Either way, 186.
Eject or exclude, 334.
Elder ; elder brother. 388.
Elegance of sentiment and language,
compared to embroidery, 346.
Elegant abilities, 1 12.
Elements of nature, five, 48.
Elements of matter, reciprocally destroy
and produce each other ; on these
principles medicine, divination, astro
logy and physiognomy are founded,
238.
Elevate, 270.
Elevated and chearful situation, 529.
Eleven, 299.
Elocution ready, 346.
Eloquence, flowery or persuasive, 547.
887
sent by heaven but caused by para
sites, 455.
Evil spirits expelled by certain jestures
and noises, 454.
Evil prevented by being prepared,
145.
Exact the payment of a debt, 342.
Exact with severity, 243.
Exaggerated, extravagant stories, 393.
Exalt virtue, 405.
Examine, search, scrutinize, 857.
Examine fully, 263.
Examine, 92.
Examination, self, by Tsing-tsze, 35.
Examinations, public, subjects of, 526.
Examinations, triennial, of the literati,
525.
Example of superiors, makes the people
forget their toil, 272.
Example or pattern to posterity, 496.
Example remains entire , should com
mence with the learned, 497.
Example to the empire, 129.
Example to be conformed to, 122.
Examples to the world, virtuous lives
arc, 236.
Excavate a tree for a boat, 231 .
Excellent thought, praise- w orthy inten
tion, 426.
Excellent, 131, 71, 426, 97.
Excellency, a title, 60.
Excelling a person, called getting to the
right of him, 353.
Excess in pleasure ruins a family,
151.
Exchange or barter goods, 187.
Exchange commodities, 181.
Excite, 158, 267.
Exclusive of this, there are others, 348Excreinentitious matter, 547.
Excuse my not writing a separate letter,
348.
Excuse, pardon, 840.
Excuse, or put a favorable construction
on, 326.
Excuse, my defects, 230.
Excursion (or amusement, 689.
Execution of criminals, place of, 525.
Execute or effect, unable to, 231.
Executioner of criminals, capitally con
victed, 252.
888
Exercise troopi, 191.
Exercise, with the sword, 253.'
Exert the heart to the utmost, 257.
Exert one's self to advance in -virtue)
exert, to take more food, 261.
Exert, exertion, 161.
Exert one'i relf, me all .one's heart and
strength, 564.
Exhale, 369.
Exhausted, wearied out, 464.
Exhausted, 464.
Exhilarate, 64.
Existence or non-existence, abstruse
speculations about, 496.
Expect a recompense, 522.
Expectation, vehement, 77.
Expel the breath, 369.
Expense of doing, 99.
Experience or observation necessary to
know the ills of life, 543.
Expert, 164.
Expire or expel the breath from the
lungs, 369.
Explain, 84.
Explain, in extenno, St.
Explained apart, 240.
Expose, discover, 217.
Exposition or declaration of, full, clear
and explicit, 412.
Expression of the countenance, spoke,
409.
Expunge, 227.
Extraordinary, 141.
Extraordinary things transmitted to pos
terity, 589.
Extraordinary talent, IS4.
Extraordinary and secret arts, 383.
Extraordinary, strange, said of natural
phenomena, 141,
Extravagance, to economy a difficult
change, 595.
Extravagant and idle, will be poor,
547.
Extravagant in expense, 101.
Extend, 84.
Extend to, 230.
Extend to, from that which is near it
extends to what is remote, 337.
Exteud to every point of the compass,
588.
Extends from near to remote, 338.
889
Filth, ordure, 559.
Fine night, 844.
Fine ttyle of writing, 97.
Fingers fell off from cold, 547.
Finished, 210. 43.
Finished the period of mourning, 304.
Finish entirely, 186.
Finished, done, completed, 801.
Fire that rages or flames vehemently,
361.
Fire tongt, 588.
Firm, 41.
Firmness, 242.
Firm, yielding, 242.
Firm, in virtue, 41.
Firm, strong, sure, 466.
Firm purpose will cut its way through
mountains, 515.
Firm, unbending disposition, 515.
First day of the year, 176.
First, II.
First cause, a principle of order, 517.
FiasT Cause, contains three making
one, 217.
First year of a reign i day of a month ;
day of a year, 176.
First born the ruler of the family,
201.
First come first served, 363.
Fish, respiting, 404.
Fish pond, 533.
Fished, ploughed, sowed, made pots, and
thus wat prepared for the throne,
544.
Fith blow, 370.
Fisherman, travelling merchant, and
resident trader, 325.
Fits and starts, to do by, 854.
Fit of loud laughter, 376.
Fit for any thing else, not, 521.
Fit, 351.
Five, fifth , five times; five elements; five
relations; five virtues; five ranks;
five tastes ; five colours ; five
viscera, 48.
Fix an object, 362.
Fix, settle, tet at rest, 835.
Fixed principles, to act on will ensure
success, 464.
Fixed purpose, 515.
Flag, not to, 274.
890
Flail for thrashing gfain, 153.
Plat, round, S97.
Flatter a person I o his face, and hate him
behind hit back, 435.
Flatter and cajole, 297.
Flatter the age, SI.
Flatter, 1 dare not, and I bate impene
trable obstinacy, 466. >
Flattering seductive manner, 667.
Flatterers not to be chosen to office, 1 10.
Flattering courtiers without talent, 667.
Flattering, 94.
Flatter, 435, S96.
Flay the skin off you, 2 13.
Flavors not agreeing, difference of taste
and sentiment, 375.
Flea or lop, 587.
Fled, 52.
Fled in every direction, 3SS.
Flesh and wine, in treat abundance, 494.
Flesh from the bones, to-separate them,
S4I.
Flesh, proud or protuberant, SI 5.
Flew away, S8.
Flew up in the air, 550.
Flies ate the dead bodies, 430.
Flowing water, its sound intercepted,
384.
Flowers or plants, 80S.
Flower garden, 473.
flowers this year, better than last s ear,
334.
Flowing garments, 496.
Flowers, -women who sell them, 657.
Flower boats for the accommodation of
loose men and women, 6 IS.
Fluency of speech, 346.
Fluency of speech, -smartness of reply,
expressed >by 'a tharp mouth, ' 229
Fo, F&h, or Budh, title of, 22.
Fo, or rather FoiS, or FHh, or Ftih-loo,
i. e. Buddha, 9S.
Feign or affect what is not real, 46.
Fo-kien, or Fuh-ke'cn province, ancient
ly culled Min. Fo-kien children for
merly taken for eunuchs, 459.
Fold, S78.
Fold five-fold ; a thousand fold, 1S5.
Fond nf daring actions, 865.
Fond of, or attached to music, 420.
Fond ofmartial pursuits, 606.
Forthwith, 110.
Fortitude, 242.
Fortitude, undaunted, 561.
Fortitude of character, 244.
Fortune telling, from the structure Gf
the bones, 627.
Fortune telling, a book on, 576.
Fortuneteller, 310.
Fortuneteller, principles of the art. 231
Fortune of the year, to divine it, SOS.
Fortune, or luck good, 286.
Fortunes, to tell them, 377.
Forwards, to advance, 368.
Forwards, 450.
Fowl.caller, 407.
Foul-mouthed, 432.
Foundation yet remains, 485.
Found a family by the acquisition of
properly, 248.
Foundation wall; good foundation,
person of good origin, 541.
Fourmont, remark on. Iotrod, xi.
Fuu r fourth, fourteen; four seasons,
459.
Four-square, four points of the compass,
4S9.
Fourteen, forty-nine, 459.
Fox, standing on the stones in yonder
fordable stream, 331.
Fox-like Battery, 667.
Frankincense, 594.
Fraternal affection, 339.
Fraudulent, deceitful, 604.
Fraudulent, 156.
Freeze, congeal, 803.
Freeze, 210.
Frequently manifested great merit, S7&.
Friend, 896.
Friend, the intercourse of friends, 338.
Friend, a well known, S96.
Friend, or virtuous person sought wita
desire, '493.
Friend, warm-hearted, nearer than a
brother, 177.
Friends , friendship, pleasing to the goes
and necessary for all men, 453.
Friend, the intercourse of, to good din
ners ; none, in distress ; injurioas
friend , useful one; intimate friead,
disinterested, 338, 339.
Friendship, to break it, 53.
891
Gate of a market place, 477.
Gather, 341.
Gaze aboul, must not at a court levee,
466.
Gazette Peking, usual imperial reply,
348.
Gazette, Peking, 584.
Geese, wild, 586.
General of an army, 873.
General, 188.
General application, what will fit any
thing, 594.
General fVoo-kc, fed with the men and
licked their wounds, 368.
General knowledge, 568.
General consent or agreement, 898.
Generally, for the most part, 818.
Generation, or one life. 71.
Generations or men, SO.
Generations, the parts of, general term
for, 18.
Generation , dubious, case of an insect,
600.
Generous, disinterested spirit, 1 1 8.
Generous, 1 17.
Generous wine, 384.
Genial influences of nature, 679.
Genii, 69.
Genii, the Seen, called also Ling-yu,
469.
Genii or spirits of the water, 369.
Genii, called Seen, 69.
Genius female, 683,
Genius, 97.
Geuseng, 337.
Gentle breeze, 370, 2\S.
Gentle horse more ridden than a vicious
one ; mild men more liable to frauds
and insults, 405.
Genteel gait, 91.
Genteel, female gait, 649.
Gentleman, 88, 14, 380.
Gentleman, young, term for, 189.
Gentlemanly pursuit, whoredom so call
ed by dissolute Chinese, 678.
Gentleman is right, I am wrong,
584.
Gentleman and mean fellow, in a moral
sense, 363.
Gentlemen, 185, 885,380.
Geographical map, 474.
892
Geomancy, Chinese, 573.
Get out of a chair ; get into a chair, 18.
Ghost, 62.
Ghoits of murdered persons troublesome,
688.
Ghott, injurious, 330.
Giddiness, levity of conduct, 152.
Gift, must be conferred in a proper
manner, 428.
Giggling. 433.
Giggle, titter, forced laugh, 408.
Gird, or things attached to a girdle, S5.
Girdle, 95.
Girl, 132
Girl at ten years of age, education pro
per for her, 651.
Girls, singing, 129.
Girls or servant lads, don't know whether,
they are, 330
Give, 44. 280.
Give np thinking about, 81.
Give up, or desist from, 318.
Glance, oblique. 84.
Glare of awords d irt up to heaven,
204.
Glebe of land and small house, 298.
Globe, terrestrial, 483.
Globular, 476.
Globular and flat, 473.
Glorious, 179.
Glorious and resplendant ! his moral ex
cellence, 384.
Gloss, external, 96;
Glowworms floating fall, 547.
Glue hi' charcoal' make ink, 546,
Gluttonously to gormandize, 435.
Gnash the teeth, 222.
Gnaw bones ; letters and characters ; to
ruminate and study, 382.
Gnaw,greedily roasted meat, 430,
Gnaw, wishing to gnaw the umbilical
cord, how can you reach it f 440,
Go-between, or pronubae, 667.
Go-between, in arranging marriage al
liances, 607.
Go, cannot but, 18Go on hands and knees like a child, 283.
Go over to intimate friends, 301 .
Go among, 333.
Go outj logo forth; to go out of the
door, 216.
Gourd, 283.
Gourd bottle ; charms made io the fori
of, 283.
Gormandize, or eat greedily, 434.
Govern himself, he who cannot ; mask
to govern others, 655.
Govern, SO.
Governor of a province, his title, MJ.
Governess or schoolmistress io a family,
622.
Government, three precepts on, 15.
Government issues from the king's
throat and tongue, 406.
Government, a benevolent good we
alone can defend a country agaia>t
enemies, aud prevent emigration Iron
it, 466.
Government, good and benevolent, B.
Government, laborious in, 258.
Government of the country, ist.
Government (incorrupt and ean'.tiMr,
513,511.
Government officers; different titles asd
duties, 805, 828.
Governed ; mind governs body, SJf.
Grndu illy get better, 510.
Grain, good ; used to represent tie
students of moral virtue, 190.
Grains ot millet. 1200 make a jO, SOI.
Granary, 293, 463, 121, 465.
Granaries ofdiff.reut forms, 465.
Granary, divine granary , for that to be
appropriated to sacrifices, 1S4.
Grand! excellent! great! Ioterjectioa
denoting, the admiration of greatness and excellence, 433.
Grandchildren, different degrees of, MiGrandson of Confucius, Tsze-szt-kA
71S
Grandson's grandson, 101.
Grandees or Magnates, 573.
Grape, 40.
Grass looks to the spring," 57.
Grasping the middle, 340.
Grateful, more than to lather s'J
mother, 403.
Gratitude, an expression of, 257, 594.
Gratitude several expressions of, 319.
Gratitude, odd expression of, 245.
Gratitude, or return for some avor,58Grave solemn manner, 331.
Grave, 451.
Grave or tomb of a parent, is the place
which a dutiful child thinks on with
regard ; graves not repaired in
ancient limes, 541.
Grave, or pit iuto which the coffin is
put, 529.
Grave or tomb, different words for,
521.
Grave, Chinese, with a dike around it,
498.
Gravit v, solemnity of manner, 452.
Gravity, dignity, 331.
Gray heided bid men, four famous, 473.
Greuf, 20.
Great, advantage or virtory, 3*4.
Great man, difficulties necessary to form
him, 493.
Great actions, 94.
Great kindness, 324.
Greatest. 573.
Grief, sorrow, 410.
Grief, .'IS I, 424.
Grieve and to rejoice, 54.
Grieve for the anxieties which fill my
mind, 464.
Grieved, 150.
Grievance or wrong, to inflict, 848.
Grievance, hard .hip, ill-usage, 639.
Grind, 330.
Grindstone, or whetstone, 220.
Ground, the seat of the ancients, 211.
Ground, the earth, 477.
Ground of the heart good, a good
hearted man, 484.
Group or parly of men ridiug, 125.
Gruff affirmation of the plain truth,
better than a thousand obsequious
tones of assent, 546.
Guard by fences, the duty of the good
man, 437, 4fe8.
Guiird against thieves at night, 569.
Guard against false alterations, 459.
Guard house for soldiers, S 10.
Guard against, 146.
Guard against wicked thoughts, the
second commandment, 67 6.
Guardian, of the prince, title of office,
117.
Guesi, who is respected, should prevent
hooting eveu at a dog, 35*.
r**T i.
8a
893
894
Harem, palace, 841.
Harmony, S05.
Harmonj of all nation*, 305.
Harmony in rounds and iu all the parts
of nature, 379.
Harmony of the universe; of families,
Sic. 475.
Harmony amongst kindred essential, 61.
Harmonious, 379.
Harness, 41.
Harpoon, or instrument for striking 6sh,
337.
Harsh ill-mage expressed by carving
thin, S34.
Harvest, to gather it in, 418.
Haste, hastily, hurry, 58.
Hasten the doing of, 137.
Hasty, slow, 14ft.
Hat or cap taken off to disgrace, polite
to keep it on, 200.
Hat buv. i box for keeping: caps in,
895.
Hats, broad brimmed of the peasantry,
145.
Hawk, or bird employed to catch others,
464.
Hazardous and dangerous, 316.
Hazardous as a pile of eggs, 316.
He, 191.
He, him, 6S.
Hea-how-tun, who at 14 years of age
killed a man who insulted his teacher,
566.
Headstrong, 249.
Headstrong and violent, S42.
Head, to hang it down, 88.
Head, to droop it, or to raise it, 120.
Head-dress of a particular kind, 547.
Head or superior of the village, 539.
Head dress, part of a woman's, 270.
Health, high, robust state of, 562.
Health and comfort, 861.
Health, must be taken care of, 300.
Heap of stones, to heap or pile up,
516.
Heard it before, nut, 239.
Hearse drawn by mourners, 556.
Hearsays, a hundred not so good as
seeing for one's self, 607.
Heart wounded, feelings hurt, much
grieved, 150.
895
Human being, 59.
Human efforts inadequate, 338.
Human mind, a field that must be culti
vated, 597.
Humble, or keep one's self down, 554.
Humble and meek, 304.
Humble peaceable temper can manage
every body, 379.
Humbly , beg . hope, &c. 79.
Hunch-backed, 91.
Hungry and cold. 208.
Hunt and shoot game, 472.
Hunns, the Heung-noo, 415.
Hurt, 150
Hurry every one about his own affairs,
269.
Hurry, 52.
Hurry over any service in a careless
manner, 370.
Husband, 14.
Husbandmen, to encourage them, 325.
Husband and wife, terms for, 264.
Husband and wife, separately attend to
their respective duties, 228.
Husbandman, IS, 61, 468.
Hwang-sze-tsin, a statesman who at the
age of 80, submitted to the Tartar
tonsure, 630.
Hyper criticism, 747.
Hypocrisy incompatible with correctness
and temperance, 165.
Hypocrite, to act the, debases the mind,
80.
I, nie, classical word, 91.
1 or me. in formal writing ; we or us, a
humble aud a more assuming phrase,
370.
I or me, a northen expression, 122.
1 or me periphrase for, used by official
men, 304.
I, 1 daily examine myself on threeHopics
Japan, the region of the rising sun, 132,
Japnnese, 132.
Joyful, 'a red occurrence,' is a joyful
event, 410.
Ice, 203.
Ice, cold as; noise of breaking it, 203,
204.
Icehousej Ice keeper of, 208.
370.
Idea of covering and secreting, 295.
896
Idle about, 141.
Idle and obstinate, and vicious and uie\eti, 585.
Idol, id nU golden bodies, 154.
Idol, to dedicate it, 119.
Idol of wood, of earth, 140.
Idols, children dedicated to them, 592.
Idol ofa god, or demon, to make it, 539.
Idols, declined by Kea.king, 427.
Idols, four placed at the avenue of a
temple, 242.
Jealousy, woman's disease, 676.
Jealousy and envy, 610.
Jervaisc Tillrbiiry's account of elfi, &c.
rcscml les the Chinese, 612.
Jest, 431.
If unable, 127.
Ignorance, phrase for, 299.
Ignorance, expressed by an ancient il
lusion, 225.
Ignominious and lingering death, cutting
to pieces, 208.
Ignorant of good breeding, 466.
Ignorant, 104.
Ignorant, rustic, 104.
Jingling sound, S5I.
Ill Willi dislike, 677.
Ill fated, expressed in various ways, S77.
Illiberal, mean, 132.
Illicit intrigues between the sexes, 592.
Illicit sexual intercourse, 358.
Illicit intercourse of every sort, fornica
tion or adultery by mutual consent
punished with 80 blows, 634.
Illicit intercourse of the sexes, 222.
Illiterate, 60.
Illumine, 180.
Ills of life make one wish to die, 367.
Illustrious rank, 259.
Image, 154.
Invige, an idol, 140.
Image, a model representing, 153.
Image of a god : an idol, 532.
Imagery, essential lo poetry, 105.
Images, introduced by the Budhists,
93.
Images or idols, the Mohamedans none,
461.
Imagining foolishly that one swallows
dainty dishes, when one only bears
of them, 449.
897
Injury, to put up with it, 356.
Injury, to use another person to inflict
it, 129.
Injurious or wanting, neither to one's
self nor toothers, 185.
Injuriously and avariciously, to behave
to, 234.
Ink, to brand the face with, 244.
Ink- fish, scuttle fish, 540.
Ink composition, 546.
Ink.like substance, said to be fouud in
the belly of old horses, 545.
Ink slone, the same, 358.
Innkeeper, 30. 129.
lunate knowledge, 465.
Innocent, rather than slay them, better
fail in the strict execution of the
laws, 428.
Innovation, disapproved of, 102.
Innovation and change a wish against,
485.
Innuendo, oblique hi.it, 234.
Inscribe letters with a stile, 233.
Inscription, placed over the doors of
Chinese houses, 297.
Inscrutable, spirit is, 613.
Insects amongst the grass, 408.
Insect species, 740.
Inside, to put inside, 184, 185.
Insipid discourse, 375.
Insincere, best corrected by sincerity,
162.
Insolence and depravity, induced by
music, 414.
Insolent, not, nor clamorous, 369.
Inspection of the emperor, present to
the, 368.
Inspire, or draw in the breath,
369.
Inspired from heaven, 401.
Instant of time, 1 1 1.
Instead of, 71, 131.
Instigate to what is bad, 392.
Instinct, natural, 593.
Instigate, 392.
Instruction which expands the mind
and restrains the passions, 307.
Instructed, well, he who may be called
to, 137.
Instruction exhibited to him, and his
virtues formed, 412.
898
Instruct me, phrase for, is open my
jungle choked mind, 534.
Instrument of punishment, 192.
Insult the poor, SOS.
Insult, from one much an inferior im
possible; a sheep insult a tiger!
706.
Insulting manner of giving even what is
essential to life, will make it rejected,
428.
Insufferable, 354.
Insufficient to dissipate grief, 872.
Insurrection or rebellion, 129, 343.
Insurrection, 42.
Integrity, or the right way he who holds
it fast will be happy, 357.
Intelligent, 43.
Intelligent man, 126.
Intelligent person, should not give way
to melancholy, 425.
Intellect or a capacity to know, four
degrees of, 465.
Intense fires, 475.
Intention bad, none in advising people
to take wine, 277.
Intense undivided application, 270.
Inter, to bury, 503.
Inter, different terms fur, 517.
Interest or money, 229.
Intercourse, intimate, 324.
Intercourse, social and commercial, 53.
Intercourse, 100.
Intercourse with, 335.
Interfere, don't you with me, 228.
Interjection denoting admiration, strong
conviction, 387.
Interjection, denoting regret, surprize,
and admiration, 421.
Interment, the place of, to contend about
it, 542.
Intermeddle with the affairs of others,
432.
Internal excitation, moving, influencing,
working on, 6S2.
Internal, what exists there will appear
externally, 185.
Interpret, 464.
Interrogate, 375.
Interrogative particle, 34, 337.
Interrogative pronoun, who) which?
itc. 90.
899
Knife, SIS.
Knife, cutting instrument, sword, 213.
Kulpa of the Buddhists received in
China, 579.
Kung-kelh, grandson of Confucius ;
compiler of the Chung-yung, 78.
Kung-sun-hung, statesman called to
court from feeding swine, 555.
Kung-miug, a hero of the San-kwS period
714, 715.
Labour, 271.
Labour or child birth, difficult, 494:
Labour undertaken at the wish of others,
146.
Labour a little for, your father and
mother, 272.
Labour mental, usually . govern! bodily
labour, 257.
Lacerate a corpse, 238.
Lacerated his throat with a spear, 406.
Lacker, to apply a certain kind of, 501,
Lad, 161.
Ladies, different titles, 608.
Ladies, 125.
Ladies of the court, terms by which
they call themselves, 704.
Lady's, old, influences are blissful and
keep down all evils, 554.
Lady tinny leaders, 649.
Ladle or large spoon, 278.
Ladle, 285..
Lakes and ditches easily filled, not to
man's heart, 535.
Lama priests, crushed to death by sin
earthquake, 554.
Lament, 384, 381, 425.
Lament and moan, 316.
Lament and weep, 384.Lamented and sighed, 411.
Lamentable, most, is it not ! 387.
Lamentable, 351.
Lamentation, the noise of, 423.
Lamentable, 385.
Lamp, dedicated to sacred uses, devils
play with it in times of anarchy,
(04.
Land, ancient divisions of, 22.
Land, poor and stony, 533.
Land-tax, is considered a rent paid to
the lord of the soil, the emperor,
483.
900
Land stiff and hard, 556.
Landed possession, Confucius had an
immortal name as his possession,
478.
Landscape, line, 519. 97.
Lanes, or short cuts ; funeral processions
do not p iss hv, 4 IS.
Language, subject to constant change,
314.
Language confused and indistinct, 370.
Language soft and insinuating, 657.
Longevity, unlimited, 303.
Languishing low state of any concern,
S05.
Language to be suited to the person
addressed, 97.
Language, all flowers and no fruit,
587.
Lan-tao, or Ty-ho, 649.
Lanterns, feast of, 844.
Laou yac. a creature of T.ru piih-wn\ a
trader whose son became the builder
of the great wall, 682, 6b8
Laou-tsze, the founder of the Taou sect,
an ascetic, an ignorant good man,
582.
Loquacity, 438.
Large, 299.
Larger half, 302.
Large, liberal, vast, 80S.
Lirjje, high as heaven and large as the
earth, S24.
Lascivious sounds, 382.
Lascivious lewd gambols, 678.
Lash a horse with feeling, 318.
Last year, 334.
Last generation of a dynasty, 341.
Late, to come too, 81.
Late, in attending an appointment,
315.
L ite, as applied to persons deceased,
179.
Late at night, 570.
Lateral, by the side of, 143.
Laugh, to raise it by wit, 307.
Laughed at, and vilified the three pre
ceding dynasties, 624.
Laughable, 521 .
Laughter, immoderate, 126.
Law, to go to, 354.
Law, equally affects all, 190.
Libellula, 574.
so, 265
370
Lips, 432.
List of goods, bought or sold, 415.
List list of the people, a census; to
insert in a list, 195.
Lick, 568.
90I
Listen, 151.
Literati, 166.
dren, 731.
259.
Literati,
166.
7 15.
70.
Loquacious,
229, 382.
545.
493.
divorce, 569.
Lost, 52.
disallowed to attend then enumera
686,
ted, 129.
Light, 365.
Light, light of the sun, 179.
Light of day, 57.
542.
586.
309.
Little, 51.
Love of sclf, recominended, to the end
Little man, 41.
Live or dwell, 89.
stoo.1, 412.
tory, 540.
Line, or n arking line, 361.
Line, marking, of a
carpenter, 236.
8 w
902
Low, immorality. 9*.
Lowing of a cow, 375, S70.
Loyalty, royal merit; i. e. merit ac
quired in the service of the king is
colled Heun, 276.
Luck, good, 266.
Lucky hit, nuecetiful by accident, 165.
Lucky day to commence work, 308.
Lumps of loam, 516.
Lungs and passage for the air, 406.
Lungs, divinity, that presides over, 480,
Lustre, to ahed it on ancestors, 180.
LuTiirient herbage, 345.
Luxurious lounger, 488.
Lying on the back, 90.
Lying on beds, 1 33.
Macao, 549.
Mndly, 122.
Mad man, roared out from the eastern
bank, 425.
Mad man's talk and extravagant ideas,
427.
Madness, f igned, 96.
Magistrate, 361.
Magistracy, to enter on, 816.
Magnificent, 141.
Magpies, sort in pairs, 593.
Miihomedans religion, described by a
Chinese writer, 577.
Mahomedans entered China about the
seventh century ; came to Canton in
ships, 4G0. 461.
Maintain one's proper duty or station,
221.
Maintain firn ly, 466.
Majestic, 451.
Mijcsly, aliove, 16.
Majesty of heaven, or imperial heaven,
shook with anger, 231.
Majesty, your, a phrase corresponding
to, 17.
Majesty, your, common expression for,
490.
Make, 93, 136.
Make up a loss or deficiency, 535.
Make or invert, 232.
Make enemies, make a table, 136.
Make out a bill for things bought, 411.
Make haste in going and coming back,
457.
Male of brute animals, 189.
INDEX OF
be known, 72.
in heaven, 630.
903
ENGLISH WORDS,
Mcchanic, 61.
usage, 601.
Marshes or fens, 468.
Mason, 290.
Mediator, l 17.
356.
Master, 29.
siognomy, 233.
well, 258.
Master,
devotedness
to
one's
own
Mdina
460.
lument, 272.
Meditate, 434.
to, 175.
438.
Melancholy, 606
Melodiously, the birds sing, 406.
Messmate, 358.
stone, 523.
Metamorphosis, 285.
Metamorphose of a lady into a silk
worm, 643,
Mausoleum, 517.
it be done, 351.
cumstances, 84.
Menagerie, 467.
462.
Middle, 25.
Multifarious, 345.
Multiplicity of affiirs, 252.
Multitude's anger, 76.
Multitude, the people, to depress their
spirits or keep them down, 388.
Murderer, acquitted by paying a pecu
niary ransom, 186.
Murderer, 178.
Murder, cases of in law, 377.
Murder and lewdness, allied, 638.
Murmur of inserts, 404.
Musical instrument made of burnt earth,
553.
Music and propriety, or decorum, accord
with the harmony ot nature, 138.
Music of Tic, nhsMrhrd entirely the
attention of Confucius for a time,
475.
Music master, Sze-ylh, 510.
Must go out, 870.
Must not on any account whatever, 351.
Musician, 83.
Musicians a sort of hand, 98.
Musicians, at c< urt, 83.
Mutually dependant, 48.
Muttering abusive language, 439.
Mutler or speaking indistinctly, mut
tered assent, 433.
Mutilate the bodies of roynl criminals,
249.
Nails of the fingers and loes, 337.
Naked feet, 180.
Name one's s'lf, name him ; name given
to an infant at the breast ; ceremony
at naming the child, school name;
marriage name ; to ask a person's
name not rude, 359
Name, to assume one j to throw it off;
lo borrow it ; i. e. make a pretence,
360.
Name, one's own is used by sons and
ministers before fathers and princes,
instead of the pronouns I and me,
3h0.
Name, your's what ? 136.
Name,- 85
Name flow (or be handed down) for
thousands of years, 484.
Name, a name, 409.
Name of the workman to be engraven
on bis manufactured articles, 287.
905
Names, family, one hundred, origin of,
686.
Names, the Chinese, six, explained,
097.
Nankin, 306.
Nanking, the capital of China, in the
middle ages, 300.
Nanking, the Imperial residence in for
mer times, 56.
Narrate the acts of Yaou, 528.
Natal hour, influences a man's destiny,
480.
Nation in a declining state about to fall,
311.
Nations all, united in harmony, 305.
Nations, righteous, never perish ; wick
ed cannot prosper, 387.
Nation, mny the breeze be gentle, and
the showers seasonable ; the nation
at pe ce, the people hapi y, 470.
Nation, st te or kingdom, 470.
National affairs, 56.
National resourses unavaili g without
the affection of the people in favor
of the government, 628.
Native of u place, 478.
Nature is what heaven commands to be
inherent in creatures, 37 7.
N iture, cooperating influence of, 888.
Nature, system of, like a great furnace,
804.
Nature, observed by FBh-he, 180.
Nature of every individual originally
virtuous, 60.
Natural disposition of a child, turns
every thing upside down, 340.
Natural ability, and industrious study,
258.
Natural disposition different, 848.
Natural affection for kindred, not much,
in bad men, 532.
Nalur.lly fortunite, 286.
Navel, i.npossihle for a person to bite
his own, 441.
Near, Ml.
Nearly i without much error, 35.
Neck, 53.
Necessity, what i 90.
Necessities of others, to supply them,
374.
Necessary, must, 270.
906
Necessary, not, IS.
Need not come up itain, 149.
Needle of the compass, SOS.
Needle-work, stars worshipped by Chi
nese spinsters, 14
Needle, to embroider with, 234.
Negative mode of arguing a proposition,
840.
Neglect, disrespectful, R7.
Neglect of classics and historians,
exprrssed by not paying a debt due
to them, 149.
Neighbour, 550.
Neighbour next door, 550.
Neighbour's dugs bark, S66.
Neighbourhood in which children live,
important in forming their character,
730.
Night or day, to travel, 137,
Nephew, 341.
Nerve, 256.
Nest of an insect, 527.
Nets for wild beasts and for fish, 86;
Never been, 101.
Never be of any use, 354.
New year's compliment, 229.
New.year's eve, ceremony and prayer
for prosperity, 516.
New sought, and old rejected, 329.
News, 86, 119.
News good, good tidings, 97.
Next year, 460.
Next day, went, 40T.
Niggardly, 365, 165.
Night assemblies, a capital crime, 625;
Nightmare, 671.
Night, the half of, 302.
Night, to night, last night, to-morrow
night; night school, 569, 570.
Nimble, swift, applied to soldiers, 249.
Nine, Ninth, 38.
Ning.po, frequented by Europeans, dur
ing the Ming dynasty, 516.
Ning, names of place* beginning with
Ning, 862.
Nippers to take hold with them, 587.
Nipple of the breast, 695.
Noah of the Chinese, Yu, 722.
Nobleman of the second rank, 107,
Nobility, 107.
Nobility, degrees of five, 107, 49.
907
Order, harmony of things, 609,
Order of things, important, 623.
Orders received for goods and executed'
with safety and certainty, 466.
Orders, an imperial order, 264.
Ordure, 326.
Origin, descent and circumstances of a
person at first entering public life,
216.
Origin, causes from which a thing pro
ceeds, 325.
Origin, incipient caui-, 131.
Origin, originating principle or power,
IV 6.
Originating principle, or power the
greatest, 574.
Originality of expression ; writers who
possess it, 291,
Orphan like, isolated, 415.
Orphan and fatherless lightly treated by
common men, 737.
Orphan of the house of Chaou, Chinese
play translated by Padre Fremere,
outline of the history, 738.
Ostentatious speech, 593.
Other, another, something else, 63.
Oilier people; phrase tor selfishness,
60.
Oiler, 60S.
Over and over again, repeatedly, 333,
Overcome, 237.
Overcome by siting still whilst the ene
my is worn out by fruitless efforts,
464.
Overcome, soft and weak finally over
come the stiff and violent, 271.
Overcome or conquer one's self, 180,
Overflowed the high banks, 492.
Overplus, 244.
Overstepping what belongs to one's
place iu suciety, 154.
Overtake him, 351.
Overturn affairs, 151.
Overthrow, 554.
Owe, 149.
Owe a large debt, 149.
Owner, proprietor, 326.
Ought not, 18.
Ought to learn the affairs oflife,
259.
Out and in, 216.
908
Outcry, 485.
Outcry, clamour, noiie, 4t5.
Outcry, rociferation, 375.
Pi-teen, famed genii, 69.
Poet sought inipiration by riding an ass
amidst mow ilormi in quest of pear
blossoms, 734.
Poet, 61.
Poets, called drunken genii, 70.
Pagoda or tpire, 833.
Pagodas, or the Tl of China, origin and
detign of them i ceremony of burn
ing one; illuminated pagoda namet of
several; porcelain tower in Kearigrun ; account of, 510, Ml.
Pain and pleasure are not equal, 486.
Painful labonr, toil, 414.
Paint, used for Ihe face, 879
Paint or draw, 863.
Painted farr, 148.
Pair, to pair, 1 40.
Pair, 65, 140, 186, 896.
Pair j to unite in marriage, 66.
Pair, a couple, taid of persons, pairing,
time of marriage, 896.
Palace, cooled by the tummer's breeze,
807.
Palace of the princes, 487.
Palace, mansion, 841 .
Palace, or imperial chambers, a ground
plan, 518.
Palace to receive the emperor on bit
truvcls, 4h0.
Palpitation of the heart, 398.
Palpitation of the heart, divine from it
447.
Pnnt, 408.
Paou-teuen, a minitler of the emperor
Gae-te, preferred dealh to tilence,
683.
Paou twe the favorite concubine of Yewwang, 625.
Paper cannot wrap up 6re. the man it
unfit for the purpose, 881.
Paper with linet for lei ten, 401.
Paper or document of almost any kind
used iu trading or commercial trans
actions is called a Tau. Bill, receipt,
order, &c. 415.
Parade, or lime of calling over the
names of soldiers not fixed, 315,
909
910
Pity, 38*.
Pity, commiseration, S841
Pity one's self, not time for it, 385.
Place, situation, 88.
Place it on the ground, 484.
Place in order, 87.
Place in society, proper to one, MO
Placed together, 192.
Placed in an unfavorable condition, I
am, 540.
Places in government, not to retain, by
sacrificing principle, 533.
Plagiarists, the airs they give them
selves, 63 I.
Plague or pestilence, 417.
Plain unadorned spire or pagoda, 180.
Plain, but not vulvar, 116.
Plain level road, a beaten path, 491.
Plaintiffand defendant, 187.
Plan, unsuccessful, further plan, 90.
Flan, to arrange, to manage, 345.
Plane, to plane as a joiner, 228.
Planets called heaven's assistants, 89.
Planets, seven, 14.
Plant and plough, 483,
Plants, 85.
Plants, their strength proved by a
violent wind , faithful ministers by
a stale of anarchy, 264.
Plaster, 481.
Plastered with white earth, 517.
Plaster over plaster, denotes what is
unnecessary, 53S.
Players, 129.
Players or comedians, 129.
Playing on wind and other instruments,
SC9.
Play, to piny at chess, 307.
Play, amusement, 252.
Play founded on historical facts, 788.'
Play , with wooden shoes, an ancient
game, 558.
Play-actors, play-house, 473.
Pleasant cool breeze blows, across the
hall, 369.
Please, to, as one pleases j to follow one's
own convenience, 109.
Pleasing countenance, 665.
Pleasure the highest is to act virtuously,
405.
Pleasure, illicit, is poison, 1 1 .
911
Principal and second, said of persons,
246.
Principal and interest, called mother and
son, 704.
Principles should be maintained at the
expense of life, 625.
Principles, two, which operated at the
beginning of the world, 187.
Principles, bad, gaming is connected
with, 307.
Print books, 315.
Prison, 458.
Prisoner taken in war, 116.
Prisoner, 1 16.
Prison, ancient name for, 465.
Privacy, statesman, left m, 92.
Pri vare and public, 188..
Privy, place of retirement, 326.
Privy, by the road side, 297.
Proceed from, and devole upon, 216.
Proclamation, 371.
Proclamation from government, 31 1.
Procreation, either from an egg or
from the womb, 317.
Prodigal expenditure, 595.
Prodigies, 612.
Production and destruction, five ele
ments of matter continually destroy
and reproduce, 238Production and destruction, good for
tune, 285.
Profession, medical, 845.
Profit, profitable, 229.
Profit in trade, 229.
Profits shall, be divided equally, 486.
Profligate, 168.
Profound reasoning or doctrine, 597.
Progeny, may you have a numerous,
sop.
Prognostic or omen, 178.
Prognostic, a favorable or an evil one,
178.
Progress, not to make any, 239.
Progress, rapid in learning, expressed
by You run away from me, 538.
Prohibitions, 72.
Prohibitions, of a state, ask that you
may avoid them, 540.
Prohibitory regulations, 232.
Prohibitive particle, do not, 279, 280.
Promotion, to delay it, 137.
912
Prohibitive phrase, be particularly
careful not, 221.
Prom scuotis meetings of men ami
women, indecorous, 648.
Promotion literary, phrase for, 16.
Promotion, great, 239.
Promulgr, 148.
Pro'iiul^c doctrines, 148.
Promote, to diffuse the principles of
order. 8S8.
Promise i.f marriage, cannot be broken,
6' 4.
Pronoun, accusative, Hiin, her, it,
Ihcin, .18.
PronUKCiat'otl of words in t hincse,
an allusion to, 141, 14?.
Pronoun, personr.1, an usual one, 16.1.
Pronoun, second person, singular or
pluml, 83
Pronoun, personal or relative* 192.
Pronoun, person I, He, she, it, 68.
Pronoun, relative, 78.
Pronoun, not to be used by children
speaking lo their parents, 104.
Pronoun personal, much used by the
Tartars and people in the northern
parts of China, 382.
Pronunciation. Note on, Intro. xiii.
Pronunciation, Chinese mode of, 222.
Fronomen of the Romans, the Chinese
Ming not used on ordinary occasions,
627.
Pronubss, or Go-betweens, 667.
Proof, paper to be relered to as, 415,
Proof, evidence, 213.
Proof will enable a person to obtain,
238.
Propagate religion, 149
Property, pri vale, or family, 1S7.
Properly, to waslr it. 151.
Property obtained hy unfair means, will
be lost in a similar manner, 185.
Proper, to do what is not so, 1 59.
Proper, 351.
Prophrlic inscription on the stone
coffin of Hea how ying, 505.
Propitious diy, to choose it, V38.
Propensities vicious, called the dust
of the heart, 537.
Properly easily spent, like a syphon
draining off liquids, 314.
913
Receive a visitor, 81.
Recede or separate from, 290.
Recite carelessly, 90.
Recitative, 365.
Reciprocal, mutual, 48.
Recite verses, 365.
Recite an ode, 389.
Reckon the whole amount, 357.
Reckon or guess at an amount, 82.
Recline against, 143.
Recluse studies, 650.
Recorders of the words and actions of
ancient kings, 353.
Recognize, or notice each other on
being introduced, 330.
Recollect past occurrences, 460.
Recommence or begin again, 276.
Recommend and be security for, 117.
Recommending a person, called puffing
him off, 369.
Recompence diligence, 266.
Recompence, to serve others as a, 263.
Recompence, 245.
Recompence, to pay in the kind receiv
ed, to revenge, 169.
Recompence, a phrase expressing in
ability, 35.
Recompense, not sufficient) open, secret,
happy, quick, 523, 524.
Recondite, profound, 697.
Record events, 340.
Record, 148.
Rectitude, external and internal, 689.
Red, eyes became, 469.
Red occurrence, a joyful event, 410.
Redeem, the life of a murderer, 126.
Redress grievances, 629.
Redress, an injustice expressed[by
straightening it, 84.
Reduce to subjection, 274.
Reed, a small one, 379.
Reeled and fell from bis horse, 233.
Reflect back light, 340.
Reflect on the past, reconsider, 460,
Reflected rays of light, 179.
Reform, 285.
Reform one's conduct, 233.
Reform a vicious man, 277.
Reformation preceded by grief and con
cern of mind, 465.
Refractory, 126.
914
Refuse, 319.
556.
589.
Restrain, 328.
Restless, 219.
benefits, 460.
or na
Relations, social, the heavenly
343.
r.
38, ish
Reprehend, 234.
Relish, 375.
Remediable, 589.
Reprimand, 375.
Reprieve, 840.
by princes, 500.
Reprove a friend, 139.
Repudiate, 80.
if?
381,
tion, 359.
Reputation, 359.
Reputation, to injure one's own, 23.
Reputation, good in a high degree, 72.
Remiss, 140.
Remissness, negligence, 462.
Remonstrance, turned by, easily as any
Regulation, 102.
Reign, as a king or emperor, 5.5,
ial
Rest, 423.
Rest at noon, 301.
ention,
479.
916
Ruin, 53,54, 151.
Ruin one'i family, 41S.
Ruined many officers, 55T.
Ruinous wall, 499.
Rule, 71, 235.
Rule with ease, phrate for, 496.
Rule over, or uir xlion of, S54.
Rule, all who possess, or rule over a
countiy, are called Keun, 363.
Rule as a magistrate, 30.
Rule, govern, ronlroul, 842.
Rule, pattern or law, 836.
Ruler or law, ten thousand (i. e. all) ages,
Confucius was, 496.
Rules, national regulations, 2S2.
Rules, prefatory, directions and expla
nations at the commencement of
Chinese books, 102
Rulers of nations, their title, 363.
Ruler, sovereign, 842.
Ruminate, 378.
Ruminate or chew food, 453.
Ruminate chew the cud, 453.
Ruminating and chewing, 436.
Run away and conceal, 297.
Run away, 592.
Run over the brim, 151.
Run-a-way, 52.
Running about to get food to eat,
592.
Rush forward, at the sound of instru
ments, 441.
Rustling noise of trees, 369.
Rustic, 296, 116.
Rustic, a villager, 296,
Sack or bag, open your sack, means
both to open one's purse, to help and
to open one's mind, to advise, 458.
Sacred, prssnomtn of Confucius, of
princes, and of the people, esteemed
so, 21.
Sacred books, contain the revelation of
sages, 361.
Sacrifice to heaven at the winter sol
stice, site of, 306
Sacrifice to all the gods after the winter
solstice, 426.
Sacrifice, 5s.
Sacrificial feast, party drunk, anticipated
acceptance, 590.
Sacrifice, ta prepare a victim for it ,
Scissars, S18.
Scissars, to clip with them, 245.
Scold, monarch Shim's mother w as one,
687.
Scolding or approbrious language, 378.
femit, 389.
Scout, or spy, 140, 389.
Scrape, 230.
Scrape or rub off, (crape out letters, 830.
Scrape off the dirt, 499.
Scroll, 317.
Scroll or book, Chinese books were in
the form of scrolls till the eight
century, 317.
'Scrotum, 317.
Scrub clothes, 30.
Scrub the table clean, S3!.
Scrub, to wash to scrub, 238.
Scrupulous attention to rules, 548.
'Scrutinize the fact, 863.
Scuttle fish, called the ink fish, 546.
Sea, the ocean, 554.
Sea god, J8, 368.
Seal or credential, divided in two, 841.
Seal, great national, 553.
Seal, Imperial, 553.
Seal, private, official, and national, to
seal, 315.
Seal, 119,315.
Sealed or closed letter, 347.
Sealed enclosure, bribe sometimes -seal
ed up, 881.
Seam, 1 14.
Scar with a hot iron, 315.
Search into, phrase for, 369.
Search in every direction, 459.
Season, cold, 805.
Seasons the four called heaveu's dele
gates, 361.
Seasoning added to soup, 444.
Seat, 87.
Scat, having none allowed, 489.
Secluded recess, 168.
Second time, 195.
Second, 46.
Second-bar pagoda, 531.
Second person in any government com
mission, 846.
Secret, close, 849.
Secret, no part of a man's conduct, a
secret to himself, 38.
TABT
II a
917
918
Serve, 44. 46, 67.
Serve nut's parents dutifully, "22.
Serve, with bodily labour, 77.
Service, public, to enter on or to be in,
67.
Service, on which one is sent, 45.
Services ihould not be pressed on the
public, 162.
Serving a good or bad man, the diffe
rence of, 440.
Servile flatter;, 296.
Set of people, ambitious of superiority
over their neighbours, 27 1.
Settle or orrauge, 137.
Seven, 14.
Severe, 451.
Severe, formidable, 229.
Severe manner, stern, 210.
Severity, strictness in teaching, etc. 451,
Severity and clemency should aid each
other, 645.
Seniors and juniors, 341
Sexes should be sepirated, 301.
Sexual intercourse, affirmed of the inanU
mate creation, 632.
Shackles for the hands of criminals,
459.
Shades or conceals tbc external appear
ance, 541.
Shaft of an arrow, 230.
Shake, move, 201.
Shake, 267.
Shake to agitate ; shake as by an eartbquak 26S.
Shaken the dust from his clothes, 599.
Shallow water, 331.
Shame, 424.
Shame, felt for vicious acts, 657.
Shameless, brazen-faced, 324.
Shameless, 324.
Shamun, Shamanism priests of the Budh
sect, 157.
Shan-tung, ancient name for, 278.
Shaou-king-foo, in Canton province,
530.
Shared the labours and fatigues of the
men, 368.
Share another's sorrows i share, do not
covet a large share or portion of any
thing, 220.
Sharp knife, 218.
Sideways, 151 .
Sideways, stepping, the mode of retiritr
from the pretence of a superior, \.
ISO.
Sides,. right and left, S5S.
Sides of a river, to deepen them, iU
Sigh and lament, allusion to Sie-man \
435
Sigh, a long, 74.
Sigh, with a long sigh, 425.
Sigh, 365, 114,31.
Sigh out disapprobation, 355.
Signs, symbols or representation ofirlatever exists, contained in diigma
Of Full-he. si i.
Signs of heaven, the sun and wxa,
674.
Signals, secret, S94.
Signals by ascending smoke, called
smoke pyramids, 519, 546.
Silence, the emperor kept profound,
when giving audience, 434.
Silence, stillness, 423, 434
Silence, to think in, with adroopiij
head, 120.
Silence observed on an unlucky lis,
347.
Silent as a deserted mansion, 857.
Silversmith, 290.
Silly, stupid, parents both, 448.
Silly, foolish, 168.
Similar to, 84, 154.
Simple, 415.
Simple pure manners, ciprcsveJ by an il
lusion to cold aud ice, 203.
Simple, stupid, 133.
Simpletons, easily imposed on, 15.
Sincere and honest, set).
Sincere, 100, 118.
Sincere heart, 28.
Sincere, liberal minded, faithful nus,
324.
Sincerely, 175.
Sincerity and truth, 118.
Sinew, 356.
Sinews, to pluck them out, 243.
Sing, 428.
Sing songs, 396.
Sing and respond, husband lead u*
wife follow, 139.
Single garment, 415.
919
920
Solid, plain character, 534.
Solitary , destitute and comfortless, re
presented by the Too tree, 628.
Solitude and silence, 395.
Solstice, winter, SOI.
Sod, 182.
Son, child, lad, boy, girl, 702.
Son of Confucius, PJh-t/u,
Son of heaven, messenger, or delegate
fiom the Emperor, SOI.
Son-in-law, called half a son, 302.
Son-in-law, or daughter's husband, 5A3.
Son-in-law, phrase for, 491.
Sons and younger brothers are to be
the fathers and elder brothers of
the next generation; bad sons will
have bad children, 703.
Song, rustic, 116.
Song of ancient liberty, 559.
Song led by one, a hundred respond, 396.
Song-of persons pulling and hauling,
446.
Sonorous stones and belli, 527.
Soon enough, 279.
Sooner known that you would have
treated me with such contempt, 361.
Sooth with warm expressions, 375.
Sooth, the labor of defending the people
and soothing them like children,
411.
Sooth and encourage, 266.
Soothe, console, 795.
Soothe and compassionate, 317.
Soothing the people like children, 411.
Sophistical argumentation, expert at, 229.
Sorceresses, who sing hymns to the
godi and drive away demons, 656,
Sorcerers and wizzardt, 514.
Sordidly, 305.
Sordid miserly attachment to gain, 241.
Sorrow, no occassion for, 74.
Sort class, species, 385.
Soul or animit, undergoes a change in
sleep, 287.
Soul, 61.
Souls or spirits departed of those who
have died well. 426.
Soul melts on seeing the fascinating
smile of a beautiful woman, 681.
Soul, its separate existence after death,
.Confucius silent about it, 713.
S21
922
Straight forward man, 78.
Stratagem* in war, specimen of, 691.
Streami, branching off into, 36.
Strcami stopped and4>onds filled up, 498.
Strum! that run amongst hills, 554.
Street, to go out to, 216.
Street, laugh, people in, 487.
Strenuous and indefatigable exertion,
7iS.
Strength or capacity ofbody and of mind,
S56.
Strengthen your heart and wait, 515.
Strength, to exert one's itrength, 856.
Strength competent to turn round the
heavens, 460.
Stir up strife, 392.
Stir up exertion, 265.
Strike up music, 690.
Strike a line with a airing, 546.
Strike a drum, 80.
Strike, to knock head, 349.
Stroke of the pencil reject them, 279.
Strong, able bodied. 138.
Strong, 138.
Struck with alarm, 356.
Strumpet, prostitute, 654.
Student, skilful, 261.
Student, fellow, 338.
Studies, finished, phrase for, 127.
Study, daily, a footpath must be con
stantly trod, 535.
Study, called a chewing-letters, MS.
Study virtue unwearicdly, 266.
Studies adapted to youth, 747.
Studies proper for adults, 747.
Studies of men, xxvii, rules for prose
cuting, 753, 758.
Stuffed full, 177.
Stuff the mouth of a corpse, 368.
Stumble, 85.
Stupid, 132.
Stupid; muddy intellect, absurd, 532.
Stupid, ni a clay image, 532.
Stupid blockhead, expressed by an allu
sion to 0-tnw, who slept in the midst
of battle, 716.
Stutter, 355.
Stutterer, or stammerer, one who could
speak fluently when drunk, 35P.
Style or graving tool, 251.
-Style, free and flowing, compared to a
923
Tale hearers make additions in a deci
mal proportion, 348.
Tale, every one has a different one, 356.
Talent and virtue, 1 12.
Talent, to profess to have none ,- de
fect not to be inferred from having
little to say, 94.
Talents, superior, phrase for, 21.
Talent, 439.
Talent, cleverness, 79.
Talent, estimated by the ability to infer
one principle from another, 47.
Talkative, loquacious, 94.
Talking about what ? 338.
Talk, without intending anyjhing, 346.
Talkative, chattering, 370.
Tall, said of man, 61.
Tall, make haste and grow, said to chil
dren, 573.
Tall branchless trees, 414.
Tang dynasty, 393.
Taou sect, founder of, 16.
Taou-tsing-tsei!, a scholar of the fifth
century, 561.
Tares or weeds, used to represent those
who do not study morals, 190.
Tartars, treated queen How with con
tempt, 736.
Taste, tasteless, 375, 401, 446, 429.
Target or wall to shoot at, 498.
Taste, drink, or food, 401.
Taste, I have had a, of this business,
429.
Taste well or not, 351.
Taste or essay with the mouth, pray
try its taste, 429.
Tastes, five, 49.
Tastes, five, acrid, sour, salt, bitter,
sweet, corresponding to th five ele
ments, figuratively for whatever the
mind relishes, 375.
Tasteless, insipid, affording no pleasure,
375.
Tattooed or painted bodies, 256.
Tavern to be found, where is, 400.
Tavern or wine sellers, 488.
Tautology, 333.
Tux, 62.
Tax on newly cultivated land, 549.
Taxes, land, to urge the payment of
them, 147.
924
Tench the incapable and promote thoae
who are, S7T.
Tench good mages, or manners, 407.
Teach, 401.
Teach the people, as well ai enrich them,
MO.
Teachcn, careless, 60.
Tear asunder, to open the heart and
tpit up gall, 241.
Tears flowed, S9I.
Tears, restrained and sighed, 367.
Tea-spoon, 289.
Tea-pots, much disused, 568.
Tea stand, 211.
Teeth, new set in old age, 1 82.
Teeth, age and rank denoted by, 76.
Teeth, to pick them, 241.
Teeth, to open them, begin to speak
about, 401.
Tell, 457.
Tell over and over ag<iin, 1)95.
Tell me, 371.
Tell all about, every particular, 247.
Tell a man to bring a pencil hitber,
342.
Temperate, 165.
Temperance and economy, 165.
Temporal future, 461.
Temperature of the air, difference, 358.
Temple in Canton, to be superintendant
of which 1,000 is paid, 483.
Temples of Full, or Eudh, 473.
Temple of the queen of heaven, 360.
Temples of Buddha priests 233.
Ten, is a perfect number, tenth, ten
times ten, ten tenths, 299.
Ten, tenth, ten times ten, 299.
Tender, kind, mild, 7*0.
Tendon or sinew, 256.
Tent, 481.
Tenth, or one often parts, seven or
eight tenths, 220.
Terminate, 250.
Terms, lived periods of time, 72.
Terms, or times of paying dividends, to
commence them, 315.
Terms of peace, 188.
Terrace of wan wang, 467.
Terrestial globe, 474.
Territory, the grant of, represented by
giving a clod of earth, 528.
925
926
Trouble, what occasion to be at, 400.
Troublesome, 345.
Troublesome, from petty requests or
statements, 456.
Trowsers, 126.
True saying, meaning ofa Sanscrit term,
374.
Trumpet, 574.
Trumpet blown to give alarm, 389.
Trust to, 73.
Trust, an important one, committed to
one, 76.
Trust in physical force and influence,
273.
Truth, indispensable in a man's charac
ter, and in friendship, 118.
Truth, the bond of social intercourse,
63.
Truth or sincerity, what ) Question put
by Confucius to a fisherman, 645.
Try, just try, merely for the present,
make the attempt, 350.
Ts lou-Uaou, the Bonaparte of China,
715.
Tse-how, the chieftain of Tse, a man
daringly impious, 679.
Ttung, notices of persons of that name,
805.
Tszc-ping, a Chinese enthusiast, 642.
Tufts of hair on a Chinese child's head,
308.
Turn round the head to look, 460.
Turn or time, which ? 460.
Tumble down, or fall, as a wall or a
house, S29.
Tumuli behind Chinese graves, inscrip
tion on, 361.
Tung-ting lake, 700.
Tung-ch$, a famous character in Chi
nese story, 714.
Turban Mchommedan's, 460.
Turmeric or curcuma, 631.
Turnip, preserved, 514.
Tnsh 1 an expression of contempt resem
bling, 371.
Tutor, a patron, 142,
Tutor and friend, to restrain, 228.
Twan, was a person not dull in great
affairs, 532.
Twenty, 300.
Twice, 4.6.
927
928
Virtae, virtuous ) virtue will have a
good reward ; Vice will have an evil
recompence ; if they be not yet reward
ed or recompenccd, il i< because the
time has not yet arrived, 404.
Virtues of the ancient, emperor Yaou,
464.
Virtues, immutable, fire, 49.
Virtues, three, anciently taught, 671.
Virtues, six, 76.
Virtues, cardinal, five, 64.
Virtuous man, not toTeneratehim.il
vicious, 646.
Virtuous habits, by continuance acquire
strength, 140.
Virulent speeches! approbrious lan
guage, 426.
Visage, strange, odd, 348.
Viscera,, the five, 185.
Viscera, five, liver, heart, lungs, kidneys,
and stomach, 49.
Vision, imperfect, 49.
Visionary, schi-mes, 526.
Visionary affair, 571.
Visit, 127.
Visit, to return it, 400.
Visit of a superior, 180.
Visits must be reciprocal, 101.
Visitor, 60.
Vitiate their taste, 443.
Vitreous, crystal-like substance, 500.
Vitreous, 162.
Vociferate, 407.
Vociferate, 454, 406, 425.
Voice affected by the feelings, 434.
Vociferation, 425.
Vociferation, clamour* 375, 376.
Voice, loud, angry, 407.
Voice, loss of it, 408.
Voice escaping at a hole, made by an
arrow in the throat, 41 1.
Voice, solemn, 331.
Volatile and hasty conduct, 369.
Vulgar, IIS.
Vulgar, vulgar coarse language, 115, 116.
Voluntarily serving another, 263.
Voluptuousness, 91.
Vomit up, spit out, 361.
Vomit, out one's heart and bowels, to
disclose one's mind very fully, 861.
Vomited, 340.
929
Will, to do, bat not the strength, 256,
257.
Wince, excess in, to be guarded against,
485.
Wine before him, he could not drink,
414.
Wine sellers,' 488, 566.
Winding through it, 407.
Window or aperture, to admit light,
463.
Wind resembles a man's puffing and
blowing, 412.
Winter and summer, theory of, 895.
Window, 463, 362, 459.
Winter, winter solstice, 203.
Wine cup, used at marriages, 318.
Win and lo<e, 271.
Winter, winter solstice, winter's day
lovely, 201.
Wind, piercing cold, 210.
Window the same, 358.
Wine, it< strength, 25T.
Wings ofan army, 353.
Wipe it dry, 397.
Wise kings ofancient times, 390.
Wise husband builds up a city, a wise
wife throws it in ruins, 604.
Wise man, or moral philosopher, his
character, 130.
Wise-man ,- perfect man, the philoio.
pher or sage of the Chinese, 706.
Wish, 18.
Wish or congratulatory address to
government officers, 269.
Wish a person well, 86.
Wishes at the new year, 358.
Wishes, difficult to be satisfied, 12.
With, as the instrument, 72.
W,( "a, in company with, 136.
Within, 185.
Within side, 18*.
Within, inside, 25.
Witchcraft and sorcery punishable, 224.
Witciies, who catch devils and dance
to gods, 657.
Withstand an enemy, 89.
Witty, clever language, 613.
Wives, and concubines hired out, 621.
Wives of ancient days,, their education,
661.
Womb, formed in, 287.
930
Womb of the mother, 4(1.
Woman, married and unmarried, 600.
Woman, hai many anxious thought!
and suspicious, 405.
Woman, her abject itate, 601
Women eminent, good and bad, 689,
Women'i opinion! and advice, not to
be taken in government, 834.
Wood pecker, S9R.
Wood or coppice, a concourse of people,
345.
Word, to say to you, 371.
Word of men in power, bean down the
peoplea, 346.
Wordi being inadequate, express one'i
meaning, the rest is sighed forth
in tones, 421.
Words, atimmered as if he could not get)
them out of Ilia mouth, 369.
Wordy, loquai ioui whispering, 464.
Work, 94.
Work together with henven, 113.
Work, a good one, to effect it; little
work, talk much, 259.
Worker in wood, 890.
Workman, diligent, 814.
Workman of superior abilities 890.
World, all walled in by the horizon, 865.
World, the present called duit and mire,
533.
World, the whole at rc!t, 587.
World, the whole earth, 498.
WorlJ, made up of dust and dirt, to
cast it off and become a monk, or
by death, 537.
World, or universe, it! harmony, 835.
World, idle and dissipated. 617.
World, the present, three different terms
for, 868.
World of perion!) people in the worlu j
the world called dusty impure; to
pasi through the buiiueu of the
world, 80, 81.
Worldly taste, worldly minded, 375.
V. orldly ai d sensual thought!, railed by
the Buddhist*, root of dust, 538.
Worse than in former years, 673
Worship, or lervice to the gods, 46,
166.
Worshipped, prostrate, 126.
T H E PUB L I C
Are herby respectfully informed, that there is now Publishing at JMacao, in China,
A
FirstChinese and English, arranged according to the Radicals; next, English and
Leaden-hall-street.
Persor who wish to do so, may Subscribe to the First Part only, it will be a complete Chinese Dictionary in itself, con
*ining abouforty Thousand Characters. It contains many Quotations from the Chinese Classics, and other original works,
which illustrte the opinions and usages of that People.
R. Marison, D. D. the Author of the above Work, has directed his attention to the collection of Materials
for it durin the last thirteen years. The Hononable rar East India Cowranx has generously
whole expene of Printing and Paper, for an Edition of seven Hundred and Fifty copies.
undertaken the
The hinese Language, whether viewed in itself, its peculiar structure, or , with respect to its antiquity; its hav
ing been folnearly 4000 years the Language of so large a portion of the human species, and its still being the written
medium, in Private and in Public Life, in Literature, in Arts, and in Government, of the most extensive Empire on earth;
viewed in ay, or in all of these respects, it seems to: deserve the attention of every inquisitive and curious mind.
The Muthor pledges himself that the cost to subscribers for the whole work shall not exceed Twenty Guineas.
canton, china, Frbruarr 29, 1890.
REE NUMBERs of the FIRST PART. Price, Half a Guinea, each Number.
whole of the SECOND PART, being An Alphabetical Chinese Dictionary, in two-Volumes, quarto ; con
taining in the first volume, upwards of Twelve Thousand pri, 'al characters, with numerous compounded
terms and phrases under those leading characters, appended to the same volume, is a list of the Constella
tions and Stars, expressed in Chinese Characters, with the corresponding names as given by European
Astronomers. This List of Stars was drawn up for the Author, by J. Reeves, F. R. and L. S.
The
second volume contains copious Indexes to assist the Student in finding Characters by the Radicals; an
of the work, and an Alphabeast Table of the Running Hand, the Seal Character, and other varieties in
the Chinese mode of writing.
N. B. To Subscribers for the whole Dictionary, this Part will be reckoned at five Guineas, to
Non Subscribers for the whole, it will sold be at six Guineas.
III. A GRAMMAR OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE. Price, One Pound.
IV. A COLLECTION OF DIALOGUES AND DETACHED SENTENCES, IN CHINESE AND ENGLISH, with a Free
names of Emperors, Places; Officers of the Government, and so on, are given in the Chinese Character.
Price, One Guinea.
NAMEB.
- - -
-- - - -
- - -
- - -
3
s
Mr. Winn,
J.
C.
J.
J.
- - -
- -
....
Bannerman, Esq.
Marjoribanks, Esq: ....
F. Davis, Esq.
Jackson, Esq...
-
- -
A. Pearson, Esq.
...
- -
J. Reeves, Esq. ..
on, Esq. ..
Scheffer, ..
Sir A. Ljungstedt,
.....
-
~
Chrono- ln:
Dialogues.
logy
a****** ^
38miaGD
1815
1996-10H15B
1996^10H25H
SUWJf-NW]
9UW%fi
ROBERT MORRISON
^
t
^
TlOl :Bf-;fflErtWEa2-7-6
% IS (03) 5296-0491
t& W 00140-6-63160
ISBN4-89714-061-7 C3580